Updated Disclosure Requirements and Summary Prospectus for Variable Annuity and Variable Life Insurance Contracts, 61730-61943 [2018-24376]
Download as PDF
61730
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
17 CFR Parts 230, 232, 239, 240, 270,
and 274
[Release Nos. 33–10569; 34–84508; IC–
33286; File No. S7–23–18]
RIN 3235–AK60
Updated Disclosure Requirements and
Summary Prospectus for Variable
Annuity and Variable Life Insurance
Contracts
Securities and Exchange
Commission.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
AGENCY:
The Securities and Exchange
Commission is proposing rule and form
amendments that are intended to help
investors make informed investment
decisions regarding variable annuity
and variable life insurance contracts.
The proposal would modernize
disclosures by using a layered
disclosure approach designed to provide
investors with key information relating
to the contract’s terms, benefits, and
risks in a concise and more readerfriendly presentation, with access to
more detailed information available
online and electronically or in paper
format on request. The proposed new
rule would permit a person to satisfy its
prospectus delivery obligations under
the Securities Act of 1933 for a variable
annuity or variable life insurance
contract by sending or giving a summary
prospectus to investors and making the
statutory prospectus available online.
The proposed rule also would consider
a person to have met its prospectus
delivery obligations for any portfolio
companies associated with a variable
annuity or variable life insurance
contract if the portfolio company
prospectuses are posted online. In
addition, we are proposing amendments
to the registration forms for variable
annuity and variable life insurance
SUMMARY:
contracts to update and enhance the
disclosures to investors in these
contracts, and to implement the
proposed summary prospectus
framework. We are further proposing to
require variable contracts to use the
Inline eXtensible Business Reporting
Language (‘‘Inline XBRL’’) format for the
submission of certain required
disclosures in the variable contract
statutory prospectus. We are also
proposing certain technical and
conforming amendments to our rules
and forms, including amendments to
rules relating to variable life insurance
contracts, as well as rescission of certain
related rules and forms. Lastly, we are
seeking comments regarding parallel
amendments to rules governing mutual
fund summary prospectuses and
registration forms applicable to other
types of registered investment
companies.
DATES: Comments should be submitted
on or before February 15, 2019.
ADDRESSES: Comments may be
submitted by any of the following
methods:
Electronic Comments
• Use the Commission’s internet
comment form (https://www.sec.gov/
rules/proposed.shtml); or
• Send an email to rule-comments@
sec.gov. Please include File No. S7–23–
18 on the subject line.
Paper Comments
• Send paper comments to Secretary,
Securities and Exchange Commission,
100 F Street NE, Washington, DC
20549–1090.
All submissions should refer to File
Number S7–23–18. This file number
should be included on the subject line
if email is used. To help the
Commission process and review your
comments more efficiently, please use
only one method. The Commission will
post all comments on the Commission’s
website (https://www.sec.gov/rules/
proposed.shtml). Comments are also
available for website viewing and
printing in the Commission’s Public
Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Room
1580, Washington, DC 20549, on official
business days between the hours of
10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. All comments
received will be posted without change.
Persons submitting comments are
cautioned that we do not redact or edit
personal identifying information from
comment submissions. You should
submit only information you wish to
make available publicly. Investors
wishing to provide comments regarding
the proposed summary prospectus may
wish to submit our Feedback Flier,
available at Appendix C.
Studies, memoranda, or other
substantive items may be added by the
Commission or staff to the comment file
during this rulemaking. A notification of
the inclusion in the comment file of any
such materials will be made available
on the Commission’s website. To ensure
direct electronic receipt of such
notifications, sign up through the ‘‘Stay
Connected’’ option at www.sec.gov to
receive notifications by email.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Daniel K. Chang, James Maclean, Amy
Miller, Senior Counsels; Amanda
Hollander Wagner, Branch Chief;
Michael C. Pawluk, Senior Special
Counsel, Investment Company
Regulation Office, at (202) 551–6792;
Keith Carpenter or Michael Kosoff,
Senior Special Counsels, Disclosure and
Review Office, at (202) 551–6921,
Division of Investment Management,
Securities and Exchange Commission,
100 F Street NE, Washington, DC
20549–8549.
The
Securities and Exchange Commission
(‘‘Commission’’) is proposing new rule
498A [proposed rule 17 CFR 230.498A]
under the Securities Act. The
Commission is also proposing
amendments to the following rules:
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
CFR citation
(17 CFR)
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Commission reference
Regulation S–T [17 CFR 232.10 through 232.903]:
Rule 11 ..................................................................................................................................................................
Rule 405 ................................................................................................................................................................
Securities Act of 1933 (‘‘Securities Act’’): 1
Rule 159A ..............................................................................................................................................................
Rule 421 ................................................................................................................................................................
Rule 431 ................................................................................................................................................................
Rule 482 ................................................................................................................................................................
Rule 485 ................................................................................................................................................................
Rule 497 ................................................................................................................................................................
Rule 498 ................................................................................................................................................................
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (‘‘Exchange Act’’): 2
Rule 14a–16 ..........................................................................................................................................................
Investment Company Act of 1940 (‘‘Investment Company Act’’): 3
Rule 0–1 ................................................................................................................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
§ 232.11.
§ 232.405.
§ 230.159A.
§ 230.421.
§ 230.431.
§ 230.482.
§ 230.485.
§ 230.497.
§ 230.498.
§ 240.14a–16.
§ 270.0–1.
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
CFR citation
(17 CFR)
Commission reference
Rule 6c–7 ..............................................................................................................................................................
Rule 6c–8 ..............................................................................................................................................................
Rule 6e–2 ..............................................................................................................................................................
Rule 6e–3(T) .........................................................................................................................................................
Rule 11a–2 ............................................................................................................................................................
Rule 14a–2 ............................................................................................................................................................
Rule 26a–1 ............................................................................................................................................................
Rule 27c–1 ............................................................................................................................................................
Securities Act and Investment Company Act:
Form N–3 ..............................................................................................................................................................
Form N–4 ..............................................................................................................................................................
Form N–6 ..............................................................................................................................................................
Finally, the Commission is proposing
to rescind:
CFR citation
(17 CFR)
Commission reference
Investment Company Act:
Rule 26a–2 .....................
Rule 27a–1 .....................
Rule 27a–2 .....................
Rule 27a–3 .....................
Rule 27d–2 .....................
Rule 27e–1 .....................
Rule 27f–1 ......................
Rule 27g–1 .....................
Rule 27h–1 .....................
Form N–27E–1 ...............
Form N–27F–1 ...............
Form N–27I–1 .................
Form N–27I–2 .................
Securities Act and Investment Company Act:
Form N–1 ........................
§ 270.26a–2.
§ 270.27a–1.
§ 270.27a–2.
§ 270.27a–3.
§ 270.27d–2.
§ 270.27e–1.
§ 270.27f–1.
§ 270.27g–1.
§ 270.27h–1.
§ 274.127e–1.
§ 274.127f–1.
§ 274.302.
§ 274.303.
§ 239.15 and 274.11.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Table of Contents
I. Introduction and Background
A. Overview of Variable Annuities and
Variable Life Insurance Products
B. Prospectus Disclosure and Delivery
1. Requirements for Variable Contract
Prospectus Disclosure and Delivery
2. Evolution of Layered Disclosure and
Delivery of Information to Investors
C. Rulemaking Proposal Overview
II. Discussion
A. New Option To Use a Summary
Prospectus for Variable Contracts
1. Initial Summary Prospectus
2. Updating Summary Prospectus
3. Legal Effect of Use of Summary
Prospectus for Variable Contracts
4. Online Accessibility of Contract
Statutory Prospectus and Certain Other
Documents Relating to the Contract
5. Other Requirements for Summary
Prospectus and Other Contract
Documents
6. Incorporation by Reference
7. Filing Requirements for the Summary
Prospectus
8. Definitions in the Proposed Rule
B. Optional Method To Satisfy Portfolio
Company Prospectus Delivery
Requirements
1. Current Delivery Practices for Portfolio
Company Prospectuses
1 15
U.S.C. 77a et seq.
U.S.C. 78a et seq.
3 15 U.S.C. 80a et seq.
2 15
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
2. New Option To Satisfy Prospectus
Delivery Requirements
C. Discontinued Variable Contracts
D. Proposed Amendments to Registration
Forms
1. General Instructions
2. Part A (Information Required in a
Prospectus)
3. Part B (Information Required in a
Statement of Additional Information)
4. Part C (Other Information)
5. Guidelines
E. Inline XBRL
F. Technical and Conforming Amendments
to, and Requests for Comment on, Other
Aspects of the Regulatory Framework for
Variable Contracts
G. Compliance Date
III. Economic Analysis
A. Introduction
B. Economic Baseline
1. Overview of Variable Products Market
2. Statutory and Regulatory Disclosure
Requirements
C. Benefits and Costs of the Proposed Rule
1. Optional Summary Prospectus Regime
2. Treatment of Discontinued Variable
Contracts
3. Changes to Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6
4. Inline XBRL
D. Effects on Efficiency, Competition, and
Capital Formation
E. Reasonable Alternatives
1. Mandating Summary Prospectuses
2. Summary Prospectuses Delivered With
Statutory Prospectuses
3. Contract-Specific Updating Summary
Prospectuses
4. Do Not Provide Updating Summary
Prospectuses
5. Inline XBRL
6. Alternatives to Form N–3, N–4, and N–
6 Amendments
7. Requiring All Variable Contracts
(Including Currently Discontinued
Contracts) To Prepare Updated
Registration Statements and Deliver
Statutory or Summary Prospectuses
8. Alternatives to Commission’s Position
on Alternative Disclosure Contracts
F. Request for Comments
IV. Paperwork Reduction Act
A. Form N–3
B. Form N–4
C. Form N–6
D. Registered Investment Company
Interactive Data
E. Proposed Rule 498A
F. Request for Comments
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
61731
Sfmt 4702
§ 270.6c–7.
§ 270.6c–8.
§ 270.6e–2.
§ 270.6e–3(T).
§ 270.11a–2.
§ 270.14a–2.
§ 270.26a–1.
§ 270.27c–1.
§ 239.17a and 274.11b.
§ 239.17b and 274.11c.
§ 239.17c and 274.11d.
V. Regulatory Flexibility Certification
VI. Consideration of Impact on the Economy
VII. Statutory Authority and Text of Proposed
Amendments
Appendices
Appendix A: Hypothetical Initial Summary
Prospectus
Appendix B: Hypothetical Updating
Summary Prospectus
Appendix C: Feedback Flier—Variable
Annuity Summary Prospectus
I. Introduction and Background
To meet life insurance needs and
other financial goals, investors may
consider variable annuity and variable
life insurance contracts (together,
‘‘variable contracts’’ or ‘‘contracts’’) as a
way of combining insurance guarantees
with the potential for long-term
investment appreciation.4 Variable
contracts are generally more complex
than other retail investment products,
such as mutual funds, in a variety of
ways. These investment products
combine both investment and insurance
features. They frequently offer a menu
of optional benefits that an investor may
select to customize the contract to meet
his or her individual needs. In addition,
most have two-level fee structures,
where fees are assessed at both the
contract level by the issuer (including
any additional charges for optional
benefits selected by the investor) and at
the underlying investment option level.
Further transactional charges may also
apply, some of which could be
substantial, for example, in the case of
withdrawals made from a contract prior
to a specified number of years.5 Special
tax rules also apply to variable products,
with both tax advantages and potential
4 For an overview of variable annuities and
variable life insurance contracts, see infra section
I.A.
5 A contract may impose a ‘‘surrender charge’’ if,
after purchase payments are made, an investor
withdraws money from the contract during a stated
period typically ranging from six to ten (or even
more) years.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61732
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
adverse tax impacts in certain
circumstances.6
Investors should understand the
features, risks, and charges associated
with any potential investment.
Providing investors with key
information is particularly important in
the context of variable contracts, since
their structure is typically more
complex than other types of investment
products. The operation and
terminology associated with these
products can be difficult for investors to
understand. Moreover, variable contract
prospectuses are often quite lengthy
(frequently more than a hundred pages),
particularly in the case of products that
include optional benefits. It is also
common for insurers to describe
different versions of the contract in one
prospectus, some of which may no
longer be available to new investors,
leaving investors to wade through a
lengthy document to find disclosures
relevant to the particular contract that
they purchased or are considering
purchasing.
In addition, variable contract
investors generally allocate their
purchase payments to a range of
investment options. For most variable
contracts, these investment options
typically are mutual funds, which are
separately registered and have their own
prospectuses.7 Because insurers issuing
variable contracts typically bundle
prospectuses for the underlying
portfolio companies together with the
variable contract prospectus, the
disclosures that investors receive at the
time of the initial purchase and on an
annual basis thereafter can be
voluminous.8
We are concerned that the volume,
format, and content of disclosures in the
variable contract context may make it
difficult for some investors to find and
understand key information that they
need to make an informed investment
decision. To improve the current
disclosure framework and update the
6 For example, assets within a variable contract
grow tax-deferred, and transfers between
investment options under the contract are not
taxable events. However, investors may face a 10%
federal income tax penalty if money is withdrawn
before the investor reaches 591⁄2 years old. For these
and other reasons, a variable contract generally is
sold as a long-term investment.
7 For purposes of this release, we refer to these
entities as ‘‘portfolio companies.’’
8 For example, variable annuity contracts offer an
average of 59 investment options, with some
contracts offering more than 250 investment
options. See Insured Retirement Institute, IRI Fact
Book 2018 (‘‘IRI Fact Book’’), at 170. Furthermore,
variable life insurance contracts offer an average of
64 investment options, with some contracts offering
more than 300 investment options. These variable
life figures are based on June 2018 data obtained
from Morningstar Direct.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
manner in which variable contract
investors receive and review
prospectuses and related information,
we are proposing new rule 498A under
the Securities Act that permits the use
of a summary prospectus to satisfy
statutory prospectus delivery
obligations, along with other rule and
form amendments intended to
implement the summary prospectus
framework. Investors would continue to
have access to the contract statutory
prospectus and other information about
the contract online (and could receive
paper or electronic copies upon
request), which would continue to
provide more-detailed information
about the contract.
Specifically, the approach under the
proposed new rule contemplates the use
of two types of summary prospectuses:
An ‘‘initial summary prospectus’’ to be
provided to new investors, and an
‘‘updating summary prospectus’’ to be
provided to existing investors. To help
investors make an informed investment
decision, each type of summary
prospectus uses a layered disclosure
approach designed to provide investors
with key information relating to the
contract’s terms, benefits, and risks in a
concise and more reader-friendly
presentation, with website addresses or
hyperlinks to more detailed information
posted online and delivered
electronically or in paper format on
request. In proposing new rule 498A, we
are considering approaches that could
affect, and raise the possibility of future
amendments to, certain parallel
provisions of rule 498 and certain of our
registration forms applicable to other
types of registered investment
companies.
A. Overview of Variable Annuities and
Variable Life Insurance Products
Variable contracts are contracts
between an investor and an insurance
company that provide investors with
exposure to the securities markets while
also offering certain insurance
protections, such as protection against
market losses, protection against
outliving their assets, or assurances that
their beneficiaries will receive a certain
amount upon death.9 Unlike traditional
9 The average contract value for individual
variable annuities is approximately $106,187. See
IRI Fact Book, supra note 8, at 170. Americans who
own annuities have a median annual household
income of $64,000 (80% have total annual
household incomes below $100,000). Most
individual annuity owners are retired. Although the
average age of an annuity owner is 70, the average
age at which owners purchased their first annuity
is 51. See The Gallup Organization and Mathew
Greenwald & Associates for The Committee of
Annuity Insurers, Survey of Owners of Individual
Annuity Contracts (2013) (‘‘Gallup Survey’’), at 8–
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
annuities and life insurance contracts,
variable contracts have an investment
component that allows investors the
possibility of increasing their potential
benefits.10 Variable contracts also offer
tax benefits such as tax-deferral on
investment earnings until distribution.
This combination of insurance
guarantees and tax-deferred investment
may be appealing to investors.
When an investor purchases a
variable contract, he or she makes a
purchase payment (in either a lump sum
or a series of payments), and in return,
the insurance company promises to pay
a stream of periodic income payments,
either immediately or at some future
date. Variable annuities allow investors
to receive periodic payments for either
a definite period (e.g., 20 years), or for
an indefinite period (e.g., the life of the
investor), and also provide a basic death
benefit to protect the investor’s
beneficiaries. The investor may allocate
the cash value of the purchase payments
to a range of investment options
available under the contract, including
to portfolio companies and, in some
cases, to a fixed account option that
pays a fixed or minimum rate of
interest. The investor’s account value
changes depending on the performance
of the investment options the investor
has selected.
Similar to variable annuities, variable
life insurance contracts offer a death
benefit to the investor, as well as the
ability to accumulate cash value.11 Also
9. There is limited data available regarding variable
life insurance contracts, but based upon the data
that is available, the Commission believes that the
demographics of investors for those products are
likely comparable.
10 Variable contracts generally are treated as
annuity or insurance contracts under state
insurance laws and securities under the federal
securities laws. Although section 3(a)(8) of the
Securities Act exempts from the Act any insurance
or endowment policy or annuity contract issued by
a corporation subject to the supervision of the
insurance commissioner of any State or Territory of
the United States or the District of Columbia, we
have determined, and the courts have held, that
variable annuities are securities under the federal
securities laws and are not, therefore, entitled to
this exemption. See, e.g., SEC v. Variable Annuity
Life Ins. Co. of Am., 359 U.S. 65 (1959) (variable
annuity contracts are securities, and not insurance
policies or annuity contracts within the meaning of
the Act’s exemption because the issuer of a variable
annuity contract has no element of fixed return and
does not assume any investment risk, which is
inherent in the concepts of insurance and annuity
contracts); see also Adoption of Rule 3c–4 Under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, Investment
Company Act Release No. 7644, 1 SEC Docket 17
(Jan. 31, 1973) (because the contract holder
participates directly in the investment experience of
the separate account and bears an investment risk,
a variable life insurance contract is a security, not
entitled to the exemption set forth in section 3(a)(8)
of the Securities Act).
11 Unlike other types of life insurance, variable
life insurance exposes the investor to greater market
risk (the cash value can decrease), but also offers
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
like variable annuities, a variable life
insurance contract permits the investor
to allocate insurance premiums to a
variety of portfolio companies, and may
also offer a fixed account investment
option. Because an investor will
generally allocate the insurance
premiums to portfolio companies, the
cash value (and in some cases, the death
benefit 12) will vary with the
performance of these investments.
Investors bear a number of ongoing
fees, expenses, and other charges when
investing in a variable contract,
including mortality and expense risk
charges,13 administrative fees, fees for
optional benefits selected by the
investor, and portfolio company fees
and expenses.14 Investors may also bear
certain transaction-based charges,
including surrender charges.15 Variable
life insurance contracts also impose an
additional insurance charge to cover the
cost of the death benefit.16
Variable contracts commonly offer
optional benefit features as riders to the
contract with their own terms and
conditions. Riders commonly provide
enhanced death benefits, as well as
‘‘living benefits’’ that may be designed
to provide protection against investment
losses or longevity risk, or to cover
financial losses that result from illness,
incapacity, or injury. These optional
riders have become increasingly popular
with variable contract investors.17
the potential for long-term returns that can grow the
cash value. An investor may access the cash value
of his or her contract by taking out loans (or
withdrawals), which may be subject to surrender
charges and are taxable under certain
circumstances. Taking a loan or withdrawal reduces
the policy’s cash value and death benefit, and may
require additional premium payments to keep the
policy in force.
12 The death benefit can vary based on optional
benefit features that the contract investor selects.
See infra paragraph accompanying note 17.
13 The mortality and expense (‘‘M&E’’) risk
charge, which is based on an investor’s account
value, compensates the insurance company for
offering certain contract features (e.g., death benefit
or annuitization) and is sometimes used to pay the
insurance company’s costs to sell the contract (e.g.,
commissions). Typical M&E charges are
approximately 1.25% of account value per year for
variable annuities, and 0.90% for variable life
insurance. See IRI Fact Book, supra note 8, at 55.
14 Investors indirectly bear the operating fees and
expenses of the portfolio companies they select as
the underlying investments in their variable
contracts.
15 See supra note 5.
16 These additional insurance charges are
determined at the time of the contract is written and
vary based on the insured’s personal characteristics,
such as age and health. These charges are in
addition to the M&E risk charge discussed above.
See supra note 13.
17 See, e.g., IRI Fact Book, supra note 8, at 83
(‘‘Just under $2 trillion of VA assets were held by
insurance companies as of the fourth quarter of
2017, with an estimated $800 billion having a living
benefit.’’); Gallup Survey, supra note 9, at 21
(stating that ‘‘[n]early eight in ten annuity owners
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Typically, there is a separate charge for
each rider.
B. Prospectus Disclosure and Delivery
1. Requirements for Variable Contract
Prospectus Disclosure and Delivery
The prospectus delivery requirements
for variable contracts arise from the
legal structure of these products. The
‘‘separate account’’ 18 established by the
sponsoring insurance company is the
legal entity that registers its securities.
The separate account is an account that
is owned by the insurance company.19
Separate accounts are typically
registered as investment companies
under the Investment Company Act 20
and also register their securities under
the Securities Act by filing a registration
statement with the Commission.
Separate accounts may be organized
either as management companies 21 or
unit investment trusts (‘‘UITs’’).22
(79%) who own a variable annuity report that their
contract has a guaranteed lifetime withdrawal
benefit.’’).
18 See section 2(a)(37) of the Investment Company
Act (defining ‘‘separate account’’ to mean an
account established and maintained by an
insurance company pursuant to state law under
which income, gains and losses from assets
allocated to that account are credited against the
account without regard to other income, gains or
losses of the insurance company). In addition to
directing all or part of their purchase payments to
the investment options (typically mutual funds)
available under the separate account, investors may
also direct their purchase payments to a fixed
account that pays a fixed, or minimum, rate of
interest. The fixed account is part of the insurance
company’s general account, which, unlike the
separate account, is subject to the insurance
company’s claims-paying ability and creditor reach.
19 The assets of the separate account are
segregated from the other assets of the insurance
company (such as the insurance company’s general
account) and are therefore insulated from the claims
of the insurance company’s creditors. See rule 26a–
2 under the Investment Company Act (providing
exemptions from certain provisions of the Act to
permit the insurance company that sponsors a
separate account to hold the assets of the separate
account).
20 In general, an insurance company’s separate
account is an investment company under the
Investment Company Act. See Prudential Ins. Co. v.
SEC, 326 F.2d 383, 388 (3d Cir. 1964) (concluding
that the insurer’s separate account, which was a
completely segregated account devoted to investing
in securities, the cash for which was derived from
payments made by the purchaser of the variable
annuity contract, and the proceeds from which
were held for the sole benefit of the annuitant, was
separable from the insurance company and should
be deemed the ‘‘investment company’’ for purposes
of the Act). Not all variable contract separate
accounts are investment companies; exclusions may
apply to certain separate accounts that rely, for
example, on sections 3(c)(1), (7), or (11) of the
Investment Company Act.
21 See section 4(3) of the Investment Company
Act (defining ‘‘management company’’ to mean any
investment company other than a face-amount
certificate company or a unit investment trust).
22 See section 4(2) of the Investment Company
Act (defining ‘‘unit investment trust’’ to include an
investment company that is organized under a trust
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61733
Variable annuity separate accounts that
are management companies file
registration statements on Form N–3,23
while those that are UITs file
registration statements on Form N–4.
Most variable annuity contracts sold
today are offered by Form N–4
registrants.24 Variable life separate
accounts, which also are typically
organized as UITs, file registration
statements on Form N–6.25
Form N–4 (variable annuity) and N–
6 (variable life) registrants are
sometimes referred to as ‘‘two-tier’’
investment company structures. The top
tier, which is the separate account
established by the insurer and registered
with the Commission as a UIT, is itself
divided into ‘‘subaccounts,’’ each of
which invests in the shares of an
underlying portfolio company (e.g., a
mutual fund or exchange-traded fund
(‘‘ETF’’)) that serves as an investment
option under the variable contract. In
this structure, the insurer’s separate
account, not the variable contract
investor, is the legal owner of the
underlying fund shares.26
Section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act
makes it unlawful to carry or cause to
be carried a security for purposes of sale
or for delivery after sale ‘‘unless
accompanied or preceded’’ by a
prospectus that meets the requirements
of section 10(a) of the Act.27 For
purposes of section 5 of the Securities
Act, each additional purchase payment
under a variable contract is considered
a ‘‘sale’’ requiring delivery of a current
prospectus.28
indenture, does not have a board of directors, and
only issues redeemable securities, each of which
represents an undivided interest in a unit of
specified securities).
23 Form N–3 filers register as management
investment companies because the active
management of the investment portfolio occurs at
the separate account level. During the early years
of variable product history, this was the
predominant type of separate account. However, by
2017, only five variable annuity separate accounts
were registered as management investment
companies on Form N–3.
24 In 2017, 435 variable annuity separate accounts
registered as UITs on Form N–4.
25 In 2017, 238 variable life insurance separate
accounts registered as UITs on Form N–6.
26 Variable contract investors do not hold legal
title to the assets of the insurance company’s
separate account. See supra note 19. However,
certain legal rights, such as voting rights, generally
pass through to variable contract investors.
27 See section 10(a) of the Securities Act
(generally requiring a prospectus relating to a
security to contain the information contained in the
registration statement). For purposes of this release,
a prospectus meeting the requirements of a section
10(a) prospectus is referred to as a ‘‘statutory
prospectus.’’
28 See Registration Forms for Insurance Company
Separate Accounts that Offer Variable Annuity
Contracts, Investment Company Act Release No.
14575 (June 14, 1985) [50 FR 26145 (June 25, 1985)]
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
Continued
30NOP2
61734
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Variable contract issuers generally
maintain current prospectuses for their
products through the filing of annual
post-effective amendments to their
registration statement and, as necessary,
supplementing or ‘‘stickering’’ the
contract prospectus or statement of
additional information (‘‘SAI’’).29 Rather
than bearing the expense of sending a
prospectus with each confirmation of an
investor’s purchase of additional shares,
which often occurs on a periodic basis
(e.g., monthly), most registrants instead
send copies of the new prospectus to all
investors each time it is updated. It is
our understanding that this practice is
similar to that followed by most mutual
funds.
We understand that an insurer or the
financial intermediary distributing the
variable contact will typically deliver
the variable contract prospectus upon
issuance of the contract, in order to
comply with the requirements of section
5(b)(2).30 However, we also understand
that many insurers make it a practice to
provide the variable contract prospectus
to potential investors, often as part of
the application package.
The Commission has interpreted
section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act to
require delivery of a portfolio company
prospectus to an investor in a variable
contract who has allocated his or her
purchase payments to that portfolio
(‘‘Forms N–3 and N–4 Adopting Release’’) at n.14
and accompanying text.
29 In addition to updating the registration
statement for the variable contract annually to
include updated financial statements, variable
contract issuers also make amendments to the
contract registration statement (generally as part of
this annual update process), as necessary to reflect
material or other changes to the information
disclosed. See section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act
(requiring, among other things, that a prospectus
used more than nine months after the effective date
of a registration statement be updated so that the
information contained therein shall not be more
than 16 months old). But see infra section II.C
(discussing circumstances in which certain variable
contract issuers provide alternative disclosures
instead of the contract statutory prospectus, as
described in certain staff no-action letters). See also
section 11 of the Securities Act (providing a civil
remedy for a registration statement that contains
‘‘an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading.’’); rule 408 under the Securities Act [17
CFR 230.408(a)] (requiring registrants to include, in
addition to the information expressly required to be
included in a registration statement, such further
material information, if any, as may be necessary to
make the required statements, in the light of the
circumstances under which they are made, not
misleading.).
Additionally, portfolio companies may
supplement or ‘‘sticker’’ their prospectus or SAI.
See generally rule 497 under the Securities Act.
30 Because the requirements of section 5(b)(2) of
the Securities Act are applicable to ‘‘any person,’’
its obligations are applicable to financial
intermediaries through whom variable contracts are
sold, as well as variable contract issuers.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
company.31 We understand that today
most investors receive summary
prospectuses (as opposed to statutory
prospectuses) for the underlying
portfolio companies at the same time
they receive the statutory prospectus for
the variable contract. Since variable
contracts generally offer exchange
privileges permitting an investor to
reallocate all or a portion of his or her
investment from one underlying
portfolio company to another, many
insurance companies deliver
prospectuses for all underlying portfolio
companies to simplify the
administrative task of tracking whether
it delivered the appropriate current
prospectus. Other insurers have
invested in systems that enable the
insurer to customize the delivery of
underlying portfolio company
prospectuses such that investors only
receive prospectuses for the portfolio
companies to which they have allocated
purchase payments.
Although paper is the default format
for delivery of contract prospectuses,
portfolio company prospectuses, and
certain other required disclosures, we
understand that most insurers offer
investors the option to elect electronic
delivery of these documents. The
Commission has provided guidance
noting that electronic delivery may be
used to satisfy prospectus delivery
requirements if: (1) The investor has
notice of the availability of the
information; (2) the use of the medium
is not so burdensome that intended
recipients cannot effectively access the
information being provided; and (3) the
issuer has evidence of delivery.32
Issuers relying on this guidance have
typically satisfied the ‘‘evidence of
delivery’’ requirement by obtaining
informed consent to electronic delivery.
Investors that have elected electronic
delivery of materials associated with
their variable contract typically receive
an email that contains a link to the
31 See Forms N–3 and N–4 Adopting Release,
supra note 28, at n.49 and accompanying text (‘‘Of
course, delivery of a prospectus of an underlying
company in which a contractowner actually invests
will be required pursuant to section 5(b)(2) under
the 1933 Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(2)).’’).
32 See Use of Electronic Media for Delivery
Purposes, Investment Company Act Release No.
21399 (Oct. 6, 1995) [60 FR 53458 (Oct. 13, 1995)]
(‘‘1995 Release’’); Use of Electronic Media by
Broker-Dealers, Transfer Agents, and Investment
Advisers for Delivery of Information; Additional
Examples Under the Securities Act of 1933,
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Investment
Company Act of 1940, Investment Company Act
Release No. 21945 (May 9, 1996) ([61 FR 24644
(May 15, 1996]) (‘‘1996 Release’’); Use of Electronic
Media, Investment Company Act Release No. 24426
(Apr. 28, 2000) [65 FR 25843 (May 4, 2000)] (‘‘2000
Release’’).
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
website where the materials are
available.
2. Evolution of Layered Disclosure and
Delivery of Information to Investors
Our proposal builds on our
experience with both layered disclosure
(under the mutual fund summary
prospectus) 33 and integrated disclosure
(enhanced over a decade ago with
securities offering reform for corporate
issuers).34 It also draws on more than
twenty years of experience with the use
of the internet as a medium to provide
information to investors.35
Through each of these sets of reforms,
‘‘omitting prospectuses’’ as permitted by
section 10(b) of the Securities Act have
become a central feature of various parts
of our securities offering and disclosure
regime.36 In particular, our proposed
approach for satisfying prospectus
33 Enhanced Disclosure and New Prospectus
Delivery Option for Registered Open-End
Management Investment Companies, Investment
Company Act Release No. 28584 (Jan. 13, 2009) [74
FR 4546 (Jan. 26, 2009)] (‘‘2009 Summary
Prospectus Adopting Release’’) (permitting the use
of a summary prospectus by registered open-end
management investment companies).
34 Securities Offering Reform, Securities Act
Release No. 8591 (July 19, 2005) [70 FR 44722 (Aug.
3, 2005)] (‘‘Securities Offering Reform’’) at n.202
and accompanying text (allowing the use of free
writing prospectuses to provide information to
investors and stating that a free writing prospectus
is a permitted prospectus for purposes of section
10(b) of the Securities Act and, as such, can be used
without violating section 5(b)(1) of the Securities
Act). Additionally, Congress recently required the
Commission to extend securities offering reform to
closed-end funds (see section 509 of the Economic
Growth, Recovery Relief, and Consumer Protection
Act, S. 2155, 115th Cong. (2017–2018)), and to
business development companies (see section 3 of
the Small Business Credit Availability Act, S. 2324,
115th Cong. (2017–2018)).
35 See, e.g., 1995 Release, supra note 32
(providing Commission views on the use of
electronic media to deliver information to investors,
with a focus on electronic delivery of prospectuses,
annual reports, and proxy solicitation materials);
1996 Release, supra note 32 (providing Commission
views on electronic delivery of required
information by broker-dealers, transfer agents, and
investment advisers); 2000 Release, supra note 32
(providing updated interpretive guidance on the use
of electronic media to deliver documents on matters
such as telephonic and global consent, issuer
liability for website content, and legal principles
that should be considered in conducting online
offerings).
See also Securities Offering Reform, supra note
34 (adopting rule 172 under the Securities Act
providing an ‘‘access equals delivery’’ framework
under which issuers and intermediaries can satisfy
their final prospectus delivery obligations);
Shareholder Choice Regarding Proxy Materials,
Investment Company Act Release No. 27911 (July
26, 2007) [72 FR 42222 (Aug. 1, 2007)]
(‘‘Shareholder Choice Regarding Proxy Materials’’)
(adopting rule amendments requiring issuers to post
their proxy materials on a specified website and
provide shareholders with a notice of internet
availability of the materials).
36 See infra note 93 and accompanying text
(discussing omitting prospectuses as permitted by
section 10(b) of the Securities Act).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
delivery obligations for variable contract
prospectuses is generally modeled on
the Commission’s mutual fund
summary prospectus framework, with
some modifications that reflect the
unique structure, features, and risks of
variable contracts. Likewise, our
proposed approach for satisfying
portfolio company prospectus delivery
requirements incorporates aspects of the
‘‘access equals delivery’’ framework we
adopted in 2005, in instances where
certain information has already been
provided to investors,37 as well as
certain website posting requirements
from the mutual fund summary
prospectus rule.
Our proposal also draws on the
Commission’s investor testing efforts,
outreach, and other empirical research
concerning investors’ preferences. This
included information about summary
content and layered disclosure
approaches as well as methods of
delivery for required disclosures and
use of the internet for financial and
other purposes generally.38 Most
recently, the Commission released a
request for comment on many of these
37 Securities Offering Reform contemplated
delivery of a preliminary prospectus to investors
purchasing during an initial public offering, while
our proposal would require delivery of variable
contract summary prospectuses, which would
accompany or precede delivery of the variable
contract security and which would contain certain
key information about portfolio companies. See,
e.g., Securities Offering Reform, supra note 34; infra
notes 120 and 192 and accompanying text
(outlining certain portfolio company information
which would be disclosed in variable contract
summary prospectuses).
38 For example, in 2007, the Commission engaged
a consultant to conduct focus group interviews and
a telephone survey concerning investors’ views and
opinions about various disclosure documents filed
by companies, including mutual funds. The
consultant’s report concerning the focus group
testing and related transcripts are in the comment
file for this rule (available at https://www.sec.gov/
comments/s7-08-15/s70815-1.pdf). The consultant’s
report concerning the telephone survey is available
at https://www.sec.gov/pdf/disclosuredocs.pdf
(approximately 60% of investors believed mutual
fund prospectuses contained too much information
and 56% of investors who received mutual fund
prospectuses but rarely, very rarely, or never read
them indicated that was because the prospectuses
were too complicated or hard to understand, or too
long and too wordy).
In addition, in 2011, the Commission engaged a
consultant to conduct investor testing regarding
shareholder reports. The consultant’s report
concerning that testing (‘‘Investor Testing of Mutual
Fund Shareholder Reports’’) is in the comment file
for this rule (available at https://www.sec.gov/
comments/s7-08-15/s70815-3.pdf). Separately, in
2012, Commission staff prepared a study of investor
financial literacy pursuant to section 917 of the
Dodd-Frank Act. See SEC Staff, Study Regarding
Financial Literacy Among Investors (Aug. 2012)
(‘‘2012 Financial Literacy Study’’). Materials
relating to this study, including the staff’s report,
are available at https://www.investor.gov/
publications-research-studies/sec-research.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
same issues.39 Certain comments that
the Commission has received on its
recent Form CRS Relationship Summary
proposal 40 also reflect support for a
disclosure regime that leverages the
benefits of layered disclosure.41
Moreover, certain observations by the
staff of the Commission’s Office of
Investor Education and Advocacy as
part of its 2012 Financial Literacy Study
show that investors generally favor a
layered approach to disclosure and,
wherever possible, the use of a summary
containing key information about an
investment product or service.42
Investors may have a preference for
certain efficiencies afforded by more
concise information, as research shows
the introduction of a shorter and
simplified summary prospectus may
allow investors to spend less time and
effort to arrive at the same portfolio
decision they would have come to after
reading the statutory prospectus.43 For
these same reasons, we believe that
variable contract investors would
benefit from the summary disclosures
39 See Request for Comment on Fund Retail
Investor Experience and Disclosure, Investment
Company Act Release No. 33113 (June 5, 2018) [83
FR 26891 (June 11, 2018)] (‘‘Request for Comment
on Fund Retail Investor Experience’’). The comment
file for this request for comment is available at
https://www.sec.gov/comments/s7-12-18/
s71218.htm. Multiple comment letters that the
Commission has received to date on this request for
comment reflect a preference for shorter summary
disclosures, with additional information available
online or upon request. See, e.g., Comment Letter
of Carol Palmer, File No. S7–12–18 (June 5, 2018);
Comment Letter of Perry Balke, File No. S7–12–18
(June 5, 2018); Comment Letter of Sara Karlidag,
File No. S7–12–18 (June 6, 2018); Comment Letter
of Harold Thomas, File No. S7–12–18 (June 8,
2018); Comment Letter of Carla Rojas, File No. S7–
12–18 (June 9, 2018).
40 See Form CRS Relationship Summary;
Amendments to Form ADV; Required Disclosures
in Retail Communications and Restrictions on the
Use of Certain Names or Titles, Investment Advisers
Act Release No. 4888 (Apr. 18, 2018) [83 FR 21416
(May 9, 2018)]. The comment file for this proposal
is available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/s708-18/s70818.htm.
41 See, e.g., Comment Letter of the Insured
Retirement Institute, File No. S7–08–18 (Aug. 7,
2018); Comment Letter of Massachusetts Mutual
Life Insurance Company, File No. S7–08–18 (Aug.
7, 2018).
42 See 2012 Financial Literacy Study, supra note
38, at v-xix. The key information that investors
found useful and relevant before purchasing an
investment product includes information on fees
and expenses, investment performance, principal
risks, and investment objectives. With respect to the
presentation of disclosure, the 2012 Financial
Literacy Study indicates that investors preferred
disclosures being ‘‘written in clear, concise,
understandable language, using bullet points,
tables, charts, and/or graphs.’’ See id. at iv.
43 See John Beshears et al., How Does Simplified
Disclosure Affect Individuals’ Mutual Funds
Choices?, Explorations in the Economics of Aging,
75, 76 (David A. Wise ed., 2011) (‘‘Beshears
Paper’’), available at https://scholar.harvard.edu/
laibson/publications/how-does-simplifieddisclosure-affect-individuals-mutual-fund-choices.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61735
and layered approach contemplated by
our proposal, especially given the fact
that variable contracts are typically
more complex than other types of
investment products, in part due to the
two-tier structure that most use.
Based upon the foregoing, we believe
that a summary prospectus framework
for variable contracts would benefit
investors. The mutual fund industry has
widely adopted the use of summary
prospectuses.44 We believe our
proposed prospectus delivery approach
would be similarly widely adopted by
issuers of variable contracts.45
C. Rulemaking Proposal Overview
We are proposing a new disclosure
framework that, among other things,
would permit the use of summary
prospectuses for variable contracts, with
additional information available to
investors online. To help investors make
an informed investment decision, this
proposal uses a layered disclosure
approach designed to provide investors
with key information relating to the
contract’s terms, benefits, and risks in a
concise and more reader-friendly
presentation, with access to more
detailed information available online, or
delivered in paper or electronic format
on request. We anticipate that the
proposed framework would improve
investor understanding of variable
contracts.
The proposed rule builds upon our
experience creating a summary
prospectus option for mutual funds in
2009, but with certain differences
intended to reflect the nature of variable
contracts.46 Like the Commission’s
mutual fund summary prospectus rule,
the summary prospectus that the
proposed rule contemplates is meant to
highlight key information of variable
contracts that we believe would help an
44 We estimate that as of December 31, 2017,
approximately 95% of mutual funds and ETFs use
summary prospectuses. This estimate is based on
EDGAR data for the number of mutual funds and
ETFs that filed a summary prospectus in 2017
(10,686) and the Investment Company Institute’s
estimated number of mutual funds and ETFs as of
12/31/2017 (11,253). See Investment Company
Institute, 2018 Investment Company Fact Book, at
52, available at https://www.ici.org/pdf/2018_
factbook.pdf.
45 See infra section III.C (stating that we expect
a vast majority of insurers will choose to use
summary prospectuses).
46 However, the proposed rule departs from rule
498 in requiring two separate types of summary
prospectuses. See infra sections II.A.1 and II.A.2.
We designed this framework to distinguish the
information we believe new and existing investors
need, and to highlight the particular contract
features and risks that are particularly relevant to
these two groups of investors, taking into account
information that we understand these investors may
receive through other channels (e.g., as a result of
state insurance law, other regulatory requirements,
and industry practice).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61736
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
investor make an informed investment
decision.47
Because variable contracts typically
include a number of optional benefits
and underlying investment options, a
summary could not, by its nature,
include all relevant aspects and details
regarding each of these contract
features. The variable contract summary
prospectus is designed to be a succinct
summary of the contract’s key terms and
benefits and most significant risks,
making it easier to read and more
understandable for investors. This
summary prospectus would serve as the
cornerstone of a layered disclosure
framework that would alert investors to
the availability of more detailed
information in the statutory prospectus
and in other locations, and would be
tailored to the unique aspects of these
products. As a result, investors would
have ready access to key information in
connection with an investment
decision.
The main elements of the new
disclosure framework include:
• Option to use summary prospectus.48
Proposed new rule 498A would permit the
use of two distinct types of contract summary
prospectuses: (1) Initial summary
prospectuses covering variable contracts
currently offered to new investors; and (2)
updating summary prospectuses for existing
investors. The initial summary prospectus
would include certain key information about
the contract’s most salient features, benefits,
and risks, presented in plain English in a
standardized order. The updating summary
prospectus would include a brief description
of certain changes to the contract that
occurred during the previous year, as well as
a subset of the information required to be in
the initial summary prospectus. Certain key
information about the portfolio companies
would be provided in both the initial
summary prospectus and updating summary
prospectus.
• Availability of variable contract statutory
prospectus and other materials.49 The
proposed rule would require the variable
contract statutory prospectus, as well as the
contract’s SAI, to be publicly accessible, free
of charge, at a website address specified on
or hyperlinked in the cover of the summary
prospectus. An investor who receives a
contract summary prospectus would be able
to request the contract statutory prospectus
and SAI to be sent in paper or electronically,
at no cost to the investor.
• Optional method to satisfy portfolio
company prospectus delivery requirements.50
The proposed rule would provide an optional
method for satisfying portfolio company
prospectus delivery obligations by making
portfolio company summary and statutory
prospectuses available online at the website
address specified on or hyperlinked in the
variable contract summary prospectus, with
certain key information about the portfolio
companies provided in the variable contract’s
summary prospectus.51 Investors would also
be able to request and receive those
disclosures in paper or electronically at no
cost. This new option for satisfying portfolio
company prospectus delivery requirements
would only be available for portfolio
companies available as investment options
through variable contracts that use contract
summary prospectuses.
• Discontinued Variable Contracts.52 In
proposing the new variable contract
summary prospectus disclosure framework,
we acknowledge the industry practice of
providing alternative disclosures under the
specific circumstances described in certain
staff no-action letters. In light of this
proposal, we believe that it is useful to
consider the appropriate disclosure
framework for the types of contracts that
were the subject of the staff no-action letters.
• Form amendments.53 We are also
proposing to amend Forms N–3, N–4, and N–
6—the registration forms for variable
contracts—to update and enhance the
disclosure regime for these investment
products.54 The proposed amendments are
intended to consolidate certain summary
information in a condensed presentation,
reflect industry developments (e.g., the
prevalence of optional benefits in today’s
variable contracts), and otherwise improve
disclosures provided to variable contract
investors.
• Inline XBRL.55 Registrants would be
required to use the Inline XBRL format for
the submission of certain variable contract
information. This requirement is intended to
harness technology to provide a mechanism
for allowing investors, their investment
professionals, data aggregators, and other
data users to efficiently analyze and compare
the available information about variable
contracts, as required by their particular
needs and circumstances.
• Other Amendments.56 We are proposing
certain technical and conforming
amendments to our rules to reflect the
proposed new regime for variable contract
summary prospectuses. We are also
proposing certain technical amendments to
rules relating to variable life insurance
contracts, as well as rescission of certain
rules and forms.
Table 1 summarizes the various
requirements—under the current
prospectus delivery regime, and under
the proposed summary prospectus
regime—for information to either be (1)
delivered to all investors, (2) made
available online, or (3) delivered to
those investors who so request:
TABLE 1—INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO VARIABLE CONTRACT INVESTORS
Contract Statutory Prospectus.
Contract SAI .........................
Contract Part C Information
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Initial Summary Prospectus
Updating Summary Prospectus.
Current prospectus delivery regime 57
Optional proposed summary prospectus regime
Delivered to all investors .................................................
Required to be available online and delivered (in paper
or electronic format) upon request.
Required to be available online and delivered (in paper
or electronic format) upon request.
Not delivered to investors or required to be available
online, but is filed with registration statement (available on EDGAR).
Delivered to new investors.
Delivered to existing investors.
Available upon request ...................................................
Not delivered to investors or required to be available
online, but is filed with registration statement (available on EDGAR).
N/A ..................................................................................
N/A ..................................................................................
47 The mutual fund summary prospectus rule is
designed to provide investors with ‘‘streamlined
and user friendly information that is key to an
investment decision.’’ See Enhanced Disclosure and
New Prospectus Delivery Option for Registered
Open-End Management Investment Companies,
Investment Company Act Release No. 28064 (Nov.
21, 2007) [72 FR 67790 (Nov. 30, 2007)] (‘‘2007
Summary Prospectus Proposing Release’’), at
section I; see also Richard J. Wirth, What’s Puzzling
You . . . Is the Nature of Variable Annuity
Prospectuses, 34 Western New England Law Review
127 (2012) (‘‘Informed decision-making demands
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
that consumers have enough of an understanding of
what’s for sale and what trade-offs are being asked
of them in order to make an informed decision
about whether or not to buy a product.’’).
48 See infra section II.A.
49 See infra section II.A.4.
50 See infra section II.B.
51 This option would not apply to Form N–3
registrants, which do not have underlying portfolio
companies due to a single-tier investment company
structure.
52 See infra section II.C.
53 See infra section II.D.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
54 The Commission first adopted the registration
form for variable annuities over 30 years ago, and
adopted the registration form for variable life
insurance over 15 years ago. See Forms N–3 and N–
4 Adopting Release, supra note 28; Registration
Form for Insurance Company Separate Accounts
Registered as Unit Investment Trusts That Offer
Variable Life Insurance Policies, Investment
Company Act Release No. 25522 (Apr. 12, 2002) [67
FR 19848 (Apr. 23, 2002)] (‘‘Separate Accounts
Offering Variable Life Release’’).
55 See infra section II.E.
56 See infra section II.F.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
61737
TABLE 1—INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO VARIABLE CONTRACT INVESTORS—Continued
Portfolio Company
Prospectuses.
Current prospectus delivery regime 57
Optional proposed summary prospectus regime
Delivered to all investors .................................................
Delivered to investors, or, if the new option to satisfy
portfolio company prospectus delivery is relied-upon,58 required to be available online and delivered (in paper or electronic format) upon request.59
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Under proposed rule 498A, use of the
summary prospectus to satisfy a
registrant’s section 5(b)(2) obligation
would be voluntary. We have designed
the proposal to permit, but not require,
registrants to use a summary prospectus
coupled with the internet availability of
variable contract disclosures to make
the delivery process more convenient
and efficient. While we believe the
summary prospectus regime will benefit
investors, we are proposing that the
approach be optional in light of the
novel nature of this disclosure approach
for variable contracts (including its use
of layered disclosure), and because of
the diversity of variable contracts (and
corresponding diversity of disclosure for
variable contracts).
We believe that optionality not only
would give market participants time to
adjust to the new layered disclosure
approach, but also give the Commission
and its staff the opportunity to assess
the benefits to investors and insurers.
While approximately 95% of mutual
funds currently use a summary
prospectus,60 it took nearly eight years
after the adoption of the mutual fund
summary prospectus framework for the
industry to reach that threshold.61
Given the current widespread use of
summary prospectuses by mutual funds,
we believe investors and other market
participants have generally become
comfortable with the use of a summary
prospectus. However, the proposed
variable contract summary prospectus
regime would differ from the mutual
fund summary prospectus framework in
several key ways (e.g., the use of an
initial and an updating summary
prospectus, and the new layered
disclosure approach to satisfying
portfolio company prospectus delivery
obligations). Therefore, we intend to
review the use of the summary
57 This column assumes that the contract at issue
is not providing alternative disclosures to investors
in lieu of the statutory prospectus, as described in
certain staff no-action letters discussed below in
section II.C.
58 See infra section II.B.2.
59 Additionally, summary information about
portfolio companies would be available in the
initial summary prospectus and updating summary
prospectus. See infra sections II.A.1.c.ii(i) and
II.A.2.c.ii(c).
60 See supra note 44.
61 Estimates are based on EDGAR filings.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
prospectus by investors in variable
contracts that voluntarily adopt the
summary prospectus and then
reconsider whether use of the summary
prospectus for variable contracts should
be mandated in the future.62
We believe that the diversity of
variable contracts (and the
corresponding diversity regarding
variable contracts’ approach to
prospectus disclosure) also supports
permitting, but not requiring, insurers to
use the variable contract summary
prospectus regime. We have observed
that some variable contracts are fairly
basic, offering few (or no) optional
benefits and few investment options.
Because these contracts have fairly
straightforward disclosure documents,
the summary prospectus regime may be
less compelling for these products, as
compared to more complex variable
products with numerous optional
benefits and investment options (which
tend to have longer and more
complicated prospectuses). Registrants
will likely assess the relative benefit of
using a summary prospectus based on
the types of products they offer and the
length of their current prospectuses—as
well as the benefit of more concise
disclosure to investors—when
evaluating whether to opt into the new
layered disclosure regime.63 An
optional approach would also preserve
flexibility for registrants that may not
wish to undertake the costs of the
transition to a summary prospectus
regime.
II. Discussion
A. New Option To Use a Summary
Prospectus for Variable Contracts
We are proposing new rule 498A,
which would provide a new option for
a person to satisfy its prospectus
delivery obligations for variable
contracts under section 5(b)(2) of the
Securities Act by: (1) Sending or giving
to new investors key information
contained in a variable contract
statutory prospectus in the form of an
62 See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting
Release, supra note 33, at 66–67 (similarly noting
the Commission’s intent to review the use of the
mutual fund summary prospectus by investors in
funds that voluntarily adopt the summary
prospectus).
63 See infra section III.C.1.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
initial summary prospectus; (2) sending
or giving to existing investors each year
a brief description of certain changes to
the contract, and a subset of the
information in the initial summary
prospectus, in the form of an updating
summary prospectus; and (3) providing
the statutory prospectus and other
materials online. In addition, the new
rule would require a registrant (or the
financial intermediary distributing the
variable contact) to send the variable
contract statutory prospectus and other
materials to the investor in paper or
electronic format upon request.
1. Initial Summary Prospectus
a. Overview
The proposed rule would require a
person relying on the rule to send or
give an initial summary prospectus in
connection with sales of variable
contracts to new investors.64 We have
designed the initial summary
prospectus to use a layered disclosure
approach that would provide investors
with key information relating to the
contract’s terms, benefits, and risks in a
concise and more reader-friendly
presentation, with access to more
detailed information available online
and electronically or in paper format on
request. Simplicity and clarity are of
heightened importance in a prospectus
in connection with an initial purchase
decision for a variable contract because
of the long-term nature and complexity
of these products. In addition, these
considerations are important because,
unlike with other investment products,
typically variable contract investors
have a state-mandated ‘‘free look’’
opportunity to return the contract for a
full refund of premium within a limited
number of days following contract
issuance.65
64 Proposed rule 498A(f)(1). For an initial
purchase of a variable contract, the initial summary
prospectus must be ‘‘sent or given no later than the
time of the carrying or delivery of the contract
security.’’ See infra section II.A.3.
65 State insurance law requirements typically
require that variable contracts have free look
provisions that permit investors to return the
contract for a refund within a stated number of days
of receiving it (usually between ten and twenty
days). The amount of the refund may differ between
variable annuity contracts and variable life
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
Continued
30NOP2
61738
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
One unique aspect of variable contract
disclosure practices is the wide variety
of information about the contract that
we understand investors commonly
receive throughout the lifecycle of the
contract. During the sales process,
potential investors typically receive
informational materials provided by the
insurer, such as marketing brochures,
investment option guides, and other
explanatory materials that focus on key
features of the particular contract or
variable contracts generally. They may
also receive disclosures required under
state law, such as a ‘‘Buyer’s Guide’’
that generally describes how variable
contracts work.66 Each investor also
typically completes an application,
along with certain assessment forms, in
order to determine whether a variable
contract may be appropriate for the
investor.67
Once the application is approved, the
investor receives the contract, which
sets forth in detail the investor-specific
contract terms and is accompanied by
the contract statutory prospectus. In
addition to receiving an updated
contract statutory prospectus and the
prospectuses of the portfolio companies
at least annually,68 investors also
receive other information during the
insurance contracts and also may vary among the
states.
See also NAIC, Annuity Disclosure Model
Regulations (2nd Quarter, 2015) (‘‘2015 NAIC
Annuity Disclosure Model Regulations’’), available
at https://www.naic.org/store/free/MDL-245.pdf
(‘‘Where the Buyer’s Guide and disclosure
document are not provided at or before the time of
application, a free look period of no less than fifteen
(15) days shall be provided for the applicant to
return the annuity contract without penalty. This
free look shall run concurrently with any other free
look provided by state law or regulation.’’); NAIC,
Life Insurance Disclosure Model Regulations, (3rd
Quarter, 2018), available at https://www.naic.org/
store/free/MDL-580.pdf (‘‘[I]f the policy for which
application is made contains an unconditional
refund provision of at least ten (10) days, the
Buyer’s Guide may be delivered with the policy or
prior to delivery of the policy.’’).
66 Some states have adopted model regulations
that require insurers to provide certain disclosure
documents to annuity investors either at or before
the time of application. For example, the ‘‘Buyer’s
Guide’’ describes in plain English how variable
contracts work, what certain technical terms mean,
tax implications, and fees. See NAIC, Buyer’s Guide
for Deferred Annuities Variable (2013), available at
https://www.naic.org/documents/prod_serv_
consumer_anb_lv_2013.pdf; NAIC, Life Insurance
Buyer’s Guide, (2007), available at https://naic.org/
documents/consumer_guide_life.pdf.
67 See, e.g., FINRA Rule 2330 (Members’
Responsibilities Regarding Deferred Variable
Annuities) (establishing sales practice standards,
including suitability standards, regarding
recommended purchases and exchanges of variable
annuities).
68 See supra note 31 and accompanying text; see
also infra section II.C (discussing circumstances
under which certain variable contract issuers
provide alternative disclosures instead of the
contract statutory prospectus, as described in
certain staff no-action letters).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
lifecycle of a variable contract. This
includes, for example, information
required under federal law (such as
purchase and sale confirmations, and
annual and semi-annual reports for the
portfolio companies to which the
investor has allocated contract value).
This also includes notices that insurers
may choose to send to investors alerting
them to key events (such as required
minimum distributions, withdrawals,
annuitization, ability to exercise an
optional benefit, and loan
confirmations).69 We have designed the
initial summary prospectus to
complement current disclosure
practices by not unnecessarily
duplicating other disclosures, and by
highlighting aspects of the contract that
may not be described in detail
elsewhere.
b. Scope of Disclosure To Be Included
in Initial Summary Prospectus
The proposed rule requires that the
initial summary prospectus may only
describe a single contract that the
registrant currently offers for sale.70 We
understand that industry practice is to
combine multiple contract prospectuses
into a single registration statement on
Form N–3, N–4, or N–6 when those
prospectuses describe variable contracts
that are ‘‘essentially identical.’’ 71 We
also understand that certain contract
prospectuses include disclosure about
contract features and options that the
registrant may no longer offer to new
investors.
Aggregating disclosures for multiple
contracts, or currently-offered and nolonger-offered features and options of a
single contract, can hinder investors
from distinguishing between contract
features and options that apply to them
and those that do not. Therefore, the
proposed rule limits the initial summary
prospectus to describing only a single
contract that the registrant offers under
the statutory prospectus to which the
initial summary prospectus relates.
While the initial summary prospectus
could only describe one contract, the
proposed rule nonetheless would permit
69 Additionally, to the extent that a variable
contract investor meets periodically with a sales
agent, the sales agent may also provide additional
supplemental information about the contract or the
portfolio companies.
70 Proposed rule 498A(b)(1).
71 See General Guidance to Variable Annuity,
Variable Life, and Other Insurance Company
Investment Contract Registrants, SEC Staff NoAction Letter (Nov. 3, 1995), at section I.4
(discussing industry practice); see also infra section
II.D.1 (discussing our proposed form instructions
that would incorporate this existing staff guidance).
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
it to describe more than one class of a
currently-offered contract.72
Although the content requirements for
the initial summary prospectus crossreference items of Forms N–3, N–4, and
N–6, we anticipate that the proposed
rule’s scope provisions may cause
registrants to vary certain disclosures
that appear in the statutory prospectus
when the same disclosure topics appear
in the initial summary prospectus. This
may occur even if both disclosures
respond to the same form item
requirement.73 For example, a registrant
that describes several currently- and
previously-offered optional benefits in
response to Item 11 of Form N–4 in its
statutory prospectus would not be
permitted to describe optional benefits
that it no longer currently offers in its
initial summary prospectus.
We request comment generally on the
proposed scope requirements for the
initial summary prospectus, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Should the initial summary prospectus
be limited to describing a single contract that
the registrant currently offers for sale? Would
this reduce the initial summary prospectus’
complexity and minimize confusion to
investors? Would this requirement be
burdensome in any way for registrants to
interpret, administer, or manage
operationally, and if so, how? Should the
proposed rule instead frame this requirement
of one summary prospectus-per-contract in
another manner, for clarity or for any other
reason?
• Should we allow an initial summary
prospectus to describe multiple contracts if
the registrant currently offers multiple
contracts through the related registration
statement? Would the answer change if the
multiple contracts were offered on a single
prospectus versus multiple separate
prospectuses? Would this make the initial
summary prospectus substantially longer or
confusing to investors, and would it decrease
the likelihood that investors would read an
initial summary prospectus?
• Should we restrict the number of
contract classes that may be included in an
initial summary prospectus?
c. Preparation of the Initial Summary
Prospectus
The following chart outlines the
information that the proposed rule
would require to appear in an initial
summary prospectus. Along with
specifying required introductory
disclosures on the outside front cover
page or the beginning of the initial
72 Proposed rule 498A(b)(1). Similarly, a mutual
fund summary prospectus ‘‘may describe only one
Fund, but may describe more than one Class of a
Fund.’’ See rule 498(b)(4).
73 See infra section II.A.7.c. (discussing potential
section 11 liability considerations to the extent that
the language in the summary prospectus is not
identical in substance to the same sections of the
statutory prospectus).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61739
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
summary prospectus, the proposed rule
references particular disclosure items
from Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6 (as
proposed to be amended).74 The
information would be required to
appear in the same order, and under the
relevant corresponding headings, as the
proposed rule specifies.75 We propose a
standardized presentation to require
certain disclosure items that we believe
would be most relevant to investors
(such as the proposed contract overview
section and proposed table that includes
key information about the contract), to
appear at the beginning of the initial
summary prospectus, with
supplemental information appearing
further in. The required presentation
could also facilitate comparison of
different variable contracts.76
TABLE 2—OUTLINE OF THE INITIAL SUMMARY PROSPECTUS
Proposed
item of
Form N-3
Proposed
item of
Form N-4
2 .............................
3 .............................
11(a) ......................
12(a) ......................
13(a) ......................
................................
14(a) ......................
2 .............................
3 .............................
10(a) ......................
11(a) ......................
12(a) ......................
................................
13(a) ......................
2.
3.
10(a).
11(a).
9(a)–9(e).
14.
12(a).
4 .............................
19 or 20 77 ..............
4 .............................
18 ...........................
4.
18.
Heading in initial summary prospectus
Cover Page:
Identifying Information.
Legends.
EDGAR Contract Identifier.
Table of Contents (optional).
Content:
Overview of the [Variable Annuity/Life Insurance] Contract .......................
Important Information You Should Consider About the [Contract] .............
Standard Death Benefit ...............................................................................
Other Benefits Available Under the Contract ..............................................
Buying the Contract .....................................................................................
How Your Contract Can Lapse ...................................................................
Surrendering Your Contract or Making Withdrawals: Accessing the
Money in Your Contract.
Additional Information About Fees ..............................................................
Appendix: Portfolio Companies Available Under the Contract ...................
i. Cover Page and Table of Contents
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Identifying Information. Under the
proposed rule, the following
information would be required to
appear on the front cover page or the
beginning of the initial summary
prospectus:
• The depositor’s name;
• the registrant’s name;
• the name of the contract, and the
class or classes if any, to which the
initial summary prospectus relates;
• a statement identifying the initial
summary prospectus as a ‘‘Summary
Prospectus for New Investors’’; and
• the approximate date of the first use
of the initial summary prospectus.78
74 To the extent we have proposed amendments
to Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6 that would facilitate
the proposed summary prospectus content
requirements, as well as amend the content
requirements for the statutory prospectus, we
generally discuss these amendments in more detail
in section II.D below. However, in order to better
explain the initial summary prospectus, we have
elected to discuss new or amended items that we
propose to include in the statutory prospectus, to
the extent they would also appear in the initial
summary prospectus, in this section II.A.1.
75 Proposed rule 498A(b)(5).
76 We understand that many investors purchase
variable contracts through an intermediary and
often do not directly compare competing products.
A standardized order may nonetheless be useful for
investment professionals to compare the products
they ultimately recommend to investors with other
products, as well as investors considering whether
to purchase a new annuity contract to replace an
existing one. See infra note 160 and accompanying
text. Having a more comparable document may
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Legends. The cover page or beginning
of the initial summary prospectus
would also be required to include the
following legends:
Proposed
item of
Form N-6
You may cancel your [Contract] within 10
days of receiving it without paying fees or
penalties. In some states, this cancellation
period may be longer. Upon cancellation, you
will receive either a full refund of the amount
you paid with your application or your total
contract value. You should review the
prospectus, or consult with your investment
professional, for additional information about
the specific cancellation terms that apply.
Additional general information about
certain investment products, including
[variable annuities/variable life insurance
contracts], has been prepared by the
Securities and Exchange Commission’s staff
and is available at Investor.gov.80
This Summary Prospectus summarizes key
features of the [name of Contract]. You
should read this Summary Prospectus
carefully, particularly the section titled
Important Information You Should Consider
About the [Contract].
Before you invest, you should review the
prospectus for the [name of Contract], which
contains more information about the
[Contract], including its features, benefits,
and risks. You can find the prospectus and
other information about the [Contract] online
at [ll]. You can also obtain this
information at no cost by calling [ll] or by
sending an email request to [ll].79
These proposed legends are designed
to provide identifying information about
the variable contract to which the initial
ultimately promote greater comparability across
products, registrants, and insurance institutions,
which could lead to better investor understanding
and increased competition.
As discussed below in Section II.E, we are also
proposing to require the use of Inline XBRL format
for the submission of certain required disclosures
in the variable contract statutory prospectus. The
structured data format would allow investors,
financial intermediaries, third-party analysts, and
others to more efficiently analyze and compare
these products.
77 Registrants on Form N–3 could omit the
appendix specified by proposed Item 19 of Form N–
3, and instead provide the more detailed
disclosures about the investment options offered
under the contract required by proposed Item 20 of
Form N–3. See infra note 517 and accompanying
text.
78 Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(i) through (v).
79 The legend would be required to provide an
internet address, other than the address of the
Commission’s electronic filing system, toll-free
telephone number, and email address that investors
can use to obtain the statutory prospectus and other
information, request other information about the
variable contract, and to make investor inquiries.
Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vi)(B).
The website address would be required to be
specific enough to lead investors to a direct link to
the statutory prospectus and other required
information, rather than to the home page or
another part of the website. The website could host
other relevant disclosure documents with
prominent links to each required document. Id.
The legend could indicate, if applicable, that the
statutory prospectus and other information are
available from a financial intermediary (such as a
broker-dealer) through which the contract may be
purchased or sold. Id.
For purposes of this proposed requirement,
documents available on the website address would
be required to be publicly accessible and free of
charge. See proposed rule 498A(h)(1); see also infra
section II.A.4.
80 Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vi).
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61740
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
summary prospectus relates, as well as
certain general information that would
be applicable to all variable contracts.81
While the proposed legend describing
how to obtain further information about
the contract generally parallels the
legend on the cover page of mutual fund
summary prospectuses,82 we have
proposed several additional legends that
we believe are appropriate in the
context of variable contracts. These
additional legends notify investors that:
(1) The initial summary prospectus is a
summary that should be read carefully
(and that investors should particularly
focus on the ‘‘Important Information
You Should Consider About the
[Contract]’’ section of the summary
prospectus); (2) they may cancel the
variable contract within a limited
amount of time after receiving it (that is,
alerting investors to the existence of the
free look period); 83 and (3) additional
general information about certain
investment products, including variable
contracts, is available at Investor.gov.84
If any information is incorporated by
reference into the initial summary
prospectus, the proposed rule would
require that the legend include certain
disclosures related to that
information.85 These requirements are
described below in section II.A.6. The
cover page would also be required to
include a legend indicating that the
Securities and Exchange Commission
has not approved or disapproved of the
contract or passed upon the accuracy or
adequacy of the disclosure in the
summary prospectus and that any
81 A registrant would be able to modify the
proposed legends so long as the modified
statements contain comparable information.
Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vi)(A).
82 See rule 498(b)(1)(v).
83 Many investors may not be familiar with the
free look period, and the proposed legend is
intended to alert them of its existence and explain
where they may obtain additional information
about its operation. This is particularly important
because the free look period may be the only time
the investor may cancel the contract without paying
significant surrender fees or tax penalties.
84 The Commission’s Office of Investor Education
and Advocacy maintains the website as an online
resource to help investors make sound investment
decisions and avoid fraud. The website includes
investment bulletins, alerts, guidance and tools
designed to assist investors, including those
considering variable contracts, in obtaining
additional information and resources on
understanding and managing their investments.
See, e.g., Updated Investor Bulletin: Variable
Annuities (Oct. 30, 2018), available at https://
www.investor.gov/additional-resources/news-alerts/
alerts-bulletins/updated-investor-bulletin-variableannuities; Investor Bulletin: Variable Life
Insurance; Investor Bulletin: Variable Life Insurance
(Oct. 30, 2018), available at https://
www.investor.gov/additional-resources/news-alerts/
alerts-bulletins/investor-bulletin-variable-lifeinsurance.
85 Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vi)(C).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
contrary representation is a criminal
offense.86
EDGAR Contract Identifier. We are
also proposing to require that the
contract’s EDGAR contract identifier be
included on the bottom of the back
cover page or last page of the initial
summary prospectus in a type size
smaller than that generally used in the
prospectus (e.g., 8-point modern type).87
This requirement is intended to enable
Commission staff and others to more
easily link the initial summary
prospectus with other filings associated
with the contract.
Table of Contents. The proposed rule
would permit an initial summary
prospectus to include a table of
contents.88 A table of contents must
show the page number of the various
sections or subdivisions of the summary
prospectus, and immediately follow the
cover page in any prospectus delivered
electronically.89
We request comment generally on the
proposed requirements for the cover
page and table of contents of the initial
summary prospectus, and specifically
on the following issues:
• Should we include any additional
information or eliminate any of the
information that we have proposed to
include in these parts of the initial summary
prospectus? For example, for prospectuses
filed on Form S–11, which is used for
registration under the Securities Act of
securities of certain real estate companies,
the cover page must include a prominent
cross-reference to the risk factors section of
the prospectus, including the page number
where it appears, as well as certain
disclosures, if applicable, regarding
limitations on transferability of the securities
being registered and the absence of a market
for securities of the same class as those being
registered.90 Would it be helpful for the cover
page of the initial summary prospectus to
contain similar disclosures relevant to
variable contracts? For example, in addition
to stating that investors should particularly
focus on the ‘‘Important Information You
Should Consider About the [Contract]’’
86 Proposed
rule 498A(b)(2)(vii); cf. rule 481(b)(1)
under the Securities Act.
87 Proposed rule 498A(b)(3). An EDGAR contract
identifier is issued by the Commission, is ten
characters in length (nine numbers preceded by a
‘‘C’’), and uniquely, and persistently, identifies each
contract. These identifiers are available to the
public. Information filed with the Commission
containing these identifiers is searchable by the
public and our staff using the contract identifiers
and also using the contract names without the need
to reference the registrant issuing the contract. See
Rulemaking for EDGAR System, Investment
Company Act Release No. 26990 (July 18, 2005) [70
FR 43558 (July 27, 2005)] at text following n.29.
88 Proposed rule 498A(b)(4).
89 Rule 481(c).
90 See Item 1 of Form S–11 (requiring certain
disclosures and also referencing Item 501 of
Regulation S–K); see also Item 501 of Regulation S–
K [17 CFR 229.501].
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
section of the initial summary prospectus,
should the cover page include disclosures
regarding surrender charges or other items
relating to the contract, a cross-reference to
the risk factors section or other sections of
the statutory prospectus, or other
disclosures?
• Are the proposed legends sufficient to
notify investors of the availability and
significance of the contract statutory
prospectus and other information about the
variable contract and how to obtain this
information? Should the legends include
greater detail about the information that is
available?
• Will the proposed legends adequately
inform investors of the various means for
obtaining additional information about a
variable contract? Are the proposed
requirements for the website address where
additional information is available adequate
to ensure that the website and the additional
information will be easy to locate?
• Would the proposed legend on the cover
page or beginning of the initial summary
prospectus with information on the free look
period help alert investors that they may
cancel their contracts without fees or
penalties within a limited time after the sale?
Should this legend be more prominently
displayed (e.g., larger font size, boxed, or
bolded) relative to the other legends?
• As proposed, should registrants be
permitted to modify the required legends,
provided the modified legends provide
comparable information?
• Should the legends include a reference
to the Investor.gov website? Why or why not?
If so, what specific information about
variable contracts would be most helpful to
investors for the staff to provide on this
website?
• Should the proposed requirement to
include the contract’s EDGAR contract
identifier on the bottom of the back cover
page or last page of the initial summary
prospectus instead require that another
identifier be provided? If so, what identifier
should be listed, and why?
• Should registrants be permitted to
include a table of contents in the initial
summary prospectus? Instead, should a table
of contents be required? Does rule 481(c)
under the Securities Act provide appropriate
requirements for a table of contents included
in an initial summary prospectus?
ii. Content of the Initial Summary
Prospectus
Proposed rule 498A specifies the
content and order thereof required in an
initial summary prospectus.91 An initial
summary prospectus must contain the
information required by the proposed
rule, and only that information, in the
order specified by the rule.92 Adhering
to these content requirements is one
condition that an initial summary
prospectus must satisfy in order to be
deemed to be a prospectus that is
permitted under section 10(b) of the
Securities Act and section 24(g) of the
91 Proposed
rule 498A(b)(5).
92 Id.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Investment Company Act for the
purposes of section 5(b)(1) of the
Securities Act.93 To aid market
participants in understanding the types
of disclosures we propose to require,
Appendix A to this release contains a
hypothetical initial summary prospectus
for a variable annuity separate account
with a registration statement filed on
Form N–4. This hypothetical initial
summary prospectus is provided solely
for illustrative purposes and is not
intended to imply that it would reflect
a ‘‘typical’’ initial summary prospectus.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
(a) Overview of the Contract
The initial summary prospectus
would begin with a section including
certain basic and introductory
information about the contract and its
benefits, under the heading ‘‘Overview
of the [Variable Annuity/Life Insurance]
Contract.’’ 94 This section would appear
at the beginning of the initial summary
prospectus because it is designed to
provide basic information about how
the variable contract functions. We
believe that investors of different levels
of financial sophistication may benefit
from receiving this information early in
the initial summary prospectus. This
would provide a contextual baseline to
help inform investors’ understanding of
disclosure about more detailed aspects
of the variable contract that are
described later in the initial summary
prospectus.
Specifically, this section would be
required to include a concise
description of the following:
Purpose of Contract. The proposed
requirement to briefly describe the
purpose(s) of the contract in general
terms 95 is intended to provide the
reader with information on what
financial objectives that contract could
help the investor achieve, as well as the
profile of an investor for whom the
contract may be appropriate (e.g., by
discussing a representative investor’s
93 Proposed rule 498A(b); see also infra section
II.A.3.
Section 10(b) of the Securities Act authorizes the
Commission to adopt rules deemed necessary or
appropriate in the public interest or for the
protection of investors that permit the use of an
‘‘omitting prospectus’’ for the purposes of section
5(b)(1) that omits or summarizes information
contained in the statutory prospectus. Section 24(g)
of the Investment Company Act authorizes the
Commission to permit the use of a prospectus under
section 10(b) of the Securities Act to include
information the substance of which is not included
in the statutory prospectus. 15 U.S.C. 77j(b); 15
U.S.C. 77e(b)(1); 15 U.S.C. 80a–24(g); see also 2009
Summary Prospectus Adopting Release, supra note
33, at n.70.
94 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also
proposed Item 2 of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6; infra
section II.D.2.b.
95 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also
proposed Item 2(a) of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
time horizon, liquidity needs, and
financial goals). This requirement could
be satisfied, for example, by stating that
the contract is meant to help the
investor accumulate assets through an
investment portfolio, to provide or
supplement the investor’s retirement
income, or to provide death benefits
and/or other benefits, and that the
contract may not be appropriate for an
investor that intends to access his or her
invested funds within a short-term
timeframe.
Phases of Contract (for Variable
Annuity Contracts). The proposed
requirement to include a brief
description of the accumulation
(savings) phase and annuity (income)
phases of the contract 96 is meant to
provide basic information about how
the variable annuity contract functions,
which in turn would help highlight how
the contract differs from other types of
investment products. It also is designed
to address common areas of confusion
among variable annuity investors. For
example, it would highlight the effect of
annuitization on the ability to make
withdrawals and the continuation of
contract benefits.
This discussion would require a brief
overview of the investment options
available under the contract (that is,
portfolio companies and any general or
fixed account option).97 The registrant
also would be required to prominently
disclose that additional information on
the portfolio companies is provided in
an appendix to the summary prospectus
(or elsewhere in the case of registrants
on Form N–3 that chose to omit the
appendix from the initial summary
prospectus in favor of more detailed
information about investment options as
required by proposed Item 20 of Form
N–3),98 and provide a cross-reference or
link to the relevant appendix.99 Finally,
the registrant would be required to state,
if applicable, that if an investor
annuitizes, he or she will receive a
stream of income payments, but he or
she will be unable to make withdrawals,
96 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also
proposed Item 2(b) of Forms N–3 and N–4.
97 However, a detailed explanation of the separate
account, sub-accounts, and portfolio companies is
not required. See Instruction 2 to proposed Item
2(b)(1) of Forms N–3 and N–4.
The registrant thus would not list the names of
each portfolio company available under the
contract, as this would be duplicative of
information available in the appendix that would
accompany the summary prospectus. See infra
section II.A.1.c.ii(i).
98 See infra note 517 and accompanying text.
99 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also
Instruction 1 to proposed Item 2(b)(1) of Forms N–
3 and N–4.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61741
and death benefits and living benefits
will terminate.100
Premiums (for Variable Life Insurance
Contracts). Instead of requiring a
description of the phases of the contract
as with variable annuities, Form N–6
would require the ‘‘Overview’’ section
to briefly describe the payment of
premiums under the variable life
insurance contract. This description of
premiums would include: (1) Whether
premiums may vary in timing and
amount (e.g., flexible premiums); (2)
whether restrictions may be imposed on
premium payments (e.g., by age of
insured, or by amount); (3) how
premiums may be allocated (this
discussion would include a brief
overview of the investment options
available under the contract, as well as
any general (fixed) account options);
and (4) a statement that payment of
insufficient premiums may result in a
lapse of the contract.101
Unlike variable annuities, variable life
insurance requires the investor to make
continuous premium payments in order
to avoid a lapse of the contract. We
therefore believe the ‘‘Overview’’
section should prominently explain the
role of premium payments in the
contract, and highlight for investors a
key risk that non-payment (or
insufficient payment) of premiums
could result in contract lapse.
Contract Features. Finally, this
section would include a summary of the
contract’s primary features, including
death benefits, withdrawal options, loan
provisions, and any available optional
benefits.102 If applicable, the registrant
would be required to state that the
investor will incur an additional fee for
selecting a particular benefit.103 Because
registrants would discuss many of these
subjects in other sections of the initial
summary prospectus in greater detail
(and would discuss each of these
subjects in more detail in the contract
statutory prospectus), this paragraph is
intended to be summary in nature.
We request comment generally on the
‘‘Overview’’ section that we propose
would appear in the initial summary
prospectus, and specifically on the
following issues:
100 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also
proposed Item 2(b)(2) of Forms N–3 and N–4.
101 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also
proposed Item 2(b) of Form N–6. The proposed
instructions to this requirement would require the
registrant to disclose that additional information on
the portfolio companies is provided in an appendix
to the summary prospectus, and provide a crossreference to the relevant appendix. See proposed
rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also Instruction 1 to proposed
Item 2(b)(3) of Form N–6.
102 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also
proposed Item 2(c) of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6.
103 Id.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61742
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
• Are the requirements of the proposed
section clear and appropriate in light of the
goals of the initial summary prospectus, and
would the information disclosed to investors
be helpful to investors in light of these goals?
Is this the most useful information for the
beginning of the initial summary prospectus?
Would it provide investors with context to
better understand the remainder of the initial
summary prospectus? Why or why not?
Would the information provided in the
proposed section be unnecessarily
duplicative with other information that
would appear in the initial summary
prospectus?
• Should we impose word or page limits
on the proposed section? If so, what should
the word or page limits be (e.g., no more than
one page)?
• Are there additional disclosure topics
that should be required to be included in the
proposed ‘‘Overview’’ section? Instead,
should we provide flexibility to registrants in
preparing this section as to topics, etc.?
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
(b) Key Information
The initial summary prospectus
would next include a table (the ‘‘Key
Information Table’’) that would provide
a brief description of key facts about the
variable contract in a specific sequence
and in a standardized presentation that
is designed to be easy to read and
navigate.104 Specifically, it would
include a summary of five topic areas:
(1) Fees and expenses; (2) risks; (3)
restrictions; (4) taxes; and (5) conflicts
of interest. This is intended to highlight,
in a consolidated location, important
considerations related to these products,
including certain unique aspects of the
variable contract that might be
unfamiliar to investors who have
experience with mutual funds or other
types of investment products.105
The Key Information Table includes a
number of prescribed disclosures and is
designed to complement the
‘‘Overview’’ section. We have proposed
placing these two disclosure sections at
the beginning of the initial summary
prospectus because we believe they
contain certain basic information that is
104 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); proposed
Item 3 of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6.
105 In determining these proposed topic areas, we
considered investor complaints received by the
Commission’s Office of Investor Education and
Advocacy and the results of the 2012 Financial
Literacy Study. See text accompanying note 667
(regarding investor complaints); 2012 Financial
Literacy Study, supra note 39. We also considered
various regulatory and industry sources. See, e.g.,
FINRA Rule 2330(b)(1)(A)(i) (variable annuity
investors must be informed, ‘‘in general terms, of
various features of deferred variable annuities, such
as the potential surrender period and surrender
charge; potential tax penalty if consumers sell or
redeem deferred variable annuities before reaching
the age of 591⁄2; mortality and expense fees;
investment advisory fees; potential charges for and
features of riders; the insurance and investment
components of deferred variable annuities; and
market risk’’).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
critical for variable contract investors to
read. We are also proposing that this
information be provided in a
standardized tabular presentation
because we believe that, as compared to
the narrative-type presentation of
corresponding disclosures in the
statutory prospectus, a summary tabular
presentation would be easier to read and
better convey the importance of the
information to investors.106 This
presentation may also facilitate
comparisons of certain disclosure topics
among variable contract prospectuses.
We propose requiring that a registrant
provide the Key Information Table
under the heading ‘‘Important
Information You Should Consider
About the [Contract].’’ 107 There would
be specified headings for each of the
five topic areas that the table would
include, and under each heading would
be two columns. The left column would
list the required disclosure line-items
for each of the five topic areas, and the
right column would provide a brief
description for each corresponding lineitem, according to the respective
instructions for each proposed lineitem.108
(i) Fees and Expenses
Variable contracts typically have
multiple layers of fees, expenses, and
charges that can be confusing to
investors. While the Fee Table currently
required in variable contract
prospectuses provides comprehensive
106 We considered mutual fund disclosure
research that supported the view that a tabular
presentation would be an effective disclosure
delivery method. See, e.g., John Kozup, Elizabeth
Howlett, and Michael Pagano, The Effects of
Summary Information on Consumer Perceptions of
Mutual Fund Characteristics, The Journal of
Consumer Affairs 42, 37–59 (2008) (concluding that
summary information, particularly using graphical
presentation, is an effective way to facilitate the
processing of information for investors evaluating
mutual funds).
Experts in disclosure effectiveness for consumerfacing communications also have encouraged the
use of a ‘‘strong design grid’’ (such as the tabular
presentation we propose) to clarify concepts to
consumers and to organize disclosure elements.
See, e.g., Susan Kleimann, Making Disclosures
Work for Consumers, Presentation to the SEC’s
Investor Advisory Committee (June 14, 2018),
available at https://www.sec.gov/spotlight/investoradvisory-committee-2012/iac061418-slides-bysusan-kleimann.pdf (‘‘Kleimann Presentation’’).
107 Immediately following this heading would be
the statement: ‘‘An investment in the Contract is
subject to fees, risks, and other important
considerations, some of which are briefly
summarized in the following table. You should
review the prospectus for additional information
about these topics.’’
108 The table also could include a third column,
which would include cross-references to the
locations in the statutory prospectus where the
subject matter that each line-item requires is
described in greater detail, or would otherwise
cross-reference that information. See infra note 162
and accompanying text.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
fee and expense information,109 that
information is frequently presented over
a span of two or more pages when a
prospectus is printed on paper. We
believe that investors may benefit from
a shorter, more tailored discussion in
the Key Information Table that is
intended to convey the importance of a
contract’s fee and expense structure. As
discussed below, we are proposing to
require that the initial summary
prospectus also include the Fee Table
from the statutory prospectus.110 This
framework would allow an investor to
determine the level of fee information
that best suits his or her informational
needs.
Surrender Charges. We believe that it
is important that investors understand
that if they make a withdrawal in the
first several years of their contract, they
may pay a significant charge that will
reduce the value of their investment. We
believe, however, that investors
frequently do not understand, or may be
surprised by, surrender charges
associated with early withdrawals.111
The proposed Key Information Table
would require certain information
intended to alert investors about the
potential impact of surrender charges
imposed on early withdrawals. The first
line-item in the proposed table,
‘‘Surrender Charge (charges for early
withdrawals),’’ would require a
statement that if the investor withdraws
money from the contract within [x]
years following his or her last premium
payment, he or she will be assessed a
surrender charge. This statement would
include the maximum surrender charge,
and the maximum number of years that
a surrender charge may be assessed
since the last payment was made under
the contract.112
In addition, we are proposing to
require an example of the maximum
surrender charge an investor could pay
(in dollars) under the contract assuming
a $100,000 investment (e.g., ‘‘[i]f you
make an early withdrawal, you could
pay a surrender charge of up to $9,000
on a $100,000 investment.’’).113 We
109 See Item 3 of current Forms N–3, N–4, and N–
6 (‘‘Fee Table’’).
110 See infra section II.A.1.c.ii(h).
111 The Commission’s Office of Investor
Education and Advocacy frequently receives
investor inquiries about variable contract surrender
charges, suggesting that many investors may be
confused about how surrender charges work.
112 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 2(a) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6. The maximum surrender charge
would be expressed as a percentage of the
contribution or premium or the amount
surrendered, whichever is applicable.
113 We propose to use $100,000 as the basis for
the surrender charge example because the value of
the average variable annuity contract has recently
exceeded $100,000. See IRI Fact Book, supra note
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
believe that for purposes of the Key
Information Table, providing a dollar
figure may better communicate to
investors the impact of surrender
charges than a surrender charge
schedule that shows the applicable
surrender charge per year as a
percentage.114
Transaction Charges. The second
line-item in the ‘‘Fees and Expenses’’
section of the proposed table,
‘‘Transaction Charges (charges for
certain transactions),’’ would require a
statement that, in addition to surrender
charges, the investor may also be
charged for other transactions. This
statement would be required to include
a brief description of the types of such
charges (e.g., front-end loads, charges
for transferring cash value between
investment options, charges for wire
transfers, etc.).115 We are not proposing
to require registrants to disclose the
amount of each transaction charge in the
Key Information Table because we
understand the costs associated with
most transaction charges to be relatively
small, as a percentage of average
account size (unlike surrender charges).
Moreover, the Fee Table would require
more detailed information about each of
these charges (including the amount of
each charge).116 The line-item for
Transaction Charges in the Key
Information Table is designed to
provide a simple narrative description
to alert investors that surrender charges
are not the only transaction charges they
could pay.
Ongoing Fees and Expenses. The third
line-item in the ‘‘Fees and Expenses’’
section, ‘‘Ongoing Fees and Expenses
(annual expenses),’’ is designed to alert
investors that they also will bear
recurring fees on an annual basis.117 In
Form N–3 and N–4, the disclosure in
8, at 170. Using this figure would result in cost
estimates that more closely mirror the actual
experience of many variable contract investors. See
infra note 130 and accompanying text.
114 Registrants would continue to disclose the
surrender fee in the Fee Table as a line-item in the
‘‘Transaction Expenses’’ table. They also would
continue to reflect the consequence of any
surrender fee in the ‘‘Example’’ to the Fee Table
that would show the investor’s contract costs if he
or she were to surrender the contract after 1 year,
3 years, 5 years, and 10 years. See Item 3 of Forms
N–3, N–4, and N–6.
115 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 2(b) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6. Although surrender charges are a
type of transaction charge, we are proposing to
require surrender charges be separately disclosed in
the Key Information Table to highlight to investors
the significant costs associated with early
withdrawals.
116 See proposed Item 4 of Forms N–3, N–4, and
N–6 (requiring disclosure of transaction expenses).
117 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 2(c) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
this line-item would begin with the
legend ‘‘The table below describes the
fees and expenses that you may pay
each year, depending on the options
you choose.’’ 118
Form N–4 registrants would disclose,
in a tabular presentation in the order
specified, the minimum and maximum
annual fees for: (1) Base contract
expenses; 119 (2) investment options
(e.g., portfolio company fees and
expenses); 120 and (3) optional
benefits.121 Since Form N–3 registrants
have a single-tier structure and
consolidate fees and expenses for
investment options into base contract
expenses, Form N–3 registrants would
disclose the same information as Form
N–4 registrants except fees for base
contract expenses and investment
options would be consolidated into a
single entry labeled ‘‘annual contract
expenses.’’ 122 The minimum annual fee
column would show the lowest
available current fee for each annual fee
category (i.e., the least expensive
contract class, the lowest total annual
portfolio company operating expense,
lowest annual contract expenses, and
the least expensive optional benefit
available for an additional charge).123
118 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 2(c)(i)(A) to proposed Item 3 of Forms
N–3 and N–4.
119 Minimum and maximum annual fees for base
contract expenses would not be required on Form
N–6 because life insurance charges are based on
underwriting and can vary significantly from one
insured person to another depending on various
demographic characteristics. This could lead to
significant variations between these amounts,
which we do not expect would be helpful, and may
be confusing, to investors.
120 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 2(c)(i)(D) to proposed Item 3 of Form N–
4. Registrants would use the gross expense ratio
disclosed in the Fee Table of a portfolio company’s
current prospectus, which is the same basis for
calculating portfolio company expense ratios as
Items 4 (Fee Table) and 18 ([Portfolio Companies]
Available Under the Contract) of Form N–4.
121 The disclosure would also require, in a
parenthetical or footnote to the table or each
caption, an explanation of the basis for each
percentage (e.g., as a percentage of separate account
value or benefit base, or % of net asset value). See
proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
2(c)(i)(C) to proposed Item 3 of Form N–4 (% of net
asset value).
122 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 2(c)(i)(B) to proposed Item 3 of Form N–
3.
123 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 2(c)(i) to proposed Item 3 of Form N–
3; Instruction 2(c)(i) to proposed Item 3 of Form N–
4.
Because the table showing minimum and
maximum annual fees is intended to inform
investors about the types and ranges of fees
associated with a variable contract, we are
excluding certain assumptions from the
calculations. For example, although we know that
some registrants do not charge extra for certain
optional benefits, we want to alert investors to the
costs associated with optional benefits that are
available for an additional charge. Accordingly, the
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61743
The maximum annual fee column
would show the highest fees for these
categories. Additionally, a legend
preceding the minimum and maximum
annual fee table would refer investors to
their contract specifications page for
information about the specific fees they
would pay each year based on the
options elected.124
This presentation would consolidate
the more detailed information in the Fee
Table, in an effort to minimize the need
for investors to perform complex
calculations to understand the fees they
will pay.125 For example, like the
proposed ‘‘Ongoing Fees and Expenses’’
line-item in the Key Information Table,
the Fee Table would also include
information about the contract’s base
contract fee, portfolio company fees and
expenses, and optional benefits.126
However, the Fee Table would be
required to include a separate response
for each contract form that the
prospectus offers that has different fees,
and also a separate response for each
contract class.127 In order to condense
this information, the parallel disclosure
in the Key Information Table would be
presented as fee ranges.
We have also designed an example in
Forms N–3 and N–4 to provide a highlevel cost illustration that would give an
investor a tool to understand the basic
cost framework of the contract. To
emphasize that an investor’s choices
have a significant impact on the costs
associated with his or her investment,
we propose to require a two-column
tabular presentation in the order
specified reflecting the lowest and
highest current annual cost estimates for
the variable contract.128 The following
legend would precede this table:
‘‘Because your contract is customizable,
the choices you make affect how much
you will pay. To help you understand
the cost of owning your contract, the
disclosure should reflect the minimum cost
associated with an optional benefit that has a fee.
124 Instruction 2(c)(i)(A) to proposed Item 3 of
Forms N–3 and N–4. Many states require a contract
specifications page that contains information about
the premiums, fees, annuitization date and other
information specific to an investor’s variable
annuity contract. See, e.g., the Insurance Compact’s
Individual Deferred Variable Annuity Contract
Standards, available at https://
www.insurancecompact.org/rulemaking_records/
080911_stds_annuity_individual_deferred_
variable.pdf.
125 This reflects the principle, which experts in
disclosure effectiveness for consumer-facing
communications have encouraged, of ‘‘eliminat[ing]
most complex calculations’’ for consumers. See
Kleimann Presentation, supra note 106.
126 See proposed Item 4 of Forms N–3 and N–4.
127 See Instructions 6 and 7 to proposed Item 4
of Forms N–3 and N–4.
128 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 2(c)(ii) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–
3 and N–4.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61744
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
following table shows the lowest and
highest cost you could pay each year.
This estimate assumes that you do not
take withdrawals from the contract,
which could add surrender charges that
substantially increase costs.’’ 129
The lowest and highest annual dollar
costs in this table would be based on
certain prescribed assumptions (i.e., a
$100,000 investment) 130 with no
additional contributions, transfers, or
withdrawals, no sales charges, and a 5%
annual return over a hypothetical 10year period.131 The lowest annual cost
estimate would be based on the least
expensive combination of contract
classes and portfolio company charges,
excluding optional benefits, and the
highest annual cost estimate would
reflect the most expensive combination
of these items.132 Excluding optional
benefits from the lowest annual cost
estimate, and including them in the
highest annual cost estimate, would
illustrate the cost impact of adding
optional benefits to a contract.133 With
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
129 See
proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 2(c)(ii)(A) to proposed Item 3 of Forms
N–3 and N–4.
130 While the example in the Fee Table in current
Forms N–3 and N–4 uses $10,000 as the basis for
calculating assumptions relating to the costs of
investing in a contract, we propose to use $100,000
as the basis for the cost assumption in the ‘‘Key
Information’’ table because the value of the average
variable annuity contract has recently exceeded
$100,000. See IRI Fact Book, supra note 8, at 170.
Using this figure would result in costs estimates
that more closely mirror the actual experience of
many variable contract investors. For that reason,
we are also proposing to amend the Forms to use
$100,000 as the base assumption for similar
examples used in the Forms, as discussed below.
131 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 2(c)(ii)(C)(a) to proposed Item 3 of
Forms N–3 and N–4.
The prescribed assumptions largely mirror the
Fee Table, with the exception of the sales load,
which is not reflected because we are seeking to
highlight the contract’s ongoing expenses. Because
registrants may charge different fees in different
years (which may have the effect of making fees
appear small under certain circumstances), we
propose to base the cost estimate on the average
cost of a contract over a 10-year period to level-set
the calculation. See Instruction 2(c)(ii)(C)(a) to
proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3 and N–4.
132 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 2(c)(ii)(C)(a) to proposed Item 3 of
Forms N–3 and N–4. Instruction 2(c)(ii)(C)(e) to
proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3 and N–4 would
direct that, unless otherwise stated, the least and
most expensive combination of annual contract
expenses and optional benefits available for an
additional charge should be based on the
disclosures provided in the Example in Item 4 (Fee
Table), and that if a different combination of these
items would result in different maximum or
minimum fees in different years, the registrant must
use the least or most expensive combination of
these items each year.
133 While the example in the Fee Table would
include a similar cost estimate, it would reflect the
most expensive combination of portfolio company
operating expenses and optional benefits available
for each contract class available under the contract.
The Fee Table example also includes estimated
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
this information, the investor would be
able to roughly estimate further costs,134
and could obtain additional information
about costs in the statutory prospectus
if needed. 135
In Form N–6, we have proposed that
registrants provide disclosure in the
‘‘Ongoing Fees and Expenses’’ section of
the table that primarily uses a narrative
presentation, rather than the approach
taken in Forms N–3 and N–4, due to the
fact that maximum expenses could
potentially exceed 100% of contract
value based on the underwriting of the
variable life insurance contract and
therefore potentially be misleading to
investors. This section of the table
would require: (1) A brief statement that
investment in a variable life insurance
contract is subject to certain ongoing
fees and expenses that are set based on
characteristics of the insured; and (2)
the minimum and maximum annual
fees for the investment options in a
tabular presentation.136
(ii) Risks
The proposed Key Information Table
also would include a condensed
discussion of contract risks. Current risk
disclosures in variable contract statutory
prospectuses typically span multiple
pages. While this level of disclosure
may be appropriate for a statutory
prospectus, we believe that a moreconcise overview presentation of
contract risks is better suited for the Key
Information Table in light of the goals
of the summary prospectus. Like the
summary of fee and expense
information that would appear in the
proposed Key Information Table, these
risk summaries are intended to provide
a concise overview, with additional
information available for an investor
who desires or requires additional
details.
Specifically, the table would include
four line-items under the heading
‘‘Risks,’’ each of which would include
disclosure about a risk that we believe
investors should be alerted to: (1) Risk
of loss; (2) risks that could occur if an
investor believes a variable annuity is a
short-term investment; (3) risks
associated with the contract’s
costs for 1-, 3-, 5- and 10-year periods (not just for
one year), and reflects different scenarios based on
whether the contract is surrendered or annuitized.
See proposed Item 4 of Forms N–3 and N–4.
134 For example, since he or she would know the
range of costs to be paid over one year, he or she
could estimate the costs to be paid over five years.
135 We would also encourage registrants to use
design features (e.g., multiple colors or shading
patterns) that visually distinguish minimum and
maximum fees, and lowest and highest annual cost
estimates.
136 Instruction 2(c) to proposed Item 3 of Form N–
6.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
investment options; and (4) insurance
company risks.137 Each of these lineitems would include succinct
descriptions of the respective risk.
The first line-item is intended to
convey the concept that although
variable contracts have elements of
insurance, unlike most traditional forms
of insurance, these products are subject
to the risk of investment loss.138 This
could help prevent any
misunderstanding if, for example, an
investor confused a variable annuity
contract and a fixed annuity contract
and did not understand that the contract
value in a variable annuity could
decline.
The second line-item is intended to
emphasize to investors that variable
contracts are generally long-term
investments and not appropriate for an
investor who needs ready access to
cash, particularly in view of the impact
of surrender charges and/or tax
penalties for early withdrawals.139 The
third line-item is intended to focus on
the general risk of poor investment
performance (as opposed to the details
of the specific risks associated with each
of the particular investment options
available under the contract).140
The fourth line-item is meant to alert
investors that any obligations,
guarantees, or benefits under the
contract that may be subject to the
claims-paying ability of the insurance
company (as opposed to the separate
account, which is insulated from the
claims of the insurance company’s
creditors) will depend on the financial
137 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 3 to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3, N–
4, and N–6.
138 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 3(a) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6 (‘‘State that a contractowner can lose
money by investing in the Contract.’’).
139 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 3(b) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6 (‘‘State that a Contract is not a shortterm investment vehicle and is not appropriate for
an investor who needs ready access to cash,
accompanied by a brief explanation.’’).
140 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 3(c) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6 (e.g., from Form N–4, ‘‘State that an
investment in the Contract is subject to the risk of
poor investment performance and can vary
depending on the performance of the investment
options available under the Contract (e.g., Portfolio
Companies and any fixed account investment
options), that each investment option will have its
own unique risks, and that the contractowner
should review a Portfolio Company’s prospectus
before making an investment decision.’’).
Because most variable annuity contracts typically
offer fifty or more portfolio companies to which
investors can allocate their purchase payments, we
are not requiring that the Key Information Table
include risk information specific to each portfolio
company, as to do so would undermine the goal of
brevity for this disclosure item.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
solvency of the insurance company.141
As part of these disclosures, the
registrant would be required to state, if
applicable, that additional information
about the insurance company, including
its financial strength ratings, may be
obtained from the registrant.142 In lieu
of providing this statement, a registrant
could include the insurance company’s
financial strength rating(s).143
A fifth line-item, which would only
appear in the ‘‘Risks’’ section for
variable life insurance contracts, is
meant to focus on contract lapse, which
is a key risk for variable life insurance
investors (but not relevant to variable
annuity contracts).144 For example, a
variable life insurance contract may
lapse when sufficient premium
payments are not made by the investor.
Since inadvertent contract lapse could
negate the insurance benefit of the
variable life insurance contract, we
believe this risk should be included in
the Key Information Table.
Because the registrant may provide
additional details about these and other
risks in the statutory prospectus, we are
also proposing a new requirement in
Forms N–3 and N–4 that, like the
current parallel requirement in Form N–
6, would require the registrant to
summarize the principal risks of
purchasing a contract in a consolidated
risk section within the statutory
prospectus.145 Registrants would have
the flexibility to discuss any principal
risks, and would not be limited to the
risk topics, or the level of disclosure,
when responding to this requirement.
141 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 3(d) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6 (e.g., from Form N–4, ‘‘State that an
investment in the Contract is subject to the risks
related to the Depositor, including the extent to
which any obligations, guarantees, or benefits are
subject to the claims-paying ability of the
Depositor.’’).
142 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 3(d) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6 (e.g., from Form N–4, ‘‘If applicable,
further state that more information about the
Depositor, including its financial strength ratings, is
available upon request from the Registrant’’).
143 See Instruction to Instruction 3(d) to proposed
Item 3 of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6.
144 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 3(e) to proposed Item 3 of Form N–6
(‘‘Briefly state (1) the circumstances under which
the Contract may lapse (e.g., insufficient premium
payments, poor investment performance,
withdrawals, unpaid loans or loan interest), (2)
whether there is a cost associated with reinstating
a lapsed Contract, and (3) that death benefits will
not be paid if the Contract has lapsed.’’).
145 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 1(c) to proposed Item 3; proposed Item
5 of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6. While we
understand that variable annuity statutory
prospectuses today commonly discuss contract
risks (although Form N–3 and Form N–4 do not
currently require them to do so), this discussion can
be dispersed throughout the prospectus.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
61745
with each of the available investment
options and optional benefits. Doing so
would likely add significant length to
the table. Instead, this information will
be provided in other parts of the initial
summary prospectus, as well as the
statutory prospectus.149
(iii) Restrictions
The proposed Key Information Table
also would require registrants to briefly
disclose those features of a variable
contract that commonly include
restrictions or limitations, namely the
investment options and optional
benefits that the contract offers. We
have designed this section of the table
to include separate line-items for each
of these topics under the heading
‘‘Restrictions.’’ 146 For example, many
variable annuity contracts have optional
benefits that restrict the percentage of
assets that investors can allocate to
certain investment options, such as
more volatile categories of equity funds,
in order to facilitate the insurance
company’s ability to reserve for the
guarantees under the benefit.
The ‘‘Investment Options’’ line-item
would require registrants to disclose
whether there are any restrictions that
may limit the investment options that
an investor may choose and/or
limitations on the transfer of contract
value among portfolio companies, and if
applicable, that the insurer reserves the
right to remove or substitute portfolio
companies as investment options.147
The ‘‘Optional Benefits’’ line-item
would require registrants to disclose
whether there are any restrictions or
limitations relating to optional benefits,
as well as whether the registrant may
modify or terminate an optional
benefit.148
We are proposing to include these
line-items in the Key Information Table
to put investors on notice of restrictions
and limitations associated with different
options that are available under the
contract. We are not proposing to
require a description of the specific
restrictions and limitations associated
Because variable contracts are subject
to a special tax regime, with both tax
advantages and potential tax impacts in
certain circumstances, we are proposing
to require that the Key Information
Table include tax-related disclosures.
The ‘‘Tax Implications’’ line-item of the
table, which would appear under the
heading ‘‘Taxes,’’ would require a
statement that investors should consult
with a tax professional to determine the
tax implications of an investment in,
and payments received under, the
variable contract.150 A registrant also
would be required to state that there is
no additional tax benefit to the investor
if the contract is purchased through a
tax-qualified plan or individual
retirement account (IRA), and that
withdrawals will be subject to ordinary
income tax and may be subject to tax
penalties.151
The tax disclosure in the proposed
Key Information Table is meant to alert
investors to tax implications of their
investment in a location and using a
presentation we believe investors are
most likely to see and understand.
Similar to the other line-items in the
proposed Key Information Table,
additional detail about the tax
implications of an investment in a
variable contract would also be
available in the statutory prospectus.152
146 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 4 to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3, N–
4, and N–6. We recognize that there may be overlap
between the proposed line-items for ‘‘Investment
Options’’ and ‘‘Optional Benefits,’’ since many
optional benefits limit the investment options
available to investors.
147 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 4(a) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6 (‘‘State whether there are any
restrictions that may limit the investment options
that a contractowner may choose, and/or whether
there are any limitations on the transfer of Contract
value among Portfolio Companies. If applicable,
state that the insurer reserves the right to remove
or substitute Portfolio Companies as investment
options’’).
148 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 4(b) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6 (‘‘State whether there are any
restrictions or limitations relating to optional
benefits, and/or whether an optional benefit may be
modified or terminated by the Registrant. If
applicable, state that withdrawals may affect the
availability of optional benefits by reducing the
benefit by an amount greater than the value
withdrawn, and/or could terminate a benefit.’’).
149 See, e.g., proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(iv),
proposed Item 12(a) of Form N–3, and proposed
Item 11(a) of Forms N–4 and N–6 (all referencing
the requirement that the table summarizing certain
benefits available under the contract, which would
appear in both the initial summary prospectus and
the statutory prospectus, would be required to
include a brief description of restrictions/
limitations associated with each benefit); see also
proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ix), proposed Item 19 of
Form N–3, and proposed Item 18 of Forms N–4 and
N–6 (all referencing the requirement that, if the
availability of one or more portfolio company varies
by benefit offered under the contract, the appendix
that would appear in the initial summary
prospectus, updating summary prospectus, and
statutory prospectus would be required to include
a separate table indicating which portfolio
companies are available under each of the benefits
offered under the contract).
150 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 5 to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3, N–
4, and N–6.
151 Id.
152 See, e.g., proposed Item 16 of Form N–3,
proposed Item 15 of Forms N–4 and N–6.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(iv) Taxes
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61746
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
(v) Conflicts of Interest
The proposed Key Information Table
would also include, if applicable,153
line-items regarding conflicts of interest
that may arise in the context of variable
contracts, specifically with regards to
investment professional compensation
and exchanges. The ‘‘Investment
Professional Compensation’’ line-item
would require registrants to disclose, if
applicable, that an investment
professional may be paid for selling the
contract to investors.154 A registrant
would be required to describe the basis
upon which such compensation is
typically paid (e.g., commissions,
revenue sharing, compensation from
affiliates and third parties).155 A
registrant providing the required
disclosure would be required to further
state that investment professionals may
have a financial incentive to offer or
recommend the contract over another
investment for which the investment
professional is not compensated (or
compensated less).156 This proposed
requirement reflects analogous
disclosure that appears in mutual fund
summary prospectuses 157 and is
designed to address similar concerns,
namely to alert investors to the
existence of compensation arrangements
for investment professionals and the
potential conflicts of interest arising
from these arrangements.
The ‘‘Exchanges’’ line-item would
require the registrant to state, if
applicable, that some investment
professionals may have a financial
incentive to offer a new contract in
place of the one owned by the
investor.158 A registrant would further
be required to state that investors
should only exchange their contract if
they determine, after comparing the
features, fees, and risks of both
contracts, that it is preferable for them
to purchase the new contract rather than
153 A registrant may omit these line-items if
neither the registrant nor any of its related
companies pay financial intermediaries for the sale
of the contract or related services. See Instruction
to Instruction 6 to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6.
154 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 6(a) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6.
155 Id.
156 Id.
157 See Item 8 of Form N–1A (requiring disclosure
alerting investors who purchase a fund through a
broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such
as a bank) that the fund and its related companies
may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares
and related services, and such payments may create
a conflict of interest by influencing the brokerdealer or other intermediary and your salesperson
to recommend the fund over another investment).
158 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 6(b) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
continue to own the existing contract.159
When a contract owner purchases a new
annuity contract to replace an existing
one, the new contract is referred to as
a replacement contract.160 We
understand that a significant proportion
of variable contract sales stem from
exchanges, and these disclosures are
intended to alert investors to potential
conflicts of interest that may arise in
that context.
(vi) General Instructions
In addition to the proposed
instructions specific to each line-item in
the Key Information Table, the table
would be subject to a set of general
instructions. To streamline the
disclosure and encourage registrants to
use plain-English, investor-friendly
principles when drafting the
disclosures, the proposed general
instructions would require registrants to
disclose the required information in the
tabular presentation reflected in the
form, in the order specified. However,
registrants would be permitted to
exclude any disclosures that are not
applicable or modify any of the
statements that would be required to
appear in the table so long as the
modified statement contains comparable
information.161
The proposed general instructions
would also require registrants to provide
cross-references or links to the location
in the statutory prospectus where the
subject matter required by the line-item
is described in greater detail.162 The
cross-reference or link would not
necessarily need to be a page number or
page range; instead, a registrant could
cross-reference or link a particular
section or sub-section, or heading or
sub-heading, in the statutory
prospectus. As discussed below, we are
separately proposing that any crossreference that is included in an
electronic version of a summary
prospectus must be an active
hyperlink.163
159 Id.
160 Replacement contracts usually occur in
connection with a tax-free exchange of nonqualified contracts under section 1035 of the
Internal Revenue Code, or because of a rollover or
direct transfer of a qualified plan contract (e.g., an
individual retirement annuity) from one life
insurance company to another. See 26 U.S.C. 1035;
see also 26 CFR 1.1035–1.
161 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 1(a) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6.
162 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
General Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item 3 of
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6. The proposed
instruction specifies that the cross-reference should
be adjacent to the relevant disclosure, either within
the table row, or presented in an additional table
column.
163 See proposed rule 498A(a)(i)(4); see also infra
section II.A.5.
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
We believe that providing crossreferences and links would help
investors who seek additional
information quickly find more detailed
information that may be important to
them. We recognize that certain lineitems in the Key Information Table may
more readily lend themselves to the
inclusion of a single cross-reference or
link because the information may be
found in one location in the statutory
prospectus.164 On the other hand, other
line-items may aggregate information
that appears in multiple locations in the
statutory prospectus, and therefore a
registrant would need to include
multiple cross-references or links as
appropriate.165
Finally, in keeping with our goal of
providing a brief tabular presentation of
key facts that can be easily digested by
investors, the proposed instructions
provide that all disclosures in the Key
Information Table should be short and
succinct, consistent with the limitations
of a tabular presentation.166
(vii) Requests for Comment on Key
Information Table
We request comment generally on the
Key Information Table that we propose
would appear in the initial summary
prospectus, and specifically on the
following issues. We request specific
comment about the table as it would
appear in the updating summary
prospectus and the statutory prospectus
later in this release.
• Should we require the proposed Key
Information Table to be included in the
initial summary prospectus? Would this table
provide a succinct summary of the contract’s
key terms and benefits and most significant
risks, in a presentation that would improve
readability and increase readership?
• Would the topics of the line-items that
we propose to include in the Key Information
Table be appropriate or useful for investors
making an initial purchase of a variable
contract? If not, why not? Should we require
the table to include additional or different
topics? Should we limit the topics and
related disclosures to those that are required,
or should we permit registrants to include
additional topics at their discretion? Could
this open the door to lengthy disclosure that
might undermine the goal of a succinct
presentation?
• Is the proposed tabular presentation
useful and likely to facilitate investor
164 For example, a more detailed description of
the contract’s fees and expenses would appear in
the Fee Table section of the contract statutory
prospectus. See infra section II.D.2.d.
165 For example, it may not always be possible to
provide a single cross-reference for the
‘‘Restrictions’’ line-items as they may be discussed
in multiple sections of the statutory prospectus. See
supra note 149.
166 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also
Instruction 1(c) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
understanding of key information about
variable contracts? Would another
presentation be better? If so, why, and what
would a better alternate presentation be?
Would the two-column presentation be
effective for investors reading an electronic
version of the initial summary prospectus?
Should the form of presentation be required,
or should it be left to the discretion of
registrants? Would a standardized
presentation facilitate comparison of
different variable contracts?
• Should we require cross-references to the
location (section or sub-section, or heading or
sub-heading) in the statutory prospectus
where the information provided in response
to each line-item of the Key Information
Table is discussed in greater detail? Instead
of cross-referencing to the relevant location
in the statutory prospectus, should we
instead require the cross-reference to include
a specific page number in the statutory
prospectus where an investor could find the
information? Would it confuse investors who
receive the summary prospectus to see crossreferences to the statutory prospectus? If so,
should the table in the summary prospectus
not include cross-references, or should we
consider some other approach?
• If we require cross-references, should
electronic versions of the summary
prospectus be required to link directly to the
relevant location in the statutory prospectus,
as would be required by proposed rule 498A?
If not, why not? Would requiring a crossreference (or link) pose any particular
technical, legal, or other challenges for
registrants? If so, what would these
challenges be, and how could we modify the
proposed rule or provide guidance to
mitigate these challenges? Instead of
hyperlinks, are there other technological
tools that would better help an investor find
information that is cross-referenced in the
Key Information Table, such as QR codes or
similar technological tools? 167
• Is the level of detail of the disclosure that
we propose in each line-item of the Key
Information Table appropriate, and does it
strike the right balance between providing
enough information to alert an investor to the
most salient facts (including fees, expenses,
and risks) of the variable annuity contract,
but not too much, or too detailed
information? If not, how should we modify
the table?
• Should we impose a word or page limit
on the proposed Key Information Table (e.g.,
no more than two or three pages)? If so, what
should the word limit or page limit be?
• Would the disclosure that a registrant
would provide in response to the proposed
‘‘Fees and Expenses’’ line-items convey the
appropriate amount of information to
investors and concisely alert investors to the
most important fees and expenses associated
with the variable annuity contract? Are there
any additional charges that should be
included in these line-items? For example,
167 A QR code is a two-dimensional barcode
capable of encoding information such as a website
address, text information, or contact information.
For example, when included on print materials,
these codes can be read using the camera on a
smartphone to take the user directly to a specific
website address.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
we understand that in some instances an
investment professional may charge fees for
providing additional services that are directly
deducted from the value of the investor’s
contract and which may be treated as a
withdrawal from the contract, reduce the
contract’s benefits, and be subject to
surrender charges. How common are such
arrangements, and what disclosures, if any,
would be appropriate to be included in the
Key Information Table or elsewhere, such as
in the fee table?
• Would the ‘‘Surrender Charge’’ line-item,
as proposed, convey sufficient information
for investors to understand the dollar amount
that they could pay as a surrender charge if
they make withdrawals in the first several
years of their contract, and if not, how should
we modify this line-item?
• Would the Minimum and Maximum
Annual Fee and Lowest and Highest Cost
tables convey information in a way that
investors are likely to easily understand?
Would these tables assist investors in
understanding the costs of their investment
and helping them compare the costs of
investing in the variable annuity with the
costs of investing in another product? Are the
assumptions underpinning those tables
appropriate? If not, why not? Are there any
revisions that we should consider? Is
$100,000 an appropriate figure to use as the
basis for the cost example in the proposed
table? Should we require that registrants use
a different figure instead? If so, why? Should
we require additional information to
accompany the tables? For example, should
the legend accompanying the tables inform
investors that it is possible that the total fees
associated with the contract may exceed the
accumulated gains from the investment
options selected by the investor? Should the
Lowest and Highest Cost table include
additional information such the hypothetical
value of the contract (e.g., in year 1 and year
10), the expenses incurred per year, and the
value of the contract (e.g., in year 1 and year
10) after expenses?
• Should we require registrants creating an
electronic version of the initial summary
prospectus to provide an interactive
calculator for investors to determine how fees
and expenses would affect their specific
investments? If so, should the calculator
include transaction charges?
• Should variable life insurance contracts
also be required to show the lowest and
highest possible combination of charges in
the Form N–6 Key Information Table? Cost of
insurance is often an important component of
expenses for variable life insurance contracts
(unlike variable annuities), and can vary
significantly from one insured person to
another depending on various demographic
characteristics (e.g., age, gender, health,
smoking status). If the lowest and highest
possible combinations of charges are shown,
how should variations in cost of insurance be
reflected?
• Would the disclosure that a registrant
would provide in response to the proposed
‘‘Risks’’ line-items adequately convey an
overview of the risks of investing in a
variable contract? Are there other risks that
we should require a registrant to disclose in
the proposed Key Information Table? Should
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61747
we revise or remove any of the proposed
‘‘Risks’’ line-items? For example, is it
appropriate to allow registrants to include
the insurance company’s financial strength
rating(s) in the line-item regarding the
claims-paying ability of the insurance
company? Should we revise the instructions
associated with these proposed line-items to
require different disclosures? Should we
require a line-item for ‘‘Other Principal
Risks’’ to provide registrants an opportunity
to disclose risks related to investing in the
contract that they would not otherwise be
required to disclose in the Key Information
Table? Should we instead provide flexibility
by permitting registrants to disclose other
risks at their discretion? Why or why not?
• Would the disclosure that a registrant
would provide in response to the proposed
‘‘Restrictions’’ line-items appropriately
convey the appropriate amount of
information about certain restrictions that
various contract options may entail, in light
of the goals of the proposed Key Information
Table? Should a registrant be required to
disclose information about restrictions in the
Key Information Table other than those
associated with the contract’s investment
options and optional benefits? If so, what?
Instead, should we provide flexibility by
permitting registrants to disclose other
restrictions at their discretion?
• Is the disclosure that a registrant would
be required to provide in response to the
proposed ‘‘Tax Implications’’ line-item
appropriate, in light of the goals of the
proposed Key Information Table? Should a
registrant be required to emphasize more
prominently that withdrawals will be subject
to ordinary income tax, and not the capital
gains rates? Should the line-item require
disclosure of the specific tax penalties and
requirements that variable contract investors
may incur (e.g., penalties for withdrawal
before age 591⁄2, or that purchases through a
tax-qualified plan may be subject to required
minimum distribution each year beginning at
age 701⁄2)?
• Are the disclosures that a registrant
would be required to provide in response to
the proposed ‘‘Investment Professional
Compensation’’ line-items appropriate, in
light of the goals of the proposed Key
Information Table? Would these disclosures
adequately apprise investors of the potential
conflicts that arise when their investment
professional is compensated for
recommending an investment into a new or
an exchange from an existing variable
contract, and are these disclosures
appropriately balanced? Should we revise
these proposed disclosure requirements, and
if so, how? Is it appropriate that these lineitems appear under the heading ‘‘Conflicts of
Interest’’? Is there another way that the
summary prospectus could highlight the
implications for investors of exchanges?
• Do the instructions associated with each
of the proposed line-items clearly explain
what a registrant would be required to
disclose? In keeping with the structured
format of a tabular presentation, we sought to
promote concise disclosure by largely
directing registrants to state, rather than to
explain, certain information in response to
the required line-items. Should the
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61748
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
instructions prescribe specific language or
should registrants have flexibility in drafting
their responses? Are there any particular
instructions that we should include or
modify in any way, for clarity or for any
other reason?
one or more of the other disclosures
required to be included in the statutory
prospectus better assist investors in
gaining a basic initial understanding of
the standard death benefit?
(c) Standard Death Benefit
The initial summary prospectus
would be required to briefly describe
the standard death benefit that the
contract provides, under the heading
‘‘Standard Death Benefit.’’ 168 It would
briefly describe the operation of the
benefit.169 Including this disclosure in
the initial summary prospectus would
highlight to investors important
information about this benefit, such as
information about the potential
limitations on the standard death
benefit and the possibility of its
termination, that they might not
otherwise receive through marketing
materials and similar channels during
the sales process.
Under the proposed registration form
amendments, a registrant would include
in the statutory prospectus these
disclosures, as well as additional
disclosures relating to when the death
benefit is calculated and payable or the
forms the benefit may take.170 While
this additional information provides
detail that may help an investor who
wants to understand the mechanics of
how the standard death benefit operates
later in the contract lifecycle, we are not
requiring that it be included in the
initial summary prospectus because we
believe it would not be as critical to a
basic initial understanding of the
benefit, including any risks and
limitations.
We request comment generally on the
disclosure on the standard death benefit
that we propose would appear in the
initial summary prospectus, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Are the proposed disclosure
requirements in the initial summary
prospectus under the ‘‘Standard Death
Benefit’’ heading clear and appropriate
in light of the goals of the initial
summary prospectus?
• Would this disclosure be useful to
investors in connection with an initial
purchase of a variable contract? Should
this proposed content requirement
include any additional, or any different,
disclosure about the standard death
benefit? For example, would including
(d) Other Benefits Available Under the
Contract
Following the discussion of the
standard death benefit, the initial
summary prospectus would be required
to summarize additional standard or
optional benefits available to the
investor under the variable contract. We
understand that insurers commonly
consider these types of benefits to be
primary features of variable contracts.171
These benefits are also often key
differentiators between competing
products, and we propose requiring
specific disclosures in both the statutory
prospectus and the initial summary
prospectus. This information would
appear in tabular form, under the
heading ‘‘Other Benefits Available
Under the Contract.’’ 172 This summary
table would include information about
any optional death benefits, as well as
any optional or standard living benefits,
that the contract offers.
Specifically, the summary table
would include the name of each benefit,
its purpose, whether the benefit is
standard or optional, associated fees (as
a stated percentage of contract value,
benefit base, etc.), and a brief
description of limitations or
restrictions.173 The table items include
key factors investors may wish to
consider when assessing these benefits.
We also have designed the proposed
table to include information that
investors may be less likely to receive
through other channels, such as concise
disclosure about the restrictions and
limitations associated with these
benefits. The terms of optional benefits
can be complex. Providing the required
information in a uniform tabular
presentation is designed to make these
important disclosures easier for
investors to read, understand, and
compare.
Under the proposed form
amendments, a registrant would include
in the statutory prospectus the summary
table, as well as additional disclosures
168 Proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(iii); see also
proposed Item 11(a) of Form N–3; proposed Item
10(a) of Form N–4; proposed Item 10(a) of Form N–
6.
169 Id. For a discussion of the proposed disclosure
requirements, see infra section II.D.2.j.
170 See proposed Items 11(b) and (c) of Form N–
3; proposed Items 10(b) and (c) of Form N–4;
proposed Item 10(b) of Form N–6.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
171 See supra paragraph accompanying note 17
(regarding the prevalence of optional benefits).
172 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(iv); see also
proposed Item 12(a) of Form N–3; proposed Item
11(a) of Form N–4; proposed Item 11(a) of Form N–
6.
173 For example, the description of limitations or
restrictions could include statements like ‘‘benefit
limits investment options available’’ or
‘‘withdrawals could terminate benefit.’’ See
Instruction 6 to proposed Item 12(a) of Form N–3;
Instruction 6 to proposed Item 11(a) of Form N–4;
Instruction 6 to proposed Item 11(a) of Form N–6.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
in narrative form relating to optional
benefits, such as further additional
description of each benefit, and
descriptions of benefits’ limitations,
restrictions and risks, and one or more
examples illustrating the operation of
each benefit.174 We believe that
requiring the initial summary
prospectus to include only the summary
table and not the additional narrative
disclosures is appropriate for the scope
of the initial summary prospectus.175
Consistent with the layered disclosure
approach, investors who want more
information about optional benefits may
refer to the more extensive narrative
disclosures in the contract statutory
prospectus.
We are also proposing instructions to
allow registrants that offer multiple
benefits of the same type (e.g., death
benefit, accumulation benefit,
withdrawal benefit, long-term care
benefit, etc.) to use multiple tables to
provide the required information, if
doing so might better permit
comparisons of those benefits.176
Registrants may also include
appropriate titles, headings, or other
information that might promote clarity
and facilitate understanding of the
table(s).177 For example, if certain
optional benefits are only available to
certain investors, or are mutually
exclusive, the table could include
footnotes or headings to identify which
optional benefits are affected and to
whom they are available.178 These
instructions are designed to
accommodate the variety of benefits
currently offered or that might be
offered in the future, and provide
registrants flexibility in presenting this
information.
We request comment generally on the
disclosure relating to other benefits
available under the contract that we
propose would appear in the initial
summary prospectus, and specifically
on the following issues:
• Are the proposed initial summary
prospectus disclosure requirements
174 See proposed Item 12(b) and (c) of Form N–
3 and Instruction to proposed Item 12(b) and (c);
proposed Item 11(b) and (c) of Form N–4 and
Instruction to proposed Item 11(b) and (c); proposed
Item 11(b) and (c) of Form N–6 and Instruction to
proposed Item 11(b) and (c).
175 Registrants may, but would not be required to,
provide in the initial summary prospectus crossreferences or links to these additional narrative
disclosures in the contract statutory prospectus.
176 See Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item 12(a) of
Form N–3; Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item 11(a)
of Form N–4; Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item
11(a) of Form N–6.
177 See Instruction 1(c) to proposed Item 12(a) of
Form N–3; Instruction 1(c) to proposed Item 11(a)
of Form N–4; Instruction 1(c) to proposed Item 11(a)
of Form N–6.
178 Id.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
under the heading ‘‘Other Benefits
Available Under the Contract’’ clear and
appropriate in light of the goals of the
initial summary prospectus?
• Are the proposed disclosure items
in that table useful and appropriate for
consideration by investors in
connection with the initial purchase of
a variable contract, or should we revise,
supplement, or replace those items?
Should the proposed summary table
include any additional, or any different,
disclosure about the standard death
benefit or any other benefit? For
example, should it include one or more
of the other disclosures required to be
included in the statutory prospectus? Or
should we require that registrants add
links or cross-references to these other
disclosures? For the associated fee of
each optional benefit, should the
summary table permit a range of fees?
• Would investors find the proposed
tabular presentation useful?
Alternatively, would a different tabular
presentation, a narrative presentation, or
no presentation requirement for
disclosure about any optional death
benefits, as well as any optional or
standard living benefits, be preferable?
• Are the proposed instructions clear,
or should we modify them in any way?
For example, should we require specific
standardized disclosures in situations
where certain optional benefits are only
available to certain investors (e.g., an
additional column indicating any
restrictions related to investors who
invested during specific time periods),
as opposed to permitting registrants to
address this issue as they see fit?
(e) Buying the Contract (for Variable
Annuity Contracts) and Premiums (for
Variable Life Insurance Contracts)
The initial summary prospectus
would be required to include a brief
description of the procedures for
purchasing the variable contract (and
premiums, in the case of variable life
insurance contracts), under the heading
‘‘Buying the Contract’’ for variable
annuity contracts and ‘‘Premiums’’ for
variable life insurance contracts.179 For
variable annuity contracts, this would
include a concise explanation of the
minimum initial and subsequent
purchase payments required, any
limitations on the amount of purchase
payments (such as when the selection of
certain optional benefits may limit
179 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(v); see also Item
11(a)(i) and (ii) of current Form N–3; proposed Item
13(a) of Form N–3; Item 10(a)(i) and (ii) of current
Form N–4; proposed Item 12(a) of Form N–4.
Although we have proposed renumbering certain
provisions of this item, we have not proposed any
substantive changes to this item in Forms N–3 and
N–4.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
additional purchase payments), as well
as a statement of when such payments
are credited.180 For variable life
insurance contracts this would include
a description of the purchase
procedures (including, among other
things, the minimum initial and
subsequent premium payments
required, any limitations on the amount
of such premium payments, and how to
avoid contract lapse), premium amount,
premium payment plans, premium due
dates, and automatic premium loans.181
We believe this information should be
included in the initial summary
prospectus so investors have a clear
understanding of how they can
purchase the variable contract.182
Additional information on purchases
and premiums would appear in the
statutory prospectus. For example, the
statutory prospectus would also include
information on the manner in which
purchase or premium payments are
credited, and the identity of each
principal underwriter.183
We request comment generally on the
disclosure on contract purchases that
we propose would appear in the initial
summary prospectus, and specifically
on the following issues:
• Are the proposed disclosure
requirements in the initial summary
prospectus under the headings ‘‘Buying
the Contract’’ (for variable annuity
contracts) and ‘‘Premiums’’ (for variable
life insurance contracts) clear and
appropriate in light of the goals of the
initial summary prospectus?
• Would this disclosure be useful to
investors in connection with an initial
purchase of a variable contract? Should
this requirement include any additional,
or any different, disclosure about
purchases of variable contracts? For
example, should it include one or more
of the other disclosures required to be
included in the statutory prospectus
(e.g., in the case of variable annuity
contracts, explanations of the manner in
which purchase payments are credited
and how accumulation unit value is
determined, or in the case of variable
life insurance contracts, sub-account
180 Id.
181 See
proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(v); see also Item
7(a) through (e) of current Form N–6; proposed Item
9(a) through (e) of Form N–6. We have not proposed
any changes to this item in Form N–6.
Sub-accounts refer to the investment options,
such as portfolio companies, available under the
contract.
182 This section of the summary prospectus for
variable contracts is similar to the disclosure on
purchasing fund shares that appears in mutual fund
summary prospectuses. See rule 498(b)(2); Item 6 of
Form N–1A.
183 See proposed Item 13(b) through (f) of Form
N–3; proposed Item 12(b) through (e) of Form N–
4.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61749
valuation and determination of risk
classification)?
(f) Contract Lapse (for Variable Life
Insurance Contracts)
The initial summary prospectus for a
variable life insurance contract would
be required to include certain
information about the possibility of
contract lapse, under the heading ‘‘How
Your Contract Can Lapse.’’ 184
Specifically, the initial summary
prospectus would briefly describe when
and under what circumstances a
variable life insurance contract will
lapse, any lapse options, the effect of the
lapse and under what circumstances
such a contract may be reinstated.
Because inadvertent contract lapse
could negate the insurance benefit of a
policy to an investor, possibly at
significant cost,185 understanding the
risk of contract lapse is important when
deciding to invest in a variable life
insurance contract. This disclosure
would include the same information on
contract lapse that would appear in the
contract statutory prospectus.
We request comment generally on the
disclosure on contract lapse that we
propose would appear in the initial
summary prospectus, and specifically
on the following issues:
• Are the proposed requirements in
the initial summary prospectus under
the heading ‘‘How Your Contract Can
Lapse’’ clear and appropriate in light of
the goals of the initial summary
prospectus?
• Would this disclosure be useful to
investors in connection with an initial
purchase of a variable life insurance
contract? Should this proposed content
requirement include any additional, or
any different, disclosure about the
possibility of contract lapse?
(g) Surrenders or Withdrawals
The initial summary prospectus
would be required to include certain
information about contract surrenders or
withdrawals, under the heading
‘‘Surrendering Your Contract or Making
Withdrawals: Accessing the Money in
Your Contract.’’ 186 This would include
184 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(vi); see also Item
11 of current Form N–6; proposed Item 14 of Form
N–6. We have not proposed any changes to this
item in Form N–6.
185 For example, costs could occur in the form of
premium payments that the investor previously
paid into the policy, and which the investor cannot
retrieve following contract lapse.
186 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(vii); see also
Item 12 of current Form N–3; proposed Item 14(a)
of Form N–3; Item 11 of current Form N–4;
proposed Item 13(a) of Form N–4; Item 9 of current
Form N–6; proposed Item 12(a) of Form N–6. We
have proposed certain changes to this item in Forms
N–3 and N–4 to harmonize the requirements with
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
Continued
30NOP2
61750
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
a brief summary on how to surrender (or
partially surrender or make withdrawals
from) a variable contract, including any
limits on the ability to surrender, how
withdrawal and surrender proceeds are
calculated, and when they are payable.
Given that variable contracts are longterm investments that may entail high
surrender fees, it is important to clearly
explain the withdrawal and surrender
terms to new variable contract investors.
Additional information on surrenders
and withdrawals would appear in the
statutory prospectus. For example, the
statutory prospectus would also include
more detailed information on partial
surrenders and withdrawals, subaccount allocation, involuntary
redemptions, and revocation rights (free
look period).187
We request comment generally on the
disclosure on surrenders and
withdrawals that we propose would
appear in the initial summary
prospectus, and specifically on the
following issues:
• Are the proposed requirements in
the initial summary prospectus under
the heading ‘‘Surrendering Your
Contract or Making Withdrawals:
Accessing the Money in Your Contract’’
clear and appropriate in light of the
goals of the initial summary prospectus?
• Would this disclosure be useful to
investors in connection with an initial
purchase of a variable contract? Should
this proposed content requirement
include any additional, or any different,
disclosure about making contract
surrenders and withdrawals? For
example, should it include one or more
of the other disclosures required to be
included in the statutory prospectus
(e.g., information on partial surrenders
and withdrawals and revocation rights)?
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
(h) Additional Information About Fees
The proposed rule would require the
initial summary prospectus to include
the full Fee Table (including, for
variable annuity contracts, the expense
example), that would appear in the
statutory prospectus, under the heading
‘‘Additional Information About
Fees.’’ 188 The Fee Table provides
those of Form N–6. We have not proposed any
changes to this item in Form N–6.
This proposed requirement is similar to the
requirement for mutual fund summary prospectuses
to include disclosure on procedures for redeeming
shares. See rule 498(b)(2); Item 6 of Form N–1A.
187 See proposed Item 14(b) through (f) of Form
N–3; proposed Item 13(b) through (f) of Form N–
4; proposed Item 12(b) through (e) of Form N–6.
188 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(viii); see also
Item 3 of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6; proposed Item
4 of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6.
The initial summary prospectus fee information
would be the same as the Fee Table included in the
contract statutory prospectus, modified as necessary
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
detailed information on the fees and
expenses investors will pay when
buying, owning, and surrendering the
contract, as well as those paid each year
during the time the investor owns the
contract.189 We are proposing certain
amendments to the Fee Table for each
type of variable contract as discussed
below in section II.D.2.d.
We are proposing to include the Fee
Table in both the statutory prospectus
and the initial summary prospectus
because investor understanding of
variable contract fees is particularly
important given these products’ layered
fee structure and typically higher costs
relative to other investment products.
The Fee Table is intended to
complement and build upon the highlevel summary of contract fees and
expenses in the Key Information Table
by providing additional detail for those
investors who may wish to review more
comprehensive fee and expense
information.190
We understand that some registrants
currently prepare supplements to the
contract prospectus that detail and
modify certain fees and rates under the
variable contract applicable to new
investors (‘‘rate sheets’’). Current fees,
withdrawal rates, and crediting rates
associated with various contract benefits
(for new sales) can change so frequently
as to make filing of post-effective
amendments to the registration
statement with each change impractical.
Instead, updated disclosure of current
levels of these fees and rates is
accomplished by filing a rate sheet as a
supplement under rule 497 under the
Securities Act. We do not believe that
the proposed summary prospectus
framework will affect the current
practice of using rate sheets.191
We request comment generally on the
Fee Table that we propose would appear
in the initial summary prospectus, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Are the proposed requirements in
the initial summary prospectus under
the heading ‘‘Additional Information
About Fees’’ clear and appropriate in
to describe only a single contract that the registrant
currently offers for sale. See infra section II.A.1.b.
189 In addition, the Fee Table details the
minimum and maximum total operating expenses
the portfolio companies charge periodically, as well
as an example intended to help the investor
compare the cost of investing in different variable
contracts.
190 See supra section II.A.1.c.ii(b).
191 For example, if the rate sheet is updating
information in a summary prospectus or the
statutory prospectus, the document should describe
how the rate sheet works and the rate sheet itself
should be affixed to the front of the document. The
current rates should also be readily available on the
website as part of the documents required to be
posted online under proposed rule 498A and, as a
best practice, separately on the website.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
light of the goals of the initial summary
prospectus?
• Would this disclosure be useful to
investors in connection with an initial
purchase of a variable contract? Would
including the full Fee Table be
consistent with the goal of providing a
succinct summary of the contract’s key
terms and benefits and most significant
risks, in a presentation that would
improve readability and increase
readership? Are there any particular
line-items of the Fee Table, for either
variable annuities or variable life
insurance that could be omitted? Would
only including summary information of
the type that we propose to appear in
the Key Information Table, either with
or without a cross-reference or link to
the full Fee Table, be more useful or
appropriate for investors? Alternatively,
would including only the full Fee Table,
and not also the summary fee
information in the Key Information
Table, be more useful or appropriate for
investors?
• Would registrants who elect to use
the initial summary prospectus continue
to prepare rate sheets? Would there be
any additional burdens preparing rate
sheets in this context? Should the staff
guidance be modified in any way to
accommodate the summary prospectus
framework?
(i) Appendix: Portfolio Companies/
Investment Options Available Under the
Contract
Finally, an initial summary
prospectus would be required to include
an appendix, under the heading
‘‘Appendix: [Portfolio Companies/
Investment Options] Available Under
the [Contract],’’ that provides summary
information in a tabular form about the
portfolio companies or investment
options offered under the contract.192
The appendix would include separate
columns for each portfolio company’s
type (e.g., money market fund, bond
fund, balanced fund, etc.) or investment
objective, the name of the portfolio
company and its adviser or subadviser
(as applicable), the portfolio company’s
expense ratio (expenses/average assets
and, in the case of Form N–3, explicitly
excluding optional benefit expenses),
and its average annual total returns over
the past 1-year, 5-year, and 10-year
periods (in the case of Form N–3,
explicitly excluding optional benefit
192 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ix); see also
proposed Item 19 of Form N–3; proposed Item 18
of Form N–4; proposed Item 18 of Form N–6.
Although these proposed Items would be new to
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6, each form currently
requires disclosure of similar information.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
expenses).193 Registrants would be
instructed to only include portfolio
companies that are currently offered
under the contract.194 Additionally, if
the availability of one or more portfolio
companies varies by benefit offered
under the contract, registrants would be
required to include as another appendix
a separate table indicating which
portfolio companies were available
under each of those benefits.195
A legend would precede the table.
The first paragraph of the legend would
state: ‘‘The following is a list of
[Investment Options/Portfolio
Companies] currently available under
the [Contract], which is subject to
change as discussed in the [Statutory
Prospectus for the Contract].’’ 196 For
registrants on Forms N–4 and N–6, the
legend would also provide an internet
address to a landing page, toll-free
telephone number, and email address
that investors could use to obtain
portfolio company statutory and
summary prospectuses.197 For
registrants on Form N–3, the legend
would direct investors to the cover page
of the initial summary prospectus to
request the statutory prospectus for the
registrant containing more information
about the investment options.198 The
193 See Instructions 2–5 to proposed Item 19 of
Form N–3; Instructions 2–5 to proposed Item 18 of
Form N–4; Instructions 2–5 to proposed Item 18 of
Form N–6.
For purposes of this discussion, we use the term
‘‘portfolio company’’ throughout, even though the
appendix for Form N–3 registrants would use the
term ‘‘investment option.’’
194 See Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item 19 of
Form N–3; Instruction 1(a) to proposed Item 18 of
Form N–4; Instruction 1(a) to proposed Item 18 of
Form N–6.
195 See Instruction 1(c) to proposed Item 19 of
Form N–3; Instruction 1(c) to proposed Item 18 of
Form N–4; Instruction 1(c) to proposed Item 18 of
Form N–6.
196 See proposed Item 19 of Form N–3; proposed
Item 18 of Form N–4; proposed Item 18 of Form N–
6; proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ix).
197 For registrants on Forms N–4 and N–6, the
legend would read as follows:
‘‘Before you invest, you should review the
prospectuses for the [Portfolio Companies]. These
prospectuses contain more information about the
[Portfolio Companies] and their risks and may be
amended from time to time. You can find the
prospectuses and other information about the
[Portfolio Companies] online at [ll]. You can
request this information at no cost by calling [ll]
or by sending an email request to [ll].’’
See Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item 18 of Forms
N–4 and N–6. Registrants on Forms N–4 and N–6
not relying upon rule 498A(j) with respect to the
portfolio companies that are offered under the
contract may, but would not be required to, provide
the next-to-last sentence of the first paragraph of the
introductory legend to the table regarding online
availability of the prospectuses.
198 For registrants on Form N–3, the legend would
read as follows:
‘‘More information about the [Investment
Options] is available in [the Statutory Prospectus
for the Contract], which can be requested at no cost
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
legend also could indicate, if applicable,
that prospectuses and other information
are available from a financial
intermediary (such as an insurance
agent or broker-dealer) distributing the
contract.199
The second paragraph of the legend
for variable contracts registered on
Forms N–4 and N–6 would read as
follows:
The performance information below
reflects fees and expenses of the [Portfolio
Companies], but does not reflect the other
fees and expenses that your contract may
charge. Performance would be lower if these
charges were included. Each [Portfolio
Company’s] past performance is not
necessarily an indication of future
performance.200
In contrast, because insurance charges
are already reflected in the performance
of the investment options for contracts
registered on Form N–3, the second
paragraph of the legend for variable
annuities registered on Form N–3 would
state:
The performance information below
reflects contract fees and expenses that are
paid by each investor. Each [Investment
Option’s] past performance is not necessarily
an indication of future performance. 201
Because the investment experience of
a variable contract investor will largely
depend on his or her selection of
portfolio companies (or investment
options in the case of a variable annuity
registered on Form N–3), we believe it
is important for investors to receive an
overview of the portfolio companies and
investment options available under the
contract in a uniform tabular
presentation that promotes
comparison.202
Investors in contracts registered on
Forms N–4 and N–6 currently receive
portfolio company prospectuses at or
shortly after the point of sale, as well as
each portfolio company’s updated
prospectus each year. As discussed
below, we are proposing an optional
delivery method, which would permit
satisfaction of any portfolio company
prospectus delivery obligations if the
portfolio company summary and
by following the instructions on [the front cover
page or beginning of the Summary Prospectus].’’
See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ix).
199 See Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item 18 of
Forms N–4 and N–6; proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ix).
200 See proposed Item 18 of Form N–4; proposed
Item 18 of Form N–6.
201 See proposed Item 19 of Form N–3.
202 In the context of participant-directed
individual account plans under the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (which,
similar to variable contracts, are long-term, taxadvantaged investment vehicles whereby the
investor may direct his or her investment among
investment alternatives), a similar disclosure
requirement applies. See 29 CFR 2550.404a 5(d).
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61751
statutory prospectuses are posted at the
website address specified on the
variable contract summary
prospectus.203 The appendix is designed
to complement the portfolio company
prospectuses in a layered disclosure
approach to provide the investor with
an ability to choose the amount and
type of information he or she prefers to
review.
Alternatively, for variable contracts
registered on Form N–3, registrants
could omit the required appendix and
instead provide more detailed
disclosures for the investment options
offered under the contract that would be
required by proposed Item 20 of Form
N–3.204 Proposed Item 20 would require
narrative disclosure for each investment
option regarding its investment
objectives and principal investment
strategies, principal risks of investing in
the investment option, and a bar chart
and table showing the performance of
the investment option modeled after the
risk/return bar chart and table that Form
N–1A currently requires.205
We request comment generally on the
appendix that we propose would appear
in the initial summary prospectus, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Are the requirements of the
proposed appendix, and the associated
proposed instructions, clear and
appropriate in light of the goals of the
initial summary prospectus? Should we
modify them in any way?
• Would the information included in
the appendix and its proposed tabular
presentation be useful to investors in
connection with the initial purchase of
a variable contract? Would other or
additional information, or a different
presentation, be more useful to
investors?
• Are the particular disclosure items
that we have proposed for inclusion in
the appendix useful and appropriate for
consideration by investors, or should we
revise, supplement, or replace those
items? Alternatively, or in addition,
should we require any other disclosures
contemplated by rule 482 (e.g., a legend
providing certain statements about the
performance data and certain
information about sales loads or
performance fees)? 206
203 See
infra section II.B.
proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ix).
205 See text following note 525 (discussing
proposed Item 20 of Form N–3); see also Item
4(b)(2) of Form N–1A.
206 See rule 482(b)(3) (requiring, among other
things: (1) A legend disclosing that the performance
data quoted represents past performance; that past
performance does not guarantee future results; that
the investment return and principal value of an
investment will fluctuate so that an investor’s
shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less
204 See
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
Continued
30NOP2
61752
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
• The proposed instructions would
provide that if the availability of one or
more portfolio companies varies by
benefit offered under the contract,
registrants must include as another
appendix a separate table indicating
which portfolio companies were
available under each of those benefits.
Should this information be provided in
a separate table? Why or why not? Are
there ways to present this information
in a more streamlined and
comprehensible manner for investors? If
so, how?
• Under our proposal, an initial
summary prospectus for a contract
registered on Form N–3 could omit the
appendix and instead include the more
detailed disclosures about the
investment options offered under the
contract that would be required by
proposed Item 20 of Form N–3.
Alternatively, in order to increase
comparability between initial summary
prospectuses, should the appendix be
required to be included in all initial
summary prospectuses for contracts
registered on Form N–3? Conversely,
should the initial summary prospectus
be required to contain the more detailed
disclosures that would be required by
proposed Item 20 of Form N–3?
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
d. General Requests for Comment on the
Initial Summary Prospectus
In addition to the specific requests for
comment above on the proposed scope
and content requirements of the initial
summary prospectus, we also request
comment generally on the initial
summary prospectus, and specifically
on the following issues:
• Is an initial summary prospectus an
appropriate vehicle to highlight the
importance of key terms, benefits, and
risks of a variable contract? What are the
key considerations for an initial
investment in the contract? Does the
proposed initial summary prospectus
capture key considerations that a typical
contract investor would find salient?
Should an initial summary prospectus
include additional information an
investor would need in order to make an
informed investment decision, and if so,
what would this information be? Would
this defeat our goal of providing
investors a succinct summary?
• Should we exclude any of the
proposed initial summary prospectus
than their original cost; that current performance
may be lower or higher than the performance data
quoted; and (2) if a sales load or any other
nonrecurring fee is charged, the maximum amount
of the load or fee, and if the sales load or fee is not
reflected, a statement that the performance data
does not reflect the deduction of the sales load or
fee, and that, if reflected, the load or fee would
reduce the performance quoted).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
disclosure? Should we require any
additional information to appear in the
initial summary prospectus, such as
from the contract’s statutory prospectus,
SAI, or Part C (‘‘Other Information’’) of
the registration statement?
• We are proposing to require an
initial summary prospectus to contain
the information required by the
proposed rule, and only that
information, in a specified order to
facilitate comparability (similar to the
mutual fund summary prospectus
model). Should all items in the initial
summary prospectus be presented in the
same order, under the headings that the
proposed rule specifies? Would this
promote comparability across products,
and is comparability as feasible for
variable products as it is mutual funds?
Why or why not? If the items are not
listed in the same order, could investors
or investment professionals still easily
compare different variable contracts? Is
the proposed order appropriate, or
should we consider a different order?
Should the rule require ordered
navigation links for electronic versions
of the summary prospectus?
• Should we, as proposed, limit the
information to be included in the initial
summary prospectus, or should we
allow registrants to include other
information that is not specifically
called for? We recognize that variable
contracts are complex investment
products, and some may have product
features that are not contemplated by
the current disclosure items. Should we
permit registrants to disclose
information not specifically required by
the proposed rule to provide sufficient
flexibility for the disclosure of future
product developments or otherwise
enhance disclosures to investors?
Would that undermine the goal of
comparability, or contribute to investor
confusion? Are there other ways we
could provide this flexibility?
• Should we impose any page or
word limits on the initial summary
prospectus (e.g., 10 pages or 2,500
words)? If so, what should the page or
word limits be (e.g., how many pages or
words, and should these limits apply to
the whole initial summary prospectus or
include or exclude certain sections of
it)? Would page or word limits
disadvantage certain types of registrants
(e.g., variable contracts that offer a
relatively high number of optional
benefits) over others, or unduly limit
investors’ ability to receive important
disclosure information? Are there other
ways we could encourage concise and
investor-friendly disclosure?
• Is the information that we propose
to require in the body or appendix of the
initial summary prospectus appropriate?
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Should we include any additional
information or eliminate any of the
information that we have proposed to
include? Should any information in the
body (e.g., the ‘‘Additional Information
About Fees’’ section) be moved from the
body to an appendix or vice versa?
• Would investors be more likely to
read an initial summary prospectus if
we required the use of certain design
elements—such as larger font sizes or
greater use of white space, colors, or
visuals—or provided additional
guidance on such design elements? If so,
what should this disclosure requirement
be? Would any of the proposed content
requirements particularly benefit from
the use of such design elements?
• Should registrants creating
electronic versions of the initial
summary prospectus be required to
include active hyperlinks for website
addresses referenced in the electronic
version, as would be required under our
proposal? What concerns would be
raised, if any, if those website addresses
were third-party websites? Should
registrants creating electronic versions
of the initial summary prospectus be
required to include active hyperlinks for
any cross-references, as would be
required under our proposal?
• Should registrants creating
electronic versions of the initial
summary prospectus be allowed to use
alternatives to any tabular presentations,
such as the table(s) included in
Appendix: Portfolio Companies/
Investment Options Available Under the
Contract, provided the information is
presented in an easy to read and
comparable manner? If so, should there
be additional conditions on the use of
these alternatives? What should those
conditions be?
• Should we offer registrants greater
flexibility to design summary
prospectuses that can be viewed on
mobile devices, are interactive, have
audio or video features, or otherwise
make use of technology and research
about effective disclosure methods? If
so, how can we allow flexibility while
ensuring that investors receive the
information they need to make their
investment decisions?
• To what extent is the information
proposed to be required in the initial
summary prospectus duplicative of
information provided in other point-ofsale disclosure documents (including
those required under other regulatory
regimes)?
• Would the initial summary
prospectus, as proposed, appropriately
complement current disclosure
practices by not unnecessarily
duplicating disclosure topics investors
receive through other channels, and
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
highlighting key risks that investors may
not learn about through other channels?
• Are there any aspects of the initial
summary prospectus that should be
made to conform to parallel provisions
in the updating summary prospectus or
potential changes to those proposed
parallel provisions? Conversely, are
there any potential changes to the
proposed updating summary prospectus
that should not be made to the proposed
initial summary prospectus?
• Is the hypothetical initial summary
prospectus in Appendix A useful and
illustrative of the proposed
requirements? Does it appropriately
show the level of detail that firms might
provide, and are any of the design
elements that the hypothetical initial
summary prospectus uses particularly
effective (or if they could be made more
effective, how so)?
2. Updating Summary Prospectus
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
a. Overview
Today, variable contract investors are
typically sent a copy of the updated
current contract statutory prospectus
each year.207 Proposed rule 498A would
permit a person to satisfy contract
prospectus delivery obligations with
respect to existing investors by sending
or giving an updating summary
prospectus in lieu of the statutory
prospectus.208
We are not proposing that registrants
send an updated initial summary
prospectus to investors each year, due
in part to the cost to maintain and
update separate initial summary
prospectuses for currently-offered
variable contracts and those no longer
offered. Additionally, we believe that
existing investors would benefit more
from a brief summary of the changes to
the contract reflected in the statutory
prospectus than to the disclosures in the
initial summary prospectus, which is
designed for someone making an initial
investment decision.
We have therefore designed the
updating summary prospectus to
provide a brief description of any
important changes with respect to the
contract that occurred within the prior
year, which will allow investors to
better focus their attention on new or
updated information relating to the
207 As discussed above, investors generally must
be provided with a prospectus when they make
additional purchase payments or reallocate variable
contract value. See supra notes 27 through 29 and
accompanying text. We are proposing to provide
that an updating summary prospectus that complies
with the rule will be deemed to be a prospectus that
is permitted under section 10(b) of the Securities
Act and section 24(g) of the Investment Company
Act for the purposes of section 5(b)(1) of the
Securities Act.
208 Proposed rule 498A(c).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
contract. Additionally, the updating
summary prospectus would include
certain of the information required in
the initial summary prospectus that we
consider most relevant to investors
when making additional investment
decisions or otherwise monitoring their
contract.
Finally, a registrant may only use an
updating summary prospectus if it uses
an initial summary prospectus for each
currently offered contract described
under the contract statutory prospectus
to which the updating summary
prospectus relates.209 We believe that
making the use of the updating
summary prospectus contingent on use
of the initial summary prospectus for
each currently offered contract will
encourage registrants to utilize the
summary prospectus framework and
provide a more consistent disclosure
experience to investors.
b. Scope of Disclosure To Be Included
in Updating Summary Prospectus
The proposed rule would permit the
updating summary prospectus to
describe one or more contracts covered
in the statutory prospectus to which the
updating summary prospectus
relates.210 This scope is different than
the initial summary prospectus, which
the proposed rule would limit to only
describing a single contract that the
registrant currently offers for sale.211
Similar to the initial summary
prospectus, however, the proposed rule
also would permit an updating
summary prospectus to describe more
than one class of a contract.212
Given the limited subset of
information provided in the updating
summary prospectus, we believe
permitting registrants to combine
multiple contracts would not cause
investor confusion in the same way that
combining disclosure about multiple
contracts in the initial summary
prospectus might. Furthermore, we
understand that there are generally not
a significant number of changes that
occur to an individual contract yearover-year, and many of those changes
(such as changes to the available
portfolio companies or the addition of
new optional benefits) typically apply
across multiple contracts described in
the same prospectus. We therefore
believe the section describing contract
changes, even if changes to multiple
contracts are included, would not be
209 Proposed
rule 498A(c)(1).
210 Proposed rule 498A(c)(2).
211 See supra section II.A.1.b.
212 Proposed rule 498A(c)(2); see also supra
section II.A.1.b (an initial summary prospectus also
can describe more than one class of a currentlyoffered contract).
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61753
overly lengthy, and would not prevent
investors from reading or understanding
the applicable disclosures.213 Finally,
combining multiple contracts could
make the updating summary prospectus
significantly more efficient for
registrants to produce and distribute.214
We request comment generally on the
proposed scope requirements for the
updating summary prospectus, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Is it appropriate to permit the updating
summary prospectus to include multiple
contracts under the statutory prospectus to
which the updating summary prospectus
relates? Would this approach promote
operational efficiency? What other benefits
would this approach entail? What drawbacks
would this approach entail? Would this
approach discourage investors from reading
the updating summary prospectus? Would it
confuse investors, and if so, should the
proposed rule incorporate any additional
provisions (or should we issue guidance) to
help mitigate potential confusion? Would it
prevent investors from reading or
understanding the disclosures, and if so,
what additional rule provisions or guidance
could help mitigate this? Would the
proposed disclosure requirement make clear
to an investor whether a particular disclosure
about year-over-year changes applies to that
investor’s contract? Should we require that
an updating summary prospectus that
includes disclosure about multiple contracts
be formatted or presented in a certain way to
help promote clarity to investors regarding
whether a particular disclosure in the
document concerns an investor’s particular
contract? Are there any other additions to the
updating summary prospectus that would
help promote clarity to investors on this
point?
• Alternatively, what would be the
benefits of requiring registrants to create a
separate updating summary prospectus for
each contract, similar to the requirement for
the initial summary prospectus? Would this
alternate approach be operationally
burdensome, and if so, why? Would it
enhance investor understanding? Would it
reduce investor confusion?
• Should we restrict the number of
contract classes that may be described in an
updating summary prospectus? Why or why
not?
c. Preparation of the Updating Summary
Prospectus
The following chart outlines the
information that would be required in
an updating summary prospectus under
proposed rule 498A. Along with
specifying required cover page
213 A registrant generally should indicate in this
section, to the extent appropriate, whether certain
described contract changes are only applicable to
certain contracts in the statutory prospectus.
214 Multiple updating summary prospectuses
(with very similar sounding names) could also
make it difficult for investors to locate their specific
updating summary prospectus on the insurer’s
website.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61754
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
disclosures, the proposed rule
references particular disclosure items
from Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6 (as
proposed to be amended). The
information would be required to
appear in the same order, and under the
relevant corresponding headings, as the
proposed rule specifies.215
TABLE 3—OUTLINE OF THE UPDATING SUMMARY PROSPECTUS
Heading in updating Summary prospectus
Cover Page:
Identifying Information ..................................................................................
Legends ........................................................................................................
EDGAR Contract Identifier ...........................................................................
Table of Contents (optional) ........................................................................
Content:
Updated Information About Your Contract ..................................................
Important Information You Should Consider About the [Contract] ..............
Appendix: Portfolio Companies Available Under the Contract ....................
i. Cover Page and Table of Contents
Identifying Information. Under the
proposed rule, the following
information would be required to
appear on the front cover page or at the
beginning of the updating summary
prospectus:
• The depositor’s name;
• the registrant’s name;
• the name of the contract(s), and the class
or classes, if any, to which the updating
summary prospectus relates;
• a statement identifying the document as
an ‘‘Updating Summary Prospectus’’; and
• the approximate date of the first use of
the updating summary prospectus.217
Legend. The cover page or beginning
of the updating summary prospectus
would be required to include the
following legend:
You should read this Summary Prospectus
carefully, particularly the section titled
Important Information You Should Consider
About the [Contract].
An updated prospectus for the [name of
Contract] is currently available online, which
contains more information about the
[Contract], including its features, benefits,
and risks. You can find the prospectus and
other information about the [Contract] online
at [ll]. You can also obtain this
information at no cost by calling [ll] or by
sending an email request to [ll].218
Additional general information about
certain investment products, including
[variable annuities/variable life insurance
contracts], has been prepared by the
Securities and Exchange Commission’s staff
and is available at Investor.gov.219
215 Proposed
rule 498A(c)(6).
on Form N–3 could omit the
appendix specified by proposed Item 19 of Form N–
3, and instead provide the more detailed
disclosures about the investment options offered
under the contract required by proposed Item 20 of
Form N–3. See infra note 517 and accompanying
text.
217 Proposed rule 498A(c)(3)(i) through (v).
218 See supra note 79 (discussing requirements of
the registrant’s internet address and contact
information).
219 Proposed rule 498A(c)(3)(vi).
Proposed item of
Form N–3
Proposed item of
Form N–4
Proposed item of
Form N–6
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
3 .............................
19 or 20 216 ............
................................
3
18
................................
3
18
Like the cover page or beginning of
the initial summary prospectus, the
cover page or beginning of the updating
summary prospectus would be required
to include identifying information about
the variable contract, as well as a legend
including certain general information
that would be applicable to all variable
contracts. The portions of the proposed
legend that describe how to obtain
further information about the contract,
as well as the Investor.gov website, are
identical to the parallel portions of the
legend that would appear on the cover
page or beginning of the initial summary
prospectus.220 As with the initial
summary prospectus, a registrant could
modify this required legend so long as
the modified legend includes
comparable information.221 Similar to
the initial summary prospectus, if a
registrant incorporates any information
by reference into the updating summary
prospectus, the proposed rule would
require the registrant to include in the
legend certain information about the
document(s) from which the
information was incorporated.222 Like
the initial summary prospectus, the
cover page for the updating summary
prospectus would also be required to
include a legend indicating that the
Securities and Exchange Commission
has not approved or disapproved of the
contract or the summary prospectus.223
We do not believe that the free look
period legend that would appear on the
cover page or beginning of the initial
summary prospectus would be
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
216 Registrants
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
220 Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vi); see also supra
note 79. The legend in the updating summary
prospectus would note that ‘‘an updated
prospectus’’ is available online, whereas the initial
summary prospectus would note that it summarizes
key features of the contract.
221 Proposed rule 498A(c)(3)(vi); see also
proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vi)(A).
222 See infra section II.A.6.
223 Proposed rule 498A(c)(3)(vii); see also supra
note 86.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
appropriate in the context of the
updating summary prospectus, because
the free look period is not applicable to
additional investments after the initial
purchase.
EDGAR Contract Identifier. We are
also proposing to require that the
EDGAR contract identifier for each
contract covered by the updating
summary prospectus be included on the
bottom of the back cover page or last
page of the updating summary
prospectus in a type size smaller than
that generally used in the prospectus
(e.g., 8-point modern type).224
Table of Contents. The proposed rule
would permit an updating summary
prospectus, like the initial summary
prospectus, to include a table of
contents.225 A table of contents must
show the page number of the various
sections or subdivisions of the
prospectus and must immediately
follow the cover page in any prospectus
delivered electronically.226
We request comment generally on the
proposed requirements for the cover
page of the updating summary
prospectus, and specifically on the
following issues:
• Is the information that we propose to
require on the cover page or beginning of the
updating summary prospectus appropriate?
Should we include any additional
information or eliminate any of the
information that we have proposed to
include in these parts of the updating
summary prospectus?
• Is the proposed legend sufficient to
notify investors of the availability and
significance of the contract statutory
prospectus and other information about the
variable contract and how to obtain this
information? For example, should the legend
224 Proposed rule 498A(c)(4). As in the case of the
initial summary prospectus, this requirement is
intended to enable Commission staff and others to
more easily link the updating summary prospectus
with other filings associated with the contract.
225 Proposed rule 498A(c)(5).
226 Rule 481(c).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
include greater detail about the information
that is available?
• Does the proposed legend adequately
inform investors of the various means for
obtaining additional information about a
variable contract? For example, are the
proposed requirements for the website
address where additional information is
available adequate to ensure that the website
and the additional information will be easy
to locate?
• As proposed, should we permit
registrants to modify the required legend,
provided the modified legend includes
comparable information?
• Should the requirement in proposed rule
498A to include the EDGAR contract
identifier for each contract covered by the
updating summary prospectus on the bottom
of the back cover page or last page of the
updating summary prospectus be revised to
list another identifier? If so, what identifier
should be listed, and why?
• Should registrants be permitted to
include a table of contents in the updating
summary prospectus? Instead, should a table
of contents be required for any updating
summary prospectus? Does rule 481(c) under
the Securities Act provide appropriate
requirements for a table of contents included
in an updating summary prospectus?
ii. Content of the Updating Summary
Prospectus
Proposed rule 498A specifies the
content and order thereof required in an
updating summary prospectus.227 An
updating summary prospectus must
contain the information required by the
proposed rule in the specific order
detailed in section II.A.2.c. Similar to
the initial summary prospectus and the
summary prospectus for mutual funds,
adhering to these content requirements
is one condition that an updating
summary prospectus must satisfy in
order to be deemed to be a prospectus
that is permitted under section 10(b) of
the Securities Act and section 24(g) of
the Investment Company Act for the
purposes of section 5(b)(1) of the
Securities Act.228 To aid market
participants in understanding the types
of disclosures we propose to require,
Appendix B to this release contains a
hypothetical updating summary
prospectus for a variable annuity
separate account with a registration
statement filed on Form N–4. This
hypothetical updating summary
prospectus is provided solely for
illustrative purposes and is not intended
to imply that it reflects a ‘‘typical’’
updating summary prospectus.
(a) Description of Changes to the
Contract
The updating summary prospectus
would be required to include a concise
227 Proposed
228 See
rule 498A(c)(6).
supra note 93.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
description of any change with respect
to the contract made after the most
recent updating summary prospectus or
statutory prospectus was sent or given
to investors that has affected the
availability of portfolio companies (or
investment options under a variable
annuity registered on Form N–3) under
the contract,229 or the statutory
prospectus disclosure relating to the Fee
Table,230 the standard death benefit,231
and the other benefits available under
the contract.232 The updating summary
prospectus also could include a concise
description of any other changes to the
contract that the registrant wishes to
disclose, provided they occurred within
the same time period.233
These contract changes would be
described under the heading ‘‘Updated
Information About Your [Contract].’’ 234
This legend would be required to follow
the heading:
The information in this [Updating
Summary Prospectus] is a summary of
certain [Contract] features that have changed
since the [Updating Summary Prospectus]
dated [date]. This may not reflect all of the
changes that have occurred since you entered
into your Contract.235
We designed this disclosure
requirement in light of the fact that
disclosures in a contract statutory
prospectus do not change frequently,
and we believe providing investors with
notice and a brief description of any
changes that do occur may be more
informative than repeating all the
disclosures year-over-year. We believe
that notice of these changes is
particularly helpful, given that currently
investors must determine which, if any,
disclosures relevant to their particular
contract have changed each year they
receive the contract statutory
prospectus. After receiving notice and a
brief description of certain changes, an
investor who then wishes to obtain
229 Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(i). A change that has
affected availability of portfolio companies (or
investment options) would include changes in the
portfolio companies (or investment options) offered
under the contract or available in connection with
any optional benefit. See also proposed Item 19 of
Form N–3, and proposed Item 18 of Forms N–4 and
N–6.
230 Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(i); see also proposed
Item 4 of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6.
231 Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(i); see also proposed
Item 11 of Forms N–3; proposed Item 10 of Forms
N–4 and N–6.
232 Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(i); see also proposed
Item 12 of Forms N–3; proposed Item 11 of Forms
N–4 and N–6.
233 Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(ii). Any additional
information included should not, by its nature,
quantity, or manner of presentation, obscure or
impede understanding of the information that the
proposed rule would require.
234 Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(i).
235 Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(i)(A).
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61755
more information on specific changes
can consult the contract statutory
prospectus to review related disclosures
in more detail. We believe that
highlighting certain key changes with
respect to the contract in the updating
summary prospectus will provide
important information to investors that
they can use in considering whether to
continue making additional purchase
payments or reallocate contract value.
We would require the disclosure of
changes with respect to these particular
disclosure topics (Fee Table, the
standard death benefit, other benefits
available under the contract, and
portfolio companies available under the
contract) because these are the areas
where we understand contract-related
changes are most likely to occur, and
that may be of most interest to investors.
We believe that permitting—but not
requiring—a concise description of any
additional changes will provide
flexibility to registrants to highlight for
investors any additional changes. The
requirement to disclose contract-related
changes to investors is particularly
relevant for variable contracts, since the
length of statutory prospectus disclosure
may hinder investors in identifying
important year-over-year changes to
contract features.
In providing a concise description of
a contract-related change in the
updating summary prospectus,
registrants must provide enough detail
to allow investors to understand the
change and how it will affect them.236
For example, this could include stating
that a fee has changed from 1.5% to
1.7%, rather than stating that the fee has
changed or increased, or specifically
identifying each optional benefit that
has changed (with a brief explanation of
how), rather than generically stating that
certain optional benefits are new or no
longer available. As another example, if
a portfolio company’s expense ratio has
changed, a registrant generally should
describe this in the body of the updating
summary prospectus even though
expense ratio information would also
appear in the required appendix to the
updating summary prospectus, in order
to highlight this change to investors.
We request comment generally on the
brief description of certain contractrelated changes that we propose would
appear in the updating summary
prospectus, and specifically on the
following issues:
• Would this proposed disclosure
requirement be useful to investors? Would
understanding the information that would
appear in an updating summary prospectus
in response to the proposed requirement be
236 Proposed
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
rule 498A(c)(6)(i)(B).
30NOP2
61756
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
relevant and helpful to an investor who is
considering whether to continue making
additional purchase payments, or reallocate
contract value? Would disclosure of changes
to multiple contracts confuse the reader or
discourage reading the document, and if so,
what additional rule provisions or guidance
could help mitigate this?
• Is the scope of changes that a registrant
may discuss in the updating summary
prospectus appropriate? Are there other
topics that should be described in the
updating summary prospectus (e.g., changes
that affect the contract’s risks or potential
conflicts of interest)? Should the proposed
rule instead require a registrant to provide a
concise description of ‘‘significant changes,’’
‘‘material changes,’’ or some other standard
instead of prescribing specific disclosure
topics? Is there a better way of identifying
these specific disclosure topics, and if so,
what would this be?
• Is it appropriate to allow registrants to
discuss any other changes that have been
made to the contract during the same time
period in this section? Should registrants also
be allowed to discuss matters that do not
directly involve the contract (e.g., upcoming
tax law changes or merger and acquisition
activity involving the registrant)? Why or
why not?
• Is the proposed requirement that a
registrant include a ‘‘concise description’’ of
each change clear and appropriate? Would
registrants understand what level of
disclosure they should include? Would any
additional clarification in the rule text or
Commission guidance be helpful?
(b) Key Information
The updating summary prospectus
also would be required to include the
same Key Information Table that would
appear in the initial summary
prospectus.237 As discussed above, this
table would streamline certain
important concepts about the variable
contract in a presentation that is
designed to be easy to read and
navigate.238
Because investors may make
additional investments in the variable
contract, we propose to require this
disclosure in the updating summary
prospectus to remind them of the
contract’s fees and expenses, risks,
restrictions, tax implications, and
investment professional compensation.
Furthermore, we believe that an investor
who continues to make investments in
the variable contract (or to reallocate
contract value)—not just an initial
investor in the contract—should receive
the benefit of this disclosure in a
presentation that is intended to improve
readability and readership.
Besides the brief description of
contract-related changes and portfolio
237 Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(iii). This disclosure
would be the same information required by Item 3
of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6.
238 See supra section II.A.1.c.ii.(b).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
company/investment option appendix
discussed below, an updating summary
prospectus would include only this Key
Information Table as summary
disclosure about the contract’s key
information, and would not also include
the additional disclosure that the initial
summary prospectus would include (for
example, additional information about
standard and optional contract benefits,
or the contract Fee Table). We believe
this is appropriate in the context of an
updating summary prospectus for
several reasons.
First, unless the investor invested
prior to the registrant relying on rule
498A, the investor already will have
received the initial summary prospectus
(and have had access to the statutory
prospectus), which includes this extra
detail. Additionally, the updating
summary prospectus draws on layered
disclosure concepts, where the investor
can access the more detailed statutory
prospectus electronically (or in paper
format on request) to complement the
disclosure included in the updating
summary prospectus.
An updating summary prospectus that
describes multiple contracts could
contain a separate Key Information
Table for each of the contracts, or use
a different presentation approach that
consistently discloses the required
information for each contract in the
required order. For example, if the only
Key Information Table disclosure that
would vary by contract were the fee
information, a prospectus that describes
multiple contracts could include a
single Key Information Table that
discloses separate fee information in the
‘‘Fees and Expenses’’ line-items for each
contract.
We request comment generally on
including the Key Information Table in
the updating summary prospectus, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Should we require including the
proposed Key Information Table in the
updating summary prospectus? Would this
table provide a succinct summary of the
contract’s key information for investors who
make ongoing purchase payments, or who
reallocate contract value? If not, why not?
• Is the location of the proposed Key
Information Table within the updating
summary prospectus appropriate? If not,
where should it be located?
• Should the table include, as proposed,
the same line-items as the Key Information
Table that would appear in the initial
summary prospectus? Instead should we
require a modified version of the table in the
updating summary prospectus, and if so, how
should we modify the table? For example, is
it appropriate or necessary for the table that
appears in the updating summary prospectus
to include a line-item on investment
professional compensation? Is it important to
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
require the disclosure that investors should
only exchange their contract if they
determine, after comparing the features, fees,
and risks of both contracts, that it is
preferable for them to purchase the new
contract rather than continue to own the
existing contract?
• Should the presentation of the proposed
table in the updating summary prospectus
differ from the proposed presentation for the
initial updating prospectus? If so, why, and
what would be a better alternate
presentation?
• Should we mirror the approach taken
with the initial summary prospectus where
cross-references in the Key Information Table
for electronic versions of the updating
summary prospectus would link directly to
the location in the statutory prospectus
where the subject matter is discussed in
greater detail? If so, why? What would be a
better approach?
• Are there any particular instructions for
the Key Information Table that we should
modify for the updating summary
prospectus?
(c) Appendix: Portfolio Companies
Available Under the Contract
Finally, the updating summary
prospectus would be required to include
an appendix, under the heading
‘‘Appendix: [Portfolio Companies/
Investment Options] Available Under
the [Contract],’’ that provides summary
information about the portfolio
companies offered under the
contract.239 This requirement for the
appendix would be identical to the
requirement for the appendix in the
initial summary prospectus.240 Like the
proposed requirement for the initial
summary prospectus appendix, Form
N–3 registrants could omit this
appendix and instead provide the more
detailed disclosures about the
investment options offered under the
contract that would be required by
proposed Item 20 of Form N–3.241
Because the selection of portfolio
companies or investment options will
directly affect the performance, and
239 Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(iv). This information
on portfolio companies or investment options
would be the same information required by
proposed Item 19 of Form N–3 and proposed Item
18 of Forms N–4 and N–6.
240 Paralleling a similar requirement for the initial
summary prospectus, if the appendix includes the
information required by Item 19 of Form N–3, the
appendix would also include the following
introductory legend: ‘‘The following is a list of
[Investment Options] currently available under the
[Contract], which is subject to change as discussed
in the [Statutory Prospectus for the Contract]. More
information about the [Investment Options] is
available in [the Contract Statutory Prospectus],
which can be requested at no cost by following the
instructions on [the front cover page or beginning
of the Summary Prospectus].’’ See proposed Item 19
of Form N–3; proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(iv).
241 See proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(iv); see also text
following note 525 (discussing proposed Item 20 of
Form N–3).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
often the available optional benefits, of
the contract, we believe that it is
necessary to provide basic information
about the portfolio companies to
ongoing investors in variable contracts.
This disclosure is intended to remind
investors of one of the most important
decisions they face during the life cycle
of a contract—that is, whether and
where to allocate additional purchase
payments and reallocate contract value
among the portfolio companies or
investment options available to them.
We request comment generally on the
appendix that we propose to require in
the updating summary prospectus, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Are the requirements of the proposed
appendix clear and appropriate in light of the
goals of the updating summary prospectus?
• Would the information that would be
included in this appendix be useful to an
investor who is considering whether to
continue making additional purchase
payments, or reallocate contract value?
Would other or additional information be
more useful to investors? For example,
should the appendix identify portfolio
companies that have been added, or portfolio
companies that have been removed or closed
to additional investment, during the period
covered by the update?
• Should we, as proposed, permit a Form
N–3 registrant to omit the appendix and
instead include the more detailed disclosures
about the investment options offered under
the contract that would be required by
proposed Item 20 of Form N–3? Are the
considerations regarding the inclusion of the
appendix in a Form N–3 registrant’s updating
summary prospectus the same or different as
in the context of the initial summary
prospectus?
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
d. General Requests for Comment on the
Updating Summary Prospectus
In addition to the specific requests for
comment above on the proposed content
requirements and scope of the updating
summary prospectus, we also request
comment generally on the updating
summary prospectus, and specifically
on the following issues:
• Should we consider any alternative
approaches to the proposed framework of
two distinct summary prospectuses (the
initial summary prospectus and the updating
summary prospectus)? For example, should
all variable contract investors receive a
summary prospectus with identical content?
As another example, should the proposed
rule provide that only initial contract
purchasers would receive a summary
prospectus, and afterwards, investors who
make additional purchase payments, or who
reallocate contract value, would receive no
summary prospectus (or receive only a notice
that the statutory prospectus is available
online)?
• Should we permit the use of an updating
summary prospectus if a registrant does not
use an initial summary prospectus for each
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
currently offered contract described under
the contract statutory prospectus to which
the updating summary prospectus relates?
• Does the information in the proposed
updating summary prospectus capture the
information that is most likely to change
from year to year, and that is most important
for investors when considering whether to
make additional purchase payments, or
reallocate contract value? Should any of the
information that we propose to require in the
updating summary prospectus not be
required? Should we require disclosure of
any additional information (such as
additional information that we propose to
include in the initial summary prospectus) in
the updating summary prospectus?
• Should we consider changing the
proposed order in which the disclosure items
would appear in the updating summary
prospectus?
• Should we impose any page or word
limits on the updating summary prospectus
(e.g., 10 pages or 2,500 words)? If so, what
should the page or word limits be (e.g., how
many pages or words, and should these
limits be on the whole updating summary
prospectus or certain sections of it)? Are
there other ways we could encourage concise
and investor-friendly disclosure?
• Is the information that we propose to
require in the body and appendix of the
updating summary prospectus appropriate?
Should we include any additional content
requirements or modify or eliminate any of
the content requirements? Should any
information in the body be moved to an
appendix, or vice versa?
• Would investors be more likely to read
an updating summary prospectus if we
required the use of certain design elements—
such as larger font sizes or greater use of
white space, colors, or visuals—or provided
additional guidance on such design
elements? Would any of the proposed
content requirements particularly benefit
from the use of such design elements?
• Would the updating summary
prospectus, as proposed, appropriately
complement current disclosure practices by
not unnecessarily duplicating disclosure
topics investors receive through other
channels, and highlighting key risks that
investors may not learn about through other
channels?
• Should registrants creating electronic
versions of the updating summary prospectus
be required to include active hyperlinks for
website addresses referenced in the
electronic version, as would be required
under our proposal? What concerns would be
raised, if any, if those website addresses were
third-party websites? Should registrants
creating electronic versions of the initial
summary prospectus be required to include
active hyperlinks for any cross-references, as
would be required under our proposal?
• Should we offer registrants greater
flexibility to design summary prospectuses
that can be viewed on mobile devices, are
interactive, have audio or video features, or
otherwise make use of technology and
research about effective disclosure methods?
If so, how can we allow such flexibility while
still ensuring that investors receive the
information they need to make their
investment decisions?
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61757
• Are there any aspects of the updating
summary prospectus that should be made to
conform to parallel provisions in the initial
summary prospectus or potential changes to
those proposed parallel provisions?
Conversely, are there any potential changes
to the proposed initial summary prospectus
that should not be made to the proposed
updating summary prospectus?
• Is the hypothetical updating summary
prospectus in Appendix B useful and
illustrative of the proposed requirements?
Does it appropriately show the level of detail
that firms might provide?
3. Legal Effect of Use of Summary
Prospectus for Variable Contracts
Section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act
makes it unlawful to carry or cause to
be carried a security for purposes of sale
or for delivery after sale ‘‘unless
accompanied or preceded’’ by a
statutory prospectus.242 Proposed rule
498A would provide that, for variable
contract securities in an offering
registered on Forms N–3, N–4, or N–6,
the use of a summary prospectus could
satisfy this section 5(b)(2) obligation
under certain conditions. As under rule
498, use of the summary prospectus to
satisfy a registrant’s section 5(b)
obligation would be voluntary.243
First, a person relying on the
proposed rule would be required to
send or give a summary prospectus to
an investor no later than the time of the
‘‘carrying or delivery’’ of the contract
security.244 This summary prospectus
would be an initial summary prospectus
in the case of an initial purchase of a
variable contract, or an updating
summary prospectus in the case of
additional investments in a variable
contract previously purchased.245
Second, the summary prospectus
could not be bound together with any
other materials, except that we are
permitting portfolio company summary
and statutory prospectuses to be bound
together with the contract summary
242 15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(2) (stating that it shall be
unlawful for any person to carry or cause to be
carried through the mails or in interstate commerce
any such security for the purpose of sale or for
delivery after sale, unless accompanied or preceded
by a prospectus that meets the requirements of
Securities Act section 10(a)); see also supra note 27
(noting that the term ‘‘statutory prospectus’’ means
a prospectus that meets the requirements of section
10(a) of the Securities Act).
Because the requirements of section 5(b)(2) of the
Securities Act are applicable to ‘‘any person,’’ its
obligations are applicable to financial
intermediaries through whom variable contracts are
sold, as well as variable contract issuers.
243 See supra notes 60 through 63 and
accompanying text.
244 See supra note 242 (discussing the prohibition
against carrying or delivering a security without
otherwise accompanying it or preceding it with a
statutory prospectus).
245 Proposed rule 498A(f)(1); see also supra note
207 and accompanying text.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61758
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
prospectus,246 subject to certain
conditions.247 Third, the summary
prospectus also would be required to
meet the proposed rule’s content
requirements for an initial summary
prospectus or updating summary
prospectus (as appropriate).248 Finally,
the initial summary prospectus,
updating summary prospectus, contract
statutory prospectus, and contract SAI
must be publicly accessible, free of
charge, on a website in the manner that
the proposed rule specifies.249 Failure to
comply with any of these requirements
would prevent a person from relying
upon the proposed rule to meet its
section 5(b)(2) prospectus delivery
obligations. Absent satisfaction of the
section 5(b)(2) obligation by other
available means, a section 5(b)(2)
violation would result.250
The proposed rule also would provide
that a communication relating to an
offering registered on Forms N–3, N–4,
or N–6 that a person sends or gives after
the effective date of a variable contract’s
registration statement (other than a
prospectus that section 10 of the
Securities Act permits or requires)
would not be deemed a prospectus
under section 2(a)(10) of the Securities
Act if:
(1) It is proved that prior to or at the same
time with such communication a summary
prospectus was sent or given to the person
to whom the communication was made;
(2) the summary prospectus meets the
same binding requirements that we discuss
in the immediately-preceding paragraph;
(3) the summary prospectus that was sent
or given satisfies the requirements for the
initial summary prospectus or the updating
summary prospectus, as applicable; and
(4) the initial summary prospectus,
updating summary prospectus, contract
statutory prospectus, and contract SAI are
publicly accessible, free of charge, on a
246 Proposed
rule 498A(f)(2).
rule 498A(f)(2)(i) and (ii). The rule
would permit binding these materials together so
long as: (1) All of the underlying portfolio
companies whose prospectuses are bundled
together are available to the investor to whom they
are sent or given; and (2) a table of contents
identifying each portfolio company summary and/
or statutory prospectus that is bound together (and
the page number on which each document is
found), is included at the beginning or immediately
following a cover page of the bound materials.
248 Proposed rule 498A(f)(3).
249 Proposed rule 498A(f)(4) (in addition, a Form
N–3 registrant would also be required to post its
most recent annual and semi-annual reports to
shareholders to the website); see also infra section
II.A.4.
250 As discussed below, the proposed rule also
includes additional requirements (such as the
requirement to send a copy of the contract statutory
prospectus upon request) whose violation would
result in a violation of the proposed rule, but would
not result in a violation of section 5(b)(2). See infra
note 298 and accompanying text.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
247 Proposed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
website in the manner that the proposed rule
specifies.251
Section 2(a)(10) of the Securities Act
provides that certain communications
accompanied or preceded by a statutory
prospectus are not deemed to be
‘‘prospectuses’’ for purposes of the
Securities Act.252 This provision of the
proposed rule, which is modeled on a
corresponding provision of rule 498,253
extends similar treatment to
communications accompanied or
preceded by a summary prospectus if all
the provision’s conditions are met.
These communications remain subject
to the general antifraud provisions of
the federal securities laws.254
Because we believe that all investors
should receive the benefit of the
succinct, investor-friendly disclosure
that is included in the variable contract
summary prospectus, all of the
disclosure items that would appear in
the summary prospectus also would be
required to appear in the statutory
prospectus. In that respect, all variable
contract investors, regardless of whether
the product they choose has a summary
prospectus, would have the benefit of
improved disclosures in the statutory
prospectus.
We request comment generally on the
proposal to permit a new option for
prospectus delivery for variable
contracts, and specifically on the
following issues (in addition, we are
requesting comment on certain parallel
provisions of rule 498):
• Should we permit a person to satisfy its
prospectus delivery obligations under the
Securities Act with respect to variable
contracts in the manner provided in the
proposed rule? Would this approach provide
investors with material information about the
variable contract while providing adequate
protections?
• Are there other delivery approaches that
would be more effective than the proposed
approach? For example, should we permit a
person to satisfy its prospectus delivery
obligations by filing a statutory prospectus
with the Commission and by posting it
online without using a summary prospectus?
• Is the proposed approach appropriate
given the current demographics of variable
251 Proposed
rule 498A(g).
2(a)(10) of the Securities Act [15
U.S.C. 77b(a)(10)(a)] provides that a communication
sent or given after the effective date of the
registration statement (other than a prospectus
permitted under subsection (b) of section 10) shall
not be deemed a prospectus if it is proved that prior
to or at the same time with the communication a
written prospectus meeting the requirements for a
statutory prospectus at the time of the
communication was sent or given to the person to
whom the communication was made.
253 See rule 498(d).
254 See, e.g., section 17(a) of the Securities Act [15
U.S.C. 77q(a)]; section 10(b) of the Exchange Act [15
U.S.C. 78j(b)]; section 34(b) of the Investment
Company Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-33(b)].
252 Section
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
contract investors? For example, does the
proposed approach adequately protect
investors who have no internet access or
limited internet access or who prefer not to
receive information about their variable
contract investments over the internet? As
another example, given the high percentage
of investors who use an investment
professional when purchasing a variable
contract (and who might learn about the
contract through discussions with investment
professionals), is there another approach that
would be more effective? Should we make
any other changes with respect to prospectus
delivery obligations? Does the proposed
approach appropriately balance the
objectives of the proposed summary
prospectus framework with protecting
investors who have no or limited access to
the internet?
• Should investors have the ability to opt
out of the rule permanently and thereafter
receive a paper copy of any statutory
prospectus? How could this be implemented
in practice? For example, how would a
registrant that had no prior relationship with
an investor be apprised of the investor’s
decision to opt out?
• The proposed rule would not permit the
summary prospectus to be bound together
with any materials other than prospectuses
for the portfolio companies that are available
under the contract. This approach is modeled
on rule 498(c). Do registrants currently rely
on rule 498(c) to bind the variable contract’s
statutory prospectus with the prospectuses or
summary prospectuses for the underlying
portfolio companies? Since reliance on the
proposed rule would be optional, should we
continue to permit binding to be consistent
with rule 498(c)? Since we anticipate that
most registrants will rely on the optional
delivery method for portfolio company
prospectuses as described in section II.B
below, should the rule permit a variable
contract summary prospectus to be bound
with prospectuses and summary
prospectuses of portfolio companies, or is
such a provision unnecessary?
• Under proposed rule 498A, use of the
summary prospectus would be voluntary.
Should we make use of the summary
prospectus regime mandatory for all variable
contract registrants? If so, why? Would
inconsistent use of the summary prospectus
create confusion, or make comparison of
variable contract products more difficult for
investors? Would a mandatory approach
adequately protect investors who have no or
limited internet access or who prefer not to
receive information about their investments
over the internet? Should we first adopt the
voluntary summary prospectus regime and
consider whether the summary prospectus
should be mandated in the future, and if so,
what methods or approaches should we
consider? What would be registrants’ primary
considerations in determining whether to
adopt the proposed voluntary summary
prospectus regime? Would registrants be
more likely to adopt the regime if the
portions of the statutory prospectus that are
also summary prospectus disclosures were
segregated and placed at the beginning of the
statutory prospectus?
• If we were to adopt a summary
prospectus framework for variable contracts,
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
how should we evaluate the effectiveness of
the new framework? What methods or
approaches should we use to evaluate the
rule, and what areas of the new framework
should we focus on in any such review?
• Should registrants that elect to rely on
rule 498A be required to send current
investors a notice explaining the new
delivery approach before sending the first
updating summary prospectus? Would
investors benefit from receiving such a
notice? If so, should investors receive a
separate notice about the transition, or
should different methods of notifying
investors be permitted? For example, should
registrants be permitted to add the notice as
an insert or legend to other documents they
are already sending investors?
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
4. Online Accessibility of Contract
Statutory Prospectus and Certain Other
Documents Relating to the Contract
The proposed rule would permit
investors who receive a succinct, userfriendly initial or updating summary
prospectus to access more detailed
information about the variable contract,
either by reviewing the information
online, or by requesting the information
to be sent in paper or electronically.
These provisions parallel provisions in
the rule governing the use of mutual
fund summary prospectuses.255 In our
experience, layered disclosure for
mutual funds has benefitted both
investors and registrants, and we are
proposing a similar framework for
variable contracts. We believe that
permitting variable contract investors to
access the contract statutory prospectus
in several ways (online and by physical
or electronic delivery) maximizes the
accessibility and usability of the
information, as indicated by investors’
preference for access to both online and
paper resources.256
a. Required Online Contract Documents
Under the proposal, a variable
contract’s current initial summary
prospectus, updating summary
prospectus, statutory prospectus, and
SAI, and, in the case of a registrant on
Form N–3, the registrant’s most recent
annual and semi-annual reports to
shareholders under rule 30e–1 under
the Investment Company Act (together,
the ‘‘required online contract
documents’’), would be required to be
available online. This approach
operationalizes the layered disclosure
framework that undergirds the proposed
rule, with the summary prospectus
provided in paper (or electronically) to
investors, and additional information
about the contract securities available
online. The required online contract
255 See
rule 498(c)(4), (d)(4), (e), and (f).
2012 Financial Literacy Study, supra note
39, at iv, xix.
256 See
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
documents generally comprise the same
set of documents that the mutual fund
summary prospectus rules require to be
posted online, and provide additional
important detail about the contract that
investors can access if they wish. The
required online contract documents
only reference the registrant’s annual
and semi-annual shareholder reports for
Form N–3 registrants because Form N–
4 and Form N–6 registrants do not have
their own shareholder reports, but
instead transmit the portfolio
companies’ annual and semi-annual
shareholder reports to the investors in
their trust accounts.
As with similar provisions in the
mutual fund summary prospectus rule,
these required online contract
documents would be required to be
publicly accessible, free of charge, at the
website address that the cover page of
the summary prospectus specifies, on or
before the time that the person relying
on the proposed rule provides the
summary prospectus to investors.257
Moreover, a current version of each of
the required online contract documents
would be required to remain on that
website for at least 90 days following
either:
• The time of the ‘‘carrying or delivery’’ of
the contract security if a person is relying on
the proposed rule to satisfy its section 5(b)(2)
prospectus delivery obligations; or
• If a person is relying on the proposed
rule to send communications that will not be
deemed to be prospectuses, the time that the
person sends or gives the communication to
investors.258
This requirement is designed to
provide continuous access to the
information from the time the summary
prospectus is sent or given until at least
90 days after the date of delivery of a
security or communication in reliance
on the proposed rule. This is the
timeframe for the availability of online
information under the mutual fund
summary prospectus rule, and we are
proposing that it be the same in the
proposed rule because of market
participants’ familiarity with this
timeframe, and because there may be
operational efficiencies for certain
registrants in having the timeframe be
the same under both summary
prospectus frameworks. Moreover, we
believe this proposed timeframe
appropriately balances the costs of
maintaining information online with
investors’ interests in having the
flexibility to access this online
information after receiving the summary
prospectus (for example, if they would
257 Proposed rule 498A(h)(1); see also rule
498(e)(1).
258 Proposed rule 498A(h)(1).
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61759
like to review a topic presented therein
in more detail in the statutory
prospectus that is available online, after
they have had the opportunity to read
and digest the summary prospectus).
b. Formatting Requirements for
Required Online Contract Documents
The proposed rule would direct that
the required online contract documents
be presented in a manner that is humanreadable and capable of being printed
on paper in human-readable format.259
This formatting requirement is a
condition to reliance on the rule to
satisfy a person’s delivery obligations
under section 5(b)(2) of the Securities
Act and the provision that a
communication shall not be deemed a
prospectus under section 2(a)(1) of the
Securities Act. The rule governing
mutual fund summary prospectuses also
requires this formatting approach.260
The ‘‘human-readable’’ presentation
requirement is designed to impose a
minimum standard of usability
comparable to that of a paper document,
although we understand that the
electronic version could include
additional features that might enhance
the usability of the electronic version
relative to the paper version.261 For
example, regarding usability, all
portions of the document should be
human-readable such that when an
investor views the document on an
internet browser, the text does not get
cut off based on the screen size.
In addition, the proposed rule would
mandate that the online materials be
presented in a format that is convenient
for both reading online and printing on
paper.262 The failure to comply with
these ‘‘convenient for reading and
printing’’ formatting requirements
would not, however, be a condition of
reliance on the rule, because whether a
particular format is convenient for
259 Proposed
rule 498A(h)(2)(i).
498(e)(2)(i).
261 As in the parallel provisions of the rule
governing mutual fund summary prospectuses, the
‘‘human-readable’’ condition is intended to make
clear that posted information must be presented in
human-readable text, rather than machine-readable
software code, when accessed through an internet
browser and that it must be printable in humanreadable text. This condition does not impose any
further requirements relating to user-friendliness of
the presentation. See 2009 Summary Prospectus
Adopting Release, supra note 33, at 85; see also
infra note 274 and accompanying and following text
(discussing provisions that are meant to enhance
investors’ understanding of special terms when they
view the summary prospectus online, as well as
other technological tools associated with online
disclosure (e.g., fee calculators, pop-up
explanations) that would present further
opportunities to promote investor understanding).
262 Proposed rule 498A(i)(3); see also rule
498(f)(3) (parallel provision in the rule governing
the use of mutual fund summary prospectuses).
260 Rule
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61760
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
reading online and printing depends on
a number of factors and must be decided
on a case-by-case basis.263 In order to
provide certainty to market participants,
we are therefore not proposing that this
requirement be a condition of reliance
on the rule, and thus the failure to
comply with this requirement would
not negate a person’s ability to rely on
the rule in order to satisfy a person’s
delivery obligations under section
5(b)(2) of the Securities Act.264 Such a
failure could, however, constitute a
violation of Commission rules.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
c. Linking Within and Between
Documents
The proposed rule also includes
requirements for linking within the
electronic versions of the contract
statutory prospectus and SAI that are
available online, and also for linking
between electronic versions of contract
summary and statutory prospectuses
that are available online.265 The
proposed requirements, which are
substantively identical to parallel
provisions in the rule governing mutual
fund summary prospectuses,266 are
designed to promote the usability of the
information that appears in these
documents.
The first linking requirement would
allow the reader to move directly
between a table of contents of the
contract statutory prospectus or SAI and
the related sections of that document, by
a single mouse click or mobile-device
tap.267 The second linking requirement
263 See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting
Release, supra note 33, at nn.272 and 273 and
accompanying text (relevant factors include the
manner in which the online version renders charts,
tables, and other graphics; the extent to which the
online materials include search and other
capabilities of the internet to enhance investors’
access to information and include access to any
software necessary to view the online version; and
the time required to download the online
materials).
264 Proposed rule 498A(i)(4); see also rule
498(f)(5) (parallel provision in the rule governing
the use of mutual fund summary prospectuses).
265 Proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(ii) and (iii).
266 See rule 498(e)(2)(ii) and (iii). As discussed
below, the parallel provisions of proposed rule
498A also include similar linking requirements for
the portfolio company documents that the proposed
rule would require to appear online if a person were
to rely on the rule’s new delivery option for
portfolio company prospectuses.
In this release, the term ‘‘substantively identical’’
is meant to refer to sets of provisions that do not
include the same words verbatim, but where the
only differences between the provisions are those
that do not affect the substance of the requirement
at issue. For example, parallel provisions in rule
498 and 498A where only the internal crossreferences differ.
267 Proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(ii). The linked table
of contents may be outside the document (e.g., in
a separate section or panel of the screen), and need
not be the table of contents that is contained within
the document itself, as long as the linked table of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
would allow the reader to move back
and forth between each section of the
summary prospectus and any related
section of the contract statutory
prospectus and contract SAI that
provides additional detail.268 This backand-forth movement could occur either
directly from the summary prospectus
to the relevant section of the statutory
prospectus or SAI, or indirectly by
linking from the summary prospectus to
a table of contents in the statutory
prospectus or SAI, in which case two
mouse clicks or mobile-device taps
would be required.269
d. Definitions of Special Terms, and
Online Viewing of Special Terms
The summary prospectus content
requirements reference information that
is required to appear in the contract
statutory prospectus, which in turn
must be written using plain English
principles.270 We recognize, however,
that it may be particularly challenging
to accurately describe a variable
contract without using certain terms
that, while technically accurate, may be
confusing or unfamiliar to retail
investors.
Accordingly, the proposed rule would
require a summary prospectus to define
any ‘‘special terms’’ elected by the
registrant, using any presentation that
clearly conveys their meaning to
investors.271 This requirement reflects
contents for the statutory prospectus conforms to
our rules’ requirements for the table of contents that
would be required to appear within the document).
See rule 481(c) under the Securities Act.
Mutual funds commonly implement this feature
using a left navigation or ‘‘bookmark’’ design style.
While such design styles continue to be popular
(and we anticipate that some insurers relying on
proposed rule 498A might also employ this design
style), the increased use of mobile devices and
applications has led to the development of new and
evolving design styles. Any navigation style should
provide the functionality that is required by the
rule.
268 Proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(iii).
269 Id. Under the latter option, links would either
have to be available at both the beginning and end
of the summary prospectus, or would be required
to remain continuously visible to persons accessing
the summary prospectus. This requirement is
designed to promote the links’ prominence and
accessibility to investors.
270 Rule 421(d) of the Securities Act; see also
proposed General Instruction B.4(c) to Form N–3;
proposed General Instruction B.4(c) to Form N–4;
proposed General Instruction B.4(c) of Form N–6.
271 Proposed rule 498A(e). For example, the
summary prospectus could include a glossary or a
list of definitions of special terms that appear
throughout the document. Or, as another example,
if a special term appears in only one section of the
summary prospectus, the summary prospectus
could include a definition for this term on the page,
or in the section, where this term appear (for
example, in a box to the side of the main text, or
at the bottom of the page). Additionally, there are
certain technological solutions that are available for
electronic versions of the summary prospectus,
such as moving or ‘‘hovering’’ the computer’s
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the proposed instructions in Forms N–
3, N–4, and N–6 (as well as current,
similar instructions in these forms to
define ‘‘special terms’’ in a glossary or
index).272 The registrant would
determine which terms would
constitute special terms. We generally
believe that a special term is a term with
which a new contract investor typically
may not be familiar, and that would be
important for the investor to understand
key features of the contract.
We believe the proposed requirement
for special terms in the contract
summary prospectus, like the current
and proposed requirements for special
terms in the contract statutory
prospectus, is appropriate in the context
of variable contracts, as variable
contract disclosure documents tend to
include industry-specific language in
order to describe the sometimes
complex features of these products.273
Glossaries or other means of defining
these terms could help a retail investor
better understand these products’ terms
and features, as discussed further below.
In order to leverage technology to
help investors understand the variable
contract, the proposed rule includes
provisions that are meant to enhance
investors’ understanding of special
terms when they view the summary
prospectus online. Specifically, the
proposed rule would require that
investors either be able to view the
definition of each special term used in
an online summary prospectus upon
command,274 or to move directly back
and forth between each special term and
the corresponding entry in any glossary
or list of definitions that the summary
prospectus includes.275 This approach,
which today is a common convention
for many electronically-available
documents, is an example of how
technology can enhance our layered
approach to disclosure and help
investors who access the document
online grasp the complexities of variable
contract features. Registrants may wish
pointer or mouse over the term, or linking directly
back and forth between each special term and the
corresponding entry in a glossary or list of
definitions. See infra note 274 and accompanying
and following text.
272 See proposed General Instruction C.3(d) to
Form N–3; proposed General Instruction C.3(d) of
Form N–4; proposed General Instruction C.3(d) to
Form N–6; see also Item 2 of current Forms N–3 and
N–4.
273 Because variable contract prospectuses must
describe the products’ insurance and investment
features, they generally contain more technical
terms than mutual fund disclosure documents,
which only describe investment features.
274 For example, investors could view the
definitions of special terms by moving or
‘‘hovering’’ the computer’s pointer or mouse over
the term, or selecting the term on a mobile device.
275 Proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(iv).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
to consider whether other technological
tools associated with their online
disclosure (e.g., fee calculators, pop-up
explanations) would present further
opportunities to promote investor
understanding.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
e. Ability To Retain Documents
The proposed rule also would require
that persons accessing the website that
appears on the summary prospectus
cover page be able to permanently
retain, free of charge, an electronic
version of each of the required online
contract documents. Like the online
version of these documents, the
retainable version of the documents
must be in a format that is: (1) Humanreadable and capable of being printed
on paper in human-readable format; and
(2) permits persons accessing the
downloaded documents to move
directly back and forth between each
section heading in a table of contents of
that document and the section of the
document referenced in that section
heading.276 The permanently retained
document does not have to be in a
format that allows an investor to move
back and forth between the summary
prospectus and the statutory prospectus
and SAI, because of possible technical
difficulties associated with maintaining
links between multiple downloaded
documents. These proposed conditions
are substantively identical to parallel
provisions in the rule governing mutual
fund summary prospectuses.277
In addition, the proposed rule would
mandate that the electronic versions of
the documents that may be permanently
retained must be in a format that is
convenient for both reading online and
printing on paper.278 Like the
‘‘convenient for reading and printing’’
online formatting requirements,279 the
failure to comply with these formatting
requirements for retained electronic
documents would not be a condition for
reliance on the rule.280 Since the
convenience of these formatting
requirements must be decided on a caseby-case basis, we believe this proposed
approach would help provide certainty
to market participants who seek to rely
on the proposed rule to satisfy
prospectus delivery obligations.281
f. Safe Harbor for Temporary
Noncompliance
Compliance with the conditions in
the proposed rule regarding the online
276 Proposed
rule 498A(h)(3).
rule 498(e)(3).
278 Proposed rule 498A(i)(3).
279 See supra note 262 and accompanying text.
280 Proposed rule 498A(i)(4).
281 See supra notes 263 and 264 and
accompanying text.
277 See
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
availability of the required online
contract documents (including the
formatting and linking requirements for
these documents, the requirements
associated with the use of special terms
in these documents, and the ability to
retain these documents permanently) is
generally required in order to rely on
the proposed rule to meet prospectus
delivery obligations under section
5(b)(2) of the Securities Act.282 Such a
failure to comply with any of these
conditions could result in a violation of
section 5(b)(2) unless the contract
statutory prospectus is delivered by
means other than reliance on the rule.
We recognize, however, that there
may be times when, due to events
beyond a person’s control, the person
may temporarily not be in compliance
with the proposed rule’s conditions
regarding the availability of the required
online contract documents.283 The
proposed rule therefore contains a safe
harbor provision for temporary
noncompliance, which is substantively
identical to a parallel provision in the
rule governing mutual fund summary
prospectuses.284
This provision provides that the
conditions regarding the availability of
the required online contract documents
will be deemed to be met, even if the
required online contract documents are
temporarily unavailable, provided that
the person has reasonable procedures in
place to ensure that those materials are
available in the required manner. A
person relying on the proposed rule to
satisfy prospectus delivery obligations
would be required to take prompt action
to ensure that those materials become
available in the manner required as soon
as practicable following the earlier of
the time when the person knows, or
reasonably should have known, that the
documents were not available in the
manner required.285
We request comment generally on the
conditions in the proposed rule
regarding the availability of the required
online contract documents, and
specifically on the following issues:
282 Proposed rule 498A(f)(4) (section 5(b)(2)
transfer of the contract security is satisfied if,
among other things, the conditions in proposed rule
498A(h) are satisfied).
283 Such events might, for example, include
system outages or other technological issues,
natural disasters, acts of terrorism, or pandemic
illnesses.
284 Proposed rule 498A(h)(4); see also rule
498(e)(4).
285 Id.; see also 2009 Summary Prospectus
Adopting Release, supra note 33, at nn.92 and 93.
This safe harbor generally would not be available
to a registrant that repeatedly fails to comply with
the rule’s website posting requirements or that is
not in compliance with the requirements over a
prolonged period. Id. at n.293.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61761
• Should we require the online posting of
the required online contract documents in
the manner that the proposed rule specifies?
Should we require that the required online
contract documents be available on the
insurance company’s website as opposed to
a third-party website? Should the website
include an archive of older versions of these
documents (not just the current versions)? If
so, what information should be in the
archive, and how long should such materials
be required to be archived online?
• Should we require, as proposed, that
persons accessing this website be able to
permanently retain, through downloading or
otherwise, free of charge, an electronic
version of such documents? Should we
require that downloaded documents retain
links that enable a user to move readily
between related passages of multiple
documents? Would these requirements pose
any technological, financial, or other
challenges for persons relying on the
proposed rule?
• Does the proposed 90-day timeframe for
the availability of online information
appropriately balance the costs of
maintaining information online with
investors’ interests in having the flexibility to
access this online information after receiving
the summary prospectus? Would there be
operational efficiencies for certain registrants
in having the timeframe be the same under
the variable contract summary prospectus
framework and the mutual fund summary
prospectus framework? How long do
registrants typically maintain information
online that is required under the mutual fund
summary prospectus rules? As a matter of
practice, is information generally maintained
for a full year from the date of the summary
prospectus?
• Should we provide additional guidance
regarding what might constitute a ‘‘humanreadable’’ format for providing the required
online contract documents, as well as a
‘‘convenient’’ format for both reading these
documents online and printing them on
paper? 286 Or should persons relying on the
proposed rule have the flexibility to
determine how best to comply with this or
other technological requirements that the
proposed rule contemplates? Is it necessary
for the proposed rule to include separate
provisions regarding the ‘‘human-readable’’
website presentation of the required online
contract documents, as well as the
‘‘convenient for reading and printing’’
presentation? Is it appropriate that, of these
two provisions, the former should be a
condition to relying on the rule to satisfy
section 5(b)(2) prospectus delivery
requirements, whereas the latter should not?
If we were to modify these provisions, should
we also propose to modify the parallel
provisions in the rule governing mutual fund
summary prospectuses? Should we instead
retain one of these provisions, and if so
which? If the final rule retains only one of
these provisions, should we propose to
modify rule 498 to similarly only retain just
that provision?
• Although the proposed rule specifies
that the materials posted online must be in
286 See supra notes 261 and 263 and
accompanying text.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61762
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
a human-readable format, should we also
require that the materials be posted online in
a machine-readable format to promote the
gathering and dissemination of information
by data aggregators, or to facilitate the
review, analysis, and comparison by
investors and other data users? For example,
should we require the materials to be posted
online to use Inline XBRL, as we are
proposing to require for certain disclosures in
statutory prospectuses that are filed with the
Commission? 287 Why or why not?
• Are the proposed linking requirements
appropriate and useful? Will these
requirements help investors to navigate
effectively within and between these
documents? If not, why not? Are there other
ways we can improve the usability of these
documents? What are some options for
enabling the linking requirements? Are the
proposed linking requirements sufficiently
technology-neutral and flexible enough to
accommodate future technological
developments?
• Should persons accessing the summary
prospectus be able to view the definition of
special terms upon command? Is the term
‘‘special terms’’ sufficiently clear, and is the
proposed requirement that the document
permit a person to ‘‘view the definition of
each special term . . . upon command’’
sufficiently clear? Are the examples in the
proposed rule text of what it means to view
a term upon command (e.g., by moving or
‘‘hovering’’ the computer’s pointer or mouse
over the term, or selecting the term on a
mobile device) helpful? What are some
options for enabling the ‘upon command’
features? Are there other examples we should
include?
• Should we require both the initial
summary prospectus and the updating
summary prospectus to define special terms?
Should the updating summary prospectus,
for example, be exempt from this
requirement given that such documents are
likely to be relatively brief and may only
include a few defined terms? Are there other
considerations that would create operational
complications to requiring the updating
summary prospectus to define special terms,
such as any burden associated with updating
definitions from year to year?
• Should we require registrants to
electronically format the summary
prospectus to allow investors to move
directly back and forth between each defined
term and the corresponding entry in a
‘‘glossary’’ section, if any? Should we extend
this requirement to the contract statutory
prospectus, or other required online contract
documents? Is this functionality appropriate
and useful? Is there a reason we should
permit this capability, but not require it?
What are some technology options that
would enable investors to move directly back
and forth between each term and the
glossary?
• How can we encourage insurers to make
fuller use of innovative technology to enable
more interactive, user-friendly summary
prospectus disclosure, while still creating a
short, easy-to-read document that includes
the proposed content? Are there potential
287 See
infra section II.E.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
tools that we should encourage or require
insurers to use in order to make their
disclosures more interactive and
understandable? Should the proposed rule
incorporate any additional requirements for
technological tools to promote further
investor understanding? For example, should
we require that the required online contract
documents be accompanied with any other
technological tools (e.g., additional
embedded hyperlinks, fee calculators, popup explanations, tools to sort or compare
optional benefits or portfolio companies) that
encourage interactivity and could help
investors understand the features and risks of
their contracts?
• Should we mandate that the required
online contract documents be available in
formats that are compatible with mobile
devices such as smartphones and tablets, or
that are optimized for use with these types
of technology platforms? Is the language of
the proposed rule broad enough to
contemplate current and future technology
platforms? Should we incorporate any
special provisions in the proposed rule, or
provide guidance, regarding design features
that could promote investor understanding of
information that investors view on
smartphones and tablets—for example,
placement and prominence of certain
disclosure (e.g., in terms of size, color, and
graphic treatment), designing disclosure so
that ‘‘scrolling’’ is not necessary in order to
find certain disclosure elements, and
including certain explicit instructions on
disclosure that appears online and on mobile
device platforms (e.g., ‘‘click here’’ or ‘‘see
below’’) to assist investors in navigating the
required online contract documents? Should
we require persons relying on the proposed
rule to make available the information in
formats that serve individuals that may be
visually impaired, or other formats that
promote accessibility, including alternatives
that use languages other than English?
Should we consider other ways to provide for
greater accessibility, portability, and utility of
the required online contract documents?
• Does the proposed rule appropriately
provide a safe harbor to address the
possibility of inadvertent technological
problems? Should persons relying on the
proposed rule who have technological issues
that prevent them from complying with the
online posting requirements of the rule for a
period of time be required to disclose on the
website that the information was not
available for a time in the manner required
and explain the reasons for the failure to
comply? If not, why not?
• Are those aspects of the proposed rule
that mirror the approaches taken in the rule
governing the use of mutual fund summary
prospectuses (e.g., required online
documents, formatting requirements, linking,
ability to retain online documents, safe
harbor for temporary noncompliance)
appropriate in the context of variable
contract disclosure? Are there differences
between the respective disclosure
frameworks for mutual funds versus variable
contracts, or operational aspects associated
with these different types of investment
products, that warrant a different approach?
If so, what modifications should we
consider?
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
• How else could we modify the proposed
summary prospectus regime to take greater
advantage of modern technology to
modernize current disclosure practices for
variable contracts? For example, should
insurers consider employing technology to
require a retail investor to scroll through the
entirety of the summary prospectus before
entering the next stage in the sales process,
accessing a different part of the insurer’s
website to obtain more information, or
checking a box to submit the application to
purchase a variable contract? Are there other
ways that technology could be used to
encourage investors to read the summary
prospectus?
• Does the proposal sufficiently encourage
electronic design and delivery? Are there
other ways we can modify the requirements
to make clear that paper-based delivery is not
the only permissible or desired delivery
format?
• Are there other requirements that we
should consider for insurers that are offering
variable contracts to retail investors? Should
we require that certain disclosures be
presented in a manner reasonably calculated
to draw retail investor attention to it? Are
there other ways to ensure that retail
investors receive the information they need
to clearly understand the features, costs and
risks of the variable contract they are
considering?
5. Other Requirements for Summary
Prospectus and Other Contract
Documents
Under the proposed rule, an investor
who receives a contract summary
prospectus and who would also like to
review the required online contract
documents would be able to choose
whether to review these documents
online or to receive that information
directly, in paper or electronic format as
requested by the investor. Accordingly,
the proposed rule would require a
registrant (or financial intermediary
distributing the contract) to send a
paper or electronic copy of the required
online contract documents to any
person requesting such a copy.288 The
person must send requested paper
documents at no cost to the requestor,
by U.S. first class mail or other
reasonably prompt means, within three
business days after receiving the
request. The proposed rule also would
require a registrant or intermediary to
send electronic copies of these
documents upon request within three
business days.289 The proposed rule
288 Proposed rule 498A(i)(1) (permitting an
investor to request either a paper copy of the
required online contract documents, or an
electronic copy of such documents); see also rule
498(f)(1) (parallel provision in the rule governing
the use of mutual fund summary prospectuses);
proposed Item 1(b)(1) of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–
6 (requiring the prospectus to provide a toll-free
telephone number for investors to call to request the
SAI, to request other information about the contract,
and to make investor inquiries).
289 Proposed rule 498A(i)(1).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
would also provide that the requirement
to send an electronic copy of a
document may be satisfied by sending a
direct link to the online document;
provided that a current version of the
document is directly accessible through
the link from the time that the email is
sent through the date that is six months
after the date that the email is sent and
the email explains both how long the
link will remain useable and that, if the
recipient desires to retain a copy of the
document, he or she should access and
save the document.290
Collectively, these requirements are
intended to ensure that an investor has
prompt access to the required
information in a format that he or she
prefers. The three-business-day time
period for sending the required online
contract documents mirrors the parallel
provision of the mutual fund summary
prospectus rule.291
Under the proposed approach,
investors who prefer paper copies of
prospectuses but do not have ready
access to the internet (or the ability to
print out the statutory prospectus that is
made available online) would not be
able to elect in advance to receive paper
copies of all future statutory
prospectuses unless a registrant chose to
give investors that option. Assuming no
such accommodation, investors would
need to follow the summary prospectus
legend’s instruction on how to request
paper delivery each time a summary
prospectus is available. Those that do
not take the additional step of
requesting paper delivery would not
receive the statutory prospectus in their
preferred format. While we recognize
that this could provide a challenge for
these investors, we nonetheless believe
that the proposed approach
appropriately balances the interests of
the number of variable contract
investors whom we believe would
benefit from the convenience of online
documents against the number of those
whom we believe prefer paper.
In addition to the requirement to
provide certain documents upon request
in paper or electronically, the proposed
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
290 Id.
291 See rule 498(f)(1). We understand that persons
relying on rule 498 have effective processes in place
to handle requests for paper or electronic delivery
of mutual fund materials that are available online,
within the three-business-day time period that the
rule specifies. See Comment Letter of the
Investment Company Institute on Investment
Company Reporting Modernization, File No. S7–
08–15 (Mar. 14, 2016) (stating that fund firms have
‘‘specific, highly effective processes in place to
handle requests under Rule 498’’); see also
Investment Company Reporting Modernization,
Investment Company Act Release No. 31610 (May
20, 2015) [80 FR 33590 (June 12, 2015)]
(‘‘Investment Company Reporting Modernization
Proposing Release’’).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
rule also requires that a contract
summary prospectus must be given
greater prominence than any materials
that accompany the summary
prospectus.292 We believe that this
requirement is important to prevent any
accompanying sales or other materials
from obscuring the contract summary
prospectus, and to highlight for
investors the concise presentation of the
summary prospectus, and the salience
of the information included therein.293
Generally, we believe that the greater
prominence requirement would be
satisfied if the placement of the contract
summary prospectus makes it more
conspicuous than any accompanying
materials (e.g., the summary prospectus
is on top of a group of papers that are
provided together, or listed first if
presented on a website together with
other materials related to the
contract).294
The proposed rule would also require
any website address or cross-reference
that is included in an electronic version
of the summary prospectus (i.e.,
electronic versions sent to investors or
available online) to be an active
hyperlink.295 This instruction is
intended to ensure that investors
viewing electronic versions of the
prospectus are able to easily access
website addresses and cross-referenced
materials that are referenced in the
prospectus. This requirement would not
apply to summary prospectuses that are
filed on the EDGAR system.296
The failure to comply with each of
these additional requirements would
not be a condition of reliance on the
rule, in order to provide greater
certainty to market participants who
seek to rely on the rule. For example,
market participants could be concerned
that the three-business-day requirement
could be violated on account of weather
issues or other forces outside of the
control of a person seeking to rely on
the rule. Similarly, market participants
could be concerned if compliance with
the greater prominence requirement
292 Proposed rule 498A(i)(2); see also rule
498(f)(2) (parallel provision in the rule governing
the use of mutual fund summary prospectuses).
293 The Commission’s rationale was similar for
the parallel provision in the rule governing mutual
fund summary prospectuses. See 2009 Summary
Prospectus Adopting Release, supra note 33, at
n.217 and accompanying text.
294 See similar discussion in 2009 Summary
Prospectus Adopting Release, supra note 33, at
n.220 and accompanying text.
295 See proposed rule 498A(i)(4). A parallel
requirement would also apply to statutory
prospectuses. See proposed General Instruction
C.3.(i) to Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6.
296 Id.; see also rule 105 of Regulation S–T [17
CFR 232.105] (prohibiting hyperlinking to websites,
locations, or other documents that are outside of the
EDGAR system).
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61763
were a condition to rely on the proposed
rule, because whether one is in
compliance with this requirement could
entail a certain degree of subjectivity.297
Thus, we are proposing that the failure
to comply with either requirement
would not negate a person’s ability to
rely on the rule to satisfy a person’s
delivery obligations under section
5(b)(2) of the Securities Act.298 This
failure would, however, constitute a
violation of Commission rules.
We request comment generally on the
requirements we discuss in this section,
and specifically on the following issues:
• Should persons relying on the proposed
rule be required to send the required online
contract documents to any person requesting
such documents within three business days
after receiving such a request? Would a
different period be appropriate? Should
compliance with this requirement be a
condition to reliance on the proposed rule?
If not, why not?
• Does the proposed rule effectively
promote investors’ ability to request paper
copies of the required online contract
documents? Are there any changes to the
proposed rule that we should consider to
make the process for requesting paper copies
of such documents more convenient for
investors? Should we require registrants to
make available to investors a way to opt into
the automatic annual delivery of future
statutory prospectuses in a paper format
without having to specifically request the
documents each year? What would be the
operational challenges of this approach to
registrants? Should we allow registrants to
give investors the option of automatic
delivery of future statutory prospectuses in
paper?
• Should the rule require that the
summary prospectus be given greater
prominence that any materials that
accompany the summary prospectus? If not,
why not? Does this requirement pose any
challenges to registrants? How might a
summary prospectus be given greater
prominence than any materials that
accompany the summary prospectus when
being delivered or made available
electronically?
• Should compliance with any or all of the
proposed requirements discussed in this
297 Commenters expressed this concern about the
parallel requirement in the rule governing mutual
fund summary prospectuses, when it was proposed.
See Comment Letter of the Investment Company
Institute on Enhanced Disclosure and New
Prospectus Delivery Option for Registered OpenEnd Management Investment Companies, File No.
S7–28–07 (Feb. 28, 2008).
298 Proposed rule 498A(i)(5); see also rule
498(f)(5) (parallel provision in the rule governing
the use of mutual fund summary prospectuses). The
proposed rule’s requirements would mandate that
(1) the required online documents be presented in
a format that is convenient for reading and printing,
and (2) a person be able to retain electronic versions
of these documents in a format that is convenient
for reading and printing, also are not conditions to
relying on the rule to satisfy prospectus delivery
obligations. See supra notes 262 and 278 and
accompanying text.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61764
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
section be a condition of reliance on the rule?
That is, should failure to comply with these
requirements result in a violation of section
5(b)(2) of the Securities Act? Alternatively,
should the failure to comply with these
requirements be a violation of Commission
rules that does not result in an inability to
rely on the rule or a violation of section
5(b)(2)?
• The proposed rule would require any
website address or cross-reference that is
included in an electronic version of the
summary prospectus (i.e., electronic versions
sent to investors or available online) to be an
active hyperlink. To what extent, if any,
would this requirement present challenges or
add costs or burdens with respect to the use
of summary prospectuses, given that active
links are not required in EDGAR filings (and
active links to websites, locations, and
documents outside of the EDGAR system are
expressly prohibited pursuant to rule 105 of
Regulation S–T [17 CFR 232.105])?
6. Incorporation by Reference
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
a. Permissible Incorporation by
Reference
The proposed rule would permit a
registrant to incorporate by reference
into the summary prospectus
information contained in the contract
statutory prospectus and SAI, subject to
certain conditions.299 Much like with
the mutual fund summary prospectus,
we do not intend the variable contract
summary prospectus to be a selfcontained disclosure vehicle, but rather
one element in a layered disclosure
regime.300 Any information
incorporated by reference would be
separately made available to investors,
either electronically or in paper. A Form
N–3 registrant also could incorporate by
reference into the summary prospectus
information from its reports to
shareholders that the registrant has
incorporated by reference into its
statutory prospectus.301 A registrant
would not be permitted to incorporate
299 Proposed rule 498A(d)(2); see also rule
498(b)(3)(ii).
300 See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting
Release, supra note 33, at paragraph accompanying
n.327.
301 Proposed rule 498A(d)(2) references rule 30e–
1, which applies only to management companies
(Form N–3 registrants). While Form N–4 and Form
N–6 registrants must transmit the portfolio
companies’ annual and semi-annual shareholder
reports to the investors in their trust accounts (see
rule 30e–2 under the Investment Company Act), we
would not expect a registrant would wish to
incorporate by reference information from a
portfolio company shareholder report into the
contract prospectus even if such information by
reference was permissible. Accordingly, we do not
reference rule 30e–2 in the proposed rule.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
by reference into the summary
prospectus information from any other
source. Moreover, a registrant could not
incorporate by reference any
information that would be required to
appear in the contents of the initial
summary prospectus or the updating
summary prospectus.302
Information could be incorporated by
reference into the summary prospectus
only by reference to the specific
document that contains the information,
and not by reference to another
document that incorporates the
information by reference.303 For
example, if a contract statutory
prospectus were to incorporate the
contract SAI by reference, the summary
prospectus could not incorporate
information in the SAI simply by
referencing the statutory prospectus but
would be required to reference the SAI
directly.304
The proposed rule would permit
incorporation by reference only if the
registrant satisfies the rule’s conditions
that prescribe the means by which the
required online contract documents
must be made available to investors.305
In addition, if a registrant incorporates
information by reference into a
summary prospectus, the summary
prospectus legend must specify the type
of document (e.g., statutory prospectus)
that contains the incorporated
information and the date of the
document.306 If a registrant incorporates
a part of a document by reference into
the summary prospectus, the summary
prospectus legend must clearly identify
the part by page, paragraph, caption, or
302 Proposed rule 498A(d)(2)(ii); see also supra
sections II.A.1 (describing proposed content
requirements for the initial summary prospectus)
and II.A.2 (describing proposed content
requirements for the updating summary
prospectus).
303 Proposed rule 498A(d)(2)(iii).
304 Cf. Item 10(d) of Reg. S–K [17 CFR 229.10(d)]
(‘‘Except where a registrant or issuer is expressly
required to incorporate a document or documents
by reference . . . reference may not be made to any
document which incorporates another document by
reference if the pertinent portion of the document
containing the information or financial statements
to be incorporated by reference includes an
incorporation by reference to another document.’’).
General Instruction D.2 to current Form N–6 makes
Item 10(d) of Regulation S–K applicable to
incorporation by reference into a variable life
insurance contract’s statutory prospectus.
305 Proposed rule 498A(d)(2)(i) (referencing
proposed rule 498A(h), among other paragraphs in
the proposed rule); see also supra section II.A.4.
306 Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vi)(C) and
498A(c)(3)(vi).
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
otherwise.307 The legend would also
explain that the incorporated
information may be obtained, free of
charge, in the same manner as the
contract statutory prospectus.308
The conditions on the availability of
information that is incorporated by
reference into the contract summary
prospectus, and on identifying the
information that is incorporated by
reference, are intended to facilitate
access to this information. Parallel
conditions exist in the rule governing
mutual fund summary prospectuses.
Based on our experience, we believe
that investors have found this approach
to be useful. Therefore, we are
proposing similar conditions for
incorporation by reference for variable
contract summary prospectuses.309
A registrant that fails to comply with
any of the above conditions is not
permitted to incorporate information by
reference into its summary prospectus.
A registrant that does comply with these
conditions, however, including the
conditions for providing the documents
that include the incorporated
information online, would not also be
required to send or give the
incorporated information to investors
together with the summary
prospectus.310 The contract summary
prospectus, together with information
incorporated therein by reference,
would be subject to liability under
sections 12(a)(2) and 17(a)(2) of the
Securities Act.
307 Id. This requirement mirrors the requirements
of rule 498(b)(1)(v)(B), and is similar to the
requirements of rule 411(d) under the Securities Act
[17 CFR 230.411(d)], which requires that
information incorporated by reference ‘‘be clearly
identified in the reference by page, paragraph,
caption or otherwise.’’ Rule 411 is also subject to
the 2017 FAST Act Modernization rulemaking
proposal (which includes proposed amendments to
the Commission’s rules on incorporation by
reference). See FAST Act Modernization and
Simplification of Regulation S–K, Securities Act
Release No. 10425 (Oct. 11, 2017) [82 FR 50988
(Nov. 2, 2017)] (‘‘2017 FAST Act Proposal’’). We
requested that comments on the 2017 FAST Act
Proposal be submitted by January 2, 2018.
308 Id.; see also supra discussion in section II.A.4
and 5.
309 See supra note 300 and accompanying text.
310 Proposed rule 498A(d)(1); see also rule
498(b)(3)(i) (parallel provision in the rule governing
the use of mutual fund summary prospectuses);
General Instruction G of current Forms N–3 and N–
4; General Instruction D of current Form N–6
(permitting a registrant to incorporate by reference
all or part of the SAI into the prospectus without
delivering the SAI with the prospectus).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
b. Effect of Incorporation by Reference
Rule 159 under the Securities Act
provides that any information
‘‘conveyed’’ to a purchaser after the time
of sale will not be taken into account,
for purposes of determining whether a
prospectus or oral statement included
an untrue statement of material fact at
the time of sale for purposes of sections
12(a)(2) and 17(a)(2) of the Act.311 The
proposed rule would provide that, for
purposes of rule 159, information is
conveyed to a person not later than the
time the person receives a summary
prospectus, if that information is
incorporated by reference into the
summary prospectus in accordance with
the proposed rule’s conditions.312 This
addresses the question of when
information that is incorporated by
reference into the contract summary
prospectus is conveyed for purposes of
liability under sections 12(a)(2) and
17(a)(2) of the Securities Act.313
We request comment generally on the
proposal to permit incorporation by
reference into the summary prospectus
and specifically on the following issues:
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
• Should we permit the contract statutory
prospectus, SAI, and shareholder reports to
be incorporated by reference into the
summary prospectus? Are there special
considerations in the case of variable
contracts that warrant different incorporation
by reference provisions than those under rule
498? For example, is there any other
information we should permit registrants to
incorporate by reference into the proposed
contract summary prospectuses? Should we
permit a registrant to incorporate by
reference any information that is required to
be included in the summary prospectuses? If
so, should this approach vary based on the
type of summary prospectus (initial summary
prospectus versus updating summary
prospectus)?
311 See rule 159 under the Securities Act.
Under section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act,
sellers have liability to purchasers for offers or sales
by means of a prospectus or oral communication
that includes an untrue statement of material fact
or omits to state a material fact that makes the
statements made, based on the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading. Section
17(a)(2) of the Securities Act is a general antifraud
provision, which makes it unlawful for any person
in the offer and sale of a security to obtain money
or property by means of any untrue statement of a
material fact or any omission to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.
312 Proposed rule 498A(d)(3); see also rule
498(b)(3)(iii) (parallel provision in the rule
governing the use of mutual fund summary
prospectuses); 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting
Release, supra note 33, at nn.106 through 110.
313 See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting
Release, supra note 33, at nn.109 and 110
(discussing further considerations of liability under
sections 12(a)(2) and 17(a)(2) of the Securities Act,
as well as reliance under section 19(a) of the
Securities Act).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
• Should we require, as proposed, that
materials incorporated by reference into the
summary prospectuses be available online?
Are there additional or different conditions
we should impose on the ability to
incorporate by reference into the summary
prospectus?
• The proposed rule would provide that,
for purposes of rule 159, information is
conveyed to a person not later than the time
the person receives a summary prospectus, if
that information is incorporated by reference
into the summary prospectus in accordance
with the proposed rule’s conditions. Is this
proposed provision, which mirrors the
approach taken in the rule governing mutual
fund summary prospectuses, also appropriate
for variable contracts? Are there differences
between mutual funds and variable contracts
that warrant an alternative approach? If so,
what modifications should be considered?
Should the proposed provision apply to both
types of summary prospectus (initial and
updating)? Are there any modifications that
would be appropriate depending on the type
of summary prospectus?
7. Filing Requirements for the Summary
Prospectus
a. Preliminary Form of Summary
Prospectus
We are proposing to require that
registrants file a preliminary form of any
contract summary prospectus (initial or
updating summary prospectus) that the
registrant intends to use on or after the
effective date of the registration
statement as an exhibit to the
registration statement (‘‘preliminary
summary prospectus’’).314 Registrants
would only be required to provide the
preliminary summary prospectus
exhibit in connection with the filing of
an initial registration statement, or in
connection with a pre-effective
amendment or a post-effective
amendment filed in accordance with
paragraph (a) of rule 485 under the
Securities Act.
We believe that it is important that
Commission staff have the opportunity
to review a variable contract’s summary
prospectus for compliance with the
proposed rule and the relevant form
requirements prior to its first use.
However, we note that this approach
differs from the approach regarding
mutual fund summary prospectuses.
The Commission elected not to require
the filing of a mutual fund summary
prospectus prior to first use because the
content of the summary prospectus
314 See proposed Item 34(r) of Form N–3;
proposed Item 28(o) of Form N–4; proposed Item
29(r) of Form N–6. The filing process and format of
these documents would be dictated by current
Commission rules, including its rules on electronic
submissions and exceptions. See, e.g., rule 101 of
Regulation S–T [17 CFR 232.101] (providing, among
other things, that registration statements and
prospectuses filed pursuant to the Securities Act
shall be submitted in electronic format).
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61765
would be essentially identical to the
content of the summary section of the
statutory prospectus, which is filed
prior to its first use.315
In contrast, the proposed rule does
not require the variable contract
statutory prospectus to contain a standalone summary section from which a
summary prospectus is created. In
addition, while some variable contract
summary prospectus disclosures would
be identical to those in the statutory
prospectus,316 others would include
only part of the information required in
the statutory prospectus.317 For
example, the proposed rule would
require an initial summary prospectus
only to describe the features and options
of the contract that the registrant
currently offers, while the statutory
prospectus could include information
regarding contracts that the registrant no
longer sells to new investors.
The initial summary prospectus and
updating summary prospectus would
also present certain information in a
different order than might appear in the
contract statutory prospectus.318
Furthermore, certain disclosure
requirements differ depending on
whether the summary prospectus is an
initial summary prospectus or an
updating summary prospectus. We do
not believe that registrants would need
to visually identify or otherwise
segregate those portions of the statutory
prospectus that are also summary
prospectus disclosures, and we
recognize that doing so could impede
the effective presentation of information
in a contract statutory prospectus to
investors.
315 See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting
Release, supra note 33, at n.73. The contents of a
mutual fund summary prospectus consist of the
information required or permitted by Items 2–8 of
Form N–1A, which constitutes the summary section
of the statutory prospectus. See rule 498(b)(2).
316 See, e.g., Items 2 and 3 of Forms N–3, N–4,
and N–6.
317 See, e.g., proposed Item 11(a) of Form N–3;
proposed Item 10(a) of Form N–4; proposed Item
10(a) of Form N–6; proposed Item 12(a) of Form N–
3; proposed Item 11(a) of Form N–4; proposed Item
11(a) of Form N–6. (These are the proposed
‘‘Standard Death Benefit’’ and ‘‘Other Benefits
Available Under the Contract’’ disclosure items for
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6.). While only certain
information of the statutory prospectus is required
to be included in the summary prospectus,
proposed rule 498A permits the summary
prospectus to incorporate by reference some or all
of the information contained in the statutory
prospectus or SAI.
318 For example, in the initial summary
prospectus, the Fee Table would be located towards
the end of the prospectus, with more summary type
of fee information would be provided earlier in the
summary prospectus as part of the Key Information
Table. In contrast, the Fee Table in the statutory
prospectus is closer to the front of the document,
where it has been traditionally located.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61766
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
b. Definitive Form of Summary
Prospectus
In addition to requiring registrants to
file a preliminary summary prospectus
with the Commission prior to use, we
are also proposing amendments to rule
497 under the Securities Act that would
require a registrant to file a definitive
form of summary prospectus after it is
first used.319 This would ensure that the
Commission receives a copy of every
summary prospectus in use.320 This is
consistent with the filing requirement
for mutual fund summary prospectuses
under rule 497.321
c. Investor Protection and Liability
Under Section 11 of the Securities Act
Section 10(b) of the Securities Act
provides that a prospectus permitted
under that section must, unless
Commission rules provide otherwise, be
filed as part of the registration statement
but would not be deemed a part of the
registration statement for purposes of
section 11 of the Securities Act.322
Accordingly, a summary prospectus that
is filed as part of the registration
statement (e.g., as an exhibit or
otherwise) would not be deemed a part
of the registration statement for
purposes of section 11 of the Securities
Act.323
Some commenters in connection with
the mutual fund summary prospectus
proposal expressed concerns that the
mutual fund summary prospectus
would not be subject to section 11
liability, suggesting that this would
result in a diminution of funds’ liability
319 Proposed
amended rule 497(k).
summary prospectus filed with the
Commission would be publicly available; however,
a registrant could not rely on this availability to
satisfy the requirements to post the document
online. See supra section II.A.4.
321 See rule 497(k).
322 15 U.S.C. 77j(b) and 77k. Under section 11 of
the Securities Act [15 U.S.C. 77k], purchasers of an
issuer’s securities have private rights of action for
untrue statements of material facts or omissions of
material facts required to be included in the
registration statement or necessary to make the
statements in the registration statement not
misleading. Congress provided a specific exception
from liability under section 11 for summary
prospectuses under section 10(b) of the Securities
Act in order to encourage the use of summary
prospectuses. L. Loss & J. Seligman, Securities
Regulation, § 2–b–5 (3d ed. 2006) (citing S. Rep.
1036, 83d Cong., 2d Sess. 17–18 (1954) and H.R.
Rep. 1542, 83d Cong., 2d Sess. 26 (1954)).
323 Section 10(b) of the Securities Act (‘‘A
prospectus permitted under this subsection shall,
except to the extent the Commission by rules or
regulations deems necessary or appropriate in the
public interest or for the protection of investors
otherwise provides, be filed as part of the
registration statement but shall not be deemed a
part of such registration statement for purposes of
section 11.’’).
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
320 A
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
under that section.324 The Commission
stated in response that while section 11
prescribes that the mutual fund
summary prospectus will not itself be
deemed a part of the registration
statement for purposes of section 11, all
of the information in the summary
prospectus will be subject to liability
under section 11, either because the
information is the same as information
contained in the statutory prospectus or
because the information is incorporated
by reference from the registration
statement. The Commission noted that:
(1) The final rule required the
information contained in a summary
prospectus that is used to satisfy
prospectus delivery obligations must be
the same as the information contained
in the summary section of the fund’s
statutory prospectus; 325 and (2)
information may be incorporated by
reference into a summary prospectus
only if it is contained in the fund’s
statutory prospectus, SAI, or has been
incorporated into the statutory
prospectus from the shareholder
report.326
For similar reasons, it is our view that
while a variable contract summary
prospectus under the proposed rule
would not itself be deemed a part of the
registration statement for purposes of
section 11, the information in the
summary prospectus will generally be
subject to liability under section 11.
While proposed rule 498A would not
have a comparable provision to that in
rule 498 requiring that the information
in the summary prospectus must be the
same as in the statutory prospectus, we
believe that the substance of the
information itself would be the same,
even though the language in both
documents relating to the information
may not be identical. For example, the
language of the initial summary
prospectus could differ from the
language used in the statutory
prospectus because proposed rule 498A
requires that the initial summary
prospectus may only describe a single
contract that the registrant currently
offers for sale, whereas we understand
that certain contract statutory
prospectuses include disclosure about
contract features and options that the
registrant may no longer offer to new
investors. Nevertheless, the substance of
the information for any currentlyoffered features and options would be
the same.327 In addition, proposed rule
324 See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting
Release, supra note 33, at n.344 and accompanying
text.
325 Id. at nn.111 and 112; see also rule 498(f)(4).
326 See rule 498(b)(3).
327 See supra section II.A.1.b.
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
498A would have the same provisions
regarding information permitted to be
incorporated into the summary
prospectus as those in rule 498.328
The summary prospectus would be
subject to liability under section 12(a)(2)
of the Securities Act 329 and the general
antifraud provisions of the federal
securities laws.330 In addition, a
summary prospectus would be subject
to the stop order and other
administrative provisions of section 8 of
the Securities Act.331 This is in addition
to the Commission’s power under
section 10(b) of the Securities Act to
prevent or suspend the use of the
summary prospectus, regardless of
whether or not it has been filed.332
We request comment generally on the
proposed filing requirements for the
variable contract summary prospectus
and specifically on the following issues:
• Should we require filing of the
preliminary form of any contract summary
prospectuses? If not, what alternatives should
we consider to facilitate staff review of the
summary prospectus disclosures, and would
investors be adequately protected if staff did
not have the opportunity to review a
summary prospectus pre-use? Should we
only require the initial summary prospectus
(or updating summary prospectus) to be filed
prior to first use?
• Should we require post-use filing of the
summary prospectus? Should only the initial
summary prospectus (or updating summary
prospectus) be filed after use?
• If the updating summary prospectus
includes a description of a contract change
that is not similarly described in the related
The updating summary prospectus could include
information that does not appear in the related
contract statutory prospectus if the updating
summary prospectus discloses changes to the
contract that the issuer has made after the most
recent updating summary prospectus or statutory
prospectus was sent or given to investors. See supra
section II.A.2.b.ii(a); see also proposed rule
498A(c)(6)(i) and (ii). This information that only
appears in the updating summary prospectus
therefore would not be deemed a part of the
registration statement for purposes of section 11 of
the Securities Act.
For example, if a particular fee has changed from
x% to y%, while the disclosure of the current fee
rate (y%) would appear in both the updating
summary prospectus and the related statutory
prospectus, the earlier fee rate (x%) and the fact
that the fee was changed would likely not be
disclosed in the statutory prospectus.
328 See proposed rule 498A(d); see also rule
498(b)(3) (parallel provisions in the rule governing
the use of mutual fund summary prospectuses).
329 See section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act; see
also discussion supra note 311.
330 See, e.g., section 17(a) of the Securities Act;
section 10(b) of the Exchange Act; section 34(b) of
the Investment Company Act.
331 15 U.S.C. 77h; H.R. Rep. 1542, 83d Cong., 2d
Sess., 1954 U.S.C.C.A.N. 2973, 2982 (1954) (noting
that the Commission’s authority to suspend the use
of a defective summary prospectus under section
10(b) ‘‘is intended to supplement the stop-order
powers of the Commission under [S]ection 8’’).
332 15 U.S.C. 77j(b).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
statutory prospectus (for example, the
updating summary prospectus describes the
fact that there was a change and the nature
of the change), or otherwise includes content
or wording differences compared to the
statutory prospectus, would this adversely
affect investor protection (for example, if
certain information were not deemed to be
part of the registration statement for purposes
of section 11 of the Securities Act), and if so,
how? Should we require the statutory
prospectus to include the same description of
contract changes contained in the related
updating summary prospectus? Why or why
not?
• Should the summary prospectus be
subject to the stop order and other
administrative provisions of section 8 of the
Securities Act? Why or why not?
• Should the contract summary prospectus
be deemed a part of the registration statement
for purposes of section 11 of the Securities
Act? Why or why not?
8. Definitions in the Proposed Rule
Proposed rule 498A includes a section
of definitions for certain terms used
throughout the rule.333 These
definitions generally: (1) Identify
specific prospectuses described in the
proposed rule (e.g., ‘‘initial summary
prospectus’’); (2) mirror the existing
definitions used in Forms N–3, N–4,
and N–6 (e.g., ‘‘variable annuity
contract’’ as used in Forms N–3 and N–
4) or other rules (e.g., ‘‘statement of
additional information’’ as used in rule
498); or (3) combine other defined terms
in the proposed rule (e.g., ‘‘summary
prospectus’’). In addition, in recognition
that today a variable contract may offer
classes with the same currentlyavailable features and options but
different characteristics (e.g., differences
in the length of the surrender periods)
and/or different pricing structures, we
are also proposing to define ‘‘class’’ to
mean a class of a contract that varies
principally with respect to distributionrelated fees and expenses.334
We request comment generally on the
definitions used in the proposed rule
and specifically on the following issues:
• Should we include any additional, or
exclude any proposed, defined terms?
• Should we modify the definitions of any
defined terms? For example, does the
proposed definition of ‘‘class’’ adequately
distinguish among classes of a variable
contract?
333 Proposed
rule 498A(a).
rule 498A(a)(1). We understand that
this is how the term is commonly used in industry
practice. See also rule 18f–3 (permitting registered
investment companies to issue multiple classes of
voting stock); Part A (‘‘Definitions’’) of the General
Instructions to Form N–1A (defining ‘‘class’’ as ‘‘a
class of shares issued by a Multiple Class Fund that
represents interests in the same portfolio of
securities under rule 18f–3 [17 CFR 270.18f–3] or
under an order exempting the Multiple Class Fund
from sections 18(f), 18(g), and 18(i) [15 U.S.C. 80a–
18(f), 18(g), and 18(i)]’’).
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
334 Proposed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
B. Optional Method To Satisfy Portfolio
Company Prospectus Delivery
Requirements
1. Current Delivery Practices for
Portfolio Company Prospectuses
The Commission has interpreted
section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act to
require the delivery of a portfolio
company prospectus to any variable
contract investor that allocates his or
her purchase payments to that portfolio
company, including on any exchange of
contract value from one portfolio
company to another.335 Since variable
contracts generally offer exchange
privileges permitting an investor to
reallocate his or her investment from
one underlying portfolio company to
another, we understand that, typically,
prospectuses for all underlying portfolio
companies are delivered to investors to
avoid the administrative burden of
tracking whether an investor has already
received the current prospectus.336 We
also understand that summary
prospectuses, as opposed to statutory
prospectuses, for the underlying
portfolio companies are typically
delivered. As with contract
prospectuses, portfolio company
prospectuses may be delivered
electronically pursuant to the
Commission’s guidance.337
Because the identity of investors is
known by the insurance company and
not the underlying portfolio companies,
delivery of prospectuses for underlying
portfolio companies is typically effected
by the insurance company rather than
the portfolio company.338 Based on a
staff review of participation agreements
between insurance companies and
underlying portfolio companies, we
understand that there is diversity in
practice as to whether the insurance
company or portfolio company bears the
printing and mailing costs associated
335 See Forms N–3 and N–4 Adopting Release,
supra note 28, at n.49 and accompanying text (‘‘Of
course, delivery of a prospectus of an underlying
company in which a contractowner actually invests
will be required pursuant to section 5(b)(2) of the
1933 Act’’).
336 We understand that while some insurers have
invested in infrastructure to deliver only those
prospectuses to which an investor allocates contract
value, most insurers have not.
337 See supra note 32 and accompanying text.
338 See, e.g., Forms N–3 and N–4 Adopting
Release, supra note 28, at n.48 and accompanying
text (suggesting that under certain circumstances,
the prospectus delivery obligation for underlying
portfolio companies would rest with the insurance
company); see also rule 22c–2(c)(1) under the
Investment Company Act (defining a ‘‘financial
intermediary’’ for purposes of the rule to include a
UIT that invests in a fund in reliance on section
12(d)(1)(E) under the Investment Company Act) [17
CFR 270.22c–2(c)(1)].
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61767
with portfolio company prospectus
deliveries.
2. New Option To Satisfy Prospectus
Delivery Requirements
a. Overview
The proposed rule would provide an
optional method for satisfying portfolio
company prospectus delivery
obligations by making portfolio
company summary and statutory
prospectuses available online, with
certain key information about the
portfolio companies provided in the
contract’s summary prospectus.339 This
new option would be available to Form
N–4 and Form N–6 registrants, but
would not be available to Form N–3
registrants because they do not have
underlying portfolio companies.
As proposed, this option would allow
satisfaction of prospectus delivery
obligations with respect to a portfolio
company, if: (1) An initial summary
prospectus is used for each currently
offered contract described under the
related registration statement; 340 (2) a
summary prospectus is used for the
portfolio company (only if the portfolio
company is registered on Form N–
1A); 341 and (3) the portfolio company’s
current summary prospectus, statutory
prospectus, SAI, and most recent
shareholder reports are posted online
under similar posting requirements for
the variable contract’s summary
prospectuses and other documents.342
In addition, the proposed rule would
provide that any communication related
to a portfolio company, other than a
prospectus permitted or required under
section 10 of the Securities Act, would
not be deemed a prospectus if the above
conditions are satisfied.343
As discussed above, we are concerned
that the volume of disclosure materials
variable contract investors currently
receive may prevent them from reading
the materials or fully understanding
these products. While the proposed
variable contract summary prospectus
framework is intended to provide
investors with key information relating
to the contract’s terms, benefits, and
risks in a concise and more readerfriendly format, we are concerned that
investors may not read or understand
information if the variable contract
summary prospectus is accompanied by
hundreds of pages of underlying
339 Proposed
rule 498A(j).
rule 498A(j)(1)(i).
341 Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(ii).
342 Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(iii).
343 Proposed rule 498A(j)(2).
340 Proposed
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61768
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
portfolio company prospectuses.344 To
address this issue, the proposed option
for satisfying portfolio company
prospectus delivery requirements would
provide investors with certain key
summary information about underlying
portfolio companies in an appendix to
the contract summary prospectus.345 If
an investor desires more detailed
information about a particular portfolio
company, prospectuses and other
documents relating to the portfolio
company would be available online and
in paper or electronically upon request.
The vast majority of investors
purchase variable contracts from sales
persons, as opposed to purchasing
directly from insurance companies.346
We understand these sales agents assist
investors in many ways, including
providing information about underlying
portfolio companies and sometimes
344 Variable annuity contracts offer an average of
59 portfolio companies as investment options. See
supra note 8. While we intended mutual fund
summary prospectuses to be three to four pages in
length, rule 498 does not provide page length or
similar restrictions and some summary
prospectuses have been as long as 19 pages. See
Request for Comment on Fund Retail Investor
Experience, supra note 39, at n. 27 and
accompanying text. If we conservatively estimate
that each portfolio company summary prospectus is
four pages in length, an investor who purchases a
variable contract that offers 59 portfolio companies
would receive 236 pages of portfolio company
disclosure materials, in addition to the contract
prospectus.
345 A contract summary prospectus would
include an appendix that would provide for each
portfolio company its name, type or investment
objective, adviser and subadviser, expense ratio,
and average annual returns for the past year, five
years, and ten years. See supra discussion at section
II.A.1.c.ii(i); see also infra section II.D.2.r
(discussing our proposal to include this appendix
also in variable contracts’ statutory prospectuses).
Registrants on Form N–3, who would not be relying
upon this optional method to satisfy portfolio
company prospectus delivery obligations, would
have the option of omitting the appendix and
instead providing more detailed disclosures for the
investment options offered under the contract that
would be required by proposed Item 20 of Form N–
3. See supra note 204 and accompanying text.
In addition, each summary prospectus would also
include a Key Information Table that would provide
certain disclosures about portfolio company risks
and investment restrictions. See supra discussion at
section II.A.1.c.ii(b)(ii); see also infra section
II.D.2.c (discussing the Key Information Table in
proposed Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6).
346 Approximately 97% of sales of variable
annuities are made through sales agents. See IRI
Fact Book, supra note 8, at 168. Only a small
percentage of investors purchase their variable
contracts directly from the issuing insurance
company. See Insurance Information Institute, Facts
+ Statistics: Distribution Channels, available at
https://www.iii.org/fact-statistic/facts-statisticsdistribution-channels (in 2013, 4% of new
individual life insurance sales were directly sold).
In comparison, only 50% of households owning
mutual funds purchased their funds through sales
agents. See Investment Company Institute, Profile of
Mutual Fund Shareholders, 2017 (Oct. 2017), at Fig.
3.1, available at https://www.ici.org/pdf/rpt_17_
profiles17.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
recommending that investors allocate
their contract value into specific
portfolio companies. We anticipate that
this would continue following our
proposal, and that sales agents would
assist investors in understanding key
facts about the portfolio companies,
obtaining portfolio company
prospectuses, and understanding the
proposed portfolio company prospectus
delivery framework. For this reason, we
believe that sales agents would play a
significant role in continuing to provide
information about portfolio companies
to investors, even if investors were to no
longer receive paper copies of portfolio
company prospectuses.
b. Conditions
As a condition to relying on the new
option, we would require the related
variable contract to use an initial
summary prospectus for each currently
offered contract described under the
related registration statement.347 We
believe that this condition would help
promote the use of contract summary
prospectuses. Also, the initial summary
prospectus content requirements (as
well as the requirements for the
updating summary prospectus) would
ensure that investors receive disclosure
regarding: (1) The online availability of
the portfolio company prospectuses; 348
and (2) key summary information about
each of the portfolio companies.349
As a second condition, a portfolio
company that is registered on Form N–
1A must use a summary prospectus.350
If we were to permit the satisfaction of
delivery obligations by making portfolio
company prospectuses (and other
documents) available online, portfolio
companies that are mutual funds and
ETFs would have less incentive to use
a summary prospectus.351 We believe it
is important to make available both a
summary prospectus and the statutory
prospectus for a portfolio company to
continue the current layered disclosure
approach for portfolio companies
whereby investors have the option to
choose the amount and type of
information to review. This condition
also would continue to provide
investors with summary information
about the portfolio company that we
347 Proposed
rule 498A(j)(1)(i).
supra note 198 and accompanying text.
349 See supra section II.A.1.c.(ii)(i).
350 Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(ii).
351 For example, this online option would
reduce—or fully eliminate—the cost savings
associated with printing and mailing a summary
prospectus as opposed to the statutory prospectus,
since those summary prospectuses would be posted
online instead of being printed and mailed.
348 See
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
believe they are more likely to use and
understand.352
Finally, to rely on the new option, the
portfolio company’s current summary
and statutory prospectus, SAI, and most
recent annual and semi-annual
shareholder reports would be required
to be posted online under similar
conditions for the posting of variable
contract materials:
• The materials are publicly accessible,
free of charge, at the website address
specified on the cover page or beginning of
the summary prospectuses for the variable
contract, for the time period specified in
proposed rule 498A(h)(1); 353
• The materials are presented on the
website in a format, or formats, that are
human-readable and capable of being printed
on paper in human-readable format,354 and
permit persons accessing the materials to
move directly back and forth between each
section heading in a table of contents and the
corresponding section of the document; 355
• Persons accessing the materials must be
able to permanently retain, free of charge, an
electronic version of such materials in a
format, or formats, that is human-readable
and permits persons accessing the materials
to move directly back and forth between each
section heading in a table of contents and the
corresponding section of the document; 356
• Requested materials must be sent in
paper or electronically upon request within
three business days after receiving a
request; 357 and
• The safe harbor specified in paragraph
(h)(4) of the proposed rule would be available
if the required materials are temporarily
unavailable at the specified website.358
c. Interim Amendments to Portfolio
Company Prospectuses
When a portfolio company
supplements or otherwise amends its
summary or statutory prospectus
between annual updates, the
amendment is typically filed with the
Commission pursuant to rule 497 under
the Securities Act.359 In addition, we
understand that the amendment is
typically delivered to investors, either
352 See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting
Release, supra note 33, at paragraph accompanying
n.195.
353 Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(iii).
354 Proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(i); proposed rule
498A(j)(1)(iii). In addition, the materials must be
presented on the website in a format or formats that
are convenient for reading online and printing on
paper. Proposed rule 498A(i)(3)(i); proposed rule
498A(j)(1)(iii).
355 Proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(ii).
356 Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(iii); proposed rule
498A(h)(3). In addition, persons must be able to
permanently retain these materials in a format or
formats that are convenient for reading online and
printed on paper. Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(iii);
proposed rule 498A(i)(3)(ii).
357 Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(iii); proposed rule
498A(i)(1).
358 Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(iii); proposed rule
498A(h)(4).
359 Rule 497 under the Securities Act.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
by special mailing or by including it
with another mailing, such as with the
account statement or confirmation.360
As discussed above, the proposed
new option for satisfying portfolio
company prospectus delivery
requirements would require that current
portfolio company summary
prospectuses and statutory prospectuses
be posted online. If a portfolio company
amends its prospectus between annual
updates, the updated prospectus must
be posted online.
The proposed rule would not,
however, include any separate
requirement to deliver portfolio
company prospectus amendments to
investors. We believe that requiring
delivery of prospectus amendments to
investors who had not been delivered
the prospectus itself could cause
investor confusion. Instead, the
proposed legend to the summary
prospectus appendix listing all the
portfolio companies available under the
contract would include a statement that
investors should review the
prospectuses before making an
investment decision and that they may
be amended from time to time.361 In
addition, we note that if an interim
amendment to a portfolio company
prospectus affects the information
provided in the variable contract
summary prospectus (e.g., a change to
the type/investment objective or
expense ratio of the portfolio company
provided in the required appendix to
the contract summary prospectus), then
investors would receive notice of the
change through an amendment to the
contract summary prospectus which
would be delivered to investors.362
360 For investors who received a summary
prospectus for a portfolio company, we understand
that amendments are typically delivered to
investors only if the amendments relate to the
summary prospectus and summary section portion
of the statutory prospectus.
361 The appendix would include the following
legend: ‘‘The following is a list of [Portfolio
Companies] currently available under the
[Contract], which is subject to change as discussed
in [the Statutory Prospectus for the Contract].
Before you invest, you should review the
prospectuses for the [Portfolio Companies]. These
prospectuses contain more information about the
[Portfolio Companies] and their risks and may be
amended from time to time. You can find the
prospectuses and other information about the
[Portfolio Companies] online at [____]. You can also
request this information at no cost by calling [___
_] or by sending an email request to [____].’’ See
proposed Item 18 of Forms N–4 and N–6.
362 The proposed rule would not affect the
requirements to deliver other materials specified
under other rules or terms of exemptive orders. See,
e.g., rule 35d–1 under the Investment Company Act
(requiring a registered investment company with a
name suggesting investment in certain investments
or industries, or investment in countries or
geographic regions, to adopt a policy to invest at
least 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of any
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
We request comment generally on the
proposal to permit a new option for
satisfying portfolio company prospectus
delivery requirements, and specifically
on the following issues (in addition, we
are requesting comment on certain
parallel provisions of rule 498):
• Should the rule permit the use of the new
option for satisfying portfolio company
prospectus delivery requirements? Should
this aspect of the proposed rule be optional
as proposed or required if the variable
contract uses a summary prospectus?
• The rule as proposed would only permit
the use of the new option for portfolio
company prospectuses if the related
variable contract uses an initial summary
prospectus for each currently offered
contract described under the related
registration statement. Should we permit
the use of the new option even if the
related variable contract does not use a
summary prospectus? Why or why not?
• The rule as proposed would only permit
the use of the new option if the portfolio
company uses a summary prospectus. This
would effectively require a portfolio
company to use a summary prospectus if
it does not already do so. If we were to
permit the satisfaction of delivery
obligations by making portfolio company
prospectuses (and other documents)
available online, would portfolio
companies still have an incentive to use a
summary prospectus? Should we permit
the use of the new option even if the
portfolio company does not otherwise use
a summary prospectus? Why or why not?
• Should we modify any of the proposed
conditions related to the new option for
satisfying portfolio company prospectus
delivery requirements, or add any
additional conditions? For example,
should we—as proposed—specify that
these materials must be available at the
same website address as the variable
contract materials that appear online, or
should there be flexibility regarding the
website address on which the portfolio
company materials appear? As another
example, although the proposed rule
specifies that the materials posted online
must be in human-readable format, should
we also require that the materials be posted
online in machine-readable format to
promote the gathering and dissemination
of information by data aggregators?
• If we change any of the proposed
conditions related to the new option,
should we make parallel changes regarding
the use of contract summary prospectuses?
Should we similarly make any changes to
rule 498 under the Securities Act
governing mutual fund summary
prospectuses for consistency or other
reasons?
• Should we modify the proposed linking
requirements in any way with respect to
portfolio company documents
borrowings for investment purposes) in investments
suggested by its name, and if not a fundamental
policy, to provide investors with at least 60 days
prior notice of any change in that investment
policy.
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
•
•
•
•
61769
encompassed by the online accessibility
and delivery upon demand requirements of
the proposed rule?
Do the separate requirements of rule 498
regarding mutual fund summary
prospectus documents create any
confusion that should be addressed by
proposed rule 498A?
Under the rule as proposed, persons
relying on the new delivery option would
not be required to deliver interim
prospectus supplements to investors.
Should we instead require that interim
prospectus supplements be delivered?
Would confusion result if investors were to
receive prospectus supplements when they
had not previously received portfolio
company prospectuses? Are there ways to
mitigate any such confusion?
Would the proposed legend on the initial
and updating summary prospectuses
provide sufficient notice to investors that
portfolio company prospectuses may be
amended from time to time? Why or why
not? Should we revise the legend to
include alternate or additional
information? Should a similar legend also
appear on the cover page of the contract
summary prospectus, as well as in the
appendix to the summary prospectus as
proposed? Alternatively, should we require
that a separate notice be given to investors
to alert them of the online availability of
prospectus supplements? If so, what
information should that notice contain?
Should that notice be filed with the
Commission?
Should the final rules provide that a
communication relating to a portfolio
company (other than a prospectus
permitted or required under section 10 of
the Securities Act) is not deemed to be a
prospectus under section 2(a)(10) of the
Securities Act under the conditions
specified by the rule? Should we amend
any of the conditions related to this
provision?
C. Discontinued Variable Contracts
An insurance company may choose to
stop offering a variable contract to new
investors while continuing to accept
additional payments from existing
investors. Each additional purchase
payment under a variable contract is
considered a ‘‘sale’’ under section 5 of
the Securities Act requiring delivery of
a current prospectus, and variable
contract issuers generally maintain
current prospectuses for their products
through the filing of annual posteffective amendments to the registration
statements.363
As the number of contracts
outstanding declines over time, the
proportion of fixed costs per contract
and other burdens associated with
maintaining a current registration
statement and mailing prospectuses
increase over a diminishing asset base.
Unlike other types of registered
investment companies that can liquidate
363 See
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
supra note 28 and accompanying text.
30NOP2
61770
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
when assets are reduced to such a level
that continuing the fund is not viable,
an insurance company is unable to
liquidate or otherwise terminate a
variable contract. We understand that an
insurance company may sometimes seek
to encourage investors to exchange into
new contracts or make buyout offers,
but it cannot unilaterally terminate an
investor’s contract.
Staff No-Action Letters
Beginning in 1977, the staff of the
Division of Investment Management
issued a series of no-action letters
stating that the staff would not
recommend enforcement action if
issuers did not update the variable
contract registration statement and
deliver updated prospectuses to existing
investors, so long as certain conditions
were met, including sending alternative
disclosures to investors (each, a ‘‘Staff
Letter,’’ and collectively, the ‘‘Staff
Letters’’).364 The last Staff Letter was
issued in 1995.365
The Staff Letters generally were
limited to Securities Act registration
statements for contracts that are no
longer offered to new purchasers and
that have fewer than 5,000 investors (or
participants in the case of group
contracts).366 The Staff Letters also
identified a set of circumstances in
which the staff would not recommend
enforcement action once the registration
statement is no longer updated: 367
• There are no material changes made to
the contract;
• Investors are provided the following
disclosures:
Æ The portfolio companies’ current
prospectuses (or summary prospectuses) and
any updates thereto, annual and semi-annual
reports, proxy materials, and any other
periodic reports or other shareholder
materials for the portfolio companies;
Æ Confirmations of transactions in
accordance with rule 10b–10 under the
Exchange Act;
Liability
As of the end of calendar year 2017,
we understand that more than half of
variable contract Securities Act
registration statements may provide the
alternative disclosures that the Staff
Letters describe: 370
Variable
annuity
Status 371
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Æ Within 120 days after the close of the
fiscal year, updated audited financial
statements of the registrant, and in the case
of variable life insurance contracts, the
depositor’s updated audited financial
statements; 368 and
Æ At least once a year, a statement of the
number of units and values in each investor’s
account.
• The registrant files periodic reports with
the Commission pursuant to section 30 of the
Investment Company Act (i.e., reports on
Form N–CEN); 369 and
• New contracts are not offered to the
public, and the registrant does not
contemplate such an offering in the future.
Variable life
insurance
Grand total
Registration Statements That Are Updated Annually .................................................................
Registration Statements Operating Under Staff Letters ..............................................................
500
521
221
334
721
855
Total Number of Registration Statements ............................................................................
1,021
555
1,576
Providing the alternative disclosures
described in the Staff Letters may have
the effect of potentially limiting issuers’
liability under certain provisions of the
federal securities laws requiring a
registration statement or prospectus to
contain whatever information may be
necessary or appropriate to avoid
material misstatements or omissions.372
Although these alternative disclosures
may not be subject to liability under
sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act,
or section 34(b) of the Investment
Company Act, they are subject to
provisions prohibiting material
misstatements in the offer or sale of a
security.373
Commission Position on Existing
Contracts Whose Issuers Provide
Alternative Disclosures to Investors
364 See, e.g., Great-West Life and Annuity
Insurance Company, SEC Staff No-Action Letter
(pub. avail. Oct. 23, 1990) (‘‘1990 Letter’’); MML
Bay State Life Ins. Co., SEC Staff No-Action Letter
(pub. avail. Apr. 12, 1990); Transamerica
Occidental Life Insurance Co., SEC Staff No-Action
Letter (pub. avail. Mar. 16, 1990); Connecticut
Mutual Life Insurance Company, SEC Staff NoAction Letter (pub. avail. Mar. 7, 1990).
The staff declined to extend its no-action position
to variable annuities funded by managed separate
accounts. See Provident National Assurance
Company, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (pub. avail.
June 2, 1987); Great-West Life Assurance Company,
SEC Staff No-Action Letter (pub. avail. June 4,
1987).
365 See Metropolitan Life Insurance Co., SEC Staff
No-Action Letter (pub. avail. Apr. 26, 1995)
(‘‘Metropolitan Letter’’).
366 In the 1990 Letter, the staff stated that it would
no longer respond to no-action requests ‘‘in this
area unless they raise novel issues or involve more
than 5,000 variable annuity or variable life
insurance contracts.’’ However, there are four Staff
Letters concerning contracts where the number of
investors exceeded 5,000. See Metropolitan Letter
(42,910 investors); Monarch Life Insurance Co., SEC
Staff No-Action Letter (pub. avail. June 9, 1992)
(‘‘Monarch Letter’’) (5,900 investors); New York Life
Insurance and Annuity Corp., SEC Staff No-Action
Letter (pub. avail. Nov. 15, 1989) (13,713 investors);
Security Benefit Life Insurance Company, SEC Staff
No-Action Letter (pub. avail. July 2, 1987) (28,019
investors).
367 Some of the circumstances identified in which
the staff would not recommend enforcement action
varied slightly across the Staff Letters over time,
specifically with respect to the delivery and
availability of the insurance company’s audited
financial statements. The circumstances discussed
below reflect those identified in the most recent
Staff Letters.
368 With respect to variable annuities, the
depositor’s updated audited financial statements
would be available upon request. See, e.g.,
Metropolitan Letter; Monarch Letter.
369 The Staff Letters specifically identified a
registrant’s filing of reports on Form N–SAR as one
of the set of applicable circumstances. Form N–SAR
was recently rescinded and succeeded by Form N–
CEN. See Investment Company Reporting
Modernization, Investment Company Act Release
No. 32314 (Oct. 13, 2016) [81 FR 81870 (Nov. 18,
2016)] (‘‘Investment Company Reporting
Modernization Adopting Release’’), at n.744 and
accompanying text.
370 Our understanding is based on staff review of
filings with the Commission and discussions with
industry participants.
371 The number of registration statements is based
on a count of unique Securities Act registration
statements and amendments filed on EDGAR. The
number of registration statements representing
contracts that provide alternative disclosures
instead of the contract statutory prospectus, as
described in the Staff Letters, was based on the
number of Form N–4 and Form N–6 filers that did
not file a registration statement or amendment in
2017, but made other regulatory filings, such as
filings on Form 24f–2 (the form used by variable
insurance contracts to pay registration fees to the
Commission).
372 Sections 11 and 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act
and section 34(b) of the Investment Company Act.
See supra discussion at notes 311 (discussing
section 12(a)(2) liability) and 322 (discussing
section 11 liability). In addition, section 34(b) of the
Investment Company Act also imposes liability for
misstatements in a registration statement, however,
unlike sections 11 and 12(a)(2), there is no private
right of action available to aggrieved investors. See
Bellikoff v. Eaton Vance Corp., 481 F.3d 110 (2d
Cir. 2007).
373 See, e.g., section 17(a) of the Securities Act;
section 10(b) and rule 10b–5 under the Exchange
Act. There may also be additional remedies for
investors, for example, under state insurance law,
state securities law, and contract law.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
In proposing the new variable
contract summary prospectus disclosure
framework, we acknowledge the
industry practice of providing
alternative disclosures (which are
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
significantly different from the
requirements of the proposed summary
prospectus regime) under specific
circumstances that the Staff Letters
identify. In light of this proposal as well
as other developments with respect to
layered disclosure, we believe that it is
useful to consider the appropriate
disclosure framework for the types of
contracts that have historically relied on
the alternative disclosures.
If the proposed summary prospectus
framework is adopted, the Commission
would take the position that if an issuer
of an existing contract that provides
alternative disclosures does not file
post-effective amendments to update a
variable contract registration statement
and does not provide updated
prospectuses to existing investors, this
would not provide a basis for
enforcement action so long as investors
receive the alternative disclosures. The
Commission would take this position in
recognition of the industry’s practice
that has developed in light of the Staff
Letters, the costs and burdens that
issuers of contracts operating in
accordance with the Staff Letters
currently incur, and the costs and
burdens that issuers would incur under
the proposed summary prospectus
framework. Therefore, under the
Commission’s position, the Commission
would permit contracts operating in the
manner that the Staff Letters describe as
of the effective date of any final
summary prospectus rules (hereinafter
referred to as the ‘‘Alternative
Disclosure Contracts’’) to continue to
operate in such manner.374 For all other
contracts, the Commission’s position
would not be applicable, and therefore
variable contract issuers would be
required to file post-effective
amendments to update their registration
statements and provide updated
prospectuses under current regulatory
requirements, and could avail
374 The Commission’s position on Alternative
Disclosure Contracts would be an agency statement
of general applicability with future effect designed
to implement, interpret, or prescribe law or policy.
This position would be consistent with the Staff
Letters up to the effective date of any final rule and
effectively would moot those letters. The
Commission’s longstanding position is that all staff
statements are nonbinding and create no
enforceable legal rights or obligations of the
Commission or other parties. See, e.g., Statement by
Chairman Jay Clayton Regarding Staff Views.
Securities and Exchange Commission (Sept. 13,
2018), available at https://www.sec.gov/news/
public-statement/statement-clayton-091318.
We note, however, that if a material change is
made with respect to an Alternative Disclosure
Contract, the registration statement for that contract
would be required to be updated, and the contract
would no longer be permitted to operate as an
Alternative Disclosure Contract.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
themselves of the summary prospectus
framework as adopted.
As a general matter, we believe that
all variable contract investors should
receive the same information. In this
regard, our position with respect to
Alternative Disclosure Contracts would
be limited to the current universe of
Alternative Disclosure Contracts, which
will diminish in number over time. Our
position is also based on our belief that
the proposed summary prospectus
framework could give investors more
pertinent information to monitor their
contract investment than the alternative
disclosures. For example, the updating
summary prospectus would include a
brief description of certain changes to
the contract that occurred during the
previous year, as well as certain key
information about the contract. We
believe that investors could find this
document to be more useful and userfriendly than the separate account
financial statements that investors
receive under the alternative
disclosures.
Additionally, under the proposed
summary prospectus regime, investors
would receive key summary information
about the portfolio companies (with the
portfolio company prospectuses
available online) instead of receiving the
portfolio company prospectuses as they
do currently.375 This proposed layered
disclosure approach could provide an
additional tool to investors to access the
level of information about portfolio
companies that best serves their
information needs.
We solicit comment on the following
issues regarding the Alternative
Disclosure Contracts:
• Would adoption of a summary
prospectus framework and related form
amendments effectively relieve some of the
current burdens and costs on variable
contract issuers of updating registration
statements, and delivering updated
prospectuses, such that the Commission’s
position on Alternative Disclosure Contracts
would not be necessary? If not, to what
extent would the burdens and costs of
maintaining an updated registration
statement and compliance with the proposed
summary prospectus regime (to the extent
that a registrant chooses to rely on proposed
rule 498A) exceed that of providing the
disclosure related to the Alternative
Disclosure Contracts?
• Does the proposed summary prospectus
regime give investors more pertinent
information to use to help them make
informed investment decisions, compared to
375 Under proposed rule 498A, investors would
not receive the portfolio company prospectuses if
the registrant were to elect to rely on the new
optional method to satisfy portfolio company
prospectus delivery requirements. See supra section
II.B.2.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61771
the information investors holding Alternative
Disclosure Contracts would receive?
• Are fees and charges for variable
contracts currently established based on an
expectation that the insurer will be able to
provide alternative disclosures at some point,
such as if a product launch is unsuccessful
or if the insurer stops selling new contracts
so that the number of investors diminishes
over time? Would the Commission’s position
on Alternative Disclosure Contracts have
other effects relating to new variable
contracts? For example, would it cause
insurers to be less willing to introduce new
products?
• Would the Commission’s position on
Alternative Disclosure Contracts result in any
variable contract design changes? Would the
length of registration statements or
prospectuses increase or decrease? If so,
why? What would be the effect, if any, on
contract disclosure?
• Under the Commission’s position on
Alternative Disclosure Contracts, which
contracts should be able to provide
alternative disclosures? For example, should
the Commission’s position be limited to
Alternative Disclosure (i.e., contracts
operating in the manner that the Staff Letters
describe) as of the effective date of the
adoption of final variable contract summary
prospectus rules? Should the ability to
provide alternative disclosures be limited to
contracts with a maximum of 5,000 investors
(or participants in the case of group
contracts)? 376 Instead of limiting the number
of investors, should a different approach be
considered, such as limiting relief based on
aggregate contract value, the length of time
since a contract was last offered to new
investors, the costs of updating a registration
statement per contract, or the expected cost
of updating a registration statement per
$1,000 of contract value? If so, what limits
should be imposed and why, and what is the
benefit of these alternatives over using the
number of investors? Alternatively, should
the ability to provide alternative disclosures
apply to all contracts outstanding at (1) the
time of adoption, (2) the effective date, or (3)
the compliance date, for final variable
contract summary prospectus rules? Why?
• What percentage of insurers currently
delivers the alternative disclosures for at
least one contract? What percentage of the
variable contract business (in terms of
number of contact owners and aggregate
contract value) provides alternative
disclosures? What are the size ranges of
registration statements for those contracts
that deliver alternative disclosures (both in
terms of number of investors and in terms of
aggregate contract value)?
• What number of investors, or aggregate
contract value, would make providing
alternative disclosures more cost-effective
than annually updating a registration
statement under the current variable contract
prospectus delivery regime?
• What are the cost savings, if any,
associated with providing alternative
disclosures? What are the sources of the cost
savings?
• Which current items of variable annuity
and variable life insurance registration
376 See
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
supra note 366.
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61772
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
statements are the most difficult or timeconsuming for variable contract issuers to
update? Why are these items difficult or
time-consuming to update?
• How frequently do material changes to
the variable contract occur that would
require an issuer that is delivering alternative
disclosures to update its registration
statement? What specific types of contract
changes are considered to be material? What
types of contract changes are considered to
be non-material, such that the issuer would
not update its registration statement in
response to this condition? How are investors
notified of any non-material changes? Are
there types of contract changes where it is
difficult to determine whether an issuer
should update its registration statement? If
so, please identify those types of changes.
• Do insurers currently host on their
websites the alternative disclosure
documents that are delivered to investors?
Why or why not?
• Do investors that receive alternative
disclosures contact their insurance company
looking for information at a greater frequency
than investors who receive a prospectus
annually? What information are these
investors looking for?
• Some of the circumstances that the Staff
Letters identify vary depending on the noaction letter.377 Under which circumstances
are issuers providing alternative disclosures?
We request comment generally on how
investors and financial professionals view
the alternative disclosures, and specifically
on the following issues:
• Investors that have variable contracts
with registrants that provide alternative
disclosures would receive different
disclosure documents, and hence different
sets of information, than they would receive
under the proposed summary prospectus
regime. Which approach do you believe is
most beneficial for investors and why?
• To the extent that there are no material
changes to a variable contract, what
information about the contract—if any—do
investors need to receive on an ongoing basis
to monitor their investments in the contract
and understand how the contract operates? If
there are no material changes, would it be
useful to investors to receive disclosure
repeating key information of the contract
each year, and/or to receive summary
information about the portfolio companies
each year?
• Are investors able to effectively
understand financial statements that are
provided as alternative disclosures, and are
they useful in helping investors monitor their
investments?
• An updated contract statutory
prospectus, which investors typically receive
annually, describes the variable contract but
does not include insurance company or
separate account financial statements.
Investors holding contracts whose issuers
provide alternative disclosures, however,
receive the separate account financial
statements annually, and in some cases the
insurance company’s financials. Assuming
there are no changes to the contract in a
given year, do investors have a preference as
377 See
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Other Approaches to the Framework for
Discontinued Contracts
If the Commission takes the position
described in the prior subsection with
respect to Alternative Disclosure
Contracts, it would permit continued
operation of Alternative Disclosure
Contracts (i.e., issuers with contracts
that are operating as described in the
Staff Letters on the effective date of the
final rules permitting use of a variable
contract summary prospectus). All other
variable contract issuers would operate
under the new summary prospectus
framework. That is, they would be
required to file post-effective
amendments to update their registration
statements and provide updated
prospectuses under current regulatory
requirements, and could avail
themselves of the summary prospectus
framework as adopted.
We are also considering two
alternative approaches for discontinued
contracts. Each of these alternative
approaches would involve modifying,
and codifying by rule, the disclosure
framework the Staff Letters identify.
Each of these alternative approaches
could be implemented in two different
ways:
• Method One (Apply New Approach Only
to Discontinued Contracts Going Forward):
Permit Alternative Disclosure Contracts to
continue operating as they currently do
under the Commission position described
above. For future discontinued contracts,
adopt final rules codifying certain practices
the Staff Letters identify and apply those
rules on a going forward basis.
• Method Two (Apply New Approach to
All Discontinued Contracts): Adopt final
rules codifying certain practices the Staff
Letters identify and apply those rules to all
discontinued contracts (including Alternative
Disclosure Contracts).
We request comment on the
Commission position described above,
as well as the proposed approaches
described below. We also request
comment on whether an alternative
approach should be implemented using
method one or method two.
Approach 1 (Codification of Practices
under Staff Letters with Modifications):
Under Approach 1, the Commission
would adopt final rules providing that
a registrant would not have to comply
with certain requirements to update the
variable contract registration statement
and deliver updated contract
prospectuses to existing investors, so
long as the registrant complies with the
following conditions:
• Investors would receive an annual notice
that includes information that is comparable
supra note 367.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
to which information they would rather
receive? Is there other information that
investors would like to receive?
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to that which would be provided in an
updating summary prospectus. Specifically,
this notice would include: (1) The Key
Information Table that would appear in an
updating summary prospectus; (2) a brief
description of any material 378 changes to the
offering relating to fees, the standard death
benefits, other benefits available under the
contract, and portfolio companies available
under the contract; 379 (3) a table that would
include the same information about portfolio
companies that would appear in the
proposed appendix to the updating summary
prospectus; and (4) legends informing
investors that additional information about
their contract—including the registrant’s
financial statements (the depositor’s financial
statements in the case of variable life
insurance contracts) and portfolio company
prospectuses and periodic reports to
shareholders—is available online. Because
this notice would not be a section 10(b)
prospectus, it (unlike a summary prospectus
under proposed rule 498A) would not be
subject to liability under section 12(a)(2) of
the Securities Act, although it would remain
subject to the general antifraud provisions of
the federal securities laws.380 The notice
would be posted to the insurance company’s
website.
• The financial statements provided to
investors under the alternative disclosures in
the Staff Letters would be filed with the
Commission, posted to the insurance
company’s website, and delivered to an
investor upon request;
• Registrants would be permitted to use
the optional method to satisfy portfolio
company prospectus delivery requirements
as provided under proposed rule 498A; and
• Investors would continue to receive
portfolio company shareholder reports and
proxy materials.
Issuers would be able to rely on
Approach 1 if the contract is no longer
offered to new purchasers, there are
under 5,000 investors, and there have
been no material changes during the
period since the most recent update.
Approach 1 reflects our belief that the
proposed summary prospectus
framework could give investors more
pertinent information to use to help
them make informed investment
decisions, compared to the information
378 The changes that would necessitate disclosure
under this alternative are broader than one of the
circumstances that the Staff Letters identify—that
there be no material changes to the contract. With
respect to the annual notice, even if there are no
changes to the contract between the insurance
company and the investor, there may still be
material changes to the offering that must be
disclosed, such as changes in investment options,
investment restrictions, fees, and other matters.
379 As under proposed rule 498A, a registrant also
could provide a concise description of any other
change that has been made to the contract, in
addition to the changes that the proposed rule
would require be described. See proposed rule
498A(c)(6)(ii); see also supra note 233 and
accompanying text.
380 See supra note 329 and accompanying text
(discussing the liability provisions applicable to
summary prospectuses under proposed rule 498A).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
under the circumstances that the Staff
Letters identify.381 This approach seeks
to provide many of the benefits to
investors associated with the summary
prospectus framework while limiting
the burden of updating registration
statements relating to contracts that are
only offered to a limited number of
investors.
Approach 2 (Permit Registration
Statements to be Updated via Forward
Incorporation by Reference). As a
variation on the framework for
Approach 1, we also request comment
on whether the Commission should
adopt final rules that would:
• Permit the registrant to rely on a
modified version of rule 498A that would:
Æ Require that investors receive an annual
notice that includes information that is
comparable to that which would be provided
in an updating summary prospectus, as
described in Approach 1;
Æ Require that the contract statutory
prospectus and SAI be made available online
and delivered to an investor upon request;
and
Æ Permit registrants to use the proposed
rule’s optional method to satisfy portfolio
company prospectus delivery requirements;
• Require the filing of separate account
(including accumulation unit values for
variable annuities) and depositor financials
with the Commission, permit issuers to
incorporate these documents by reference
into the registration statement (even if they
are filed after the effective date of the
registration statement),382 and require these
financial statements to be posted to the
insurance company’s website, and delivered
to an investor upon request; and
• Require that investors receive portfolio
company shareholder reports and proxy
materials.
As with Approach 1, issuers would be
able to rely on Approach 2 if the
contract is no longer offered to new
purchasers, there are under 5,000
investors, and there are no material
changes to the contract. Also, like
Approach 1, Approach 2 reflects our
belief that the proposed summary
prospectus framework could give
investors more pertinent information to
use to help them make informed
investment decisions, compared to the
alternative disclosures received by
investors under the circumstances that
the Staff Letters identify.383
However, Approach 2 would be more
similar to the proposed summary
prospectus regime in certain respects, in
terms of the requirements for the
information that is (1) delivered to all
investors (with the annual notice under
Approach 2 substituting for the
summary prospectus), (2) made
available online, and (3) delivered to
those investors who so request.384 This
approach seeks to provide many of the
benefits to investors associated with the
summary prospectus framework and
reduce the burden of updating
registration statements for contracts that
are only offered to a limited number of
investors.
Approach 2 differs from Approach 1
chiefly in that Approach 2 would
require a registrant to maintain a current
registration statement and make the
61773
statutory prospectus and SAI available
online. However, under Approach 2, the
registrant would only update the
registration statement when there are
material changes to the offering, since
updated financial statements would be
permitted to be forward incorporated by
reference into the registration
statement.385 Approach 2 therefore
could reduce some of the burdens
associated with maintaining a current
registration statement.
Since Approach 2 would entail the
maintenance of a current registration
statement, the liability provisions
available under the federal securities
laws would apply to Approach 2 to the
same extent as under the current
variable contract prospectus delivery
regime 386 and under the proposed
summary prospectus regime for
registrants that choose to rely on
proposed rule 498A.387 While the
disclosures required under Approaches
1 and 2 are similar and both include
certain protections under the federal
securities laws against material
misstatements or omissions, disclosures
under Approach 2 may not limit
potential issuer liability to investors.
The following Table 4 summarizes the
frameworks under the Staff Letters,
Approaches 1 and 2, and the proposed
summary prospectus framework under
proposed rule 498A for certain
documents to either be: (1) Delivered to
all investors; (2) made available online;
or (3) delivered to those investors who
so request.
TABLE 4—DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE TO VARIABLE CONTRACT INVESTORS
Staff letters and
commission position
Approach 1
Summary prospectus
framework under proposed
rule 498A
N/A 388
Required to be available online and delivered (in paper
or electronic format) upon request.
Contract SAI * ....................
N/A
Required to be available online and delivered (in paper
or electronic format) upon request.
Contract Part C Information *.
N/A
Filed with registration statement (available on EDGAR).
Contract Statutory Prospectus *.
Initial Summary Prospectus
N/A
381 See
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Approach 2
supra paragraph following note 374.
e.g., supra note 364. Certain registrants
that file on Forms S–1 or S–3 are permitted to
update their registration statements by reference to
Exchange Act reports filed after the effective date
of the registration statement (‘‘forward
incorporation by reference’’).
383 See supra paragraph following note 374.
384 See supra sections II.A.4 through 6. We
assume for purposes of this discussion that the
relevant requirements in these sections—for
example, the formatting requirements and relevant
382 See,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Delivered to all new investors.
linking requirements discussed in these sections—
would be requirements under Approach 2.
385 One important distinction is that, under the
Staff Letters, one of the set of circumstances in
which the staff has stated that it would not
recommend enforcement action is if there are no
material changes to the contract between the
investor and insurance company. However, even if
there are no material changes to the contract, there
may still be material changes to the offering that is
described in the registration statement. See supra
note 378. These material changes to the offering
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
generally should be described in any updating
summary prospectus or similar notice.
See supra note 29 (discussing current
requirements for updating variable contract
registration statements).
386 See supra note 372 and accompanying text
(noting that providing the alternative disclosures
described in the Staff Letters may have the effect
of potentially limiting issuers’ liability under
certain provisions available under the federal
securities laws).
387 See supra section II.A.3.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61774
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 4—DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE TO VARIABLE CONTRACT INVESTORS—Continued
Staff letters and
commission position
Approach 1
Updating Summary Prospectus *.
Approach 2
N/A
Summary prospectus
framework under proposed
rule 498A
Delivered to all existing investors.
Alternative Notice to Investors *.
N/A ....................................
Delivered to all investors (would include information that
is comparable to that which would be included in the
updating summary prospectus).
Financial Statements * 389 ..
Delivered to all investors ..
Required to be available online and delivered (in paper or electronic format) upon request, and also available on EDGAR.390
Portfolio Company
Prospectuses *.
Delivered to all investors ..
Delivered to investors, or, if the new option to satisfy portfolio company prospectus
delivery is relied-upon,391 required to be available online and delivered (in paper or
electronic format) upon request.
Portfolio Company Shareholder Reports.
Delivered to all investors ..
Delivered to all investors, or, if the new option to satisfy portfolio company prospectus
delivery is relied-upon,392 required to be available online and delivered (in paper or
electronic format) upon request.
Portfolio Company Proxy
Materials.
N/A.
Delivered to all investors.
* Updated at least annually.
We request comments on the
framework for discontinued
contracts:388 389 390 391 392
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
• Should the Commission codify either
Approach 1 or Approach 2? Why or why not?
If so, which approach should the
Commission codify? Would either of
Approach 1 or Approach 2 facilitate the
disclosure of useful information to investors
in a better way than the information they
would receive under the proposed summary
prospectus regime? What are the benefits and
drawbacks for investors of permitting
Approach 1 or Approach 2, instead of
requiring issuers to update the registration
statement consistent with the proposed
summary prospectus regime?
• Would either of Approach 1 or Approach
2 provide more useful information to
investors than the information investors
388 While the contract prospectus (and SAI and
Part C information) would have been filed with the
Commission earlier in the contract’s life cycle,
under the Staff Letters’ framework and Approach 1,
these documents are not updated annually, and
registrants would not make these documents
available to investors either online or in paper
format.
389 These include updated audited financial
statements of the registrant, and in the case of
variable life insurance contracts, the depositor’s
updated audited financial statements. See supra
note 368 and accompanying text.
390 The financial statements are part of the
contract SAI, and proposed rule 498A would
require a registrant relying on the rule to make the
SAI available online. See proposed rule 498A(h)(1);
proposed Item 26 of Form N–4; proposed Item 27
of Form N–6.
Approaches 1 and 2 separately would require
financial statements to be filed with the
Commission, posted to the insurance company’s
website, and delivered to an investor upon request.
See supra text following note 380; supra note 382
and accompanying text.
391 See supra section II.B.2; see also supra bullets
accompanying notes 378–382.
392 See id.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
holding Alternative Disclosure Contracts
would receive? If so, how?
• What number of investors or aggregate
contract value would make reliance on
Approach 1 or Approach 2 more costeffective than annually updating a
registration statement, both under current
disclosure requirements and under the
proposed summary prospectus regime?
• What are the expected cost savings, if
any, associated with reliance on Approach 1
or Approach 2 as compared to: (1) The
current disclosure regime; (2) the disclosures
provided with respect to Alternative
Disclosure Contracts; and (3) the proposed
summary prospectus regime? What are the
anticipated sources of the cost savings? Are
there challenges that issuers would face in
preparing and providing the information to
investors that each alternative would require,
and if so, what would these challenges (and
any associated costs) be? Are there changes
to the alternatives that we should consider in
order to address those challenges? If so, what
changes, and how would those changes affect
investors’ ability to make informed
decisions?
• Under Approach 1 and Approach 2,
investors would annually receive a notice
that is substantially similar to the proposed
updating summary prospectus. Should this
notice be modified in any way? If so, how?
• Under Approach 1 and Approach 2,
should the conditions incorporate a more
precise definition of material changes that
would require a registration statement to be
updated? If so, what should the definition of
material changes be? For changes to a
registration statement that are not a material
change to the contract, should we include a
condition that the changes be posted on the
insurance company’s website and filed with
the Commission? If so, what would be the
costs associated with this condition? If not,
why not?
• Under Approach 1, should the mostrecently-updated prospectus and registration
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
statement be made available to investors
either by request or online? If not, why not?
If we did require these documents to be made
available online or by request, what kind of
legend should appear on the cover page of
these documents to make it clear to investors
that these documents have not been updated,
and that the contract has undergone no
material changes, since the date of the
document? Is there other information we
should also require to be made available
online (such as current investment
restrictions associated with optional benefits,
or a current Fee Table that shows both
maximum and current contract fees)?
• Under Approach 1, certain materials
would be required to be made available
online. Should the web posting requirements
be the same as those that proposed rule 498A
would prescribe? Are there modifications
that should be considered with respect to
contracts relying on Approach 1? If so, what
are those modifications and why are they
necessary?
• Should a condition of Approach 1 be
that audited financial statements of the
registrant (and in the case of variable life
insurance contracts, the depositor’s audited
financial statements) be filed with the
Commission? If not, why not? What would be
the additional costs associated with this
condition?
• The approach in Approach 2, where a
registration statement can refer to financial
information that may be filed in the future
avoiding the need to annually file a posteffective amendment to a registration
statement, is permitted by other SEC
registration forms, such as Form S–3.
However, Securities Act rules still require
that an updated registration statement be
filed with the Commission once every three
years.393 Should such a requirement apply
under Approach 2? Why? Instead, should we
require a new prospectus to be filed every
393 See
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
rule 415(a)(5) under the Securities Act.
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
three years? If not, why not? In between
updates to a registration statement, issuers
typically file stickers reflecting certain
changes.394 Instead of requiring updated
registration statements or prospectuses after
a certain period of time, should we limit the
number of stickers before an updated
registration statement or prospectus must be
filed? If so, what should be the limit?
• Should Approach 2 be permitted for all
registration statements even if the contract is
still offered to new purchasers, has over
5,000 investors, or may have had material
changes since the most recent prospectus
update? What would be the benefits to
registrants and investors of permitting
forward incorporation by reference, as under
Approach 2, for all variable contract
registration statements? Or, would this result
in changes to variable contract disclosure
practices that would impede investors’
ability to understand their variable contracts
in any way?
Other Considerations
• How do Approach 1 and Approach 2
compare to the requirement to update a
registration statement, and to the
circumstances that the Staff Letters identify,
with respect to the liability provisions
available to investors under the federal
securities laws? Are there changes to
Approach 1 and Approach 2 that should be
considered to further protect investors?
• Approaches 1 and 2 contemplate that the
codified relief would be available only to
Form N–4 and Form N–6 registrants (as the
conditions associated with portfolio
company disclosure would be applicable
only to Form N–4 and Form N–6 registrants,
and not also Form N–3 registrants).395
Should the Commission’s position on
Alternative Disclosure Contracts or
Approaches 1 or 2 be extended to managed
separate accounts? If yes, how should the
conditions be modified to accommodate
managed separate accounts? For example,
should we consider an approach similar to
rule 8b–16(a) under the Investment Company
Act where updated information about the
contract (including audited financial
statements for the insurance company) and
the investment options are included in the
separate account’s annual shareholder
report?
• Should the Commission’s position on
Alternative Disclosure Contracts or
Approaches 1 or 2 be extended to annuity
contracts registered with the Commission
under the Securities Act only and filed on
Forms S–1 and S–3? If yes, how should the
conditions be modified to accommodate
these contracts?
• If the Commission were to codify
Approach 1 or Approach 2, should issuers
394 See
supra note 29 and accompanying text.
the Staff Letters, one of the set of
circumstances under which the staff has stated that
it would not recommend enforcement action is that
investors are provided prospectuses for the
underlying portfolio companies. However, because
a managed separate account prospectus describes
both the offering of the contract and the investment
options, it is not possible to provide the investment
option prospectuses separate from the separate
account prospectus.
395 Under
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
that are operating in the manner described in
the Staff Letters, as of the effective date of the
adoption of final variable contract summary
prospectus rules, be permitted to continue
operating in this manner? Or should the
Commission instead require all issuers—
including those that are operating in the
manner described in the Staff Letters as of
the effective date of the adoption of final
variable contract summary prospectus
rules—to satisfy the conditions under
Approach 1 or Approach 2? If commenters
believe that the latter approach is
appropriate, should Approach 1 or Approach
2 be available to only those contracts that are
no longer offered to new purchasers, make no
material changes, for contracts with fewer
than a certain number of investors, or for
some other group of contracts? Why?
D. Proposed Amendments to
Registration Forms
We are proposing amendments to
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6 to update and
enhance the disclosures to investors in
variable contracts, and to implement the
proposed summary prospectus
framework. These proposed
amendments include new disclosure
requirements to reflect the evolution of
variable contract features, including, in
particular, the prevalence of optional
benefits that insurers offer under these
contracts. In addition, we are proposing
amendments to provide greater
consistency among the registration
forms for variable contracts. Form N–6,
which was adopted in 2002 and is the
newest variable contract form, served as
a model for many of the proposed
revisions to Forms N–3 and N–4.
Accordingly, we are proposing fewer
changes to Form N–6 than the other
forms.
Certain investors who are considering
variable annuities may also be
considering variable life insurance (and
vice versa). We believe a consistent
presentation could reduce investor
confusion and promote investor
understanding through common
disclosure across types of variable
products on elements that we consider
useful in explaining variable contracts’
features and risks. Also, we believe that
more uniformity of disclosures across
variable contract types may make it
easier for investors to compare similar
products. Similarly, we believe that
increasing consistency of disclosure
requirements among registration forms
could increase efficiencies among
sponsors of variable contracts that
register on multiple of these registration
form types, and other market
participants.
1. General Instructions
We are proposing amendments to the
General Instructions of Forms N–3, N–
4, and N–6 regarding the preparation
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61775
and filing of registration statements. The
proposed General Instructions would,
like the General Instructions in current
Form N–6,396 be structured to include
four parts: (A) Definitions; (B) Filing
and Use of Form; (C) Preparation of the
Registration Statement; and (D)
Incorporation by Reference.397 With the
exception of General Instruction C.3,
these amendments are organizational in
nature and incorporate minor changes
that are not intended to significantly
alter the content of the current General
Instructions for these forms.
Proposed General Instruction C.3
would provide substantive requirements
for the preparation of the registration
statement, including instructions
relating to the organization,
presentation, and prospectuses
permitted to be included in a
registration statement. The instruction
would parallel Instruction C.3 of current
Form N–6 in substance, except as
described below.
Proposed General Instruction C.3.(a)
would require that the disclosures in
response to Item 2, Item 3, and Item 4
of the registration forms appear in
numerical order at the front of the
prospectus, and not be preceded by
anything other than a cover page (Item
1), a glossary, or a table of contents. We
believe that these disclosures should
appear at the beginning of the
prospectus because they contain the
most salient information about a
variable contract’s key features, costs,
and risks.398 Additionally, the
instruction would provide that, if the
discussion of the information that Items
2 or 3 requires also responds to
disclosure requirements in other items
of the prospectus, a registrant need not
include additional disclosure that
repeats this information.
Proposed General Instruction C.3.(b)
would provide that, except in response
to Items 2 and 3, a registrant would be
396 While the proposed General Instructions in
Forms N–3 and N–4 would be structured like the
General Instructions in current Form N–6, there are
certain new instructions that we are proposing to
add to each of the forms. See, e.g., proposed General
Instructions C.3.(a), C.3.(b), C.3.(c), C.3.(e), and
C.3.(h) to Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6, each described
infra.
397 In 2017, the Commission proposed
amendments to its rules on incorporation by
reference as part of a broader proposal to modernize
and simplify certain disclosure requirements in
Regulation S–K (and related rules and forms) to
implement Section 72003 of the Fixing America’s
Surface Transportation Act. See 2017 FAST Act
Proposal, supra note 307. We would amend any
references to these rules in the General Instructions
to Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6 to reflect any rules that
the Commission may adopt based on that proposal.
398 The disclosure that proposed Items 2 and 3
would require also would appear at the beginning
of the initial summary prospectus. See supra note
75 and accompanying text.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61776
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
permitted to include information in the
prospectus or SAI that is not otherwise
required, so long as it is not incomplete,
inaccurate, or misleading and does not,
because of its nature, quantity, or
manner of presentation, obscure or
impede understanding of the
information that is required to be
included. This instruction is intended to
provide flexibility to registrants to
include contextual and other
information that could aid investors’
understanding of variable contracts and
assist them in making informed
investment decisions.
Proposed General Instruction C.3.(c)
would encourage registrants to use, as
appropriate, question-and-answer
presentations, tables, side-by-side
comparisons, captions, bullet points,
numeric examples, illustrations or
similar presentation methods.399 We
believe that these alternative ways of
presenting information could increase
readability and that this proposed
instruction could encourage registrants
to use these presentation options, where
appropriate.
Proposed General Instruction C.3.(d)
includes in substance the requirements
of Item 2 (Definitions) of current Forms
N–3 and N–4. The changes conform this
instruction to the language in the
parallel current General Instruction of
Form N–6, which we believe will
improve readability and consistency
across form types.
Proposed General Instruction C.3.(e)
would provide new guidance in each of
the forms addressing when a registrant
may describe multiple contracts in a
single prospectus, and include multiple
prospectuses in a single registration
statement. First, proposed General
Instruction C.3.(e)(i) would provide that
registrants may describe multiple
contracts in a single prospectus when
the contracts are ‘‘essentially identical.’’
Whether the contracts are essentially
identical would depend on the facts and
circumstances. The proposed
instruction includes examples to
provide guidance on this point.400
Similarly, proposed General Instruction
C.3.(e)(ii) would further provide that a
399 See, e.g., Kleimann Presentation, supra note
106 (encouraging, for example, the use of questionand-answer format, the use of headings to make
structure clear, using a strong design grid to
organize elements, making line length readable, and
using common words and sentence constructions as
ways of designing disclosure to promote
readability).
400 The examples clarify that a contract that does
not offer optional benefits would not be essentially
identical to one that does. Similarly, group and
individual contracts would not be essentially
identical. However, contracts that vary only due to
state regulatory requirements would be essentially
identical.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
registrant may combine multiple
prospectuses in a single registration
statement when the prospectuses
describe contracts that are essentially
identical. The proposed instruction also
includes examples to provide guidance
on this point.401 We believe these
examples are generally consistent with
current industry practice.
While proposed paragraph (a) of
General Instruction C.3 requires
registrants to disclose the information
required by Items 2, 3, and 4 in
numerical order at the front of the
prospectus and generally not to precede
the items with other information,
proposed General Instruction C.3.(e)(iii)
would provide that, as a general matter,
registrants providing disclosure in a
single prospectus for more than one
contract, or for contracts sold in both
the group and individual markets, may
depart from this requirement as
necessary to present the required
information clearly and effectively
(although the order of information
required by each item must remain the
same). The proposed instruction would
include examples to provide guidance
on this point.402
Proposed paragraph (h) of General
Instruction C.3, which would require
variable contracts to use the Inline
XBRL format for the submission of
certain required disclosures in the
variable contract statutory
prospectus,403 is discussed in more
detail in Section II.E below.
Proposed paragraph (i) of General
Instruction C.3 would require any
website address or cross-reference that
401 The examples clarify that a registrant could
determine it is appropriate to include multiple
prospectuses in a registration statement in the
following situations: (1) The prospectuses describe
the same contract that is sold through different
distribution channels; (2) the prospectuses describe
contracts that differ only with respect to underlying
funds offered; or (3) the prospectuses describe both
the original and an ‘‘enhanced’’ version of the same
contract (where the ‘‘enhanced’’ version modifies
the features or options that the registrant offers
under that contract).
402 The examples clarify that a prospectus may
present all of the Item 2 information for several
contracts, followed by all of the Item 3 information
for the contracts, and followed by all of the Item
4 information for the contracts. Alternatively, the
prospectus may present Items 2, 3, and 4 for each
of several contracts sequentially. Other
presentations also could be acceptable if they are
consistent with the form’s intent to disclose the
information required by Items 2, 3, and 4 in a
standard order at the beginning of the prospectus.
As guidance, we believe that regardless of the
presentation method chosen, when disclosing
information relating to one of several contracts,
registrants should clearly identify to which contract
the information relates.
403 See proposed General Instruction C.3.(h) to
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6; see also proposed Items
3, 4, 5, 12, 19, and 20 of Form N–3; proposed Items
3, 4, 5, 11, and 18 of Form N–4; proposed Items 3,
4, 5, 11, and 18 of Form N–6.
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
is included in an electronic version of
the statutory prospectus (i.e., electronic
versions sent to investors or available
online) to be an active hyperlink.404
This instruction is intended to ensure
that investors viewing electronic
versions of the prospectus are able to
easily access website addresses and
cross-referenced materials that are
referenced in the prospectus. This
requirement would not apply to
statutory prospectuses that are filed on
the EDGAR system.405
We request comment generally on the
proposed amendments to the General
Instructions of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–
6 and specifically on the following
issues:
• Would the proposed instructions provide
clear guidance to registrants when preparing
or amending a registration statement? Should
any of the proposed instructions be modified
or not be included? For example, proposed
paragraph (i) of General Instruction C.3
would require any website address or crossreference that is included in an electronic
version of the statutory prospectus to be an
active hyperlink. Should we broaden that
requirement to also apply to the SAI and Part
C of the registration statement? Would
broadening the requirement in this manner
result in any synergies or redundancies with
the requirements of proposed rule
498A(h)(2)(iii)? 406 Additionally, to what
extent, if any, would the proposed
requirement regarding active hyperlinks
present challenges or add costs or burdens
with respect to the use of statutory
prospectuses, given that active links are not
required in EDGAR filings (and active links
to websites, locations, and documents
outside of the EDGAR system are expressly
prohibited pursuant to rule 105 of Regulation
S–T [17 CFR 232.105])? Are there additional
instructions that we should include? Should
any current instructions not be included in
the revised forms?
• Are the proposed definitions listed as
Part A of the General Instructions clear, or
should they be modified? Are there
additional definitions that we should include
in proposed Part A of the General
Instructions?
• Are the proposed instructions in Part B
of the General Instructions relating to the
filing and use of the registration forms clear,
or should they be modified? For example,
proposed General Instruction B.2.(b) to
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6 provides that for
registration statements or amendments filed
only under the Investment Company Act,
registrants need not respond to certain items
of the forms. Those registration statements
generally relate to contracts offered to
institutional investors who are seeking to
provide coverage for their key personnel, and
404 See proposed General Instruction C.3.(i) to
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6.
405 Id.; see also rule 105 of Regulation S–T [17
CFR 232.105] (prohibiting hyperlinking to websites,
locations, or other documents that are outside of the
EDGAR system).
406 See supra section II.A.5.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
therefore certain disclosures that would be
relevant to retail investors are less
significant.407 Should that instruction in each
of the forms be updated to either add any
additional items to, or remove any of the
items from, this proposed list of exclusions?
• Would the proposed instructions in Part
C of the General Instructions result in clearer
and more concise disclosure to investors?
Are there other instructions that we should
include to encourage registrants to use plain
English principles or otherwise promote clear
and concise disclosure?
• Would other requirements improve the
utility and accessibility of the statutory
prospectus for retail investors? Are there any
areas in the document where requiring the
use of a specific check-the-box approach,
bullet points, tables, charts, graphs or other
graphics or text features would be helpful in
presenting any of the information or making
it more engaging to retail investors? Should
we include requirements for font size,
margins and paper size? Should we restrict
certain types or sizes of font, color choices
or the use of footnotes?
• Is the requirement of proposed General
Instruction C.3.(a) that Items 2, 3, and 4
appear in numerical order at the front of the
prospectus appropriate? Should we specify
that any other items appear at the front of the
prospectus? Should all of the portions of the
statutory prospectus that are also summary
prospectus disclosures be segregated and
placed at the beginning of the statutory
prospectus to aid in the effective presentation
of information for investors in contracts
whose issuers choose not to rely on proposed
rule 498A?
• Are the instructions in proposed General
Instruction C.3.(e) on when registrants may
describe multiple contracts in a single
prospectus, and include multiple
prospectuses in a single registration
statement, clear and appropriate? Is it clear
when contracts are ‘‘essentially identical,’’ or
would additional clarification (either in the
form text, or provided as Commission
guidance) be helpful? Are the examples that
the proposed form instructions include
useful and appropriate? Are they generally
consistent with current industry practice?
Should we modify or expand these examples
in any way? Would some alternative standard
for when a single prospectus may describe
multiple contracts, or for when a single
registration statement may include multiple
prospectuses, be more appropriate than the
proposed ‘‘essentially identical’’ standard?
• Should a registrant only be permitted to
describe a single contract in a prospectus,
and if so, what parameters should dictate
what a single contract is? Likewise, should a
registrant only be permitted to include one
61777
prospectus in a registration statement? What
is industry practice in terms of describing
multiple contracts in a single prospectus, and
combining multiple prospectuses into a
single registration statement? What are the
benefits and costs of this practice, both to
members of the industry as well as to
investors?
• Should we, as proposed, permit
registrants that are providing disclosure for
more than one contract in a single
prospectus, or for contracts sold in both the
group and individual markets, to depart from
the instruction to disclose the information
required by Items 2, 3, and 4 in numerical
order to present the required information
clearly and effectively (provided the order of
information required by each item remains
the same)? Should this instruction be
modified in any way?
• Should the instructions in proposed Part
D of the General Instructions regarding the
use of incorporation by reference be modified
in any way?
2. Part A (Information Required in a
Prospectus)
Table 5 shows how our proposed
amendments would amend the item
requirements of Part A of the variable
contract registration forms.
TABLE 5—PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO PART A OF FORMS N–3, N–4, AND N–6
Item description
Proposed item No.
Form N–3:
Proposed treatment
Form N–4:
Proposed treatment
Front and Back Cover Pages
(in Forms N–3 and N–4, currently ‘‘Cover Page’’).
• Form N–3: Item 1 (currently
Item 1).
• Form N–4: Item 1 (currently
Item 1).
• Form N–6: Item 1 (currently
Item 1).
• Form N–3: Item 2 .................
• Form N–4: Item 2 .................
• Form N–6: Item 2 .................
N/A (currently, Item 2 in Forms
N–3 and N–4).
• Form N–3: Item 3 .................
• Form N–4: Item 3 .................
• Form N–6: Item 3 .................
• Form N–3: Item 4 (currently
Item 3).
• Form N–4: Item 4 (currently
Item 3).
• Form N–6: Item 4 (currently
Item 3).
Revised ....................................
Revised ....................................
Revised.
New Item (also in ISP) ............
New Item (also in ISP) ............
New Item (also in ISP).
Revised (incorporated in General Instructions).
New Item (also in ISP, USP) ...
Revised (incorporated in General Instructions).
New Item (also in ISP, USP) ...
N/A (incorporated in General
Instructions).
New Item (also in ISP, USP).
Revised (also in ISP) ...............
Revised (also in ISP) ...............
Revised (also in ISP).
• Form N–3: Item 33 (currently
Item 4).
• Form N–4: Item 27 (currently
Item 4).
• Form N–3: Item 5 .................
• Form N–4: Item 5 .................
• Form N–6: Item 5 (currently
Item 2).
• Form N–3: Item 6 (currently
Item 5).
• Form N–4: Item 6 (currently
Item 5).
• Form N–6: Item 6 (currently
Item 4).
Revised and moved to SAI ......
Revised and moved to SAI ......
N/A.
New Item ..................................
New Item ..................................
Revised Item.
Revised ....................................
Revised ....................................
Revised.
Overview of the Contract .........
Definitions ................................
Key Information ........................
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Fee Table (in Form N–3, currently ‘‘Synopsis or Highlights,’’ in Form N–4, currently ‘‘Synopsis,’’ and in
Form N–6, currently ‘‘Risk/
Benefit Summary: Fee
Table’’).
Condensed Financial Information.
Principal Risks of Investing in
the Contract (in Form N–6,
currently ‘‘Risk/Benefit Summary: Benefits and Risks’’).
In Form N–3: General Description of Registrant, Insurance
Company, and Investment
Options (currently ‘‘General
Description of Registrant and
Insurance Company’’).
In Forms N–4 and N–6: General Description of Registrant, Depositor, and Portfolio Companies.
407 For example, institutional investors generally
negotiate benefits coverage on a custom basis, and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
therefore prospectuses regarding contracts offered
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Form N–6:
Proposed treatment
to institutional investors may not include any
discussion regarding death benefits.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61778
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 5—PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO PART A OF FORMS N–3, N–4, AND N–6—Continued
Item description
Proposed item No.
Form N–3:
Proposed treatment
Form N–4:
Proposed treatment
Management ............................
• Form N–3: Item 7 (currently
Item 6).
• Form N–3: Item 8 (currently
Item 7).
• Form N–4: Item 7 (currently
Item 6).
• Form N–6: Item 7 (currently
Item 5).
• Form N–3: Item 9 (currently
Item 8).
• Form N–4: Item 8 (currently
Item 7).
• Form N–6: Item 8 (currently
Item 6).
• Form N–3: Item 10 (currently
Item 9).
• Form N–4: Item 9 (currently
Item 8).
• Form N–6: Item 9 (currently
Item 7).
• Form N–3: Item 11 (currently
Item 10).
• Form N–4: Item 10 (currently
Item 9).
• Form N–6: Item 10 (currently
Item 8).
• Form N–3: Item 12 ...............
• Form N–4: Item 11 ...............
• Form N–6: Item 11 ...............
• Form N–3: Item 13 (currently
Item 11).
• Form N–4: Item 12 (currently
Item 10).
• Form N–6: N/A .....................
• Form N–3: Item 14 (currently
Item 12).
• Form N–4: Item 13 (currently
Item 11).
• Form N–6: Item 12 (currently
Item 9).
• Form N–3: Item 15 ...............
• Form N–4: Item 14 ...............
• Form N–6: Item 13 (currently
Items 10 and 23).
• Form N–6: Item 14 (currently
Item 11).
• Form N–3: Item 16 (currently
Item 13).
• Form N–4: Item 15 (currently
Item 12).
• Form N–6: Item 15 (currently
Item 12).
• Form N–3: Item 17 (currently
Item 14).
• Form N–4: Item 16 (currently
Item 13).
• Form N–6: Item 16 (currently
Item 13).
N/A (currently, Item 15 of Form
N–3 and Item 14 of Form N–
4) 408.
• Form N–3: Item 18 ...............
• Form N–4: Item 17 ...............
• Form N–6: Item 17 (currently
Item 14).
• Form N–3: Item 19 ...............
• Form N–4: Item 18 ...............
• Form N–6: Item 18 ...............
Revised ....................................
N/A ...........................................
N/A.
Revised ....................................
Revised ....................................
Revised.
Revised ....................................
Revised ....................................
Revised.
Revised ....................................
Revised ....................................
N/A.
N/A ...........................................
N/A ...........................................
Unchanged (part also in ISP).
Revised (part also in ISP) .......
Revised (part also in ISP) .......
Revised (part also in ISP).
New Item (part also in ISP) .....
New Item (part also in ISP) .....
New Item (part also in ISP).
Revised (part also in ISP) .......
Revised (part also in ISP) .......
N/A.
Revised (part also in ISP) .......
Revised (part also in ISP) .......
Unchanged (part also in ISP).
New Item ..................................
New Item ..................................
Revised.
N/A ...........................................
N/A ...........................................
Unchanged (also in ISP).
Revised ....................................
Revised ....................................
Unchanged.
Revised ....................................
Revised ....................................
Unchanged.
Eliminated ................................
Eliminated ................................
N/A.
New Item ..................................
New Item ..................................
Unchanged.
New Item (also in ISP, USP if
disclosures from Item 20 are
not included).
New Item (also in ISP, USP) ...
New Item (also in ISP, USP).
• Form N–3: Item 20 ...............
New Item (also in ISP, USP if
disclosures from Item 19 are
not included).
New Item ..................................
New Item.
Charges (in Form N–3, currently ‘‘Deductions and Expenses,’’ in Form N–4, currently ‘‘Deductions’’).
General Description of Contracts (in Form N–4, currently ‘‘General Description
of Variable Annuity Contracts’’).
Annuity Period .........................
Premiums .................................
Standard Death Benefit (in
Forms N–3 and N–4, currently ‘‘Death Benefit,’’ and
in Form N–6, currently
‘‘Death Benefits and Contract Values’’).
Other Benefits Available Under
the Contract.
Purchases and Contract Value
Surrenders and Withdrawals
(in Forms N–3 and N–4, currently ‘‘Redemptions,’’ in
Form N–6, currently ‘‘Surrenders, Partial Surrenders,
and Partial Withdrawals’’).
Loans .......................................
Lapse and Reinstatement ........
Taxes .......................................
Legal Proceedings ...................
Table of Contents of the SAI ...
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Financial Statements ...............
In Form N–3: Investment Options Available Under the
Contract.
In Forms N–4 and N–6: Portfolio Companies Available
Under the Contract.
In Form N–3: Additional Information About Investment
Options Available Under the
Contract.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Form N–6:
Proposed treatment
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
a. Front and Back Cover Pages (Item 1
of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6)
We propose to amend Item 1 of each
registration form to reflect the
requirements for the prospectus cover
pages required by Item 1 of current
Form N–6, with three additions to the
front cover page:
• First, we are proposing that the front
cover page include the name of the contract
and the class or classes, if any, to which the
contract relates to help clarify the specific
contract and class or classes covered by the
prospectus; 409
• Second, as with the initial summary
prospectus and updating summary
prospectus, we are proposing that the front
cover page include a statement directing an
investor to the Investor.gov website for
additional information; 410 and
• Third, as with the initial summary
prospectus, we are proposing that the front
cover page include a legend informing
investors about the free look period.411
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
To streamline the front cover page
and because similar information would
appear in tabular presentation in the
prospectus, we are proposing to
eliminate the current requirements in
Forms N–3 and N–4 that the registrant
include on the front cover page the type
of separate account and names of the
available portfolio companies,
respectively.
Additionally, we are proposing that
the prospectus back cover page include
certain additional information
concerning: (1) The availability of the
SAI and how to request other
information about the contract; (2)
whether and from where information is
incorporated by reference into the
prospectus as permitted by proposed
Part D of the Form’s General
Instructions; and (3) the EDGAR
contract identifier for the contract.412
408 We are proposing to eliminate the Table of
Contents of the SAI that is required by Item 15 of
current Form N–3 and Item 14 of current Form N–
4. We do so to streamline the prospectus and avoid
duplicative disclosure with the SAI, which
separately requires a Table of Contents. See infra
section II.D.3.
409 Proposed Item 1(a)(5) of Forms N–3; proposed
Item 1(a)(4) of Forms N–4 and N–6.
410 Proposed Item 1(a)(8) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 1(a)(7) of Forms N–4 and N–6; see also supra
note 84 and accompanying text.
411 Proposed Item 1(a)(10) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 1(a)(8) of Forms N–4 and N–6; see also supra
note 83 and accompanying text. The proposed
legend on each of the three forms would read: ‘‘If
you are a new investor in the [Contract], you may
cancel your [Contract] within 10 days of receiving
it without paying fees or penalties. In some states,
this cancellation period may be longer. Upon
cancellation, you will receive either a full refund
of the amount you paid with your application or
your total contract value. You should review this
prospectus, or consult with your investment
professional, for additional information about the
specific cancellation terms that apply.’’
412 Proposed Item 1(b) of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–
6.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
We request comment generally on the
proposed amendments to the prospectus
cover page requirements, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Are there additional disclosure topics
that should be included in the cover pages
of the statutory prospectus?
• As proposed, should a legend that is
similar to the disclosure regarding the free
look period on the cover page of the initial
summary prospectus also appear on the cover
page of the statutory prospectus? Why or why
not? Should we modify the proposed legend
regarding the free look period that would
appear on the cover page of the statutory
prospectus in any way?
• Should the registration forms require
that the registrant include the names of the
investment options/portfolio companies on
the front cover page?
• Should we require the name of the
contract and the class/classes?
b. Overview of the Contract (Item 2 of
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6)
We propose to add new Item 2 to the
registration forms, which would require
registrants to include certain basic and
introductory information about the
contract and its benefits.413 These
disclosures would also be required in
initial summary prospectuses.414
We request comment generally on the
proposal to include a new item
requiring registrants to include in the
prospectus an overview of the contract,
and specifically on the following issues:
• Should we require the proposed
overview discussion to be included in the
statutory prospectus? Are the content
requirements for this proposed item
appropriate for inclusion in the statutory
prospectus?
• Should the disclosure requirements for
this item be modified in any way for the
statutory prospectus?
c. Key Information (Item 3 of Forms N–
3, N–4, and N–6)
We propose to add new Item 3 to the
registration forms, which would require
a statutory prospectus to include the
Key Information Table providing a brief
description of key facts about the
variable contract.415 The Key
Information Table would also appear in
the initial summary prospectus and the
updating summary prospectus, except
that it could vary depending on the
scope of the initial summary prospectus
(which could only describe a single
contract that the registrant currently
offers for sale), in contrast to the
updating summary prospectus and
413 See supra section II.A.1.c.ii(a) for a discussion
of these requirements in more detail. Proposed Item
2(d) of Form N–6 would include the requirements
that appear in Item 2(a) of current Form N–6.
414 Proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i).
415 See supra section II.A.1.c.ii(b) for a discussion
of these requirements in more detail.
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61779
statutory prospectus (which could
describe multiple contracts under the
conditions of the proposed General
Instructions to the registration forms).416
An updating summary prospectus that
describes multiple contracts could
contain a separate Key Information
Table for each of the contracts, or use
a different presentation approach that
consistently discloses the required
information for each contract in the
required order. 417
We request comment generally on the
proposal to include the Key Information
Table in the prospectus, and specifically
on the following issues:
• Should we require the proposed Key
Information Table to be included in the
statutory prospectus? Are the content
requirements for this proposed item
appropriate for inclusion in the statutory
prospectus?
• Should the Key Information Table in the
statutory prospectus differ in any respect
from the table in the summary prospectuses?
If so, in what respect? Should we eliminate
certain line-items? Are there additional
disclosure topics that we should require in
the Key Information Table that appears in the
statutory prospectus?
• Would the Key Information Table
disclosure requirements confuse investors if
a prospectus were to describe multiple
contracts? For example, if a prospectus that
describes multiple contracts were to include
a single Key Information Table that discloses
separate fee information in the ‘‘Fees and
Expenses’’ line-items for each contract,
would this confuse investors?
• Are there certain disclosure
presentations that would be so lengthy, or
overly-broad, that they may not be useful to
investors? Would it be useful for us to
provide additional instructions in the form,
about different approaches that registrants
could take in presenting any of the required
information in the Key Information Table?
For example, with respect to fee disclosure
in the Key Information Table, should we
provide guidance or additional instructions
on whether it would be acceptable to present
a range of minimum and maximum fees, and
lowest and highest annual costs, that
includes all of the contracts that the
prospectus describes, or instead require
registrants to provide separate fee and cost
ranges for each contract that the prospectus
describes? Alternatively or additionally,
should we require disclosure in the Key
Information Table reminding investors to
review their individual contract for
information about the specific fees they will
pay in connection with their contract?
• As discussed above, we are proposing a
requirement that the Key Information Table
include cross-references to the location in the
statutory prospectus where the relevant
subject matter is described in greater
detail.418 We are separately proposing a
416 See
supra sections II.A.1 and II.A.2.
supra section II.A.2.c.ii(b).
418 See supra note 162 and accompanying text.
417 See
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61780
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
General Instruction (and a parallel
instruction in proposed rule 498A) requiring
cross-references in electronic versions of the
statutory prospectus to link directly to the
location in the statutory prospectus where
the subject matter is discussed in greater
detail).419 Should we instead include a
General Instruction in each of the registration
forms (and/or rule 498A as appropriate) that
would provide that, where a topic is
summarized in the summary or statutory
prospectus and is discussed in more detail
elsewhere in the statutory prospectus, the
summarized topic must include a crossreference (and a hyperlink in electronic
document versions) to the location in the
statutory prospectus where the topic is
discussed in more detail?
As proposed, each would be retitled, as
a stand-alone table, under the heading
‘‘Annual Contract Expenses’’ in both
forms to clarify that the item reflects
insurance-related annual contract fees
and not the fees related to investment
options.
In addition, we are proposing to
modify the captions for existing lineitems, consolidate certain line-items,
and add a new line-item for optional
benefits in this table in each form.423
Under the proposal, the ‘‘Annual
Contract Expenses’’ table in Forms N–3
and N–4 would be composed of the
following line-items:
d. Fee Table (Item 4 of Forms N–3, N–
4, and N–6)
We propose to amend Item 3 of the
current registration forms (which we
would re-designate as Item 4) to
simplify and update current fee and
expense disclosure obligations.420
• Administrative Expenses. The line-item
‘‘Annual Contract Fee’’ in Form N–4
(‘‘Annual Expenses’’ in Form N–3) would be
replaced with the more plain-English
‘‘Administrative Expenses.’’ 424
• Base Contract Expenses. We are
consolidating the current line-item under
‘‘Annual Expenses’’ in Form N–3 (‘‘Mortality
and Expense Risk Fees,’’ and ‘‘Other
Expenses’’), and the current line-items under
‘‘Separate Account Annual Expenses’’ in
Form N–4 (‘‘Mortality and Expense Risk
Fees,’’ ‘‘Account Fees and Expenses,’’ and
‘‘Total Separate Account Annual Expenses’’)
under a single new line-item in each table,
‘‘Base Contract Expenses.’’ Collapsing these
fees into a single line-item is intended to
make it easier for investors to understand the
annual cost of investing in the basic variable
contract.425 Any other recurring charge (other
than charges associated with the portfolio
companies, or management fees in the case
of Form N–3) would appear as an additional
line-item in the Annual Transaction
Expenses table or the Annual Contract
Expenses table, and would disclose the
maximum amount or basis on which the
charge is deducted.426
i. Transaction Expenses (Forms N–3 and
N–4)
We are proposing to modify the
current ‘‘Contractowner Transaction
Expenses’’ table in Forms N–3 and N–
4 (which we would re-title as ‘‘Annual
Transaction Expenses’’ in each form) by
removing the current ‘‘Surrender Fees’’
line-item in this table. We believe the
current ‘‘Deferred Sales Load’’ line-item
in the table would already capture these
fees.421 Correspondingly, we are
proposing to revise the title of the
‘‘Deferred Sales Load’’ line-item to
include ‘‘Deferred Sales Load (or
Surrender Charge)’’ to clarify that a
registrant should continue to include
surrender charges in the table.
ii. Annual Contract Expenses (Forms N–
3 and N–4) and Periodic Charges Other
Than Portfolio Company Operation
Expenses (Form N–6)
We are proposing several changes to
the current ‘‘Annual Account Fee’’ and
‘‘Annual Expenses’’ line-items in Form
N–3,422 and the current ‘‘Annual
Contract Fee and Separate Account
Annual Expenses’’ table in Form N–4.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
419 Id.
420 We also propose to change the title of the Item
from ‘‘Synopsis of Highlights’’ in Form N–3,
‘‘Synopsis’’ in Form N–4, and ‘‘Risk/Benefit
Summary: Fee Table’’ in Form N–6 to ‘‘Fee Table’’
in all three forms.
421 As a conforming change, we propose to
remove Instruction 2(c) to current Item 3 of Form
N–3 and Instruction 10 to current Item 3 of Form
N–4 and revise Instruction 2(b) to current Item 3 of
Form N–3 and Instruction 9 to current Item 3 of
Form N–4 (which we would re-number as
Instruction 10 in each form) to clarify that the term
‘‘deferred sales load’’ includes surrender charges.
422 In current Form N–3, these items are each
presented as line-items in the table that Item 3(a)
requires.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
423 Although these proposed revisions generally
apply to Forms N–3 and N–4, as discussed below,
the new line-item for optional benefits would also
be added to the ‘‘Periodic Charges Other Than
Portfolio Company Operation Expenses’’ table in
Form N–6.
424 We also propose to make conforming changes
to Instruction 3 to current Item 3 of Form N–3 and
Instruction 7 to current Item 3 of Form N–4, which
we would renumber as new Instruction 8 in both
forms (no changes to the definition).
425 We also propose to make conforming changes
to each form’s instructions. We propose to remove
Instruction 4(b) to current Item 3 of Form N–3 and
Instruction 13 to current Item 3 of Form N–4, which
permit ‘‘Mortality and Expense Risk Fees’’ to be
listed separately on two lines in the table. We also
propose to revise Instruction 14 to current Item 3
of Form N–4 (which we would renumber as
Instruction 13), and add a corresponding new
Instruction 13 to proposed Item 4 of Form N–3, to
state that ‘‘Base Contract Expenses’’ includes
mortality and expense risk fees, and account fees
and expenses. We would also include a new
Instruction 3(e) to proposed Item 4 of Form N–6
permitting Registrants to consolidate any charges
that are assessed on a similar basis (e.g.,
Administrative charge and Mortality and Expense
Risk Fees).
426 We propose to revise and renumber
Instruction 15 to current Item 3 of Form N–4 (which
currently appears under the heading ‘‘Portfolio
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
• Management Fees. Unlike Forms N–4
and N–6, which as discussed below would
require separate disclosures about total
annual portfolio company operating
expenses, Form N–3 would not require such
disclosures because Form N–3 registrants
have a single-tier structure and do not have
underlying portfolio companies. However,
Form N–3 registrants generally do have
distinct management fees for each investment
option offered under the contract. Since these
management fees can vary significantly, we
propose to require disclosure of the
management fee for each investment
option.427
• Optional Benefits. In recognition of the
fact that variable contracts today commonly
offer optional benefits, the table in Forms N–
3, N–4, and N–6 would require a new lineitem that would require registrants to list any
optional benefits available under the
contract, along with its corresponding annual
charge.428 In Form N–6, this same new lineitem would be added in the ‘‘Periodic
Charges Other Than Portfolio Company
Operations Expenses’’ table.429
• Total Annual Contract Expenses. In
Form N–3, we are proposing a new
requirement to disclose total annual contract
expenses, and a related instruction that
would specify that total annual contract
expenses should be disclosed as a percentage
of account value.430 While annual contract
expenses are generally calculated as a
percentage of account value, optional benefit
expenses may be calculated on a different
basis, such as a percentage of the benefit base
or as a percentage of average net assets. The
proposed instruction would provide that if
optional benefit expenses are calculated on a
basis other than account value, registrants
should prominently indicate that those
optional benefit expenses are not included in
total annual contract expenses (because they
are calculated on different bases and cannot
be added). The requirement to disclose total
annual contract expenses would differ from
the proposed approach to disclosing annual
contract expenses in Form N–4, which would
require separate line-items for administrative
expenses, base contract expenses, and
optional benefit expenses, but would not
(unlike the proposed approach in Form N–3)
require the disclosure of a composite total of
these line-items.431
Company Annual Expenses’’) as Instruction 14 to
proposed Item 4 (to appear under the heading
‘‘Other Annual Expenses’’) to make clear that other
annual expenses are required to be disclosed (not
just other portfolio company annual expenses, as
the current instruction provides).
427 See Instruction 7 to proposed Item 4 of Form
N–3.
428 See Instruction 15 to proposed Item 4 of Forms
N–3 and N–4.
429 See Instruction 3.(f) to proposed Item 4 of
Form N–6.
430 See Instruction 16 to proposed Item 4 of Form
N–3.
431 See ‘‘Annual Contract Expenses’’ table in Item
4 of proposed Form N–4. We understand that most
registrants on Form N–4 calculate optional benefit
expenses on a basis other than contract value.
Because of this, it would generally be difficult to
sum optional benefit expenses with other expenses
that are presented as annual contract expense lineitems. In contrast, we understand that most
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
iii. Total Annual Portfolio Company
Operating Expenses (Form N–4)
We are proposing to amend the
disclosures that registrants would
provide with respect to the ‘‘Total
Annual Portfolio Company Operating
Expenses’’ table in Form N–4. First, we
are proposing to revise the legend that
would precede the table to direct
investors to the new appendix required
by new Item 18 relating to the portfolio
companies available under the contract.
As a conforming change, we are
proposing to eliminate current
Instruction 20 (stating that a registrant
may include additional tables showing
annual operating expenses separately
for each portfolio company immediately
following the required table), as this
information would duplicate the fee
information that would appear in the
new appendix.
We also propose to simplify other
instructions to the table. We propose to
revise current Instruction 17(a) (which
we would re-designate as new
Instruction 16) to instruct registrants to
use the gross expense ratio presented in
the fee table of a portfolio company’s
current prospectus when disclosing the
minimum and maximum ‘‘Total Annual
[Portfolio Company] Operating
Expenses.’’ Current Instruction 17(a)
contains instructions for calculating
Total Annual Portfolio Company
Operating Expenses, which results in a
figure that is the same as the gross
expense ratio presented in a portfolio
company’s prospectus fee table.
Directing registrants to use the gross
expense ratio reflected in a portfolio
company’s current prospectus would
avoid the need to provide detailed
instructions in the form regarding how
to calculate this figure (as is the case
with current Instruction 17(a)).432
We also propose revising current
Instruction 19 (and renumbering it as
Instruction 17) to modify the way that
registrants could reflect operating
expenses that include expense
reimbursement or fee waiver
arrangements. Currently, the instruction
specifies that such expenses could
appear in a footnote to the table. The
revised instruction would instead state
that these could appear as an additional
registrants on Form N–3 either do not offer optional
benefits or else calculate optional benefit expenses
on a contract value basis. We therefore believe that
proposing the disclosure of total annual contract
expenses is appropriate for Form N–3 registrants,
because the disclosure would be practicable and
could help investors understand the total expenses
(not including portfolio company fees and
expenses) that they will pay each year.
432 Because this simplification would render
obsolete the rest of Instruction 17, as well as
Instructions 16 and 18, to current Item 3 of Form
N–4, we propose eliminating them.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
line-item to the table. We believe that
including these disclosures as a separate
line-item in the table would provide a
clearer presentation for investors than a
footnote to the table.433
iv. Example (Forms N–3 and N–4)
We are proposing to update the
requirements for the Example that
would appear in the Fee Table in Forms
N–3 and N–4 in several respects. First,
we propose to revise the legend
accompanying the Example to reflect
the revised Fee Table headings and to
reference the inclusion of optional
benefits in the Example’s assumptions.
We believe the Example should reflect
the highest cost that an investor may
pay under the contract, inclusive of any
available optional benefits. We also
propose to increase the value of the
assumed investment from $10,000, as
required under Item 3 of current Form
N–4 (and $1,000, as required under Item
3 of current Form N–3), to $100,000. We
believe that $100,000 more closely
approximates the current average value
of a variable annuity,434 and therefore
we believe this figure is more likely to
result in cost projections that align with
actual investor expectations and
experience.
We are also proposing to revise the
instructions for the Example to clarify
that registrants must provide an
example for each contract class,
consistent with current practice.435 We
also propose to revise Instruction 21(b)
in current Form N–4 (which we would
re-number as Instruction 18(b)), and to
add new Instruction 16(b) in Form N–
3, to make clear that that an example
showing the most expensive
combination of contract features should
be shown first, while additional expense
examples would be permitted, but not
required.
In addition, we propose to remove the
last sentence of Instruction 21(b) of
current Form N–4, which states that in
lieu of providing the required example
433 See Disclosure of Costs and Expenses by
Insurance Company Separate Accounts Registered
as Unit Investment Trusts that Offer Variable
Annuity Contracts, Investment Company Act
Release No. 25802 (Nov. 13, 2002) [67 FR 69973
(Nov. 19, 2002)], at n.14 and accompanying text
(‘‘We intend that the staff construe the amendments
to the fee table of Form N–4 consistent with the
approach taken under Form N–1A, to permit the
addition of one line to the fee table showing the
range of net Portfolio Company operating expenses
after taking account of contractual limitations that
require reimbursement or waiver of expenses.’’).
434 See supra note 130.
435 The instructions for the Example in current
Item 3 of Form N–3 (currently unnumbered) would
be new Instruction 17 to proposed Item 4, while
Instruction 21 to current Item 3 of Form N–4 would
be renumbered as Instruction 18 to proposed Item
4.
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61781
based on maximum portfolio company
expenses, a registrant may include
separate expense examples based on the
expenses of each portfolio company. In
our experience, registrants rarely
include separate expense examples
based on the expense of each portfolio
company (likely because to do so would
add extensive length to the Example
section of the prospectus). Eliminating
this option would therefore not only
reflect actual practice, but also would be
consistent with our goal of streamlining
prospectus disclosure.
We also propose to make certain
technical corrections to Instructions
21(a) and (b) of current Form N–4, by
eliminating references to amortization
costs, which do not apply to variable
annuity contracts that are structured as
UITs.436
v. Portfolio Turnover (Form N–3)
Because Form N–3 registrants have a
single-tier structure, investors do not
receive separate prospectuses
containing portfolio turnover
information for investment options
offered under the contract, as is the case
for portfolio companies offered under
contracts registered on Forms N–4 and
N–6. We propose to require disclosure
of portfolio turnover for each
investment option in Form N–3, as well
as a brief statement explaining that
portfolio turnover has associated
transaction costs, and that a higher
portfolio turnover rate may indicate
higher transaction cost and higher taxes,
which affect the investment option’s
performance.437 These disclosure
requirements would largely restate
existing requirements in caption 10 of
Item 4(a) of current Form N–3, although
they would include the brief statement
that is required by the parallel item in
Form N–1A in order to provide more
context and information for investors.438
vi. General Instructions (Forms N–3, N–
4, and N–6)
In addition to specific instructions
associated with each of the tables and
the Example(s) that would appear in
response to the proposed Item 4
disclosure requirements, we also
propose to update the General
Instructions associated with this item.
Instruction 1(a) to the Fee Table in
current Form N–6 instructs registrants
to round all dollar figures to the nearest
436 When Forms N–3 and N–4 were first adopted,
the references in Form N–3 to amortization costs
were inadvertently included in Form N–4. Because
investors in UITs (Form N–4 and N–6 filers) do not
pay amortization costs, we are removing this
reference from the instruction.
437 See proposed Item 4 of Form N–3.
438 See Item 3 of Form N–1A.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61782
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
dollar and all percentages to the nearest
hundredth of one percent.439 Because of
the underwriting process inherent in
variable life insurance contracts,
rounding dollar figures to the nearest
dollar for certain younger and healthier
investors may result in disclosures of
zero cost for certain fees, which may be
misleading for investors. Therefore, we
have proposed to modify this
instruction to only require rounding
percentages to the nearest hundredth of
one percent.440
We also propose to revise General
Instruction 5 of Form N–4 to state that
if a fee is calculated based on a
benchmark (e.g., a fee that varies
according to volatility levels or Treasury
yields), the registrant must disclose a
maximum guaranteed charge as a single
number. We believe that this proposed
instruction would help minimize
confusion regarding how much an
investor can expect to pay under the
contract and would better assist
investors in understanding the costs
they will pay when investing in a
variable annuity. Without this clarifying
statement, registrants that offer variable
annuity contracts that link certain fees
to benchmarks might seek only to
present the maximum fee as a range
(e.g., a certain percentage plus or minus
a stated benchmark).441 Under the
proposed instruction, a registrant that
chooses to disclose the fee range (e.g., a
fee that varies based on the 10-year
Treasury rate) associated with a
particular feature could do so, as long as
they also disclose the maximum
possible charge (e.g., 3%). We also
propose to add a parallel provision to
Form N–3 as General Instruction 5 of
Item 4.
As part of our effort to update the Fee
Table, we propose to modify current
General Instruction 1.(f) to Item 3 of
Form N–3 and General Instruction 6 to
Item 3 of Form N–4 to eliminate
language that would be redundant in
light of new proposed General
Instruction C.3.(e) of both forms.442 We
439 See
Instruction 1(a) to current Item 3 of Form
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
N–6.
440 See Instruction 1(a) to proposed Item 4 of
Form N–6.
441 Our staff has observed that some registrants
disclose a fee range for certain optional benefits
based on a benchmark (e.g., a fee that varies
according to volatility levels or Treasury yields),
without also disclosing a firm cap on the maximum
amount an investor may have to pay for that
contract feature.
442 We propose to remove from Instruction 6 to
current Item 3 of Form N–4 and Instruction 1.(f) to
current Item 3 of Form N–3 the statement that ‘‘[i]f
a Registrant uses one prospectus to offer a contract
in both the group and individual variable annuity
contract markets, the Registrant may (a) add
narrative disclosure following the fee table
identifying markets where certain fees are either
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
also propose to include new General
Instruction 7 to Forms N–3 and N–4,
which would require registrants offering
a contract with more than one class to
provide fee and expense information for
each class (and, for Form N–3
registrants, to require registrants offering
more than one investment option to
provide a separate response for each
investment option).443
vii. Instructions for New Variable
Contract Registrants (Forms N–3, N–4,
and N–6)
Finally, we propose to eliminate
certain instructions in Item 3 of current
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6 relating to
new variable contract registrants.
Specifically, we propose to eliminate
Instructions 4(d)(i), 4(f)(ii), 4(g)(vi) and
Instruction (f) under ‘‘Example’’ in Form
N–3, Instruction 22 of Form N–4, and
Instruction 5 of Form N–6 as the staff
has found these instructions to be
unnecessary.
For example, Instruction 4(d)(i) to
Item 3 of current Form N–3, Instruction
22(a) to Item 3 of current Form N–4, and
Instruction 5(a) to current Item 3 of
Form N–6 instruct a registrant to base
the percentages in the Total Annual
Portfolio Company Operating Expenses
table on estimated amounts for the
current fiscal year, but we understand
that these operating expenses need not
be estimated because they would not
vary based on whether the registrant is
new or already exists. Likewise,
Instructions 4(f)(ii) and 4(g)(vi) to Item
3 of current Form N–3, Instruction 22(b)
to Item 3 of current Form N–4, and
Instruction 5(b) of Item 3 to current
Form N–6 state that a new registrant
may disclose any expense
reimbursement or fee waiver
arrangements that are expected to
reduce the expenses that the table
would show. Because Instruction 14(e)
in proposed Item 4 of Form N–3,
Instruction 17 in proposed Item 4 of
Form N–4, and Instruction 4(b) in
proposed Item 4 of Form N–6 would
address this same issue, and we do not
see a reason to distinguish between new
and existing registrants for this purpose,
inapplicable or waived or lower fees charged to
investors in group markets, or (b) provide a separate
fee table for group and individual contracts,’’ as
proposed General Instruction C.3.(e)(i) of Forms N–
3 and N–4 would address the registration of
multiple contracts.
443 This would harmonize the General
Instructions associated with the Fee Table for
Forms N–3 and N–4 with parallel instructions in
Form N–1A. See Instruction 1(d)(ii) to Item 3 of
Form N–1A (‘‘If the prospectus offers more than one
Class of a Multiple Class Fund or more than one
Feeder Fund that invests in the same Master Fund,
provide a separate response for each Class or Feeder
Fund.’’).
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
these current Instructions are
unnecessary.
Lastly, Instruction (f) under the
‘‘Example’’ in Item 3 of current Form N–
3 and Instruction 22(c) to Item 3 of
current Form N–4 state that new
registrants must only complete the 1and 3-year period portions of the
Example and estimate any annual
contract fees collected. However,
because variable contract charges are
contractual and do not vary based on
whether the variable contract registrant
is new or existing, we believe a new
registrant’s Example should include the
full 1, 3, 5, and 10-year periods required
of existing registrants. For these reasons,
we propose to eliminate these current
Instructions in their entirety.
We request comment generally on the
amendments we propose to make to the
Fee Table, and specifically on the
following issues:
• Would the proposed changes to the Fee
Table disclosures effectively and
appropriately streamline and consolidate the
Form and the required disclosures? Would
the proposed changes better reflect
registrants’ current disclosure practices?
Would the new captions convey, more
clearly than the current captions, the types of
expenses investors can expect to pay under
the contract?
• Are the proposed disclosure
requirements and related instructions
associated with the ‘‘Annual Contract
Expenses’’ table appropriate? For example,
would the table appropriately disclose the
annual fees and expenses associated with a
variable contract? As another example, is
‘‘Base Contract Expenses’’ an appropriate
way to describe the basic insurance-related
contract features available under the contract,
or would some other term be preferable? How
else might we characterize the charges
associated with the basic features available
under the contract (excluding optional
benefits and annual portfolio company
operating expenses)?
• For Form N–3 registrants, should we
revise or remove the instruction to the ‘‘Total
Annual Expenses’’ line-item providing that if
optional benefit expenses are calculated on a
basis other than contract value, registrants
should prominently indicate that those
optional benefit expenses are not included in
total annual expenses? Would investors be
confused by viewing total annual expenses
which did not include optional benefit
expenses? In this case, or generally, should
we not require disclosure of total annual
expenses? Conversely, should we require
disclosure of total annual expenses for all
registrants on Forms N–4 and N–6, as well
as on Form N–3?
• Would the proposed requirements
appropriately convey to investors the types of
optional benefits available under the contract
and the charges associated with each? Should
we require disclosure of optional benefits
that are available at no additional charge in
the list of optional benefits? If not, why not?
• Should we revise the legend that would
precede the required ‘‘Total Annual Portfolio
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Company Operating Expenses’’ table, as
proposed in Forms N–4 and N–6? Are the
amendments that we propose to the current
instructions associated with this table
appropriate? Should we make any other
modifications to the table?
• Should we modify the requirements for
the Example that would appear in the Fee
Table, as proposed? Would the revised
legend accompanying the Example
appropriately alert investors to the
assumptions that form the basis for the
Example? Are the proposed revised
instructions for the Example, including
eliminating the option to include separate
expense examples based on the expenses of
each portfolio company, appropriate? Would
they result in a clearer and more salient
illustration of the costs of investing in the
contract? Would increasing the value of the
assumed investment in the Example from
$10,000 (or $1,000 in the case of Form N–3
registrants) to $100,000 more closely align
with typical current levels of investment in
variable contracts? Are there any other
modifications to the Example that we should
make? If so, what?
• Should we revise the General
Instructions to the Fee Table item, as
proposed? For example, would the proposed
requirement to disclose a maximum
guaranteed charge as a single number, if a fee
is calculated based on a benchmark, reduce
investor confusion and better assist investors
in understanding the costs they will pay
when investing in a variable annuity? Are the
other proposed revisions to the General
Instructions appropriate to eliminate
redundant language, and to otherwise update
the tables? Should we modify or remove any
other General Instructions, and if so, how?
• Are there any current General
Instructions that we also should amend or
other General Instructions we should
include?
• Are there any additional modifications
we should require to make the fee and
expense information easier for investors to
understand?
e. Principal Risks of Investing in the
Contract (Item 5 of Forms N–3, N–4, and
N–6)
We propose to add new Item 5 to
Forms N–3 and N–4, which would
require registrants to summarize the
principal risks of purchasing a contract,
including the risks of poor investment
performance, that contracts are
unsuitable as short-term savings
vehicles, limitations on access to cash
value through withdrawals, and the
possibility of adverse tax consequences.
The new disclosure item for Forms N–
3 and N–4 generally mirrors Item 2(b) of
current Form N–6 (which we propose to
re-designate as Item 5), with the
exception of the risk of contract
lapse.444 Although registrants currently
444 We are not including risk of contract lapse in
proposed Item 5 of Form N–3 or Form N–4 because
lapse, which occurs when there is insufficient cash
value to pay insurance policy charges, is a less
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
include risk disclosures in their
prospectuses without an explicit form
requirement to do so, we note that in
some cases, the risk discussions are
provided across various sections of the
prospectus. We believe the approach
taken in Form N–6 of requiring a
consolidated summary of the principal
risks associated with the contract would
provide more effective communication
of risks to investors.
Although current Form N–6 requires
risk disclosures to be presented in a
summary section at the front of the
statutory prospectus, we propose to
require for each registration form that
the risk section be provided after the
Key Information Table and Fee Table.
While the Key Information Table would
include a condensed discussion of
contract risks, proposed Item 5 would
give registrants the flexibility to
describe the principal risks of investing
in the contract in more detail than what
could reasonably appear in a table
meant to summarize the contract’s key
risks and features. While we are not
proposing to limit the length of the
summary of principal risks in response
to proposed Item 5, we believe that the
utility of a summary would be
undermined by the long, complex
descriptions we sought to avoid when
we adopted the summary principal risk
section as part of Form N–6.445
We request comment generally on the
proposal to include a new item
requiring disclosure of principal risks in
the prospectus, and specifically on the
following issues:
• Should we require the summary of
principal risks of investing in a contract to
be disclosed in a single location in the
prospectus? Should we instead permit
registrants the flexibility to disclose risks in
conjunction with the specific contract feature
significant risk for variable annuities. Lapse is a
greater risk for variable life insurance contracts,
which, unlike variable annuities, require
continuous premium payments (failure to pay
premiums generally triggers a lapse and terminates
the contract). In addition, the expenses associated
with the death benefit for a variable life insurance
contract tend to be higher than those for a variable
annuity (in proportion to contract cash value).
Higher expenses more quickly erode a variable life
insurance contract’s cash value, which if
insufficient to pay policy charges, will cause the
contract to lapse.
445 See Registration Form for Insurance Company
Separate Accounts Registered as Unit Investment
Trusts that Offer Variable Life Insurance Policies,
Investment Company Act Release No. 23066 (Mar.
13, 1998) [63 FR 13988 (Mar. 23, 1998)] (‘‘Form N–
6 Proposing Release’’), at n.8 (noting that ‘‘[v]ariable
life insurance prospectuses generally disclose
[information required under the item as proposed],
particularly risk information, in the context of long,
often complex descriptions of the policy. The
Commission believes that the proposed narrative
summary will help achieve more effective
communication of risks.’’).
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61783
to which they pertain, thus providing greater
context for the risk(s)?
• Should the summary of principal risks
disclosures be required to follow the Key
Information Table and Fee Table, or should
we require or permit the disclosures to be
provided elsewhere in the prospectus?
• Does the proposed item appropriately
describe the types of risks to be summarized,
or should the list of risks be revised?
• Would cross-referencing the risk section
in the Key Information Table provide useful
layered disclosure for investors, or are there
limitations in this approach? How might they
be resolved?
• Should we impose a page limit, or other
length limit, on responses to the proposed
item? If so, what limit would be appropriate?
Should we instead allow registrants the
flexibility to determine how much disclosure
is appropriate? Are there any organizing
principles we might consider to encourage
registrants to avoid overly-lengthy
disclosure?
• Should we make any other changes
regarding proposed prospectus disclosures
describing risks associated with the contract?
• Should we require the Item 5 disclosures
to also be included in the Initial Summary
Prospectus and Updating Summary
Prospectus?
f. General Description of Registrant,
Depositor, and Investment Options/
Portfolio Companies (Item 6 of Forms
N–3, N–4, and N–6)
We propose to amend Item 5 of
current Forms N–3 and N–4, and Item
4 of current Form N–6, which we would
re-designate as Item 6 in each of the
registration forms. Reflecting the more
up-to-date requirements of the parallel
item of current Form N–6, we are
proposing to amend Forms N–3 and
N–4 to relocate certain information from
the prospectus to the SAI: (1) With
respect to the depositor, a description of
the general nature of its business, its
date and form of organization and the
state or other jurisdiction under which
it is organized, and information relating
to persons controlling the depositor; and
(2) with respect to the registrant, its date
and form of organization and
classification pursuant to section 4 of
the Investment Company Act, and
whether there are sub-accounts of the
registrant.446 In addition, for
consistency with Form N–6 and our
newer registration forms,447 in Forms
N–3 and N–4 we are proposing to
relocate the requirement to identify and
state the principal business address of
any person who provides significant
administrative or business affairs
446 Proposed Item 6(a) and (b) of Forms N–3 and
N–4; proposed Item 22(a) and (b) of Form N–3;
proposed Item 20 of Form N–4; see also Item 5(a)
and 5(b) of current Forms N–3 and N–4.
447 See, e.g., Item 17(c) of current Form N–6; Item
19(h) of Form N–1A.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61784
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
management services, and a description
of those services, from the prospectus to
the SAI.448
We are also proposing to amend the
information required by the current item
in Forms N–4 and N–6 regarding
portfolio companies (and for Form N–3,
investment options).449 As discussed
below, we are moving the summary of
certain information about the portfolio
companies and investment options to an
appendix of the prospectus.450
Therefore, with respect to Forms N–4
and N–6, we propose to revise this item
to replace the current requirement to
briefly describe each portfolio
company 451 with a requirement to state
that certain information about the
portfolio companies is available in the
appendix and to cross-reference or link
to that appendix, to further state that
more detailed information is available
in the portfolio companies’
prospectuses, and to explain how
investors may obtain copies of those
prospectuses.452
Proposed Item 19 of Form N–3
similarly would require a comparable
appendix of investment options, but
only if the appendix were included in
a summary prospectus.453 Registrants
would also include more detailed
disclosures about investment options as
required by proposed Item 20. Proposed
Item 20 would generally include the
disclosures required by current Item 5(c)
through (e) regarding investment
objectives and policies and principal
risk factors associated with investing, as
well as additional disclosures regarding
the performance of each investment
option.454 Similar to Forms N–4 and
N–6, proposed Item 6 would require a
Form N–3 registrant to state that certain
information about the investment
options is available in the appendix
(pursuant to proposed Item 19) or
elsewhere in the prospectus (pursuant
to proposed Item 20), and provide crossreferences or links as appropriate.
We request comment generally on the
amendments we propose to make to the
required prospectus disclosures
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
448 See
proposed Item 25(g) of Form N–3;
proposed Item 21(c) of Form N–4.
449 Item 5(c) through (e) of current Form N–3;
Item 5(c) and (d) of current Form N–4; Item 4(c) and
(d) of current Form N–6.
450 See infra section II.D.2.r (discussing proposed
Item 19 of Form N–3, proposed Item 18 of Forms
N–4 and N–6).
451 See Item 5(c) of current Form N–4; Item 4(c)
of current Form N–6.
452 Proposed Item 6(c) of Forms N–4 and N–6.
453 Instruction 1(a) to proposed Item 19 of Form
N–3; see also supra text accompanying note 204
and note 241.
454 See infra text following note 525 (discussing
the disclosure requirements of proposed Item 20 of
Form N–3).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
describing the registrant, depositor, and
portfolio companies, and specifically on
the following issues:
• Should we streamline the disclosures
relating to the depositor and registrant as
proposed? Would these proposed
amendments reduce any information that
would be important to investors? Should we
maintain any existing disclosures or require
additional disclosures as to the depositor and
registrant?
• Should we relocate the requirement to
disclose information relating to service
providers to the SAI as proposed?
• Should we make any other changes to
the form regarding required prospectus
disclosures describing the registrant,
depositor, and/or portfolio companies?
g. Charges (Item 8 of Form N–3, Item 7
of Forms N–4 and N–6)
We propose to amend Item 7 of
current Form N–3 and Item 6 of current
Form N–4 (which we would re-title, and
re-designate as Item 8 (in the case of
Form N–3) and Item 7 (in the case of
Form N–4) to reflect the more up-to-date
requirements of the parallel item of
current Form N–6.455
Paragraph (a) would expand the
disclosure requirements of the current
item in Forms N–3 and N–4 to include
certain additional disclosure
requirements that currently appear in
the parallel item of Form N–6. The
proposed amended items would require
a registrant to provide a brief
description of charges deducted from
‘‘any other source’’ (in addition to
charges specifically deducted from
purchase payments, investor accounts
or assets of the registrant, which is
currently required). These additional
charges could include, for example,
contract loan charges and optional
benefit charges. In addition, we are
proposing to require that the registrant
describe: (1) The frequency of
deductions (e.g., daily, monthly or
annually) for any recurring charges; and
(2) where it is possible to identify what
is provided in consideration for a
particular charge (e.g., use of sales load
to pay distribution costs), an
explanation of what consideration is
provided. We believe these additional
disclosures could help alleviate investor
confusion about costs by more
specifically describing the types of
charges that might be incurred under a
variable annuity contract.
In addition, Instruction 1 to
subparagraph (a) of the proposed
amended item in Forms N–3 and N–4
would include a new requirement for
the registrant to describe the factors
affecting the computation of the amount
455 See
PO 00000
Item 5 of current Form N–6.
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
of the sales load.456 For contracts with
a deferred sales load, Instruction 1
would require the registrant to describe
the sales load as a percentage of the
applicable measure of purchase
payments (or other basis) that the
deferred sales load may represent, rather
than the amount withdrawn or
surrendered. Additionally, registrants
would identify any events that would
cause the deduction of a deferred sales
load (e.g., surrender or partial
surrender). The description of any
deferred sales load would include how
the deduction will be allocated if the
investor has allocated contract value
among multiple sub-accounts and when,
if ever, the sales load will be waived
(e.g., if the contract provides a free
withdrawal amount).
We are also proposing new
Instruction 4 to subparagraph (a) of the
amended item of Forms N–3 and
N–4.457 If the contract’s charge for
premium taxes or other taxes varies
according to jurisdiction, proposed
Instruction 4 would clarify for the
registrant that identifying the range of
current premium taxes or other taxes in
this paragraph is sufficient.
We also propose to revise the item
related to charges in each form to clarify
that the required disclosures should
relate to ‘‘current’’ charges.458
Disclosure of ‘‘maximum’’ charges
would be redundant because those
charges are encompassed in the fee table
that would be included in the
prospectus.459
Finally, we are proposing to amend
the item of Form N–6 relating to charges
in two respects. First, we are proposing
to relocate disclosures on commissions
paid to dealers from the SAI 460 to the
prospectus.461 We believe that this
disclosure, which is currently required
in the prospectus under Forms N–3 and
N–4,462 is more appropriate in the
prospectus due to potential conflict of
interest concerns. In addition, we also
propose to require a description of the
types of operating expenses for which
the registrant is responsible,463 which
456 This instruction is based on Instruction 1 to
Item 5(a) of current Form N–6.
457 This instruction is based on Instruction 3 to
Item 5(a) of current Form N–6.
458 See proposed Item 8(a) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 7(a) of Forms N–4 and N–6.
459 See Item 4 of proposed Forms N–3, N–4, and
N–6.
460 Item 20(d) of current Form N–6.
461 Proposed Item 7(b) of Form N–6.
462 See Item 7(d) of current Form N–3; Item 6(d)
of current Form N–4.
463 Proposed Item 7(e) of Form N–6. If
organizational expenses of the registrant are to be
paid out of its assets, this item also would require
an explanation of how the expenses will be
amortized and the period over which the
amortization will occur.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Forms N–3 and N–4 currently require in
the prospectus.464 Operating expenses
paid by the registrant can be significant,
and we believe this is appropriate
disclosure for an item discussing
contract charges.
We request comment generally on the
amendments we propose to make to the
required prospectus disclosures
regarding contract charges and
specifically on the following issues:
• Will investors find the information
resulting from the expanded disclosure
requirements of the proposed amendments
useful (e.g., new requirements in Forms
N–3 and N–4 that the registrant describe the
frequency of deductions for any recurring
charges and, where it is possible to identify
what is provided in consideration for a
particular charge, an explanation of what
consideration is provided)?
• Is the proposed new instruction in Forms
N–3 and N–4 that would permit a registrant
to disclose a range of charges for premium or
other taxes (if these would vary according to
jurisdiction) appropriate? Instead, should the
prospectus specify each of these charges
individually?
• Should we require prospectus disclosure
of additional information regarding contract
charges?
• In the context of Form N–6 registrants,
are there reasons that disclosures on
commissions paid to dealers should not be
located in the prospectus (and instead should
be located in the SAI)? Will the new
requirement in Form N–6 to provide a
description of the types of operating
expenses for which the registrant is
responsible better help investors to
understand contract charges?
• Are there any instructions that we
should not include? Are there any additional
instructions we should include?
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
h. General Description of the Contracts
(Item 9 of Form N–3, Item 8 of Forms
N–4 and N–6)
We propose to amend Item 8 of
current Form N–3, Item 7 of current
Form N–4, and Item 6 of current Form
N–6 (which we would re-designate as
Items 9, 8, and 8, respectively) to reflect
the more up-to-date requirements of
Form N–6 (in the case of the
amendments to Forms N–3 and N–4)
and also to harmonize this disclosure
item with other proposed amendments
to the forms. Except as described below,
we do not intend these proposed
amendments to significantly alter
current disclosure obligations.
We propose to remove the current
instruction to subparagraph (a) of Forms
N–3 and N–4, which states that the
registrant need not repeat rights that are
described elsewhere in the prospectus,
and replace it with a new instruction to
464 See Item 7(f) of current Form N–3; Item 6(f)
of current Form N–4.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
subparagraph (a) in each of the forms 465
that requires registrants to disclose all
material state variations and
intermediary-specific variations (e.g.,
certain contract features that may vary
by distribution channel). Due to
differences in state insurance law, there
may be significant variations in a
contract based on the state in which a
contract is offered. We have also
observed that certain contract features
may not be available through certain
intermediaries.
We also propose to revise current
subparagraph (b) of Forms N–3 and
N–4 regarding contract provisions and
limitation in two ways.466 First, we
would require registrants to briefly
describe any provisions and limitations
for minimum contract value and the
consequences of falling below that
amount, because those consequences in
some cases can be significant.467
Second, we are proposing to modify the
current requirement in Forms N–3 and
N–4 regarding exchanges of contracts to
more broadly describe provisions or
limitations on conversion or exchange
of the contract for another contract
(which could include a fixed or variable
annuity or life insurance contract) as
currently required by Form N–6.468
We also propose to revise the
disclosure requirement in each
registration form to clarify that the
existing requirement to describe any
provisions and limitations on transfer of
contract value between sub-accounts
includes transfer programs, such as
dollar cost averaging, portfolio
rebalancing, asset allocation programs,
and automatic transfer programs.469
We are also proposing to newly
require in each registration form a
description of the obligations under the
contract that the insurer’s general
account funds (e.g., death benefits,
living benefits, or other benefits
available under the contract) and
include a statement that these amounts
465 This new instruction would also appear in
Form N–6.
466 In addition, subparagraph (b)(iii) of current
Forms N–3 and N–4 would be re-designated as
subparagraph (b)(5) and revised to replace
‘‘exchanges’’ with ‘‘buyout offers’’ of variable
annuity contracts, including interests of
participations therein.
467 Proposed Item 9(b)(1) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 8(b)(1) of Form N–4. For example, some
contracts specify that if the contract’s value falls
below a certain threshold, the contract terminates
and an investor’s contract value is returned.
468 Proposed Item 9(b)(4) of Form N–3 and related
proposed instruction; proposed Item 8(b)(4) of Form
N–4 and related proposed instruction; see also Item
8(b)(3) and related instruction of proposed Form N–
6; Item 6(b)(3) of current Form N–6.
469 Proposed Item 9(b)(3) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 8(b)(3) of Form N–4; proposed Item 8(b)(2) of
Form N–6.
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61785
are subject to the insurer’s claimspaying ability and financial strength.470
While some of this information would
appear in the Key Information Table,471
this item would require registrants to
provide more detailed disclosure later
in the prospectus.
We are also proposing to modify the
instruction to the current subparagraph
in each form relating to contract or
registrant changes to require disclosure
of the substitution of one portfolio
company for another pursuant to section
26(c) of the Investment Company Act.472
This amendment is intended to
formalize the Commission’s longstanding position that investors should
be put on notice of the possibility that
an insurer may substitute one portfolio
company for another portfolio
company.473
We are also proposing to eliminate
current subparagraph (d) in Forms N–3
and N–4, which requires a description
of how investor inquiries may be made.
This item would duplicate information
that would be required to appear on the
back cover page of the prospectus
pursuant to proposed Item 1(b)(1).
Finally, with respect to Forms N–3
and N–4, we are proposing to relocate
disclosures regarding limitations on
classes of purchasers from the cover
page of the prospectus 474 to the item
requiring the general description of
contracts.475 This proposed revision
mirrors Item 6(e) of current Form N–6,
would help streamline cover page
disclosure, and would permit registrants
to describe this limitation more fully
than if it had to appear on the cover
page (which would necessarily entail
space constraints).476
We request comment on the proposed
form amendments relating to the general
description of the contracts, and
specifically on the following issues:
470 Proposed Item 9(c) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 8(c) of Form N–4; proposed Item 8(c) of Form
N–6.
471 See Instruction 3(d) to proposed Item 3 of
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6.
472 See Instruction to proposed Item 9(d) of Form
N–3; Instruction to proposed Item 8(d) of Form
N–4; Instruction to proposed Item 8(d) of Form N–
6.
473 See Changes in Investment Company Act
Made by 1970 Amendments Act, Investment
Company Act Release No. 6506 [36 FR 9130 (May
5, 1971)] (depositors of UITs should notify investors
of the possibility that underlying securities may be
substituted).
474 Item 1(a)(iv) of current Forms N–3 and N–4.
475 Proposed Item 9(e) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 8(e) of Form N–4.
476 See Item 6(e) of current Form N–6. Like Form
N–6, Form N–1A also requires disclosure of
limitations on the purchasers to whom the
Contracts are offered further back in the prospectus,
and not on the cover page. See Items 6 and 11 of
Form N–1A.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61786
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
• Should we require the prospectus to
include a description of the obligations under
the contract that the insurer’s general account
funds? Should the proposed requirement be
modified in any way?
• Should we require disclosure of the
substitution of one portfolio company for
another pursuant to section 26(c) of the
Investment Company Act? If not, why not?
How should such disclosure be provided to
investors?
• Should we make any other changes to
the form regarding required prospectus
disclosures describing the contract?
i. Annuity Period (Item 10 of Form N–
3, Item 9 of Form N–4)
We propose to amend Item 9 of
current Form N–3 and Item 8 of current
Form N–4 (which we would redesignate as Items 10 and 9,
respectively) to include a new
requirement that a registrant state, if
applicable, that the investor will not be
able to withdraw any contract value
amounts after the annuity
commencement date.477 While the
proposed ‘‘Overview’’ section of the
prospectus would contain similar
information,478 the new item
requirement would provide investors
with more complete disclosure about a
key aspect of annuitization that we
believe investors often misunderstand
in the context of a more detailed
discussion about the annuity benefits
under the contract.
We request comment generally on the
proposed form amendments relating to
the annuity period, and specifically on
the following issues:
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
• Should we require the prospectus to
include a statement that the investor will not
be able to withdraw any contract value
amounts after the annuity commencement
date? Should the proposed requirement be
modified in any way?
• Should we make any other changes to
the form regarding required prospectus
disclosures relating to the annuity period
(e.g., to specifically require a registrant to
state directly, as applicable, that all contract
benefits terminate upon annuitization)?
j. Standard Death Benefit (Item 11 of
Form N–3, Item 10 of Forms N–4 and
N–6)
We propose to amend Item 10 of
current Form N–3, Item 9 of current
Form N–4, and Item 8 of current Form
N–6 (which we would re-designate as
Items 11, 10, and 10, respectively) to
clarify that the current disclosures
required by the item would only apply
to the standard death benefit under the
contract.479 Registrants would include
477 Proposed Item 10(g) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 9(g) of Form N–4.
478 Proposed Item 2(c)(2) of Forms N–3 and N–4.
479 Proposed Item 11 of Form N–3; proposed Item
10 of Forms N–4 and N–6.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
prospectus disclosure about optional
death benefits (as well as standard and
optional living benefits) pursuant to the
proposed new Item 12 to Form N–3, and
proposed new Item 11 to Forms N–4
and N–6, as discussed below.
To assist variable annuity investors in
better understanding the operation of
the standard death benefit, we are also
proposing to amend Forms N–3 and N–
4 to specifically require registrants to
summarize the operation of the standard
death benefit.480 As discussed above,
these disclosures would also be required
in any variable annuity initial summary
prospectus, and would serve as the
counterpart to similar disclosures that
would be included in variable life initial
summary prospectuses.481
We request comment generally on the
proposed form amendments relating to
the standard death benefit, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Should we require other disclosures
regarding the operation of the standard death
benefit? Should we make any other changes
to the form regarding required prospectus
disclosures relating to the standard death
benefit?
• As proposed, optional death benefit
disclosures would be provided with
disclosures of other optional benefits
available under the contract. Instead, should
we permit or require optional death benefits
disclosures to accompany standard death
benefit disclosures?
k. Other Benefits Available Under the
Contract (Item 12 of Form N–3, Item 11
of Forms N–4 and N–6)
We propose to add a new item to each
registration form that would require a
registrant to discuss any standard living
benefits, as well as all optional benefits
(e.g., death benefit, accumulation
benefit, withdrawal benefit, long-term
care benefit, etc.) available under the
contract.482 Optional benefits and
standard living benefits are now a
significant aspect of most variable
annuity contracts (as well as most
variable life insurance contracts). While
we understand that insurers generally
include disclosure about optional
benefits and standard living benefits in
their prospectuses, these disclosures
have no standard content or
presentation because there is no current
480 Proposed Item 11(a) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 10(a) of Form N–4. When describing the
standard death benefit, registrants would discuss
the amount of the benefit and how the benefit
amount may vary, the circumstances under which
the value of the benefit may increase or be reduced
(including the impact of withdrawals), and how the
benefit may be terminated.
481 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(iii); see also
supra section II.A.1.c.ii(c).
482 Proposed Item 12 of Form N–3; proposed Item
11 of Forms N–4 and N–6.
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
form requirement regarding optional
benefits.
As discussed above, subparagraph (a)
of the proposed new item would require
a tabular summary overview of each
benefit available under the contract
(other than the standard death
benefit).483 This tabular summary would
also be required in any initial summary
prospectus.484
Subparagraphs (b) and (c) of the
proposed new item would require the
statutory prospectus to include narrative
disclosures that would provide more
detailed information regarding each of
the benefits presented in the tabular
summary. As proposed, a registrant
would be required to include a brief
description of each benefit (other than
the standard death benefit) offered
under the contract,485 and a brief
description of any limitations,
restrictions and risks associated with
each benefit.486
Some benefits offered by a contract
may have complicated terms that do not
readily lend themselves to being fully
described in a tabular summary.
Therefore, the proposed narrative
disclosures are intended to complement
the tabular summary presentation by
allowing registrants to discuss the
benefits, as well as the limitations, risks,
and restrictions associated with each, in
more detail without being constrained
by the limitations of a tabular
presentation. The requirement to
discuss the limitations, risks, and
restrictions associated with each benefit
would also help ensure that these
aspects of contract benefits—along with
the value they could provide to
investors—are discussed in a
standardized manner among contract
prospectuses.
483 The summary table would include the name
of each benefit, its purpose, whether the benefit is
standard or optional, associated fees (as a stated
percentage of contract value, benefit base, etc.), and
a brief description of limitations or restrictions. See
supra section II.A.1.c.ii(d).
484 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(iv); see also
supra section II.A.1.c.ii(d).
485 This brief description would be required to
include a discussion of: (1) Whether the benefit is
standard or elected; (2) the operation of the benefit,
including the amount of the benefit and how the
benefit amount may vary, the circumstances under
which the value of the benefit may increase or be
reduced (including the impact of withdrawals), and
how the benefit may be terminated; (3) fees and
costs, if any, associated with the benefit; and (4)
how the benefit amount is calculated and payable,
and the effect of choosing a specific method of
payment on calculation of the benefit. See proposed
Item 12(b) of Form N–3; proposed Item 11(b) of
Forms N–4 and N–6.
486 For example, this could include restrictions on
which portfolio companies may be selected, risk of
reduction or termination of benefit resulting from
excess withdrawals, etc. See proposed Item 12(c) of
Form N–3; proposed Item 11(c) of Forms N–4 and
N–6.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
We also propose to include an
instruction directing registrants in
responding to proposed subparagraphs
(b) and (c) to provide one or more
examples illustrating the operation of
each benefit in a clear, concise, and
understandable manner.487 This
instruction is intended to further assist
investors in understanding the other
benefits offered under the contract.
We request comment generally on the
proposed new form requirements
relating to other benefits under the
contract, and specifically on the
following issues:
• Would the disclosures by the proposed
new item enhance the ability of investors to
understand any standard living benefit, as
well as additional options available under
the contract?
• Should we require additional disclosures
or otherwise modify the proposed
requirements? For example, while the
proposed new item would encompass
optional death benefits, as well as standard
and optional living benefits, should our
registration forms require separate and more
tailored disclosures for any of these benefit
categories?
• Should the required disclosures be
presented in a different manner? Should the
statutory prospectus include both a tabular
summary overview as well as narrative
disclosures? Should any of the disclosures
specifically required in the narrative
disclosure also be required in the tabular
summary?
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
l. Purchases and Contract Value (Item 13
of Form N–3, Item 12 of Form N–4)
We propose to amend Item 11 of Form
N–3 and Item 10 of current Form N–4
(which we would re-designate as Items
13 and 12, respectively) to re-structure
the disclosure item and make other
minor revisions that would not
substantively change current disclosure
requirements.488 As discussed above,
variable annuity initial summary
prospectuses would include the
proposed subparagraph (a) disclosures,
which would require registrants to
briefly describe the procedures for
purchasing a contract, and would serve
as the counterpart to similar disclosures
that would be included in variable life
initial summary prospectuses.489
We request comment generally on the
proposed form requirements relating to
purchases under the contract, including
whether we should require any other
disclosures with respect to purchases, or
otherwise modify existing requirements.
487 See Instruction to proposed Item 12 of Form
N–3; Instruction to proposed Item 11 of Forms N–
4 and N–6.
488 Proposed Item 13 of Form N–3; proposed Item
12 of Form N–4.
489 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(v); see also
supra section II.A.1c.ii(e).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
m. Surrenders and Withdrawals (Item
14 of Form N–3, Item 13 of Form N–4,
Item 12 of Form N–6)
We propose to amend Item 12 of
current Form N–3 and Item 11 of
current Form N–4 (which we would retitle and re-designate as Items 14 and
13, respectively) to reflect the more upto-date requirements of the parallel item
of Form N–6 and standardize these
disclosure requirements across variable
product registration forms.490
Specifically, subparagraph (a) of the
proposed item would consolidate the
current disclosure requirements
regarding surrenders and delays in
effecting requests for surrender and
provide a high-level overview of how an
investor can surrender (or partially
surrender or make withdrawals from) a
contract, including any limits on the
ability to surrender, how the proceeds
are calculated, and when they are
payable.491 As discussed above, the
initial summary prospectus would
include the proposed subparagraph (a)
disclosures.492
Subparagraphs (b) through (d) would
require additional information related to
the operation of partial surrenders and
withdrawals under the contract,
including: (1) Whether and under what
circumstances they are available; (2)
how they will affect a contract’s cash
value, death benefit(s), and/or any living
benefits; and (3) how partial surrenders
and partial withdrawals will be
allocated among the sub-accounts.493
Subparagraph (e) would require
registrants to describe any provision for
involuntary redemptions and the
reasons for such provision.494 While
Item 12(d) of current Form N–3 and
490 See
Item 9 of current Form N–6.
Item 14(a) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 13(a) of Form N–4.
We are proposing to eliminate Item 12(b) of
current Form N–3 and Item 11(b) of current Form
N–4 (requirement to disclose any restrictions on
redemption that may apply if the registrant offers
the contracts in connection with the ‘‘Texas
Optional Retirement Program’’) and Item 12(c) of
current Form N–3 and Item 11(c) of current Form
N–4 (requirement to briefly describe whether a
request for redemption may not be honored for a
period of time after an investor makes a purchase
payment). We believe that these requirements are
generally encompassed by the proposed
requirements (discussed in the following paragraph)
to disclose any limits on the ability to surrender,
including any limits on the availability of partial
surrenders and withdrawals.
492 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(vii); see also
supra section II.A.1.c.ii(g).
493 Proposed Item 14(b) through (d) of Form
N–3; proposed Item 13(b) through (d) of Form N–
4. These disclosure requirements would conform to
those that appear in the parallel provisions of
current Form N–6. See Item 9(b) through (d) of
current Form N–6.
494 Proposed Item 14(e) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 13(e) of Form N–4.
491 Proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61787
Item 11(d) of current Form N–4
specifically also require a description of
any provision for lapse, we are
proposing to eliminate the requirement
to discuss lapse provisions because
contract lapse is more relevant in the
context of variable life products.495
Subparagraph (f), like Item 12(e) of
current Form N–3 and Item 11(e) of
current Form N–4, would require the
disclosure of any revocation rights.
However, to provide additional
information relating to an investor’s
revocation rights, the proposed item
would also specifically require: (1) A
description of how the amount refunded
is determined; (2) the method for
crediting earnings to purchase payments
during the free look period; and (3)
whether investment options are limited
during the free look period.496 We
believe these disclosures are
particularly important because the free
look is typically the only time the
investor may leave the contract for
multiple years after investing in the
contract without paying significant
surrender fees and penalties.497
We request comment generally on the
proposed form requirements relating to
surrenders and withdrawals, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Do commenters agree with our proposed
approach of generally modeling disclosures
regarding surrenders and withdrawals on
similar disclosures required by Form N–6?
Are there specific disclosures in Form N–6
that would be inappropriate or less relevant
for N–3 and N–4 registrants? For example,
although current Form N–3 and Form N–4
use the terms ‘‘redemptions’’ and ‘‘partial
redemptions,’’ proposed Form N–3 and
proposed Form N–4 would use the terms
‘‘surrender’’ and ‘‘partial surrender.’’ We
understand these terms are synonymous,
although we have chosen the latter terms to
reflect the same terminology used in Form
N–6. Is there any reason why Form N–3 and
Form N–4 should use different terminology
other than what is included in Form N–6?
Alternatively, are there specific disclosures
that would be more appropriate or relevant
for N–3 or N–4 registrants but are not
currently required by Form N–6?
• Would the proposed amendments help
investors to better understand the procedures
and impact of surrenders and withdrawals,
including issues relating to partial surrenders
and withdrawals, sub-account allocation,
involuntary redemption, and investors’
revocation rights under the contract?
• Should we require any other disclosures
with respect to surrenders and withdrawals,
or otherwise modify existing requirements?
For example, should the proposed
495 See
supra note 444 and accompanying text.
proposed disclosure requirements
would conform to those that appear in the parallel
provisions of current Form N–6. See Item 9(e) of
current Form N–6.
497 See supra paragraphs accompanying note 65.
496 These
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61788
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
requirements to disclose any limits on the
ability to surrender, including any limits on
the availability of partial surrenders and
withdrawals, specifically include any of the
disclosure requirements that appear currently
in Form N–3 and Form N–4, and that we
believe the proposed disclosure requirements
encompass? 498
n. Loans (Item 15 of Form N–3, Item 14
of Form N–4, Item 13 of Form N–6)
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
We are proposing to amend Form N–
6 to consolidate required prospectus
and SAI disclosures relating to contract
loans 499 into a single item in the
prospectus.500 Given that investors
would receive summary information
relating to loan provisions in the
Overview section of the statutory
prospectus (and initial summary
prospectus), we believe that investors
would benefit from having more
complete information on contract loans
in a single location.
Specifically, a registrant would be
required to briefly describe: (1) The
availability of loans; (2) any limitations
on that availability (e.g., a prohibition
on loans during the first contract year);
(3) interest provisions; (4) the effects of
loans on contract value and death
benefits; (5) any other effects that a loan
could have on the contract (e.g., the
effect of a contract loan in excess of
contract value); and (6) loan procedures.
We understand that variable
annuities, like variable life insurance
contracts, often offer investors the
opportunity to borrow money against
the cash value of their contract, and that
insurers and intermediaries frequently
promote this contract feature in their
sales of variable annuities. Therefore,
we are also proposing to add new Item
15 to Form N–3 and new Item 14 to
Form N–4, which would require similar
prospectus disclosure about the
availability and terms of loans under the
contract.501
We request comment generally on the
proposed new form requirements
relating to loans under the contract, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Should we require the prospectus to
include a discussion of contract loan
provisions? Would this disclosure be more
appropriate only in the context of variable
life insurance products?
• Will the information disclosed to
investors pursuant to the proposed new form
item be helpful to investors in understanding
contract loan provisions, including any
attendant risks? Should we require disclosure
of additional information related to loan
provisions, or otherwise modify the proposed
requirements?
o. Taxes (Item 16 of Form N–3, Item 15
of Forms N–4 and N–6)
We propose to amend Item 13 of
current Form N–3 and Item 12 of
current Form N–4 (which we would redesignate as Items 16 and 15,
respectively) to reflect the more up-todate presentation and disclosure
requirements of the parallel provisions
of Form N–6.502 As amended, registrants
would continue to (a) describe the
material tax consequences to the
investor and beneficiary of buying,
holding, exchanging, or exercising rights
under the contract, (b) identify the types
of qualified plans for which the contract
is intended to be used, and (c) describe
the effect, if any, of taxation on the
determination of cash values or subaccount values.503
However, the amendments would
specifically limit required disclosures to
‘‘material’’ tax consequences. While the
instructions to subparagraph (a) of Item
13 of current Form N–3 and Item 12 of
current Form N–4 provide that the
‘‘disclosure need not include detailed
description of applicable law,’’ we are
proposing to eliminate this instruction
in light of the proposed language
limiting disclosures to ‘‘material’’
consequences.
We do not expect any of the proposed
amendments to this item to significantly
alter current disclosure obligations. We
request comment generally on these
amendments.
p. Legal Proceedings (Item 17 of Form
N–3, Item 16 of Forms N–4 and N–6)
We propose to amend Item 14 of
current Form N–3 and Item 13 of
current Form N–4 (which we would redesignate as Items 17 and 16,
respectively) to reflect the more up-todate presentation and disclosure
requirements of the parallel provisions
of Form N–6.504
As currently required by Form N–6,
the proposed amendments would newly
require registrants to: (1) Provide a
description of the factual basis alleged
to underlie the proceeding, and the
relief sought, and (2) in addition to
describing proceedings that a
governmental authority has instituted,
include information about proceedings
‘‘known to be contemplated’’ by
governmental authorities.505 The
proposed amendments would also
502 See
498 See
supra note 491 and accompanying text.
499 See Items 10 and 23 of current Form N–6.
500 Proposed Item 13 of Form N–6.
501 Proposed Item 15 of Form N–3; proposed Item
14 of Form N–4.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Item 12 of current Form N–6.
Item 16 of Form N–3; proposed Item
15 of Form N–4.
504 See Item 13 of current Form N–6.
505 Proposed Item 17 of Form N–3; proposed Item
16 of Form N–4.
503 Proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
eliminate the requirement to discuss
pending legal proceedings against any
subsidiary of the registrant to mirror
Form N–6’s (and Form N–1A’s) parallel
provision and provide consistency
across forms, which we believe is
particularly appropriate in the context
of separate account registrants, which
are unlikely to have subsidiaries.506
These amendments are not expected
to significantly alter current disclosure
obligations. We request comment
generally on these amendments.
q. Financial Statements (Item 18 of
Form N–3, Item 17 of Forms N–4 and
N–6)
We propose to add new Item 18 of
Form N–3 and new Item 17 to Form N–
4, which would require a statement,
under a separate caption, of where any
required financial statements of the
registrant and the depositor may be
found if they are not included in the
prospectus.507 A registrant would also
briefly explain how investors may
obtain any financial statements not
provided in the SAI.508 These proposed
disclosure requirements would conform
with a similar requirement included in
Item 14 of current Form N–6.
The form’s proposed General
Instructions would provide that
registrants are free to include in the
prospectus financial statements required
to be in the SAI, and may also include
in the SAI financial statements that may
be placed in Part C.509 The proposed
new item is intended to assist investors
in finding and obtaining any financial
statements that have been moved at the
registrant’s discretion from the location
where they would otherwise be
provided in the registration
statement.510
We request comment generally on the
proposal to include new Item 18 of
Form N–3 and new Item 17 of Form N–
4, and specifically on the following
issues:
• To what extent do registrants currently
make available the financial statements of the
registrant and depositor in locations other
than the prospectus and/or SAI, as our
506 Id.; see also Item 13 of current Form N–6; Item
10(a)(3) of Form N–1A.
507 Proposed Item 18 of Form N–3; proposed Item
17 of Form N–4.
508 Id.
509 See proposed General Instruction C.3.(b) to
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6.
510 A similar requirement to this proposed new
item appears in paragraph (c) of Item 4 of current
Form N–3 and paragraph (b) of current Form N–4.
As discussed below, we propose to move the
majority of the disclosure that current Item 4 of
each of these forms would require to the contract
SAI. See infra notes 545 through 554 and
accompanying text (discussion of Accumulation
Unit Value tables).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
registration forms currently permit? What are
the advantages or disadvantages of providing
flexibility to registrants as to the location of
the registrant’s and depositor’s financial
statements?
• Would the proposed item in the
prospectus regarding the availability of
financial statements assist investors in
locating those materials?
r. Appendix: Portfolio Companies/
Investment Options Available Under the
Contract (Item 19 of Form N–3, Item 18
of Forms N–4 and N–6)
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
We propose to add a new disclosure
item to each registration form (proposed
Item 19 of Form N–3, and proposed Item
18 of Forms N–4 and N–6), which
would require registrants to include as
an appendix to the prospectus a table
summarizing information about the
portfolio companies available under the
contract. This table would appear under
the heading ‘‘Portfolio Companies
Available Under the Contract’’ and
would consolidate certain summary
information about each portfolio
company into a concise, easy-to-read
tabular presentation, as discussed in
more detail above.511 This would
replace certain other disclosure
requirements, on the prospectus cover
page 512 and elsewhere in the
prospectus,513 relating to the contract’s
portfolio companies or investment
options.
The appendix would provide a
tabular summary overview of portfolio
companies available under the contract
that is designed to improve the ability
of investors to understand, evaluate, and
compare those portfolio companies. If
the availability of one or more portfolio
companies varies by benefit offered
under the contract, registrants would be
required to include as another appendix
a separate table indicating which
portfolio companies were available
511 See supra discussion at note 192 and
accompanying and following text.
512 See Item 1(a)(v) of current Form N–3
(requiring outside cover page to identify the type of
separate account or a brief statement of the
registrant’s investment objectives); Item 1(a)(viii) of
current Form N–4 (requiring the outside cover page
of the prospectus to include the names of portfolio
companies).
513 See Item 5(c) and (d) of current Form N–3
(requiring registrants to concisely describe the
investment objectives and policies of the registrant,
and providing instructions for disclosure regarding
the registrant’s investment policies); Item 5(c) of
current Form N–4 (requiring registrants to briefly
describe each portfolio company, including its
name, its type or a brief statement concerning its
investment objectives, and its investment adviser);
Item 4(c) of current Form N–6 (requiring registrants
to briefly describe the registrant’s sub-accounts and
each portfolio company, including its name, its type
or a brief statement concerning its investment
objectives, and its investment adviser and any subadviser).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
under each of those benefits.514 These
same disclosures would also appear in
the initial summary prospectuses and
updating summary prospectus,515
except for variations due to the more
limited scope of the initial summary
prospectus (which would only describe
one contract) in contrast to the updating
summary prospectus and statutory
prospectus (which could describe more
than one contract).516
Because we understand that certain
variable contracts registered on Form N–
3 have very few investment options (and
sometimes have only one investment
option), we recognize that the proposed
appendix could have limited utility for
certain Form N–3 registrants and their
investors. For this reason, for variable
contracts registered on Form N–3, we
propose that registrants could omit the
appendix and instead provide the more
detailed disclosures about the
investment options offered under the
contract that proposed Item 20 of Form
N–3 would require.517 For Form N–3
registrants, the appendix would be
required to appear in a statutory
prospectus only if the appendix were
included in a summary prospectus.518
The same legends that precede the
appendix in the summary prospectus
would generally also precede the
appendix in the statutory prospectus.519
Under proposed Form N–3, the legend
that would precede the appendix would
be required to state, in part, as follows:
‘‘Performance reflects contract fees and
expenses that are paid by each investor’’
(in contrast, the parallel legend that
514 See supra note 195 and accompanying and
following text. A reference in this section to
‘‘appendix’’ includes any additional appendix (to
the extent a registrant would be required to include
one).
515 See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ix); proposed
rule 498A(c)(6)(iv); see also supra sections
II.A.1.c.ii(i), II.A.2.c.ii(c).
516 As discussed above, an initial summary
prospectus could only describe a single contract
that the registrant currently offers for sale, whereas
the updating summary prospectus and statutory
prospectus could describe multiple contracts under
the conditions of the proposed General Instructions
to Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6. See supra sections
II.A.1.b, II.A.2.b.
517 See Instruction 1(a) to proposed Item 19 of
Form N–3; see also proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ix),
(c)(6)(iv) (the appendix also could be omitted from
the summary prospectus); infra paragraphs
following note 525 (discussing proposed Item 20 of
Form N–3).
518 See Instruction 1(a) to proposed Item 19 of
Form N–3; see also supra text following note 192
and accompanying note 241.
519 See supra section II.A.1.c.ii(i). The sole
exception involves registrants on Form N–3 that use
a summary prospectus that includes the disclosures
required by proposed Item 19. In this case, the
portion of the legend in the summary prospectus
explaining how more information about the
investment options may be obtained would not be
required to be included in the statutory prospectus.
See note 520 and accompanying text.
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61789
Forms N–4 and N–6 would require
would state that performance does not
reflect contract fees and expenses that
are paid by each investor). This
difference is intended to reflect the fact
that insurance charges are inherently
reflected in the performance of
investment options for contracts
registered on Form N–3, since those
investment options are offered as part of
the variable contract. The performance
of portfolio companies offered under
contracts registered on Forms N–4 and
N–6 does not reflect insurance charges,
because those portfolio companies are
separately registered as entities distinct
from the variable contract. Additionally,
only registrants on Forms N–4 and N–
6 that chose to rely upon proposed rule
498A(j) to satisfy their portfolio
company prospectus delivery
obligations would be required to
include in the appendix an internet
address to a landing page, toll-free
telephone number, and email address
that investors could use to obtain or
request portfolio company statutory and
summary prospectuses.520
We request comment generally on the
proposed appendix requirement, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Should we require these disclosures to
be included in the statutory prospectus? Are
the content requirements for this proposed
item appropriate for inclusion in the
statutory prospectus?
• Our proposal would generally require
registrants to include the same information in
the proposed appendix regarding portfolio
companies in the statutory prospectus and in
the initial summary prospectus and updating
summary prospectus.521 Should any of the
appendix requirements for the summary
prospectus be different for the appendix
520 See Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item 18 of
Forms N–4 and N–6 (‘‘Registrants not relying upon
rule 498A(j) under the Securities Act [17 CFR
230.498A(j)] with respect to the Portfolio
Companies that are offered under the Contract may,
but are not required to, provide the next-to-last
sentence of the first paragraph of the introductory
legend to the table regarding online availability of
the prospectuses.’’).
Registrants on Form N–3 that use a summary
prospectus that includes the disclosures required by
proposed Item 19 of Form N–3 would be required
to include in that appendix an introductory legend
explaining how more information about the
investment options may be obtained. See proposed
rule 498A(b)(5)(ix) and supra notes 196–199
(discussing legend in initial summary prospectus);
proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(iv) and note 240
(discussing legend in updating summary
prospectus). However, that legend would not be
required to be included in the statutory prospectus,
because the statutory prospectus would already
include those disclosures pursuant to proposed
Item 20 (which requires more detailed disclosure
regarding each of the investment options available
under the contract). See Instruction 1(a) to proposed
Item 19 of Form N–3; proposed Item 20 of Form N–
3.
521 See generally supra sections II.A.1.c.ii(i),
II.A.2.c.ii(c).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61790
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
included in the statutory prospectus? If so,
how? For example, should registrants that
choose not to use a summary prospectus be
permitted not to include disclosures about
how investors can find portfolio company
prospectuses online or obtain them at no cost
upon request? Should the statutory
prospectus require more comprehensive
disclosures for investors who wish to obtain
additional details beyond what would be
disclosed in the summary prospectus? If so,
what additional information should be
disclosed?
• Will the proposed tabular presentation
required for portfolio company-related
disclosures in the prospectus be more userfriendly for investors than the current
disclosure requirements? Is the specific
information required to be disclosed about
portfolio companies likely to be more
relevant and useful to investors than the
current disclosure requirements? If not, why
not? Are there alternatives we should
consider?
• Under our proposal, registrants on Form
N–3 would have the option of omitting the
proposed appendix and instead providing the
more detailed disclosures about the
investment options offered under the
contract that proposed Item 20 of Form N–
3 would require (and would be required to
include the appendix in the statutory
prospectus only if the appendix also appears
in the summary prospectus). In order to
increase comparability between registration
statements, should we require this appendix
for all registration statements on Form N–3?
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
s. Additional Amendments to Form N–
3
We are also proposing additional
amendments to Form N–3 that are
generally intended to update and
enhance disclosures related to
investment options by requiring similar
disclosures required for open-end
management companies registered on
Form N–1A.
Management (Item 7 of Form N–3)
We are proposing to revise Item 6 of
current Form N–3 (which we would redesignate as Item 7) to increase
consistency among forms used to
register management investment
companies.522 Except as described
below, we do not intend these proposed
amendments to significantly alter
current disclosure obligations.
Among other things, the proposed
amendments would require disclosure
of the compensation paid to each
investment adviser of the registrant.523
Form N–3 currently includes three fiscal
years of such disclosures in the SAI,
522 See,
e.g., Items 5 and 10 of Form N–1A.
would disclose the aggregate fee
paid to each investment adviser for the most recent
fiscal year as a percentage of net assets or, if the
adviser’s fee is not based on a percentage of net
assets, a description of the basis of the adviser’s
compensation. See proposed Item 7(a)(1)(i) and (ii)
of Form N–3.
523 Registrants
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
where they would remain under our
proposal, but our proposal would also
include such disclosures for the most
recent fiscal year in the prospectus to
highlight this information for investors
and to update this aspect of Form N–3
to parallel Form N–1A.524 The proposed
amendments would also move certain
information from the prospectus to the
SAI, including responsibilities of the
board of managers, disclosure regarding
persons providing administrative or
business affairs services, and
information regarding brokerage
allocations.525 We believe this
information is more appropriate for
disclosure in the SAI, and is consistent
with how such information is presented
in Form N–1A.
Additional Information About
Investment Options Available Under the
Contract (Item 20 of Form N–3)
We are proposing a new item that
would provide more detailed
information about each of the
investment options available under the
contract.
New paragraphs (a) and (b) would
restate existing disclosure requirements
contained in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e)
of current Item 5 regarding investment
strategies and risks to reflect the
updated presentation and disclosure
requirements of the parallel provisions
of Form N–1A. These paragraphs would
re-focus these disclosure requirements
to require more granular disclosure
related to each investment option as
opposed to broader disclosure regarding
registrants.
Specifically, among other things, the
proposed amendments would require
disclosure of whether the investment
option may take temporary defensive
positions that are inconsistent with the
investment option’s principal
investment strategies in attempting to
respond to adverse market, economic,
political, or other conditions. We
believe that investors should be
informed about investment positions
that an investment option can take from
time to time that are inconsistent with
the investment option’s central
investment focus.
The proposed amendments also
would require the registrant to disclose,
for each investment option, whether it
524 Compare Item 21(a)(iii) of Form N–3
(requiring total compensation paid to the adviser
under the investment advisory contract for the last
three fiscal years) with proposed Item 25(a)(3) of
Form N–3 (same); see also Item 10 of Form N–1A.
525 These disclosure requirements would be
moved, respectively, to: Proposed Item 24(b)(1)
(‘‘Management of the Registrant’’); proposed Item
25(g) (‘‘Investment Advisory and Other Services’’);
and proposed Item 27 (‘‘Brokerage Allocation and
Other Practices’’).
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
may engage in active and frequent
trading of portfolio securities and, if so,
the consequences of increased portfolio
turnover to investors and the investment
option’s performance. Increased
portfolio turnover can result in
increased transaction costs that are
ultimately borne by investors.
Collectively, these proposed
amendments are intended to clarify and
enhance the disclosure requirements
relating to investment options’ strategies
and risks, and to increase consistency
and thereby promote comparability
among forms used to register
management investment companies.526
New paragraph (c) would require
registrants with annual returns for at
least one calendar year to provide, for
each investment option:
• A bar chart showing the investment
option’s annual total returns for each of the
last 10 calendar years (or for the life of the
investment option, if less than 10 years), as
well as the investment option’s highest and
lowest return for a quarter during the period
displayed in the chart;
• A table showing the investment option’s
average annual total returns (with and
without taxes on distributions and
redemptions) for 1-, 5-, and 10-year calendar
periods ending on the date of the most
recently completed calendar year (or for the
life of the investment option, if shorter), as
well as the returns of an appropriate broadbased securities market index for those same
periods; and
• Certain explanatory statements, such as
how the information in the chart and table
illustrates the variability of the investment
option’s returns, the investment option’s past
performance is not necessarily an indication
of how the investment option will perform in
the future, and, if applicable, how updated
performance information may be obtained.
The disclosures that new paragraph
(c) would require are modeled after the
risk/return bar chart and table that Form
N–1A currently requires and are
intended to supplement the disclosures
currently required by Form N–3
regarding accumulation unit income
and capital changes 527 by providing
investors and potential investors with
more information about the performance
of the investment options offered under
the contract.528 In particular, the bar
chart would illustrate the variability of
the investment options’ returns and give
investors an idea of the attendant risks
of each investment option. Likewise, the
526 See,
e.g., Item 9 of current Form N–1A.
infra section II.D.3.d.
528 See, e.g., Item 4(b)(2) of Form N–1A; see also
Registration Form Used by Open-End Management
Investment Companies, Investment Company Act
Release No. 23064 (Mar. 13, 1998) [98 FR 13968
(Mar. 23, 1998)] (‘‘Form N–1A Adopting Release’’)
at text accompanying and following n.51
(discussing the risk/return bar chart/table
requirement).
527 See
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
accompanying table would help
investors evaluate an investment
option’s risks and returns relative to the
market.
We request comment generally on the
proposed amendments to the Part A
requirements of Form N–3, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Should we, as proposed, adopt
amendments to certain current items in Form
N–3 Part A as described in this section? To
the extent that we have proposed amending
these items to generally mirror the
presentation of parallel items in Form N–1A,
is this appropriate in the context of variable
annuities whose separate accounts are
registered on Form N–3? Do commenters
recommend any additional amendments to
any of the current Form N–3 Part A items?
• Proposed Item 7 (‘‘Management’’) would
revise current disclosure requirements to
move certain disclosures from the prospectus
to the SAI, while other disclosures would
appear in the prospectus that currently only
appear in the SAI. Are these proposed
amendments appropriate, and are there other
disclosures that currently appear in Part A of
Form N–3 that would be better suited for
disclosure in the SAI? On the other hand, are
there other disclosures that currently appear
in the SAI that would better suited for
disclosure in the prospectus?
• In the case of registrants that offer more
than one investment option under the
contract, should the disclosures
contemplated by proposed Item 20
(‘‘Additional Information About Investment
Options Available Under the Contract’’), as
proposed, be presented for each investment
61791
option? If not, how should those disclosures
be presented? Should any of these proposed
disclosures be modified in any way? Are
there additional investment option-related
disclosures that may be relevant to contract
investors and that we should require to
appear in the prospectus?
3. Part B (Information Required in a
Statement of Additional Information)
Table 6 shows how our proposal
would amend the item requirements of
Part B of our variable contract
registration forms. Except as described
below, our proposed amendments to
Part B of Forms N–3 and N–4 would
generally conform to the language of the
related Part B disclosure items in
current Form N–6.
TABLE 6—PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO PART B OF FORMS N–3, N–4, AND N–6
Item description
Proposed item No.
Form N–3:
Proposed treatment
Form N–4:
Proposed treatment
Cover Page and Table of
Contents (in Forms N–3
and N–4, currently two
separate items: ‘‘Cover
Page’’ and ‘‘Table of
Contents’’).
General Information and
History.
• Form N–3: Item 21 (currently Items 16, 17).
• Form N–4: Item 19 (currently Items 15, 16).
• Form N–6: Item 19 (currently Item 15).
• Form N–3: Item 22 (currently Item 18).
• Form N–4: Item 20 (currently Item 17).
• Form N–6: Item 20 (currently Item 16).
• Form N–3: Item 25 (currently Item 21).
• Form N–4: Item 21 (currently Item 18).
• Form N–6: Item 21 (currently Item 17).
• Form N–3: Item 23 (currently Item 19).
Revised .............................
Revised .............................
Revised.
Revised .............................
Revised .............................
Unchanged.
Revised .............................
Revised .............................
Unchanged.
Revised .............................
N/A ....................................
N/A.
24 (cur-
Revised .............................
N/A ....................................
N/A.
26 (cur-
Revised .............................
N/A ....................................
N/A.
27 (cur-
Revised .............................
N/A ....................................
N/A.
28 (cur-
Unchanged ........................
Unchanged ........................
N/A.
22 (cur-
N/A ....................................
N/A ....................................
Unchanged.
23 (cur-
N/A ....................................
N/A ....................................
Unchanged.
29 (cur-
Revised .............................
Revised .............................
Revised.
N/A ....................................
N/A ....................................
Unchanged.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Services (in Form N–3,
‘‘Investment Advisory
and Other Services’’).
Investment Objectives and
Risks (in Form N–3, currently ‘‘Investment Objectives and Policies’’).
Management of the Reg• Form N–3: Item
istrant (in Form N–3,
rently Item 20).
currently ‘‘Management’’).
Portfolio Managers ............ • Form N–3: Item
rently Item 22).
Brokerage Allocation and
• Form N–3: Item
Other Practices (in Form
rently Item 23).
N–3, currently ‘‘Brokerage Allocation’’).
Purchase of Securities
• Form N–3: Item
Being Offered.
rently Item 24).
• Form N–4: Item
rently Item 19).
Premiums .......................... • Form N–6: Item
rently Item 18).
Additional Information
• Form N–6: Item
About Operation of Conrently Item 19).
tracts and Registrant.
Underwriters ...................... • Form N–3: Item
rently Item 25).
• Form N–4: Item
rently Item 20).
• Form N–6: Item
rently Item 20).
Additional Information
• Form N–6: Item
About Charges.
rently Item 21).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Form N–6:
Proposed treatment
22 (cur-
23 (cur24 (cur25 (cur-
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61792
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 6—PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO PART B OF FORMS N–3, N–4, AND N–6—Continued
Proposed item No.
Form N–3:
Proposed treatment
Form N–4:
Proposed treatment
• Form N–6: Item 26 (currently Item 22).
• Form N–6: Item 13 (currently Items 10 and 23).
N/A ....................................
N/A ....................................
Unchanged.
N/A ....................................
N/A ....................................
• Form N–3: Item
rently Item 26).
• Form N–4: Item
rently Item 21).
• Form N–3: Item
rently Item 27).
• Form N–4: Item
rently Item 22).
• Form N–3: Item
rently Item 28).
• Form N–4: Item
rently Item 23).
• Form N–6: Item
rently Item 24).
• Form N–3: Item
rently Item 4).
• Form N–4: Item
rently Item 4).
• Form N–6: Item
rently Item 25).
Revised .............................
Revised .............................
Revised and consolidated
in prospectus (currently,
there are prospectus
and SAI items).
N/A.
Unchanged ........................
Unchanged ........................
N/A.
Revised .............................
Revised .............................
Revised.
Revised and moved to SAI
Revised and moved to SAI
N/A.
N/A ....................................
N/A ....................................
Unchanged.
Item description
Lapse and Reinstatement
Loans .................................
Calculation of Performance
Data.
Annuity Payments .............
Financial Statements .........
Condensed Financial Information.
Illustrations ........................
a. Amendments Conforming Part B
Items of Forms N–3 and N–4 to
Presentation in Form N–6
We propose to amend certain items of
Part B of Forms N–3 and N–4 to reflect
the more up-to-date presentation of
corresponding items in Form N–6, and
to re-designate their numbering as
shown in Table 6 above. To the extent
that these amended items incorporate
only minor wording changes,529 they are
indicated as ‘‘unchanged items’’ in
Table 6. Otherwise, each of these
amended items is discussed in more
detail below.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
• Cover Page (Item 21 of Form N–3, Item
19 of Forms N–4 and N–6). We are proposing
to amend the outside front cover page
requirements for each registration form to
include the name of the contract and classes
to which the contract relates.530 We are also
proposing to amend Forms N–3 and N–4 to:
(1) Require a statement whether and from
where information is incorporated by
reference; 531 (2) remove the current required
statement that the SAI should be read with
the prospectus; 532 and (3) consolidate the
529 For example, edits to use defined terms where
appropriate, to use synonyms for consistency across
forms (e.g., ‘‘State the name . . .’’ instead of ‘‘Give
the name . . .’’), and to add titles to sub-paragraphs
for clarity and consistency across forms (and to help
the reader navigate the form).
530 Proposed Item 21(a)(3) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 19(a)(3) of Form N–4; proposed Item 19(a)(3)
of Form N–6.
531 Proposed Item 21(a)(4)(iii) of Form N–3;
proposed Item 19(a)(4)(iii) of Form N–4.
532 Item 16(a)(iii)(B) of current Form N–3; Item
15(a)(iii)(B) of current Form N–4.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
30 (cur-
Form N–6:
Proposed treatment
24 (cur31 (cur25 (cur32 (cur26 (cur27 (cur33 (cur27 (cur28 (cur-
current item requiring a table of contents into
the item specifying cover page disclosures.533
• General Information and History (Item
22 of Form N–3, Item 20 of Forms N–4 and
N–6). We are proposing to amend Item 18 of
current Form N–3 and Item 17 of current
Form N–4 (which we would re-designate as
Items 22 and 20, respectively) to require: (1)
The date and form of organization of the
depositor, the name of the state or other
jurisdiction in which the depositor is
organized, and a description of the general
nature of the depositor’s business; and (2) the
date and form of organization of the
registrant and the registrant’s classification
pursuant to Section 4 of the Investment
Company Act.534
• Services (Item 25 of Form N–3,535 Item 21
of Forms N–4 and N–6). We are proposing to
amend Item 21 of current Form N–3 and Item
18 of current Form N–4 (which we would redesignate as Items 25 and 21, respectively) to
require registrants to, unless disclosed
elsewhere, identify and state the principal
business address of any person who provides
significant administrative or business affairs
management services for the registrant (e.g.,
an ‘‘administrator,’’ ‘‘sub-administrator,’’
‘‘servicing agent’’), describe the services
533 Proposed Item 21(b) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 19(b) of Form N–4.
534 Proposed Item 22 of Form N–3; proposed Item
20 of Form N–4.
535 In Form N–3, the title of this disclosure item
is ‘‘Investment Advisory and Other Services.’’ In
addition to the amendments we propose to conform
this disclosure item with the parallel item in Form
N–6, we also propose additional amendments to
this disclosure item, as discussed below, that would
reflect the presentation of Item 19 in Form N–1A.
See infra section II.D.3.e.
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
provided, and the compensation paid for the
services.536
• Financial Statements (Item 32 of Form
N–3, Item 26 of Form N–4, Item 27 of Form
N–6). We are proposing to amend Item 28 of
current Form N–3 and Item 23 of current
Form N–4 (which we would re-designate as
Items 32 and 26, respectively) to: (1) Clarify
that the depositor’s financial statements must
be prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles (‘‘GAAP’’) if
the depositor prepares financial information
in accordance with GAAP for use by the
depositor’s parent in any report under
sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act
or registration statement filed under the
Securities Act; 537 (2) specify how an investor
may request certain additional financial
information about the depositor that is
omitted from the SAI and is included in Part
C of the registration statement; 538 and (3)
clarify how current the depositor’s financial
statements must be when the anticipated
effective date of the registration statement
536 Proposed Item 25(g) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 21(c) of Form N–4.
537 Instruction 1 to proposed Item 32(b) of Form
N–3; Instruction 1 to proposed Item 26(b) of Form
N–4. This instruction would be consistent with
prior guidance we have provided in the context of
registration statements on Form N–6, namely that
statutory financial statements could be used in
those limited circumstances when GAAP financial
statements are not otherwise required to be
prepared for either the depositor or its parent. See
Separate Accounts Offering Variable Life Release,
supra note 54, at n.58 and accompanying and
following text.
538 Instruction 2 to proposed Item 32(b) of Form
N–3; Instruction 2 to proposed Item 26(b) of Form
N–4.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
falls within 90 days after the depositor’s
fiscal year-end.539
b. Underwriters (Item 29 of Form N–3,
Item 23 of Form N–4, Item 24 of Form
N–6)
We are proposing to amend Item 25 of
current Form N–3 and Item 20 of
current Form N–4 (which we would redesignate as Items 29 and 23,
respectively) to specifically require
identification of all principal
underwriters of the registrant (other
than the depositor), their principal
business addresses, and the source of
any affiliation.540
We also propose to add an instruction
to this item in Forms N–3, N–4, and N–
6 stating that information need not be
provided about bona fide contracts with
the registrant or its insurance company
for outside legal or auditing services, or
bona fide contracts for personal
employment entered into with the
registrant or its depositor in the
ordinary course of business. This
instruction is intended to focus
disclosures on underwriting costs, as
opposed to costs for legal or auditing
services or other ancillary matters, and
would parallel similar instructions in
Part C of these same forms regarding
disclosures for principal
underwriters.541
Also, because we propose to amend
Item 5 of current Form N–6 to include
the disclosures on commissions to
dealers currently required by current
Item 20 in the SAI, we also propose to
remove this disclosure from current
Item 20 (which we would re-designate
as Item 24).542
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
c. Calculation of Performance Data (Item
30 of Form N–3, Item 24 of Form N–4)
We are proposing to amend Item 26 of
current Form N–3 and Item 21 of
current Form N–4 (which we would redesignate as Items 30 and 24,
respectively), to remove the instruction
specifically permitting the registrant to
furnish separate yield quotations for
individual and group contracts.543
539 Instruction 3 to proposed Item 32(b) of Form
N–3; Instruction 3 to proposed Item 26(b) of Form
N–4.
540 Proposed Item 29(a) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 23(a) of Form N–4. Item 25(a) of current Form
N–3 and Item 20(a) of current Form N–4 only
require a registrant to state if the depositor or the
affiliate of the depositor is the principal
underwriter of the contract.
541 See infra text accompanying and preceding
note 597. Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6 also include
in their disclosure requirements regarding
underwriters other similar instructions, such as
instructions stating that information need not be
given about the service of mailing proxies or
periodic reports of the registrant.
542 See supra note 461 and accompanying text.
543 Proposed Item 30 of Form N–3; proposed Item
24 of Form N–4.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Because the proposed General
Instructions would state that individual
and group contracts are not essentially
identical, we would not expect to see
both types of contracts presented in a
single prospectus.544
d. Accumulation Unit Value Disclosure
(Item 33 of Form N–3, Item 27 of Form
N–4)
We also propose to relocate the
disclosures required by Item 4 of current
Forms N–3 and N–4 from the prospectus
to the SAI,545 with some
modifications.546 Those items currently
require a registrant to disclose, for the
last ten fiscal years and for each
subaccount, the accumulation unit
value at the beginning and end of each
period and the number of accumulation
units outstanding at the end of each
period (the ‘‘AUV tables’’).547 For
variable annuity contracts, the change in
accumulation unit value provides a
measure of performance of the
registrant’s sub-accounts.548
When the AUV tables were adopted in
1985, the approach did not anticipate
the proliferation of variations in
contract charges and optional benefits
that has resulted in numerous possible
combinations of contract charges.549
Since registrants commonly maintain a
separate class of accumulation units for
each combination of separate account
charges, the AUV tables add
considerable length (sometimes
hundreds of pages) to the contract
prospectus, which may overwhelm
other important information.550 Because
544 See
supra note 400 and accompanying text.
Item 33 of Form N–3; proposed Item
27 of Form N–4.
546 Such modifications would include redesignating Item 4(c) of current Form N–3 and Item
4(b) of current Form N–4 as Items 18 and 17,
respectively (‘‘Financial Statements’’), and adding
an instruction to proposed Item 33 of Form N–3 and
proposed Item 27 of Form N–4 that defines ‘‘class
of accumulation units’’ to mean ‘‘any variation that
affects accumulation units, including variations
related to contract class, optional benefits, and subaccounts.’’ See supra section II.D.2.q (discussing
proposed Item 18 of Form N–3 and proposed Item
17 of Form N–4); see also Instruction 1 to proposed
Item 33 of Form N–3; Instruction 1 to proposed Item
27 of Form N–4.
547 Item 4(a) of current Form N–3; Item 4(a) of
current Form N–4.
548 When Form N–6 was proposed, it did not
include AUV tables ‘‘[b]ecause [due to] the
individual nature of variable life insurance charges,
such as the cost of insurance, there does not appear
to be a comparable measure of performance that is
applicable to all holders of a particular variable life
insurance policy.’’ See Form N–6 Proposing
Release, supra note 445, at 17.
549 See Forms N–3 and N–4 Adopting Release,
supra note 28.
550 In response to these concerns, the staff issued
a no-action letter stating that the staff would not
recommend enforcement action if registrants were
to depict in the prospectus only two classes of unit
values (one reflecting the highest possible
545 Proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61793
only one combination of contract
charges is relevant to any individual
investor (depending on the contract
features they select), much of the
required disclosure is of limited value to
most investors.551
To streamline the prospectus, we
propose to relocate the AUV tables from
the prospectus to the SAI, where they
are more appropriately located with
certain detailed information that
traditionally appears in the SAI. To
reduce burdens on registrants, we
propose to decrease the time periods for
which the required information must be
presented from 10 years 552 to five
years.553 We also propose to include an
instruction permitting registrants to
omit AUV tables altogether if they
provide each investor with an annual
account statement that discloses, with
respect to each class of accumulation
units the investor holds, the actual
performance of each subaccount during
the prior fiscal year.554 This option
would reduce the length of the SAI and
provide investors with customized
annual performance information that
reflects the impact of insurance-related
costs.
combination of contract charges, the other reflecting
the lowest possible combination of contract
charges) shown for each available portfolio
company, so long as the SAI were to include the
full disclosure that current Item 4 would require.
See Nationwide Life Insurance Company, SEC Staff
No-Action Letter (pub. avail. Mar. 16, 2001)
(‘‘Nationwide 2001 Letter’’). If the Commission
adopts the proposed AUV table amendments, these
final rules would effectively moot the Nationwide
2001 Letter.
551 In addition, while the AUV tables are designed
to reflect the performance of a subaccount after
reflecting contract charges that are based on
separate account value, many contract charges
today are based on other values, such as a benefit
base, which cannot be reflected in AUV values.
Instead, when these charges are assessed, the
number of accumulation units is reduced. As a
result, AUV tables may only reflect a portion of a
contract’s fees, diminishing their usefulness to
investors.
552 See Instruction 2 to Item 4 of current Forms
N–3 and N–4.
553 See Instruction 3 to proposed Item 33 of Form
N–3; Instruction 3 to proposed Item 27 of Form N–
4. We are proposing five years to be consistent with
Item 13 of Form N–1A, which requires funds to
disclose five years of data for the Financial
Highlights section of the prospectus. Five years is
also the typical timeframe for disclosing
information in response to other form items (e.g.,
Fee Table expense example (Item 3 of current Form
N–3 and current Form N–4); insurer name change
and suspension of sales (Item 18 of current Form
N–3 and Item 17 of current Form N–4)).
554 See Instruction 7 to proposed Item 33 of Form
N–3; Instruction 6 to proposed Item 27 of Form N–
4. For accounts held less than one year, the annual
account statement would disclose the actual
performance of each sub-account for the length of
time the investor has owned the sub-account.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61794
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
e. Adjustment to Disclosure Thresholds
(Items 29 and 32 of Form N–3, Items 23
and 26 of Form N–4, Items 24 and 27
of Form N–6)
Our variable contract registration
forms currently include various dollar
thresholds that date back to their initial
adoption. In the SAI, for example,
information need not be given about any
service required to be disclosed
pursuant to current Item 25 of Form N–
3, current Item 20 of Form N–4, and
current Item 20 of Form N–6, for which
total payments of less than $5,000 were
made during each of the last three fiscal
years.555 In addition, financial
statements of the insurance company
required to be included in the
registration statement need not be more
current than as of the end of the most
recent fiscal year of the insurance
company unless certain balance sheets
of the sponsor would show a combined
capital and surplus (if a stock company)
or an unassigned surplus (if a mutual
company), of less than $1,000,000.556 As
part of our efforts to update the
registration forms, we are proposing to
increase these thresholds to $15,000 557
and $2,500,000,558 respectively, to
account for the effects of inflation since
1985, the year of inception for Forms N–
3 and N–4.559
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
f. Additional Amendments to Form N–
3
We are also proposing additional
amendments to Form N–3 that are
generally intended to update and
enhance disclosures related to
investment options by requiring similar
disclosures required for open-end
management companies registered on
Form N–1A. The revisions generally
reflect the updated presentation and
disclosure requirements of the parallel
item in Form N–1A and would
555 See Instruction 2 to Item 25 of current Form
N–3; Instruction 2 to Item 20 of current Form N–
4; Instruction 2 to Item 20 of current Form N–6.
556 See Instructions 3(ii) and (iii) to Item 28 of
current Form N–3; Instructions 3(ii) and (iii) to Item
23 of current Form N–4; Instructions 3(ii) and (iii)
to Item 24 of current Form N–6.
557 See Instruction 2 to proposed Item 29 of Form
N–3; Instruction 2 to proposed Item 23 of Form N–
4; Instruction 2 to proposed Item 24 of Form N–6.
558 See Instructions 3(ii) and (iii) to proposed Item
32 of Form N–3; Instructions 3(ii) and (iii) to
proposed Item 26 of Form N–4; Instructions 3(ii)
and (iii) to proposed Item 27 of current Form N–
6.
559 Indexing the $5,000 thresholds for inflation
would result in revised thresholds of $11,950, and
indexing the $1,000,000 thresholds for inflation
would result in revised thresholds of $2,390,009.
Calculations are based on the Bureau of Labor
Statistics consumer price index average for all
urban consumers (CPI–U) between January 1985
and August 2018. See CPI Inflation Calculator,
Bureau of Labor Statistics, available at https://
www.bls.gov/data/inflation_calculator.htm.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
harmonize the disclosure requirements
across registration statements for
different products.
Investment Objectives and Risks (Item
23 of Form N–3)
We are proposing to make certain
amendments to Item 19 of Form N–3,
which we would re-designate as Item
23.560 Proposed Item 23 would contain
a new instruction clarifying that if the
registrant offers more than one
investment option, the required
disclosures should be made for each
investment option. Paragraph (a) of
proposed Item 23 would newly require
the registrant to describe any investment
strategies that are not principal
strategies, as well as the risks of those
strategies. These disclosures would
complement the prospectus disclosures
of principal investment strategies that
would be required by proposed Item 20.
Paragraph (b) of proposed Item 23
would require the discussion of all
policies regarding: (1) Issuing senior
securities; (2) borrowing money,
including the purpose for which the
proceeds will be used; (3) underwriting
securities of other issuers; (4)
concentrating investments in a
particular industry or group of
industries; (5) purchasing or selling real
estate or commodities; (6) making loans;
and (7) any other policy that the
registrant deems fundamental or that
may not be changed without
shareholder approval, including, if
applicable, the registrant’s investment
objectives. In contrast, Item 19 of
current Form N–3 generally requires the
disclosure of: (1) Fundamental policies
not described in the prospectus
regarding those same topics, as well as
short sales, purchases on margin, and
writing of put and call options, and any
other policy the registrant deems
fundamental; and (2) any significant but
non-fundamental investment policies
not described in the prospectus and
which can be changed without the
approval of the majority of votes
available to eligible voters. We believe
that the proposed amendments better
correspond with the requirements of
section 8 of the Investment Company
Act than the current Form N–3 item
requirements, since they more
specifically reflect the disclosure that
section 8 mandates.561
560 See proposed Item 23 of Form N–3. The
proposed amendments to this item would reflect
the presentation of Item 16 of Form N–1A.
561 Section 8 of the Investment Company Act
requires a fund to disclose in its registration
statement the fund’s policies with respect to
borrowing money, issuing senior securities,
underwriting securities issued by other persons,
investing in real estate or commodities, and making
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Paragraph (c) of proposed Item 23
would newly require registrants to
disclose the types of investments that a
registrant may make while assuming a
temporary defensive position. We
believe that investors should be
informed about investment positions
that an investment option can take from
time to time that are inconsistent with
the investment option’s central
investment focus.
Paragraph (f) of proposed Item 23
would newly require certain disclosures
regarding material events by registrants
or investment options that hold
themselves out as ‘‘money market
funds’’ or ‘‘money market accounts’’
pursuant to rule 2a–7 under the
Investment Company Act.562 That rule
requires these same disclosures to
appear on a fund’s website, and for
information about money market fund
material events to be reported to the
Commission on Form N–CR.563 We
believe that, to the extent investors may
not be familiar with researching filings
on EDGAR (or other equivalent
platform), including these disclosures in
a registrant’s SAI (which investors may
receive in hard copy through the U.S.
Postal Service or may access on a
registrant’s website, as well as accessing
on EDGAR or other equivalent platform)
may make this information more readily
available to these investors.564 The
loans. Section 8 also requires a fund to disclose in
the registration statement its policies on
concentration and portfolio turnover, and any other
policies that the fund deems fundamental or that
may not be changed without shareholder approval.
When the Commission proposed amendments to
Form N–1A in 1997, it noted that, although they are
not required to do so, some funds disclose in the
prospectus their policies with respect to the
practices identified under section 8. See Proposed
New Disclosure Option for Open-End Management
Investment Companies, Investment Company Act
Release No. 22529 (Feb. 27, 1997) [62 FR 10943
(Mar. 10, 1997)]. To provide a clearer directive to
disclose this information in the SAI, the
Commission proposed (and later adopted)
amendments to specifically require disclosure about
these policies in the SAI. See Form N–1A Adopting
Release, supra note 528. This amended Form N–1A
requirement forms the basis for the amendments to
paragraph (b) of proposed Item 23 of Form N–3
described herein.
562 See proposed Item 23(e) of Form N–3
(requiring prospectus disclosure of imposition of
liquidity fees, temporary suspension of registrant
redemptions, and financial support provided to
money market funds or money market accounts).
563 See rule 2a–7 under the Investment Company
Act (requiring a money market fund to prominently
post this same information on its website); Form N–
CR (requiring a money market fund to report this
same information to the Commission); see also Item
16(g) of Form N–1A (requiring disclosure of certain
material events for money market funds). Portfolio
companies registered on Form N–1A and offered by
registrants on Forms N–4 and N–6 are currently
required to include these disclosures in their SAIs.
564 See Money Market Reform; Amendments to
Form PF, Investment Company Act Release No.
31166 (July 23, 2014) [79 FR 47736 (Aug. 14, 2014)],
at text accompanying and following n.1258.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
remaining paragraphs of proposed Item
23 would restate existing disclosure
requirements to reflect the updated
presentation and disclosure
requirements of the parallel item in
Form N–1A.565
Management of the Registrant (Item 24
of Form N–3)
We are proposing to make certain
amendments to Item 20 of Form N–3,
which we would re-designate as Item
24, to restate existing disclosure
requirements to reflect the updated
presentation and disclosure
requirements of the parallel item in
Form N–1A.566 Except as discussed
below, these changes are not intended to
significantly alter current disclosure
obligations.
The proposed amendments would: (1)
Newly require disclosure of the
responsibilities of the board of directors
with respect to the registrant’s
management and any arrangements that
result in breakpoints in, or elimination
of, sales loads for directors and other
affiliated persons of the registrant; 567
and (2) remove the current requirement
to state that codes of ethics adopted by
the registrant, its investment adviser,
and principal underwriter can be
viewed and copied at the Commission’s
Public Reference Room, because the
Public Reference Room no longer
maintains paper copies of filings on
Form N–3.568
Investment Advisory and Other Services
(Item 25 of Form N–3)
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
In addition to the amendments to Item
21 of Form N–3 (which we would redesignate as Item 25) that we discuss
above, which would conform certain
aspects of this item to the disclosure
requirements of Form N–6,569 we are
also proposing amendments to restate
existing disclosure requirements to
reflect the updated presentation and
disclosure requirements of the parallel
item in Form N–1A.570 Except as
discussed below, these changes are not
565 Proposed paragraphs (b), (d), and (e) would
require disclosure regarding certain investment
policies, portfolio turnover, and disclosure of
portfolio holdings, respectively.
566 See proposed Item 24 of Form N–3. The
proposed amendments to this item would reflect
the presentation of Item 17 of Form N–1A.
567 See paragraphs (b)(1) and (d) of proposed Item
24 of Form N–3.
568 See paragraph (e) of proposed Item 24 of Form
N–3. These codes of ethics would continue to be
filed as exhibits to Part C of the registrant’s
registration statement. See proposed Item 34(q) of
Form N–3.
569 See supra note 536 and accompanying text.
570 See proposed Item 25 of Form N–3. The
proposed amendments to this item would reflect
the presentation of Item 19 of Form N–1A.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
intended to significantly alter current
disclosure obligations.
We are proposing to amend the
current requirement to disclose the total
dollar amount that the registrant or the
insurance company paid under the
investment advisory contract for the last
three fiscal years to also require
disclosure of amounts paid to ‘‘to the
adviser (aggregated with amounts paid
to affiliated advisers, if any), and any
advisers who are not affiliated persons
of the adviser.’’ 571 We are also
proposing to newly require a registrant
to disclose any front-end sales load
reallowed to dealers as a percentage of
the registrant’s shares.572 Finally, we are
proposing to newly require additional
disclosures regarding plans adopted
under rule 12b–1 under the Investment
Company Act.573 Industry practices
regarding the use of ‘‘12b–1 plans’’ have
evolved since Form N–3 was adopted in
1985, and the new disclosures are
intended to enhance the information
provided to investors by requiring
information similar to that required by
Form N–1A.
61795
1A but are not intended to significantly
alter current disclosure obligations.
Brokerage Allocation and Other
Practices (Item 27 of Form N–3)
We are proposing to make certain
amendments to Item 23 of Form N–3,
which we would re-designate as Item
27.576 The proposed amendments would
amend the current requirement to
describe how transactions in portfolio
securities are effected, by newly
including markdowns on principal
transactions among the items that must
be discussed in a general statement
about brokerage commissions and
markups.577 This would mirror the
parallel requirement of Form N–1A 578
and could provide additional relevant
information regarding the ways portfolio
security transactions involving negative,
as well as positive, spreads could
impact the separate account and its
investors. The proposed amendments
would also slightly alter the instruction
regarding the identification of securities
issued by the registrant’s regular broker
Portfolio Managers (Item 26 of Form N– or dealer and which the registrant has
acquired by deleting the statement that
3)
if the registrant has issued more than
We are proposing to make certain
one class or series of stock, information
amendments to Item 22 of Form N–3,
must be disclosed for the class or series
which we would re-designate as Item
that has securities that are being
574
26.
The proposed amendments would
registered on Form N–3.579 Otherwise,
amend the current requirement to
these changes would rephrase certain
describe the compensation of each
disclosure requirements to conform to
portfolio manager by including
current presentation requirements in
relocation expenses among the list of
Form N–1A but are not intended to
items that may be excluded from
compensation disclosures, provided that significantly alter current disclosure
obligations.
those items do not discriminate in
scope, terms, or operation in favor of the g. Additional Amendments to Form N–
portfolio manager and are available
6
generally to all salaried employees.575
Together with the cover page
Otherwise, these changes would
rephrase certain disclosure
amendments described above,580 we are
requirements to conform to current
proposing two additional amendments
presentation requirements in Form N–
to Part B of Form N–6. First, as
discussed above, we are proposing to
571 See paragraph (a)(3)(i) of proposed Item 25 of
relocate the disclosure on commissions
Form N–3.
paid to dealers from the SAI to the
572 See paragraph (e) of proposed Item 25 of Form
prospectus.581 Second, as also discussed
N–3.
above, we are proposing to eliminate
573 Registrants would disclose the relationship
between amounts paid to the distributor and the
current Item 23 (Loans) and consolidate
expenses that it incurs; the amount of any
unreimbursed expenses incurred under the plan in
a previous year and carried over to future years; and
whether the registrant participates in any joint
distribution activities with another investment
company and, if so, whether fees paid under the
plan may be used to finance the distribution of the
shares of another investment company and the
method of allocating distribution costs (e.g., relative
net asset size, number of shareholder accounts). See
paragraphs (f)(2) through (4) of proposed Item 25 of
Form N–3.
574 See proposed Item 26 of Form N–3. The
proposed amendments to this item would reflect
the presentation of Item 20 of Form N–1A.
575 See Instruction 2 to proposed Item 26(b) of
Form N–3 (discussing relocation expenses).
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
576 See proposed Item 27 of Form N–3. The
proposed amendments to this item would reflect
the presentation of Item 21 of Form N–1A.
577 See proposed Item 27(a) of Form N–3.
578 See Item 21(a) of Form N–1A.
579 See Instruction to proposed Item 27(e) of Form
N–3. We believe this aspect of the current
instruction is not necessary, as disclosure in
response to a registration form’s requirements
generally relates to the class or series for which
securities are being registered.
580 See supra note 530 and accompanying text.
581 See supra note 461 and accompanying text;
see also Item 20 of current Form N–6; proposed
Item 7 of Form N–6.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61796
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
required disclosures relating to contract
loans into the prospectus.582
h. Request for Comment on Proposed
SAI Amendments
We request comment generally on the
proposed amendments to the SAI
requirements contained in our variable
contract registration forms, and
specifically on the following issues:
• Should we amend as proposed the items
in Part B discussed above? Should we amend
any other items of Part B, or add new items
to Part B covering other disclosure items?
• Should we adjust the thresholds
described above in section II.D.3.e? If so,
should we propose to adjust similar
thresholds in our registration statement forms
for other types of investment companies to
comparable levels? Should they be adjusted
to a different level? Please explain the basis
for any suggested changes, including the
reasons for whether they should be adjusted
using different factors or other
considerations.
• Are the AUV tables useful to investors,
and has the usefulness of these tables
evolved since Forms N–3 and N–4 were first
adopted? Is it appropriate to move the AUV
tables from the prospectus to the SAI, or
would some other approach better serve
investors? For example, should we instead
codify the approach set forth in staff noaction relief described above? 583 Should we
consider other modifications, such as
eliminating the requirement to provide AUVs
corresponding to every pricing permutation
that results from offering multiple optional
riders (which were not available when the
forms were first adopted), and instead require
only disclosure of variations that affects
AUVs related to contract (share) class and
sub-accounts? Should we require the AUV
tables to reflect only five, and not 10, years
of data? Should we, as proposed, permit
registrants to omit AUV tables altogether if
they provide each investor with an annual
account statement that discloses, with
respect to each class of accumulation units
the investor holds, the actual performance of
each subaccount during the prior fiscal year?
Or should we mandate that registrants
provide annual account statements to each
investor? Alternatively, should we eliminate
altogether the requirement to include AUV
tables in the registration statement, or
otherwise revise this requirement? If we were
to revise the requirement, should we also
extend the revised requirement to Form N–
6, which does not currently require the
inclusion of AUV tables? 584 Can or do
investors receive performance information
that is similar to, or more useful than, the
data in the AUV tables?
• Should we, as proposed, amend Part B
of Form N–3 to require comparable
disclosures required by Form N–1A? Should
we modify the proposed amendments in any
way?
4. Part C (Other Information)
Table 7 shows how our proposed
amendments would amend the item
requirements of Part C of our variable
contract registration forms. These
amendments are largely intended to
update the disclosure requirements and
provide greater consistency among
variable contract registration forms. We
are also proposing to eliminate certain
disclosure items in light of recent
regulatory developments and our goal of
reducing duplicative disclosure
requirements.
TABLE 7—PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO PART C OF FORMS N–3, N–4, AND N–6
Item description
Proposed
item No.
Form N–3:
Proposed treatment
Form N–4:
Proposed treatment
Exhibits (in Forms N–3 and
N–4, currently ‘‘Financial
Statements and Exhibits’’).
• Form N–3: Item 34 (currently Item 29).
• Form N–4: Item 28 (currently Item 24).
• Form N–6: Item 29 (currently Item 26).
Revised .............................
Revised .............................
Revised.
In Form N–3: Directors and
Officers of the Insurance
Company.
• Form N–3: Item 35 (currently Item 30).
• Form N–4: Item 29 (currently Item 25).
• Form N–6: Item 30 (currently Item 27).
Unchanged ........................
Unchanged ........................
Unchanged.
• Form N–3: Item 36 (currently Item 31).
• Form N–4: Item 30 (currently Item 26).
• Form N–6: Item 31 (currently Item 28).
Revised .............................
Revised .............................
Unchanged.
N/A (currently, Item 32 in
Form N–3 and Item 27
in Form N–4).
Eliminated .........................
Eliminated .........................
N/A.
In Forms N–4 and N–6: Directors and Officers of
the Depositor.
In Form N–3: Persons
Controlled by or Under
Common Control with
the Insurance Company
or Registrant.
Form N–6:
Proposed treatment
In Forms N–4 and N–6:
Persons Controlled by or
Under Common Control
with the Depositor or
Registrant.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Number of Contractowners
582 The disclosures required by current Item 23
would be consolidated with current Item 10 into a
single proposed Item 13. See supra paragraphs
accompanying and immediately following note 500.
583 See supra note 550.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
584 The level of customization now available for
variable annuity contracts is somewhat comparable
to the individual nature of variable life insurance
charges, which the Commission previously stated
did not appear to provide a comparable measure of
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
performance that is applicable to all holders of a
particular variable life insurance contract. See Form
N–6 Proposing Release, supra note 445.
Consequently, Form N–6 does not require the
inclusion of AUV tables.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
61797
TABLE 7—PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO PART C OF FORMS N–3, N–4, AND N–6—Continued
Item description
Proposed
item No.
Form N–3:
Proposed treatment
Form N–4:
Proposed treatment
Indemnification ..................
• Form N–3: Item 37 (currently Item 33).
• Form N–4: Item 31 (currently Item 28).
• Form N–6: Item 32 (currently Item 29).
Revised .............................
Revised .............................
Unchanged.
Business and Other Connections of Investment
Adviser.
• Form N–3: Item 38 (currently Item 34).
Unchanged ........................
N/A ....................................
N/A.
Principal Underwriters .......
• Form N–3: Item
rently Item 35).
• Form N–4: Item
rently Item 29).
• Form N–6: Item
rently Item 30).
• Form N–3: Item
rently Item 36).
Revised .............................
Revised .............................
Revised.
32 (cur33 (cur40 (cur-
Location of Accounts and
Records.
• Form N–4: Item 33 (currently Item 30).
• Form N–6: Item 34 (currently Item 31).
Unchanged ........................
Unchanged ........................
Unchanged.
Management Services .......
• Form N–3: Item 41 (currently Item 37).
• Form N–4: Item 34 (currently Item 31).
• Form N–6: Item 35 (currently Item 32).
Revised .............................
Revised .............................
Revised.
Fee Representation ...........
• Form N–3: Item 42 ........
• Form N–4: Item 35 ........
• Form N–6 Item 36 (currently Item 33).
New Item ...........................
New Item ...........................
Unchanged.
Undertakings .....................
N/A (currently, Item 38 in
Form N–3 and Item 32
in Form N–4).
Eliminated .........................
Eliminated .........................
N/A.
a. Amendments Conforming Part C
Items of Form N–3 and N–4 to
Presentation in Form N–6
We propose to amend certain items of
Part C of proposed Form N–4 to reflect
the more up-to-date presentation of
corresponding items in Form N–6, and
to re-designate their numbering as
shown in Table 7 above. To the extent
that these amended items incorporate
only minor wording changes,585 they are
indicated as ‘‘unchanged items’’ in
Table 7. Otherwise, each of these
amended items is discussed in more
detail below.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
39 (cur-
Form N–6:
Proposed treatment
• Exhibits (Item 34 of Form N–3, Item 28
of Form N–4, Item 29 of Form N–6).586 We
are proposing to amend the Exhibits item: (1)
585 See
supra note 529.
part of the 2017 FAST Act Proposal, the
Commission proposed amendments to its
registration forms, including Forms N–3, N–4, and
N–6, to require hyperlinks to most exhibits required
to be filed with the registration statement. See 2017
FAST Act Proposal, supra note 307.
586 As
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
For Forms N–3 and N–4, to eliminate the
requirement to list the financial statements
filed as part of the registration statement; 587
(2) for Form N–4, to require the filing of
participation agreements; 588 and (3) for
Forms N–3 and N–4, to require the filing of
administrative contracts.589
• Persons Controlled by or Under Common
Control with the Depositor or Registrant (Item
36 of Form N–3, Item 30 of Form N–4, Item
31 of Form N–6). We are proposing to amend
Forms N–3 and N–4 to no longer require
registrants to disclose the principal business
of any persons controlled by or under
common control with the depositor or
registrant.590 We believe that the revised item
provides sufficient information for investors
to assess the effects of control arrangements
affecting the registrant (which effects are
based largely on the percentage of voting
securities owned by controlling persons, or
other bases of control, as required to be
disclosed under the item).
• Indemnification (Item 37 of Form N–3,
Item 31 of Form N–4, Item 32 of Form N–6).
For Forms N–3 and N–4, we are proposing
to amend the item relating to indemnification
to eliminate the instruction specifying that,
in responding to the item’s requirements, a
registrant should note the requirements of
Securities Act rule 461 and 484, and section
17 of the Investment Company Act.591 We do
not believe that specifically noting these legal
requirements is necessary for an investor to
understand the general effects of agreements
insuring or indemnifying underwriters or
affiliated persons of the registrant against
liability, and moreover, eliminating legal
references from investor documents is
consistent with our plain English
requirements.592
587 See Item 29(a) of current Form N–3; Item 24(a)
of current Form N–4.
588 Proposed Item 28(h) of Form N–4.
589 Proposed Item 34(k) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 28(i) of Form N–4.
590 See Item 31 of current Form N–3; Item 26 of
current Form N–4.
591 See Item 33 of current Form N–3; Item 28 of
current Form N–4.
592 See, e.g., rule 421(c) under the Securities Act
(requiring information required to be included in a
prospectus to be clearly understandable without
referring to the particular form or general rules and
regulations).
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61798
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
• Fee Representation (Item 42 of Form N–
3, Item 35 of Form N–4). We also propose to
add new Item 42 to Form N–3 and new Item
35 to Form N–4, which would require
registrants to provide a representation of the
insurance company or depositor that the fees
and charges deducted under the contracts, in
the aggregate, are reasonable in relation to the
services rendered, the expenses expected to
be incurred, and the risks assumed by the
insurance company or depositor. The new
disclosure item would mirror Item 33 of
current Form N–6 (which we propose to redesignate as Item 36). Because section 26(f)
of the Investment Company Act requires that
the representation be made in the registration
statement,593 this new item would merely
request the representation required by
section 26(f) and not impose any new
obligations on a Form N–3 or Form N–4
registrant.
b. Amendments Requiring Filing of
Preliminary Form of Summary
Prospectus
For each form, we are proposing to
amend the ‘‘Exhibits’’ disclosure item to
require a registrant to file a preliminary
form of any contract summary
prospectus that the registrant intends to
use on or after the effective date of the
registration statement as an exhibit.594
As discussed above, we are proposing
the new requirement to file a
preliminary form of a contract summary
prospectus to permit the staff to review
a summary prospectus in the form and
manner in which a registrant would
provide it to investors, prior to the
registration statement’s effective date.595
These proposed amendments to the
‘‘Exhibits’’ item of each form would
accompany the other amendments that
we propose to the ‘‘Exhibits’’ item of
Forms N–3 and N–4 to conform to the
parallel disclosure requirements in
Form N–6.596
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
593 Section
26(f)(2)(A) of the Investment Company
Act provides that it shall be unlawful for any unit
investment trust that is a registered separate
account funding variable insurance contracts to sell
any such contract unless the registration statement
for the contract represents that the fees and charges
deducted under the contract, in the aggregate, are
reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the
expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks
assumed by the insurance company. Section 27(i)(2)
of the Investment Company Act makes section 26(f)
of the Investment Company Act applicable to Form
N–3 registrants.
594 Proposed Item 34(r) of Form N–3; proposed
Item 28(o) of Form N–4; proposed Item 29(r) of
Form N–6.
595 An instruction would provide that registrants
are required to provide the preliminary summary
prospectus exhibits only in connection with the
filing of an initial registration statement, or in
connection with a pre-effective amendment or a
post-effective amendment filed in accordance with
paragraph (a) of rule 485 under the Securities Act.
See generally supra section II.A.7.a.
596 See supra notes 587 through 589 and
accompanying text.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
c. Principal Underwriters (Item 39 of
Form N–3, Item 32 of Form N–4, Item
33 of Form N–6).
For Form N–3, we propose to add an
instruction stating that information need
not be provided about bona fide
contracts with the registrant or its
insurance company for outside legal or
auditing services, or bona fide contracts
for personal employment entered into
with the registrant or its depositor in the
ordinary course of business. Likewise,
for Forms N–4 and N–6, we propose to
add a similar instruction stating that
information need not be given about the
service of mailing proxies or periodic
reports of the registrant. Collectively,
these instructions are intended to focus
disclosures on underwritings costs, as
opposed to costs for legal or auditing
services or other ancillary matters, and
would parallel similar instructions in
Part B of these same forms regarding
disclosures for underwriters.597
Also, for Form N–3, we propose to
amend the instruction to subparagraph
(c) of Item 35 of current Form N–3 to
eliminate the portion of the first
instruction requiring to include as
‘‘other compensation’’ any
compensation received by an
underwriter for keeping the registrant’s
securities in the hands of the public.598
The category of ‘‘other compensation’’ is
intended to encompass compensation
that is not otherwise enumerated in one
of the other categories, and so we
believe deletion of this instruction
would help streamline the form and
remove any suggestion that this category
is limited only to disclosure of
compensation received for keeping the
registrant’s securities in the hands of the
public.
d. Adjustment to Disclosure Thresholds
(Items 39 and 41 of Form N–3, Items 32
and 34 of Form N–4, Items 33 and 35
of Form N–6)
In addition to proposing certain
updated disclosure thresholds in the
SAI, we are similarly proposing to
increase certain disclosure thresholds in
Part C. For example, when providing
information required regarding
commissions and other compensation
received, directly or indirectly, from the
registrant during the registrant’s last
fiscal year by each principal
underwriter, a registrant currently may
exclude information about any service
for which total payments of less than
$5,000 were made during each of the
597 See
supra section II.D.3.b.
1 to Item 35(c) of current Form N–
598 Instruction
3.
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
registrant’s last three fiscal years.599 In
addition, when providing a summary of
certain contracts under which
management-related services are
provided to the registrant, a registrant
currently need not provide information
about any service for which total
payments of less than $5,000 were made
during each of the last three fiscal
years.600 As part of our efforts to update
the registration forms, we are proposing
to increase these thresholds to
$15,000 601 to reflect the effects of
inflation since 1985.602
e. Amendments Eliminating Current
Part C Disclosure Requirements
To reduce overlapping regulatory
requirements, we propose to eliminate
Item 32 of current Form N–3 and Item
27 of current Form N–4 (‘‘Number of
Contractowners’’), as we will obtain the
information that this item would require
a registrant to disclose in a registrant’s
filings on Form N–CEN.603 Unlike
registration statements on Forms N–3
and N–4, reports on Form N–CEN are
filed with the Commission in a
structured data format that permits the
Commission and its staff to more easily
collect, aggregate, and analyze the
reported information. We also propose
to eliminate Item 38 of current Form N–
3 and Item 32 of Form N–4
(‘‘Undertakings’’). These requirements
are outdated 604 or redundant of similar
requirements under the proposed
amendments to Forms N–3 and N–4.605
599 See Instruction 3 to Item 35(c) of current Form
N–3; Instruction 3 to Item 29(c) of current Form N–
4; Instruction 3 to Item 30(c) of current Form N–
6.
600 See Instruction 2 to Item 37 of current Form
N–3; Instruction 2 to Item 31 of current Form N–
4; Instruction 2 to Item 32 of current Form N–6.
601 See Instruction 3 to proposed Item 39 and
Instruction 2 to proposed Item 41 of Form N–3;
Instruction 3 to proposed Item 32 and Instruction
2 to proposed Item 34 of Form N–4; Instruction 3
to proposed Item 33 and Instruction 2 to proposed
Item 35 of Form N–6.
602 For a discussion of the calculation
methodology, see supra note 559.
603 See Item F.13 of Form N–CEN (requiring
disclosure of the number of individual contracts
that are in force at the end of the reporting period).
604 Item 38(c) of current Form N–3 and Item 32(b)
of current Form N–4 require an undertaking to
include either (1) as part of any application to
purchase a contract offered by the prospectus, a
space that an applicant can check to request an SAI,
or (2) a post card or similar written communication
affixed to or included in the prospectus that the
applicant can remove to send for an SAI. Because
we understand that investors typically use the
internet or—for investors who do not use the
internet, telephonic means—to request an SAI, we
believe that this undertaking is outdated.
605 Because the Commission’s view is that issuers
of variable insurance contracts are required by
section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act to maintain a
current prospectus for so long as payments may be
accepted under the contracts, regardless of whether
new policies are being sold, the undertakings to file
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
f. Additional Amendments to Form N–
6
We are proposing to amend the third
column of the table required by Item 30
of current Form N–6 (‘‘Principal
Underwriters,’’ which we would redesignate as Item 33) to reflect
compensation received from the
registrant on all redemptions, rather
than the more narrow requirement to
disclose only compensation from events
occasioning the deduction of a deferred
sales load.606 Because compensation
may be paid upon redemptions not
defined as deferred sales loads, we
believe this proposed change will clarify
for investors the amount of redemption
compensation received from the
registrant.
g. Request for Comment on Proposed
Part C Amendments
We request comment generally on the
proposed amendments to the Part C
requirements of our variable contract
registration forms, and specifically on
the following issues:
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
• Should we amend as proposed the items
in Part C discussed above? Should we amend
any other items of Part C, or add new items
to Part C covering other disclosure items?
• We request comment regarding the
exhibits that would be required to be filed as
part of the registration statement. Should we
modify the proposed list of required exhibits?
Should we require any additional exhibits, or
eliminate any currently required exhibits?
Should we revise the description of the
exhibits that this item would require? For
example, with respect to reinsurance
contracts, should we specifically request
guarantees and credit support agreements
from one insurance company to another (e.g.,
from parent to subsidiary)? Are there any
other changes we should make to the
required exhibit list?
• Should we require Form N–3 and Form
N–4 registrants to include the fee
representations specified by the new item
that mirrors a parallel item in Form N–6? If
post-effective amendments required by Items 38(a)
and (b) of current Form N–3 and Item 32(a) of
current Form N–4 simply restate an issuer’s
obligation under the Securities Act. See Form N–
6 Proposing Release, supra note 445, at text
following n.83.
Compare Item 38(d) of current Form N–3 and
Item 32(c) of current Form N–3 (requiring
undertaking to deliver any SAI and any required
financial statements promptly upon written or oral
request) with proposed Item 1(b) of Forms N–3 and
N–4 (requiring registrants to state that the SAI is
available, without charge, upon request and further
requiring registrants to send the SAI within three
business days of receipt of the request, by first-class
mail or other means designed to ensure equally
prompt delivery) and proposed Item 18 of Form N–
3 and proposed Item 17 of Form N–4 (requiring
registrants to explain how financial statements may
be found or obtained).
606 Proposed Item 33(c) of Form N–6. This
proposed change would conform Form N–6 with
the comparable item of Form N–4. See Item 29(c)
of current Form N–4.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
we do not require this disclosure in Form N–
3 and Form N–4, should we remove the
parallel requirement in Form N–6?
• Should we adjust the thresholds
described above in section II.D.4.d? If so,
should we propose to adjust similar
thresholds in our registration statement forms
for other types of investment companies to
comparable levels? Should they be adjusted
to a different level? Please explain the basis
for any suggested changes, including the
reasons for whether they should be adjusted
using different factors or other
considerations.
The guidelines to current Forms N–3
and N–4 (the ‘‘Guidelines’’) were
prepared by the Division of Investment
Management when the Commission
adopted the forms in 1985.607 The
Guidelines, which generally restate
certain Division positions that may
affect fund disclosure, were intended to
assist funds in preparing and filing their
registration statements.
Although certain Guidelines have
been revised and new ones added in
connection with the adoption of various
rules, the Guidelines collectively have
not been reviewed since 1985. Certain
Division positions in the Guidelines
have become outdated.608 Other
Guidelines explain or restate legal
requirements and may encourage
generic disclosure about registrant
operations that may not assist investors
in evaluating and comparing
registrants.609 More generally, we
believe the Guidelines have generally
been superseded by other resources that
are more frequently updated and
accessible to the public. For example,
registrants seeking additional guidance
in preparing new or amended
registration statements may consult the
Investment Company Registration and
607 See Forms N–3 and N–4 Adopting Release,
supra note 28, at text following n.51 (stating that
publication of the Guidelines was not intended to
elevate their status beyond that of staff guidance).
608 See, e.g., Form N–3 Guideline 31 (the
reference to the synopsis would no longer be
necessary as revised Form N–3 would have detailed
instructions with respect to the Overview and Key
Information sections); Form N–3 Guideline 36 (the
staff no longer takes the position that if there is a
variable annuitization option that the variable
option must be the default; a fixed option can be
the default so long as the default option is disclosed
in the prospectus at the time of purchase); see also
Form N–4 Guideline 4 (mortality and expense risk
charges no longer require exemptive relief; also the
reference to the Glass-Steagall Act is no longer
relevant); Form N–4 Guideline 12 (same as Form N–
3 Guideline 36).
609 See, e.g., Form N–3 Guideline 1 (rule 35d–1
under the Investment Company Act makes the
guidance redundant that the registrant should
invest least 65% of its assets in the type of
investment suggested by its name); see also Form
N–4 Guideline 3 (restates the law regarding
redemptions without providing new guidance).
Frm 00071
Regulation Package, a Commission staff
publication that is available online.610
As with other registration forms that
have more recently been amended to
eliminate the guidelines for those forms,
we are proposing to rescind the
Guidelines to Forms N–3 and N–4.611
We request comment on whether all or
parts of the Guidelines should be
retained (either as form items or
instructions, or addressed as
Commission guidance).
E. Inline XBRL
5. Guidelines
PO 00000
61799
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
We are proposing to require the use of
the Inline XBRL format for the
submission of certain required
disclosures in the variable contract
statutory prospectus. The proposed
amendments are intended to harness
technology to allow investors (directly
and through their investment
professionals), data aggregators,
financial analysts, Commission staff,
and other data users to efficiently
analyze and compare the available
information about variable contracts, as
required by their particular needs and
circumstances. This aspect of our
proposal is in keeping with our ongoing
efforts to implement reporting and
disclosure reforms that take advantage
of the benefits of advanced technology
to modernize the investment company
reporting regime and to, among other
things, help investors and other market
participants better assess different
products.
Information structured using the
Inline XBRL format is both humanreadable and machine-readable for
purposes of validation, aggregation, and
analysis. Inline XBRL is a specification
of the XBRL format that allows filers to
embed XBRL data directly into an
HTML document, eliminating any need
to submit a copy of the tagged
information in a machine-readable
document separate from the humanreadable document.
In 2009, the Commission adopted
rules requiring operating companies,
mutual funds, and ETFs to submit
certain disclosures in the XBRL
format.612 More recently, the
610 See Investment Company Registration and
Regulation Package (Dec. 21, 2014), available at
https://www.sec.gov/investment/fast-answers/
divisionsinvestmentinvcoreg121504htm.html.
611 See Form N–1A Adopting Release, supra note
528 (eliminating similar guidelines from Form N–
1A).
612 In one rulemaking, the Commission required
operating companies to submit financial statements
accompanying their registration statements and
periodic and current reports in XBRL. See
Interactive Data to Improve Financial Reporting,
Release No. 33–9002 (Jan. 30, 2009) [74 FR 6776],
as corrected by Release No. 33–9002A (Apr. 1,
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
Continued
30NOP2
61800
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Commission amended its rules to
require operating companies, mutual
funds, and ETFs to submit the required
information in Inline XBRL.613 Those
amendments were intended to improve
the data’s usefulness, timeliness, and
quality, benefiting investors, other
market participants, and other data
users and to decrease, over time, the
cost of preparing the data for
submission to the Commission.614
Reflecting the development in XBRL
specifications and for consistency with
the format required for operating
companies, mutual funds, and ETFs, we
are proposing amendments to our rules
and forms that would require variable
contract registrants to submit certain
information in the Inline XBRL
format.615 We believe that the public’s
access to this data will be facilitated by
making the data available in Inline
XBRL, a format with which they will
already be familiar as a result of
reviewing and analyzing other
disclosures in Inline XBRL. Variable
contract registrants would be required to
embed a part of the Interactive Data
File 616 within an HTML document
using Inline XBRL and to include the
rest in an exhibit to that document. The
portion filed as an exhibit to the filing
will contain contextual information
about the XBRL tags embedded in the
filing. The information as tagged will
continue to be required to satisfy all
other requirements of rule 405 under
Regulation S–T, including the technical
requirements in the EDGAR Filer
Manual.
For filers, Inline XBRL can enhance
the efficiency of review, yield savings in
time and cost of preparing machinereadable data, and potentially enhance
the quality of the data over other
machine-readable standards because
certain errors will be easier to identify
2009) [74 FR 15666]. In a parallel rulemaking, the
Commission required mutual funds and ETFs to
submit risk/return summaries in XBRL. See
Interactive Data for Mutual Fund Risk/Return
Summary, Investment Company Act Release No.
28617 (Feb. 11, 2009) [74 FR 7748 (Feb. 19, 2009)].
613 See Inline XBRL Filing of Tagged Data,
Investment Company Act Release No. 33139 (June
28, 2018) [83 FR 40846 (Aug. 16, 2018)] (‘‘Inline
XBRL Adopting Release’’).
614 Id.
615 Proposed General Instruction 3.C.(h) of Forms
N–3, N–4, and N–6; proposed amendments to rules
485 and 497 under the Securities Act; proposed
amendments to rules 11 and 405 of Regulation
S–T.
616 Regulation S–T defines the term ‘‘Interactive
Data File’’ to mean the machine-readable computer
code that presents information in XBRL electronic
format pursuant to rule 405 of Regulation S–T and
as specified by the EDGAR Filer Manual. 17 CFR
232.11; 17 CFR 232.405. The EDGAR Filer Manual
sets forth the technical formatting requirements for
the presentation and submission of electronic
filings through the EDGAR system.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
and correct because the data is also
human-readable. For investors and other
data users, requiring information to be
tagged in a structured format could
facilitate analysis and comparison of
variable contracts. In addition, making
the data available in Inline XBRL should
enhance the usability and ease of
accessibility to the disclosures because
users will not have to access two
different documents (one machinereadable and one human-readable) for
the same data, and users can leverage
the enhanced search and filtering
capabilities of the Commission’s Inline
XBRL Viewer. Moreover, given the
complexity of variable contracts, we
believe that tagging certain sections
within the statutory prospectus in Inline
XBRL format could provide greater
transparency regarding the products’
features and risks in the marketplace.
Filings to be tagged. Like mutual
funds and ETFs, registrants would be
required to submit to the Commission in
Inline XBRL certain information
discussed below in registration
statements or post-effective
amendments filed on Forms N–3, N–4,
and N–6, and forms of prospectuses
filed pursuant to rule 497(c) or rule
497(e) under the Securities Act that
include information that varies from the
registration statement.
Information to be tagged. We are
proposing that registrants tag the
following prospectus disclosure items
using Inline XBRL: The Key Information
Table, Fee Table, Principal Risks of
Investing in the Contract, Other Benefits
Available Under the Contract, and
Investment Options Available Under the
Contract in the statutory prospectus,
and for Form N–3 registrants,
Additional Information About
Investment Options Available Under the
Contract.617 We believe that these
items—which provide important
information about a variable contract’s
key features, costs, and risks—would be
most suited to being tagged in a
structured format and be of greatest
utility for investors and other data users
that seek structured data to analyze and
compare variable contracts.
We would require registrants to tag
the Key Information Table, which
provides a concise summary of fees and
expenses, risks, restrictions, taxes, and
conflicts of interest. We are also
proposing to include the Fee Table,
which provides detailed information
about the variable contract’s costs. We
believe that tagging could facilitate
analysis of the costs associated with
variable contracts, and allow investors
and their investment professionals to
compare the costs of a particular
contract with the costs of other variable
contracts or other investment products,
such as mutual funds.
We are also proposing to require
Principal Risks to be tagged so investors
and their investment professionals can
analyze a contract’s risks alongside the
contract’s features and benefits. We
would also require registrants to tag
Other Benefits Available Under the
Contract because these optional product
features may be easier to analyze and
compare if information pertaining to
those features is available in a
structured data format. Finally, we are
proposing to require registrants to tag
Investment Options Available Under the
Contract, as this may allow investors
and their investment professionals to
more easily compare the mutual funds
or other investment options that are
offered by different variable contracts
and assess whether a particular
contract’s investment options meet the
investor’s needs or goals.
Submission of Interactive Data File. In
a framework similar to that for mutual
funds and ETFs under the recently
adopted Inline XBRL regime,618 we
would require variable contract
registrants to submit Interactive Data
Files as follows:
• For post-effective amendments filed
pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i), (ii), (v), or
(vii) of rule 485, and in the case of registrants
on Forms N–4 or N–6, paragraph (b)(1)(vi) of
rule 485,619 Interactive Data Files must be
filed either concurrently with the filing or in
a subsequent amendment that is filed on or
before the date that the post-effective
amendment that contains the related
information becomes effective; 620
• for initial registration statements and
post-effective amendments filed other than
pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(i), (ii), (v), or
(vii) of rule 485, and in the case of registrants
on Forms N–4 or N–6, paragraph (b)(1)(vi) of
rule 485, Interactive Data Files must be filed
618 See
617 See
General Instruction C.3.(h) to Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6; see also proposed Items 3, 4, 5, 12,
19, 20 of Form N–3; proposed Items 3, 4, 5, 11, and
18 of Form N–4; proposed Items 3, 4, 5, 11, and 18
of Form N–6. This information largely parallels
similar information contained in the Form N–1A
risk/return summary. See Item 2 of Form N–1A
(Risk/Return Summary: Investment Objectives/
Goals); Item 3 of Form N–1A (Risk/Return
Summary: Fee Table); Item 4 of Form N–1A (Risk/
Return Summary: Investments, Risks and
Performance).
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Inline XBRL Adopting Release, supra note
613.
619 To help facilitate efficiencies in the variable
contract post-effective amendment filing process,
we propose to permit variable contracts to submit
Interactive Data Files concurrently with these posteffective amendments because post-effective
amendments filed pursuant to these paragraphs of
rule 485 generally are not subject to further
revision.
620 Proposed General Instruction C.3.(h)(i)(B) of
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6; cf. General Instruction
C.3.(g)(i)(B) of Form N–1A.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
in a subsequent amendment on or before the
date the registration statement or posteffective amendment that contains the related
information becomes effective; 621 and
• for any form of prospectus filed pursuant
to rule 497(c) or (e), Interactive Data Files
must be submitted concurrently with the
filing.622
We believe this approach will
facilitate the timely availability of
important information in a structured
format for investors, their investment
professionals, and other data users
yielding substantial benefits. For data
aggregators responding to investor
demand for the data, the availability of
the required disclosures in the Inline
XBRL format concurrent with filing or
before the date of effectiveness would
allow them to quickly process and share
the data and related analysis with
investors. Therefore, we are not
proposing to provide variable contract
registrants with a filing period to submit
Interactive Data Files.
Identification of Classes. The
Interactive Data File would be required
to be submitted in such a manner that
would permit the information for each
contract (and, for any information that
does not relate to all of the classes in a
filing, each class of the contract) to be
separately identified.623
Consequence of failure to submit
required Interactive Data File. Similar to
the framework for mutual funds and
ETFs, we are proposing to amend rule
485 under the Securities Act to provide
that if a registrant does not submit a
required Interactive Data File, the
registrant’s ability to file post-effective
amendments to its registration statement
under subparagraph (b) of the rule will
be automatically suspended until the
required Interactive Data File is
submitted.624
Availability of hardship exemptions.
Variable contract registrants could
request temporary and continuing
hardship exemptions for the inability to
timely file electronically the Interactive
Data File.625
We request comment generally on the
proposed amendments to require the
use of Inline XBRL, and specifically on
the following issues:
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
• Should we adopt rules that make the
submission of structured data in the Inline
621 Proposed General Instruction C.3.(h)(i)(A) to
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6; cf . General Instruction
C.3.(g)(i)(A) of Form N–1A.
622 Proposed General Instruction C.3.(h)(ii) to
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6; cf. General Instruction
C.3.(g)(ii) of Form N–1A.
623 Proposed General Instruction C.3.(h)(iii) to
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6.
624 Proposed rule 485(c)(3).
625 See rule 201 Regulation S–T (temporary
hardship exemption) and rule 202 of Regulation S–
T (continuing hardship exemption).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
XBRL format mandatory for variable contract
registrants? Should the requirements for
variable contracts generally mirror the
recently adopted Inline XBRL requirements
for mutual funds and ETFs as we have
proposed, or do variable contracts present
different issues and considerations from
mutual funds and ETFs? To what extent, or
how, should registration statements and
other filings for contracts operating in the
manner that the Staff Letters describe, as
discussed in section II.C above, be required
to submit information in Inline XBRL?
• Should any category of variable contract
registrants be exempt from the proposed
Inline XBRL requirements? If so, which ones,
and explain why. If we were to exempt any
such filers from the Inline XBRL
requirements, should they be permitted to
voluntarily file in the Inline XBRL format?
What would be the effects on data quality
and usability to investors and other data
users associated with exempting such filers
from the Inline XBRL requirements?
• Should we otherwise take a different
approach for variable contracts, and if so,
what would that be? For example, should we
require instead that information be submitted
in reports filed on Form N–CEN? Would
submission on Form N–CEN ensure that
current structured data for all variable
contracts, including those operating in the
manner that the Staff Letters describe, as
discussed in section II.C above, would be
available under a common submission
framework for all variable contracts? Would
such a filing framework provide a less
burdensome means of submitting the same
structured data to the Commission? What
would be the effects on data quality and
usability to investors and other data users of
having the information available in Form N–
CEN’s XML format instead of the proposed
Inline XBRL format?
• Should variable contract registrants be
required to use Inline XBRL to tag the
proposed sections of the contract (Key
Information Table, Fee Table, Principal Risks
of Investing in the Contract, Other Benefits
Available Under the Contract, and/or
Portfolio Companies [Investment Options]
Available Under the Contract) for Forms N–
3, N–4, and N–6? Should only one or both
Items 19 (Investment Options Under the
Contract) and 20 (Additional Information
About Investment Options Available Under
the Contract) of Form N–3 be required to be
tagged? Should other or different information
be required to be tagged in Inline XBRL?
• What costs or other burdens (e.g., related
to personnel, systems, operations,
compliance, etc.) would the proposed Inline
XBRL requirements impose on variable
contract registrants? Please provide
quantitative estimates to the extent available.
• How long is it likely to take for vendors
and filers to develop solutions for tagging
variable contract submissions in Inline
XBRL?
• As outlined in Section II.G below, we are
proposing a similar compliance date of 18
months after the effective date of any final
rules for the summary prospectus framework
for all variable contracts to submit to the
Commission the required information in
Inline XBRL. Is this period appropriate, or
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61801
should the requirement to submit the
required information in Inline XBRL be
subject to a compliance date later than the
compliance date for any final rules for the
summary prospectus framework? Should we
adopt a phase-in schedule for the
implementation of Inline XBRL for variable
contract registrants based on certain factors,
such as registrant size (or otherwise)?
• In the case of post-effective amendment
filings made pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1)(i),
(ii), (v), and (vii) of rule 485 under the
Securities Act, and in the case of registrants
on Forms N–4 or N–6, paragraph (b)(1)(vi) of
rule 485, should we, as proposed, permit
registrants to file the Inline XBRL document
concurrently with the related filing? Why or
why not? For example, is there a risk that
investors may be confused by information
that is tagged in Inline XBRL and filed before
effectiveness of the related filing? Should we
also permit registrants to submit tagged data
information concurrently with the related
filing in the case of initial registration
statements and post-effective amendments
made pursuant to other paragraphs of rule
485? Why or why not? Should we instead
require that Interactive Data Files only be
submitted in a subsequent amendment to the
initial registration statement or any posteffective amendment? Why or why not?
• We are not proposing to provide a filing
period for registrants to submit the
Interactive Data Files. Instead, registrants
would be required to submit Interactive Data
Files on or prior to the effectiveness of a
related initial registration statement or posteffective amendment, or concurrently with
the filing of a related form of prospectus
pursuant to rule 497. Are there costs or other
burdens that may be incurred by filers if
there is no filing period? Should we instead
provide a filing period, and if so, what is the
appropriate time period (e.g., 1 day, 5 days,
10 days, 20 days, 30 days)? In lieu of a filing
period that would be available indefinitely,
should we instead provide for a filing period
that would be available for a temporary
transitional period after the effectiveness of
any final rules? If so, what should that
transitional period be (e.g., the filing period
would only be available for two years after
effectiveness of any final rules, and
thereafter, registrants would submit
Interactive Data Files no later than the
effectiveness of the related initial registration
statement or post-effective amendment, or
concurrently with the filing of a related form
of prospectus pursuant to rule 497, as under
the proposed rules)? If there is a filing period,
would investors and other data users find the
structured data to be as useful as if it had
been as proposed?
• To what extent do investors and other
market participants find information that is
available a structured format useful for
analytical purposes? Is information that is
narrative, rather than numerical, useful as an
analytical tool? Would investors and other
market participants find variable contract
information that is available in a structured
format useful for analytical purposes? To
what ends would they find that information
useful?
• Are any other amendments necessary or
appropriate to require the submission of the
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61802
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
proposed required information in Inline
XBRL? If so, what are they?
• In what ways might the Commission
enhance the access to Inline XBRL data
submitted by filers?
• Should we require other types of
information to be submitted in the Inline
XBRL format? If so, what other types of
information would be suitable for the Inline
XBRL format and why? Are there other
means of embedding structured data into the
human-readable format of filings that we
should consider?
• Are the proposed hardship exemptions
appropriate for variable contract registrants?
Do variable contract participants have unique
challenges that would impede them from
being able to comply with the proposed filing
requirements? If so, what are they?
F. Technical and Conforming
Amendments to, and Requests for
Comment on, Other Aspects of the
Regulatory Framework for Variable
Contracts
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Proposed Conforming Amendments,
and Requests for Comment, To Reflect
Proposed Rule 498A and Amended
Registration Forms
We are proposing conforming
amendments to various cross-references
in our rules to reflect proposed rule
498A, and the proposed amendments to
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6. These crossreferences are reflected in our proposed
amendments to: Rules 159A, 421, 431,
482, 485, 497, and 498 under the
Securities Act; rules 11 and 405 of
Regulation S–T; and rule 14a–16 under
the Exchange Act. We request comment
generally on whether the proposed
conforming amendments are
appropriate. Should they be modified in
any way or are additional conforming
amendments needed?
Rescission of Form N–1
We are proposing to rescind Form N–
1 under the Securities Act and the
Investment Company Act. In 1984, the
Commission prescribed Form N–1 as the
registration form to be used by open-end
management investment companies that
are separate accounts of insurance
companies for registering under the
Investment Company Act and for
registering their securities under the
Securities Act.626 In 1985, Form N–3
superseded Form N–1 for open-end
management investment companies that
are separate accounts of insurance
companies issuing variable annuity
contracts.627 As a result, only an openend management investment company
that is a separate account of an
626 Form N–1 Amendments, Investment Company
Act Release No. 14084 (Aug. 7, 1984) [49 FR 32058
(Aug. 10, 1984)].
627 Forms N–3 and N–4 Adopting Release, supra
note 28, at 26156.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
insurance company offering variable life
insurance contracts would use Form N–
1.628 Today, it appears that all separate
accounts issuing variable life insurance
contracts are organized as unit
investment trusts. For that reason, we
do not believe any registrants continue
to use Form N–1.629
We request general comment on
rescinding Form N–1 and whether there
is any continuing need for the form. In
addition, we request specific comment
on the following:
• Are there currently any insurance
company separate accounts offering variable
life insurance contracts that are organized as
management investment companies? Do any
insurers have a present intention of
establishing such a separate account?
• Would any registrants, including any
variable annuity or variable life insurance
registrants, be affected by the rescission of
Form N–1? If so, how?
• If Form N–1 is rescinded, should the
Commission prescribe another registration
form for use by open-end management
investment companies that are separate
accounts of insurance companies issuing
variable life insurance contracts? If so,
should a new form be used for this purpose,
or should an existing form be used and what
changes should be made to the suggested
form to adapt it for this category of
registrants? If a new form should be used,
what should that form look like?
Proposed Technical Amendments to,
and Rescission of, Certain Rules and
Forms Governing Variable Life
Insurance Contracts and Variable
Annuity Contracts
We are proposing certain technical
amendments to rules relating to variable
life insurance contracts. Rule 6e–2
under the Investment Company Act,
which was adopted in 1976, covers
variable life insurance contracts having
scheduled premium payment plans.630
Rule 6e–3(T) under the Investment
Company Act (together with rule 6e–2,
628 When Form N–3 was adopted, separate
accounts funding variable annuity contracts were
permitted to continue to use Form N–1 if they no
longer offered the contracts to new purchasers.
Forms N–3 and N–4 Adopting Release, supra note
28, at 26156. The Commission is not aware of any
such variable annuity registrants that continue to
use Form N–1.
629 Based on a review of EDGAR filings, it appears
that Form N–1 has not been used in more than 20
years. When Form N–6 was proposed in 1998, the
Commission sought comment on whether to rescind
Form N–1. Form N–6 Proposing Release, supra note
445, at section II.G. One commenter noted that at
that time several contracts registered on Form N–
1 were still in existence, but not actively marketed.
Because of this continuing need for the form, the
Commission decided at that time to retain Form N–
1. See Separate Accounts Offering Variable Life
Release, supra note 54, at section I.C.
630 Separate Accounts of Life Insurance
Companies Funding Certain Variable Life Insurance
Contracts, Investment Company Act Release No.
9482 (Oct. 18, 1976) [41 FR 47023 (Oct. 27, 1976)].
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the ‘‘VLI Rules’’), which was adopted in
1984, covers variable life insurance
contracts offering flexible premium
payment plans.631 Rule 6e–2 was last
substantively amended in 1983,632 and
rule 6e–3(T) in 1987.633
Some provisions of these rules,
specifically the detailed regulation of
sales loads and other fees and charges
required by sections 26 and 27 of the
Investment Company Act, no longer
follow statutory requirements as a
consequence of amendments to those
sections enacted by the National
Securities Market Improvement Act of
1996 (‘‘NSMIA’’).634 We are proposing
to amend the VLI Rules and other rules
under the Investment Company Act, as
well as rescind certain other rules and
forms under the Investment Company
Act, to reflect the effect of these NSMIA
amendments.635
631 Separate Accounts Funding Flexible Premium
Variable Life Insurance Contracts, Investment
Company Act Release No. 14234 (Nov. 14, 1984) [49
FR 47208–01 (Dec. 3, 1984)].
632 See Exemptive Relief for Mutual Funds
Underlying Variable Life Insurance Separate
Accounts, Investment Company Act Release No.
13688 (Dec. 23, 1983) [49 FR 1476–01 (Jan. 12,
1984)]. Among other things, these amendments
provided relief to variable life insurance separate
accounts, and to portfolio companies underlying
those accounts, from minimum capital
requirements already being provided by rule 14a–
2 under the Investment Company Act to variable
annuity separate accounts and to portfolio
companies underlying those accounts.
633 See Separate Accounts Funding Flexible
Premium Variable Life Insurance Contracts,
Investment Company Act Release No. 15651 (Mar.
30, 1987) [52 FR 11187–02 (Apr. 8, 1987)]. These
amendments revised the calculation of charges
subject at the time to rate regulation under section
27 of the Investment Company Act.
In 2002, the Commission issued a release making
technical amendments to the VLI Rules, among
others, to correct statutory references in those rules
following the enactment of then recent legislation
affecting those statutes. See Technical Amendments
to Rules and Forms Due to the National Securities
Markets Improvement Act of 1996 and the GrammLeach-Bliley Act, Investment Company Act Release
No. 25621 (June 24, 2002) [67 FR 43534–01 (July
8, 2002)].
634 National Securities Market Improvement Act
of 1996 (Pub. L. 104–290, 110 Stat. 3416 (1996). In
particular, NSMIA amended sections 26 and 27 of
the Investment Company Act to replace specific
limits on the amount, type, and timing of charges
applicable to variable life insurance contracts with
a requirement that fees and charges be reasonable
when considered in the aggregate.
635 In addition to the VLI Rules, we are proposing
technical amendments to rules 0–1, 6c–7, 6c–8,
11a–2, 14a–2, 26a–1, and 27c–1 under the
Investment Company Act. Rule 27c–1, relating to
the redeemability of variable contracts, would be
renamed as rule 27i–1, since as a result of NSMIA,
the redeemability requirement addressed in the rule
is now described in section 27(i) of the Investment
Company Act. We are also proposing to make
permanent temporary rule 6e–3(T) under the
Investment Company Act, which would be renamed
rule 6e–3.
As part of these technical amendments, we are
proposing to rescind rules 26a–2, 27a–1, 27a–2,
27a–3, 27d–2, 27g–1, and 27h–1 under the
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Among other things, these
amendments would remove the detailed
rate regulatory provisions in the VLI
Rules and other rules and forms under
the Investment Company Act. In
addition, these technical amendments
would remove the detailed definitions
of sales charges in those rules, as these
definitions are not necessary to
implement the reasonableness in the
aggregate standard instituted by NSMIA.
These amendments would also remove
the numerical load limit on front end
sales loads on variable annuities that
had been included in rule 11a–2 when
it was adopted in 1983—before NSMIA
had been enacted—to incorporate the
load limit in section 27(a), and make
appropriate cross-referencing revisions
to related rules. Separate from sales
charge related changes, these
amendments would additionally remove
certain minimum capital conditions for
insurers to qualify for exemptions from
section 14(a) of the Investment
Company Act, since NSMIA amended
section 26 to mandate that any insurer
serving as a separate account depositor
have that level of minimum capital.636
We seek comment on our proposed
technical amendments to the VLI Rules,
and proposed technical amendments
and rescission of other rules and forms
under the Investment Company Act
intended to reflect the effect of the
NSMIA amendments. Specifically:
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
• Should we adopt the technical
amendments to the VLI Rules and other rules
as proposed? Are other amendments
necessary to reflect the effect of the NSMIA
amendments?
• We are proposing to rescind rules 26a–
2, 27a–1, 27a–2, 27a–3, 27d–2, 27g–1, and
Investment Company Act. We are also proposing to
rescind Forms N–27I–1 and N–27I–2 under the
Investment Company Act.
636 Section 14(a) requires that registered
investment companies have at least $100,000 in net
worth. Under the VLI Rules, managed separate
accounts and portfolio companies that are
established by an insurer and are sold only to
variable life insurance contract investors are exempt
from the requirement if the insurer has at least
$1,000,000 in combined capital and surplus (or
unassigned surplus in the case of a mutual life
insurer). See rules 6e–2(b)(6), 6e–2(b)(15)(v), 6e–
3(T)(b)(6), and 6e–3(T)(b)(15)(iv) under the
Investment Company Act. Section 26(f)(2)(B),
enacted by NSMIA, prohibits any insurance
separate account (or the depositor insurer) from
selling any variable contract unless, among other
things, the insurer has at least that amount in
combined capital and surplus (or unassigned
surplus in the case of a mutual life insurer).
The $1,000,000 requirement in section 26(f)(2)(B)
is a condition required for sales of both variable life
insurance contracts and variable annuity contracts.
Accordingly, in addition to proposing this
amendment to the VLI Rules, we are also proposing
a conforming amendment to rule 14a–2 under the
Investment Company Act, which has a similar
minimum capital condition applicable to depositors
of separate accounts offering variable annuities to
qualify for a similar exemption from section 14(a).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
27h–1, and related Forms N–27I–1 and N–
27I–2, because these rules and forms were
rendered moot as a result of the NSMIA
amendments. Should we rescind these rules
and forms as proposed, or are these rules and
forms still necessary despite the NSMIA
amendments?
Rescission of Rules 27e–1 and 27f–1 and
Related Forms
We also propose to rescind rules 27e–
1 and 27f–1 under the Investment
Company Act and related Forms N–
27E–1 and N–27F–1. These rules and
forms were promulgated to prescribe the
form of notices required by sections
27(d) and (e) of the Investment
Company Act relating to refund and
withdrawal rights of periodic payment
plan certificate holders, including those
certificates not issued by insurance
company separate accounts. We are
proposing to rescind these rules and
forms because since 2006, section 27(j)
of the Investment Company Act has
barred new certificate issuances,637 and
notice rights of holders of certificates
issued before then have long since
expired.
We request comment generally on our
proposal to rescind rules 27e–1 and 27f–
1 and related Forms N–27E–1 and N–
27F–1, and specifically on the following
issues:
• Are any periodic payment plans
currently outstanding? If so, how many?
• Would any outstanding periodic
payment plans be affected if we rescind the
rules and forms as proposed? If so, how
would they be affected?
• In lieu of rescinding these rules and
forms, should we modify them in any way?
General Request for Comment on VLI
Rules
Finally, we are considering whether it
would be appropriate to update other
provisions of the VLI Rules. Certain
provisions of the VLI Rules, such as
exemptions allowing insurers, under
certain circumstances, to disregard
voting instructions on matters submitted
to policy holders in compliance with
sections 13 and 15 of the Investment
Company Act, may not be necessary.638
637 Section 27(j) was enacted into law by the
Military Personnel Financial Services Protection
Act (Pub. L. 109–290, 120 Stat. 127) (2006).
638 In the release proposing rule 6e–2, the
Commission stated that these exemptions were
proposed ‘‘to assure the solvency of the life insurer
and performance of its contractual obligations by
enabling an insurance regulatory authority or the
life insurer to act when certain proposals
reasonably could be expected to increase the risks
undertaken by the life insurer.’’ Notice of Proposal
to Adopt Rule 6e–2 under the Investment Company
Act of 1940 Relating to Separate Accounts Formed
by Life Insurance Companies to Fund Certain
Variable Life Insurance Contracts, Investment
Company Act Release No. 9104 (Dec. 30, 1975) [41
FR 2256 (Jan. 15, 1976)], at 10–11. Since the
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61803
In addition, it may be appropriate to
update other provisions of the VLI
Rules, such as the exemptions provided
to insurance companies and affiliated
persons from section 9(a) of the
Investment Company Act, to reflect
industry experience with the operation
of those rules.639 We request general
comment on the continued utility of the
exemptions the VLI Rules provide and
the extent to which those rules should
be harmonized with the regulation of
variable annuity issuers and of other
investment companies. We also request
specific comment on the following:
• To what extent are issuers of variable life
insurance contracts relying on the
exemptions and other conditions of the VLI
Rules? For example, do insurers rely on the
exemptions to disregard voting instructions?
• To what extent, if any, should limits in
the VLI Rules on the parties to whom
portfolio company shares underlying UIT
separate accounts may be sold, or the
conditions under which they may be sold, be
changed?
• To what extent, if any, should the
minimum capital requirement imposed by
NSMIA on separate accounts offering
variable insurance contracts, and on insurers
sponsoring those accounts, be changed?
• In light of NSMIA’s replacement of
specific limits on sales charges and
administrative expenses with a
reasonableness standard for all fees and
charges in the aggregate, would it be
appropriate to consider any limitations on
deferred sales loads to address concerns that
those loads might present a burden on
redemption? For example, how should those
concerns be reflected in rule 6c–8 under the
Investment Company Act governing deferred
sales loads on variable annuity contracts?
• The VLI Rules provide an exemption
from the redeemability provisions of the
Investment Company Act generally for
‘‘established administrative procedures of the
life insurer’’ relating to, among others,
issuance, transfer, and redemptions of
variable life insurance contracts. What
procedures have developed since the rules
were adopted for which an exemption is
appropriate?
• Should the VLI Rules be amended to
eliminate exemptions for managed separate
adoption of rule 6e–2 over forty years ago, however,
we are not aware of an instance where an insurer
relied on these exemptions to disregard investors’
voting instructions.
639 As to section 9(a), the language in the rules
provides exemptions in circumstances for which no
instance of reliance could be identified. For
example, the rules conditionally allow separate
account depositors employing an ineligible person
to serve as an adviser or underwriter of an
underlying fund, but depositors generally do not
themselves serve in those roles. See rules 6e–
2(b)(15)(ii) and 6e–3(T)(b)(15)(ii) under the
Investment Company Act. More broadly, many of
the provisions in the VLI Rules cover exemptions
provided to registered managed separate accounts,
but there have been no filings by those accounts
issuing variable life insurance contracts at least
since EDGAR filings became mandatory for all filers
in 1996.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61804
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
accounts? Should they be combined into a
single rule relating to all variable life
insurance contracts, or instead framed as
separate exemptions from one or more
provisions of the Investment Company Act or
rules that would apply both to variable
annuity and variable life insurance contracts?
• Should the VLI Rules be amended in any
other manner to reflect current legal
requirements and industry practice, and if so,
how?
G. Compliance Date
The Commission proposes to provide
a transition period after the effective
date of the amendments to give
registrants sufficient time to update
their prospectuses and to prepare new
registration statements under the
amendments. We would require all
initial registration statements on Forms
N–3, N–4, and N–6, and all posteffective amendments that are annual
updates to effective registration
statements on these forms, filed 18
months or more after the effective date,
to comply with the proposed
amendments. A registrant could rely on
rule 498A to satisfy its obligations to
deliver a variable contract’s statutory
prospectus beginning on the effective
date of the rule provided that the
registrant is also in compliance with the
amendments to Forms N–3, N–4, or N–
6 (as applicable). We would also require
variable contract registrants to submit to
the Commission certain specified
disclosures in Inline XBRL within the
same 18-month compliance period.
Further, our position with respect to
Alternative Disclosure Contracts and/or
any final rules associated with
discontinued contracts would come into
effect as of the effective date of rule
498A.
We request comment on the proposed
compliance date, including whether the
compliance date for using Inline XBRL
to file certain specified disclosures
should be different (if so, why), and
whether the Commission should adopt
a transition period after the effective
date of the amendments for its position
with respect to Alternative Disclosure
Contracts if a summary prospectus
framework is adopted.
III. Economic Analysis
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
A. Introduction
We are mindful of the costs imposed
by, and the benefits obtained from, our
rules. Section 3(f) of the Exchange Act,
section 2(b) of the Securities Act, and
section 2(c) of the Investment Company
Act state that when the Commission is
engaging in rulemaking under such
titles and is required to consider or
determine whether the action is
necessary or appropriate in (or, with
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
respect to the Investment Company Act,
consistent with) the public interest, the
Commission shall consider whether the
action will promote efficiency,
competition, and capital formation, in
addition to the protection of investors.
Further, section 23(a)(2) of the Exchange
Act requires the Commission to
consider, among other matters, the
impact such rules would have on
competition and states that the
Commission shall not adopt any rule
that would impose a burden on
competition not necessary or
appropriate in furtherance of the
purposes of the Exchange Act. The
following analysis considers, in detail,
the potential economic effects that may
result from the proposed rule, including
the benefits and costs to investors and
other market participants as well as the
broader implications of the proposal for
efficiency, competition, and capital
formation.
The proposed rule allows insurers to
satisfy prospectus delivery requirements
for variable contracts by providing
investors with a summary prospectus
while making statutory prospectuses
and other documents available online.
The proposed approach contemplates
the use of two types of summary
prospectuses: An initial summary
prospectus to be provided to new
investors, and an updating summary
prospectus to be provided to existing
investors. To help investors make
informed investment decisions, each
type of summary prospectus uses a
layered disclosure approach designed to
provide investors with key information
relating to the contract’s terms, benefits,
and risks in a concise and more readerfriendly format, with access to more
detailed information available online
and electronically or in paper format on
request. The proposed rule would
permit satisfaction of any portfolio
company prospectus delivery
obligations if, among other conditions,
the portfolio company summary and
statutory prospectuses are posted at the
website address specified on the
variable contract summary prospectus.
We are also proposing to amend the
registration forms for variable contracts
to update and enhance the disclosure
regime for these investment products.
Additionally, we are proposing to
require registrants to use Inline XBRL
when filing certain disclosures
contained in the contract statutory
prospectus with the Commission.
Finally, if the proposed summary
prospectus framework is adopted, the
Commission would take the position
that if an issuer of an existing contract
does not file post-effective amendments
to update a variable contract registration
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
statement and does not provide updated
prospectuses to existing investors,
under certain circumstances, this would
not provide a basis for enforcement
action so long as investors receive
certain alternative disclosures (the
Commission’s position on ‘‘Alternative
Disclosure Contracts,’’ as discussed
above 640).641
We note that, where possible, we have
attempted to quantify the costs, benefits,
and effects on efficiency, competition,
and capital formation expected to result
from the proposed rule. In some cases,
however, we are unable to quantify the
economic effects because we lack the
information necessary to provide a
reasonable and reliable estimate. For
example, because summary
prospectuses offer a less lengthy, less
complex disclosure alternative
compared to statutory prospectuses, we
expect that readership of variable
contract disclosure would increase. We
do not have data on the extent to which
the use of summary prospectuses
enhances readership compared to a
scenario in which variable contract
investors were only to receive a
statutory prospectus and not a summary
prospectus.642 Similarly, summary
640 See supra section II.C. Under the
Commission’s position, the Commission would
permit ‘‘Alternative Disclosure Contracts,’’ i.e.,
contracts operating in the manner described in the
Staff Letters discussed in section II.C supra as of the
effective date of any final summary prospectus
rules, to continue to operate in such manner. For
all other contracts, the Commission’s position
would not be applicable, and therefore variable
contract issuers would be required to file posteffective amendments to update their registration
statements and provide updated prospectuses under
current regulatory requirements, and could avail
themselves of the summary prospectus framework
as adopted.
641 As noted above, the Commission is proposing
certain technical and conforming amendments.
With respect to those intended to reflect proposed
rule 498A and the amendments to the registration
forms, we do not believe there are any economic
effects of these amendments that can be separated
from the economic effects of proposed rule 498A
and the proposed amendments to the registration
forms. In addition, we do not believe there are any
economic effects of the proposed technical
amendments regarding certain variable life
insurance rules, since market participants have
already adjusted to the changes enacted by NSMIA
that the amendments would reflect in the rules.
Similarly, we do not believe there are any economic
effects of the proposed rescission of certain rules
and forms relating to the rights of periodic payment
plan certificate holders, as the 2006 amendments to
section 27 of the Investment Company Act barred
new issuances of such certificates, and we believe
the notice rights of holders of certificates issued
before those amendments have since expired. For
those reasons, the economic effects of these
technical and conforming amendments are not
addressed separately in this section.
642 Prior to the Commission’s 2009 adoption of
mutual fund summary prospectus rules, the
Commission engaged a consultant to conduct focus
group interviews and a telephone survey
concerning investors’ views and opinions about
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
prospectuses could reduce the amount
of time and effort investors require
making an investment decision. We do
not have data on the extent to which
variable contract summary prospectuses
would reduce the amount of time and
effort investors require to make an
investment decision, or the value of that
time and effort to investors.643 In those
circumstances in which we do not have
the requisite data to assess the impact of
the proposal quantitatively, we have
qualitatively analyzed the economic
impact of the proposed rule.
B. Economic Baseline
We are concerned that the volume,
format, and content of disclosures in the
variable contract context may make it
difficult for investors to find and
understand key information that they
may want to make an informed
investment decision. Section III.B.1
below provides an overview of the
variable products market, including
discussion of total assets, sales,
organizational structures, and investor
demographics. Our view of this market
is based on statistics that describe the
variable annuity market because we
have not identified a reliable data
source of information on the variable
life insurance market. We invite
commenters to provide data to assist us
in forming a more complete
understanding of the variable life
insurance portion of the overall variable
products market. Section III.B.2
provides an overview of existing
statutory and regulatory disclosure
requirements for variable products.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Overview of Variable Products Market
In 2017 there were a total of 2,327
unique variable annuity products
offered by a total of 33 companies.644
The average number of portfolio
companies offered per registered
various disclosure documents filed by companies,
including mutual funds. During this process,
investors participating in focus groups were asked
questions about a hypothetical Summary
Prospectus. Investors participating in the telephone
survey were asked questions relating to several
disclosure documents, including mutual fund
prospectuses. See Abt SRBI, Inc., Final Report:
Focus Groups on a Summary Mutual Fund
Prospectus (May 2008), available at https://
www.sec.gov/comments/s7-28-07/s72807-142.pdf.
Although the results from the investor testing
reflect stated investor preferences, they do not
provide us with information with respect to the
extent to which variable contract investors would
actually be more likely to read a variable contract
summary prospectus relative to a statutory
prospectus.
643 Id. The survey results do not provide data on
the extent to which a variable contract summary
prospectus would actually reduce the amount of
time and effort required to make an investment
decision using summary prospectuses rather than
statutory prospectuses.
644 IRI Fact Book, supra note 8, at 170.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
contract was 59.645 The total number of
variable annuity contracts in force was
18.7 million, with an average individual
contract value of $106,187.646 Net assets
totaled $1,985.7 billion.647
Also in 2017, variable annuity sales
totaled $91.8 billion.648 Of the total
sales, $59.3 billion (65% of total sales)
were to qualified plans and $32.5 billion
(35%) were to non-qualified plans.649
Investors purchased variable annuities
across various distribution channels—
captive agents, $34.6 billion (38% of
total sales); independent financial
planners/NASD firms, $33.4 billion
(36%); banks/credit unions, $8.7 billion
(10%); wirehouses/regional brokerdealers, $12.0 billion (13%); and direct
response, $3.1 billion (3%).650
A variable contract investor may
allocate his or her contract purchase
payments to a range of options offered
through an insurance company’s
separate account. Separate accounts
may be registered as management
companies or UITs. As of the end of
calendar year 2017, there were five
separate accounts registered as
management companies and 723
structured as UITs.651
Eighty-six percent of individual
annuity investors purchased their first
annuity before age 65, including 47%
who were between the ages of 50 and 64
years old.652 The average age of
investors at first purchase of an annuity
is 51.653 The average current age of
annuity investors is 70.654 Eighty
percent of individual annuity investor
households have incomes under
$100,000.655 Sixty percent of household
645 Id.
646 Id.
647 Id.
648 Id.
at 167.
649 Id.
650 Id. at 169. The IRI Fact Book defines (1) a
‘‘captive agent’’ as a career or general agent who
typically only sells products issued by an affiliated
company, (2) ‘‘independent financial planners/
NASD firms’’ as independent firms not affiliated
with major national banks, regional banks, or
captive firms, and (3) wirehouses as large, national
full service firms. Under direct response, the
investor purchases directly without relying on a
third party. See Lee Covington, ‘‘The Impact of
Third-Party Distribution Channels,’’ presented at
the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners and the Center for Insurance Policy
and Research State of the Life Insurance Industry
Symposium on October 25, 2012, available at https://
irionline.org/docs/default-source/defaultdocument-library/the-impact-of-third-partydistribution-channels-.pdf?sfvrsn=0).
651 Of the 723 separate accounts organized as
UITs, 435 were variable annuity separate accounts
and 288 were variable life separate accounts. This
information is based on registration statement
filings on Form N–3, Form N–4, and Form N–6 with
the Commission.
652 Gallup Survey, supra note 9, at 8.
653 Id.
654 Id.
655 Id. at 8 and 9.
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61805
incomes are below $75,000, and 35%
are below $50,000.656
2. Statutory and Regulatory Disclosure
Requirements
Currently, the default method for
delivering the variable contract
prospectus and the underlying portfolio
company prospectuses is by printing
and mailing paper copies of the
documents to investors. While the costs
of providing paper copies of variable
contract prospectuses are borne by the
insurer, the allocation of the costs of
printing and mailing the portfolio
company prospectuses depends on the
terms of the participation agreement
between the insurance company and the
portfolio company.657 We understand
that most insurers also offer investors
the option to elect to receive the
variable contract prospectus and
portfolio company prospectuses
electronically. Investors who have opted
for electronic delivery of prospectuses
typically receive an email from the
insurer containing a link to a website
where the materials are available.
Because insurers are not required to
report investors’ delivery elections to
the Commission, we lack verifiable data
on the percentage of variable contract
prospectuses that are currently
delivered electronically. In a 2016 letter
to the Commission, one commenter
estimated based on a survey of insurers
conducted in 2015 that, generally, less
than 15% of contract owners have
affirmatively consented to electronic
delivery.658 Another industry source
estimated in a 2016 report that
approximately 5% of annuity investors
had opted for electronic delivery at that
time.659 Based on these estimates, and
with consideration for the general
increase in electronic delivery rates over
time demonstrated in other investment
products,660 we estimate that currently
656 Id. at 9. Also, according the U.S. Census
Bureau, in 2016 72% of households had incomes
of less than $100,000, 60% had incomes of less than
$75,000, and 43% had incomes of less than
$50,000. See U.S. Census Bureau, U.S. Income and
Poverty in the United States: 2016 (Sept. 2017),
available at https://www.census.gov/data/tables/
2017/demo/income-poverty/p60-259.html.
657 We expect that costs borne by insurers and
portfolio companies in supplying variable contracts
to the market will, ultimately, be borne by contract
investors through the fees that investors pay.
658 Comment Letter of the Committee of Annuity
Insurers on Proposed Rule 30e–3 (Jul. 22, 2016),
available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/s7-0815/s70815-612.pdf.
659 See Broadridge, Digital Transformation of
Insurance Communications (2016), available at
https://www.broadridge.com/_assets/pdf/digitaltransformation-ins-comm.pdf.
660 See, e.g., Memorandum from the Division of
Investment Management re: Meeting with
Broadridge (Sept. 27, 2017) (including attachments
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
Continued
30NOP2
61806
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
15% of variable contract statutory
prospectuses and portfolio company
summary prospectuses are delivered
electronically.661
As discussed in section II.C above,
Commission staff has issued a series of
no-action letters, referred to in this
release as the ‘‘Staff Letters,’’ stating that
the staff would not recommend
enforcement action if issuers did not
update the variable contract registration
statement and deliver updated
prospectuses to existing investors, so
long as certain conditions were met,
including sending alternative
disclosures to investors. We estimate
that as of the end of calendar year 2017,
approximately 14% of existing variable
annuity contracts had issuers that were
operating in the manner that the Staff
Letters describe (hereinafter, we refer to
contracts whose issuers are currently
operating in the manner that the Staff
Letters describe as ‘‘In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts’’).662
C. Benefits and Costs of the Proposed
Rule
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Optional Summary Prospectus
Regime
The proposed rule would create a
choice for insurers. They may continue
to meet their prospectus delivery
obligations by providing the statutory
thereto containing the survey data presented),
available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/s7-0815/s70815-2604201-161127.pdf (demonstrating
increasing rates of electronic delivery in investment
company fund reports).
661 We understand that variable contract investors
typically make a single delivery method election
that applies to both the variable contract statutory
prospectus and the portfolio company prospectuses.
662 Of the 1,021 variable annuity registration
statements on file, 521 registration statements
appear to be for In-Force Alternative Disclosure
Contracts. Of the 521, we understand that 517 are
for contracts whose issuers are operating in the
manner described in letters in which the staff stated
that a circumstance associated with its
determination not to recommend enforcement
action was that the relevant registration statement
have 5,000 or fewer existing investors. We
understand that the remaining four registration
statements are for contracts whose issuers are
operating in the manner described in letters in
which the number of existing investors described
by the staff was greater than 5,000. While there is
no data in the registration statements regarding the
number of current investors, we assume that
registrants are operating in the manner described in
the Staff Letters entailing circumstances in which
a contract has 5,000 or fewer investors. As a result,
we estimate that these 517 registration statements
represent a maximum of 2.59 million investors.
Staff estimates that the remaining four registration
statements represent at most 90,542 investors. See
supra footnote 366. As a result, we estimate that up
to 2.68 million investors may hold In-Force
Alternative Disclosure Contracts (14% of the total
number of contracts). Because we lack reliable data
on the variable life insurance market, we have not
estimated the proportion of existing variable
insurance contracts that are In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
prospectus, or they may satisfy these
obligations by providing a summary
prospectus and making statutory
prospectuses and other required
documents available online. Those
insurers that expect to benefit by
providing summary prospectuses will
choose to rely on the proposed rule to
meet their prospectus delivery
obligations.663 Those insurers that do
not expect to benefit from this optional
prospectus delivery regime will choose
to continue to provide statutory
prospectuses to investors.664
If insurers choose to meet their
prospectus delivery obligations by
delivering summary prospectuses to
investors, with other documents
available online, investors will then
have a choice as well. Under the layered
disclosure framework we are proposing,
investors will receive information in the
form of a summary prospectus, with
more detailed information available
online if the investor chooses to access
it. Thus, investors can continue to
review the statutory prospectuses by
accessing them online, or they may
request paper or electronic delivery of
statutory prospectuses on an ad hoc
basis. Alternatively, investors may
choose only to consult the summary
prospectuses. Further, if investors want
to rely on some combination of
summary and statutory prospectuses to
receive information about the contract,
that choice is available to them as well.
We expect a vast majority of insurers
will choose to use summary
prospectuses. Thus, we expect that the
vast majority of investors will have the
option to use both summary
prospectuses and statutory prospectuses
in their decision-making, in whatever
proportion investors think is best for
their preferences. We discuss below the
benefits and costs to both investors and
insurers of the new options presented
by the proposed contract summary
prospectus regime and associated new
optional delivery method for portfolio
company prospectuses.
663 If the expected costs of using summary
prospectuses exceed the expected benefits of doing
so, insurers could simply choose to maintain the
status quo and continue to deliver statutory
prospectuses to investors.
664 Insurers that do not use summary
prospectuses could be at a competitive
disadvantage if investors choose variable products
based on a preference for summary prospectuses,
either because investors prefer summary
prospectuses or because insurers that use summary
prospectuses have lower expenses due to savings of
printing and mailing costs. We expect that insurers
would take any such competitive effects into
account when assessing the costs of using summary
prospectuses.
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
a. Benefits and Costs for Investors
i. Proposed Summary Prospectus for
Variable Contracts
(a) Benefits
(1) Initial Summary Prospectus
Should insurers choose to use
summary prospectuses, investors may
benefit in a number of ways.665 Variable
contract prospectuses (particularly those
that include optional benefits) are
typically lengthy and complex, and they
also may describe different versions of
the contract in one prospectus, some of
which may no longer be available to
new investors. In addition, investors
generally allocate their purchase
payments to a range of portfolio
companies, each of which also has its
own prospectus. Because industry
practice is to bundle all portfolio
company prospectuses with the variable
contract prospectus, the disclosure
documents that are delivered to
investors at purchase and on an annual
basis can be voluminous.
First, investors are likely to benefit
from the simplification of disclosure
associated with initial summary
prospectuses. We understand that
contract statutory prospectuses may
include disclosure about contract
features and options that the registrant
may no longer offer to new investors.
Aggregating disclosures for multiple
contracts, or currently-offered and nolonger-offered features and options of a
single contract, creates complexity that
can hinder investors from
distinguishing between contract features
and options that apply to them and
those that do not.666
For example, a separate account could
offer different contracts over time, but
with the contracts having substantially
similar names. Likewise, separate
accounts could offer different contracts
at a single point in time, but with the
contracts also having substantially
similar names. Thus, contract investors
reviewing lengthy statutory
prospectuses may find it difficult,
665 Some investors may prefer to read statutory
prospectuses, and therefore, the advantages
associated with summary disclosure, as described
in this section, may not apply to those investors.
Because the statutory prospectus would, under the
proposed rule, be available online and in paper or
electronic format upon request, we recognize that
the need to take additional action to review a
statutory prospectus imposes some costs for these
investors, which are discussed below.
666 Existing research notes that individuals
exhibit limited ability to absorb and process
information. See Nisbett RE & Ross L. Human
Inference: Strategies and Shortcomings of Social
Judgment (1980); David Hirshleifer & Siew Hong
Teoh, Limited attention, information disclosure,
and financial reporting, Journal of Accounting and
Economics 36, 337–386 (Dec. 2003).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
confusing, and time-consuming to
identify disclosures related to contract
terms and features that are relevant to
their investments. These characteristics
of existing variable contract statutory
prospectuses could result in a risk of
inefficient allocation of funds among
portfolio companies in variable
contracts or inefficient matching of
investors to variable contracts.
Incomplete information about the
variable contracts made available to
investors may cause them to over- or
underinvest in variable contracts or to
misallocate parts of their investment
portfolio held outside of variable
contracts.
In contrast, the proposed initial
summary prospectus would be limited
to describing only the contract and
features currently available under the
statutory prospectus. We believe this
narrower focus could facilitate
investors’ understanding of their
variable contract’s features and risks
and make these features and risks more
salient. In reviewing the more targeted
information in the initial summary
prospectus, investors will be able to
more easily and more efficiently
understand the product they are
investing in, leading to more informed
investment choices.
Moreover, the initial summary
prospectus is designed to provide
investors with key information relating
to the contract’s key terms, benefits, and
risks. The overview would describe the
parties to the contract (the issuer and
investor), and provide readers with
basic information relevant to the cash
flows of the contract, such as premium
payments and benefits. Further, the Key
Information Table includes aspects of
variable contracts that investors have
most frequently stated that they failed to
fully understand according to the
complaints database maintained by the
Commission’s Office of Investor
Education and Advocacy,667 including:
(1) Fees, including surrender charges;
(2) risk of loss of principal and/or lack
of guarantees of income; (3) illiquidity
prior to the pay-out period; (4) tax
consequences; (5) death benefits; and (6)
compensation of investment
professionals.668
Later sections of the initial summary
prospectus would provide investors
more detailed information about the
667 See
supra note 105.
supra section II.A.1.c.ii(b). The
Commission’s Office of Investor Education and
Advocacy offers online resources designed to
enhance investor understanding of variable contract
investments. See, e.g., https://www.investor.gov/
additional-resources/news-alerts/alerts-bulletins/
investor-bulletin-variable-annuities%E2%80%94introduction.
668 See
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
cash flows related to contract purchase.
One section would provide information
about cash flows to the insurer, such as
initial and subsequent purchase and
premium payments. Other sections
discuss cash flows investors can expect
to receive, such as death benefits and
other benefits. The initial summary
prospectus for variable life insurance
contracts also includes a section on how
a contract could lapse, and thereby
reduce payouts to investors. Finally, a
section on withdrawal and surrenders
discusses how accessing the money in a
variable contract early affects the
payouts that an investor should expect
to receive. This basic information about
cash flows would help investors value
a variable contract and determine
whether the contract would help them
meet their financial goals. Taken
together, the concise content provided
in the initial summary prospectus could
facilitate investors’ evaluation and
comparison of contracts at the time of
investment and re-evaluation of
contracts during the free look period.
This could reduce the risk of
inappropriate investments in variable
contracts or inefficient matching of
investors to variable contracts.
In addition, given the time required to
review a statutory prospectus, investors
may benefit from summary prospectuses
because they offer a shorter alternative
to statutory prospectus disclosure.
Indeed, there is evidence that suggests
that consumers benefit from summary
disclosures.669 Within the specific
context of investing, there is evidence
from related contexts that suggests that
summary prospectuses allow investors
to spend less time and effort to arrive at
the same portfolio decision as if they
had relied on a statutory prospectus.670
669 There is evidence that the summarization of
key information is useful to consumers. See, e.g.,
Agarwal S, Chomsisengphet S, Mahoney N, Stroebel
J., Regulating consumer financial products:
Evidence from credit cards, NBER Working Paper
19484 (2013). The authors find that a series of
requirements in the CARD Act, including
provisions designed to promote simplified
disclosure, has produced decreases in both overlimit and late fees, saving US credit card users
$20.8 billion annually; see also Clark R, Maki J,
Morrill M.S., Can simple informational nudges
increase employee participation in a 401(k) plan?,
NBER Working Paper 19591 (2013). The authors
find that a flyer with simplified information about
an employer’s 401(k) plan, and about the value of
contributions compounding over a career, had a
significant effect on participation rates.
670 Beshears Paper, supra note 43. We note,
however, that while the authors find evidence that
investors spend less time making their investment
decision when they are able to use summary
prospectuses, there is no evidence that the quality
of their investment decisions is improved. In
particular, ‘‘On the positive side, the Summary
Prospectus reduces the amount of time spent on the
investment decision without adversely affecting
portfolio quality. On the negative side, the
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61807
This research is consistent with the
2012 Financial Literacy Study, which
showed that at least certain investors
favor a layered approach to disclosure
with the use, wherever possible, of
summary documents containing key
information about an investment
product or service.671
Further, investors allocate their
attention selectively,672 and the sheer
volume of disclosure that investors
receive about variable contracts and the
underlying portfolio companies may
discourage investors from reading
contract statutory prospectuses (and the
prospectuses of the underlying portfolio
companies).673 The observations of a
telephone survey conducted on behalf
of the Commission with respect to
mutual fund statutory prospectuses
(which are typically shorter than
variable contract statutory prospectuses)
are consistent with the view that the
volume of disclosure may discourage
investors from reading statutory
prospectuses.674 That survey observed
that many mutual fund investors do not
read statutory prospectuses because
they are long, complicated, and hard to
understand. To the extent summary
prospectuses increase readership of
variable contract disclosures, they could
improve the efficiency of portfolio
allocations made on the basis of
disclosed information for those
investors who otherwise would not have
read the statutory prospectus.675
Moreover, potential variable contract
investors that choose to read disclosures
despite their length may face
‘‘information overload,’’ causing them to
make inefficient decisions about the size
of their variable contract positions, their
selection of optional benefits, or the
Summary Prospectus does not change, let alone
improve, portfolio choices. Hence, simpler
disclosure does not appear to be a useful channel
for making mutual fund investors more
sophisticated . . .’’ (p. 13).
671 See 2012 Financial Literacy Study, supra note
39.
672 See Loewenstein, George, Cass R. Sunstein,
and Russell Golman, Disclosure Psychology
Changes Everything, 6 Annual Review of Economics
391–419 (2014).
673 See supra note 344.
674 See supra note 642.
675 Review of the complaints database maintained
by the Commission’s Office of Investor Advocacy
and Education revealed that the most common type
of complaint submitted by variable contract
investors involved an investor’s belief that a sales
agent had made misrepresentations about the
variable contract and/or recommended a variable
contract despite the product being unsuitable for
the investor. To the extent that summary
prospectuses increase readership of variable
contract disclosures, they may also facilitate
stronger investor protection.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61808
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
allocation of funds across underlying
portfolio companies.676
We note that these benefits are
potentially magnified given the
demographic profile of variable contract
investors. The average age of annuity
investors is 70.677 Studies indicate that
exposure to financial harms may
increase with age, potentially
exacerbated by a decline in the capacity
to process financial information for
some individuals.678 To the extent that
summary prospectuses allow investors
to spend less time and effort to
understand their investments and arrive
at investment decisions, that benefit is
magnified in the context of variable
contracts given the demographic profile
of the underlying investor base.679
The presentation proposed for the
initial summary prospectus may also
reduce the investor effort required to
compare variable products when an
investor considers a new investment.
Information provided in a concise, userfriendly presentation could allow
investors to compare information across
products and as a result, may lead
investors to make decisions that better
align with their investment goals.680 For
676 See Paredes, Troy A., Blinded by the light:
Information overload and its consequences for
securities regulation, 81 Wash. U. Law Rev. 417
(2003).
677 See supra note 652.
678 See e.g., Schroeder, David H., and Timothy A.
Salthouse, ‘‘Age-related effects on cognition
between 20 and 50 years of age,’’ Personality and
individual differences 36.2 (2004): 393–404;
Salthouse, Timothy A., ‘‘Aging and measures of
processing speed,’’ Biological psychology 54.1–3
(2000): 35–54; Fair, Ray C., ‘‘How Fast Do Old Men
Slow Down?’’ The Review of Economics and
Statistics (1994): 103–118; Ulman Lindberger and
Paul B. Baltes, ‘‘Sensory functioning and
intelligence in old age: A strong correlation,’’
Psychology and Aging, 9 (1994): 339–355; Ulman
Lindberger and Paul B. Baltes, ‘‘Intellectual
functioning in old and very old age: Cross-sectional
results from the Berlin Aging Study,’’ Psychology
and Aging, 12, (1997): 410–432; Patricia D. Struck,
‘‘NASAA Statement at SEC Seniors Summit’’,
available at https://www.nasaa.org/860/nasaapresidents-statement-at-sec-seniors-summit/; Karla
Pak and Doug Shadel, ‘‘AARP Foundation National
Fraud Victim Study’’, (2011).
679 If there are investors who would choose to rely
on statutory prospectuses, one option available to
them is to access the statutory prospectuses in
electronic form online. If older investors are less
likely to use the internet, that would attenuate the
overall benefits of the rule for the older
demographic.
680 Research suggests that individuals are
generally able to make more efficient decisions
when they have comparative information that
allows them to assess relevant trade-offs. See, e.g.,
Hsee C.K., Loewenstein G.F., Blount S, Bazerman
M.H., Preference reversals between joint and
separate evaluations of options: A review and
theoretical analysis, 125 Psychological Bulletin
576–90 (1999); see also Kling J.R., Mullainathan S.,
Shafir E., Vermeulen L.C., Wrobel M.V.,
Comparison friction: Experimental evidence from
Medicare drug plans, 127 Quarterly Journal of
Economics 199–235 (2012). In a randomized field
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
example, the proposed rule requires
insurers to distill certain key product
information into tables, which could
facilitate comparison across different
products. The effect of the proposed
initial summary prospectus alone on the
ability of the investor to compare
products may be limited, however, by
the extent to which variable contracts
are sold through agents.681
Additionally, the proposed framework
for variable contract summary and
statutory prospectuses also includes
design elements to facilitate investor
use. In particular the proposed rule
includes requirements for linking both
within the electronic version of a
contract statutory prospectus and
between the electronic versions of the
contract statutory prospectus and the
contract summary prospectus. The
linking requirement would permit
investors who use the electronic
versions of contract prospectuses to
quickly navigate between related
sections within the contract statutory
prospectus and back and forth between
related sections of the contract summary
prospectus and the contract statutory
prospectus.682 Further, the proposed
rule would also require that investors
either be able to view the definition of
each special term used in an online
summary prospectus upon command, or
to move directly back and forth between
each special term and the corresponding
entry in any glossary or list of
definitions that the summary prospectus
includes. This requirement would
facilitate understanding of terms that
may be confusing or unfamiliar among
investors viewing the documents online.
Finally, the proposed rule would
additionally require that contract
documents required to be posted online
remain available on the website for at
experiment, some senior citizens choosing between
Medicare drug plans were randomly selected to
receive a letter with personalized, standardized,
comparative cost information. Plan switching was
28% in the intervention group, but only 17% in the
comparison group, and the intervention caused an
average decline in predicted consumer cost of about
$100 a year among letter recipients.
681 However, we expect the proposed requirement
to file certain information from variable contract
statutory prospectuses in Inline XBRL would
facilitate data collection by third-party aggregators
and the trade press as well as facilitate investors’
comparison of variable products. See infra section
III.C.4.
682 In response to a recent rulemaking proposal
requiring registrants to include a hyperlink to each
exhibit identified in the exhibit index in any
registration statement or report that is required to
include exhibits under Item 601 of Regulation S–
K or under Form F–10 or Form 20–F, commenters
agreed that hyperlinking would make it easier and
reduce the amount of time required for investors to
navigate to related documents. See Exhibit
Hyperlinks and HTML Format Release No. 34–
80132 (March 1, 2017) [82 FR 14130 (March 17,
2017)] at nn.85 and 86.
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
least 90 days. This requirement mirrors
the online availability requirement for
the mutual fund summary prospectuses
used by most portfolio companies. As a
result, investors who prefer to access the
disclosure documents online could be
certain that the documents for both the
contract and the portfolio companies
would be available for the same period
of time.
(2) Updating Summary Prospectus
The proposed updating summary
prospectus will have many of the same
benefits for investors associated with
the initial summary prospectus
discussed above associated with
presenting key information in an easier
and less time-consuming manner for
investors. Specifically, because many
terms of the variable contract do not
change from year-to-year, the contract
statutory prospectus may contain large
amounts of disclosure that is
duplicative of disclosure that the
investor has previously received. Those
changes that do occur may be important
to investors, but the disclosure about
these changes could be difficult for the
investor to identify given the volume of
prospectus disclosure that investors
currently receive, and the current lack
of a requirement to identify new or
changed information.
Under the proposed rule, the updating
summary prospectus would include a
concise description of important
changes affecting the statutory
prospectus disclosure relating to certain
topics that occurred within the prior
year—namely the Fee Table, the
standard death benefit, other benefits
available under the contract, and
portfolio companies available under the
contract. We believe that these are
topics that are most likely to entail
contract changes and, for the reasons
previously noted, are the types of
contract changes most likely to be
important to investors because they
affect how investors evaluate variable
contracts and are relevant to investors
when making additional investment
decisions or otherwise monitoring their
contract. The proposed updating
summary prospectus, if used by insurers
to satisfy their prospectus delivery
obligations, would likely reduce the
burden on investors and increase their
understanding of their contract by
highlighting certain changes to the
contract made during the previous year,
while foregoing the repetition of most
information that had remained
unchanged.683
683 Unlike with the initial summary prospectus,
the proposed rule permits insurers to describe
multiple contracts in the updating summary
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
The updating summary prospectus
also would include the Key Information
Table. The inclusion of this key
information could benefit investors by
reminding them of the most important
features of the contract, including the
contract’s fees and expenses, risks,
restrictions, tax implications, and
investment professional compensation.
Finally, the updating summary
prospectus would include an appendix
that provides summary information
about the portfolio companies that the
registrant offers under the contract. The
inclusion of this portfolio company
information could benefit investors by
reminding them of one of the most
important decisions they face during the
lifecycle of a contract—that is, whether
and where to reallocate funds among the
portfolio companies or investment
options available to them.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
(b) Costs
While we believe that, should
insurers opt to use summary
prospectuses, the majority of investors
would benefit from their disclosures,
certain investors may incur costs. For
example, although research indicates
that investors generally prefer to receive
summary disclosures 684 there may be
investors who prefer to rely on statutory
prospectuses when making investment
decisions. While statutory prospectuses
will continue to be available online and
in paper or electronic copy upon
request, access to those statutory
prospectus. However, given the limited number of
changes in each contract on an annual basis, we do
not believe that permitting multiple contracts in the
updating summary prospectus will create
significant confusion for investors or reduce any of
the benefits associated with the description of key
changes for each contract.
We further recognize that the changes highlighted
in the updating summary prospectus are only those
relative to the immediately preceding updating
summary prospectus and statutory prospectus.
Accordingly, if an investor wanted to understand
the changes to his or her contract since he or she
initially purchased the contract, the investor would
need to review all of the updating summary
prospectuses (or each updated statutory
prospectus). However, we have designed the
updating summary prospectus to allow investors to
better focus their attention on new or updated
information relating to the contract. As noted above,
we believe that existing investors in a variable
contract would benefit more from a brief summary
of changes that have occurred in the contract than
a document like the initial summary prospectus,
which is designed for someone making an initial
investment decision. Therefore, we believe that
requiring the proposed updating summary
prospectus to only provide information on the most
recent changes strikes the appropriate balance
between increasing investor’s understanding of and
access to information about changes in the updated
statutory prospectus and imposing additional costs
on insurers to create more tailored updating
disclosures comparing the current state of the
contract to the original contract for each contract
holder.
684 See supra note 671.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
prospectuses will require investors to
take additional steps, imposing some
burden. For example, investors choosing
to access the statutory prospectus online
rather than requesting a paper copy will
need to manually enter a hyperlink from
a paper updating summary prospectus
or click on a link to a website containing
the statutory prospectus.685 To the
extent that internet access and use
among variable contract investors is not
universal, those investors without home
internet access might experience a
reduction in their ability to quickly and
easily access statutory prospectus
information.686 Even for those investors
with home internet access, there may be
some resistance to taking the additional
step of accessing the statutory
prospectus online.
Moreover, those investors who prefer
paper copies of statutory prospectuses
and do not have ready access to the
internet (and the ability to print out the
statutory prospectus that is made
available online 687), would not be able
to elect paper delivery of statutory
prospectuses on a going-forward basis.
Rather, they would need to make an ad
hoc request for paper delivery of the
statutory prospectus each time one is
made available. This may delay their
review of the statutory prospectus as
they await paper delivery, or, in some
cases, if the investor does not take the
additional step to request paper
delivery, may result in the investor not
receiving the statutory prospectus in
their preferred format and ultimately
receiving less information than they
would like about their contract.688 We
685 Investors may also call or email the insurer to
obtain the statutory prospectus.
686 According to the most recent U.S. census data,
approximately 77.2% of U.S. households had some
form of internet access in their home in 2015, and
86.8% had a computer (e.g., desktop, laptop, tablet
or smartphone). See Camille Ryan & Jamie M.
Lewis, Computer and internet Usage in the United
States: 2015 (Sept. 2017), available at https://
www.census.gov/content/dam/Census/library/
publications/2017/acs/acs-37.pdf; see also Sarah
Holden, Daniel Schrass & Michael Bogdan,
Ownership of Mutual Funds, Shareholder
Sentiment, and Use of the internet, 2017 (Oct.
2017), available at https://www.ici.org/pdf/per2307.pdf (‘‘[i]n mid-2017, 95 percent of households
owning mutual funds had internet access, up from
about two-thirds in 2000’’ and ‘‘86 percent of
mutual fund-owning households with a household
head aged 65 or older had internet access in mid2017’’); Andrew Perrin & Maeve Duggan,
Americans’ internet Access: 2000–2015 (June 2015),
available at https://www.pewinternet.org/2015/06/
26/americans-internet-access-2000-2015/ (finding
in 2015, 84 percent of all U.S. adults use the
internet).
687 See supra section II.A.4.
688 This outcome is suggested by research which
finds that investors can experience a ‘‘status quo
bias.’’ See, e.g., Richard H. Thaler and Shlomo
Bernatzi, Save More TomorrowTM: Using Behavioral
Economics to Increase Employee Saving, 112:1
Journal of Political Economy, S164–S187 (2004);
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61809
believe that possibility is unlikely in
this circumstance, however. We believe
investors who prefer statutory
prospectuses rather than summary
prospectuses are likely investors who
are willing to seek out detailed
information to inform their investment
decisions. We believe that for these
investors, the additional effort required
to access the statutory prospectus online
or request paper or electronic statutory
prospectuses would be incrementally
minimal.
ii. Proposed Approach to Portfolio
Company Prospectus Delivery
As described in section III.C.1.b
below, we anticipate that the new
optional delivery method for portfolio
company prospectuses will result in
cost savings from reduced printing and
mailing expenses. To the extent that a
portfolio company bears the printing
and mailing expenses associated with
portfolio company prospectuses, we
expect that the reductions would benefit
the portfolio company, as well as
variable contract investors who have
allocated contract value to the portfolio
company (except perhaps in certain
circumstances such as where the
portfolio company is operating under an
expense limitation arrangement). To the
extent that the insurance company bears
these costs, we expect that the
reductions would benefit the insurance
company, which may pass on such cost
savings to existing variable contract
investors and to new variable contract
investors in the pricing of variable
contracts offered in the future.689
While we believe that the proposed
framework may benefit investors
through reduced costs, certain investors
may incur additional costs. While the
portfolio company prospectuses will be
available online and in paper or
Richard H. Thaler and Cass R. Sunstein, Libertarian
Paternalism, 93:2 The American Economic Review
175–179 (2003). Thaler and Sunstein argue that a
‘‘status quo’’ bias results in the continuance of
existing arrangements even if better options are
available. The authors illustrate their argument with
higher rates of initial enrollments in employee
savings plans when enrollment is automatic as
compared to when employees must first complete
an enrollment form.
689 Because the fees charged under variable
contracts investors are typically fixed when the
contract is purchased, we recognize that cost
savings realized by the insurance company may not
be passed along to existing investors except in the
case of contracts offered by mutualized insurance
companies, which return any profits they make to
their investors.
We note that we expect the benefit in terms of
lower pricing of variable contracts would be small.
We estimate the cost saving, per prospectus mailed,
for the underlying portfolio company prospectuses
to be $0.18. See supra note 700. The average value
of a variable contract investor’s investment is
$106,187.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61810
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
electronically upon request on an ad
hoc basis, investors may experience
additional burdens when accessing the
prospectuses. As with the proposed
summary prospectus for variable
contracts discussed above, investors
who prefer to review paper copies of the
portfolio company prospectuses will be
required to either affirmatively request
delivery of paper copies, or bear the
costs of printing the electronic versions
of documents accessed through the
website.
Also, as discussed with respect to
variable contract prospectuses above,
internet access is not universal among
variable contract investors, and
investors who would prefer paper
copies of prospectuses would be
required to request paper delivery of
those prospectuses on an ad hoc basis
which could, in turn, delay investor
review of those prospectuses.690
Further, to the extent that investors
prefer paper copies of prospectuses, but
do not request a paper copy or access
the document online, there would be no
investor review of those prospectuses.
b. Benefits and Costs for Insurers
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
i. Proposed Summary Prospectus for
Variable Contracts
The total cost of providing disclosure
in any particular framework is the sum
of costs associated with producing the
disclosure materials, including labor
and legal fees, and the costs associated
with delivery of the disclosure
materials, including printing and
mailing costs and costs of making the
disclosures available on a website.
Insurers will benefit from the options
provided by the proposed rule, to the
extent that providing layered disclosure
through a summary contract prospectus
regime (including costs of producing
and delivering initial summary and
updating summary prospectuses and of
making statutory prospectuses, portfolio
company prospectuses, and other
documents available online) is less
expensive than providing statutory
prospectuses to new investors and
690 As we discuss in section II.B.2 above, we
understand that sales agents assist investors by
providing information about underlying portfolio
companies and sometimes recommending that
investors allocate their contract value into specific
portfolio companies. We anticipate that this would
continue under the proposed framework, and that
sales agents would assist investors in understanding
key facts about the portfolio companies, obtaining
portfolio company prospectuses, and understanding
the proposed portfolio company prospectus
delivery framework. For this reason, to the extent
that sales agents continue to play a significant role
in providing information about portfolio companies
to investors, even if investors were to no longer
automatically receive paper copies of portfolio
company prospectuses, we expect the proposal to
yield lower costs and higher benefits for investors.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
updated statutory prospectuses to
existing investors annually, along with
portfolio company prospectuses and
other related documents.
As discussed later in this section,
because we expect a primary driver of
the benefit for insurers providing
summary prospectuses to be cost
savings associated with no longer
printing and mailing lengthy statutory
prospectuses for investors that currently
receive these documents in paper, the
magnitude of the benefit depends in
part on the extent to which investors
currently elect electronic delivery of
materials associated with their variable
contract. The higher the percentage of
investors currently electing electronic
delivery rather than paper, the smaller
the benefit derived from foregoing the
printing and mailing costs. Accordingly,
to estimate the potential cost reduction
associated with the proposed rule, as
noted above, we assume that 15% of the
contract investors currently elect
electronic delivery of the statutory
prospectus both at sale, and annually
thereafter.691 Moreover, we assume that
at least 15% of variable contract
investors will continue to elect
electronic delivery going forward.
To estimate the overall impact of the
proposed rules on insurers’ cost of
prospectus delivery, we begin by
estimating the number of variable
contract statutory prospectuses
delivered in paper format. This requires
a number of assumptions:
• We estimate that insurers will ultimately
use summary prospectuses for 95% of
691 We lack verifiable data on current electronic
delivery election rates among variable contract
investors but are estimating 15% based, in part, on
the range of estimates provided by commenters and
with consideration for the general increase in
electronic delivery rates over time demonstrated in
other investment products. See supra notes 656,
659, and 660. If variable contract investors exhibit
lower electronic delivery rates today than we
estimate, the cost savings from reducing the amount
of paper mailings under the proposed amendments
would be higher than estimated here. If variable
contract investors exhibit higher electronic delivery
rates today than we have estimated, the cost savings
from reducing the amount of paper mailings under
the proposed amendments would be lower than
estimated here.
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
contracts 692 that do not operate in the
manner that the Staff Letters describe.693
• Issuers of In-Force Alternative Disclosure
Contracts provide alternative disclosures in
lieu of statutory prospectuses.694 Based on
staff analysis, 54% of variable contract
registration statements are for In-Force
Alternative Disclosure Contracts, and these
registration statements apply to up to 14% of
variable annuity contracts.695 We further
assume that each investor in an In-Force
Alternative Disclosure Contract owns exactly
one policy issued under a registration
statement for an In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contract.
• We assume 15% of investors elect
electronic delivery of prospectuses.
Together with the baseline estimate of
18.7 million contracts in force at the end
of 2017, these assumptions imply that
insurers would no longer send
approximately 13 million statutory
prospectuses each year.696
Next, we estimate the number of
statutory prospectuses that would no
longer be provided to investors in paper
in connection with new contract
purchases. In 2017, there were 18.7
million contracts in force.697 Total sales
of variable annuity contracts for 2017
were $91.8 billion. Assuming that the
average size of each variable contract
sold in 2017 is similar to the average
size of all variable contracts in force, we
estimate the number of new contracts
sold in 2017 was 865,000 contracts.
Based on these estimates, we further
estimate that among investors who elect
to receive paper copies of prospectuses,
the proposed new option to use a
summary prospectus would be applied
692 In response to the 2012 Financial Literacy
Study, the Committee of Annuity Insurers
submitted a comment letter in which it states that
‘‘The Committee believes the Commission should
embrace the use of layered disclosure for variable
annuities (and other retail products, including other
SEC-registered annuities), as it has done for mutual
funds.’’ According to its comment letter, the
Committee of Annuity Insurers ‘‘represent more
than 80% of the annuity business in the United
States.’’ Although the proposed layered disclosure
framework for variable contracts is not identical to
the corresponding framework for mutual funds and
the creation of initial and updated summary
prospectuses may be more costly for variable
contracts than the creation of mutual fund summary
prospectuses, we nevertheless anticipate that
choosing to deliver summary prospectuses will
provide cost savings for insurers. Given expressed
industry support for layered disclosure with
summary prospectuses, our experience that
approximately 95% of mutual funds have adopted
layered disclosure with summary prospectuses, and
our anticipation that the proposed rule will provide
costs savings to insurers, we believe it is
appropriate to assume that 95% of insurers will
choose delivery of summary prospectuses.
693 See supra note 364 and accompanying text.
694 See supra note 374 and accompanying text.
695 See supra note 662.
696 18.7 million × (1 ¥ 14%) × 95% × (1 ¥ 15%)
= 13.0 million contracts.
697 See supra section III.B.1.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
to 13 million existing contracts and
698,000 new contracts annually.698
We next estimate the cost difference,
per prospectus, of sending summary
prospectuses (initial summary
prospectuses, as well as updating
prospectuses) rather than statutory
prospectuses.699 We estimate that
printing and mailing expenses for
statutory prospectuses are $0.53 per
statutory prospectus.700 We estimate
that printing and mailing expenses for
initial summary prospectuses and
updating summary prospectuses are
$0.35.701 Assuming the 2017 level of
contracts in force and contract
purchases remains stable, we estimate
the printing and mailing cost to insurers
of meeting their disclosure
requirements, as they relate to the
delivery of disclosure documents, using
initial and updating prospectuses would
decline by up to $108,180 and
$2,340,000,702 respectively, for
698 See supra note 696. The number of new
contracts falling within the proposed regime is
calculated as: 865,000 contracts × (1 ¥ 0.15) × 0.95
= 698,488 contracts.
699 Variable contract issuers generally maintain
current prospectuses for their products through the
filing of annual post-effective amendments to the
registration statements. See supra note 29. As a
result, we assume updating prospectuses would be
delivered annually.
700 In response to the Investment Company
Reporting Modernization rulemaking proposal in
which we solicited information with respect to the
cost of printing and mailing investment company
shareholder reports, a commenter estimated that the
cost of printing and mailing the reports to be $0.53.
See Comment Letter of Broadridge Financial
Solutions, Inc. on Investment Company Reporting
Modernization, File No. S7–08–15 (Aug. 11, 2015)
(‘‘Broadridge Comment Letter’’). Although those
documents are different from documents at issue
here, we do not have specific data regarding how
the cost of printing and mailing those two sets of
documents would differ. We inferred the $0.53
estimate from Broadridge’s estimates as follows.
Broadridge estimates total savings from using
summary reports to be $130 million and savings per
report to be $0.18. We use these two numbers to
infer the total number of reports used in
calculations to be approximately 722 million.
Broadridge also estimates the total cost (FY18
estimate) of printing and mailing shareholder
reports to be $382 million. Therefore, we infer the
cost, per report, to be $0.53 (= 382/722).
701 Broadridge Comment Letter. The commenter
estimates summary reports are $0.18 cheaper to
print and mail. $0.53 ¥ $0.18 = $0.35. Although
initial summary prospectuses and updating
summary prospectuses are different documents, we
do not have specific data regarding how the cost of
printing and mailing those two documents would
be different. Therefore, we infer the cost, per
summary prospectus to be $0.35.
702 Calculated as $0.18 × 13 million = $2,340,000
for updating summary prospectuses, and $0.18 ×
698,000 = $125,640 for initial summary
prospectuses. These calculations assume investors
do not make ad hoc requests for paper prospectus
delivery. As a corollary, insurers that choose to
deliver initial summary prospectuses and updating
summary prospectuses would incur delivery costs
of approximately $4,550,000 for updating summary
prospectus delivery, calculated as $0.35 × 13
million, and $244,300 for initial summary
prospectus delivery, calculated as $0.35 × 698,000.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
aggregate cost savings of approximately
$2,465,640.703
As noted earlier in this section,
another key component of costs that
insurer will consider when determining
whether to provide summary
prospectuses under the proposed rules
is the cost of producing the initial and
updating summary prospectuses.
Insurers choosing to provide summary
prospectuses would bear a one-time cost
of preparing both the initial summary
prospectus and the updating summary
prospectus, as well as costs associated
with preparing updated versions of both
documents in the future on at least an
annual basis.704 We estimate the
aggregate cost to prepare initial and
updating summary prospectuses to be
$4,908,960.705
Insurers that choose to provide
summary prospectuses are required to
make statutory prospectuses and other
materials available online.706 We
estimate the aggregate cost to comply
with the proposed website posting
requirements of the rule for documents
relating to variable contracts to be
$329,581.707
Insurers are also required to include
inter- and intra-document linking and
special terms definitions. One linking
requirement would allow the reader to
move back and forth between a table of
contents of the contract statutory
prospectus or SAI, and the related
sections of each document. Although
prospectuses and SAIs are not required
to have individual headings
corresponding to the items in the
registration forms, we assume that the
sections of a prospectus or SAI would
703 Calculated as $2,340,000 + $125,640 =
$2,465,640.
704 We understand that even those contracts with
existing initial summary prospectuses may have
changes that need to be reflected in an initial
summary prospectus sent to new investors, which
will require modifications to the existing initial
summary prospectus. However, we believe that
once an initial summary prospectus is drafted for
a particular contract, that document can serve as a
basis for future versions of the initial summary
prospectuses sent to new investors of the contract.
Thus, we believe that drafting an ‘‘updated’’ initial
summary prospectus will be less costly than
drafting the original initial summary prospectus.
Similarly, we believe that preparing subsequent
updating summary prospectuses will be less costly
than preparing the original updating summary
prospectus.
705 See infra note 842.
706 The requirement that contract disclosure
materials be available online for a period of 90 days
mirrors the online availability requirement for
disclosure materials associated with mutual funds
using summary prospectuses, including most
portfolio companies. While there are operational
differences between the variable contract and
mutual fund summary prospectus regimes, to the
extent that the proposed rule harmonizes certain
requirements, this could create efficiencies for
contracts organized as UITs.
707 See infra note 848.
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61811
correspond with the item requirements
of the forms. We estimate that Form N–
3 filers would require 33 back-and-forth
internal links, Form N–4 filers would
require 27, and Form N–6 would require
28. The other linking requirement
would allow the reader to move back
and forth between each section of the
summary prospectus and any related
section of the contract statutory
prospectus and SAI that provides
additional detail. This back-and-forth
movement could occur either directly
from the summary prospectus to the
relevant section of the statutory
prospectus or SAI, or indirectly by
linking from the summary prospectus to
a table of contents in the statutory
prospectus or SAI. For our analysis, we
assume direct links as those will tend to
be more costly when compared with
indirect linking through a table of
contents.
An initial summary prospectus for a
Form N–3 registrant or a Form N–4
registrant includes eight sections and an
initial summary prospectus for a Form
N–6 registrant includes nine sections.
However, the Key Information Table has
instructions stating that, wherever
feasible, a registrant should provide
cross-references or links to the location
in the statutory prospectus where the
subject matter is described in greater
detail. There are 11 sections of the Key
Information Table. Therefore, we
estimate that there would be 18 backand-forth links between Form N–3 and
Form N–4 registrant initial summary
prospectuses and statutory
prospectuses, and 19 back-and-forth
links between Form N–6 registrant
initial summary prospectuses and
statutory prospectuses.
An updating summary prospectus for
a Form N–3, Form N–4, or Form N–6
registrant includes three sections, one of
which, the Key Information Table,
includes 11 sections. One section is the
‘‘Updated Information About Your
Contract’’ section. The number of links
in this section would depend on the
number of updates discussed. For
example, assuming discussion of four
updates, we estimate the number of
back-and-forth links between a Form N–
3, Form N–4, or Form N–6 registrant’s
updating summary prospectus and
statutory prospectus to be 16.
The proposed rule would also require
that investors either be able to view the
definition of each special term used in
an online summary prospectus upon
command (e.g., by ‘‘hovering’’ the
computer’s pointer or mouse over the
term), or to move directly back-andforth between each special term and the
corresponding entry in any glossary or
list of definitions that the summary
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61812
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
prospectus includes. We assume that
registrants could replicate links to a
glossary or the computer code required
to implement access to definitions by
‘‘hovering’’ over a term with little or no
burden, but that there would be a
burden associated with creating the
requisite link or code for each special
term. Accordingly, we estimate the
aggregate cost to comply with the
proposed requirement to include interand intra-document linking and special
terms definitions as described above
would include 4,138 burden hours and
a cost of $552,000 annually.708
Finally, funds may incur costs in
connection with the requirement to
provide a statutory prospectus and other
documents upon request of an investor.
We estimate that the annual cost
associated with printing and mailing
these documents would be $500 per
registrant.709 We estimate that the
aggregate annual costs associated with
printing and mailing statutory
prospectuses will be $344,850.710
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
ii. Proposed Approach to Portfolio
Company Prospectus Delivery
Form N–4 and Form N–6 registrants
that use summary prospectuses may
also benefit from the option to provide
prospectuses for all underlying portfolio
companies online.711 While there will
be certain costs associated with
708 In a separate rulemaking, we required
registrants that file registration statements and
reports subject to the exhibit requirements under
Item 601 of Regulation S–K, or that file Forms F–
10 or 20–F, to include a hyperlink for each exhibit
listed in the exhibit index of these filings. See
Exhibit Hyperlinks and HTML Format Adopting
Release, supra note 682. We estimated the burden
of including hyperlinks to be between one and four
hours with 75% of the burden carried by the
registrant internally and 25% of the burden carried
by outside professionals retained by the registrant
at an average cost of $400 per hour. Filings for
which we estimated a burden of four hours had
approximately 33 to 35 hyperlinks, on average. We
do not have data on extent to which providing the
‘‘two-way’’ inter- and intra-document linking and
special terms definitions differs from providing
‘‘one-way’’ hyperlinks from one document to
another. We estimate the burden of including interand intra-document linking and special terms
definitions to be eight hours with 75% of the
burden carried by the registrant internally and 25%
of the burden carried by outside professionals at an
average cost of $400 per hour. We estimate the total
burden hours to be 5,518 = (726 registrants) × (95%
relying on rule) × (8 burden hours per registrant).
We estimate the burden hours carried by the
registrants internally to be 4,138 = 5,518 × .75. We
estimate the cost of the burden carried by outside
professionals to be $552,000 = (5,518 × .25) × $400.
709 See infra note 849.
710 See infra note 850.
711 See supra section II.B. This new delivery
option would not be available to Form N–3
registrants because they do not have underlying
portfolio companies. As of the end of calendar
2017, 3,385 of 3,422 (99%) registrants were either
Form N–4 registrants (2,393) or Form N–6
registrants (992).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
complying with the requirements for
posting the portfolio company materials
online, as discussed below, we
anticipate that this new optional
delivery method will result in overall
reduced costs due to a reduction in
printing and mailing costs. To the extent
that insurers bear these costs, we expect
the reductions will benefit the insurance
company, which may pass such cost
savings on to new variable contract
investors in the pricing of variable
contracts offered in the future, and
possibly to existing variable contract
investors. To the extent that a portfolio
company bears these costs, cost savings
would typically be passed along to
investors.
Moreover, as with the reduction in
printing and mailing costs associated
with the delivery of the contract
statutory prospectus, the magnitude of
these cost savings is dependent on the
extent to which investors currently elect
to receive electronic versions of the
portfolio company prospectuses rather
than receive them in paper. The higher
the percentage of investors who
currently receive paper copies of
portfolio company prospectuses, the
greater the reduction in printing and
mailing costs arising from the new
delivery option. We estimate that 85%
of investors currently receive paper
copies of these documents.712
We estimate that printing and mailing
expenses for summary prospectuses for
underlying portfolio companies to be
$0.53 per set of prospectuses.713
Assuming the 2017 level of contracts in
force and contract purchases remains
stable, we estimate the printing and
mailing cost to insurers of meeting their
712 We recognize that by permitting the
satisfaction of delivery obligations through the
posting of portfolio company statutory prospectuses
online (under the conditions specified in the
proposed rule), there may be a disincentive for
mutual funds to produce a summary prospectus, as
concerns about costs of printing and mailing the
statutory prospectus would be reduced. However,
the proposed rule requires, as a condition of relying
on the new delivery method, that the mutual fund
summary prospectus be made available online. In
addition, the Commission continues to believe that
the costs of continuing to produce the mutual fund
summary prospectus, which reflects a portion of the
statutory prospectus, would be minimal. See 2009
Summary Prospectus Adopting Release, supra note
33.
713 We estimate that the cost of printing and
mailing a set of summary prospectuses for a
variable contract’s underlying portfolio companies
is, on average, the same as the cost of printing and
mailing a single registrant statutory prospectus. See
supra note 700. Although those documents are
different, we do not have specific data regarding
how the cost of printing and mailing those two sets
of documents would differ and so we have used the
same cost for printing and mailing to arrive at a
conservative estimate of cost savings associated
with the proposed rule. We solicit public feedback
to help refine these estimates.
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
disclosure requirements, as they relate
to the delivery of disclosure documents,
would decline by at least $6,890,000,714
for aggregate cost savings of at least
$7,260,000.715 Registrants will incur
costs associated with making the
underlying portfolio company summary
prospectus, statutory prospectus, SAI,
and most recent shareholder reports
available online under the conditions
set forth in the proposed rule. We
estimate the cost of making underlying
portfolio summary prospectuses
available online to be $478 per
registrant.716 In 2017, there were a total
of 721 N–4 and N–6 registrants.717
Therefore, we estimate the aggregate
cost of making the underlying portfolio
company summary prospectus, statutory
prospectus, SAI, and most recent
shareholder reports available online
under the conditions set forth in the
proposed rule to be $345,000.718
Funds may incur costs in connection
with the requirement to provide
summary prospectuses for underlying
portfolio investments upon request of an
investor. We estimate that the annual
cost associated with printing and
mailing these prospectuses would be
$500 per registrant.719 We estimate that
the aggregate annual costs associated
with printing and mailing portfolio
714 Calculated as $0.53 × 13 million = $6,890,000
for portfolio company summary prospectuses
associated with existing contracts, and $0.53 ×
698,000 = $369,940 for portfolio company summary
prospectuses associated with new sales.
715 Calculated as $6,890,000 + $369,940 =
$7,259,940.
716 We estimate that the average burden to comply
with the proposed website posting requirements
would be 2 hours per set of documents. We estimate
the average wage based on published rates for
webmasters to be $239. $478 = 2 × $239.
Although we do not have data on the use of
summary prospectuses for the underlying portfolio
companies offered in variable contracts, we
understand that delivery of summary prospectuses
is typical. To the extent that there are portfolio
companies for which no summary prospectus has
been created, there would be costs associated with
the summary prospectus requirement. Those costs
would include the cost of creating the document,
making sure that the summary prospectus is
structured appropriately, and costs associated with
filing the summary prospectus after it is first used
under rule 497. We believe that these costs would
be small, however. For example, the content of a
mutual fund summary prospectus is just Items 2
through 8 of Form N–1A, with the cover page as
specified by rule 498.
717 721 = (500 N–4 registrants) + (221 N–6
registrants).
718 $478 × 721 = $344,638.
719 See infra note 854. Also, currently contract
investors may request paper copies of online
documents related to portfolio investments (e.g.,
SAIs). As a result, we estimate the cost of updating
systems to accommodate requests for paper copies
of prospectuses for portfolio investments would be
minimal.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
summary prospectuses will be
$342,475.720
Thus, we estimate a reduction of costs
related to delivery of portfolio company
summary prospectuses of $6,573,000.721
2. Treatment of Discontinued Variable
Contracts
As discussed above, if the proposed
summary prospectus framework is
adopted, the Commission would take
the position that Alternative Disclosure
Contracts (contracts operating in the
manner described in the Staff Letters as
of the effective date of any final
summary prospectus rules) are
permitted to continue to operate in such
a manner.722 This position on
Alternative Disclosure Contracts would
recognize the industry’s practice that
has developed in light of the Staff
Letters, the costs and burdens that
issuers of In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts currently incur,
and the costs and burdens that issuers
would incur under the proposed
summary prospectus framework. For all
other contracts, the Commission’s
position would not be applicable, and
therefore variable contract issuers
would be required to file post-effective
amendments to update their registration
statements and provide updated
prospectuses under current regulatory
requirements, and could avail
themselves of the summary prospectus
framework as adopted.
The Commission’s position on
Alternative Disclosure Contracts
recognizes that the proposed rule and
form amendments are expected to
significantly reduce certain burdens and
costs associated with the current
contract and portfolio company
prospectus framework.723 Most notably,
we anticipate that registrants that
choose to rely on proposed rule 498A
could experience significant decreases
in printing and mailing costs, compared
to their current costs to print and mail
the contract statutory prospectus.724
These decreases in printing and mailing
costs would be heightened to the extent
that the registrant relies on the proposed
rule’s new option to satisfy portfolio
company prospectus delivery
requirements, because paper (or
electronic) copies of the portfolio
company prospectuses no longer would
be required to be delivered to investors.
Similar to the proposed rule, issuers of
In-Force Alternative Disclosure
720 $500 × 95% × (500 Form N–4 registrants + 221
Form N–6 registrants) = $342,475.
721 $7,259,940 ¥ $344,638 ¥ $342,475 =
$6,572,827.
722 See supra section II.C.
723 See supra section III.C.1; infra section III.C.3.
724 See supra section III.C.1.b.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Contracts currently experience
reductions in printing and mailing costs
associated with the contract prospectus,
compared to other variable contract
issuers. Issuers of In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts, however, would
benefit from the expected reductions in
printing and mailing costs associated
with portfolio company prospectuses
under the proposed rule.
Furthermore, we acknowledge that
there are certain other costs and burdens
that are currently reduced for issuers of
In-Force Alternative Disclosure
Contracts, but would not be similarly
reduced under the proposed rule and
form amendments. For example, a
registrant that relies on proposed rule
498A would still bear burdens of
maintaining and updating the contract
registration statement,725 preparing and
filing updating summary prospectuses,
delivering the updating summary
prospectus to investors annually, and
making the contract statutory
prospectus and SAI available online. In
addition, while the proposed form
amendments would simplify certain
current disclosure requirements,726 in
other instances they would result in
new or amended disclosures that, in the
aggregate, we anticipate would result in
a net increase in the burden associated
with preparing an initial registration
statement and post-effective
amendments thereto.727 The
Commission’s position on Alternative
Disclosure Contracts takes all of the
foregoing under consideration,
including the significant time period
that the industry has operated in the
manner that the Staff Letters describe.
We estimate that approximately 2.68
million existing variable annuity
contracts were issued pursuant to
registration statements for In-Force
Alternative Disclosure Contracts.728 For
those contracts whose issuers are
currently operating in the manner that
the Staff Letters describe as of the
effective date of final summary
prospectus rules, we believe the
Commission’s position with respect to
Alternative Disclosure Contracts will
725 Even when there are not material updates to
the contract, the updating process still would entail
internal burdens (e.g., for the registrant to confirm
the continued accuracy of the information in the
registration statement and to update information
about the portfolio companies) and external
expenses (e.g., for outside legal and auditor
services).
726 For example, the proposed amendments to
Form N–3 and Form N–4 would include certain
changes that would significantly reduce burdens
related to preparing and disclosing contract
accumulation unit values. See supra notes 546–554
and accompanying text.
727 See infra section III.C.3.b.
728 See supra note 662.
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61813
have minimal impact, compared to the
baseline, on either insurers or investors.
Under the Commission’s position,
insurers would continue to provide, and
investors would continue to receive, the
same alternative disclosures that the
Staff Letters describe. We acknowledge,
however, that insurers sponsoring
Alternative Disclosure Contracts would
potentially benefit from the
Commission’s position, because
Commission action provides them with
greater certainty about future disclosure
obligations than staff no-action letters.
With respect to insurers with variable
contracts outstanding and those issuing
new contracts, the Commission’s
position on Alternative Disclosure
Contracts likely will result in some
costs. Existing contracts whose issuers
are not currently operating in the
manner described in the Staff Letters
may have been structured or offered by
insurers with the expectation that the
insurer could provide alternative
disclosures if a product launch is
unsuccessful or the number of investors
diminishes over time. The
Commission’s position may therefore
result in those contracts experiencing
unexpected future costs associated with
updating the registration statement and
delivering prospectuses under current
regulatory requirements. However those
contracts could avail themselves of the
summary prospectus regime as adopted,
which, as discussed above, may mitigate
some of those costs. Many of the
burdens that are currently reduced for
issuers of In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts are also expected
to be reduced under the proposed
summary prospectus framework; in
particular, we expect reductions in costs
associated with printing and mailing the
contract summary prospectus and
underlying portfolio company
prospectuses to investors.729 However,
to the extent that the option for
summary prospectus does not fully
mitigate unexpected future costs related
to the Commission’s position on
Alternative Disclosure Contracts,
insurers that experience these
unexpected costs may seek to extinguish
outstanding contracts with few
remaining investors and consolidate
investor assets. While insurers cannot
terminate outstanding contracts, they
could encourage investors to exchange
old contracts for new ones or they may
offer to buy out contracts.
At the same time, we believe that the
Commission’s position with respect to
Alternative Disclosure Contracts will
provide investors more pertinent
information to monitor their contract,
729 See
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
supra section III.C.1.b.
30NOP2
61814
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
either under the current regulatory
requirements or under the proposed
optional summary prospectus regime,
compared to the alternative disclosures
that they would receive under the
circumstances that the Staff Letters
identify. For example, investors would
either receive, or have access to online,
the contract prospectus under the
standard prospectus delivery regime or
the proposed summary prospectus
regime, respectively. Moreover, as
explained in detail above, we believe
the proposed optional summary
prospectus regime, if relied on by
insurers, would provide significant
benefits for investors in terms of
facilitating the review and
understanding of available
disclosures.730
3. Changes to Forms N–3, N–4, and
N–6
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
a. Benefits and Costs for Investors
The proposed amendments to Forms
N–3, N–4, and N–6 are intended to
reflect the evolution of variable contract
features including, in particular, the
prevalence of optional benefits that
insurers offer under these contracts, and
to provide greater consistency among
the forms.
For example, under the proposed
amendments, the statutory prospectus
would include the same Key
Information Table, tabular presentation
of optional benefits, and tabular
appendix of information about
underlying portfolio companies that
appears in the summary prospectus.
This means that all variable contract
investors, not just investors in contracts
that use the summary prospectus, would
have access to information as presented
in summary prospectuses. Further, the
proposed amendments would require
additional information about standard
and optional benefits that a contract
may offer. There is no current form
requirement regarding optional benefits.
The proposed amendments would also
increase consistency of disclosure
presentation requirements among
variable contracts that register on
different form types. This increased
consistency could help investors
compare variable contracts across
products that register across different
form types.
Certain investors who are considering
variable annuities may also be
considering variable life insurance (and
vice versa). We believe a consistent
presentation and common disclosure of
elements that we consider useful in
explaining variable contracts’ features
730 See
supra section III.C.1.a.i(a).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
and risks could reduce investor
confusion and promote investor
understanding across types of variable
products. Also, we believe that more
uniformity of disclosures across variable
contract types may make it easier for
investors to compare similar products.
We are proposing amendments to the
General Instructions of Forms N–3, N–
4, and N–6 regarding the preparation
and filing of registration statements.
First, these amendments would
prescribe the ordering and location of
the Overview of the Variable Annuity
Contract, the Key Information Table,
and the Fee Table. In particular, the
proposed amendments would place this
information at the beginning of the
prospectus, and could benefit investors
to the extent that this placement makes
information about a variable contract’s
key features, costs, and risks more
readily available. We do not anticipate
that these proposed changes would
impose substantial costs on investors.
We acknowledge that investors familiar
with the current ordering of information
on Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6 could bear
one-time costs associated with adjusting
to the proposed presentation of
information on these forms.
Second, we are proposing
amendments to the General Instructions
that would provide new guidance in
each of the forms that addresses when
a single prospectus may be used to
describe multiple contracts and when
multiple prospectuses may be included
in a single registration statement. To the
extent that ensuring that prospectuses
and registration statements cover
contracts with similar features, costs,
and risks facilitates investors’
understanding of contract
characteristics, these proposed
amendments may benefit investors.
Similarly, to the extent that the
proposed guidance results in
presentation of information that
investors are unaccustomed to, investors
may bear costs associated with adjusting
to a new presentation of variable
contract information. While we do not
have information available to quantify
these benefits, we believe that these
proposed amendments are consistent
with current industry practice and we
therefore do not expect these benefits to
be substantial.
For Form N–3 and Form N–4
registrants, we propose to relocate the
AUV tables from the prospectus to the
SAI, and shorten the time period
covered by the AUV tables. Further, we
propose to include an instruction
permitting registrants to omit AUV
tables altogether if they provide each
investor with an annual account
statement that discloses, with respect to
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
each class of accumulation units the
investor holds, the actual performance
of each subaccount during the prior
fiscal year. Accumulation unit values
and the number of accumulation units
outstanding permit investors to derive
summary information about the
performance of the variable contracts
covered by a statutory prospectus.
While shortening the time period
covered by the AUV tables could
impose costs on investors by reducing
the amount of historical AUV
information available on a statutory
prospectus, we do not believe these
costs will be substantial. This is because
we believe the proliferation in
combinations of contract changes has
generated a proliferation in separate
classes of accumulation units disclosed
on statutory prospectuses, rendering the
current AUV tables less useful for
investors.731 To the extent Form N–3
and Form N–4 registrants choose to omit
AUV tables altogether and instead
provide individual investors with the
prescribed annual account statement,
this option should benefit investors by
providing them with customized annual
performance information that reflects
the impact of insurance-related costs.
However, permitting Form N–3 and N–
4 registrants to omit AUV tables may
impose costs on current investors and
investors who are not currently account
holders, to the extent that such investors
could make use of historical summary
performance information as part of their
decision to make additional investments
or their decision to choose between
insurers or variable products.
b. Benefits and Costs for Insurers
The proposed form amendments
would increase consistency of
disclosure presentation requirements
among variable contracts that register on
different form types. We anticipate that
this increased consistency among Forms
N–3, N–4, and N–6 could have the
benefit of reducing costs among
sponsors that register variable contracts
on multiple of these registration form
types. For example, we anticipate that
this would make the production of
registration statements simpler, in that
form instructions and content
requirements would in many cases be
the same (except in cases where
structural differences or product
differences that the different form types
indicate would lead to requirements
that would differ across the form
types).732
731 See
supra section II.D.3.d.
2017, four of the 62 (6%) insurers that
registered separate accounts registered separate
accounts on all three forms (N–3, N–4, and N–6).
732 In
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
For Form N–3 and Form N–4
registrants, we propose to relocate the
AUV tables from the prospectus to the
SAI, where they are more appropriately
located with certain detailed
information that traditionally appears in
the SAI. We also propose to decrease the
time periods for which the required
information must be presented from 10
years to 5 years. Further, we propose to
include an instruction permitting
registrants to omit AUV tables altogether
if they provide each investor with an
annual account statement that discloses,
with respect to each class of
accumulation units the investor holds,
the actual performance of each
subaccount during the prior fiscal year.
The proposed amendments should
reduce the costs related to preparing
registration statement disclosure of
information relating to the contract’s
accumulation unit values for Form N–3
and Form N–4 registrants. We estimate
the implementation costs for each of the
three registrant types, while netting the
reduced burden for Form N–3 and Form
N–4 registrants, below.
Form N–3 Estimates. We estimate that
there are currently five insurer separate
accounts that file Form N–3. We
estimate that these separate accounts
will incur, in the aggregate, 152 hours
additional internal annual burden
hours, at an internal time cost
equivalent of $51,072.733 While we are
revising our estimate of the
methodology used to estimate external
costs associated with Form N–3 as
discussed below,734 these changes in
external cost estimates are not
attributable to the proposed
amendments to Form N–3.
Form N–4 Estimates. We estimate that
there are currently 435 insurer separate
accounts that file Form N–4. We
estimate that these separate accounts
will incur, in the aggregate, 13,320
additional internal annual burden
hours, at an internal time cost
equivalent of $4,475,345.735 We do not
estimate any change to the external
costs associated with the proposed
amendments to Form N–4.736
Form N–6 Estimates. We estimate that
there are currently 238 insurer separate
accounts that file Form N–6. We
estimate that these separate accounts
will incur, in the aggregate, 3,048
additional internal annual burden
hours, at an internal time cost
Forty (65%) registered separate accounts on two
forms. Overall, 44 (71%) insurers registered
separate accounts on more than one form.
733 See infra note 778.
734 See infra note 780.
735 See infra note 789.
736 See infra section IV.B.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
equivalent of $1,024,128.737 We do not
estimate any change to the external
costs associated with the proposed
amendments to Form N–6.738
In addition to these implementation
costs, these proposed changes to forms
could impose costs related to proposed
changes presentation of information. In
particular, the proposed amendments
may impose costs on insurers to the
extent that they limit insurers’
flexibility in choosing the placement of
information within the statutory
prospectuses. While we do not have
data necessary to quantify these costs,
we do not expect them to be substantial.
4. Inline XBRL
The proposed amendments would
require certain information from
variable contract statutory prospectuses
to be filed with the Commission in
Inline XBRL. Inline XBRL is a
specification of XBRL that is both
human-readable and machine-readable
for purposes of validation, aggregation,
and analysis. The proposed Inline XBRL
requirement is expected to benefit
investors, filers, the Commission, and
other data users, including third-party
analysts, investment professionals,
academic researchers, and other
regulators. The availability of
information from statutory prospectuses
in Inline XBRL could enable variable
contract investors, generally through
information intermediaries such as
third-party data aggregators (or by
reviewing the disclosures directly), to
capture and analyze disclosure
information more quickly and at a lower
cost, as well as to search and analyze
the information dynamically, facilitate
comparison of information across filers
and reporting periods, and lead to
better-informed investment decisions
and potential gains in the efficiency of
capital formation and allocation. These
improvements could occur as a result of
a reduction in the information barriers
faced by investors and in the costs of
collecting and analyzing disclosures.
These benefits are expected to be
greatest in instances of forms filed by a
large number of registrants and for
information from variable contract
disclosures that is not aggregated by
third-party sources today and therefore
requires greater effort to extract and
analyze on the part of investors. To the
extent that some of the variable contract
investors and third-party information
providers also review disclosures of
mutual funds and ETFs, those investors
and information providers will have
familiarity with using Inline XBRL to
737 See
738 See
PO 00000
infra note 805.
infra section IV.C.
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61815
view and analyze disclosures from
having reviewed prospectus risk/return
summaries filed in Inline XBRL under
the recently adopted Inline XBRL
requirements for mutual funds and
ETFs.739
Variable contract registrants would
incur costs to tag and review the
required information in Inline XBRL.
Some filers may perform the tagging inhouse while others may retain outside
service providers. We expect the outside
service providers to pass along their
costs to filers. Various XBRL
preparation solutions have been
developed and used by operating
companies and open-end fund filers,
and some evidence suggests that, for
operating companies, XBRL tagging
costs have decreased over time.740
Inline XBRL is a specification of XBRL
that allows filers to embed XBRL data
directly into an HTML document,
eliminating the need to tag a copy of the
information in a separate XBRL
exhibit,741 making Inline XBRL
preparation more efficient, of higher
quality, and less costly than filing an
HTML document and a separate XBRL
document duplicating the data. For
filers that are required to report
information for other investment
products they offer, such as open-end
funds, in Inline XBRL, before they
would be required to file information
about variable contracts in Inline XBRL,
filing information about variable
contracts in Inline XBRL under the
proposed amendments would likely
incur lower costs of compliance than
filers adopting Inline XBRL for the first
time.
Similar to the risk/return summary
requirements for mutual funds and
ETFs, the proposed amendments would
require variable contract registrants to
submit to the Commission in Inline
XBRL certain information from
registration statements, post-effective
amendments, and prospectuses with
certain information that varies from the
registration statement (rule 497 forms of
739 See
Inline XBRL Adopting Release, supra note
613.
740 See, e.g., XBRL Costs for Small Companies
Have Declined 45%, According to AICPA Study,
Aug. 15, 2018, available at https://www.aicpa.org/
press/pressreleases/2018/xbrl-costs-have-declinedaccording-to-aicpa-study.html (stating that ’’ the
cost of XBRL formatting for small reporting
companies has declined 45 percent since 2014,
according to an updated pricing survey . . . 68.6
percent of the companies paid $5,500 or less on an
annual basis (as compared to 29.9 percent of
companies in the 2014 survey) for fully outsourced
creation and filing solutions for their XBRL filings.
Meanwhile, 11.8 percent of the companies paid
annual costs between $5,500 to as much as $8,000
for their full-service outsourced solutions.’’)
741 Inline XBRL Adopting Release, supra note
613, at n.78 and accompanying and following text.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61816
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
prospectuses or ‘‘stickers’’) filed on
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6. Similar to
the risk/return summary requirements
for mutual funds and ETFs, the
Interactive Data File would be
submitted as a post-effective
amendment to the registration
statement. As with risk/return summary
Inline XBRL requirements for funds, the
Interactive Data File for a post-effective
amendment under rule 485(b)(1)(i), (ii),
(v), or (vii) would be submitted with the
filing, which may make the filing
incrementally more efficient.
Nevertheless, we recognize that some
registrants affected by the proposed
requirement likely would incur initial
costs to acquire the necessary expertise
and/or software as well as ongoing costs
of tagging required information in Inline
XBRL, and that any fixed costs of
complying with the Inline XBRL
requirement may have a relatively
greater impact on smaller filers. On an
ongoing basis, registrants are expected
to expend time to review the tagged
information in Inline XBRL using their
in-house staff. Some registrants may
also incur an initial cost to license filing
preparation software with Inline XBRL
capabilities from a software vendor, and
some may also incur an ongoing
licensing cost. Other registrants may
incur an initial cost to modify their
existing filing preparation software to
accommodate Inline XBRL preparation.
Some registrants would incur the costs
of filing agent services to rely on a filing
agent to prepare their Inline XBRL
filings. Initial costs involving
investments in expertise and
modifications to disclosure preparation
solutions, or switching to a different
software vendor or outside service
provider may result in a higher
compliance cost during the first year of
using Inline XBRL than in subsequent
years. While the costs of compliance
with the Inline XBRL requirement are
likely to vary across registrants, on
average we estimate that direct
compliance costs for a variable contract
registrant on Forms N–3, N–4, and N–
6, respectively, will be approximately
$21,960, $15,012, and $15,012 per year,
respectively, in the first three years
under the proposed amendments.742
742 For purposes of the PRA, during the first three
years under the proposed Inline XBRL amendments
to Form N–3, the average annual internal cost
burden is estimated to be $20,160 (the monetized
burden of in-house Inline XBRL preparation) and
the average annual external cost burden per
registrant (the additional cost of services of outside
software vendors or filing agents) is estimated to be
$1,800 ($900 + ($300 × 3)). $20,160 + $1,800 =
$21,960. See infra notes 819 and 830.
For purposes of the PRA, during the first three
years under the proposed Inline XBRL amendments
to Form N–4, the average annual internal cost
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
The compliance dates under the
proposed amendments are expected to
give registrants additional time to obtain
the necessary expertise and software,
and mitigate the impact of transition on
all filers, including smaller filers.
However, we also expect that filers may
realize benefits from the Inline XBRL
requirement to the extent that making
disclosures available in a structured
format reduces some of the information
barriers that make it costly for variable
contract registrants to find appropriate
sources of new investors, as discussed
in section III.D below.
By making it easier to perform
automated comparisons of disclosures
across variable contracts, the proposed
amendments also might affect sales
agents. As we noted in section II.B.2
above, sales agents play a significant
role in the distribution of variable
contract products. For non-captive sales
agents that independently compare
variable contract products for
recommendation to investors and
prepare their own sales materials, we
believe that those sales agents could
benefit from the easier access and
enhanced usability of information about
variable contracts in a structured format,
which may enable them to select
variable contract offerings that are better
tailored to investors’ demands. Because
having the required data in a structured
format facilitates the analysis,
aggregation, and comparison of
information about variable contracts, the
proposed amendments might increase
competition for investor capital among
sales agents offering variable contract
products of individual insurers or a
narrow range of variable contract
products.743
D. Effects on Efficiency, Competition,
and Capital Formation
This section describes the effects we
expect the proposed rule to have on
burden is estimated to be $14,112 and the average
annual external cost burden per registrant is
estimated to be $900. $14,112 + $900 = $15,012. See
infra notes 822 and 829 and accompanying text.
For purposes of the PRA, during the first three
years under the proposed Inline XBRL amendments
to Form N–6, the average annual internal cost
burden is estimated to be $14,112 and the average
annual external cost burden per registrant is
estimated to be $900. $14,112 + $900 = $15,012. See
infra notes 825 and 829 and accompanying text.
743 Requiring variable contract registrants to file
certain key information in Inline XBRL could
facilitate comparisons of information across
registrants which could increase competition
among variable contract registrants for investor
capital. Also, requiring variable contract registrants
to file certain key information in Inline XBRL could
reduce barriers to entry for third-party aggregators
and induce competition among firms that supply
information about variable contracts to investors.
These possibilities are discussed in greater detail
below.
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
efficiency, competition, and capital
formation.
Efficiency. To investors, the costs of
purchasing a variable contract are more
than just the dollar cost of the contract
and include the value of an individual’s
time spent gaining an understanding of
the contract as well as various aspects
of the contract including optional
benefits and fee structures, both prior to
contract purchase and during the free
look period following purchase. Further,
for those investors who do not gain a
full understanding of the contract, there
could be a cost stemming from a
potential mismatch between an
investor’s goals and the purchased
contract. Depending on the size of an
individual’s potential purchase, certain
of these additional costs could be
considerable in comparison to the
monetary costs associated with contract
purchase and could discourage
investors from considering variable
contracts even in circumstances where
investment in a variable contract would
be beneficial.
For their part, insurers only supply
variable contracts to the extent they
expect the benefits derived from
providing the contracts to be greater
than cost of supplying the contract.744
For insurers, costs include not only
those costs associated with producing
and servicing variable contracts, but
also those costs associated with meeting
various statutory and regulatory
obligations.745
These costs borne by both insurers
and individuals are examples of market
‘‘frictions.’’ Market frictions have the
effect of reducing the benefits from
contracting between market
participants.746 Rules that reduce costs
for investors, insurers, or both, reduce
market frictions. The proposed rule
offers the opportunity for both insurers
and investors to reduce their costs
associated with variable contracts.
Summary prospectuses provide
information in a concise, user-friendly
way that may allow investors to better
understand variable products. The
summary prospectus framework offers
opportunities for insurers to reduce the
costs of producing and delivering
required disclosures to investors.747
744 Insurers who expect the benefits derived from
supplying contracts to be equal to the cost of
supplying the contract would be indifferent
between supplying and not supplying the contract.
745 See supra section III.B.2.
746 If market frictions are sufficiently large,
market frictions could eliminate exchange
altogether.
747 For example, as discussed above, greater
investor understanding of variable products could
lead to a better match between investor goals and
purchased variable contracts. In other words,
investment efficiency could increase.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Similarly, the proposed amendments
to registration forms would make key
information more salient for investors
and would make the presentation of this
information more consistent across
variable contract types. Additional
consistency across forms may also
reduce compliance burdens for insurers
that are required to file using multiple
form types, as would reducing the
amount of historical AUV information
required to be disclosed. The resulting
decrease in market frictions should lead
to greater efficiency by reducing barriers
that insurers may face in supplying
variable contracts to investors, and
reducing barriers investors may face in
evaluating variable contracts sold to
them by insurers, particularly during
the free look period.748 In addition,
requiring variable contract registrants to
file certain key information in Inline
XBRL would enable investors, thirdparty information providers,
Commission staff, and other data users
to capture and analyze that information
more quickly and efficiently than is
possible using the same information
provided in a static, text-based format.
These increases in efficiency could
manifest as a higher likelihood that
investors’ make investment decisions
that are informationally efficient. First,
it may increase the likelihood that
investors choose a level of participation
in variable contracts that is consistent
with their overall financial needs and
objectives—a level that may be higher or
lower than current levels. The proposal
may help promote investment in
variable contracts by investors who
would benefit from them. Second, an
increase in the informational efficiency
of investor decisions could make it more
likely that investors that invest in
variable contracts choose the contracts
that best meet their needs and reject
those that do not. Third, improved
access to information resulting from
more concise disclosure could facilitate
more efficient investor allocation of
assets across portfolio companies within
variable contracts. Finally, access to
clearer information about the contract
terms may reduce the chances that an
investor surrenders a variable contract
when the costs of surrender do not
justify the benefits of surrender.
748 As noted above, there may be investors who
prefer to rely on statutory prospectuses when
making an investment decision who may not take
the steps necessary to access the statutory
prospectus. To the extent there are both investors
who prefer to rely on statutory prospectuses when
making an investment decision and who do not take
the steps necessary to access the statutory
prospectus, the increased barrier (the steps
necessary to access the statutory prospectus) could
lead to reduced efficiency in investor evaluation of
variable contracts.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Furthermore, we considered the
potential impact of our position on
Alternative Disclosure Contracts on
efficiency. We recognize that our
position likely will cause insurers
issuing new contracts and issuers with
variable contracts outstanding to incur
additional costs due to the proposed
disclosure obligations that they may not
have anticipated. To the extent that
these unexpected costs drive insurers to
take actions to encourage investors to
exchange old contracts for new
contracts or to buy out existing
contracts, the Commission’s position
may result in inefficiencies. In
particular, insurer resources that are
used to encourage exchanges or to buy
out contract holders are resources that
insurers may have put to other
productive uses. However, we believe
that this reduction in efficiency may be
offset by the expected increase in
informational efficiency associated with
the enhanced disclosures that would be
afforded to contract holders in lieu of
the alternative disclosures described in
the Staff Letters.
Competition. If the proposed rule
increases efficiency of exchange in the
variable contracts market, then we may
observe a change in investment in
variable contracts. For example, if there
are individuals who currently do not
invest in variable contracts (or invest
less than they would have) because the
costs other than the price of the contract
(e.g., the ongoing printing and mailing
expenses passed through to investors
from insurers) are too high, then to the
extent the proposed rule lowers those
costs we would expect to observe more
people entering the variable contract
market. Conversely, there may be
investors who, because of the burden,
choose not to read statutory
prospectuses. To the extent those
investors are more likely to read
summary prospectuses, those investors
may decide, as a result, that other
investments or products are better
suited to their investment goals. This
could result in fewer investments in
variable contracts. If there are insurers
who limit their participation in the
variable contract market, or limit the
portfolio companies they offer as a
result of the costs of current prospectus
delivery requirements, those insurers
may increase participation or increase
the number of portfolio companies they
offer as a result of this proposal. To the
extent that competition in a market is
related to the size of the market, the net
effect of these potential changes in
investor demand for, and insurer supply
of, variable contracts could affect
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61817
competition in the variable contract
market.
The proposed rule could also affect
competition by requiring that
information about the variable contract
be presented in a concise, user-friendly
way in the summary prospectus, which
could allow investors to compare
information across products. Requiring
variable contract registrants to file
certain key information in Inline XBRL
could further facilitate comparisons of
information across registrants by making
it easier for investors (directly or
through third-party data aggregators) to
extract and aggregate information
through automated means for analysis
and comparison, which could increase
competition among variable contract
registrants for investor capital,
particularly in combination with the
proposed free look period. For example,
the proposed rule requires insurers to
distill certain key product information
into tables. The presentation of this
information in a table facilitates
comparison across different products.
Greater comparison across different
variable products could lead to greater
competition. Furthermore, by reducing
the costs associated with aggregating
data across variable contracts, the
proposed Inline XBRL requirement
could reduce barriers to entry for thirdparty data aggregators and induce
competition among firms that supply
information about variable contracts to
investors, including other third-party
aggregators and sales agents.
The effect on competition between
insurers could be limited, however, to
the extent variable contract investors
continue to rely on an agent to help
them select and customize their variable
insurance products and do not have
access to broad comparisons of variable
contracts enabled by the proposed
Inline XBRL requirements at the time of
sale or during the free look period.749
Agents generally only provide their
customers with a subset of all available
variable insurance products available in
the general marketplace. Thus, while
the product information in summary
prospectuses would facilitate
comparison across products offered by
the agent, the effect would likely be
limited to the agent’s set of products
rather than to the broader market.
We recognize that any fixed costs of
compliance with the proposed
requirements, including Inline XBRL
requirements, could have a relatively
greater impact on small filers. However,
the overall magnitude of such costs,
discussed in greater detail in Section IV
below, and thus the magnitude of the
749 See
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
IRI Fact Book, supra note 8, at 176.
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61818
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
associated competitive effects, is
expected to be modest.
Finally, we also considered the
potential impact of our position on
Alternative Disclosure Contracts on
competition between insurers. Above,
we discussed the possibility that,
because contracts whose issuers are not
operating in the manner described in
the Staff Letters as of the effective date
of final summary prospectus rules could
not provide alternative disclosures after
such date, the Commission’s position
could cause these insurers to experience
future costs of disclosure obligations
that they may not have anticipated. The
Commission’s position thus may place
at a competitive advantage those
insurers with a greater proportion of
contracts that operate in the manner
described in the Staff Letters as of the
effective date of final summary
prospectus rules.
Capital Formation. As discussed in
connection with the potential effects of
the proposed rule on competition, if the
proposed rule increases the efficiency of
exchange in the variable contracts
market, then we may observe a change
in investment in variable contracts.
Greater investment in variable contracts
could lead to increased demand for
securities held by the portfolio
companies that underlie the variable
contracts (or held directly by the
separate account in the case of a Form
N–3 registrant).750 The increased
demand for securities could, in turn,
facilitate capital formation. Diminished
investment, however, could lead to
reduced demand for such securities. We
would expect either of these effects to
be small. We further note that to the
extent increased or decreased
investment in variable contracts reflects
substitution from other investment
vehicles, the effect on capital formation
would be attenuated.
The proposed Inline XBRL
requirements could increase the
efficiency of capital formation to the
extent that making disclosures available
in a structured format reduces some of
the information barriers that make it
costly for variable contract registrants to
find appropriate sources of new
investors. Smaller registrants in
particular may benefit more from
enhanced exposure to investors. If
reporting the disclosures in a structured
format increases the availability, or
reduces the cost of collecting and
analyzing, key information about
variable contracts, smaller variable
contract registrants may benefit from
750 This would be true to the extent funds
invested in variable contracts would not otherwise
have been invested in securities.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
improved coverage by third-party
information providers and data
aggregators.
To the extent that the proposed rule
reduces costs for some variable contract
registrants, we would expect reduced
costs to increase the portion of investor
money that is retained as the investor’s
contract value, rather than used to cover
expenses, resulting, over time, in a net
positive effect on the level of capital
invested through variable contracts.
Furthermore, to the extent that
reductions in expenses have a positive
effect on the performance of variable
contracts and attract new investors or
additional capital from existing
investors, the proposed rule may result
in greater capital formation. We expect
this effect to be small. The opposite
would be expected to hold for those
variable contract registrants that
experience cost increases under the
proposed rule.
E. Reasonable Alternatives
1. Mandating Summary Prospectuses
Proposed new rule 498A would
permit the use of two distinct types of
contract summary prospectuses: (1) An
initial summary prospectus covering
variable contracts currently offered to
new investors; and (2) an updating
summary prospectus for existing
investors. Alternatively, the
Commission could mandate the use of
summary prospectuses. Summary
prospectuses may provide substantial
net benefits to investors because they
are shorter, simpler, and designed to
make salient the most important
variable contract terms. A mandatory
regime would ensure that those benefits
are available to all investors, not just
those who have invested in variable
contracts offered by insurers that would
elect to deliver summary
prospectuses.751
We believe that insurers will only
choose to rely on the optional summary
prospectus regime should benefits
outweigh the costs. While we believe
that reliance on the proposed summary
prospectus regime would yield cost
savings for insurers, we acknowledge
that these cost savings will vary across
751 As discussed above, we understand that some
investors who prefer statutory prospectuses may
experience costs if they are given summary
prospectuses and need to request statutory
prospectuses. Under a mandatory regime, this cost
would be borne by all investors who prefer
statutory prospectuses, not just those who have
invested in variable contracts offered by insurers
that would elect to deliver summary prospectuses.
Regardless, as noted above, we believe the number
of investors who would prefer statutory
prospectuses, as well as the number of insurers that
would not elect to deliver summary prospectuses,
to be a minority.
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
insurers and there may be insurers that
do not expect benefits in excess of the
expected costs of relying on summary
prospectuses. Imposing a mandatory
summary prospectus regime would
entail imposing net costs on these
insurers.
Based on our analysis of cost savings
above, our expectation is that most
insurers will choose to rely on summary
prospectuses. Based on these factors, we
believe making the use of summary
prospectuses voluntary for insurers
strikes the appropriate balance between
offering insurers flexibility in choosing
delivery methods on one hand, and
making variable contract disclosures
more digestible by the majority of
investors, on the other.
2. Summary Prospectuses Delivered
With Statutory Prospectuses
The proposed rule would require the
variable contract statutory prospectus,
as well as the contract’s SAI, to be
publicly accessible, free of charge, at a
website address specified on the cover
of the summary prospectus. As we
discuss above, investors who wish to
use statutory prospectuses as well as
summary prospectuses will bear an
additional burden of accessing statutory
prospectuses online. Alternatively, the
proposed rule could require insurers to
provide both summary and statutory
prospectuses together in paper or, if the
investor has elected to receive the
document electronically, in electronic
form. This alternative would offer the
benefit, for those investors choosing to
receive the documents in paper, that
any investor wishing to use both
summary and statutory prospectuses in
his or her decision making would not be
required to bear the additional burden
of accessing statutory prospectuses
online.
While providing both summary and
statutory prospectuses together would
eliminate the necessity of those
investors who wish to use both
summary and statutory prospectuses
having to bear the burden of accessing
statutory prospectuses online, we have
decided not to propose this alternative
for two reasons. First, rather than
reducing printing and mailing costs, this
alternative would create additional
printing and mailing costs. We believe
that the increased printing and mailing
costs would cause few insurers to
choose to provide both summary and
statutory prospectuses. Thus, de facto,
the potential benefits of layered
disclosure would likely not be available
to most investors.
Second, the proposed summary
prospectuses would provide investors
with key information relating to the
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
contract’s terms, benefits, and risks in a
concise and more reader-friendly
document. We are concerned that
variable contract investors may not read
or understand the disclosures they
currently receive. If investors were to
receive both summary and statutory
prospectuses, the increase in materials
received could lead to potentially fewer
investors reading either of the
documents.752
3. Contract-Specific Updating Summary
Prospectuses
The proposed variable contract
summary prospectus regime would
require that the initial summary
prospectus only describe a single
contract that the registrant currently
offers for sale, but would permit an
updating summary prospectus to
describe more than one contract covered
in the statutory prospectus to which the
updating summary prospectus relates.
As an alternative, we could have
proposed that the updating summary
prospectus describe only a single
contract.
Relative to the baseline, this
alternative would be no different from
the proposal in terms of the economic
impacts related to the proposed initial
summary prospectus, but would differ
in economic effects related to the
updating summary prospectus. An
updating summary prospectus that
describes solely the contract held by an
investor could be easier for that investor
to consume than an updating summary
prospectus that describes more than one
contract, and therefore could be more
beneficial to investors than the
proposed approach. The magnitude of
this increase in benefits depends on the
extent to which information about
multiple contracts confuses investors or
causes investors not to read the
information, which, in turn, likely
depends on the number of changes to
contracts and the number of different
contracts that would be presented in the
updating summary prospectus. We
acknowledge that this alternative would
permit investors to easily focus on key
information on a single contract.
However, we preliminarily expect this
increase in benefits to be limited
because, based on our current
understanding of variable contracts,
there are a limited number of changes to
contracts in any given year, and many
752 We note that this effect is mitigated to the
extent that investors want to receive the additional
disclosure. For example, those investors who
currently read statutory prospectuses in
consideration of their investment decisions may
find the incremental burden associated with
receiving the additional disclosure in the form of
summary prospectuses to be small.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
of those changes (such as changes to the
available portfolio companies or the
addition of new optional benefits)
typically apply to similar contracts in
the same prospectus. Accordingly,
although the section of the updating
prospectus that describes changes to the
contracts would cover multiple
contracts, the number changes
concerning any individual contract is
expected to be relatively brief, thus
minimizing the amount of inapplicable
information the investor would read.
Under this alternative, insurers would
be required to produce and deliver to
investors a separate updating summary
prospectus for each contract. An insurer
could limit the costs associated with
printing and mailing by only delivering
those updating summary prospectuses
to an investor that holds the contracts
they describe. However, such a process
would likely entail systems upgrades
and changes to back-office operations
needed to tailor mailings on an investorby-investor basis.753
4. Do Not Provide Updating Summary
Prospectuses
We considered two closely-related
alternative approaches to the proposed
summary prospectus regime in which
only initial contract purchasers would
receive a summary prospectus, and
afterwards, investors who make
additional purchase payments or who
reallocate contract value would either
(1) receive no updating summary
prospectus or (2) receive only a notice
that the statutory prospectus is available
online. Such an alternative would likely
yield larger cost savings for insurers
because insurers would not be required
to produce, print, and mail updating
summary prospectuses and would
instead incur only costs associated with
providing the initial summary
prospectus when an investor first
purchases the contract or reallocates
contract value.
However, under either of these
alternatives, investors would not benefit
from the ongoing layered disclosure
provided by the updating summary
prospectus. As discussed above, the
Commission believes that the updating
summary prospectus’s brief description
of any important changes to the contract
that occurred within the prior year
753 We understand that the process involved in
drafting and printing an updating summary
prospectus that only describes the changes made to
a single contract (and then distributing a tailored
updating summary prospectus to each investor
based on their particular contract) is quite complex.
In contrast, the same process with respect to the
initial summary prospectus is relatively
straightforward since the document, which would
only describe the currently available contract,
would be provided all new investors.
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61819
allow investors to better focus their
attention on new or updated
information relating to the contract.
Relatedly, the updating summary
prospectus would include certain
information required in the initial
summary prospectus that we consider
most relevant to investors when making
additional investment decisions or
otherwise monitoring their contracts,
and investors would not have access to
this concise presentation of key
information under either alternative. For
these reasons, we have not proposed
this alternative.
5. Inline XBRL
The proposed amendments would
require variable contract registrants to
file certain information from statutory
prospectuses with the Commission in
Inline XBRL.
As an alternative, we could allow but
not require variable contract registrants
to file the information in Inline XBRL.
Compared to the proposed amendments,
a fully voluntary Inline XBRL program
would lower costs for those filers,
particularly filers that do not already
file information in Inline XBRL.
However, a voluntary program would
reduce the usability of the required data.
If the information were not submitted by
the registrant in a structured, machinereadable format, investors and other
data users who wish to instantly
analyze, aggregate, and compare the
data would be required to incur the
costs of paying a third-party provider to
manually rekey the data, review the data
for data quality problems during the
duplication process, and disseminate
the data to the users. Alternatively,
investors or data users unwilling to pay
a third-party provider would incur the
time to do that process themselves. In
either scenario, the data would not be
usable in as timely a manner if it were
made machine-readable. In addition,
under a voluntary program, data that is
not submitted in Inline XBRL would not
be validated, thus decreasing the overall
data quality of the data submitted. Poor
data quality reduces any data user’s
ability to meaningfully analyze,
aggregate, and compare data.
Under the proposed amendments,
filing the information in Inline XBRL
would be required for Key Information
Table, Fee Table, Principal Risks of
Investing in the Contract, Other Benefits
Available Under the Contract, and/or
Portfolio Companies [Investment
Options] Available Under the Contract.
The information proposed to be filed in
Inline XBRL largely parallels the
information that is required of mutual
funds and ETFs, and we believe is likely
to be of greatest utility for investors and
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61820
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
others that seek to use the information
in a structured format to assist with
decisions about variable products. As
another alternative, we could require
variable contract registrants to file all, or
a larger subset, of the information from
the statutory prospectus, rather than
only the information covered by the
proposed amendments, in Inline XBRL.
Compared to the proposed amendments,
this alternative would improve the
timeliness and usability of the required
disclosure information, but potentially
impose additional costs on registrants.
To the extent that the other required
disclosures in the affected forms contain
information that is more specific to
individual registrants without any
comparability or aggregation utility, the
benefits of having those additional
required disclosures in a structured
format may be lower than the more
limited subset of disclosures required to
be filed in Inline XBRL under the
proposed amendments.
The proposed amendments provide
filers with an 18-month transition
period after the effective date of the
amendments to give registrants
sufficient time to update their
prospectuses and to prepare new
registration statements that comply with
the amendments, including with the
Inline XBRL tagging requirement. As an
alternative, we could provide filers with
a shorter or longer transition period.
Compared to the proposed amendments,
a longer transition period would cause
filers to defer Inline XBRL compliance
costs and may ease the transition for
filers, particularly smaller filers and
filers that encounter challenges in
acquiring expertise and software
solutions needed to prepare Inline
XBRL filings. However, a longer
transition period also could defer the
benefits of making the information
available in a structured format to
investors in variable contracts,
compared to the proposed amendments.
Conversely, compared to the proposed
amendments, a shorter transition period
would cause filers to incur Inline XBRL
compliance costs earlier and may make
the transition more difficult for smaller
filers and filers that lack expertise and
software solutions needed to prepare
Inline XBRL filings. It also would allow
investors to realize the benefits of access
to key information in a structured
format earlier than under the proposed
amendments. Based on the state of the
Inline XBRL standard today, and to
allow filers the flexibility of additional
time to comply, we are providing all
filers with a transition period.
As another alternative, we could
require the disclosures to be filed in
another structured format, such as the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
XBRL or XML format. Compared to the
proposed Inline XBRL requirement, the
use of the XBRL format entails complete
duplication of the data, which can
adversely affect the quality and usability
of the structured data as well as the
efficiency and cost of preparation and
review of the structured data. Compared
to the proposed requirement to use
Inline XBRL, the alternative to requiring
the use of XML could result in lower
costs for filers. However, compared to
the proposed amendments, XML would
provide less flexibility in tagging
complex information as well as less
extensive data quality validation
capabilities. In addition, neither the
XBRL nor XML options are humanreadable. As a result, investors and
other data users would not have the
benefits of having a document that is
both machine-readable and humanreadable, or the benefits of the Inline
Viewer when accessing the filing, such
as enhanced search features, filtering
capabilities, and built-in definitional
references. Investors and other data
users would need to access two different
documents to view and analyze the
same data. Filers would also have
diminished data quality benefits.
Because Inline XBRL embeds structured
data directly into an HTML document,
filers would not need to review a
separate structured data document to
identify and correct data quality errors.
Moreover, by using an Inline XBRL
viewer, filers can more easily identify
discrepancies in their data before filing.
6. Alternatives to Form N–3, N–4, and
N–6 Amendments
The Commission is proposing
amendments to Forms N–3, N–4, and
N–6. Collectively, these amendments
are meant to update and enhance the
disclosures to investors in variable
annuity contracts, and to implement the
proposed summary prospectus regime.
An alternative would be for the
Commission to propose a subset of the
proposed amendments to the
registration forms. Fewer amendments
to the registration forms could be less
costly for registrants, because registrants
would be required to make fewer
changes to their disclosure. However,
the proposed form amendments also
simplify certain current disclosure
requirements, and so the net economic
effects of proposing only a subset of the
proposed amendments would depend
on the particular subset of proposed
amendments. As described in Section
II.D. above, we believe that the form
amendments that we propose promote
investor understanding of variable
contracts by presenting information in a
clear manner and by reflecting industry
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
developments. Proposing only a subset
of these amendments could result in
less investor understanding relative to
the understanding resulting from the
proposed amendments. For this reason,
we have not proposed this alternative.
However, we request comment above
about each of the proposed
amendments, and will assess, based on
the comments we receive, if any of the
proposed amendments would not
further the goals of this rulemaking
proposal.
Additionally, the Commission is
proposing a new General Instruction in
each of Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6 that
is meant to encourage the use of
disclosure effectiveness principles in
variable contract disclosure.
Specifically, proposed General
Instruction C.3.(c) in each form would
encourage registrants to use, as
appropriate, question-and-answer
presentations, tables, side-by-side
comparisons, captions, bullet points,
numeric examples, illustrations or
similar presentation methods.754 As an
alternative to this proposed instruction,
we could propose to mandate the use of
any of these presentation methods.
Investors might gain a clearer
understanding of the features and risks
of variable contracts as a result. We are
concerned, however, that mandating a
particular presentation method (besides
the presentation methods that the
proposed form amendments would
specifically require, about which we
request comment above) could provide
less flexibility to registrants to describe
variable contracts in the manner they
think is most appropriate. Moreover,
there could be a risk that mandating the
use of certain presentation methods
could unintentionally obscure, or not
clearly explain, certain variable contract
features and risks.
Also, the Commission is proposing a
requirement that the Key Information
Table include cross-references to the
location in the statutory prospectus
where the relevant subject matter is
described in greater detail (and the
requirement for cross-references in
electronic versions of the summary
prospectus and/or statutory prospectus
to link directly to the location in the
statutory prospectus where the topic is
discussed in more detail). As an
alternative to this proposed instruction,
we could propose to require that, where
a topic is summarized in the prospectus
and is discussed in more detail
elsewhere in the prospectus, the
summarized topic must include a crossreference (and a hyperlink in electronic
document versions) to the location
754 See
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
supra note 399.
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
prospectus where the topic is discussed
in more detail. This alternative
requirement would make use of the
layered disclosure approach that
underlies the rulemaking proposal in a
manner that could make information in
the prospectus more accessible to
investors and leverage technology in a
way that could further assist investors
in navigating the prospectus. We
believe, however, that adding additional
cross-references and hyperlinks would
increase costs for insurers and could
lead to greater uncertainty among
registrants about where cross-references
and hyperlinks are required (i.e.,
whether a topic is summarized in one
part of the prospectus and then
discussed in more detail later could be
viewed as a subjective determination).
Further, we note that the benefits of
cross-references and hyperlinks might
be limited, given that proposed rule
498A would require electronic versions
of the statutory prospectus to include a
table of contents that would allow the
reader to move directly between it and
the related sections of the document.
7. Requiring All Variable Contracts
(Including Currently Discontinued
Contracts) To Prepare Updated
Registration Statements and Deliver
Statutory or Summary Prospectuses
Instead of permitting contracts whose
issuers are currently operating in the
manner that the Staff Letters describe to
continue to operate in such manner, the
Commission could require issuers of all
contracts to prepare updated registration
statements and comply with either the
current standard prospectus delivery
requirements or the optional summary
prospectus regime. In this scenario,
investors in In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts would benefit from
the increased disclosure, either from
receiving the statutory prospectus or the
optional initial and updating summary
prospectuses, while continuing to have
access (either upon request or online,
under the summary prospectus regime)
to the financial statements they were
receiving as part of the Staff Letters’
alternative disclosures. Moreover, as
explained in detail above, the optional
summary prospectus regime, if relied
on, could provide significant additional
benefits for investors in terms of
facilitating the review and
understanding of available
disclosures.755 At the same time, the
optional summary prospectus regime
also permits insurers to satisfy delivery
obligations for the underlying company
prospectuses by making those
documents available online, which
755 See
supra section III.C.1.a.i(a).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
could create a burden for investors who
prefer to use those prospectuses when
making allocation decisions and who
received paper versions of those
documents under the Staff Letters.
With respect to the impact on
insurers, under this alternative, issuers
of In-Force Alternative Disclosure
Contracts would incur significant costs
to update their registration statements,
most of which have not been updated
for many years.756 As noted above, we
also believe that amendments to the
forms will result in a net increase in the
burden associated with preparing an
initial registration statement and posteffective amendments, which could
further add to the cost of preparing
these documents for these contract
issuers. We estimated the cost of
amendments to the forms above as $2.60
per contract.757
In addition, issuers of In-Force
Alternative Disclosure Contracts would
no longer incur costs to deliver financial
statements, which we estimated at $0.27
per contract. However, they would incur
printing and mailing costs to deliver the
contract statutory prospectus, which we
estimated at $0.53 per contract. Still, the
proposed optional summary prospectus
framework would likely mitigate those
increases by only requiring delivery of
a shorter summary prospectus, as
described above. We estimated the cost
of delivering the summary prospectus to
be $0.35 per contract. Moreover, the
proposed summary prospectus regime
also permits electronic delivery of
underlying portfolio company
prospectuses, which, if relied on, may
further mitigate costs that an insurer
would incur if it were not able to
operate in the manner that the Staff
Letters describe. We estimated the cost
of delivery of the portfolio company
summary prospects to be $0.53 per
contract.
On balance, given the burdens
associated with preparing an updated
registration statement and compliance
with either standard prospectus delivery
requirements or the proposed optional
summary prospectus regime, we believe
contracts whose issuers currently are
operating in the manner that the Staff
Letters describe should be permitted to
continue doing so.
756 In addition, we recognize that there are a
number of contracts whose registration statements
were prepared using predecessor forms to the
current disclosure forms (Forms N–4 and N–6). For
those contracts, updating a registration statement
could be especially burdensome, particularly
considering that these contracts are only offered to
a limited number of investors.
757 See supra section III.E.6.b.
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61821
8. Alternatives to Commission’s Position
on Alternative Disclosure Contracts
As discussed above, the Commission
is taking the position that, should it
adopt the proposed summary
prospectus framework, Alternative
Disclosure Contracts (contracts
operating in the manner described in
the Staff Letters as of the effective date
of any final summary prospectus rules)
would be permitted to continue to
operate in such a manner after the final
rules’ effective date. Under the proposed
approach, all other current and future
contracts would be subject to the
proposed optional summary prospectus
regime.758 We discuss below two
alternatives to the Proposed Framework,
which would impose different
disclosure requirements than either the
current baseline (including the contracts
whose issuers operate in the manner
that the Staff Letters describe) or the
Proposed Framework. We have
considered the economic effects of these
alternatives against the baseline set forth
in section III.B. In addition, we also
discuss how the economic effects of
each alternative would likely differ from
those of the Proposed Framework.
If the Commission were to adopt
either of these alternatives, the
Commission could take the position, as
it does in the Proposed Framework, that
Alternative Disclosure Contracts would
be permitted to continuing operating in
the manner described in the Staff
Letters. Alternatively, the Commission
could determine that the adopted
alternative applies to all contracts,
including contracts that would be
Alternative Disclosure Contracts under
the Commission’s position. In
describing the economic effects of each
alternative, we take into account the
different effects that would occur if the
Commission were to determine that the
adopted alternative were to replace the
Commission’s position on Alternative
Disclosure Contracts for contracts that
otherwise would be subject to that
position.
Besides the economic effects
described below with respect to existing
contracts, to the extent the alternatives
create benefits or costs that are different
from the benefits and costs of operating
in the manner described in the Staff
Letters (which would effectively be the
same costs and benefits for Alternative
Disclosure Contracts under the
Proposed Framework), they could affect
the creation of new variable contracts in
the future. For example, if contract fees
758 We refer to this combination of the optional
summary prospectus regime and the Commission’s
position on Alternative Disclosure Contracts as ‘‘the
Proposed Framework.’’
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61822
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
and charges are established with the
expectation that an insurer could
provide alternative disclosures if a
product launch is unsuccessful or the
number of contract investors diminishes
over time, then to the extent the benefits
and costs of the alternatives are different
from the benefits and costs of operating
in the manner described in the Staff
Letters, the alternatives could affect fees
and charges for future variable
contracts. Similarly, they may affect
insurers’ willingness to offer new
variable products in the first place.
a. Approach 1 To Applying the
Proposed Framework to Discontinued
Contracts
As an alternative to applying the
Proposed Framework to discontinued
contracts, the Commission could adopt
final rules providing that a registrant
would not have to comply with certain
requirements to update the variable
contract registration statement and
deliver updated contract prospectuses to
existing investors, so long as the
registrant complies with certain
conditions (‘‘Approach 1,’’ as discussed
in more detail in section II.C above).
The Commission could determine that
these alternative requirements apply to
all contracts, including In-Force
Alternative Disclosure Contracts, or the
Commission could take the position that
Alternative Disclosure Contracts would
be permitted to continuing operating in
the manner described in the Staff
Letters, as in the Proposed Framework.
Codification of Approach 1 would be
similar to the proposed summary
prospectus regime in certain respects, in
terms of the information that is either
(1) delivered to all investors, (2) made
available online, or (3) delivered to
those investors who so request.759 For
example, under both the proposed
summary prospectus regime and
Approach 1, the updated audited
financial statements of the registrant
would be available online and would be
delivered (in paper or electronically) to
investors upon request, and also filed
with the Commission.760 Under both
frameworks, portfolio company
prospectuses and shareholder reports
would be delivered to all investors, or
(if the insurer were to rely upon the
proposed new option to satisfy portfolio
company prospectus delivery
requirements 761) made available online
759 See
supra Table 4.
the case of variable life insurance contracts,
the financial statements instead would be the
updated audited financial statements of the
depositor. See supra note 368.
761 Under Approach 1, registrants would be
permitted to use the optional method to satisfy
portfolio company prospectus delivery
760 In
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
and delivered (in paper or
electronically) upon request.
As discussed in section II.C, the Staff
Letters identified a set of circumstances
in which the staff would not
recommend enforcement action once
the registration statement is no longer
updated, including that financial
statements, as well as portfolio company
prospectuses and shareholder reports,
are delivered to all investors. If the
Commission were to codify Approach 1
and In-Force Alternative Disclosure
Contracts were required to comply with
the conditions of Approach 1 (rather
than choosing to follow the conditions
set forth in the Staff Letters, as in the
Proposed Framework), codification of
Approach 1 may yield reduced printing
and mailing costs compared to the
baseline because:
• Unlike the circumstances described in
the Staff Letters, under Approach 1, insurers
would make financial statements available
online and would only deliver them to
investors (in paper or electronically) upon
request. We estimate that issuers of In-Force
Alternative Disclosure Contracts currently
incur $0.27 per contract to print and mail
financial statements.762
• Under Approach 1, insurers could avail
themselves of the proposed option to satisfy
portfolio company prospectus delivery
requirements by making prospectuses and
shareholder reports available online and only
delivering them to investors on request. This
option, however, is not currently available
for issuers of In-Force Alternative Disclosure
Contracts. We estimate that issuers of InForce Alternative Disclosure Contracts
currently incur $0.53 per contract to deliver
portfolio company prospectuses.763
Existing contracts that could be
discontinued in the future, and that may
have anticipated the option to operate in
accordance with the Staff Letters, would
likewise experience the same reduction
in expected future costs.
In addition, if the Commission were
to codify Approach 1, a registrant
relying on the conditions of Approach 1
would not be required to create and
maintain a current registration
statement and make the statutory
prospectus and SAI available online.
This is consistent with the
circumstances described in the Staff
Letters, and thus would not represent a
change for In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts or contracts that
may become discontinued in the future.
requirements as provided under proposed rule
498A.
762 We estimate that financial statements require
significantly less be spent on printing and mailing
costs than statutory prospectuses given the smaller
size of the documents. Accordingly, we estimate
that each financial statement requires 50% of the
printing and mailing costs associated with statutory
prospectuses. $0.53 × 50% = $0.27.
763 See supra note 716.
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
However, the Proposed Framework
requires that all insurers offering
variable contracts (other than In-Force
Alternative Disclosure Contracts
affected by the Commission’s position)
must create and maintain a current
registration statement and make the
statutory prospectus and SAI available
online (as well to deliver initial
summary prospectuses and updating
summary prospectuses). Accordingly,
for insurers sponsoring contracts that
could be discontinued in the future,
these provisions of Approach 1 would
produce lower costs for insurers than
the Proposed Framework.
However, under Approach 1, insurers
are required to deliver an annual notice
to investors, which would include
information that is comparable to
information that would be included in
an updating summary prospectus. An
equivalent condition is not included in
the circumstances that the Staff Letters
describe. So, if In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts are required to
comply with the conditions of
Approach 1 (rather than adhering to the
conditions set forth in the Staff Letters,
as in the Proposed Framework), this
would impose new costs on insurers
sponsoring In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts. Likewise, issuers
of contracts that may become
discontinued in the future who may
have expected that they could operate in
the future in the manner described in
the Staff Letters may experience
unexpected costs compared to the
baseline. Because of the similarities
between information in this notice and
in the updating summary prospectus,
however we believe the costs under
Approach 1 for issuers of contracts that
may become discontinued in the future
of producing, printing, and mailing
these notices would be approximately
equal to the costs associated with
producing, printing, and mailing
updating summary prospectuses, or
about $0.35 per prospectus.764
Investors may also incur costs and
benefits under Approach 1 compared to
both the baseline and the Proposed
Framework. Specifically, as noted,
investors would receive an annual
notice providing disclosure of any
material changes, as well as the same
key information and portfolio company
tables provided in an updating summary
prospectus. If In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts are required to
comply with the conditions of
Approach 1 (rather than adhering to the
conditions set forth in the Staff Letters,
as in the Proposed Framework), this
notice would benefit investors in those
764 See
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
supra note 702.
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
contracts, relative to the baseline, by
annually providing disclosures that are
not delivered to them as part of the
alternative disclosures described in the
Staff Letters. Likewise, investors in
contracts that may be discontinued in
the future would incur benefits of
enhanced disclosure in the future that
they would not have received under the
baseline.
Additionally, because the annual
notice would be similar in content to
the updating summary prospectus,
Approach 1 would result in investors in
contracts that previously relied on the
summary prospectus regime receiving
consistent disclosures for the full life of
their contract. This represents a benefit
to investors relative to the
circumstances that the Staff Letters
describe, under which investors receive
a prospectus annually until the issuer
begins to provide the alternative
disclosures (and, similarly, investors in
contracts that are not In-Force
Alternative Disclosure Contracts receive
a different set of disclosures than
investors in In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts). This benefit to
investors would similarly be present
under the proposed summary
prospectus regime, because an insurer
choosing to use a summary prospectus
would presumably do so for the full life
of the contract.
Approach 1 also permits insurers to
use the new optional portfolio company
prospectus delivery method. To the
extent that In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts are required to
comply with the conditions of
Approach 1 and insurers choose this
option, the need to go to a website to
access portfolio company prospectuses
(or request electronic or paper copies)
would create a burden for all investors
relative to the baseline (including
investors in In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts, and investors in
contracts that could be discontinued in
the future) who prefer to use these
prospectuses when making allocation
decisions. However, the impact of this
burden may be mitigated by the
inclusion of the portfolio company
information table in the annual notice.
The summary prospectus regime
provides for the same optional approach
to portfolio company prospectus
delivery, and therefore the impact on
investors in contracts that do not
operate under the conditions of
Approach 1 would be the same under
the Proposed Framework.
Similarly, under Approach 1, insurers
would not deliver financial statements
to investors as they currently do if they
are the issuers of In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts, but rather would
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
make the statements available online
(and deliver electronic or paper copies
where requested by an investor). To the
extent that In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts are required to
comply with the conditions of
Approach 1, investors in In-Force
Alternative Disclosure Contracts who
currently choose to rely on those
financial statements would therefore
face a burden in accessing them that
they do not currently face under the
baseline. Similarly, investors in
contracts that may be discontinued in
the future (and that would no longer be
permitted to operate in the manner that
the Staff Letters describe) may incur a
future, unexpected burden to access
those statements, though they would
face this same burden under the
proposed summary prospectus regime.
Finally, because insurers under
Approach 1 would not maintain an
updated registration statement, this
alternative may limit the potential
liability of insurers to investors under
certain liability provisions otherwise
available under federal securities
laws.765
b. Approach 2 To Applying the
Proposed Framework to Discontinued
Contracts
As a second alternative approach to
applying the Proposed Framework to
discontinued contract, the Commission
could adopt final rules with a different
set of conditions for relief from the
requirements to update the variable
contract registration statement and
deliver updated contract prospectuses to
existing investors (‘‘Approach 2,’’ as
discussed in more detail in section II.C
above). As with Approach 1, the
Commission could determine that these
alternative requirements apply to all
contracts, including In-Force
Alternative Disclosure Contracts, or the
Commission could take the position that
Alternative Disclosure Contracts would
be permitted to continue operating in
the manner described in the Staff
Letters, as in the Proposed Framework.
Approach 2 would be identical to
Approach 1 in terms of how financial
statements and portfolio company
prospectuses are delivered or made
available to investors. In addition,
Approach 2 and Approach 1 both would
involve delivery of an annual notice to
investors that includes information that
is comparable to information that would
be included in an updating summary
prospectus. Approach 2 differs from
Approach 1 chiefly in that, under
Approach 2, a registrant would need to
765 See supra notes 372 and 373 and
accompanying text.
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61823
create and maintain a current
registration statement and make the
statutory prospectus and SAI available
online. Under Approach 2, the registrant
would only update the registration
statement when there are material
changes to the offering, since updated
financial statements would be permitted
to be forward incorporated by reference
into the registration statement. We note,
however, that updating the registration
statement to reflect a material change to
the offering 766 would entail some
burden relative to the baseline (i.e., the
Staff Letters), which is not conditioned
on any updating of the registration
statement. For example, the registrant
(and related service providers) would
have to confirm the continued accuracy
of the information in the registration
statement as would the registrant’s
auditor as part of the auditor’s
attestation process.
Accordingly, issuers of contracts that
may become discontinued in the future
may incur certain unexpected future
costs associated with this requirement;
likewise, should Approach 2 apply to
In-Force Alternative Disclosure
Contracts, issuers of those contracts
would incur these new costs compared
to the baseline. In addition, because
issuers of In-Force Alternative
Disclosure Contracts do not maintain a
current registration statement or make
the statutory prospectus and SAI
available online, should Approach 2
apply to In-Force Alternative Disclosure
Contracts, insurers may incur initial
costs to update the registration
statement, which may not have been
updated in years, and those costs may
be significant.
The remaining conditions under
Approach 2 are identical to those under
Approach 1, and would produce
equivalent economic effects, so that the
aggregate impact is an increase in costs
incurred by registrants under the
proposed summary prospectus
framework (assuming the effects of the
Commission’s position on Alternative
Disclosure Contracts).
Under Approach 2, investors would
receive an annual notice identical to the
notice they receive under Approach 1.
As described above, investors would
benefit from this ongoing disclosure,
compared to the alternative disclosures
that they receive under the
circumstances that the Staff Letters
identify, as well as from the consistency
with the disclosures provided in an
updating summary prospectus. Like the
proposed summary prospectus regime,
Approach 2 would further benefit
investors, relative to both the
766 See
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
supra note 385.
30NOP2
61824
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
circumstances that the Staff Letters
identify and Approach 1, by requiring
an insurer to provide online (and
deliver in paper or electronically upon
request) copies of the contract statutory
prospectus and SAI. Additionally, as
under the summary prospectus regime
and unlike either Approach 1 or the
circumstances that the Staff Letters
identify, under Approach 2, insurers
would maintain an updated registration
statement due to the forward
incorporation of the separate account
and depositor financial statements. As a
result, under Approach 2, investors
would benefit from certainty as to the
liability of insurers for statements made
in the registration statement. The costs
for investors under Approach 2 relative
to the circumstances that the Staff
Letters identify and the summary
prospectus regime would be similar to
those faced by investors under
Approach 1.
F. Request for Comments
Throughout this release, we have
discussed the anticipated benefits and
costs of the proposed rule and its
potential effect on efficiency,
competition, and capital formation.
While we do not have comprehensive
information on all aspects of variable
contract industry reporting, we are
using the data currently available in
considering the effects of the proposed
rule. We request comment on all aspects
of this initial economic analysis,
including on whether the analysis has
(1) identified all benefits and costs,
including all effects on efficiency,
competition, and capital formation; (2)
given due consideration to each benefit
and cost, including each effect on
efficiency, competition, and capital
formation; and (3) identified and
considered reasonable alternatives to
the proposed new rule. We request and
encourage any interested person to
submit comments regarding the
proposed rule, our analysis of the
potential effects of the rules and other
matters that may have an effect on the
proposed rules. We request that
commenters identify sources of data and
information with respect to variable
contracts in general, but also with
respect to variable life products in
particular, as well as provide data and
information to assist us in analyzing the
economic consequences of the proposed
rules. We are also interested in
comments on the qualitative benefits
and costs we have identified and any
benefits and costs we may have
overlooked. We urge commenters to be
as specific as possible.
Comments on the following questions
are of particular interest.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
• We have characterized a goal of variable
contract investors as seeking to address the
risk that they may outlive their retirement
assets. Have we correctly characterized that
goal of variable contract investors? What
other products or investments, purchased
either with or without the aid of investment
professionals, are available to investors to
achieve that goal?
• Under the proposed rule, to what extent
would insurers choose to meet their
disclosure obligation by providing investors
with summary prospectuses while making
statutory and other documents available on a
website? The benefits of the proposed rule for
insurers are linked to the extent they would
be replacing printing and mailing paper
statutory prospectuses with summary
prospectuses. To what extent do investors
currently elect to receive prospectuses via
electronic delivery rather in paper? To what
extent do investors who elect to receive
prospectuses via electronic delivery also
request paper copies of prospectuses?
• Should we, as we have proposed, allow
insurers to provide summary prospectuses by
delivering them, in paper, at no charge?
Would investors prefer that these materials
be provided in this manner? Would the
summary prospectus be more useful if
provided in another manner? Would
investors be more aware or less aware of the
availability of the information in summary
prospectuses and other documents if
provided only electronically on a website at
no charge?
• Would any positive or negative effect of
the proposed rule on investors be
disproportionately greater for certain
investors than for others? If so, which
investors would be disproportionately
affected, to what extent, and how would such
effects manifest? What, if any, additional
measures could help mitigate any such
disproportionate effects? Please provide
supportive data to the extent available.
• Should we require the website on which
the statutory prospectus and other
documents are made accessible to
incorporate safeguards to protect the
anonymity of its visitors? For example,
should we require similar conditions to those
provided in rule 14a–16 under the Exchange
Act relating to internet availability of proxy
materials? Why or why not? If so, what
specific requirements should we consider?
• To what extent would the proposed rule
reduce burdens such as printing and mailing
costs borne by insurers? Would these burden
reductions ultimately accrue to investors in
the form of lower total expenses? Please
provide supportive data to the extent
available.
• To what extent might reduced burdens
(e.g., printing and mailing cost savings) borne
by insurers be passed on to existing
investors? Under what circumstances, and in
what form, would insurers pass benefits
through to existing investors?
• To what extent would the proposed rule
affect the ability of investors to understand
the investment risks of variable contracts and
to efficiently allocate capital? Would
investors be more likely to allocate additional
capital to variable products? What would be
the effect on insurer competition for investor
capital?
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
• To what extent do investors use statutory
prospectus information to compare
alternative variable product investments? To
what extent should we expect that to change
if insurers provide summary prospectuses
rather than statutory prospectuses?
• Our estimates rely on several
assumptions, such as 95% of insurers will
choose to use a summary prospectus, all
insurers who use a summary prospectus will
choose to use the new optional delivery
method for portfolio company prospectuses,
and 15% of investors currently elect to
receive electronic delivery of disclosure
documents. Do commenters agree with these
and other assumptions included in our
analysis of the economic consequences of the
proposed rule? Why or why not? Please
provide supportive data to the extent
possible.
• We estimate above that a maximum of
approximately 2.68 million variable annuity
contracts are In-Force Alternative Disclosure
Contracts. Do commenters believe this
estimate is reasonable? Why or why not?
Please provide supportive data to the extent
possible.
• This proposed rule would allow insurers
and investors to take advantage of a summary
disclosure regime designed to increase
investor understanding of variable contract
products through greater readability of and
access to disclosures. Do commenters believe
there are effective means by which we could
measure the effectiveness of this rule if
adopted? Why or why not? Please provide
specific suggested methodologies.
IV. Paperwork Reduction Act
Certain provisions of the proposed
amendments contain ‘‘collection of
information’’ requirements within the
meaning of the Paperwork Reduction
Act of 1995 (‘‘PRA’’).767 We are
submitting the proposed collections of
information to the Office of
Management and Budget (‘‘OMB’’) for
review in accordance with the PRA.768
The titles for the existing collections of
information are: (1) ‘‘Form N–3,
Registration Statement under the
Securities and Investment Co. Acts for
Insurance Co. Separate Accounts Issuing
Variable Annuity Contracts’’ (OMB
Control No. 3235–0316); (2) ‘‘Form N–
4, Registration Statement under the
Securities and Investment Co. Acts for
Insurance Co. Separate Accounts Issuing
Variable Annuity Contracts’’ (OMB
Control No. 3235–0318); (3) ‘‘Form N–
6 under the Investment Company Act of
1940 and the Securities Act of 1933,
Registration Statement of Variable Life
Insurance Separate Accounts Registered
as Unit Investment Trusts’’ (OMB
Control No. 3235–0503); and ‘‘Mutual
Fund Interactive Data’’ (OMB Control
No. 3235–0642) (which we propose to
767 44
768 44
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
U.S.C. 3501–3521.
U.S.C. 3507(d); 5 CFR 1320.11.
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
re-title as ‘‘Registered Investment
Company Interactive Data’’).
We are also submitting a new
collection of information for proposed
rule 498A under the Securities Act to be
used by separate accounts offering
variable annuity or variable life
insurance contracts that choose to send
or give a summary prospectus (either an
initial summary prospectus or an
updating summary prospectus) to
investors. The title for this new
collection of information would be
‘‘Summary Prospectus for Variable
Annuity and Variable Life Insurance
Contracts.’’ The Commission also
intends to use a Feedback Flier to obtain
information from investors about a
sample variable annuity summary
prospectus under the proposal.769
An agency may not conduct or
sponsor, and a person is not required to
respond to, a collection of information
unless it displays a currently valid OMB
control number.
The proposed amendments to Forms
N–3, N–4, and N–6, if adopted, would
update and enhance the required
disclosures provided to variable
contract investors. For example, the
proposed amendments would
summarize certain key information
about the contract at the beginning of
the prospectus, as well as update the
presentation of fee information and
require additional information about
standard and optional benefits that a
contract may offer. They also would
standardize presentation requirements
to make the information more accessible
to retail investors, while retaining key
elements of the disclosure that is
available today.
In addition, we are proposing to
amend Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6, along
with certain rules that effectuate the
Commission’s requirements regarding
the use of Inline XBRL format for the
submission of certain required
disclosures,770 to require the use of the
769 See Appendix C. The Commission has
determined that this usage is in the public interest
and will protect investors, and therefore is not
subject to the requirements of the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995. See section 19(e) and (f) of
the Securities Act. Additionally, for the purpose of
developing and considering any potential rules
relating to this rulemaking, the agency may gather
information from and communicate with investors
or other members from the public. See section
19(e)(1) and (f) of the Securities Act.
770 Specifically, we propose to amend rules 485
and 497 of Regulation C (OMB Control No. 3235–
0074), which describes the procedures to be
followed in preparing and filing registration
statements with the Commission, and rules 11 and
405 of Regulation S–T (OMB Control No. 3235–
0424), which specifies the requirements that govern
the electronic submission of documents. However,
the additional collection of information burden that
will result from these changes, as well as the
burdens that will result from the proposed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Inline XBRL format for the submission
of certain required disclosures in
variable contract statutory prospectuses.
This aspect of our proposal is intended
to harness technology to allow investors
(directly and through their investment
professionals), data aggregators,
financial analysts, Commission staff,
and other data users to efficiently
analyze and compare the available
information about variable contracts, as
their particular needs and
circumstances may require.
Proposed rule 498A, if adopted,
would permit a person to satisfy its
prospectus delivery obligations under
the Securities Act for a variable contract
by providing a summary prospectus to
investors and making the statutory
prospectus available online. The
proposed rule also would consider a
person to have met its prospectus
delivery obligations for any portfolio
companies associated with a variable
contract if these prospectuses are posted
online. Registrants would also be
required to send these documents to the
investor upon request.
Finally, proposed amendments to rule
497, if adopted, would provide the
requirements for filing summary
prospectuses with the Commission and
for submitting information to the
Commission in Inline XBRL format.
These amendments would not
constitute a separate collection of
information under rule 497. The burden
required by these amendments is part of
the collection of information under
proposed rule 498A, and—for filings of
Interactive Data Files—would be part of
the re-titled ‘‘Registered Investment
Company Interactive Data’’ collection of
information.
A. Form N–3
Form N–3 is the form used by
separate accounts offering variable
annuity contracts that are organized as
management investment companies to
register under the Investment Company
Act and/or to register and offer their
securities under the Securities Act.
Form N–3, including the proposed
amendments, contains collection of
information requirements. Compliance
with the disclosure requirements of
Form N–3 is mandatory. Responses to
the disclosure requirements are not
confidential. We currently estimate for
Form N–3 a total hour burden of 2500
hours, and a total annual external cost
amendments to the General Instructions of Forms
N–3, N–4, and N–6, are included in our burden
estimates the ‘‘Registered Investment Company
Fund Interactive Data’’ collection of information,
and do not impose any separate burden aside from
that described in our discussion of the burden
estimates for this collection of information.
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61825
burden of $164,144.771 The hour and
cost burden estimates for preparing and
filing reports on Form N–3 are based on
the Commission’s experience with the
contents of the form. The number of
burden hours and cost may vary
depending on, among other things, the
complexity of the filing and whether
preparation of the form is performed by
internal staff or outside counsel.
We are proposing amendments to
Form N–3 to update and enhance the
disclosures to investors in variable
annuity contracts, and to implement the
proposed summary prospectus
regime.772 We propose to amend certain
disclosure requirements that Form N–3
currently includes: For example,
requirements to disclose the separate
account’s investment objectives and
risks, management of the registrant,
investment advisory and other services,
portfolio managers, and brokerage
allocation and other practices. In
addition, Form N–3 as we propose to
amend it would require certain new
disclosure requirements regarding,
among other things: An overview of the
contract, key information, principal
risks, optional benefits, loans, and the
available investment options. We also
propose to eliminate or reduce certain
disclosures currently required by the
form, such as disclosure of condensed
financial information for each class of
accumulation units of the registrant for
the last five fiscal years, as opposed to
the last ten fiscal years as is currently
required.
Form N–3 generally imposes two
types of reporting burdens on
investment companies: (1) The burden
of preparing and filing the initial
registration statement; and (2) the
burden of preparing and filing posteffective amendments to a previouslyeffective registration statement. Based
on a review of Form N–3 filings made
with the Commission, our staff
estimates that there will be no initial
filings and that eight post-effective
amendments would be made on Form
N–3 per year.773 Commission staff
further estimates these filings would be
made by five registrants and would
771 These estimates are based on the last time the
rule’s information collections were approved,
pursuant to a submission for PRA renewal in 2017.
772 See supra section II.D.
773 Commission staff reviewed initial filings and
post-effective amendments for Form N–3 filed with
the Commission from January 1, 2015 to December
31, 2017. There were no initial filings of Form N–
3 during that time period. There were eleven, seven,
and six post-effective amendments filed during
2015, 2016, and 2017, respectively. Averaging those
post-effective amendments over three years results
in an average of eight post-effective amendments
per year. This estimate is based on the following
calculation: (11 + 7 + 6)/3 years = 8 per year.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61826
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
cover an average of three investment
options per registration statement or
post-effective amendment filing.774 We
separately discuss the additional
internal hours and external cost burdens
that would apply as a result of the
proposed amendments.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Internal Hour Burden
The proposed amendments would
include certain disclosure changes and
new disclosures, but also would
simplify certain current disclosure
requirements in Form N–3. Based on
this, we estimate that, on a net basis, the
proposed amendments to Form N–3
would increase the burden of preparing
an initial registration statement on Form
N–3 by 5 hours per investment option
per filing. Amortizing this burden over
a three-year period results in an
estimated average annual burden of 1.7
hours per year, at an estimated internal
time cost equivalent of $571.775
However, because Commission staff
estimates there would be no initial
filings using Form N–3, we estimate that
the proposed amendments would result
in no change to the total annual hour
burden for initial filings on Form N–3.
We further estimate a one-time
burden of an additional 20 hours per
registration statement to update
disclosures that are not related to the
774 In our most recently approved Paperwork
Reduction Act submission, we used the term
‘‘portfolio’’ instead of ‘‘investment option.’’
Although these terms have the same meaning in
this context, for purposes of this Paperwork
Reduction Act analysis, we are using the term
‘‘investment option’’ to conform with the term that
we propose to use in Form N–3.
Based on a review of filings with the
Commission, we are increasing our estimate of the
current number of investment options per filing
from two to three investment options. There are
currently five registration statements filed with the
Commission on Form N–3 that cover 14 investment
options. For purposes of this Paperwork Reduction
Act analysis, we assume each registration statement
would cover an average of three investment options.
14 investment options/5 registration statements =
2.8 investment options per registration statement.
775 The estimate of 1.7 hours is based upon the
following calculation: (5 + 0 + 0)/3 years = 1.67. We
are assuming 0 hours in years 2 and 3 because, after
year 1, the registrant would prepare and file posteffective amendments to the registration statement,
and the hour burden of this is captured in the
paragraph accompanying infra note 776.
The internal time cost equivalent of $571 is
calculated by multiplying the hour burden (1.7
hours) by the estimated hourly wage of $336. The
estimated wage figure is based on published rates
for Compliance Attorneys ($352) and Senior
Programmers ($319). These hourly figures are from
SIFMA’s Management & Professional Earnings in
the Securities Industry 2013, modified to account
for an 1,800-hour work year; multiplied by 5.35 to
account for bonuses, firm size, employee benefits
and overheard; and adjusted to account for the
effects of inflation. The estimated wage rate was
further based on the estimate that Compliance
Attorneys and Senior Programmers would divide
time equally, resulting in a weighted wage rate of
$336 (($352 + $319)/2 = 335.5).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
contract’s investment options the first
time the registration statement is
amended by post-effective amendment
following adoption of the proposed
amendments. Subsequently, we estimate
an ongoing burden of an additional 5
hours per registration statement per year
to prepare and file a post-effective
amendment to update these disclosures.
Amortizing these burdens over a threeyear period results in an estimated
average annual burden of an additional
10 hours per registration statement to
prepare and file the post-effective
amendment, at an estimated internal
time cost equivalent of $3,360.776
In addition, we estimate a further
burden of 6 hours per contract
investment option to update registration
statement disclosures that are related to
the contract’s investment options, the
first time the registration statement is
amended by post-effective amendment
following adoption of the proposed
amendments. Subsequently, we estimate
an ongoing burden of an additional 1.5
hours per investment option per year to
prepare and file a post-effective
amendment to update these disclosures.
Amortizing these burdens over a threeyear period results in an estimated
average annual burden of an additional
3 hours per investment option to
prepare and file a post-effective
amendment, at an estimated internal
time cost equivalent of $3,360.777
In the aggregate, we estimate that the
proposed amendments to Form N–3
would cause registrants to incur an
additional annual burden of 152 hours,
at an internal time cost equivalent of
$51,072.778 We estimate the total annual
776 The estimate of 15 hours is based upon the
following calculation: (20 hours in year 1 + (5 hours
in year 2) + (5 hours in year 3)/3 years = 10 hours.
The internal time cost equivalent of $3,360 is
calculated by multiplying the hour burden (10
hours) by the estimated hourly wage of $336. See
supra note 775.
777 The estimate of 3 hours is based upon the
following calculation: (6 hours in year 1 + (1.5
hours in year 2) + (1.5 hours in year 3)/3 years =
3 hours. The internal time cost equivalent of $1,008
is calculated by multiplying the hour burden (3
hours) by the estimated hourly wage of $336. See
supra note 775. In our most recently approved
Paperwork Reduction Act submission, we estimated
that a registrant with multiple investment options
would experience a burden of complying with the
requirements of Form N–3 that is proportional to
the number of investment options that the registrant
offers. Since many of the disclosure requirements
of Form N–3 do not depend on the number of
investment options offered by the registrant, we
have revised that estimate to reflect an incremental
burden per investment option, as opposed to a
burden that is proportional to the number of
investment options that the registrant offers.
778 The estimate of 152 hours is based upon the
following calculation: (10 hours per post-effective
amendment × 8 post-effective amendments) + (3
hours per investment option per post-effective
amendment × 3 investment options per registration
statement × 8 post-effective amendments). The
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
hour burden as a result of the proposed
amendments to be 1,402 hours.779 This
decrease in the total annual hour burden
is due to the change in our methodology
regarding burdens attributable to
investment options, notwithstanding the
increase in the estimated number of
investment options associated with
Form N–3 registrants, as well as the
increased burden hours per filing as a
result of the proposed amendments.780
External Cost Burden
Registrants would also bear external
costs to prepare and update registration
statements and post-effective
amendments on Form N–3, such as
costs for the services of independent
auditors, outside counsel, or
consultants.
In our most recently approved
Paperwork Reduction Act submission
for Form N–3, Commission staff
estimated the cost burden for preparing
and filing a post-effective amendment to
a previously-effective registration
statement is $10,259 per investment
option, with a total annual approved
external cost burden of $164,144.781
Consistent with the change in our
methodology for estimating burdens
attributable to investment options, we
are revising those estimates.
We estimate that the cost burden for
preparing and filing a post-effective
amendment to a previously-effective
registration statement would be $10,259
per registration statement to update
disclosures that are not related to the
contract’s investment options, and an
additional $3,420 per investment option
to update disclosures that are related to
the contract’s investment options.782
Therefore, we estimate the total external
cost burden as a result of the proposed
amendments would be $164,152, which
would represent an increase due to the
change in our methodology for
estimate of $51,072 is based upon the following
calculation: 152 hours × $336/hour = $51,072.
779 This estimate is based on the following
calculation: 0 initial registration statements + (8
post-effective amendments × (156.2 hours current
burden + 10 hours under proposed amendments))
+ (8 post-effective amendments × 3 hours per
investment option × 3 investment options) =
approximately 1,402 hours.
780 See supra note 777.
781 This estimate is based on the following
calculation: 0 initial registration statements +
($10,259 per investment option per post-effective
amendment × 8 post-effective amendments per year
× 2 investment options per post-effective
amendment) = $164,144.
782 See supra note 777. Based on staff experience,
we estimate that the external cost burden to update
disclosures associated with each investment option
would be approximately 1⁄3 of the cost burden to
update disclosures associated with the registration
statement. $10,259/3 = $3,420. We request comment
on this assumption and this estimate.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
estimating burdens attributable to
investment options.783
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
B. Form N–4
Form N–4 is the form used by
separate accounts offering variable
annuity contracts that are organized as
unit investment trusts to register under
the Investment Company Act and/or to
register and offer their securities under
the Securities Act. Form N–4, including
the proposed amendments, contains
collection of information requirements.
Compliance with the disclosure
requirements of Form N–4 is mandatory.
Responses to the disclosure
requirements are not confidential. We
currently estimate for Form N–4 a total
hour burden of 343,117 hours, and a
total annual external cost burden of
$36,308,889.784 The hour and cost
burden estimates for preparing and
filing reports on Form N–4 are based on
the Commission’s experience with the
contents of the form. The number of
burden hours and cost may vary
depending on, among other things, the
complexity of the filing and whether
preparation of the form is performed by
internal staff or outside counsel.
We are proposing amendments to
Form N–4 to update and enhance the
disclosures to investors in variable
annuity contracts, and to implement the
proposed summary prospectus
regime.785 We propose to amend certain
disclosure requirements that Form N–4
currently requires. In addition, Form N–
4 as we propose to amend it would
require certain new disclosures
regarding, among other things: An
overview of the contract, key
information, principal risks, optional
benefits, loans, and the available
portfolio companies. We also propose to
eliminate or reduce certain disclosures
currently required by the form, such as
disclosure of condensed financial
information for each class of
accumulation units of the registrant for
the last five fiscal years, as opposed to
the last ten fiscal years as is currently
required.
Form N–4 generally imposes two
types of reporting burdens on
investment companies: (1) The burden
of preparing and filing the initial
registration statement; and (2) the
burden of preparing and filing post783 This estimate is based on the following
calculation: 0 initial registration statements +
($10,259 per registration statement per posteffective amendment × 8 post-effective amendments
per year) + ($3,420 per investment option × 3
investment options × 8 post-effective amendments)
= $164,152.
784 These estimates are based on the last time the
rule’s information collections were approved,
pursuant to a submission for PRA renewal in 2015.
785 See supra section II.C.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
effective amendments to a previouslyeffective registration statement. Based
on a review of Form N–4 filings made
with the Commission, our staff
estimates 35 initial filings on Form N–
4 and 1,326 post-effective amendments
would be made on Form N–4 per
year.786 We separately discuss the
additional internal hours and external
cost burdens that would apply as a
result of the proposed amendments.
Internal Hour Burden
The proposed amendments would
include certain disclosure changes and
new disclosures, but also would
simplify certain current disclosure
requirements in Form N–4. Based on
this, we estimate that, on a net basis, the
proposed amendments to Form N–4
would increase the burden of preparing
an initial registration statement on Form
N–4 by 5 hours per initial registration
statement. Amortizing this burden over
a three-year period results in an
estimated average annual burden of 1.7
hours per year, at an estimated internal
time cost equivalent of $571.787
We estimate a one-time burden of an
additional 20 hours per registration
statement the first time the registration
statement is amended by post-effective
amendment following adoption of the
proposed amendments. Subsequently,
we estimate an ongoing burden of an
additional 5 hours per registration
statement to prepare and file a posteffective amendment. Amortizing these
burdens over a three-year period results
in an estimated average annual burden
of an additional 10 hours per
registration statement to prepare and file
a post-effective amendment, at an
786 Based on a review of initial filings and posteffective amendments on Form N–4 filed with the
Commission from January 1, 2015 to December 31,
2017. There were 34, 44, and 26 initial Form N–4
filings filed during 2015, 2016, and 2017,
respectively. Averaging those initial Form N–4
filings over three years results in an average of
approximately 35 initial Form N–4 filings per year.
This estimate is based on the following calculation:
(34 + 44 + 26)/3 years = 34.67 per year.
There were 1,315, 1,415, and 1,247 post-effective
amendments filed during 2015, 2016, and 2017,
respectively. Averaging those post-effective
amendments over three years results in an average
of approximately 1,326 post-effective amendments
per year. This estimate is based on the following
calculation: (1,315 + 1,415 + 1,247)/3 years =
1,325.67 per year.
787 The estimate of 1.7 hours is based upon the
following calculation: (5 + 0 + 0)/3 years = 1.67. We
are assuming 0 hours in years 2 and 3 because, after
year 1, the registrant would prepare and file posteffective amendments to the registration statement,
and the hour burden of this is captured in the
paragraph accompanying infra note 788. The
internal time cost equivalent of $571 is calculated
by multiplying the hour burden (1.7 hours) by the
estimated hourly wage of $336. See supra note 775.
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61827
estimated internal time cost equivalent
of $3,360.788
In the aggregate, we estimate that the
proposed amendments to Form N–4
would cause registrants to incur an
additional annual burden of 13,320
hours, at an internal time cost
equivalent of $4,475,345.789 We
estimate the total annual hour burden as
a result of the proposed amendments to
be approximately 284,621 hours.790 This
increase is due to the increased burden
hours per filing as a result of the
proposed amendments.
External Cost Burden
Registrants would also bear external
costs to prepare and update registration
statements and post-effective
amendments on Form N–4, such as the
services of independent auditors and
outside counsel.
In our most recently approved
Paperwork Reduction Act submission
for Form N–4, Commission staff
estimated the annual cost burden for
preparing and filing an initial Form N–
4 filing is $23,013 per filing,791 with a
total approved external cost burden of
$4,832,730 annually for initial filings on
Form N–4.792 In this same submission,
Commission staff estimated that the
annual cost burden for preparing and
filing a post-effective amendment to a
previously-effective registration
statement is $21,813 per filing, with a
total approved external cost burden of
788 The estimate of 10 hours is based upon the
following calculation: (20 hours in year 1 + (5 hours
in year 2) + (5 hours in year 3)/3 years = 10 hours.
The internal time cost equivalent of $3,360 is
calculated by multiplying the hour burden (10
hours) by the estimated hourly wage of $336. See
supra note 775.
789 The estimate of 13,320 hours is based upon
the following calculation. For initial registration
statements: 1.7 hours × 35 initial filings on Form
N–4 = approximately 60 hours. For post-effective
amendments: 10 hours × 1,326 post-effective
amendments = 13,260 hours. 60 + 13,260 = 13,320.
The estimate of $4,475,345 is based upon the
following calculation. For initial registration
statements: $571 × 35 initial filings on Form N–4
= $19,985. For post-effective amendments: $3,360 ×
1,326 post-effective amendments = $4,455,360.
$19,985 + $4,455,360 = $4,475,345.
790 This estimate is based on the following
calculation. For initial registration statements: 35
initial filings × (278.5 hours current burden + 1.7
hours under proposed amendments) = 9,807 hours.
For post-effective amendments: 1,326 post-effective
amendments × (197.25 hours current burden + 10
hours under proposed amendments) = 274,813.5
hours. 9,807 + 274,813.5 = 284,620.5 hours.
791 The staff estimated this amount per
‘‘portfolio,’’ with one portfolio per filing, in the
most recently approved Paperwork Reduction Act
submission for Form N–4. For purposes of this
Paperwork Reduction Act analysis, we now
estimate this amount per ‘‘filing’’ to conform with
the terminology that we use elsewhere in this
analysis.
792 This estimate is based on the following
calculation: $23,013 per filing × 210 initial filings
per year = $4,832,730.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61828
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
$31,476,159 annually for post-effective
amendments.793 The total estimated
annual cost burden for Form N–4 in this
submission is therefore $36,308,889
($4,832,730 + $31,476,159).
We do not estimate any change to the
external costs per filing associated with
the proposed amendments to Form N–
4. In the aggregate, we estimate
registrants on Form N–4 would incur
annual external costs of $29,729,493.794
This decrease reflects a decrease in the
estimated numbers of filings on Form
N–4.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
C. Form N–6
Form N–6 is the form used by
separate accounts organized as unit
investment trusts that offer variable life
insurance contracts to register under the
Investment Company Act and/or to
register and offer their securities under
the Securities Act. Form N–6, including
the proposed amendments, contains
collection of information requirements.
Compliance with the disclosure
requirements of Form N–6 is mandatory.
Responses to the disclosure
requirements are not confidential. We
currently estimate for Form N–6 a total
hour burden of 85,269 hours, and a total
annual external cost burden of
$5,316,892.795 The hour and cost
burden estimates for preparing and
filing reports on Form N–6 are based on
the Commission’s experience with the
contents of the form. The number of
burden hours and cost may vary
depending on, among other things, the
complexity of the filing and whether
preparation of the form is performed by
internal staff or outside counsel.
We are proposing amendments to
Form N–6 to update and enhance the
disclosures to investors in variable life
insurance contracts, and to implement
the proposed summary prospectus
regime.796 We propose to amend certain
disclosure requirements that Form N–6
currently requires (but to a lesser extent
than the proposal would amend the
disclosure requirements that are
currently in Form N–3 and Form N–
4).797 In addition, Form N–6 as we
propose to amend it would require
793 This estimate is based on the following
calculation: $21,813 per filing × 1,443 post-effective
amendments per year = $31,476,159.
794 The estimate of $29,729,493 is based upon the
following calculation. For initial registration
statements: $23,013 × 35 initial filings on Form N–
4 = $805,455. For post-effective amendments:
$21,813 × 1,326 post-effective amendments =
$28,924,038. $805,455 + $28,924,038 = $29,729,493.
795 These estimates are based on the last time the
rule’s information collections were approved,
pursuant to a submission for PRA renewal in 2015.
796 See supra section II.C.
797 See, e.g., section II.D.4.a (discussing proposed
amendments to conform Part C items of Forms N–
3 and N–4 to current presentation in Form N–6).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
certain new disclosures regarding,
among other things: An overview of the
contract, key information, principal
risks, optional benefits, loans, and the
available portfolio companies. We also
propose to reduce certain disclosures
currently required by the form (but to a
lesser extent than the proposal would
reduce the disclosure requirements in
Form N–3 and N–4).798
Form N–6 generally imposes two
types of reporting burdens on
investment companies: (1) The burden
of preparing and filing the initial
registration statement; and (2) the
burden of preparing and filing posteffective amendments to a previouslyeffective registration statement. Based
on a review of Form N–6 filings made
with the Commission, our staff
estimates 8 initial filings on Form N–6
and 380 post-effective amendments
would be made on Form N–6 per
year.799 We separately discuss the
additional internal hours and external
cost burdens that would apply as a
result of the proposed amendments.
Internal Hour Burden
The proposed amendments would
include certain disclosure changes and
new disclosures, but also would
simplify certain current disclosure
requirements in Form N–6. Based on
this, we estimate that, on a net basis, the
proposed amendments to Form N–6
would increase the burden of preparing
an initial registration statement on Form
N–6 by 4 hours per registrant.800
798 Form N–6 does not include the requirement to
include AUV tables, whose preparation would be
simplified substantially by the proposed
amendments to Forms N–3 and N–4. See
‘‘Accumulation Unit Value Disclosure’’ in supra
section II.D.3.d.
799 Based on a review of initial filings and posteffective amendments on Form N–6 filed with the
Commission from January 1, 2015 to December 31,
2017. There were ten, seven, and six initial Form
N–6 filings filed during 2015, 2016, and 2017,
respectively. Averaging those initial Form N–6
filings over three years results in an average of
approximately eight initial Form N–6 filings per
year. This estimate is based on the following
calculation: (10 + 7 + 6)/3 years = 7.67 per year.
There were 373, 420, and 346 post-effective
amendments filed during 2015, 2016, and 2017,
respectively. Averaging those post-effective
amendments over three years results in an average
of approximately 380 post-effective amendments
per year. This estimate is based on the following
calculation: (373 + 420 + 346)/3 years = 379.67 per
year.
800 This is a lower estimate than the parallel
estimate used to calculate the increased hour
burden of preparing an initial registration statement
on Form N–3 or Form N–4, because we are
proposing relatively fewer amendments to Form N–
6 than we are to Form N–3 or Form N–4 (even
taking into account that we do not expect the
proposal to reduce the burden associated with
current disclosure requirements in Form N–6 to the
extent that it would in Form N–3 or Form N–4 (see
supra note 798 and accompanying text)).
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Amortizing this burden over a threeyear period results in an estimated
average annual burden of 1 hour per
year, at an estimated internal time cost
equivalent of $336.801
We estimate a one-time burden of an
additional 15 hours per registration
statement the first time the registration
statement is amended by post-effective
amendment following adoption of the
proposed amendments.802
Subsequently, we estimate an ongoing
burden of an additional 4 hours per
registration statement to prepare and file
a post-effective amendment.803
Amortizing these burdens over a threeyear period results in an estimated
average annual burden of an additional
8 hours per registration statement to
prepare and file a post-effective
amendment, at an estimated internal
time cost equivalent of $2,688.804
In the aggregate, we estimate that the
proposed amendments to Form N–6
would cause registrants to incur an
additional annual burden of 3,048
hours, at an internal time cost
equivalent of $1,024,128.805 We
estimate the total annual hour burden as
a result of the proposed amendments to
be 34,860 hours.806 This increase is due
801 The estimate of 1 hour is based upon the
following calculation: (4 + 0 + 0)/3 years = 1.33. We
are assuming 0 hours in years 2 and 3 because, after
year 1, the registrant would prepare and file posteffective amendments to the registration statement,
and the hour burden of this is captured in the
paragraph accompanying infra note 804. The
internal time cost equivalent of $336 is calculated
by multiplying the hour burden (1 hour) by the
estimated hourly wage of $336. See supra note 775.
802 This is a lower estimate than the parallel
estimate used to calculate the increased hour
burden of preparing an initial registration statement
on Form N–3 or Form N–4 because we are
proposing fewer amendments to Form N–6. See
supra note 800.
803 See id.
804 The estimate of 8 hours is based upon the
following calculation: (15 hours in year 1 + (4 hours
in year 2) + (4 hours in year 3)/3 years = 7.67 hours.
The internal time cost equivalent of $2,688 is
calculated by multiplying the hour burden (8 hours)
by the estimated hourly wage of $336. See supra
note 775.
805 The estimate of 3,048 hours is based upon the
following calculation. For initial registration
statements: 1 hour × 8 initial filings on Form N–
6 = 8 hours. For post-effective amendments: 8 hours
× 380 post-effective amendments = 3,040 hours. 8
+ 3,040 = 3,048.
The estimate of $1,024,128 is based upon the
following calculation. For initial registration
statements: $336 × 8 initial filings on Form N–6 =
$2,688. For post-effective amendments: $2,688 ×
380 post-effective amendments = $1,021,440.
$2,688 + $1,021,440 = $1,024,128.
806 This estimate is based on the following
calculation. For initial registration statements: 8
initial filings × (770.25 hours current burden + 1
hour under proposed amendments) = 6,170 hours.
For post-effective amendments: 380 post-effective
amendments × (67.5 hours current burden + 8 hours
under proposed amendments) = 28,690 hours. 6,170
+ 28,690 = 34,860 hours.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
to the increased burden hours per filing
as a result of the proposed amendments.
External Cost Burden
Registrants would also bear external
costs to prepare and update registration
statements and post-effective
amendments on Form N–6, such as the
services of independent auditors and
outside counsel.
In our most recently approved
Paperwork Reduction Act submission
for Form N–6, Commission staff
estimated the annual cost burden for
preparing and filing an initial Form N–
6 filing is $24,169 per portfolio, with
one portfolio per filing,807 with a total
approved external cost burden of
$1,836,844 annually for initial filings on
Form N–6.808 In this same submission,
Commission staff estimated that the
annual cost burden for preparing and
filing a post-effective amendment to a
previously-effective registration
statement is $8,788 per portfolio, with
one portfolio per filing, with a total
approved external cost burden of
$3,480,048 annually for post-effective
amendments.809 The total estimated
annual cost burden for Form N–6 in this
submission is therefore $5,316,892
($1,836,844 + $3,480,048).
We do not estimate any change to the
external costs per filing associated with
the proposed amendments to Form N–
6. In the aggregate, we estimate
registrants on Form N–6 would incur
annual external costs of $3,532,792.
This decrease reflects a decrease in the
estimated numbers of filings on Form
N–6.
D. Registered Investment Company
Interactive Data
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
We are proposing amendments to the
General Instructions of Forms N–3, N–
4, and N–6, rules 485 and 497 under the
Securities Act, and rules under
Regulation S–T,810 to require the use of
Inline XBRL format for the submission
of certain required disclosures in
variable contract statutory prospectuses.
Specifically, registrants would submit
the following information in Inline
XBRL format in registration statements
807 The staff estimated this amount per
‘‘portfolio,’’ with one portfolio per filing, in the
most recently approved Paperwork Reduction Act
submission for Form N–6. For purposes of this
Paperwork Reduction Act analysis, we now
estimate this amount per ‘‘filing’’ to conform with
the terminology that we use elsewhere in this
analysis.
808 This estimate is based on the following
calculation: $24,169 per filing × 76 initial filings per
year = $1,836,844.
809 This estimate is based on the following
calculation: $8,788 per filing × 396 post-effective
amendments per year = $3,480,048.
810 See supra note 770.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
or post-effective amendments, as well as
in forms of prospectuses filed pursuant
to rule 497(c) or 497(e) under the
Securities Act that include information
that varies from the registration
statement:
• Form N–3 registrants: Information
provided in response to proposed Items 3, 4,
5, 12, 19, and 20 of Form N–3;
• Form N–4 registrants: Information
provided in response to proposed Items 3, 4,
5, 11, and 18 of Form N–4; and
• Form N–6 registrants: Information
provided in response to proposed Items 3, 4,
5, 11, and 18 of Form N–6.
The title of the collection of
information affected by these
amendments is ‘‘Mutual Fund
Interactive Data,’’ which we would
propose to re-title as ‘‘Registered
Investment Company Interactive Data.’’
Compliance with these disclosure
requirements would be mandatory, and
responses would not be confidential.
We currently estimate a total annual
hour burden of 178,803 hours for this
collection of information, and a total
annual external cost burden of
$10,000,647.811
The proposed amendments would
generally impose two types of reporting
burdens on investment companies: (1)
The burden of submitting certain
information in Inline XBRL to the
Commission in registration statements
or post-effective amendments filed on
Form N–3, Form N–4, and Form N–6;
and (2) the burden of submitting certain
information in Inline XBRL to the
Commission in forms of prospectuses
filed pursuant to rule 497(c) or 497(e)
under the Securities Act that include
information that varies from the
registration statement. We separately
discuss the additional internal hours
and external cost burdens that would
apply as a result of the proposed
amendments.
As a threshold matter, we estimate
that registrants on Forms N–3, N–4, and
N–6 would require approximately 18
burden hours of in-house personnel
time to tag and submit the required
disclosure information in Inline XBRL
format for each post-effective
amendment 812 in the first year, and the
same task in subsequent years would
require approximately 12 hours for each
811 These estimates are referenced in the mostrecent information collection submission, reflecting
the Commission’s 2018 adoption of amendments to
require the use of Inline XBRL format for the
submission of mutual fund risk/return summary
information. See Inline XBRL Adopting Release,
supra note 613.
812 We are not including estimates for Form N–
3 initial registration statements, as none have been
filed in the past three years.
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61829
post-effective amendment.813 Therefore,
we estimate the average annual burden
over a three-year period for each posteffective amendment would be 14
hours.814 We further estimate that the
burden for each rule 497 filing would be
25% of that, or 3.5 hours per
response.815 With respect to Form N–3
registrants, we estimate an additional
burden of 2 hours per investment option
to tag and submit the required
disclosure information for each posteffective amendment.
We estimate a weighted burden
average of approximately 3 responses
per year per registrant to file initial and
post-effective registration statements
and rule 497 filings, based on weighting
the burden for each rule 497 filing as
one quarter of the burden of a posteffective amendment filing, averaging
the burden for each form equally, and
estimating (based on a survey by
Commission staff of filings made
pursuant to rule 497) that 75% of rule
497 filings by registrants on each form
would contain data that would be
required to be submitting in Inline
XBRL format.816 Accordingly, for
simplicity, we are estimating that
813 Our estimates are based on our prior
experience with Inline XBRL. See, e.g., Inline XBRL
Adopting Release, supra note 613. We are largely
following the same approach to estimating hourly
burdens for variable contracts as we did in the
context of mutual funds in the Inline XBRL
Adopting Release.
814 (18 hours for the first submission + 12 hours
for the second submission + 12 hours for the third
submission)/3 years = 14 hours.
815 Because rule 497 filings are typically 1–3
pages in length, we are estimating that the burden
would be only 25% of the burden associated with
tagging the relevant disclosures in a full registration
statement filing.
816 For Form N–3, we estimate a burden of 2.3
responses per year. This estimate is based on the
following calculation: ((0 initial registration
statements + 8 post-effective amendments) + (19
rule 497 filings × 0.75 of which will contain data
that will need to be tagged × 0.25 weighted
burden))/5 Form N–3 registrants = approximately
2.3 responses per year per registrant.
For Form N–4, we estimate a burden of 4.7
responses per year. This estimate is based on the
following: ((35 initial registration statements +
1,326 post-effective amendments) + (3,555 rule 497
filings × 0.75 of which will contain data that will
need to be tagged × 0.25 weighted burden))/435
Form N–4 registrants = approximately 4.7 responses
per year per registrant.
For Form N–6, we estimate a burden of 2.3
responses per year. This estimate is based on the
following calculation: ((8 initial registration
statements + 380 post-effective amendments) + (836
rule 497 filings × 0.75 of which will contain data
that will need to be tagged × 0.25 weighted
burden))/238 Form N–6 registrants = approximately
2.3 responses per year per registrant.
Overall, we estimate approximately 3 responses
per year. This estimate is based upon the following
calculation: (2.2 responses per N–3 registrant + 4.7
responses per N–4 registrant + 2.3 responses per N–
6 registrant)/3 = 3.1 responses per year.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61830
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
registrants on each of the 3 forms will
file 3 responses per year.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Internal Hour Burden
Form N–3 Registrants. Based on a
review of Form N–3 filings made with
the Commission, our staff estimates
there would be no initial filings each
year, eight post-effective amendments,
and 19 rule 497 filings made on Form
N–3 per year.817 Accordingly, we
estimate that, in the aggregate, adoption
of the proposed Inline XBRL
requirements would result in 300
burden hours for each of the first three
years for Form N–3 registrants.818 This
amounts to a collective internal cost
burden of approximately $100,800 to tag
and submit the required Form N–3
disclosure information in Inline
XBRL.819
Form N–4 Registrants. Based on a
review of Form N–4 filings made with
the Commission, our staff estimates
there would be 35 initial filings each
year, 1,326 post-effective amendments,
and 3,555 rule 497 filings made on Form
N–3 per year.820 Accordingly, we
estimate that, in the aggregate, adoption
of the proposed Inline XBRL
requirements would result in 18,270
burden hours for each of the first three
817 See supra note 773 (discussing initial filings
and post-effective amendments on Form N–3). In
addition, Commission staff reviewed rule 497
filings for Form N–3 filed with the Commission
from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2017. There
were 19, 22, and 16 rule 497 filings during 2015,
2016, and 2017, respectively. Averaging those rule
497 filings over three years results in an average of
19 post-effective amendments per year. This
estimate is based on the following calculation: (19
+ 22 + 16)/3 years = 19 per year. Commission staff
further estimates these filings would include an
average of three investment options per registration
statement or post-effective amendment filing. See
supra note 774.
818 5 registrants × 3 responses per year per
registrant × (14 hours per registrant + (2 hours per
investment option × 3 investment options per
registrant)) = 300 burden hours/year.
Currently, there are five Form N–3 registrants.
See supra note 23. We estimate the hourly burden
on a per-registrant basis to be 60 hours/year. (300
burden hours per year/5 registrants = 60 burden
hours/year).
819 The internal time cost equivalent of $100,800
is calculated by multiplying the total hour burden
(300 hours) by the estimated hourly wage of $336.
See supra note 775.
On a per registrant basis, the internal cost
equivalent associated with Inline XBRL for Form
N–3 registrants is estimated to be $20,160/year
($100,800/5 registrants = $20,160/year).
820 See supra note 786 (discussing initial filings
and post-effective amendments on Form N–4). In
addition, Commission staff reviewed rule 497
filings for Form N–4 filed with the Commission
from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2017. There
were 3,098, 3,759, and 3,808 rule 497 filings during
2015, 2016, and 2017, respectively. Averaging those
rule 497 filings over three years results in an
average of 3,555 post-effective amendments per
year. This estimate is based on the following
calculation: (3,098 + 3,759 + 3,808)/3 years = 3,555
per year.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
years for Form N–4 registrants.821 This
amounts to a collective internal cost
burden of approximately $6,138,720 to
tag and submit the required Form N–4
disclosure information in Inline
XBRL.822
Form N–6 Registrants. Based on a
review of Form N–6 filings made with
the Commission, our staff estimates
there would be 8 initial filings each
year, 380 post-effective amendments,
and 1,115 rule 497 filings made on Form
N–6 per year.823 Accordingly, we
estimate that, in the aggregate, adoption
of the proposed Inline XBRL
requirements would result in 9,996
burden hours for each of the first three
years for Form N–6 registrants.824 This
amounts to a collective internal cost
burden of approximately $3,358,656 to
tag and submit the required Form N–6
disclosure information in Inline
XBRL.825
Aggregate Internal Hours Burden for
Form N–3, N–4, and N–6 Registrants. In
the aggregate, we estimate that the
adoption of the proposed Inline XBRL
requirements would result in 28,566
burden hours for each of the first three
years for Form N–3, N–4, and N–6
821 435 registrants × 3 responses per year per
registrant × 14 hours per registrant = 18,270 burden
hours/year.
Currently, there are 435 Form N–4 registrants. See
supra note 24. We estimate the hourly burden on
a per-registrant basis to be 42 hours/year. (18,270
burden hours per post-effective amendment/435
registrants = 42 burden hours/year).
822 The internal time cost equivalent of
$6,138,720 is calculated by multiplying the total
hour burden (18,270 hours) by the estimated hourly
wage of $336. See supra note 787.
On a per-registrant basis, the internal cost
equivalent associated with Inline XBRL is estimated
to be $14,112/year ($6,138,720/435 registrants =
$14,112/year).
823 See supra note 799 (discussing initial filings
and post-effective amendments on Form N–6). In
addition, Commission staff reviewed rule 497
filings for Form N–6 filed with the Commission
from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2017. There
were 1,095, 1,166, and 1,083 rule 497 filings during
2015, 2016, and 2017, respectively. Averaging those
rule 497 filings over three years results in an
average of 1,115 post-effective amendments per
year. This estimate is based on the following
calculation: (1,095 + 1,166 + 1,083)/3 years = 1,115
per year.
824 238 registrants × 3 responses per year per
registrant × 14 hours per registrant = 9,996 hours
per year.
Currently, there are 238 Form N–6 registrants. See
supra note 25. We estimate the hourly burden on
a per-registrant basis to be 42 hours/year (9,996
burden hours per year/238 registrants = 42 burden
hours/year).
825 The internal time cost equivalent of
$3,358,656 is calculated by multiplying the total
hour burden (9,996 hours) by the estimated hourly
wage of $336. See supra note 801.
On a per-registrant basis, the internal cost
equivalent associated with Inline XBRL is estimated
to be $14,112/year ($3,358,656/238 registrants =
$14,112/year).
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
registrants.826 Converted into dollars,
this amounts to a collective internal cost
burden of approximately $9,598,176 to
tag and submit the required Form N–3,
N–4, and N–6 disclosure information in
Inline XBRL.827 We therefore estimate
the aggregate total hour burden for the
re-titled ‘‘Registered Investment
Company Interactive Data’’ collection of
information would be 207,369 hours as
a result of the proposed amendments.828
External Cost Burden
Compliance with the proposed Inline
XBRL requirements would entail certain
external costs, such as for software and/
or the services of consultants and filing
agents. For Form N–4 and Form N–6
registrants, we estimate an external cost
burden of $900 per registrant for the
cost of goods and services purchased to
comply with the proposed Inline XBRL
requirements, which is based on the
estimated average external cost burden
associated with the Inline XBRL
preparation expenses for mutual funds
and ETFs.829 We understand that annual
software licensing costs generally would
be included in the cost of hiring
external professionals, in which case
registrants may receive tagging software
at no cost, while others may create their
own software in-house. For Form N–3
registrants, we estimate an additional
cost of $300 per investment option for
the cost of goods and services purchased
to comply with the proposed Inline
XBRL requirements for an estimated
external cost burden of $1,800 per
registrant.830
Based on the estimate of five Form N–
3 registrants,831 435 Form N–4
registrants,832 and 238 Form N–6
registrants,833 we estimate that, in the
aggregate, the total external costs to
Form N–3, N–4, and N–6 registrants
associated with the proposed
requirements to tag and submit certain
information in Inline XBRL would be
approximately $614,700.834 We
826 300 burden hours for Form N–3 registrants +
18,270 burden hours for Form N–4 registrants +
9,996 burden hours for Form N–6 registrants =
28,566 hours.
827 $100,800 for Form N–3 registrants +
$6,138,720 for Form N–4 registrants + $3,358,656
for Form N–6 registrants = $9,598,176.
828 178,803 annual burden hours (current
estimated annual hour burden) + additional 28,566
burden hours resulting from the proposed
amendments = 207,369.
829 See Inline XBRL Adopting Release, supra note
613.
830 $900 per registrant + (3 investment options per
registrant × $300 per investment option) = $1,800
per Form N–3 registrant.
831 See supra note 23.
832 See supra note 29.
833 See supra note 25.
834 (5 Form N–3 registrants + 435 Form N–4
registrants + 238 Form N–6 registrants) × $900 per
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
therefore estimate the aggregate total
external cost burden for the re-titled
‘‘Registered Investment Company
Interactive Data’’ collection of
information would be $10,615,347 as a
result of the proposed amendments.835
E. Proposed Rule 498A
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Proposed rule 498A would contain
collection of information requirements.
The likely respondents to this
information collection are variable
annuity and variable life insurance
separate accounts registered or
registering with the Commission.836
Under proposed rule 498A, use of the
summary prospectus would be
voluntary, but the rule’s requirements
would be mandatory for variable
annuity and variable life insurance
separate accounts that elect to send or
give a summary prospectus in reliance
upon proposed rule 498A. The
information provided under proposed
rule 498A would not be kept
confidential.
The summary prospectus is voluntary,
so the percentage of variable annuity
and variable life insurance separate
accounts that will choose to utilize it is
uncertain. Given this uncertainty, we
have assumed that 95% of all separate
accounts would choose to use a
summary prospectus under proposed
rule 498A.837
registrant = 610,200) + (5 Form N–3 registrants × 3
investment options per registrant × $300 per
investment option) = $614,700.
835 $10,000,647 (current estimated external cost
burden) + additional $614,700 = $10,615,347.
836 As drafted, proposed rule 498A could be
broadly relied upon by any person to satisfy
prospectus delivery obligations under section
5(b)(2) under the Securities Act for a variable
contract or portfolio company. However, we expect
the hour and cost burdens of the rule (i.e., to create
and file initial and updating summary prospectuses
and to make certain documents available online and
to distribute them upon request) would generally be
borne by registrants. We base this expectation in
part on the fact that our proposed amendments
would require prospectuses and summary
prospectuses to include the website address where
the documents required to be posted online would
be located, and contact information to call or email
to obtain paper copies of those documents, and we
expect registrants to list their own website and their
own contact information to satisfy these
requirements, as opposed to directing investors to
various financial intermediaries who may be
involved in distributing those contracts.
837 Given expressed industry support for layered
disclosure with summary prospectuses, our
experience that approximately 95% of mutual funds
have adopted layered disclosure with summary
prospectuses, and our anticipation that the
proposed rule will provide costs savings to insurers,
we believe it is appropriate to assume that 95% of
insurers will choose delivery of summary
prospectuses. See supra note 44.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Preparation of Initial Summary
Prospectus and Updating Summary
Prospectus
For registrants that choose to rely
upon proposed rule 498A, we estimate
a one-time collective burden of 40 hours
per registration statement to prepare and
file both a new initial summary
prospectus and a new updating
summary prospectus for offerings on
Forms N–4 or N–6.838 In addition, we
estimate an ongoing collective burden of
10 hours per registration statement
during each subsequent year for the
registrant to prepare and file updates of
the initial summary prospectus and
updating summary prospectus for
offerings on Forms N–4 or N–6.
For offerings on Form N–3, we
estimate a one-time collective burden of
40 hours per registration statement to
prepare and file both a new initial
summary prospectus and a new
updating summary prospectus, plus a
further burden of 12 hours per contract
investment option. Subsequently, we
estimate an ongoing collective burden of
10 hours per registration statement that
would be incurred each following year
to prepare and file updates of summary
prospectuses, plus a further burden of 3
hours per investment option. We
estimate that each registration statement
filed on Form N–3 would include three
investment options.839
Because the PRA estimates represent
the average burden over a three-year
period, we estimate the average annual
hour burden per registration statement
to prepare initial and updating summary
prospectuses would be 20 hours for
filings on Form N–4 or N–6.840 For
Form N–3, we estimate the average
annual hour burden per registration
statement to prepare initial and
updating summary prospectuses would
be 38 hours.841
838 We are aware that more than one prospectus
may be filed as part of a registration statement. Our
proposal would provide guidance clarifying the
circumstances under which this would be
appropriate. See supra text preceding and
accompanying note 400. We do not have data
regarding how many registration statements
currently include more than one prospectus, nor are
we able to determine how the number of
prospectuses per registration statement might be
affected by our proposed guidance. For these
reasons, we assume one prospectus is filed per
registration statement.
839 See supra note 774 and accompanying text.
840 The estimate of 20 hours is based upon the
following calculation: (40 hours to prepare a new
initial and updating summary prospectus in year 1)
+ (10 hours in year 2) + (10 hours in year 3)/3 years
= 20 hours.
841 The estimate of 38 hours is based upon the
following calculation: 40 hours to prepare summary
prospectuses + (12 hours per investment option ×
3 investment options) = 76 hours in year 1. 10 hours
+ (3 hours per investment option × 3 investment
options) = 19 hours in each of year 2 and year 3.
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61831
We estimate the aggregate annual
hour burden to prepare initial and
updating summary prospectuses for
offerings on Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6
would be 14,610 hours, at an internal
cost equivalent of $4,908,960.842
Registrants may also bear external
costs to prepare and update the initial
and updating summary prospectuses,
such as the services of independent
auditors and outside counsel. However,
any external costs associated with filing
the summary prospectuses as exhibits to
the registration statements would
already be reflected in the external costs
associated with those registration
statements.
For registrants that choose to rely
upon proposed rule 498A, we estimate
a one-time collective external cost
burden of $10,000 per registration
statement to prepare both a new initial
summary prospectus and a new
updating summary prospectus for
offerings on Forms N–4 or N–6. In
addition, we estimate an ongoing
collective burden of $2,500 per
registration statement during each
subsequent year for the registrant to
prepare updates of the initial summary
prospectus and updating summary
prospectus for offerings on Forms N–4
or N–6. For offerings on Form N–3, we
estimate a one-time collective burden of
$10,000 per registration statement to
prepare and file both a new initial
summary prospectus and a new
updating summary prospectus, plus a
further burden of $3,000 per contract
investment option. Subsequently, we
estimate an ongoing collective burden of
$2,500 per registration statement during
each following year to prepare and file
updates of summary prospectuses, plus
a further burden of $750 per investment
option. We estimate that each
registration statement filed on Form N–
3 would include three investment
options.843
Because the PRA estimates represent
the average burden over a three-year
period, we estimate the average annual
hour burden per registration statement
to prepare and update initial and
updating summary prospectuses would
be $5,000 for filings on Form N–4 or N–
(76 hours in year 1) + (19 hours in year 2) + (19
hours in year 3)/3 years = 38 hours.
842 The estimate of 14,610 hours is based upon
the following calculation: ((38 hours × 5 registrants
on Form N–3) + (20 hours × 500 registrants on Form
N–4) + (20 hours × 221 registrants on Form N–6))
× 95% = 14,610 hours.
The internal time cost equivalent of $4,908,960 is
calculated by multiplying the hour burden (14,610
hours) by the estimated hourly wage of $336. See
supra note 775.
843 See supra note 774 and accompanying text.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61832
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
6.844 For Form N–3, we estimate the
average annual hour burden per
registration statement to prepare and
update initial and updating summary
prospectuses would be $9,500.845
We estimate the aggregate annual
external cost burden to prepare and
update initial and updating summary
prospectuses for offerings on Forms N–
3, N–4, and N–6 would be
$3,469,875.846
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Online Availability of Contract
Statutory Prospectus and Certain Other
Documents Relating to the Contract
Registrants that choose to rely upon
proposed rule 498A would be required
to make certain documents relating to
the contract available online, including
a variable contract’s initial summary
prospectus, updating summary
prospectus, statutory prospectus, and
SAI for contracts registered on Forms
N–3, N–4, or N–6, and the contract’s
most recent annual and semi-annual
reports to shareholders under rule 30e1 in the case of a variable annuity
contract registered under Form N–3.
We estimate the average burden to
comply with the proposed website
posting requirements would be 2 hours
per set of documents associated with a
single registration statement, both in the
first year and annually thereafter.847
In total, we estimate the annual
burden to comply with the proposed
website posting requirements of the rule
for documents relating to variable
contracts would be 1,379 hours, at an
internal cost equivalent of $329,581.848
844 The estimate of $5,000 is based upon the
following calculation: ($10,000 to prepare a new
initial and updating summary prospectuses in year
1) + ($2,500 in year 2) + ($2,500 in year 3)/3 years
= $5,000.
845 The estimate of $9,500 is based upon the
following calculation: $10,000 to prepare new
initial and updating summary prospectuses +
($3,000 per investment option × 3 investment
options) = $19,000 in year 1. $2,500 + ($750 per
investment option × 3 investment options) = $4,750
in each of year 2 and year 3. ($19,000 in year 1)
+ ($4,750 in year 2) + ($4,750 in year 3)/3 = $9,500.
846 The estimate of $3,469,875 is based upon the
following calculation: (($9,500 × 5 registrants on
Form N–3) + ($5,000 × 500 registrants on Form N–
4) + ($5,000 × 221 registrants on Form N–6)) × 95%
= $3,469,875.
847 We note that separate account registrants are
generally larger entities, and therefore, based on our
experience with these registrants, we assume that
all separate account registrants already have their
own website and would not experience any burdens
associated with developing a website.
848 The estimate of 1,379 hours is based on the
following calculation: 95% reliance on the rule × ((2
hours per registration statement × 5 registration
statements on Form N–3) + (2 hours per registration
statement × 500 registration statements on Form N–
4) + (2 hours per registration statement × 221
registration statements on Form N–6)) =
approximately 1,379 hours.
The internal time cost equivalent of $329,581 is
calculated by multiplying the hour burden (1,379
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Furthermore, we also estimate that
registrants may incur external costs in
connection with the requirement to
provide these documents upon request
of a shareholder. We estimate that the
average annual costs associated with
printing and mailing these documents
upon request would be collectively $500
for all documents associated with a
single registrant.849 Accordingly, we
estimate that the aggregate annual
external costs associated with printing
and mailing these documents upon
request would be $344,850.850
Online Availability of Portfolio
Company Statutory Prospectuses and
Certain Other Documents Relating to
Portfolio Companies
Registrants on Forms N–4 and N–6
that choose to rely on the new delivery
option for portfolio company
prospectuses would also be required to
post online the portfolio company’s
summary prospectus, statutory
prospectus, SAI, and most recent annual
and semi-annual shareholder reports.851
We estimate the average burden to
comply with the proposed website
hours) by the estimated hourly wage based on
published rates for webmasters ($239). This hourly
figure is from SIFMA’s Management & Professional
Earnings in the Securities Industry 2013, modified
to account for an 1,800-hour work year; multiplied
by 5.35 to account for bonuses, firm size, employee
benefits and overhead; and adjusted to account for
the effects of inflation.
849 We do not have specific data regarding how
the cost of printing and mailing the two sets of
proposed documents would differ, nor are we able
to specifically identify how the cost of printing and
mailing the documents at issue here might be
affected by the amendments to the forms we are
proposing today. For these reasons, we are
continuing to use the estimate of $500 per year to
collectively print and mail upon request all
documents associated with a single registrant for
purposes of our analysis. However, we are
requesting comment on this estimate.
Investors could also request to receive these
documents electronically. We estimate that there
would be negligible external costs associated with
emailing electronic copies of these documents.
850 This estimate is based upon the following
calculations: 95% reliance on the rule × $500 per
registrant × (5 registration statements on Form N–
3 + 500 registration statements on Form N–4 + 221
registration statements on Form N–6)) = $344,850.
851 The obligation to post these documents online
would fall upon the party that has the prospectus
delivery obligation for the portfolio company
prospectus. For purposes of this Paperwork
Reduction Act analysis, we assume that delivery of
portfolio company prospectuses would be done by
registrants, rather than portfolio companies or
financial intermediaries such as broker-dealers. In
some situations, portfolio company documents may
already be posted online, such as in the case of
portfolio companies that already use summary
prospectuses and therefore are subject to the
document posting requirements of rule 498.
However, for purposes of this Paperwork Reduction
Analysis, we still assume that the registrant would
bear the burden of posting those documents since
we expect the registrant would repost those
documents to make them available on a single
website. See supra note 836.
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
posting requirements would be 2 hours
per set of documents associated with a
single registration statement, both in the
first year and annually thereafter. In
total, we estimate the annual burden to
comply with the proposed website
posting requirements of the rule for
documents relating to portfolio
companies would be 1,370 hours, at an
internal cost equivalent of $327,430.852
Furthermore, we also estimate that
registrants may incur external costs in
connection with the requirement to
provide these documents upon investor
request. We estimate that the average
annual costs associated with printing
and mailing these documents upon
request would be collectively $500 for
all documents associated with a single
registrant.853 Accordingly, we estimate
that the aggregate annual external costs
associated with printing and mailing
these documents upon request would be
$342,475.854
Total Hour Burden Associated With
Proposed Rule 498A
Accordingly, we estimate the total
annual hour burden for registrants
under proposed rule 498A to prepare,
file and update both the initial summary
prospectus and updating summary
prospectuses, and post the required
variable contract and portfolio company
documents to a website would be 17,359
hours, at an internal time cost
equivalent of $5,565,971.855 In addition,
852 The estimate of 1,370 hours is based on the
following calculation: 95% reliance on the rule × 2
hours per registration statement × (500 registration
statements on Form N–4 + 221 registration
statements on Form N–6) = approximately 1,370
hours.
The internal time cost equivalent of $327,430 is
calculated by multiplying the hour burden (1,370
hours) by the estimated hourly wage based on
published rates for Webmasters ($239).
853 Investors could also request to receive these
documents electronically. We estimate that there
would be negligible external costs associated with
emailing electronic copies of these documents.
854 This estimate is based upon the following
calculations: 95% reliance on the rule × $500 per
printing and mailing × (500 registration statements
on Form N–4 + 221 registration statements on Form
N–6) = $342,475. For purposes of this Paperwork
Reduction Act analysis, based upon our experience,
we assume that the burden of emailing these
documents would be outsourced to third-party
service providers and therefore would be included
within these external cost estimates.
855 The internal hours estimate is based upon the
following calculation: 14,610 hours to prepare, file,
and update initial and updating summary
prospectuses for offerings on Forms N–3, N–4, and
N–6 + 1,379 hours to comply with the proposed
website posting requirements for documents
relating to variable contracts + 1,370 hours to
comply with the proposed website posting
requirements for documents relating to portfolio
companies = 17,359 hours.
This internal time cost equivalent estimate is
based upon the following calculation: $4,908,960 to
prepare, file, and update initial and updating
summary prospectuses for offerings on Forms N–3,
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
we estimate the total external cost to the
variable contract industry would be
$4,157,200 to prepare and update both
the initial summary prospectus and the
updating summary prospectus and print
and mail the required variable contract
and portfolio company documents upon
request.856
F. Request for Comments
Pursuant to 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(B),
we request comments to: (1) Evaluate
whether the proposed collections of
information are necessary for the proper
performance of the functions of the
agency, including whether the
information will have practical utility;
(2) evaluate the accuracy of our estimate
of the burden of the proposed
collections of information; (3) determine
whether there are ways to enhance the
quality, utility, and clarity of the
information to be collected; and (4)
determine whether there are ways to
minimize the burden of the collections
of information on those who are to
respond, including through the use of
automated collection techniques or
other forms of information technology.
In addition to these general requests
for comment, we also request comment
specifically on the following issues:
• Our analysis relies upon certain
assumptions, such as all registrants on Forms
N–3, N–4, and N–6 already have websites,
and 95% of these registrants would choose to
use a summary prospectus under proposed
rule 498A. Do commenters agree with these
assumptions?
• We also assume that 100% of registrants
that rely on 498A to deliver contract
summary prospectuses also would rely on
the rule for the new delivery option for
portfolio company prospectuses. Do
commenters agree with these assumptions?
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Persons wishing to submit comments
on the collection of information
requirements of the proposed rules and
amendments should direct them to the
OMB, Attention Desk Officer for the
Securities and Exchange Commission,
Office of Information and Regulatory
Affairs, Washington, DC 20503, and
should send a copy to, Brent J. Fields,
Secretary, Securities and Exchange
Commission, 100 F Street NE,
N–4, and N–6 + $329,581 to comply with the
proposed website posting requirements for
documents relating to variable contracts + $327,430
to comply with the proposed website posting
requirements for documents relating to portfolio
companies = $5,565,971.
856 This estimate is based on the following
calculation: $3,469,875 to prepare and update
initial and updating summary prospectuses for
offerings on Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6 + $344,850
to comply with the proposed printing and mailing
requirements for documents relating to variable
contracts + $342,475 to comply with the proposed
printing and mailing requirements for documents
relating to portfolio companies = $4,157,200.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Washington, DC 20549–1090, with
reference to File No. S7–23–18.
Requests for materials submitted to
OMB by the Commission with regard to
these collections of information should
be in writing, refer to File No. S7–23–
18, and be submitted to the Securities
and Exchange Commission, Office of
FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE,
Washington, DC 20549. OMB is required
to make a decision concerning the
collections of information between 30
and 60 days after publication of this
release. Consequently, a comment to
OMB is best assured of having its full
effect if OMB receives it within 30 days
after publication of this release.
V. Regulatory Flexibility Certification
Section 3(a) of the Regulatory
Flexibility Act of 1980 (‘‘RFA’’) 857
requires us to undertake an initial
regulatory flexibility analysis (‘‘IRFA’’)
of the proposed rule and proposed form
amendments on small entities unless we
certify that the rule and form
amendments, if adopted, would not
have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small
entities.858 Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 605(b),
we hereby certify that proposed new
rule 498A under the Securities Act and
proposed amendments to Forms N–3,
N–4, and N–6 under the Securities Act
and the Investment Company Act,
would not, if adopted have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities.
We are proposing new rule 498A
under the Securities Act pursuant to
authority set forth in Sections 5, 6, 7, 10,
19, and 28 of the Securities Act [15
U.S.C. 77e, 77f, 77g, 77j, 77s, and 77z–
3] and Sections 8, 24(a), 24(g), 30, and
38 of the Investment Company Act [15
U.S.C. 80a–8, 80a–24(a), 80a–24(g), 80a–
29, and 80a–37]. Proposed rule 498A
would provide a new option that would
permit a person to satisfy its variable
annuity and variable life insurance
contract prospectus delivery obligations
under the Securities Act by providing a
summary prospectus to investors.
A person would have the option of
satisfying its prospectus delivery
obligations for variable contracts under
section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act by:
(1) Sending or giving to new investors
the key information contained in a
variable contract statutory prospectus in
the form of an initial summary
prospectus; (2) sending or giving to
existing investors each year a brief
description of certain changes to the
contract, and a subset of the information
in the initial summary prospectus, in
857 5
858 5
PO 00000
U.S.C. 603(a).
U.S.C. 605(b).
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61833
the form of an updating summary
prospectus; and (3) providing the
statutory prospectus and other materials
online. The proposed rule would
require a registrant (or the financial
intermediary distributing the variable
contact) to send the variable contract
statutory prospectus and other materials
to the investor in paper or by email
upon request. Additionally, the
proposed rule would permit satisfaction
of any portfolio company prospectus
delivery obligations by posting the
portfolio company summary and
statutory prospectuses online at the
website address specified on the
variable contract summary
prospectus.859
Investors would also be able to
request and receive those documents in
paper or electronically at no cost. No
variable contract separate accounts
would be required to send or give a
summary prospectus.
We are also proposing amendments to
Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6 pursuant to
authority set forth in Sections 5, 6, 7, 10,
and 19(a) of the Securities Act [15
U.S.C. 77e, 77f, 77g, 77j, and 77s(a)] and
Sections 8, 24(a), 24(g), 30, and 38 of the
Investment Company Act [15 U.S.C.
80a–8, 80a–24(a), 80a–24(g), 80a–29,
and 80a–37]. The proposed amendments
to Forms N–3, N–4, and N–6 are
intended to update and enhance the
disclosures to investors in variable
annuity and variable life insurance
contracts, and to implement the
proposed summary prospectus
framework.
Specifically, the proposed
amendments would add new
disclosures requiring, among other
things, an overview of the contract, key
information, consolidated risk
disclosures, a list of the available
portfolio companies with expense and
performance information, and
information about standard and optional
benefits that a contract may offer. The
proposed amendments also would
standardize presentation requirements
across registration statement forms to
make the information more accessible to
retail investors. We are also proposing
to require variable contracts to use the
859 This option would not apply to Form N–3
registrants, which do not have underlying portfolio
companies due to a single-tier investment company
structure.
The obligation to post these documents online
would fall upon the party that has the prospectus
delivery obligation for the portfolio company
prospectus. For purposes of this Regulatory
Flexibility Act analysis, we assume that delivery of
portfolio company prospectuses would be done by
registrants, rather than portfolio companies or
financial intermediaries such as broker-dealers. See
supra note 851 (making the same assumption for
purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act analysis).
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61834
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Inline XBRL format for the submission
of certain required disclosures in the
variable contract statutory
prospectus.860 All insurance company
separate accounts offering variable
annuity and variable life insurance
contracts would be subject to the
proposed disclosure and reporting
requirements, regardless of size.
Generally, an investment company is
a small entity if, together with other
investment companies in the same
group of related investment companies,
it has net assets of $50 million or less
as of the end of its most recent fiscal
year.861 The analysis is slightly different
for insurance company separate
accounts. Because state law generally
treats separate account assets as the
property of the sponsoring insurance
company, rule 0–10 aggregates each
separate account’s assets with the assets
of the sponsoring insurance company,
together with assets held in other
sponsored separate accounts.862 As a
result, the Commission expects few, if
any, separate accounts to be treated as
small entities.
For this reason, we believe the new
proposed rule 498A and the proposed
amendments to Forms N–3, N–4, and
N–6, would not, if adopted, have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
We encourage written comments
regarding this certification. We solicit
comment as to whether new rule 498A
and the proposed amendments to Forms
N–3, N–4, and N–6 could have an effect
on small entities that has not been
considered. We ask that commenters
describe the nature of any impact on
small entities and provide empirical
data to support the extent of such
impact.
VI. Consideration of Impact on the
Economy
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
For purposes of the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996, or ‘‘SBREFA,’’ 863 the Commission
must advise OMB whether a proposed
regulation constitutes a ‘‘major’’ rule.
Under SBREFA, a rule is considered
‘‘major’’ where, if adopted, it results in
or is likely to result in:
• An annual effect on the economy of $100
million or more;
• A major increase in costs or prices for
consumers or individual industries; or
• Significant adverse effects on
competition, investment or innovation.
supra note 615.
CFR 270.0–10(a).
862 Rule 0–10(b).
861 17
863 Public
Law 104–121, Title II, 110 Stat. 857
(1996) (codified in various sections of 5 U.S.C., 15
U.S.C. and as a note to 5 U.S.C. 601).
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
VII. Statutory Authority and Text of
Proposed Amendments
The Commission is proposing the
rules and forms contained in this
document under the authority set forth
in the Securities Act, particularly,
sections 10, 19, and 28 thereof [15
U.S.C. 77a et seq.], the Exchange Act,
particularly, section 23 thereof [15
U.S.C. 78a et seq.], the Investment
Company Act, particularly, sections 8,
30, and 38 thereof [15 U.S.C. 80a et
seq.], and 44 U.S.C. 3506, 3507.
List of Subjects
17 CFR Parts 230, 270, and 274
Investment companies, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Securities.
17 CFR Part 232
Administrative practice and
procedure, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Securities.
17 CFR Parts 239 and 240
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Securities.
Text of Proposed Rule and Form
Amendments
For reasons set forth in the preamble,
title 17, chapter II of the Code of Federal
Regulations is proposed to be amended
as follows:
PART 230—GENERAL RULES AND
REGULATIONS, SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
1. The authority citation for part 230
continues to read in part as follows:
■
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77b, 77b note, 77c,
77d, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77r, 77s, 77z–3, 77sss,
78c, 78d, 78j, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o, 78o–7 note,
78t, 78w, 78ll(d), 78mm, 80a–8, 80a–24, 80a–
28, 80a–29, 80a–30, and 80a–37, and Pub. L.
112–106, sec. 201(a), sec. 401, 126 Stat. 313
(2012), unless otherwise noted.
2. Amend § 230.159A by revising
paragraph (a)(2) to read as follows:
■
§ 230.159A Certain definitions for
purposes of Section 12(a)(2) of the Act.
860 See
VerDate Sep<11>2014
We request comment on whether our
proposal would be a ‘‘major rule’’ for
purposes of SBREFA. We solicit comment
and empirical data on:
• The potential effect on the U.S. economy
on an annual basis;
• Any potential increase in costs or prices
for consumers or individual industries; and
• Any potential effect on competition,
investment, or innovation.
Commenters are requested to provide
empirical data and other factual support for
their views to the extent possible.
Jkt 247001
(a) * * *
(2) Any free writing prospectus as
defined in § 230.405 (Rule 405) relating
to the offering prepared by or on behalf
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
of the issuer or used or referred to by the
issuer and, in the case of an issuer that
is an open-end management company
registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–1
et seq.) or a separate account (as defined
in Section 2(a)(14) of the Securities Act)
(15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(14)) registered under
the Investment Company Act of 1940 on
§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter
(Form N–3), §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of
this chapter (Form N–4), or §§ 239.17c
and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N–6),
any summary prospectus relating to the
offering provided pursuant to § 230.498
(Rule 498) or § 230.498A (Rule 498A),
respectively;
*
*
*
*
*
■ 3. Amend § 230.421 by adding
paragraph (e) to read as follows:
§ 230.421 Presentation of information in
prospectuses.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) A summary prospectus prepared
and filed (except a summary prospectus
filed by an open-end management
investment company registered under
the Investment Company Act of 1940
(15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.) or a separate
account (as defined in Section 2(a)(14)
of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C.
77b(a)(14)) registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 on
§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter
(Form N–3), §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of
this chapter (Form N–4), or §§ 239.17c
and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N–6))
as part of a registration statement in
accordance with this rule shall be
deemed to be a prospectus permitted
under section 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C.
77j(b)) for the purposes of section 5(b)(1)
of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)) if the
form used for registration of the
securities to be offered provides for the
use of a summary prospectus and the
following conditions are met:
■ 4. Amend § 230.431 by revising the
introductory text to paragraph (a) to
read as follows:
§ 230.431
Summary prospectuses.
(a) A summary prospectus prepared
and filed (except a summary prospectus
filed by an open-end management
investment company registered under
the Investment Company Act of 1940
(15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.) or a separate
account (as defined in Section 2(a)(14)
of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C.
77b(a)(14)) registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 on
§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter
(Form N–3), §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of
this chapter (Form N–4), or §§ 239.17c
and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N–6)
as part of a registration statement in
accordance with this rule shall be
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
deemed to be a prospectus permitted
under section 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C.
77j(b)) for the purposes of section 5(b)(1)
of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)) if the
form used for registration of the
securities to be offered provides for the
use of a summary prospectus and the
following conditions are met:
*
*
*
*
*
■ 5. Amend § 230.482 by revising
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 230.482 Advertising by an investment
company as satisfying requirements of
section 10.
(a) Scope of rule. This rule applies to
an advertisement or other sales material
(advertisement) with respect to
securities of an investment company
registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–1
et seq.) (1940 Act), or a business
development company, that is selling or
proposing to sell its securities pursuant
to a registration statement that has been
filed under the Act. This section does
not apply to an advertisement that is
excepted from the definition of
prospectus by section 2(a)(10) of the Act
(15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(10)), § 230.498(d),
§ 230.498A(g), or § 230.498A(j)(2), or to
a summary prospectus under § 230.498
or § 230.498A. An advertisement that
complies with this section, which may
include information the substance of
which is not included in the prospectus
specified in section 10(a) of the Act (15
U.S.C 77j(a)), will be deemed to be a
prospectus under section 10(b) of the
Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(b)) for the purposes
of section 5(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C.
77e(b)(1)).
Note to paragraph (a): The fact that an
advertisement complies with this section
does not relieve the investment company,
underwriter, or dealer of any obligations with
respect to the advertisement under the
antifraud provisions of the federal securities
laws. For guidance about factors to be
weighed in determining whether statements,
representations, illustrations, and
descriptions contained in investment
company advertisements are misleading, see
§ 230.156. In addition, an advertisement that
complies with this section is subject to the
legibility requirements of § 230.420.
*
*
*
*
*
6. Amend § 230.485 by revising
paragraph (c)(3) to read as follows:
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
■
§ 230.485 Effective date of post-effective
amendments filed by certain registered
investment companies.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) A registrant’s ability to file a posteffective amendment, other than an
amendment filed solely for purposes of
submitting an Interactive Data File,
under paragraph (b) of this section is
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
automatically suspended if a registrant
fails to submit any Interactive Data File
as required by General Instruction
C.3.(g) of §§ 239.15A and 274.11A of
this chapter (Form N–1A), General
Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17a and
274.11b of this chapter (Form N–3),
General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17b
and 274.11c of this chapter (Form N–4),
or General Instruction C.3.(h) of
§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter
(Form N–6). A suspension under this
paragraph (c)(3) shall become effective
at such time as the registrant fails to
submit an Interactive Data File as
required by General Instruction C.3.(g)
of Form N–1A, or General Instruction
C.3.(h) of Form N–3, General Instruction
C.3.(h) of Form N–4, or General
Instruction C.3.(h) of Form N–6. Any
such suspension, so long as it is in
effect, shall apply to any post-effective
amendment that is filed after the
suspension becomes effective, but shall
not apply to any post-effective
amendment that was filed before the
suspension became effective. Any
suspension shall apply only to the
ability to file a post-effective
amendment pursuant to paragraph (b) of
this section and shall not otherwise
affect any post-effective amendment.
Any suspension under this paragraph
(c)(3) shall terminate as soon as a
registrant has submitted the Interactive
Data File as required by General
Instruction C.3.(g) of Form N–1A,
General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form N–
3, General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form
N–4, or General Instruction C.3.(h) of
Form N–6.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 7. Amend § 230.497 by revising
paragraphs (c), (e), and (k) to read as
follows:
§ 230.497 Filing of investment company
prospectuses—number of copies.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) For investment companies filing
on §§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this
chapter (Form N–1A), §§ 239.14 and
274.11a-1 of this chapter (Form N–2),
§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter
(Form N–3), §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of
this chapter (Form N–4), or §§ 239.17c
and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N–6),
within five days after the effective date
of a registration statement or the
commencement of a public offering after
the effective date of a registration
statement, whichever occurs later, 10
copies of each form of prospectus and
form of Statement of Additional
Information used after the effective date
in connection with such offering shall
be filed with the Commission in the
exact form in which it was used.
Investment companies filing on Forms
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61835
N–1A, N–3, N–4, or N–6 must, if
applicable pursuant to General
Instruction C.3.(g) of Form N–1A,
General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form N–
3, General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form
N–4, or General Instruction C.3.(h) of
Form N–6, submit an Interactive Data
File (as defined in § 232.11 of this
chapter).
*
*
*
*
*
(e) For investment companies filing
on §§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this
chapter (Form N–1A), §§ 239.14 and
274.11a-1 of this chapter (Form N–2),
§§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this chapter
(Form N–3), §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of
this chapter (Form N–4), or §§ 239.17c
and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N–6),
after the effective date of a registration
statement, no prospectus that purports
to comply with Section 10 of the Act (15
U.S.C. 77j) or Statement of Additional
Information that varies from any form of
prospectus or form of Statement of
Additional Information filed pursuant to
paragraph (c) of this section shall be
used until five copies thereof have been
filed with, or mailed for filing to the
Commission. Investment companies
filing on Forms N–1A, N–3, N–4, or N–
6 must, if applicable pursuant to
General Instruction C.3.(g) of Form N–
1A, General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form
N–3, General Instruction C.3.(h) of Form
N–4, or General Instruction C.3.(h) of
Form N–6, submit an Interactive Data
File (as defined in § 232.11 of this
chapter).
*
*
*
*
*
(k) Summary Prospectus filing
requirements. This paragraph (k), and
not the other provisions of § 230.497,
shall govern the filing of summary
prospectuses under § 230.498 and
§ 230.498A. Each definitive form of a
summary prospectus under § 230.498
and § 230.498A shall be filed with the
Commission no later than the date that
it is first used.
■ 8. Amend § 230.498 by revising
paragraph (c)(2) to read as follows:
§ 230.498 Summary Prospectuses for
open-end management investment
companies.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) The Summary Prospectus is not
bound together with any materials,
except that a Summary Prospectus for a
Fund that is available as an investment
option in a variable annuity or variable
life insurance contract may be bound
together with the Statutory Prospectus
for the contract (or a summary
prospectus for the contract provided
under § 230.498A) and Summary
Prospectuses and Statutory Prospectuses
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61836
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
for other investment options available in
the contract, provided that:
(i) All of the Funds to which the
Summary Prospectuses and Statutory
Prospectuses that are bound together
relate are available to the person to
whom such documents are sent or
given; and
(ii) A table of contents identifying
each Summary Prospectus, Statutory
Prospectus, and summary prospectus
under § 230.498A that is bound
together, and the page number on which
it is found, is included at the beginning
or immediately following a cover page
of the bound materials;
*
*
*
*
*
■ 9. Add § 230.498A to read as follows:
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 230.498A Summary Prospectuses for
separate accounts offering variable annuity
and variable life insurance contracts.
(a) Definitions. For purposes of this
section:
(1) Class means a class of a Contract
that varies principally with respect to
distribution-related fees and expenses.
(2) Contract means a Variable Annuity
Contract or a Variable Life Insurance
Contract as defined in paragraphs (a)(14)
and (a)(15) of this section, respectively.
(3) Depositor means the person
primarily responsible for the
organization of the Registrant and the
person, other than the trustee or
custodian, who has continuing
functions or responsibilities with
respect to the administration of the
affairs of the Registrant. ‘‘Depositor’’
includes the sponsoring insurance
company that establishes and maintains
the Registrant.
(4) Initial Summary Prospectus means
the initial summary prospectus
described in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(5) Investment Option means any
portfolio of investments in which a
Registrant on Form N–3 invests and
which may be selected as an option by
the investor.
(6) Portfolio Company means any
company in which a Registrant on Form
N–4 or Form N–6 invests and which
may be selected as an option by the
investor.
(7) Portfolio Company Prospectus
means the Statutory Prospectus of a
Portfolio Company and a summary
prospectus of a Portfolio Company
permitted by § 230.498 of this chapter.
(8) Prospectus Supplement means a
correction or update to a prospectus
filed with the Commission pursuant to
§ 230.497(e) of this chapter.
(9) Registrant means a separate
account (as defined in section 2(a)(14) of
the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(14))
that has an effective registration
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
statement on §§ 239.17a and 274.11b
(Form N–3), §§ 239.17b and 274.11c
(Form N–4), or §§ 239.17c and 274.11d
(Form N–6) and that has a current
prospectus that satisfies the
requirements of section 10(a) of the Act
(15 U.S.C. 77j(a)).
(10) Statement of Additional
Information means the statement of
additional information required by Part
B of Form N–1A, Form N–3, Form N–
4, or Form N–6.
(11) Statutory Prospectus means a
prospectus that satisfies the
requirements of section 10(a) of the Act
(15 U.S.C. 77j(a)).
(12) Summary Prospectus refers to
both the Initial Summary Prospectus
and the Updating Summary Prospectus.
(13) Updating Summary Prospectus
means the updating summary
prospectus described in paragraph (c) of
this section.
(14) Variable Annuity Contract means
any accumulation contract or annuity
contract, any portion thereof, or any
unit of interest or participation therein
pursuant to which the value of the
contract, either during an accumulation
period or after annuitization, or both,
may vary with the investment
performance of any separate account.
(15) Variable Life Insurance Contract
means a life insurance contract that
provides for death benefits and cash
values that may vary with the
investment performance of any separate
account.
(b) General Requirements for Initial
Summary Prospectus. An Initial
Summary Prospectus that complies with
this paragraph will be deemed to be a
prospectus that is authorized under
section 10(b) of the Act (15 U.S.C.
77j(b)) and section 24(g) of the
Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C.
80a–24(g)) for the purposes of section
5(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(1)).
(1) Scope of Initial Summary
Prospectus. An Initial Summary
Prospectus may only describe a single
Contract (but may describe more than
one Class of the Contract) currently
offered by the Registrant under the
Statutory Prospectus to which the Initial
Summary Prospectus relates.
(2) Cover Page or Beginning of Initial
Summary Prospectus. Include on the
front cover page or the beginning of the
Initial Summary Prospectus:
(i) The Depositor’s name.
(ii) The Registrant’s name.
(iii) The name of the Contract, and the
Class or Classes if any, to which the
Initial Summary Prospectus relates.
(iv) A statement identifying the
document as a ‘‘Summary Prospectus
for New Investors.’’
PO 00000
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(v) The approximate date of the first
use of the Initial Summary Prospectus.
(vi) The following legend:
This Summary Prospectus
summarizes key features of the [name of
Contract]. You should read this
Summary Prospectus carefully,
particularly the section titled Important
Information You Should Consider
About the [Contract].
Before you invest, you should review
the prospectus for the [name of
Contract], which contains more
information about the [Contract],
including its features, benefits, and
risks. You can find the prospectus and
other information about the [Contract]
online at [ll]. You can also obtain this
information at no cost by calling [ll]
or by sending an email request to [ll].
You may cancel your [Contract]
within 10 days of receiving it without
paying fees or penalties. In some states,
this cancellation period may be longer.
Upon cancellation, you will receive
either a full refund of the amount you
paid with your application or your total
contract value. You should review the
prospectus, or consult with your
investment professional, for additional
information about the specific
cancellation terms that apply.
Additional information about certain
investment products, including
[variable annuities/variable life
insurance contracts], has been prepared
by the Securities and Exchange
Commission’s staff and is available at
Investor.gov.
(A) A registrant may modify the
legend so long as the modified legend
contains comparable information.
(B) The legend must provide an
internet address, other than the address
of the Commission’s electronic filing
system; toll-free telephone number; and
email address that investors can use to
obtain the Statutory Prospectus and
other information, request other
information about the Contract, and to
make investor inquiries. The internet
website address must be specific enough
to lead investors directly to the
Statutory Prospectus and other materials
that are required to be accessible under
paragraph (h)(1) of this section, rather
than to the home page or other section
of the website on which the materials
are posted. The website could be a
central site with prominent links to each
document. The legend may indicate, if
applicable, that the Statutory Prospectus
and other information are available from
a financial intermediary (such as a
broker-dealer) through which the
Contract may be purchased or sold.
(C) If a Registrant incorporates any
information by reference into the
Summary Prospectus, the legend must
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
identify the type of document (e.g.,
Statutory Prospectus) from which the
information is incorporated and the date
of the document. If a Registrant
incorporates by reference a part of a
document, the legend must clearly
identify the part by page, paragraph,
caption, or otherwise. If information is
incorporated from a source other than
the Statutory Prospectus, the legend
must explain that the incorporated
information may be obtained, free of
charge, in the same manner as the
Statutory Prospectus.
(vii) The following legend that
indicates that the Securities and
Exchange Commission has not approved
or disapproved of the Contract or passed
upon the accuracy or adequacy of the
disclosure in the summary prospectus
and that any contrary representation is
a criminal offense. The legend may be
in one of the following or other clear
and concise language:
Example A to paragraph (b)(2)(vii):
The Securities and Exchange
Commission has not approved or
disapproved the [Contract] or passed
upon the adequacy of this summary
prospectus. Any representation to the
contrary is a criminal offense.
Example B to paragraph (b)(2)(vii):
The Securities and Exchange
Commission has not approved or
disapproved of the [Contract] or
determined if this summary prospectus
is truthful or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.
(3) Back Cover Page or Last Page of
Initial Summary Prospectus. Include on
the bottom of the back cover page or the
last page of the Initial Summary
Prospectus the EDGAR contract
identifier for the contract in type size
smaller than that generally used in the
prospectus (e.g., 8-point modern type).
(4) Table of Contents. An Initial
Summary Prospectus may include a
table of contents meeting the
requirements of § 230.481(c) of this
chapter.
(5) Contents of Initial Summary
Prospectus. An Initial Summary
Prospectus must contain the
information required by this paragraph
(b)(5) with respect to the applicable
registration form, and only the
information required by this paragraph
(b)(5), in the order provided below.
(i) Under the heading ‘‘Overview of
the [Variable Annuity/Life Insurance
Contract],’’ the information required by
Item 2 of Form N–3, Item 2 of Form N–
4, or Item 2 of Form N–6.
(ii) Under the heading ‘‘Important
Information You Should Consider
About the [Contract],’’ the information
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
required by Item 3 of Form N–3, Item 3
of Form N–4, or Item 3 of Form N–6.
(iii) Under the heading ‘‘Standard
Death Benefit,’’ the information required
by Item 11(a) of Form N–3, Item 10(a)
of Form N–4, or Item 10(a) of Form N–
6.
(iv) Under the heading ‘‘Other
Benefits Available Under the
[Contract],’’ the information required by
Item 12(a) of Form N–3, Item 11(a) of
Form N–4, or Item 11(a) of Form N–6.
(v) Under the heading ‘‘Buying the
[Contract],’’ the information required by
Item 13(a) of Form N–3, Item 12(a) of
Form N–4, or Items 9(a) through 9(e) of
Form N–6.
(vi) Under the heading ‘‘How Your
[Contract] Can Lapse,’’ the information
required by Item 14 of Form N–6.
(vii) Under the heading ‘‘Surrendering
Your [Contract] or Making Withdrawals:
Accessing the Money in Your
[Contract],’’ the information required by
Item 14(a) of Form N–3, Item 13(a) of
Form N–4, or Item 12(a) of Form N–6.
(viii) Under the heading ‘‘Additional
Information About Fees,’’ the
information required by Item 4 of Form
N–3, Item 4 of Form N–4, or Item 4 of
Form N–6.
(ix) Under the heading ‘‘Appendix:
[Portfolio Companies] Available Under
the [Contract],’’ include as an appendix
the information required by Item 19 of
Form N–3, Item 18 of Form N–4, or Item
18 of Form N–6. If the appendix
includes the information required by
Item 19 of Form N–3, the appendix shall
also include the following introductory
legend: ‘‘The following is a list of
[Investment Options] currently available
under the [Contract], which is subject to
change as discussed in [the Statutory
Prospectus for the Contract]. More
information about the [Investment
Options] is available in [the Statutory
Prospectus for the Contract], which can
be requested at no cost by following the
instructions on [the front cover page or
beginning of the Summary Prospectus].’’
This introductory legend also may
indicate, if applicable, that the
prospectus and other information are
available from a financial intermediary
(such as an insurance sales agent or
broker-dealer) through which the
Contract may be purchased or sold.
Alternatively, an Initial Summary
Prospectus for a Contract registered on
Form N–3 may include the information
required by Item 20 of Form N–3 under
the heading ‘‘Additional Information
About Investment Options Available
Under the Contract.’’
(c) General Requirements for
Updating Summary Prospectus. An
Updating Summary Prospectus that
complies with this paragraph (c) will be
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61837
deemed to be a prospectus that is
authorized under section 10(b) of the
Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(b)) and section 24(g)
of the Investment Company Act (15
U.S.C. 80a–24(g)) for the purposes of
section 5(b)(1) of the Act (15 U.S.C.
77e(b)(1)).
(1) Use of Updating Summary
Prospectus. A Registrant may only use
an Updating Summary Prospectus if the
Registrant uses an Initial Summary
Prospectus for each currently offered
Contract described under the Statutory
Prospectus to which the Updating
Summary Prospectus relates.
(2) Scope of Updating Summary
Prospectus. An Updating Summary
Prospectus may describe one or more
Contracts (and more than one Class)
described under the Statutory
Prospectus to which the Updating
Summary Prospectus relates.
(3) Cover Page or Beginning of
Updating Summary Prospectus. Include
on the front cover page or at the
beginning of the Updating Summary
Prospectus:
(i) The Depositor’s name.
(ii) The Registrant’s name.
(iii) The name of the Contract(s) and
the Class or Classes, if any, to which the
Updating Summary Prospectus relates.
(iv) A statement identifying the
document as an ‘‘Updating Summary
Prospectus.’’
(v) The approximate date of the first
use of the Updating Summary
Prospectus.
(vi) The following legend, which must
meet the requirements of paragraphs
(b)(2)(vi)(A) through (C) of this section:
You should read this Summary
Prospectus carefully, particularly the
section titled Important Information
You Should Consider About the
[Contract].
An updated prospectus for the
[Contract] is currently available online,
which contains more information about
the [Contract], including its features,
benefits, and risks. You can find the
prospectus and other information about
the [Contract] online at [ll]. You can
also obtain this information at no cost
by calling [ll] or by sending an email
request to [ll].
Additional information about certain
investment products, including
[variable annuities/variable life
insurance contracts], has been prepared
by the Securities and Exchange
Commission’s staff and is available at
Investor.gov.
(vii) The legend required by
paragraph (b)(2)(vii) of this section.
(4) Back Cover Page or Last Page of
Updating Summary Prospectus. Include
on the bottom of the back cover page or
the last page of the Updating Summary
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61838
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Prospectus the EDGAR contract
identifier(s) for each contract in type
size smaller than that generally used in
the prospectus (e.g., 8-point modern
type).
(5) Table of Contents. An Updating
Summary Prospectus may include a
table of contents meeting the
requirements of § 230.481(c) of this
chapter.
(6) Contents of Updating Summary
Prospectus.
An Updating Summary Prospectus
must contain the information required
by this paragraph (c)(6) with respect to
the applicable registration form, in the
order provided below.
(i) If any changes have been made
with respect to the Contract after the
Registrant has sent or given its most
recent Updating Summary Prospectus or
Statutory Prospectus with respect to the
availability of Investment Options (for
Registrants on Form N–3) or Portfolio
Companies (for Registrants on Forms N–
4 and N–6) under the Contract, or the
disclosure that the Registrant included
in response to Item 4 (Fee Table), Item
11 (Standard Death Benefit), or Item 12
(Other Benefits Available Under the
Contract) of Form N–3 ; Item 4 (Fee
Table), Item 10 (Standard Death
Benefit), or Item 11 (Other Benefits
Available Under the Contract) of Form
N–4; and Item 4 (Fee Table), Item 10
(Standard Death Benefit), or Item 11
(Other Benefits Available Under the
Contract) of Form N–6, include the
following as applicable, under the
heading ‘‘Updated Information About
Your [Contract]’’:
(A) The following legend: ‘‘The
information in this [Updating Summary
Prospectus] is a summary of certain
[Contract] features that have changed
since the [Updating Summary
Prospectus] dated [date]. This may not
reflect all of the changes that have
occurred since you entered into your
Contract.’’
(B) As applicable, provide a concise
description of each change specified in
paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section.
Provide enough detail to allow investors
to understand the change and how it
will affect investors.
(ii) In addition to the changes
specified in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this
section, a Registrant may provide a
concise description of any other change
with respect to the Contract within the
time period that paragraph (c)(6)(i) of
this section specifies, under the same
heading that paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this
section specifies. Any additional
information included pursuant to this
paragraph should not, by its nature,
quantity, or manner of presentation,
obscure or impede understanding of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
information that paragraph (c)(6)(i) of
this section requires.
(iii) Under the heading ‘‘Important
Information You Should Consider
About the [Contract],’’ provide the
information required by Item 3 of Form
N–3, Item 3 of Form N–4, or Item 3 of
Form N–6.
(iv) Under the heading ‘‘Appendix:
[Portfolio Companies/Investment
Options] Available Under the
[Contract],’’ include as an appendix the
information required by Item 19 of Form
N–3, Item 18 of Form N–4, or Item 18
of Form N–6. If the appendix includes
the information required by Item 19 of
Form N–3, the appendix shall also
include the following introductory
legend: ‘‘The following is a list of
[Investment Options] currently available
under the [Contract], which is subject to
change as discussed in [the Statutory
Prospectus for the Contract]. More
information about the [Investment
Options] is available in [the Statutory
Prospectus for the Contract], which can
be requested at no cost by following the
instructions on [the front cover page or
beginning of the Summary Prospectus].’’
This introductory legend also may
indicate, if applicable, that the
prospectus and other information are
available from a financial intermediary
(such as an insurance sales agent or
broker-dealer) through which the
Contract may be purchased or sold.
Alternatively, an Updating Summary
Prospectus for a Contract registered on
Form N–3 may include, under the
heading ‘‘Additional Information About
Investment Options Available Under the
Contract,’’ the information required by
Item 20 of Form N–3.
(d) Incorporation by Reference into a
Summary Prospectus. (1) Except as
provided by paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, information may not be
incorporated by reference into a
Summary Prospectus. Information that
is incorporated by reference into a
Summary Prospectus in accordance
with paragraph (d)(2) of this section
need not be sent or given with the
Summary Prospectus.
(2) A Registrant may incorporate by
reference into a Summary Prospectus
any or all of the information contained
in the Registrant’s Statutory Prospectus
and Statement of Additional
Information, and any information from
the Registrant’s reports under § 270.30e–
1 (Rule 30e–1) that the Registrant has
incorporated by reference into the
Registrant’s Statutory Prospectus,
provided that:
(i) The conditions of paragraphs
(b)(2)(vi)(B), (c)(3)(vi), and (h) of this
section are met;
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(ii) A Registrant may not incorporate
by reference into a Summary Prospectus
information that paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section require to be included in
an Initial Summary Prospectus or
Updating Summary Prospectus,
respectively; and
(iii) Information that is permitted to
be incorporated by reference into the
Summary Prospectus may be
incorporated by reference into the
Summary Prospectus only by reference
to the specific document that contains
the information, not by reference to
another document that incorporates
such information by reference.
(3) For purposes of § 230.159 of this
chapter, information is conveyed to a
person not later than the time that a
Summary Prospectus is received by the
person if the information is
incorporated by reference into the
Summary Prospectus in accordance
with paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
(e) Definitions. Define special terms
used in the Initial Summary Prospectus
and Updating Summary Prospectus
using any presentation style that clearly
conveys their meaning to investors.
(f) Transfer of the Contract Security.
Any obligation under section 5(b)(2) of
the Act (15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(2)) to have a
Statutory Prospectus precede or
accompany the carrying or delivery of a
Contract security in an offering
registered on Form N–3, Form N–4, or
Form N–6 is satisfied if:
(1) A Summary Prospectus is sent or
given no later than the time of the
carrying or delivery of the Contract
security (an Initial Summary Prospectus
in the case of a purchase of a new
Contract, or an Updating Summary
Prospectus in the case of additional
purchase payments in an existing
Contract);
(2) The Summary Prospectus is not
bound together with any materials
except Portfolio Company Prospectuses
for Portfolio Companies available as
investment options under the Contract,
provided that:
(i) All of the Portfolio Companies are
available as investment options to the
person to whom such documents are
sent or given; and
(ii) A table of contents identifying
each Portfolio Company Prospectus that
is bound together, and the page number
on which each document is found, is
included at the beginning or
immediately following a cover page of
the bound materials.
(3) The Summary Prospectus that is
sent or given satisfies the requirements
of paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this
section, as applicable, at the time of the
carrying or delivery of the Contract
security; and
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(4) The conditions set forth in
paragraph (h) of this section are
satisfied.
(g) Sending Communications. A
communication relating to an offering
registered on Form N–3, Form N–4, or
Form N–6 sent or given after the
effective date of a Contract’s registration
statement (other than a prospectus
permitted or required under section 10
of the Act) shall not be deemed a
prospectus under section 2(a)(10) of the
Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(10)) if:
(1) It is proved that prior to or at the
same time with such communication a
Summary Prospectus was sent or given
to the person to whom the
communication was made;
(2) The Summary Prospectus is not
bound together with any materials,
except as permitted by paragraph (f)(2)
of this section;
(3) The Summary Prospectus that was
sent or given satisfies the requirements
of paragraph (b) or paragraph (c) of this
section, as applicable, at the time of
such communication; and
(4) The conditions set forth in
paragraph (h) of this section are
satisfied.
(h) Availability of the Statutory
Prospectus and Certain Other
Documents.
(1) The current Initial Summary
Prospectus, Updating Summary
Prospectus, Statutory Prospectus,
Statement of Additional Information,
and in the case of a Registrant on Form
N–3, the Registrant’s most recent annual
and semi-annual reports to shareholders
under § 270.30e–1, are publicly
accessible, free of charge, at the website
address specified on the cover page or
beginning of the Summary Prospectuses,
on or before the time that the Summary
Prospectuses are sent or given and
current versions of those documents
remain on the website through the date
that is at least 90 days after:
(i) In the case of reliance on paragraph
(f) of this section, the date that the
Contract security is carried or delivered;
or
(ii) In the case of reliance on
paragraph (g) of this section, the date
that the communication is sent or given.
(2) The materials that are accessible in
accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this
section must be presented on the
website in a format, or formats, that:
(i) Are human-readable and capable of
being printed on paper in humanreadable format;
(ii) Permit persons accessing the
Statutory Prospectus or Statement of
Additional Information for the Contract
to move directly back and forth between
each section heading in a table of
contents of such document and the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
section of the document referenced in
that section heading; provided that, in
the case of the Statutory Prospectus, the
table of contents is either required by
§ 230.481(c) of this chapter or contains
the same section headings as the table
of contents required by § 230.481(c) of
this chapter; and
(iii) Permit persons accessing a
Summary Prospectus to move directly
back and forth between:
(A) Each section of the Summary
Prospectus and any section of the
Statutory Prospectus and Contract
Statement of Additional Information
that provides additional detail
concerning that section of the Summary
Prospectus; or
(B) Links located at both the
beginning and end of the Summary
Prospectus, or that remain continuously
visible to persons accessing the
Summary Prospectus, and tables of
contents of both the Statutory
Prospectus and the Contract Statement
of Additional Information that meet the
requirements of paragraph (h)(2)(ii) of
this section.
(iv) Permit persons accessing the
Summary Prospectus to view the
definition of each special term used in
the Summary Prospectus (as required by
paragraph (e) of this section) upon
command (e.g., by moving or
‘‘hovering’’ the computer’s pointer or
mouse over the term, or selecting the
term on a mobile device); or permits
persons accessing the Contract
Summary Prospectus to move directly
back and forth between each special
term and the corresponding entry in any
glossary or list of definitions in the
Contract Summary Prospectus (as
described in paragraph (e) of this
section).
(3) Persons accessing the materials
specified in paragraph (h)(1) of this
section must be able to permanently
retain, free of charge, an electronic
version of such materials in a format, or
formats, that meet each of the
requirements of paragraphs (h)(2)(i) and
(ii) of this section.
(4) The conditions set forth in
paragraphs (h)(1), (h)(2), and (h)(3) of
this section shall be deemed to be met,
notwithstanding the fact that the
materials specified in paragraph (h)(1)
of this section are not available for a
time in the manner required by
paragraphs (h)(1), (h)(2), and (h)(3) of
this section, provided that:
(i) The Registrant has reasonable
procedures in place to ensure that the
specified materials are available in the
manner required by paragraphs (h)(1),
(h)(2), and (h)(3) of this section; and
(ii) The Registrant takes prompt action
to ensure that the specified documents
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61839
become available in the manner
required by paragraphs (h)(1), (h)(2),
and (h)(3) of this section, as soon as
practicable following the earlier of the
time at which it knows or reasonably
should have known that the documents
are not available in the manner required
by paragraphs (h)(1), (h)(2), and (h)(3) of
this section.
(i) Other Requirements—(1) Delivery
Upon Request. If paragraph (f) or (g) of
this section is relied on with respect to
a Contract, the Registrant (or a financial
intermediary through which the
Contract may be purchased) must send,
at no cost to the requestor and by U.S.
first class mail or other reasonably
prompt means, a paper copy of the
Contract Statutory Prospectus, Contract
Statement of Additional Information,
and in the case of a Registrant on Form
N–3, the Registrant’s most recent annual
and semi-annual reports to shareholders
under § 270.30e–1, to any person
requesting such a copy within three
business days after receiving a request
for a paper copy. If paragraph (f) or (g)
of this section is relied on with respect
to a Contract, the Registrant (or a
financial intermediary through which
Contract may be purchased) must send,
at no cost to the requestor, and by email,
an electronic copy of any of the
documents listed in this paragraph (i)(1)
to any person requesting a copy of such
document within three business days
after receiving a request for an
electronic copy. The requirement to
send an electronic copy of a document
may be satisfied by sending a direct link
to the online document; provided that a
current version of the document is
directly accessible through the link from
the time that the email is sent through
the date that is six months after the date
that the email is sent and the email
explains both how long the link will
remain useable and that, if the recipient
desires to retain a copy of the document,
he or she should access and save the
document.
(2) Greater Prominence. If paragraph
(f) or (g) of this section is relied on with
respect to a Contract, the Summary
Prospectus shall be given greater
prominence than any materials that
accompany the Summary Prospectus.
(3) Convenient for Reading and
Printing. If paragraph (f) or (g) of this
section is relied on with respect to a
Contract:
(i) The materials that are accessible in
accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this
section must be presented on the
website in a format, or formats, that are
convenient for both reading online and
printing on paper; and
(ii) Persons accessing the materials
that are accessible in accordance with
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61840
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
paragraph (h)(1) of this section must be
able to permanently retain, free of
charge, an electronic version of such
materials in a format, or formats, that
are convenient for both reading online
and printing on paper.
(4) Website Addresses and CrossReferences. Any website address or
cross-reference that is included in an
electronic version of the Summary
Prospectus must be an active hyperlink.
This requirement does not apply to
electronic versions of a Summary
Prospectus that are filed on the EDGAR
system. Rule 105 of Regulation S–T
(§ 232.105 of this chapter) prohibits
hyperlinking to websites, locations, or
other documents that are outside of the
EDGAR system.
(5) Compliance with paragraph (i) not
a condition to reliance on paragraphs (f)
or (g). Compliance with this paragraph
(i) of this section is not a condition to
the ability to rely on paragraph (f) or (g)
of this section with respect to a
Contract, and failure to comply with
paragraph (i) does not negate the ability
to rely on paragraph (f) or (g) of this
section.
(j) Portfolio Company Prospectuses.
(1) Delivery. Any obligation under
section 5(b)(2) of the Act to deliver a
Statutory Prospectus for a Portfolio
Company available as an investment
option under a Contract is satisfied if:
(i) An Initial Summary Prospectus is
used for each currently offered Contract
described under the related registration
statement;
(ii) A summary prospectus is used for
the Portfolio Company (if the Portfolio
Company is registered on Form N–1A);
and
(iii) The current summary prospectus,
Statutory Prospectus, Statement of
Additional Information, and most recent
annual and semi-annual reports to
shareholders under § 270.30e–1 of this
chapter for the Portfolio Company are
publicly accessible, free of charge, at the
website address specified on the cover
page or beginning of the Contract
Summary Prospectuses, and are
accessible under the conditions set forth
in paragraphs (h)(1), (h)(2)(i) and (ii),
(h)(3), and (h)(4) of this section, and
paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(3) of this
section, with respect to the availability
of documents relating to the Contract.
(2) Communications. Any
communication relating to a Portfolio
Company (other than a prospectus
permitted or required under section 10
of the Act) shall not be deemed a
prospectus under section 2(a)(10) of the
Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(10)) if the
conditions set forth in paragraph (j)(1) of
this section are satisfied.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PART 232—REGULATION S–T—
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
FOR ELECTRONIC FILINGS
10. The authority citation for part 232
continues to read in part as follows:
■
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77c, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j,
77s(a), 77z–3, 77sss(a), 78c(b), 78l, 78m, 78n,
78o(d), 78w(a), 78ll, 80a–6(c), 80a–8, 80a–29,
80a–30, 80a–37, 7201 et seq., and 18 U.S.C.
1350, unless otherwise noted.
*
*
*
*
*
11. Amend § 232.11 by revising the
definition of ‘‘Related Official Filing’’ to
read as follows:
■
§ 232.11
232.
Definition of terms used in part
*
*
*
*
*
Related Official Filing. The term
Related Official Filing means the ASCII
or HTML format part of the official
filing with which all or part of an
Interactive Data File appears as an
exhibit or, in the case of a filing on
§§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this chapter
(Form N–1A), General Instruction
C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17a and 274.11b of this
chapter (Form N–3), General Instruction
C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17b and 274.11c of this
chapter (Form N–4), and General
Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17c and
274.11d of this chapter (Form N–6), the
ASCII or HTML format part of an official
filing that contains the information to
which an Interactive Data File
corresponds.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 12. Amend § 232.405 by revising the
introductory text, paragraphs (a)(2),
(a)(3)(i) introductory text, (a)(3)(ii),
(a)(4), (b)(1) introductory text, (b)(2),
(f)(1)(i) introductory text and the Note to
§ 232.405 to read as follows:
§ 232.405 Interactive Data File
submissions.
This section applies to electronic
filers that submit Interactive Data Files.
Section 229.601(b)(101) of this chapter
(Item 601(b)(101) of Regulation S–K),
paragraph (101) of Part II—Information
Not Required to be Delivered to Offerees
or Purchasers of § 239.40 of this chapter)
(Form F–10), paragraph 101 of the
Instructions as to Exhibits of § 249.220f
of this chapter (Form F–20), paragraph
B.(15) of the General Instructions to
§ 249.240f of this chapter (Form 40–F),
paragraph C.(6) of the General
Instructions to § 249.306 of this chapter
(Form 6–K), General Instruction C.3.(g)
of §§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this
chapter (Form N–1A), General
Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17a and
274.11b of this chapter (Form N–3),
General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17b
and 274.11c of this chapter (Form N–4),
and General Instruction C.3.(h) of
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter
(Form N–6) specify when electronic
filers are required or permitted to
submit an Interactive Data File (as
defined in § 232.11), as further
described in the note to this section.
This section imposes content, format
and submission requirements for an
Interactive Data File, but does not
change the substantive content
requirements for the financial and other
disclosures in the Related Official Filing
(as defined in § 232.11).
(a) * * *
(2) Be submitted only by an electronic
filer either required or permitted to
submit an Interactive Data File as
specified by § 229.601(b)(101) of this
chapter (Item 601(b)(101) of Regulation
S–K), paragraph (101) of Part II—
Information Not Required to be
Delivered to Offerees or Purchasers of
§ 239.40 of this chapter (Form F–10),
paragraph 101 of the Instructions as to
Exhibits of § 249.220f of this chapter
(Form 20–F), paragraph B.(15) of the
General Instructions to § 249.240f of this
chapter (Form 40–F), paragraph C.(6) of
the General Instructions to § 249.306 of
this chapter (Form 6–K), General
Instruction C.3.(g) of §§ 239.15A and
274.11A of this chapter (Form N–1A),
General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17a
and 274.11b of this chapter (Form N–3),
General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17b
and 274.11c of this chapter (Form N–4),
or General Instruction C.3.(h) of
§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter
(Form N–6), as applicable;
(3) * * *
(i) If the electronic filer is neither an
open-end management investment
company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80a et seq.) nor a separate
account (as defined in Section 2(a)(14)
of the Securities Act) (15 U.S.C.
77b(a)(14)) registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80a et seq.), and is not within one
of the categories specified in paragraph
(f)(1)(i) of this section, as partly
embedded into a filing with the
remainder simultaneously submitted as
an exhibit to:
*
*
*
*
*
(ii) If the electronic filer is either an
open-end management investment
company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80a et seq.) or a separate account
(as defined in Section 2(a)(14) of the
Securities Act) registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80a et seq.), and is not within one
of the categories specified in paragraph
(f)(1)(ii) of this section, as partly
embedded into a filing with the
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
remainder simultaneously submitted as
an exhibit to a filing that contains the
disclosure this section requires to be
tagged;
(4) Be submitted in accordance with
the EDGAR Filer Manual and, as
applicable, either § 229.601(b)(101) of
this chapter (Item 601(b)(101) of
Regulation S–K), paragraph (101) of Part
II—Information Not Required to be
Delivered to Offerees or Purchasers of
§ 239.40 of this chapter (Form F–10),
paragraph 101 of the Instructions as to
Exhibits of § 249.220f of this chapter
(Form 20–F), paragraph B.(15) of the
General Instructions to § 249.240f of this
chapter (Form 40–F), paragraph C.(6) of
the General Instructions to § 249.306 of
this chapter (Form 6–K), General
Instruction C.3.(g) of §§ 239.15A and
274.11A of this chapter (Form N–1A),
General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17a
and 274.11b of this chapter (Form N–3),
General Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17b
and 274.11c of this chapter (Form N–4),
or General Instruction C.3.(h) of
§§ 239.17c and 274.11d of this chapter
(Form N–6).
(b)(1) If the electronic filer is neither
an open-end management investment
company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 nor a
separate account (as defined in Section
2(a)(14) of the Securities Act) registered
under the Investment Company Act of
1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a et seq.), an
Interactive Data File must consist of
only a complete set of information for
all periods required to be presented in
the corresponding data in the Related
Official Filing, no more and no less,
from all of the following categories:
*
*
*
*
*
(2) If the electronic filer is an openend management investment company
registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940) or a separate
account (as defined in Section 2(a)(14)
of the Securities Act) registered under
the Investment Company Act of 1940
(15 U.S.C. 80a et seq.), an Interactive
Data File must consist of only a
complete set of information for all
periods required to be presented in the
corresponding data in the Related
Official Filing, no more and no less,
from the risk/return summary
information set forth in (i) Items 2, 3,
and 4 of §§ 239.15A and 274.11A of this
chapter (Form N–1A), (ii) Items 3, 4, 5,
12, 19 and 20 of §§ 239.17a and 274.11b
of this chapter (Form N–3), (iii) Items 3,
4, 5, 11 and 18 of §§ 239.17b and
274.11c of this chapter (Form N–4), or
(iv) Items 3, 4, 5, 11 and 18 §§ 239.17c
and 274.11d of this chapter (Form N–6)
as applicable.
*
*
*
*
*
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(f) * * * (1) * * *
(i) In the manner specified in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section rather
than as specified by paragraph (a)(3)(i)
of this section: Any electronic filer that
is neither an open-end management
investment company registered under
the Investment Company Act of 1940
(15 U.S.C. 80a et seq.) nor a separate
account (as defined in Section 2(a)(14)
of the Securities Act) registered under
the Investment Company Act of 1940
(15 U.S.C. 80a et seq.), if it is within one
of the following categories, provided,
however, that an Interactive Data File
first is required to be submitted in the
manner specified by paragraph (a)(3)(i)
of this section for a periodic report on
§ 249.308a of this chapter (Form 10–Q)
if the filer reports on Form 10–Q:
*
*
*
*
*
Note to § 232.405: Section 229.601(b)(101)
of this chapter (Item 601(b)(101) of
Regulation S–K) specifies the circumstances
under which an Interactive Data File must be
submitted and the circumstances under
which it is permitted to be submitted, with
respect to § 239.11 of this chapter (Form S–
1), § 239.13 of this chapter (Form S–3),
§ 239.25 of this chapter (Form S–4), § 239.18
of this chapter (Form S–11), § 239.31 of this
chapter (Form F–1), § 239.33 of this chapter
(Form F–3), § 239.34 of this chapter (Form F–
4), § 249.310 of this chapter (Form 10–K),
§ 249.308a of this chapter (Form 10–Q), and
§ 249.308 of this chapter (Form 8–K).
Paragraph (101) of Part II—Information not
Required to be Delivered to Offerees or
Purchasers of § 239.40 of this chapter (Form
F–10) specifies the circumstances under
which an Interactive Data File must be
submitted and the circumstances under
which it is permitted to be submitted, with
respect to Form F–10. Paragraph 101 of the
Instructions as to Exhibits of § 249.220f of
this chapter (Form 20–F) specifies the
circumstances under which an Interactive
Data File must be submitted and the
circumstances under which it is permitted to
be submitted, with respect to Form 20–F.
Paragraph B.(15) of the General Instructions
to § 249.240f of this chapter (Form 40–F) and
Paragraph C.(6) of the General Instructions to
§ 249.306 of this chapter (Form 6–K) specify
the circumstances under which an Interactive
Data File must be submitted and the
circumstances under which it is permitted to
be submitted, with respect to § 249.240f of
this chapter (Form 40–F) and § 249.306 of
this chapter (Form 6–K). Section
229.601(b)(101) (Item 601(b)(101) of
Regulation S–K), paragraph (101) of Part II—
Information not Required to be Delivered to
Offerees or Purchasers of Form F–10,
paragraph 101 of the Instructions as to
Exhibits of Form 20–F, paragraph B.(15) of
the General Instructions to Form 40–F, and
paragraph C.(6) of the General Instructions to
Form 6–K all prohibit submission of an
Interactive Data File by an issuer that
prepares its financial statements in
accordance with 17 CFR 210.6–01 through
210.6–10 (Article 6 of Regulation S–X). For
PO 00000
Frm 00113
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61841
an issuer that is an open-end management
investment company or separate account
registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a et seq.), General
Instruction C.3.(g) §§ 239.15A and 274.11A of
this chapter (Form N–1A), General
Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17a and 274.11b
of this chapter (Form N–3), General
Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17b and 274.11c
of this chapter (Form N–4), or General
Instruction C.3.(h) of §§ 239.17c and 274.11d
of this chapter (Form N–6), as applicable,
specifies the circumstances under which an
Interactive Data File must be submitted.
PART 240—GENERAL RULES AND
REGULATIONS, SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
13. The authority citation for part 240
continues to read in part as follows:
■
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77c, 77d, 77g, 77j,
77s, 77z–2, 77z–3, 77eee, 77ggg, 77nnn,
77sss, 77ttt, 78c, 78c–3, 78c–5, 78d, 78e, 78f,
78g, 78i, 78j, 78j–1, 78k, 78k–1, 78l, 78m,
78n, 78n–1, 78o, 78o–4, 78o–10, 78p, 78q,
78q–1, 78s, 78u–5, 78w, 78x, 78ll, 78mm,
80a–20, 80a–23, 80a–29, 80a–37, 80b–3, 80b–
4, 80b–11, 7201 et seq.; and 8302; 7 U.S.C.
2(c)(2)(E); 12 U.S.C. 5221(e)(3); 18 U.S.C.
1350; and Pub. L. 111–203, 939A, 124 Stat.
1887 (2010); and secs. 503 and 602, Pub. L.
112–106, 126 Stat. 326 (2012), unless
otherwise noted.
*
*
*
*
*
14. Amend § 240.14a–16 by revising
paragraph (f)(2)(iii) to read as follows:
■
§ 240.14a–16
materials.
internet availability of proxy
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(2) * * *
(iii) In the case of an investment
company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the
company’s prospectus, a summary
prospectus that satisfies the
requirements of § 230.498(b),
§ 230.498A(b), or § 230.498A(c) of this
chapter, a Notice under § 270.30e–3 of
this chapter, or a report that is required
to be transmitted to stockholders by
section 30(e) of the Investment
Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a–29(e)) and
the rules thereunder; and
*
*
*
*
*
PART 270—RULES AND
REGULATIONS, INVESTMENT
COMPANY ACT OF 1940
15. The general authority citation for
part 270 continues to read, and sectional
authority for § 270.6e–3 is added to
read, as follows:
■
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq., 80a–
34(d), 80a–37, 80a–39, and Pub. L. 111–203,
sec. 939A, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010), unless
otherwise noted.
*
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
*
*
30NOP2
*
*
61842
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Section 270.6e–3 is also issued under 15
U.S.C. 80a–5(e).
*
*
*
*
*
16. Amend § 270.0–1 by revising
paragraph (e) introductory text and
paragraph (e)(2) to read as follows:
■
§ 270.0–1
part.
Definition of terms used in this
*
*
*
*
*
(e) Definition of separate account and
conditions for availability of exemption
under §§ 270.6c–6, 270.6c–7, 270.6c–8,
270.11a–2, 270.14a–2, 270.15a–3,
270.16a–1, 270.22c–1, 270.22d–3,
270.22e–1, 270.26a–1, 270.27i–1, and
270.32a–2 of this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) As conditions to the availability of
exemptive Rules 6c–6, 6c–7, 6c–8, 11a–
2, 14a–2, 15a–3, 16a–1, 22c–1, 22d–3,
22e–1, 26a–1, 27i–1, and 32a–2, the
separate account shall be legally
segregated, the assets of the separate
account shall, at the time during the
year that adjustments in the reserves are
made, have a value at least equal to the
reserves and other contract liabilities
with respect to such account, and at all
other times, shall have a value
approximately equal to or in excess of
such reserves and liabilities; and that
portion of such assets having a value
equal to, or approximately equal to,
such reserves and contract liabilities
shall not be chargeable with liabilities
arising out of any other business which
the insurance company may conduct.
■ 17. Amend § 270.6c–7 by revising the
introductory text to read as follows:
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 270.6c–7 Exemptions from certain
provisions of sections 22(e) and 27 for
registered separate accounts offering
variable annuity contracts to participants in
the Texas Optional Retirement Program.
A registered separate account, and
any depositor of or underwriter for such
account, shall be exempt from the
provisions of sections 22(e), 27(i)(2)(A),
and 27(d) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a–
22(e), 80a–27(i)(2)(A), and 80a–27(d),
respectively) with respect to any
variable annuity contract participating
in such account to the extent necessary
to permit compliance with the Texas
Optional Retirement Program
(‘‘Program’’), Provided, That the
separate, account, depositor, or
underwriter for such account:
*
*
*
*
*
■ 18. Amend § 270.6c–8 by revising
paragraphs (b) and (c) to read as follows:
§ 270.6c–8 Exemptions for registered
separate accounts to impose a deferred
sales load and to deduct certain
administrative charges.
*
*
*
VerDate Sep<11>2014
*
*
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(b) A registered separate account, and
any depositor of or principal
underwriter for such account, shall be
exempt from the provisions of Sections
22(c) and 27(i)(2)(A) of the Act (15
U.S.C. 80a–22(c) and 80a–27(i)(2)(A),
respectively) and § 270.22c–1 (Rule
22c–1) to the extent necessary to permit
them to impose a deferred sales load on
any variable annuity contract
participating in such account; provided
that the terms of any offer to exchange
another contract for the contract are in
compliance with the requirements of
paragraph (d) or (e) of § 270.11a–2 (Rule
11a–2).
(c) A registered separate account, and
any depositor of or principal
underwriter for such account, shall be
exempt from Sections 22(c) and
27(i)(2)(A) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a–
22(c) and 80a–27(i)(2)(A), respectively)
and § 270.22c–1 (Rule 22c–1) to the
extent necessary to permit them to
deduct from the value of any variable
annuity contract participating in such
account, upon total redemption of the
contract prior to the last day of the year,
the full annual fee for administrative
services that otherwise would have been
deducted on that date.
■ 19. Revise § 270.6e–2 to read as
follows:
§ 270.6e–2 Exemptions for certain variable
life insurance separate accounts.
(a) A separate account, and the
investment adviser, principal
underwriter and depositor of such
separate account, shall, except for the
exemptions provided in paragraph (b) of
this section, be subject to all provisions
of the Act and rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder as though such
separate account were a registered
investment company issuing periodic
payment plan certificates if:
(1) Such separate account is
established and maintained by a life
insurance company pursuant to the
insurance laws or code of:
(i) Any state or territory of the United
States or the District of Columbia; or
(ii) Canada or any province thereof, if
it complies to the extent necessary with
§ 270.7d–1 (Rule 7d–1) under the Act;
(2) The assets of the separate account
are derived solely from the sale of
variable life insurance contracts as
defined in paragraph (c) of this section,
and advances made by the life insurance
company which established and
maintains the separate account (‘‘life
insurer’’) in connection with the
operation of such separate account;
(3) The separate account is not used
for variable annuity contracts or for
funds corresponding to dividend
accumulations or other contract
PO 00000
Frm 00114
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
liabilities not involving life
contingencies;
(4) The income, gains and losses,
whether or not realized, from assets
allocated to such separate account, are,
in accordance with the applicable
variable life insurance contract, credited
to or charged against such account
without regard to other income, gains or
losses of the life insurer;
(5) The separate account is legally
segregated, and that portion of its assets
having a value equal to, or
approximately equal to, the reserves and
other contract liabilities with respect to
such separate account are not
chargeable with liabilities arising out of
any other business that the life insurer
may conduct;
(6) The assets of the separate account
have, at each time during the year that
adjustments in the reserves are made, a
value at least equal to the reserves and
other contract liabilities with respect to
such separate account, and at all other
times, except pursuant to an order of the
Commission, have a value
approximately equal to or in excess of
such reserves and liabilities; and
(7) The investment adviser of the
separate account is registered under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
(b) If a separate account meets the
requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section, then such separate account and
the other persons described in
paragraph (a) of this section shall be
exempt from the provisions of the Act
as follows:
(1) Section 7 (15 U.S.C. 80a–7);
(2) Section 8 (15 U.S.C. 80a–8) to the
extent that:
(i) For purposes of paragraph (a) of
Section 8, the separate account shall file
with the Commission a notification on
§ 274.301 (Form N–6EI–1) which
identifies such separate account; and
(ii) For purposes of paragraph (b) of
Section 8, the separate account shall file
with the Commission a form to be
designated by the Commission within
90 days after filing the notification on
Form N–6EI–1; provided, however, that
if the fiscal year of the separate account
ends within this 90 day period the form
may be filed within ninety days after the
end of such fiscal year.
(3) Section 9 (15 U.S.C. 80a–9) to the
extent that:
(i) The eligibility restrictions of
Section 9(a) shall not be applicable to
those persons who are officers, directors
and employees of the life insurer or its
affiliates who do not participate directly
in the management or administration of
the separate account or in the sale of
variable life insurance contracts funded
by such separate account; and
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(ii) A life insurer shall be ineligible
pursuant to paragraph (3) of Section 9(a)
to serve as investment adviser, depositor
of or principal underwriter for a variable
life insurance separate account only if
an affiliated person of such life insurer,
ineligible by reason of paragraph (1) or
(2) of Section 9(a), participates directly
in the management or administration of
the separate account or in the sale of
variable life insurance contracts funded
by such separate account.
(4) Section 13(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a–13(a))
to the extent that:
(i) An insurance regulatory authority
may require pursuant to insurance law
or regulation that the separate account
make (or refrain from making) certain
investments which would result in
changes in the subclassification or
investment policies of the separate
account;
(ii) Changes in the investment policy
of the separate account initiated by
contractholders or the board of directors
of the separate account may be
disapproved by the life insurer,
provided that such disapproval is
reasonable and is based upon a
determination by the life insurer in good
faith that:
(A) Such change would be contrary to
state law; or
(B) Such change would be
inconsistent with the investment
objectives of the separate account or
would result in the purchase of
securities for the separate account
which vary from the general quality and
nature of investments and investment
techniques utilized by other separate
accounts of the life insurer or of an
affiliated life insurance company, which
separate accounts have investment
objectives similar to the separate
account;
(iii) Any action taken in accordance
with paragraph (b)(4) (i) or (ii) of this
section and the reasons therefor shall be
disclosed in the proxy statement for the
next meeting of variable life insurance
contractholders of the separate account.
(5) Section 14(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a–
14(a));
(6)(i) Section 15(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a–
15(a)) to the extent this Section requires
that the initial written contract pursuant
to which the investment adviser serves
or acts shall have been approved by the
vote of a majority of the outstanding
voting securities of the registered
company; provided that:
(A) Such investment adviser is
selected and a written contract is
entered into before the effective date of
the registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for
variable life insurance contracts which
are funded by the separate account, and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
that the terms of the contract are fully
disclosed in such registration statement,
and
(B) A written contract is submitted to
a vote of variable life insurance
contractholders at their first meeting
after the effective date of the registration
statement under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, on condition that
such meeting shall take place within
one year after such effective date, unless
the time for the holding of such meeting
shall be extended by the Commission
upon written request for good cause
shown;
(ii) Sections 15 (a), (b) and (c) (15
U.S.C. 80a–15(a), (b), and (c)) to the
extent that:
(A) An insurance regulatory authority
may disapprove pursuant to insurance
law or regulation any contract between
the separate account and an investment
adviser or principal underwriter;
(B) Changes in the principal
underwriter for the separate account
initiated by contractholders or the board
of directors of the separate account may
be disapproved by the life insurer;
provided that such disapproval is
reasonable;
(C) Changes in the investment adviser
of the separate account initiated by
contractholders or the board of directors
of the separate account may be
disapproved by the life insurer;
provided that such disapproval is
reasonable and is based upon a
determination by the life insurer in good
faith that:
(1) The rate of the proposed
investment advisory fee will exceed the
maximum rate that is permitted to be
charged against the assets of the
separate account for such services as
specified by any variable life insurance
contract funded by such separate
account; or
(2) The proposed investment adviser
may be expected to employ investment
techniques which vary from the general
techniques utilized by the current
investment adviser to the separate
account, or advise the purchase or sale
of securities which would be
inconsistent with the investment
objectives of the separate account, or
which would vary from the quality and
nature of investments made by other
separate accounts of the life insurer or
of an affiliated life insurance company,
which separate accounts have
investment objectives similar to the
separate account;
(D) Any action taken in accordance
with paragraph (b)(6)(ii)(A), (B), or (C) of
this section and the reasons therefor
shall be disclosed in the proxy
statement for the next meeting of
PO 00000
Frm 00115
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61843
variable life insurance contractholders
of the separate account.
(7) Section 16(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a–16(a))
to the extent that:
(i) Persons serving as directors of the
separate account prior to the first
meeting of such account’s variable life
insurance contractholders are exempt
from the requirement of Section 16(a)
that such persons be elected by the
holders of outstanding voting securities
of such account at an annual or special
meeting called for that purpose;
provided that:
(A) Such persons have been
appointed directors of such account by
the life insurer before the effective date
of the registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for
variable life insurance contracts which
are funded by the separate account and
are identified in such registration
statement (or are replacements
appointed by the life insurer for any
such persons who have become unable
to serve as directors), and
(B) An election of directors for such
account shall be held at the first meeting
of variable life insurance
contractholders after the effective date
of the registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
relating to contracts funded by such
account, which meeting shall take place
within one year after such effective date,
unless the time for holding such
meeting shall be extended by the
Commission upon written request for
good cause shown;
(ii) A member of the board of directors
of such separate account may be
disapproved or removed by the
appropriate insurance regulatory
authority if such person is ineligible to
serve as a director of the separate
account pursuant to insurance law or
regulation of the jurisdiction in which
the life insurer is domiciled.
(8) Section 17(f) (15 U.S.C. 80a–17(f))
to the extent that the securities and
similar investments of the separate
account may be maintained in the
custody of the life insurer or an
insurance company which is an
affiliated person of such life insurer;
provided that:
(i) The securities and similar
investments allocated to such separate
account are clearly identified as to
ownership by such account, and such
securities and similar investments are
maintained in the vault of an insurance
company which meets the qualifications
set forth in paragraph (b)(8)(ii) of this
section, and whose procedures and
activities with respect to such
safekeeping function are supervised by
the insurance regulatory authorities of
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61844
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
the jurisdiction in which the securities
and similar investments will be held;
(ii) The insurance company
maintaining such investments must file
with an insurance regulatory authority
of a State or territory of the United
States or the District of Columbia an
annual statement of its financial
condition in the form prescribed by the
National Association of Insurance
Commissioners, must be subject to
supervision and inspection by such
authority and must be examined
periodically as to its financial condition
and other affairs by such authority, must
hold the securities and similar
investments of the separate account in
its vault, which vault must be
equivalent to that of a bank which is a
member of the Federal Reserve System,
and must have a combined capital and
surplus, if a stock company, or an
unassigned surplus, if a mutual
company, of not less than $1,000,000 as
set forth in its most recent annual
statement filed with such authority;
(iii) Access to such securities and
similar investments shall be limited to
employees of or agents authorized by
the Commission, representatives of
insurance regulatory authorities,
independent public accountants for the
separate account, accountants for the
life insurer and to no more than 20
persons authorized pursuant to a
resolution of the board of directors of
the separate account, which persons
shall be directors of the separate
account, officers and responsible
employees of the life insurer or officers
and responsible employees of the
affiliated insurance company in whose
vault such investments are maintained
(if applicable), and access to such
securities and similar investments shall
be had only by two or more such
persons jointly, at least one of whom
shall be a director of the separate
account or officer of the life insurer;
(iv) The requirement in paragraph
(b)(8)(i) of this section that the securities
and similar investments of the separate
account be maintained in the vault of a
qualified insurance company shall not
apply to securities deposited with
insurance regulatory authorities or
deposited in a system for the central
handling of securities established by a
national securities exchange or national
securities association registered with the
Commission under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
such person as may be permitted by the
Commission, or to securities on loan
which are collateralized to the extent of
their full market value, or to securities
hypothecated, pledged, or placed in
escrow for the account of such separate
account in connection with a loan or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
other transaction authorized by specific
resolution of the board of directors of
the separate account, or to securities in
transit in connection with the sale,
exchange, redemption, maturity or
conversion, the exercise of warrants or
rights, assents to changes in terms of the
securities, or to other transactions
necessary or appropriate in the ordinary
course of business relating to the
management of securities;
(v) Each person when depositing such
securities or similar investments in or
withdrawing them from the depository
or when ordering their withdrawal and
delivery from the custody of the life
insurer or affiliated insurance company,
shall sign a notation in respect of such
deposit, withdrawal or order which
shall show:
(A) The date and time of the deposit,
withdrawal or order;
(B) The title and amount of the
securities or other investments
deposited, withdrawn or ordered to be
withdrawn, and an identification
thereof by certificate numbers or
otherwise;
(C) The manner of acquisition of the
securities or similar investments
deposited or the purpose for which they
have been withdrawn, or ordered to be
withdrawn; and
(D) If withdrawn and delivered to
another person the name of such person.
Such notation shall be transmitted
promptly to an officer or director of the
separate account or the life insurer
designated by the board of directors of
the separate account who shall not be a
person designated for the purpose of
paragraph (b)(8)(iii) of this section. Such
notation shall be on serially numbered
forms and shall be preserved for at least
one year;
(vi) Such securities and similar
investments shall be verified by
complete examination by an
independent public accountant retained
by the separate account at least three
times during each fiscal year, at least
two of which shall be chosen by such
accountant without prior notice to such
separate account. A certificate of such
accountant stating that he has made an
examination of such securities and
investments and describing the nature
and extent of the examination shall be
transmitted to the Commission by the
accountant promptly after each
examination;
(vii) Securities and similar
investments of a separate account
maintained with a bank or other
company whose functions and physical
facilities are supervised by Federal or
state authorities pursuant to any
arrangement whereby the directors,
officers, employees or agents of the
PO 00000
Frm 00116
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
separate account or the life insurer are
authorized or permitted to withdraw
such investments upon their mere
receipt are deemed to be in the custody
of the life insurer and shall be exempt
from the requirements of Section 17(f)
so long as the arrangement complies
with all provisions of paragraph (b)(8) of
this section, except that such securities
will be maintained in the vault of a bank
or other company rather than the vault
of an insurance company.
(9) Section 18(i) (15 U.S.C. 80a–18(i))
to the extent that:
(i) For the purposes of any section of
the Act which provides for the vote of
securityholders on matters relating to
the investment company:
(A) Variable life insurance
contractholders shall have one vote for
each $100 of cash value funded by the
separate account, with fractional votes
allocated for amounts less than $100;
(B) The life insurer shall have one
vote for each $100 of assets of the
separate account not otherwise
attributable to contractholders pursuant
to paragraph (b)(9)(i)(A) of this section,
with fractional votes allocated for
amounts less than $100; provided that
after the commencement of sales of
variable life insurance contracts funded
by the separate account, the life insurer
shall cast its votes for and against each
matter which may be voted upon by
contractholders in the same proportion
as the votes cast by contractholders; and
(C) The number of votes to be
allocated shall be determined as of a
record date not more than 90 days prior
to any meeting at which such vote is
held; provided that if a quorum is not
present at the meeting, the meeting may
be adjourned for up to 60 days without
fixing a new record date;
(ii) The requirement of this section
that every share of stock issued by a
registered management investment
company (except a common-law trust of
the character described in Section 16(c))
shall be a voting stock and have equal
voting rights with every other
outstanding voting stock shall not be
deemed to be violated by actions
specifically permitted by any provision
of this section.
(10) Section 19 (15 U.S.C. 80a–19) to
the extent that the provisions of this
section shall not be applicable to any
dividend or similar distribution paid or
payable pursuant to provisions of
participating variable life insurance
contracts.
(11) Sections 22(d), 22(e), and
27(i)(2)(A) (15 U.S.C. 80a–22(d), 80a–
22(e), and 80a–27(i)(2)(A), respectively)
and § 270.22c–1 (Rule 22c–1)
promulgated under Section 22(c) to the
extent:
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(i) That the amount payable on death
and the cash surrender value of each
variable life insurance contract shall be
determined on each day during which
the New York Stock Exchange is open
for trading, not less frequently than once
daily as of the time of the close of
trading on such exchange; provided that
the amount payable on death need not
be determined more than once each
contract month if such determination
does not reduce the participation of the
contract in the investment experience of
the separate account; provided further,
however, that if the net valuation
premium for such contract is transferred
at least annually, then the amount
payable on death need be determined
only when such net premium is
transferred;
(ii) Necessary for compliance with
this section or with insurance laws and
regulations and established
administrative procedures of the life
insurer with respect to issuance, transfer
and redemption procedures for variable
life insurance contracts funded by the
separate account including, but not
limited to, premium rate structure and
premium processing, insurance
underwriting standards, and the
particular benefit afforded by the
contract; provided, however, that any
procedure or action shall be reasonable,
fair and not discriminatory to the
interests of the affected contractholder
and to all other holders of contracts of
the same class or series funded by the
separate account; and, further provided
that any such action shall be disclosed
in the form required to be filed by the
separate account with the Commission
pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this
section.
(12) Section 27(i)(2)(A) (15 U.S.C.
80a–27(i)(A)), to the extent that such
sections require that the variable life
insurance contract be redeemable or
provide for a refund in cash; provided
that such contract provides for election
by the contractholder of a cash
surrender value or certain non-forfeiture
and settlement options which are
required or permitted by the insurance
law or regulation of the jurisdiction in
which the contract is offered; and
further provided that unless required by
the insurance law or regulation of the
jurisdiction in which the contract is
offered or unless elected by the
contractholder, such contract shall not
provide for the automatic imposition of
any option, including, but not limited
to, an automatic premium loan, which
would involve the accrual or payment of
an interest or similar charge;
(13) Section 32(a)(2) (15 U.S.C. 80a–
31(a)(2)); provided that:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(i) The independent public
accountant is selected before the
effective date of the registration
statement under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, for variable life
insurance contracts which are funded
by the separate account, and the identity
of such accountant is disclosed in such
registration statement, and
(ii) The selection of such accountant
is submitted for ratification or rejection
to variable life insurance
contractholders at their first meeting
after the effective date of the registration
statement under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, on condition that
such meeting shall take place within
one year after such effective date, unless
the time for the holding of such meeting
shall be extended by the Commission
upon written request for good cause
shown.
(14) If the separate account is
organized as a unit investment trust, all
the assets of which consist of the shares
of one or more registered management
investment companies which offer their
shares exclusively to variable life
insurance separate accounts of the life
insurer or of any affiliated life insurance
company:
(i) The eligibility restrictions of
Section 9(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a–9(a)) shall
not be applicable to those persons who
are officers, directors and employees of
the life insurer or its affiliates who do
not participate directly in the
management or administration of any
registered management investment
company described above;
(ii) The life insurer shall be ineligible
pursuant to paragraph (3) of Section 9(a)
to serve as investment adviser of or
principal underwriter for any registered
management investment company
described in paragraph (b)(14) of this
section only if an affiliated person of
such life insurer, ineligible by reason of
paragraph (1) or (2) of Section 9(a),
participates in the management or
administration of such company;
(iii) The life insurer may vote shares
of the registered management
investment companies held by the
separate account without regard to
instructions from contractholders of the
separate account if such instructions
would require such shares to be voted:
(A) To cause such companies to make
(or refrain from making) certain
investments which would result in
changes in the sub-classification or
investment objectives of such
companies or to approve or disapprove
any contract between such companies
and an investment adviser when
required to do so by an insurance
regulatory authority subject to the
PO 00000
Frm 00117
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61845
provisions of paragraphs (b)(4)(i) and
(6)(ii)(A) of this section; or
(B) In favor of changes in investment
objectives, investment adviser of or
principal underwriter for such
companies subject to the provisions of
paragraphs (b)(4)(ii) and (6)(ii)(B) and
(C) of this section;
(iv) Any action taken in accordance
with paragraph (b)(14)(iii)(A) or (B) of
this section and the reasons therefor
shall be disclosed in the next report to
contractholders made pursuant to
section 30(e) (15 U.S.C. 80a–29(e)) and
§ 270.30e–2 (Rule 30e–2);
(v) Any registered management
investment company established by the
insurer and described in paragraph
(b)(14) of this section shall be exempt
from Section 14(a); and
(vi) Any registered management
investment company established by the
insurer and described in paragraph
(b)(14) of this section shall be exempt
from Sections 15(a), 16(a), and 32(a)(2)
(15 U.S.C. 80a–15(a), 80–16(a), and 80–
31(a)(2), respectively), to the extent
prescribed by paragraphs (b)(6)(i),
(b)(7)(i), and (b)(13) of this section,
provided that such company complies
with the conditions set forth in those
paragraphs as if it were a separate
account.
(c) When used in this rule, Variable
life insurance contract means a contract
of life insurance, subject to regulation
under the insurance laws or code of
every jurisdiction in which it is offered,
funded by a separate account of a life
insurer, which contract, so long as
premium payments are duly paid in
accordance with its terms, provides for:
(i) A death benefit and cash surrender
value which vary to reflect the
investment experience of the separate
account;
(ii) An initial stated dollar amount of
death benefit, and payment of a death
benefit guaranteed by the life insurer to
be at least equal to such stated amount;
and
(iii) Assumption of the mortality and
expense risks thereunder by the life
insurer for which a charge against the
assets of the separate account may be
assessed. Such charge shall be disclosed
in the prospectus and shall not be less
than fifty per centum of the maximum
charge for risk assumption as disclosed
in the prospectus and as provided for in
the contract.
■ 20. Redesignate § 270.6e–3(T) as
§ 270.6e–3 and revise newly
redesignated § 270.6e–3 to read as
follows:
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61846
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 270.6e–3 Exemptions for flexible
premium variable life insurance separate
accounts.
(a) A separate account, and its
investment adviser, principal
underwriter and depositor, shall, except
as provided in paragraph (b) of this
section, comply with all provisions of
the Investment Company Act of 1940
(15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.) and the rules
under it that apply to a registered
investment company issuing periodic
payment play certificates if:
(1) It is a separate account within the
meaning of Section 2(a)(37) of the Act
(15 U.S.C. 80a–2(a)(37)) and is
established and maintained by a life
insurance company pursuant to the
insurance laws or code of:
(i) Any state or territory of the United
States or the District of Columbia; or
(ii) Canada or any province thereof, if
it complies with § 270.7d–1 (Rule 7d–1)
under the Act (the ‘‘life insurer’’);
(2) The assets of the separate account
are derived solely from:
(i) The sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance contracts
(‘‘flexible contracts’’) as defined in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section;
(ii) The sale of scheduled premium
variable life insurance contracts
(‘‘scheduled contracts’’) as defined in
paragraph (c) of § 270.6e–2 (Rule 6e–2)
under the Act;
(iii) Funds corresponding to dividend
accumulations with respect to such
contracts; and
(iv) Advances made by the life insurer
in connection with the operation of
such separate account;
(3) The separate account is not used
for variable annuity contracts or other
contract liabilities not involving life
contingencies;
(4) The separate account is legally
segregated, and that part of its assets
with a value approximately equal to the
reserves and other contract liabilities for
such separate account are not
chargeable with liabilities arising from
any other business of the life insurer;
(5) The value of the assets of the
separate account, each time adjustments
in the reserves are made, is at least
equal to the reserves and other contract
liabilities of the separate account, and at
all other times approximately equals or
exceeds the reserves and liabilities; and
(6) The investment adviser of the
separate account is registered under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80b–1 et seq.).
(b) A separate account that meets the
requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section, and its investment adviser,
principal underwriter and depositor
shall be exempt with respect to flexible
contracts funded by the separate
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
account from the following provisions
of the Act:
(1) Subject to section 26(f) of the Act,
in connection with any sales charge
deducted under the flexible contract,
the separate account and other persons
shall be exempt from Sections 12(b),
22(c), and 27(i)(2)(A) (15 U.S.C. 80a–
12(b), 80–22(c), and 80a–27(i)(2)(A),
respectively) of the Act, and § 270.12b–
1 (Rule 12b–1) and § 270.22c–1 (Rule
22c–1) under the Act;
(2) Section 7 (15 U.S.C. 80a–7);
(3) Section 8 (15 U.S.C. 80a–8), to the
extent that:
(i) For purposes of paragraph (a) of
Section 8, the separate account filed
with the Commission a notification on
§ 274.301 (Form N–6EI–1) which
identifies the separate account; and
(ii) For purposes of paragraph (b) of
Section 8, the separate account shall file
with the Commission the form
designated by the Commission within
ninety days after filing the notification
on Form N–6EI–1; provided, however,
that if the fiscal year of the separate
account end within this ninety day
period, the form may be filed within
ninety days after the end of such fiscal
year.
(4) Section 9 (15 U.S.C. 80a–9), to the
extent that:
(i) The eligibility restrictions of
Section 9(a) shall not apply to persons
who are officers, directors or employees
of the life insurer or its affiliates and
who do not participate directly in the
management or administration of the
separate account or in the sale of
flexible contracts; and
(ii) A life insurer shall be ineligible
under paragraph (3) of Section 9(a) to
serve as investment adviser, depositor of
or principal underwriter for the separate
account only if an affiliated person of
such life insurer, ineligible by reason of
paragraphs (1) or (2) of Section 9(a),
participates directly in the management
or administration of the separate
account or in the sale of flexible
contracts.
(5) Section 13(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a–
13(a)), to the extent that:
(i) An insurance regulatory authority
may require pursuant to insurance law
or regulation that the separate account
make (or refrain from making) certain
investments which would result in
changes in the subclassification or
investment policies of the separate
account;
(ii) Changes in the investment policy
of the separate account initiated by its
contractholders or board of directors
may be disapproved by the life insurer,
if the disapproval is reasonable and is
based on a good faith determination by
the life insurer that:
PO 00000
Frm 00118
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(A) The change would violate state
law; or
(B) The change would not be
consistent with the investment
objectives of the separate account or
would result in the purchase of
securities for the separate account
which vary from the general quality and
nature of investments and investment
techniques used by other separate
accounts of the life insurer or of an
affiliated life insurance company with
similar investment objectives;
(iii) Any action described in
paragraph (b)(5)(i) or (ii) of this section
and the reasons for it shall be disclosed
in the next communication to
contractholders, but in no case, later
than twelve months from the date of
such action.
(6) Section 14(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a–
14(a));
(7)(i) Section 15(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a–
15(a)), to the extent it requires that the
initial written contract with the
investment adviser shall have been
approved by the vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities of the
registered investment company;
provided that:
(A) The investment adviser is selected
and a written contract is entered into
before the effective date of the 1933 Act
registration statement for flexible
contracts, and that the terms of the
contract are fully disclosed in the
registration statement, and
(B) A written contract is submitted to
a vote of contractholders at their first
meeting and within one year after the
effective date of the 1933 Act
registration statement, unless the
Commission upon written request and
for good cause shown extends the time
for the holding of such meeting;
(ii) Sections 15 (a), (b), and (c), to the
extent that:
(A) An insurance regulatory authority
may disapprove pursuant to insurance
law or regulation any contract between
the separate account and an investment
adviser or principal underwriter;
(B) Changes in the principal
underwriter for the separate account
initiated by contractholders or the board
of directors of the separate account may
be disapproved by the life insurer;
provided that such disapproval is
reasonable;
(C) Changes in the investment adviser
of the separate account initiated by
contractholders or the board of directors
of the separate account may be
disapproved by the life insurer;
provided that such disapproval is
reasonable and is based on a good faith
determination by the life insurer that:
(1) The proposed investment advisory
fee will exceed the maximum rate
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
specified in any flexible contract that
may be charged against the assets of the
separate account for such services; or
(2) The proposed investment adviser
may be expected to employ investment
techniques which vary from the general
techniques used by the current
investment adviser to the separate
account, or advise the purchase or sale
of securities which would not be
consistent with the investment
objectives of the separate account, or
which would vary from the quality and
nature of investments made by other
separate accounts with similar
investment objectives of the life insurer
or an affiliated life insurance company;
(D) Any action described in paragraph
(b)(7)(ii) (A), (B), or (C) of this section
and the reasons for it shall be disclosed
in the next communication to
contractholders, but in no case, later
than twelve months from the date of
such action.
(8) Section 16(a) (15 U.S.C. 80a–
16(a)), to the extent that:
(i) Directors of the separate account
serving before the first meeting of the
account’s contractholders are exempt
from the requirement of Section 16(a)
that they be elected by the holders of
outstanding voting securities of the
account at an annual or special meeting
called for that purpose; provided that:
(A) Such persons were appointed
directors of the account by the life
insurer before the effective date of the
1933 Act registration statement for
flexible contracts and are identified in
the registration statement (or are
replacements appointed by the life
insurer for any such persons who have
become unable to serve as directors);
and
(B) An election of directors for the
account is held at the first meeting of
contractholders and within one year
after the effective date of the 1933 Act
registration statement for flexible
contracts, unless the time for holding
the meeting is extended by the
Commission upon written request and
for good cause shown;
(ii) A member of the board of directors
of the separate account may be
disapproved or removed by an
insurance regulatory authority if the
person is not eligible to be a director of
the separate account under the law of
the life insurer’s domicile.
(9) Section 17(f) (15 U.S.C. 80a–17(f)),
to the extent that the securities and
similar investments of a separate
account organized as a management
investment company may be maintained
in the custody of the life insurer or of
an affiliated life insurance company;
provided that:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(i) The securities and similar
investments allocated to the separate
account are clearly identified as owned
by the account, and the securities and
similar investments are kept in the vault
of an insurance company which meets
the qualifications in paragraph (b)(9)(ii)
of this section, and whose safekeeping
function is supervised by the insurance
regulatory authorities of the jurisdiction
in which the securities and similar
investments will be held;
(ii) The insurance company
maintaining such investments must file
with an insurance regulatory authority
of a state or territory of the United States
or the District of Columbia an annual
statement of its financial condition in
the form prescribed by the National
Association of Insurance
Commissioners, must be subject to
supervision and inspection by such
authority and must be examined
periodically as to its financial condition
and other affairs by such authority, must
hold the securities and similar
investments of the separate account in
its vault, which vault must be
equivalent to that of a bank which is a
member of the Federal Reserve System,
and must have a combined capital and
surplus, if a stock company, or an
unassigned surplus, if a mutual
company, of not less than $1,000,000 as
set forth in its most recent annual
statement filed with such authority;
(iii) Access to such securities and
similar investments shall be limited to
employees of the Commission,
representatives of insurance regulatory
authorities, independent public
accountants retained by the separate
account (or on its behalf by the life
insurer), accountants for the life insurer,
and to no more than 20 persons
authorized by a resolution of the board
of directors of the separate account,
which persons shall be directors of the
separate account, officers and
responsible employees of the life insurer
or officers and responsible employees of
the affiliated life insurance company in
whose vault the investments are kept (if
applicable), and access to such
securities and similar investments shall
be had only by two or more such
persons jointly, at least one of whom
shall be a director of the separate
account or officer of the life insurer;
(iv) The requirement in paragraph
(b)(9)(i) of this section that the securities
and similar investments of the separate
account be maintained in the vault of a
qualified insurance company shall not
apply to securities deposited with
insurance regulatory authorities or
deposited in accordance with any rule
under Section 17(f), or to securities on
loan which are collateralized to the
PO 00000
Frm 00119
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61847
extent of their full market value, or to
securities hypothecated, pledged, or
placed in escrow for the account of such
separate account in connection with a
loan or other transaction authorized by
specific resolution of the board of
directors of the separate account, or to
securities in transit in connection with
the sale, exchange, redemption,
maturity or conversion, the exercise of
warrants or rights, assents to changes in
terms of the securities, or to other
transactions necessary or appropriate in
the ordinary course of business relating
to the management of securities;
(v) Each person when depositing such
securities or similar investments in or
withdrawing them from the depository
or when ordering their withdrawal and
delivery from the custody of the life
insurer or affiliated life insurance
company, shall sign a notation showing:
(A) The date and time of the deposit,
withdrawal or order;
(B) The title and amount of the
securities or other investments
deposited, withdrawn or ordered to be
withdrawn, and an identification
thereof by certificate numbers or
otherwise;
(C) The manner of acquisition of the
securities or similar investments
deposited or the purpose for which they
have been withdrawn, or ordered to be
withdrawn; and
(D) If withdrawn and delivered to
another person, the name of such
person. The notation shall be sent
promptly to an officer or director of the
separate account or the life insurer
designated by the board of directors of
the separate account who is not himself
permitted to have access to the
securities or investments under
paragraph (b)(9)(iii) of this section. The
notation shall be on serially numbered
forms and shall be kept for at least one
year;
(vi) The securities and similar
investments shall be verified by
complete examination by an
independent public accountant retained
by the separate account (or on its behalf
by the life insurer) at least three times
each fiscal year, at least two of which
shall be chosen by the accountant
without prior notice to the separate
account. A certificate of the accountant
stating that he has made an examination
of such securities and investments and
describing the nature and extent of the
examination shall be sent to the
Commission by the accountant
promptly after each examination;
(vii) Securities and similar
investments of a separate account
maintained with a bank or other
company whose functions and physical
facilities are supervised by federal or
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61848
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
state authorities under any arrangement
whereby the directors, officers,
employees or agents of the separate
account or the life insurer are
authorized or permitted to withdraw
such investments upon their mere
receipt are deemed to be in the custody
of the life insurer and shall be exempt
from the requirements of Section 17(f)
so long as the arrangement complies
with all provisions of paragraph (b)(9) of
this section, except that such securities
will be maintained in the vault of a bank
or other company rather than the vault
of an insurance company.
(10) Section 18(i) (15 U.S.C. 80a–
18(i)), to the extent that:
(i) For the purposes of any section of
the Act which provides for the vote of
securityholders on matters relating to
the investment company:
(A) Flexible contractholders shall
have one vote for each $100 of cash
value funded by the separate account,
with fractional votes allocated for
amounts less than $100;
(B) The life insurer shall have one
vote for each $100 of assets of the
separate account not otherwise
attributable to contractholders under
paragraph (b)(10)(i)(A) of this section,
with fractional votes allocated for
amounts less than $100; provided that
after the commencement of sales of
flexible contracts, the life insurer shall
cast its votes for and against each matter
which may be voted upon by
contractholders in the same proportion
as the votes cast by contractholders; and
(C) The number of votes to be
allocated shall be determined as of a
record date not more than 90 days
before any meeting at which such vote
is held; provided that if a quorum is not
present at the meeting, the meeting may
be adjourned for up to 60 days without
fixing a new record date;
(ii) The requirement of Section 18(i)
that every share of stock issued by a
registered management investment
company (except a common-law trust of
the character described in Section 16(c)
(15 U.S.C. 80a–16(c))) shall be a voting
stock and have equal voting rights with
every other outstanding voting stock
shall not be deemed to be violated by
actions specifically permitted by any
provisions of this section.
(11) Section 19 (15 U.S.C. 80a–19), to
the extent that the provisions of this
Section shall not apply to any dividend
or similar distribution paid or payable
under provisions of participating
flexible contracts.
(12) Sections 22(c), 22(d), 22(e) and
27(i)(2)(A) (15 U.S.C. 80a–22(c)), 80a–
22(d), 80a–22(e), and 80a–27(i)(2)(A),
respectively) and § 270.22c–1 (Rule
22c–1) to the extent:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(i) The cash value of each flexible
contract shall be computed in
accordance with Rule 22c–1(b);
provided, however, that where actual
computation is not necessary for the
operation of a particular contract, then
the cash value of that contract must only
be capable of computation; and
provided further that to the extent the
calculation of the cash value reflects
deductions for the cost of insurance and
other insurance benefits or
administrative expenses and fees or
sales charges, such deductions need
only be made at such times as specified
in the contract or as necessary for
compliance with insurance laws and
regulations; and
(ii) The death benefit, unless required
by insurance laws and regulations, shall
be computed on any day that the
investment experience of the separate
account would affect the death benefit
under the terms of the contract provided
that such terms are reasonable, fair, and
nondiscriminatory;
(iii) Necessary to comply with this
Rule or with insurance laws and
regulations and established
administrative procedures of the life
insurer for issuance, increases in or
additions of insurance benefits, transfer
and redemption of flexible contracts,
including, but not limited to, premium
rate structure and premium processing,
insurance underwriting standards, and
the particular benefit afforded by the
contract; provided, however, that any
procedure or action shall be reasonable,
fair and not discriminatory to the
interests of the affected contractholders
and to all other holders of contracts of
the same class or series funded by the
separate account; and provided further
that any such action shall be disclosed
in the form filed by the separate account
with the Commission under paragraph
(b)(3)(ii) of this section.
(13) Sections 27(i)(2)(A) and 22(c) (15
U.S.C. 80a–27(i)(2)(A) and 80a–22(c))
and § 270.22c–1 (Rule 22c–1), to the
extent that:
(i) Such sections require that the
flexible contract be redeemable or
provide for a refund in cash; provided
that the contract provides for election by
the contractholder of a cash surrender
value or certain non-forfeiture and
settlement options which are required
or permitted by the insurance law or
regulation of the jurisdiction in which
the contract is offered; and provided
further that unless required by the
insurance law or regulation of the
jurisdiction in which the contract is
offered or unless elected by the
contractholder, the contract shall not
provide for the automatic imposition of
any option, including, but not limited
PO 00000
Frm 00120
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to, an automatic premium loan, which
would involve the accrual or payment of
an interest or similar charge.
(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of
paragraph (b)(13)(A) of this section, if
the amounts available under the
contract to pay the charges due under
the contract on any contract processing
day are less than such charges due, the
contract may provide that the cash
surrender value shall be applied to
purchase a non-forfeiture option
specified by the life insurer in such
contract; provided that the contract also
provides that Contract processing days
occur not less frequently than monthly.
(iii) Subject to Section 26(f) (15 U.S.C.
80a–26(f)), sales charges and
administrative expenses or fees may be
deducted upon redemption.
(14) Section 32(a)(2) (15 U.S.C. 80a–
31(a)(2)); provided that:
(i) The independent public
accountant is selected before the
effective date of the 1933 Act
registration statement for flexible
contracts, and the identity of the
accountant is disclosed in the
registration statement; and
(ii) The selection of the accountant is
submitted for ratification or rejection to
flexible contractholders at their first
meeting and within one year after the
effective date of the 1933 Act
registration statement for flexible
contracts, unless the time for holding
the meeting is extended by order of the
Commission.
(15) If the separate account is
organized as a unit investment trust, all
the assets of which consist of the shares
of one or more registered management
investment companies which offer their
shares exclusively to separate accounts
of the life insurer, or of any affiliated
life insurance company, offering either
scheduled contracts or flexible
contracts, or both; or which also offer
their shares to variable annuity separate
accounts of the life insurer or of an
affiliated life insurance company, or
which offer their shares to any such life
insurance company in consideration
solely for advances made by the life
insurer in connection with the operation
of the separate account; provided that
the board of directors of each
investment company, constituted with a
majority of disinterested directors, will
monitor such company for the existence
of any material irreconcilable conflict
between the interests of variable annuity
contractholders and scheduled or
flexible contractholders investing in
such company; the life insurer agrees
that it will be responsible for reporting
any potential or existing conflicts to the
directors; and if a conflict arises, the life
insurer will, at its own cost, remedy
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
such conflict up to and including
establishing a new registered
management investment company and
segregating the assets underlying the
variable annuity contracts and the
scheduled or flexible contracts; then:
(i) The eligibility restrictions of
Section 9(a) shall not apply to those
persons who are officers, directors or
employees of the life insurer or its
affiliates who do not participate directly
in the management or administration of
any registered management investment
company described in paragraph (b)(15)
of this section;
(ii) The life insurer shall be ineligible
under paragraph (3) of Section 9(a) to
serve as investment adviser of or
principal underwriter for any registered
management investment company
described in paragraph (b)(15) of this
section only if an affiliated person of
such life insurer, ineligible by reason of
paragraphs (1) or (2) of Section 9(a),
participates in the management or
administration of such company;
(iii) For purposes of any section of the
Act which provides for the vote of
securityholders on matters relating to
the separate account or the underlying
registered investment company, the
voting provisions of paragraph (b)(10)(i)
and (ii) of this section apply; provided
that:
(A) The life insurer may vote shares
of the registered management
investment companies held by the
separate account without regard to
instructions from contractholders of the
separate account if such instructions
would require such shares to be voted:
(1) To cause such companies to make
(or refrain from making) certain
investments which would result in
changes in the sub-classification or
investment objectives of such
companies or to approve or disapprove
any contract between such companies
and an investment adviser when
required to do so by an insurance
regulatory authority subject to the
provisions of paragraphs (b)(5)(i) and
(b)(7)(ii)(A) of this section; or
(2) In favor of changes in investment
objectives, investment adviser of or
principal underwriter for such
companies subject to the provisions of
paragraphs (b)(5)(ii) and (b)(7)(ii) (B)
and (C) of this section;
(B) Any action taken in accordance
with paragraph (b)(15)(iii)(A)(1) or (2) of
this section and the reasons therefor
shall be disclosed in the next report
contractholders made under Section
30(e) (15 U.S.C. 80a–29(e)) and
§ 270.30e–2 (Rule 30e–2);
(iv) Any registered management
investment company established by the
life insurer and described in paragraph
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(b)(15) of this section shall be exempt
from Section 14(a); and
(v) Any registered management
investment company established by the
life insurer and described in paragraph
(b)(14) of this section shall be exempt
from Sections 15(a), 16(a), and 32(a)(2)
(15 U.S.C. 80a–15(a), 80–16(a), and 80–
31(a)(2), respectively), to the extent
prescribed by paragraphs (b)(7)(i),
(b)(8)(i), and (b)(14) of this section;
provided that the company complies
with the conditions set forth in those
paragraphs as if it were a separate
account.
(c) When used in this Rule:
(1) Flexible premium variable life
insurance contract means a contract of
life insurance, subject to regulation
under the insurance laws or code of
every jurisdiction in which it is offered,
funded by a separate account of a life
insurer, which contract provides for:
(i) Premium payments which are not
fixed by the life insurer as to both
timing and amount; provided, however,
that the life insurer may fix the timing
and minimum amount of premium
payments for the first two contract
periods following issuance of the
contract or of an increase in or addition
of insurance benefits, and may prescribe
a reasonable minimum amount for any
additional premium payment;
(ii) A death benefit the amount or
duration of which may vary to reflect
the investment experience of the
separate account;
(iii) A cash value which varies to
reflect the investment experience of the
separate account; and
(iv) There is a reasonable expectation
that subsequent premium payments will
be made.
(2) Contract period means the period
from a contract issue or anniversary date
to the earlier of the next following
anniversary date (or, if later, the last day
of any grace period commencing before
such next following anniversary date) or
the termination date of the contract.
(3) Cash value means the amount that
would be available in cash upon
voluntary termination of a contract by
its owner before it becomes payable by
death or maturity, without regard to any
charges that may be assessed upon such
termination and before deduction of any
outstanding contract loan.
(4) Cash surrender value means the
amount available in cash upon
voluntary termination of a contract by
its owner before it becomes payable by
death or maturity, after any charges
assessed in connection with the
termination have been deducted and
before deduction of any outstanding
contract loan.
PO 00000
Frm 00121
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61849
(5) Contract processing day means
any day on which charges under the
contract are deducted from the separate
account.
■ 21. Amend § 270.11a–2 by revising
paragraph (c) to read as follows:
§ 270.11a–2 Offers of exchange by certain
registered separate accounts or others the
terms of which do not require prior
Commission approval.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) If the offering account imposes a
front-end sales load on the acquired
security, then such sales load shall be a
percentage that is no greater than the
excess of the rate of the front-end sales
load otherwise applicable to that
security over the rate of any front-end
sales load previously paid on the
exchanged security.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 22. Revise § 270.14a–2 to read as
follows:
§ 270.14a–2 Exemption from section 14(a)
of the Act for certain registered separate
accounts and their principal underwriters.
(a) A registered separate account, and
any principal underwriter for such
account, shall be exempt from section
14(a) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a–14(a))
with respect to a public offering of
variable annuity contracts participating
in such account.
(b) Any registered management
investment company which has as a
promoter an insurance company and
which offers its securities to separate
accounts of such insurance company
that offer variable annuity contracts and
are registered under the Act as unit
investment trusts (‘‘trust accounts’’),
and any principal underwriter for such
investment company, shall be exempt
from section 14(a) with respect to such
offering and to the offering of such
securities to trust accounts of other
insurance companies.
(c) Any registered management
investment company exempt from
section 14(a) of the Act pursuant to
paragraph (b) of this section shall be
exempt from sections 15(a), 16(a), and
32(a)(2) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 80a–15(a),
80a–16(a), and 80a–31(a)(2)), to the
extent prescribed in rules 15a–3, 16a–1,
and 32a–2 under the Act (17 CFR
270.15a–3, 270.16a–1, and 270.32a–2),
provided that such investment company
complies with the conditions set forth
in those rules as if it were a separate
account.
■ 23. Revise § 270.26a–1 to read as
follows:
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61850
§ 270.26a–1 Payment of administrative
fees to the depositor or principal
underwriter of a unit investment trust;
exemptive relief for separate accounts.
§ 270.27a–2
For purposes of Section 26(a)(2)(C) of
the Act, payment of a fee to the
depositor of or a principal underwriter
for a registered unit investment trust, or
to any affiliated person or agent of such
depositor or underwriter (collectively,
‘‘depositor’’), for bookkeeping or other
administrative services provided to the
trust shall be allowed the custodian or
trustee (‘‘trustee’’) as an expense,
provided that such fee is an amount not
greater than the expenses, without
profit:
(a) Actually paid by such depositor
directly attributable to the services
provided and
(b) Increased by the services provided
directly by such depositor, as
determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied.
■
■
§ 270.26a–2
■
■
[Removed]
[Removed]
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
§ 270.27f–1
■
[Removed]
§ 270.27i–1 Exemption from Section
27(i)(2)(A) of the Act during annuity
payment period of variable annuity
contracts participating in certain registered
separate accounts.
A registered separate account, and
any depositor of or underwriter for such
account, shall, during the annuity
payment period of variable annuity
contracts participating in such account,
be exempt from the requirement of
paragraph (1) of Section 27(i)(2)(A) of
the Act that a periodic payment plan
certificate be a redeemable security.
§ 270.27c–1
■
■
[Removed and reserved]
29. Remove and reserve § 270.27c–1.
[Removed and reserved]
30. Remove and reserve § 270.27d–2.
[Removed and reserved]
31. Remove and reserve § 270.27e–1.
PO 00000
Frm 00122
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
[Removed and reserved]
32. Remove and reserve § 270.27f–1.
§ 270.27g–1
27. Remove § 270.27a–3.
28. Redesignate § 270.27c–1 as
§ 270.27i–1 and revise newly
redesignated § 270.27i–1 to read as
follows:
§ 270.27e–1
Jkt 247001
[Removed]
26. Remove § 270.27a–2.
§ 270.27a–3
■
25. Remove § 270.27a–1.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
■
§ 270.27d–2
24. Remove § 270.26a–2.
§ 270.27a–1
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
■
[Removed and reserved]
33. Remove and reserve § 270.27g–1.
§ 270.27h–1
■
[Removed and reserved]
34. Remove and reserve § 270.27h–1.
PART 274—FORMS PRESCRIBED
UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY
ACT OF 1940
35. The general authority citation for
part 274 continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j,
77s, 78c(b), 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o(d), 80a–8,
80a–24, 80a–26, 80a–29, and Pub. L. 111–
203, sec. 939A, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010), unless
otherwise noted.
*
*
*
*
§§ 239.15 and 274.11
reserved]
*
[Removed and
36. Remove and reserve § 239.15 and
274.11.
■ 37. Revise Form N–3 (referenced in
§§ 239.17a and 274.11b) to read as
follows.
■
Note: The text of Form N–3 will not appear
in the Code of Federal Regulations.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
61851
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORMN-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Pre-Effective Amendment No.
[]
Post-Effective Amendment No.
]
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
Amendment No.
----l
(Check appropriate box or boxes.)
(Exact Name of Registrant)
(Name oflnsurance Company)
(Address oflnsurance Company's Principal Executive Offices)
(Zip Code)
Insurance Company's Telephone Number, including Area Code
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
[ ] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
[ ] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)
[] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)
[]on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)
[] 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) on (date)
[]pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485
[]this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed
post-effective amendment.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00123
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.000
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
If appropriate, check the following box:
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Contents of Form N–3
General Instructions
A. Definitions
B. Filing and Use of Form N–3
C. Preparation of the Registration
Statement
D. Incorporation by Reference
Part A: Information Required in a Prospectus
Item 1. Front and Back Cover Pages
Item 2. Overview of the Contract
Item 3. Key Information
Item 4. Fee Table
Item 5. Principal Risks of Investing in the
Contract
Item 6. General Description of Registrant,
Insurance Company, and Investment
Options
Item 7. Management
Item 8. Charges
Item 9. General Description of Contracts
Item 10. Annuity Period
Item 11. Standard Death Benefit
Item 12. Other Benefits Available Under
the Contract
Item 13. Purchases and Contract Value
Item 14. Surrenders and Withdrawals
Item 15. Loans
Item 16. Taxes
Item 17. Legal Proceedings
Item 18. Financial Statements
Item 19. Investment Options Available
Under the Contract
Item 20. Additional Information About
Investment Options Available Under the
Contract
Part B: Information Required in a Statement
of Additional Information
Item 21. Cover Page and Table of Contents
Item 22. General Information and History
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Item 23. Investment Objectives and Risks
Item 24. Management of the Registrant
Item 25. Investment Advisory and Other
Services
Item 26. Portfolio Managers
Item 27. Brokerage Allocation and Other
Practices
Item 28. Purchase of Securities Being
Offered
Item 29. Underwriters
Item 30. Calculation of Performance Data
Item 31. Annuity Payments
Item 32. Financial Statements
Item 33. Condensed Financial Information
Part C: Other Information
Item 34. Exhibits
Item 35. Directors and Officers of the
Insurance Company
Item 36. Persons Controlled by or Under
Common Control With the Insurance
Company or Registrant
Item 37. Indemnification
Item 38. Business and Other Connections
of Investment Adviser
Item 39. Principal Underwriters
Item 40. Location of Accounts and Records
Item 41. Management Services
Item 42. Fee Representation
Signatures
General Instructions
A. Definitions
References to sections and rules in
this Form N–3 are to the Investment
Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a–1
et seq.] (the ‘‘Investment Company
Act’’), unless otherwise indicated.
Terms used in this Form N–3 have the
PO 00000
Frm 00124
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
same meaning as in the Investment
Company Act or the related rules,
unless otherwise indicated. As used in
this Form N–3, the terms set out below
have the following meanings:
‘‘Class’’ means a class of a Variable
Annuity Contract that varies principally
with respect to distribution-related fees
and expenses.
‘‘Contractowner Account’’ means any
account of a contractowner, participant,
annuitant, or beneficiary to which (net)
purchase payments under a variable
annuity contract are added and from
which administrative or transaction
charges may be subtracted.
‘‘Insurance Company’’ means the
person primarily responsible for the
organization of the Registrant and the
person, other than the trustee or the
custodian, who has continuing
functions or responsibilities with
respect to the administration of the
affairs of the Registrant. If there is more
than one Insurance Company, the
information called for in this Form
about the Insurance Company shall be
provided for each Insurance Company.
‘‘Investment Option’’ means any
portfolio of investments in which the
Registrant invests and which may be
selected as an option by the
contractowner.
‘‘Money Market Account’’ means an
Investment Option that hold itself out to
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.001
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61852
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
investors as a Money Market Fund or
the equivalent of a Money Market Fund.
‘‘Money Market Fund’’ means a
registered open-end management
investment company, or series thereof,
that is regulated as a money market fund
pursuant to rule 2a–7 [17 CFR 270.2a–
7].
‘‘Multiple Class Fund’’ means an
Investment Option that has more than
one Class.
‘‘Registrant’’ means the separate
account (as defined in Section 2(a)(37)
of the 1940 Act [15 U.S.C. 80a–2(a)(37)]
that offers the Variable Annuity
Contracts.
‘‘SAI’’ means the Statement of
Additional Information required by Part
B of this Form.
‘‘Securities Act’’ means the Securities
Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.].
‘‘Securities Exchange Act’’ means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15
U.S.C. 78a et seq.].
‘‘Statutory Prospectus’’ means a
prospectus that satisfies the
requirements of section 10(a) of the
Securities Act [15 U.S.C. 77j(a)].
‘‘Summary Prospectus’’ has the
meaning provided by paragraph (a)(12)
of rule 498A under the Securities Act
[17 CFR 230.498A(a)(12)].
‘‘Variable Annuity Contract’’ or
‘‘Contract’’ means any accumulation
contract or annuity contract, any portion
thereof, or any unit of interest or
participation therein pursuant to which
the value of the contract, either during
an accumulation period or after
annuitization, or both, varies according
to the investment experience of the
separate account in which the contract
participates. Unless the context
otherwise requires, ‘‘Variable Annuity
Contract’’ or ‘‘Contract’’ refers to the
Variable Annuity Contracts being
offered pursuant to the registration
statement prepared on this Form.
B. Filing and Use of Form N–3
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. What is Form N–3 used for?
Form N–3 is used by all separate
accounts organized as management
investment companies and offering
Variable Annuity Contracts to file:
(a) An initial registration statement
under the Investment Company Act and
any amendments to the registration
statement;
(b) An initial registration statement
required under the Securities Act and
any amendments to the registration
statement, including amendments
required by section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act [15 U.S.C. 77j(a)(3)]; or
(c) Any combination of the filings in
paragraph (a) or (b).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
61853
2. What is included in the registration
statement?
C. Preparation of the Registration
Statement
(a) For registration statements or
amendments filed under both the
Investment Company Act and the
Securities Act or only under the
Securities Act, include the facing sheet
of the Form, Parts A, B, and C, and the
required signatures.
(b) For registration statements or
amendments filed only under the
Investment Company Act, include the
facing sheet of the Form, responses to
all Items of Parts A (except Items 1, 4,
5, 10, 11, and 18), B, and C (except
Items 34(e), (m), (n), and (o)), and the
required signatures.
1. Administration of the Form N–3
Requirements
(a) The requirements of Form N–3 are
intended to promote effective
communication between the Registrant
and prospective investors. A
Registrant’s prospectus should clearly
disclose the fundamental features and
risks of the Variable Annuity Contracts,
using concise, straightforward, and easy
to understand language. A Registrant
should use document design techniques
that promote effective communication.
(b) The prospectus disclosure
requirements in Form N–3 are intended
to elicit information for an average or
typical investor who may not be
sophisticated in legal or financial
matters. The prospectus should help
investors to evaluate the risks of an
investment and to decide whether to
invest in a Variable Annuity Contract by
providing a balanced disclosure of
positive and negative factors. Disclosure
in the prospectus should be designed to
assist an investor in comparing and
contrasting a Variable Annuity Contract
with other Contracts.
(c) Responses to the Items in Form N–
3 should be as simple and direct as
reasonably possible and should include
only as much information as is
necessary to enable an average or typical
investor to understand the particular
characteristics of the Variable Annuity
Contracts. The prospectus should avoid
including lengthy legal and technical
discussions and simply restating legal or
regulatory requirements to which
Contracts generally are subject. Brevity
is especially important in describing the
practices or aspects of the Registrant’s
operations that do not differ materially
from those of other separate accounts.
Avoid excessive detail, technical or
legal terminology, and complex
language. Also avoid lengthy sentences
and paragraphs that may make the
prospectus difficult for many investors
to understand and detract from its
usefulness.
(d) The requirements for prospectuses
included in Form N–3 will be
administered by the Commission in a
way that will allow variances in
disclosure or presentation if appropriate
for the circumstances involved while
remaining consistent with the objectives
of Form N–3.
3. What are the fees for Form N–3?
No registration fees are required with
the filing of Form N–3 to register as an
investment company under the
Investment Company Act or to register
securities under the Securities Act. If
Form N–3 is filed to register securities
under the Securities Act and securities
are sold to the public, registration fees
must be paid on an ongoing basis after
the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year.
See section 24(f) [15 U.S.C. 80a–24(f)]
and related rule 24f–2 [17 CFR 270.24f–
2].
4. What rules apply to the filing of a
registration statement on Form N–3?
(a) For registration statements and
amendments filed under both the
Investment Company Act and the
Securities Act or under only the
Securities Act, the general rules
regarding the filing of registration
statements in Regulation C [17 CFR
230.400–230.498A] apply to the filing of
registration statements on Form N–3.
Specific requirements concerning
investment companies appear in rules
480–485 and 495–498A of Regulation C.
(b) For registration statements and
amendments filed only under the
Investment Company Act, the general
provisions in rules 8b–1–8b–32 [17 CFR
270.8b–l to 8b–32] apply to the filing of
registration statements on Form N–3.
(c) The plain English requirements of
rule 421 under the Securities Act [17
CFR 230.421] apply to prospectus
disclosure in Part A of Form N–3.
(d) Regulation S–T [17 CFR 232.10–
232.903] applies to all filings on the
Commission’s Electronic Data
Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval
system (‘‘EDGAR’’).
PO 00000
Frm 00125
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2. Form N–3 Is Divided Into Three Parts
(a) Part A. Part A includes the
information required in a Registrant’s
prospectus under section 10(a) of the
Securities Act. The purpose of the
prospectus is to provide essential
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61854
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
information about the Registrant and the
Contracts in a way that will help
investors to make informed decisions
about whether to purchase the securities
described in the prospectus. In
responding to the Items in Part A, avoid
cross-references to the SAI. Crossreferences within the prospectus are
most useful when their use assists
investors in understanding the
information presented and does not add
complexity to the prospectus.
(b) Part B. Part B includes the
information required in a Registrant’s
SAI. The purpose of the SAI is to
provide additional information about
the Registrant and the Contracts that the
Commission has concluded is not
necessary or appropriate in the public
interest or for the protection of investors
to be in the prospectus, but that some
investors may find useful. Part B affords
the Registrant an opportunity to expand
discussions of the matters described in
the prospectus by including additional
information that the Registrant believes
may be of interest to some investors.
The Registrant should not duplicate in
the SAI information that is provided in
the prospectus, unless necessary to
make the SAI comprehensible as a
document independent of the
prospectus.
(c) Part C. Part C includes other
information required in a Registrant’s
registration statement.
3. Additional Matters
(a) Organization of Information.
Organize the information in the
prospectus and SAI to make it easy for
investors to understand.
Notwithstanding rule 421(a) under the
Securities Act [17 CFR 230.421(a)]
regarding the order of information
required in a prospectus, disclose the
information required by Item 2
(Overview of the Contract), Item 3 (Key
Information), and Item 4 (Fee Table) in
numerical order at the front of the
prospectus. Do not precede Items 2, 3,
and 4 with any other Item except the
Cover Page (Item 1), a glossary, if any
(General Instruction C.3.(d)), or a table
of contents meeting the requirements of
rule 481(c) under the Securities Act [17
CFR 230.481(c)]. If the discussion of the
information required by Items 2 or 3
also responds to disclosure
requirements in other items of the
prospectus, a Registrant need not
include additional disclosure in the
prospectus that repeats the information
disclosed in response to those items.
(b) Other Information. A Registrant
may include, except in response to
Items 2 and 3, information in the
prospectus or the SAI that is not
otherwise required so long as the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
information is not incomplete,
inaccurate, or misleading and does not,
because of its nature, quantity, or
manner of presentation, obscure or
impede understanding of the
information that is required to be
included. For example, Registrants are
free to include in the prospectus
financial statements required to be in
the SAI, and may include in the SAI
financial statements that may be placed
in Part C.
(c) Presentation of Information. To aid
investor comprehension, Registrants are
encouraged to use, as appropriate,
question-and-answer formats, tables,
side-by-side comparisons, captions,
bullet points, numeric examples,
illustrations or similar presentation
methods. For example, such
presentation methods would be
appropriate when presenting disclosure
for similar Contract features,
prospectuses describing multiple
Variable Annuity Contracts, or the
operation of optional benefits or
annuitization.
(d) Definitions. Define the special
terms used in the prospectus (e.g.,
accumulation unit, contractowner,
participant, sub-account, etc.) in any
presentation that clearly conveys
meaning to investors. If the Registrant
elects to include a glossary or list of
definitions, only special terms used
throughout the prospectus must be
defined or listed. If a special term is
used in only one section of the
prospectus, it may be defined there (and
need not be included in any glossary or
list of definitions that the Registrant
includes).
(e) Use of Form N–3 to Register
Multiple Contracts.
(i) A single prospectus may describe
multiple Contracts that are essentially
identical. Whether the prospectus
describes Contracts that are ‘‘essentially
identical’’ will depend on the facts and
circumstances. For example, a Contract
that does not offer optional benefits
would not be essentially identical to one
that does. Similarly, group and
individual Contracts would not be
essentially identical. However,
Contracts that vary only due to state
regulatory requirements would be
essentially identical.
(ii) Similarly, multiple prospectuses
may be combined in a single registration
statement on Form N–3 when the
prospectuses describe Contracts that are
essentially identical. For example, a
Registrant could determine it is
appropriate to include multiple
prospectuses in a registration statement
in the following situations: (i) The
prospectuses describe the same Contract
that is sold through different
PO 00000
Frm 00126
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
distribution channels; (ii) the
prospectuses describe Contracts that
differ only with respect to underlying
Investment Options offered; or (iii) the
prospectuses describe both the original
and an ‘‘enhanced’’ version of the same
Contract (where the ‘‘enhanced’’ version
modifies the features or options that the
Registrant offers under that Contract).
(iii) Paragraph (a) of General
Instruction C.3 requires Registrants to
disclose the information required by
Items 2, 3, and 4 in numerical order at
the front of the prospectus and generally
not to precede the Items with other
information. As a general matter,
Registrants providing disclosure in a
single prospectus for more than one
Variable Annuity Contract, or for
Contracts sold in both the group and
individual markets, may depart from the
requirement of paragraph (a) as
necessary to present the required
information clearly and effectively
(although the order of information
required by each Item must remain the
same). For example, the prospectus may
present all of the Item 2 information for
several Variable Annuity Contracts,
followed by all of the Item 3 information
for the Contracts, and followed by all of
the Item 4 information for the Contracts.
Alternatively, the prospectus may
present Items 2, 3, and 4 for each of
several Contracts sequentially. Other
presentations also would be acceptable
if they are consistent with the Form’s
intent to disclose the information
required by Items 2, 3, and 4 in a
standard order at the beginning of the
prospectus.
(f) Dates. Rule 423 under the
Securities Act [17 CFR 230.423] applies
to the dates of the prospectuses and the
SAI. The SAI should be made available
at the same time that the prospectus
becomes available for purposes of rules
430 and 460 under the Securities Act
[17 CFR 230.430 and 230.460].
(g) Sales Literature. A Registrant may
include sales literature in the
prospectus so long as the amount of this
information does not add substantial
length to the prospectus and the
placement of the sales literature does
not obscure essential disclosure.
(h) Interactive Data File
(i) An Interactive Data File (§ 232.11
of this chapter) is required to be
submitted to the Commission in the
manner provided by Rule 405 of
Regulation S–T (§ 232.405 of this
chapter) for any registration statement
or post-effective amendment thereto on
Form N–3 that includes or amends
information provided in response to
Items 3, 4, 5, 12, 19, or 20.
(A) Except as required by paragraph
(h)(i)(B), the Interactive Data File must
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
be submitted as an amendment to the
registration statement to which the
Interactive Data File relates. The
amendment must be submitted on or
before the date the registration
statement or post-effective amendment
that contains the related information
becomes effective.
(B) In the case of a post-effective
amendment to a registration statement
filed pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1)(i),
(ii), (v), or (vii) of rule 485 under the
Securities Act [17 CFR 230.485(b)], the
Interactive Data File must be submitted
either with the filing, or as an
amendment to the registration statement
to which the Interactive Data Filing
relates that is submitted on or before the
date the post-effective amendment that
contains the related information
becomes effective.
(ii) An Interactive Data File is
required to be submitted to the
Commission in the manner provided by
rule 405 of Regulation S–T for any form
of prospectus filed pursuant to
paragraphs (c) or (e) of rule 497 under
the Securities Act [17 CFR 230.497(c) or
(e)] that includes information provided
in response to Items 3, 4, 5, 12, 19 or
20 that varies from the registration
statement. The Interactive Data File
must be submitted with the filing made
pursuant to rule 497.
(iii) The Interactive Data File must be
submitted in accordance with the
specifications in the EDGAR Filer
Manual, and in such a manner that will
permit the information for each
Contract, and, for any information that
does not relate to all of the Classes in
a filing, each Class of the Contract to be
separately identified.
(i) Website Addresses and CrossReferences. Any website address or
cross-reference that is included in an
electronic version of the Statutory
Prospectus must be an active hyperlink.
This requirement does not apply to
electronic Statutory Prospectuses that
are filed on the EDGAR system. Rule
105 of Regulation S–T [17 CFR 232.405]
prohibits hyperlinking to websites,
locations, or other documents that are
outside of the EDGAR system.
D. Incorporation by Reference
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Specific Rules for Incorporation by
Reference in Form N–3
(a) A Registrant may not incorporate
by reference into a prospectus
information that Part A of this Form
requires to be included in a prospectus,
except as specifically permitted by Part
A, of the Form.
(b) A Registrant may incorporate by
reference any or all of the SAI into the
prospectus (but not to provide any
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
information required by Part A to be
included in the prospectus) without
delivering the SAI with the prospectus.
(c) A Registrant may incorporate by
reference into the SAI or its response to
Part C information that Parts B and C
require to be included in the
Registrant’s registration statement.
2. General Requirements
All incorporation by reference must
comply with the requirements of this
Form and the following rules on
incorporation by reference: Rule 10(d) of
Regulation S–K under the Securities Act
[17 CFR 229.10(d)] (general rules on
incorporation by reference, which,
among other things, prohibit, unless
specifically required by this Form,
incorporating by reference a document
that includes incorporation by reference
to another document, and limits
incorporation to documents filed within
the last 5 years, with certain
exceptions); rule 411 under the
Securities Act [17 CFR 230.411] (general
rules on incorporation by reference in a
prospectus); rule 303 of Regulation S–T
[17 CFR 232.303] (specific requirements
for electronically filed documents); and
rules 0–4, 8b–23, and 8b–32 [17 CFR
270.0–4, 270.8b–23, and 270.8b–32]
(additional rules on incorporation by
reference for investment companies).
Part A—Information Required in a
Prospectus
Item 1. Front and Back Cover Pages
(a) Front Cover Page. Include the
following information on the outside
front cover page of the prospectus:
(1) The Registrant’s name.
(2) The Insurance Company’s name.
(3) The types of Variable Annuity
Contracts offered by the prospectus (e.g.,
group, individual, single premium
immediate, flexible premium deferred).
(4) The Investment Options available
under the contract.
(5) The name of the Contract and the
Class or Classes, if any, to which the
Contract relates.
(6) The date of the prospectus.
(7) The statement required by rule
481(b)(1) under the Securities Act.
(8) The statement that additional
information about certain investment
products, including variable annuities,
has been prepared by the Securities and
Exchange Commission’s staff and is
available at Investor.gov.
(9) In the case of a Registrant holding
itself out as a Money Market Fund or an
Investment Option holding itself out as
a Money Market Account, a prominent
statement that an investment in the
Registrant or the Investment Option is
neither insured nor guaranteed by the
U.S. Government.
PO 00000
Frm 00127
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61855
(10) The legend: ‘‘If you are a new
investor in the [Contract], you may
cancel your [Contract] within 10 days of
receiving it without paying fees or
penalties. In some states, this
cancellation period may be longer.
Upon cancellation, you will receive
either a full refund of the amount you
paid with your application or your total
contract value. You should review this
prospectus, or consult with your
investment professional, for additional
information about the specific
cancellation terms that apply.’’
Instruction. A Registrant may include
on the front cover page any additional
information, subject to the requirement
of General Instruction C.3.(b) and (c).
(b) Back Cover Page. Include the
following information, in plain English
under rule 421(d) under the Securities
Act [17 CFR 230.421(d)], on the outside
back cover page of the prospectus:
(1) A statement that the SAI includes
additional information about the
Registrant. Explain that the SAI is
available, without charge, upon request,
and explain how contractowners may
make inquiries about their Contracts.
Provide a toll-free (or collect) telephone
number for investors to call: To request
the SAI; to request other information
about the Contracts; and to make
contractowner inquiries.
Instructions.
1. A Registrant may indicate, if
applicable, that the SAI and other
information are available on its internet
site and/or by email request.
2. A Registrant may indicate, if
applicable, that the SAI and other
information are available from an
insurance agent or financial
intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or
bank) through which the Contracts may
be purchased or sold.
3. When a Registrant (or an insurance
agent or financial intermediary through
which Contracts may be purchased or
sold) receives a request for the SAI, the
Registrant (or insurance agent or
financial intermediary) must send the
SAI within 3 business days of receipt of
the request, by first-class mail or other
means designed to ensure equally
prompt delivery.
(2) A statement whether and from
where information is incorporated by
reference into the prospectus as
permitted by General Instruction D.
Unless the information is delivered with
the prospectus, explain that the
Registrant will provide the information
without charge, upon request (referring
to the telephone number provided in
response to paragraph (b)(1)).
Instruction. The Registrant may
combine the information about
incorporation by reference with the
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61856
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
statements required under paragraph
(b)(1).
(3) A statement that reports and other
information about the Registrant are
available on the Commission’s internet
site at https://www.sec.gov, and that
copies of this information may be
obtained, upon payment of a
duplicating fee, by electronic request at
the following email address:
publicinfo@sec.gov.
(4) The EDGAR contract identifier for
the Contract on the bottom of the back
cover page in type size smaller than that
generally used in the prospectus (e.g., 8point modern type).
Item 2. Overview of the Contract
Provide a concise description of the
Contract, including the following
information:
(a) Purpose. Briefly describe the
purpose(s) of the Contract (e.g., to help
the contractowner accumulate assets
through an investment portfolio, to
provide or supplement the
contractowner’s retirement income, to
provide death and/or other benefits).
State for whom the Contract may be
appropriate (e.g., by discussing a
representative investor’s time horizon,
liquidity needs, and financial goals).
(b) Phases of Contract. Briefly
describe the accumulation (savings)
phase and annuity (income) phase of the
Contract.
(1) This discussion should include a
brief overview of the Investment
Options available under the Contract, as
well as any general (fixed) account
options.
Instructions.
1. Prominently disclose that
additional information about each
Investment Option is provided
elsewhere in the prospectus (see Items
19 and 20), and provide cross-references
as appropriate.
2. A detailed explanation of the
separate account and Investment
Options is not necessary and should be
avoided.
(2) State, if applicable, that if a
contractowner annuitizes, he or she will
receive a stream of income payments,
however (i) he or she will be unable to
make withdrawals and (ii) death
benefits and living benefits will
terminate.
(c) Contract Features. Summarize the
Contract’s primary features, including
death benefits, withdrawal options, loan
provisions, and any available optional
benefits. If applicable, state that the
contractowner will incur an additional
fee for selecting a particular benefit.
Item 3. Key Information
Include the following information:
Important Information You Should
Consider About the Contract
An investment in the Contract is
subject to fees, risks, and other
important considerations, some of
which are briefly summarized in the
following table. You should review the
prospectus for additional information
about these topics.
Fees and Expenses
Surrender Charge
(charges for early withdrawal).
Transaction Charges
(charges for certain
transactions).
Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual
charges).
Risks
Risk of Loss ....................
Not a Short-Term Investment.
Risks Associated with Investment.
Insurance Company
Risks.
Restrictions
Investments ....................
Optional Benefits ............
Taxes
Tax Implications ..............
Conflicts of Interest
Investment Professional
Compensation.
Exchanges ......................
Instructions.
1. General.
(a) A Registrant should disclose the
required information in the tabular
presentation(s) reflected herein, in the
order specified. A Registrant may
exclude any disclosures that are not
applicable, or modify any of the
statements required to be included, so
long as the modified statement contains
comparable information.
(b) A Registrant should provide crossreferences to the location in the
Statutory Prospectus where the subject
matter is described in greater detail.
Cross-references in electronic versions
of the Summary Prospectus and/or
Statutory Prospectus should link
directly to the location in the Statutory
Prospectus where the subject matter is
discussed in greater detail. The crossreference should be adjacent to the
relevant disclosure, either within the
table row, or presented in an additional
table column.
(c) All disclosures provided in
response to this Item 3 should be short
and succinct, consistent with the
limitations of a tabular presentation.
2. Fees and Expenses
(a) Surrender Charges (charges for
early withdrawal). Include a statement
that if the contractowner withdraws
money from the Contract within [x]
years following his or her last premium
payment, he or she will be assessed a
surrender charge. Include in this
statement the maximum surrender
charge (as a percentage of [contribution/
premium or amount surrendered]), and
the maximum number of years that a
surrender charge may be assessed since
the last premium payment under the
contract. Provide an example of the
maximum surrender charge a
contractowner could pay (in dollars)
under the Contract assuming a $100,000
investment (e.g., ‘‘[i]f you make an early
withdrawal, you could pay a surrender
charge of up to $9,000 on a $100,000
investment.’’).
(b) Transaction Charges (charges for
certain transactions). State that in
addition to surrender charges (if
applicable), the contractowner may also
be charged for other transactions, and
provide a brief narrative description of
the types of such charges (e.g., front-end
loads, charges for transferring cash
value between Investment Options,
charges for wire transfers, etc.).
(c) Ongoing Fees and Expenses
(annual charges).
Include the following information, in
the order specified:
(i) Minimum and Maximum Annual
Fee Table
(A) The legend: ‘‘The table below
describes the fees and expenses that you
may pay each year, depending on the
options you choose. Please refer to your
contract specifications page for
information about the specific fees you
will pay each year based on the options
you have elected.’’
(B) Provide Minimum and Maximum
Annual Fees in substantially the
following tabular format, in the order
specified.
Annual fee
Minimum
Maximum
Annual contract expenses (excluding optional benefit expenses) ..........................................................................
Optional benefits (if elected) ....................................................................................................................................
[ ]%
[ ]%
[ ]%
[ ]%
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00128
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
available for an additional charge). The
Maximum Annual Fee means the
highest available current fee for each
annual fee category (i.e., the most
expensive annual contract expenses,
and the most expensive optional benefit
available for an additional charge).
(ii) Lowest and Highest Annual Cost
Table
(A) The legend: ‘‘Because your
contract is customizable, the choices
you make affect how much you will
pay. To help you understand the cost of
(C) Explain, in a parenthetical or
footnote to the table or each caption, the
basis for each percentage (e.g., % of
separate account value or benefit base).
(D) Annual contract expenses should
be calculated in accordance with the
instructions for Total Annual Contract
Expenses in Item 4.
(E) The Minimum Annual Fee means
the lowest available current fee for each
annual fee category (i.e., the least
expensive annual contract expenses,
and the least expensive optional benefit
Lowest annual cost: $[
]
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
(C) Calculate the Lowest and Highest
Annual Cost estimates in the following
manner:
a. Calculate the dollar amount of fees
that would be assessed based on the
assumptions described in the table
above for each of the first 10 Contract
years.
b. Total each year’s fees (discounted
to the present value using a 5% annual
discount rate) and divide by 10 to
calculate the estimated dollar amounts
that are required to be set forth in the
table above.
c. Sales loads, other than ongoing
sales charges, may be excluded from the
Lowest and Highest Annual Cost
estimates.
d. Amounts of any premium bonus
may be excluded from the Lowest and
Highest Annual Cost estimates.
e. Unless otherwise stated, the least
and most expensive combination of
annual contract expenses and optional
benefits available for an additional
charge should be based on the
disclosures provided in the Example in
Item 4. If a different combination of
annual contract expenses and optional
benefits available for an additional
charge would result in different
Minimum or Maximum fees in different
years, use the least expensive or most
expensive combination of annual
contract expenses and optional benefits
each year.
3. Risks
(a) Risk of Loss. State that a
contractowner can lose money by
investing in the Contract
(b) Not a Short-Term Investment.
State that a Contract is not a short-term
investment vehicle and is not
appropriate for an investor who needs
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
owning your contract, the following
table shows the lowest and highest cost
you could pay each year. This estimate
assumes that you do not take
withdrawals from the contract, which
could add surrender charges that
substantially increase costs.’’
(B) Provide Lowest and Highest
Annual Costs in substantially the
following tabular format, in the order
specified.
Highest annual cost: $[
Assumes:
• Investment of $100,000 .................................................................
• 5% annual appreciation .................................................................
• Least expensive combination of annual contract expenses .........
• No optional benefits .......................................................................
• No sales charges ...........................................................................
• No additional contributions, transfers or withdrawals ....................
Frm 00129
Fmt 4701
]
Assumes:
• Investment of $100,000.
• 5% annual appreciation.
• Most expensive combination of annual contract expenses and
optional benefits.
• No sales charges.
• No additional contributions, transfers or withdrawals.
ready access to cash, accompanied by a
brief explanation.
(c) Risks Associated with Investment.
State that an investment in the Contract
is subject to the risk of poor investment
performance and can vary depending on
the performance of the Investment
Options available under the Contract (as
well as any fixed account Investment
Option), that each Investment Option
will have its own unique risks, and that
the contractowner should review
prospectus disclosures regarding the
Investment Options before making an
investment decision.
(d) Insurance Company Risks. State
that an investment in the Contract is
subject to the risks related to the
Insurance Company, including that any
obligations, guarantees, or benefits are
subject to the claims-paying ability of
the Insurance Company. If applicable,
further state that more information
about the Insurance Company,
including its financial strength ratings,
is available upon request from the
Registrant.
Instruction. A Registrant may include
the Insurance Company’s financial
strength rating(s) and omit the
disclosures contemplated by the last
sentence of Instruction 3.(d).
4. Restrictions.
(a) Investments. Briefly state whether
there are any restrictions that may limit
the investments that a contractowner
may choose, as well as any limitations
on the transfer of Contract value among
Investment Options. If applicable, state
that the insurer reserves the right to
remove or substitute Investment
Options.
(b) Optional Benefits. State whether
there are any restrictions or limitations
PO 00000
61857
Sfmt 4702
relating to optional benefits, and/or
whether an optional benefit may be
modified or terminated by the
Registrant. If applicable, state that
withdrawals may affect the availability
of optional benefits by reducing the
benefit by an amount greater than the
value withdrawn, and/or could
terminate a benefit.
5. Taxes—Tax Implications. State that
a contractowner should consult with a
tax professional to determine the tax
implications of an investment in and
payments received under the Contract,
and that there is no additional tax
benefit to the contractowner if the
Contract is purchased through a taxqualified plan or individual retirement
account (IRA). Explain that withdrawals
will be subject to ordinary income tax,
and may be subject to tax penalties.
6. Conflicts of Interest.
(a) Investment Professional
Compensation. State that some
investment professionals receive
compensation for selling the Contract to
investors, and briefly describe the basis
upon which such compensation is
typically paid (e.g., commissions,
revenue sharing, compensation from
affiliates and third parties). State that
these investment professionals may
have a financial incentive to offer or
recommend the Contract over another
investment for which the investment
professional is not compensated (or
compensated less).
(b) Exchanges. State that some
investment professionals may have a
financial incentive to offer a
contractowner a new contract in place
of the one he or she already owns, and
that a contractowner should only
exchange his or her contract if he or she
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61858
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
determines, after comparing the
features, fees, and risks of both
contracts, that it is preferable for him or
her to purchase the new contract rather
than continue to own the existing
contract.
Instruction. A Registrant may omit
these line-items if neither the Registrant
nor any of its related companies pay
financial intermediaries for the sale of
the Contract or related services.
Item 4. Fee Table
Include the following information:
The following tables describe the fees
and expenses that you will pay when
buying, owning, and surrendering the
contract. Please refer to your contract
specifications page for information
about the specific fees you will pay each
year based on the options you have
elected.
The first table describes the fees and
expenses that you will pay at the time
that you buy the contract, surrender the
contract, or transfer cash value between
[Investment Options]. State premium
taxes may also be deducted.
ANNUAL TRANSACTION EXPENSES
Sales Load Imposed on Purchases (as a
percentage of purchase payments) .........
Deferred Sales Load (or Surrender
Charge) (as a percentage of purchase
payments or amount surrendered, as applicable) ...................................................
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of
amount redeemed, if applicable) .............
Exchange Fee .............................................
If you annuitize at the end of the applicable time period: ...............................................
If you do not surrender your contract: .............................................................................
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
The Investment Option pays
transaction costs, such as commissions,
when it buys and sells securities (or
‘‘turns over’’ its portfolio). A higher
portfolio turnover rate may indicate
higher transaction costs and may result
in higher taxes when Registrant shares
are held in a taxable account. These
costs, which are not reflected in annual
contract expenses or in the example,
affect the Investment Option’s
performance. During the most recent
fiscal year, the Investment Option’s
portfolio turnover rate was ll% of the
average value of its portfolio.
Instructions.
1. Include the narrative explanations
in the order indicated. A Registrant may
modify a narrative explanation if the
explanation contains comparable
information to that shown.
2. Assume that the annuity contract is
owned during the accumulation period
for purposes of the table (including the
Example). If an annuitant would pay
different fees or be subject to different
expenses, disclose this in a brief
narrative and provide a cross-reference
to those portions of the prospectus
describing these fees.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
ll%
ll%
ANNUAL CONTRACT EXPENSES
Administrative [Expenses] ...........................
Base Contract [Expenses] (as a percentage of average account value) ................
Management Fees ......................................
Other Expenses ..........................................
lllllllllllllll ...........
lllllllllllllll ...........
lllllllllllllll ...........
$ll
ll%
ll%
ll%
ll%
ll%
ll%
Frm 00130
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
ll%
ll%
Example
This Example is intended to help you
compare the cost of investing in the
contract with the cost of investing in
other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include transaction expenses,
annual contract expenses, and
[Investment Option] operating expenses.
The Example assumes that you invest
$100,000 in the contract for the time
periods indicated. The Example also
assumes that your investment has a 5%
return each year and assumes the most
expensive combination of [Investment
Option] operating expenses and
optional benefits available for an
additional charge. Although your actual
costs may be higher or lower, based on
these assumptions, your costs would be:
1 year
$ll
1 year
$ll
1 year
$ll
3. A Registrant may omit captions if
the Registrant does not charge the fees
or expenses covered by the captions. A
Registrant may modify or add captions
if the captions shown do not provide an
accurate description of the Registrant’s
fees and expenses.
4. Round all dollar figures to the
nearest dollar and all percentages to the
nearest hundredth of one percent.
5. In the Annual Transaction
Expenses and Annual Contract
Expenses tables, the Registrant must
disclose the maximum guaranteed
charge, unless a specific instruction
directs otherwise. If a fee is calculated
based on a benchmark (e.g., a fee that
varies according to volatility levels or
Treasury yields), the Registrant must
also disclose the maximum guaranteed
charge as a single number. The
Registrant may disclose the current
charge, in addition to the maximum
charge, if the disclosure of the current
charge is no more prominent than, and
does not obscure or impede
understanding of, the disclosure of the
maximum charge. In addition, the
Registrant may include in a footnote to
the table a tabular, narrative, or other
presentation providing further detail
regarding variations in the charge. For
PO 00000
Optional Benefit [Expenses] (as a percentage of benefit base or other (e.g., average account value)) .................................
Total Annual Contract Expenses .............
ll%
The next table describes the fees and
expenses that you will pay each year
during the time you own the contract.
If you choose to purchase an optional
benefit, you will pay additional charges,
as shown below.
If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period: ........................
Portfolio Turnover
ll%
ANNUAL CONTRACT EXPENSES—
Continued
3 years
$ll
3 years
$ll
3 years
$ll
5 years
$ll
5 years
$ll
5 years
$ll
10 years
$ll
10 years
$ll
10 years
$ll
example, if deferred sales charges
decline over time, the Registrant may
include in a footnote a presentation
regarding the scheduled reductions in
the deferred sales charges.
6. Provide a separate fee table (or
separate column within the table) for
each Contract form offered by the
prospectus that has different fees.
7. If the Registrant offers more than
one Investment Option, provide a
separate response for each Investment
Option. In addition, in a Contract with
more than one Class, provide a separate
response for each Class.
Administrative [Expenses]
8. Administrative expenses include
any contract, account, or similar fee
imposed on all Contractowner Accounts
on any recurring basis.
Annual Transaction [Expenses]
9. ‘‘Sales Load Imposed on
Purchases’’ includes the maximum sales
load imposed upon purchase payments
and may include a tabular presentation,
within the larger table, of the range of
such sales loads.
10. ‘‘Deferred Sales Load’’ includes
the maximum contingent deferred sales
load (or surrender charge), expressed as
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
a percentage of the original purchase
price or amount surrendered, and may
include a tabular presentation, within
the larger table, of the range of
contingent deferred sales loads over
time.
11. ‘‘Exchange Fee’’ includes the
maximum fee charged for any exchange
or transfer of Contract value from the
Registrant to another investment
company or from one Investment
Option of the Registrant to another
Investment Option or the insurance
company’s general account. The
Registrant may include a tabular
presentation of the range of exchange
fees unless such a presentation would
be so lengthy as to encumber the larger
table, in which case the Registrant
should only provide a cross-reference to
the narrative portion of the prospectus
discussing the exchange fee.
12. If the Registrant (or any other
party pursuant to an agreement with the
Registrant) charges any other transaction
fee, add another caption describing it
and list the (maximum) amount or basis
on which the fee is deducted.
Base Contract [Expenses]
13. Base Contract expenses includes
mortality and expense risk fees, and
account fees and expenses. Account fees
and expenses include all fees and
expenses (except sales loads, mortality
and expense risk fees, and optional
benefits) that are deducted from
separate account assets or charged to all
Contractowner Accounts.
14. Other Annual Expenses.
(a) ‘‘Management Fees’’ include
investment advisory fees (including any
component thereof based on the
performance of the Registrant), any
other management fees payable to the
investment adviser or its affiliates and
administrative fees payable to the
investment adviser or its affiliates not
included as ‘‘Other Expenses.’’
(b)(i) ‘‘Other Expenses’’ includes all
expenses (except fees and expenses
reported in other items in the table) that
are deducted from separate account
assets and are reflected as expenses in
the Registrant’s statement of operations
(including increases resulting from
complying with paragraph 2(g) of Rule
6–07 [17 CFR 210.6–07] of Regulation
S–X).
(ii) ‘‘Other Expenses’’ do not include
extraordinary expenses. ‘‘Extraordinary
expenses’’ refers to expenses that are
distinguished by their unusual nature
and by the infrequency of occurrence.
Unusual nature means the expense has
a high degree of abnormality and is
clearly unrelated to, or only incidentally
related to, the ordinary and typical
activities of the fund, taking into
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
account the environment in which the
fund operates. Infrequency of
occurrence means the expense is not
reasonably expected to recur in the
foreseeable future, taking into
consideration the environment in which
the fund operates. The environment of
a fund includes such factors as the
characteristics of the industry or
industries in which it operates, the
geographical location of its operations,
and the nature and extent of
governmental regulation. If
extraordinary expenses were incurred
that materially affected the Registrant’s
‘‘Other Expenses,’’ the Registrant should
disclose in the narrative following the
table what the ‘‘Other Expenses’’ would
have been had extraordinary expenses
been included.
(iii) The Registrant may subdivide this
caption into no more than three
subcategories of the Registrant’s
choosing, but must also include a total
of all ‘‘Other Expenses.’’
(c) The percentages expressing annual
expenses should be based on amounts
incurred during the most recent fiscal
year. However, if the Registrant has
changed its fiscal year, and as a result
the most recent fiscal year is less than
three months, the Registrant should use
the fiscal year prior to the most recent
fiscal year as the basis for determining
annual expenses.
(d) If there have been any changes in
the annual expenses that would
materially affect the information
disclosed in the table:
(i) Restate the expense information
using the current fees that would have
been applicable had they been in effect
during the previous fiscal year; and
(ii) In the narrative following the
table, disclose that the expense
information in the table has been
restated to reflect current fees.
Instruction. A change in annual
expenses means either an increase or a
decrease in expenses that occurred
during the most recent fiscal year or that
is expected to occur during the current
fiscal year. It includes the elimination of
any expense reimbursement or fee
waiver arrangement, in which case the
expenses that would have been incurred
had there been no reimbursement or
waiver should be listed, but does not
include circumstances where separate
account expenses decrease in relation to
the size of the separate account so as to
make any waiver or reimbursement
arrangement inoperative. An expected
decrease in expenses as a percentage of
assets due to economies of scale or
breakpoints in a fee arrangement for a
separate account whose assets have
increased is an example of a change that
PO 00000
Frm 00131
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61859
should not be treated as a change
requiring restatement.
(e) If there were expense
reimbursement or fee waiver
arrangements that reduced any
operating expenses and will continue to
reduce them in the current fiscal year:
(a) Revise the appropriate caption by
adding ‘‘After Expense
Reimbursements’’ or some similar
phrase; (b) state the amount of the actual
expenses incurred, (i.e., net of the
amount reimbursed or waived); and (c)
disclose in the narrative following the
table the amount the expenses would
have been absent the reimbursement or
waiver.
(f)(i) If the Registrant invests in shares
of one or more Acquired Funds, add a
subcaption to the ‘‘Annual Expenses’’
portion of the table directly above the
subcaption titled ‘‘Total Annual
Expenses.’’ Title the additional
subcaption: ‘‘Acquired Fund Fees and
Expenses.’’ Disclose in the subcaption
fees and expenses incurred indirectly by
the Registrant as a result of investment
in shares of one or more Acquired
Funds. For purposes of this Item, an
‘‘Acquired Fund’’ means any company
in which the Registrant invests that (i)
is an investment company or (ii) would
be an investment company under
section 3(a) of the 1940 Act (15 U.S.C.
80a3(a)) but for the exceptions to that
definition provided for in sections
3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act (15
U.S.C. 80a–3(c)(1) and 80a–3(c)(7)). If a
Registrant uses another term in response
to other requirements of this Form to
refer to Acquired Funds, it may include
that term in parentheses following the
subcaption title. In the event the fees
and expenses incurred indirectly by the
Registrant as a result of investment in
shares of one or more Acquired Funds
do not exceed 0.01 percent (one basis
point) of average net assets of the
Registrant, the Registrant may include
these fees and expenses under the
subcaption ‘‘Other Expenses’’ in lieu of
this disclosure requirement.
(ii) Determine the ‘‘Acquired Fund
Fees and Expenses’’ according to the
following formula:
AFFE = [(F1/FY) * AI1 * D1] + [(F2/FY)
* AI2 * D2] + [(F3/FY) * AI3 * D3]
+ Transaction Fees + Incentive
Allocations Average Net Assets of
the Registrant
Where:
AFFE = Acquired Fund fees and expenses;
F1, F2, F3, . . . = Total annual operating
expense ratio for each Acquired Fund;
FY = Number of days in the relevant fiscal
year;
AI1, AI2, AI3, . . . = Average invested balance
in each Acquired Fund;
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61860
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
D1, D2, D3, . . . = Number of days invested
in each Acquired Fund;
‘‘Transaction Fees’’ = The total amount of
sales loads, redemption fees, or other
transaction fees paid by the Registrant in
connection with acquiring or disposing
of shares in any Acquired Funds during
the most recent fiscal year.
(iii) Calculate the average net assets of
the Registrant for the most recent fiscal
year based on the value of the net assets
determined no less frequently than the
end of each month.
(iv) The total annual operating
expense ratio used for purposes of this
calculation (F1) is the annualized ratio
of operating expenses to average net
assets for the Acquired Fund’s most
recent fiscal period as disclosed in the
Acquired Fund’s most recent
shareholder report. If the ratio of
expenses to average net assets is not
included in the most recent shareholder
report or the Acquired Fund is a newly
formed fund that has not provided a
shareholder report, then the ratio of
expenses to average net assets of the
Acquired Fund is the ratio of total
annual operating expenses to average
annual net assets of the Acquired Fund
for its most recent fiscal period as
disclosed in the most recent
communication from the Acquired Fund
to the Registrant. For purposes of this
instruction, Acquired Fund expenses
include increases resulting from
brokerage service and expense offset
arrangements and reductions resulting
from fee waivers or reimbursements by
the Acquired Funds’ investment
advisers or sponsors.
(v) To determine the average invested
balance (AI1), the numerator is the sum
of the amount initially invested in an
Acquired Fund during the most recent
fiscal year (if the investment was held
at the end of the previous fiscal year,
use the amount invested as of the end
of the previous fiscal year) and the
amounts invested in the Acquired Fund
no less frequently than monthly during
the period the investment is held by the
Registrant (if the investment was held
through the end of the fiscal year, use
each month-end through and including
the fiscal year-end). Divide the
numerator by the number of
measurement points included in the
calculation of the numerator (i.e., if an
investment is made during the fiscal
year and held for 3 succeeding months,
the denominator would be 4).
Optional Benefits [Expenses]
15. Optional Benefits expenses
include any optional features (e.g.,
enhanced death benefits and living
benefits) offered under the Contract for
an additional charge.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Total Annual Contract Expenses
16. If optional benefit expenses are
calculated on a basis other than account
value, Registrants should prominently
indicate that those optional benefit
expenses are not included in total
annual expenses (which are calculated
as a percentage of account value).
Example
17. For purposes of the Example(s) in
the table, provide the following for each
contract class of each Investment
Option:
(a) Assume that the percentage
amounts listed under ‘‘Base Contract
[Expenses]’’ remain the same in each
year of the 1-, 3-, 5-, and 10-year
periods, except that an appropriate
adjust to reflect reduced annual
expenses from completion of
organization expense amortization may
be made;
(b) The most expensive combination
of contract features must be shown first.
Additional expense presentations are
permitted, but not required;
(c) Assume the maximum sales load
that may be deducted from purchase
payments is deducted;
(d) For any breakpoint in any fee,
assume that the amount of the
Registrant’s (and the Investment
Option’s) assets remains constant as of
the level at the end of the most recently
completed fiscal year;
(e) Assume no exchanges or other
transactions;
(f) Reflect any [annual] contract
expenses by dividing the total amount
of [annual] contract expenses collected
during the year that are attributable to
the contract offered by the prospectus
by the total average net assets that are
attributable to the contract offered by
the prospectus. Add the resulting
percentage to Base Contract expenses
and assume that it remains the same in
each year of the 1-, 3-, 5-, and 10-year
periods;
(g) Reflect any contingent deferred
sales load by assuming a complete
surrender on the last day of the year;
(h) Provide the information required
in the third section of the Example only
if a sales load or other fee is charged
upon a complete surrender; and
(i) Include in the Example the
information provided by the caption ‘‘If
you annuitize at the end of the
applicable time period’’ only if the
Registrant charges fees upon
annuitization that are different from
those charged upon surrender.
Item 5. Principal Risks of Investing in
the Contract
Summarize the principal risks of
purchasing a Contract, including the
PO 00000
Frm 00132
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
risks of poor investment performance,
that Contracts are unsuitable as shortterm savings vehicles, limitations on
access to cash value through
withdrawals, and the possibility of
adverse tax consequences.
Item 6. General Description of
Registrant, Insurance Company, and
Investment Options
Concisely discuss the organization
and operation or proposed operation of
the Registrant. Include the information
specified below.
(a) Insurance Company. Provide the
name and address of the Insurance
Company.
(b) Registrant. Briefly describe the
Registrant. Include a statement
indicating that:
(1) Income, gains, and losses credited
to, or charged against, the Registrant
reflect the Registrant’s own investment
experience and not the investment
experience of the Insurance Company’s
other assets;
(2) the assets of the Registrant may not
be used to pay any liabilities of the
Insurance Company other than those
arising from the Contracts; and
(3) the Insurance Company is
obligated to pay all amounts promised
to contractowners under the Contracts.
(c) Investment Options. State that
information regarding each Investment
Option, including (i) its name, (ii) its
type (e.g., Money Market Account, bond
fund, balanced fund, etc.) or a brief
statement concerning its investment
objectives, (iii) its investment adviser
and any sub-investment adviser, (iv)
expense ratio, and (v) performance is
available elsewhere in the prospectus
(see Items 19 and 20), and provide
cross-references as appropriate.
(d) Portfolio Holdings. State that a
description of the Registrant’s policies
and procedures with respect to the
disclosure of the Registrant’s portfolio
securities is available (i) in the
Registrant’s SAI; and (ii) on the
Registrant’s website, if applicable.
(e) Voting. Concisely discuss the
rights of contractowners to instruct the
Insurance Company on the voting of
shares of the Registrant, including the
manner in which votes will be
allocated.
Item 7. Management
(a) Investment Adviser. Provide the
name and address of each investment
adviser of the Registrant, including sub
advisers. Describe the investment
adviser’s experience as an investment
adviser and the advisory services that it
provides to the Registrant.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(1) Describe the compensation of each
investment adviser of the Registrant as
follows:
(i) If the Registrant has operated for a
full fiscal year, state the aggregate fee
paid to the adviser for the most recent
fiscal year as a percentage of average net
assets. If the Registrant has not operated
for a full fiscal year, state what the
adviser’s fee is as a percentage of
average net assets, including any
breakpoints.
(ii) If the adviser’s fee is not based on
a percentage of average net assets (e.g.,
the adviser receives a performancebased fee), describe the basis of the
adviser’s compensation.
(2) Include a statement, adjacent to
the disclosure required by paragraph
(a)(1) of this Item, that a discussion
regarding the basis for the board of
directors approving any investment
advisory contract of the Registrant is
available in the Registrant’s annual or
semi-annual report to contractowners,
as applicable, and providing the period
covered by the relevant annual or semiannual report.
Instructions.
1. If the Registrant changed advisers
during the fiscal year, describe the
compensation and the dates of service
for each adviser.
2. Explain any changes in the basis of
computing the adviser’s compensation
during the fiscal year.
3. If a Registrant has more than one
investment adviser, disclose the
aggregate fee paid to all of the advisers,
rather than the fees paid to each adviser,
in response to this Item.
(b) Portfolio Manager. State the name,
title, and length of service of the person
or persons employed by or associated
with the Registrant or an investment
adviser of the Registrant who are
primarily responsible for the day-to-day
management of the Registrant’s portfolio
(‘‘Portfolio Manager’’). For each
Portfolio Manager identified, state the
Portfolio Manager’s business experience
during the past 5 years. Include a
statement, adjacent to the foregoing
disclosure, that the SAI provides
additional information about the
Portfolio Manager’s(s’) compensation,
other accounts managed by the Portfolio
Manager(s), and the Portfolio
Manager’s(s’) ownership of securities in
the Registrant. If a Portfolio Manager is
a member of a committee, team, or other
group of persons associated with the
Registrant or an investment adviser of
the Registrant that is jointly and
primarily responsible for the day-to-day
management of the Registrant’s
portfolio, provide a brief description of
the person’s role on the committee,
team, or other group (e.g., lead member),
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
including a description of any
limitations on the person’s role and the
relationship between the person’s role
and the roles of other persons who have
responsibility for the day-to-day
management of the Registrant’s
portfolio.
Item 8. Charges
(a) Description. Briefly describe all
charges deducted from purchase
payments, Contractowner Accounts, or
assets of the Registrant, or any other
source (e.g., sales loads, premium taxes
and other taxes, administrative and
transaction charges, risk charges,
contract loan charges, and optional
benefit charges). Indicate whether each
charge will be deducted from purchase
payments, Contractowner Accounts, or
the Registrant’s assets, the proceeds of
withdrawals or surrenders, or some
other source. When possible, specify the
amount of any current charge as a
percentage or dollar figure (e.g., 0.95%
of average daily net assets or $5 per
exchange). For recurring charges,
specify the frequency of the deduction
(e.g., daily, monthly, annually). Identify
the person who receives the amount
deducted, briefly explain what is
provided in consideration for the
charges, and explain the extent to which
any charge can be modified. Where it is
possible to identify what is provided in
consideration for a particular charge
(e.g., use of sales load to pay
distribution costs, please explain what
is provided in consideration for that
charge separately.
Instructions.
1. Describe the sales loads applicable
to the Contract and how sales loads are
charged and calculated, including the
factors affecting the computation of the
amount of the sales load. If the Contract
has a front-end sales load, describe the
sales load as a percentage of the
applicable measure of purchase
payments and as a percentage of the net
amount invested for each breakpoint.
For Contracts with a deferred sales load,
describe the sales load as a percentage
of the applicable measure of purchase
payments (or other basis) that the
deferred sales load may represent.
Percentages should be shown in a table.
Identify any events on which a deferred
sales load is deducted (e.g., surrender or
partial surrender). The description of
any deferred sales load should include
how the deduction will be allocated
among Investment Options of the
Registrant and when, if ever, the sales
load will be waived (e.g., if the Contract
provides a free withdrawal amount).
2. Unless set forth in response to
Instruction 1, list any special purchase
plans or methods established pursuant
PO 00000
Frm 00133
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61861
to a rule or an exemptive order that
reflect scheduled variations in, or
elimination of, the sales load (e.g., group
discounts, waiver of sales load upon
annuitization or attainment of a certain
age, waiver of deferred sales load for a
certain percentage of contract value
(‘‘free corridor’’), investment of
proceeds from another policy, exchange
privileges, employee benefit plans, or
the terms of a merger, acquisition or
exchange offer made pursuant to a plan
of reorganization); identify each class of
individuals or transactions to which
such plans apply; state each different
sales charge available as a percentage of
the public offering price and as a
percentage of the net amount invested;
and state from whom additional
information may be obtained. Describe
any other special purchase plans or
methods established pursuant to a rule
that reflect other variations in, or
elimination of, the sales load or in any
administrative charge or other
deductions from purchase payments,
and generally describe the basis for the
variation or elimination in the sales load
or other deduction (i.e., the size of the
purchaser, a prior or existing
relationship with the purchaser, the
purchaser’s assumption of certain
administrative functions, or other
characteristics that result in differences
in costs or services).
3. If proceeds from explicit sales loads
will not cover the expected costs of
distributing the contracts, identify from
what source the shortfall, if any, will be
paid. If any shortfall is to be made from
assets from the Insurance Company’s
general account, disclose, if applicable,
that any amounts paid by the Insurance
Company may consist, among other
things, of proceeds derived from Base
Contract expenses deducted from the
account.
4. If the Contract’s charge for
premium or other taxes varies according
to jurisdiction, identification of the
range of current premium or other taxes
is sufficient.
(b) Commissions Paid to Dealers.
State the commissions paid to dealers as
a percentage of purchase payments.
(c) Investment Option Charges. State
that charges are deducted from and
expenses paid out of the assets of the
Investment Options.
(d) Operating Expenses. Describe the
type of operating expenses for which the
Registrant is responsible. If
organizational expenses of the
Registrant are to be paid out of its assets,
explain how the expenses will be
amortized and the period over which
the amortization will occur.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61862
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Item 9. General Description of Contracts
(a) Contract Rights. Identify the
person or persons (e.g., the
contractowner, participant, annuitant,
or beneficiary) who have material rights
under the Contracts, and the nature of
those rights, (1) during the
accumulation period, (2) during the
annuity period, or (3) after the death of
the annuitant or contractowner.
Instruction. Disclose all material state
variations and intermediary specific
variations (e.g., variations resulting from
different brokerage channels) to the
offering.
(b) Contract Provisions and
Limitations. Briefly describe any
provisions and limitations for:
(1) Minimum contract value, and the
consequences of falling below that
amount;
(2) allocation of purchase payments
among Investment Options of the
Registrant;
(3) transfer of Contract values between
Investment Options of the Registrant,
including transfer programs (e.g., dollar
cost averaging, portfolio rebalancing,
asset allocation programs, and
automatic transfer programs);
(4) conversion or exchange of
Contracts for another contract, including
a fixed or variable annuity or life
insurance contract; and
Instruction. In discussing conversion
or exchange of Contracts, the Registrant
should include any time limits on
conversion or exchange, the name of the
company issuing the other contract and
whether that company is affiliated with
the issuer of the Contract, and how the
cash value of the Contract will be
affected by the conversion or exchange.
(5) buyout offers of variable annuity
contracts, including interests or
participations therein.
(c) General Account. Describe the
obligations under the contract that are
funded by the insurer’s general account
(e.g., death benefits, living benefits, or
other benefits available under the
contract), and state that these amounts
are subject to the insurer’s claims
paying ability and financial strength.
(d) Contract or Registrant Changes.
Briefly describe the changes that can be
made in the Contracts or the operations
of the Registrant by the Registrant or the
Insurance Company, including:
(1) Why a change may be made (e.g.,
changes in applicable law or
interpretations of law);
(2) who, if anyone, must approve any
change (e.g., the contractowner or the
Commission); and
(3) who, if anyone, must be notified
of any change.
Instruction. Describe only those
changes that would be material to a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
purchaser of the Contracts, such as a
reservation of the right to deregister the
Registrant under the Investment
Company Act or to substitute one
Investment Option for another. Do not
describe possible non-material changes,
such as changing the time of day at
which accumulation unit values are
determined.
(e) Class of Purchasers. Disclose any
limitations on the class or classes of
purchasers to whom the Contract is
being offered.
(f) Frequent Transfers among
Investment Options of the Registrant
(1) Describe the risks, if any, that
frequent transfers of Contract value
among Investment Options of the
Registrant may present for other
contractowners and other persons (e.g.,
participants, annuitants, or
beneficiaries) who have material rights
under the Contract.
(2) State whether or not the Registrant
or Insurance Company has policies and
procedures with respect to frequent
transfers of Contract value among
Investment Options of the Registrant.
(3) If neither the Registrant nor
Insurance Company has any such
policies and procedures, provide a
statement of the specific basis for the
view of the board that it is appropriate
for the Registrant not to have such
policies and procedures.
(4) If the Registrant or Insurance
Company has adopted any such policies
and procedures, describe those policies
and procedures, including:
(i) Whether or not the Registrant or
Insurance Company discourages
frequent transfers of Contract value
among Investment Options of the
Registrant;
(ii) whether or not the Registrant or
Insurance Company accommodates
frequent transfers of Contract value
among Investment Options of the
Registrant; and
(iii) any policies and procedures of
the Registrant or Insurance Company for
deterring frequent transfers of Contract
value among Investment Options of the
Registrant, including any restrictions
imposed by the Registrant or Insurance
Company to prevent or minimize
frequent transfers. Describe each of
these policies, procedures, and
restrictions with specificity. Indicate
whether each of these restrictions
applies uniformly in all cases or
whether the restriction will not be
imposed under certain circumstances,
including whether each of these
restrictions applies to trades that occur
through omnibus accounts at
intermediaries, such as investment
advisers, broker-dealers, transfer agents,
and third party administrators. Describe
PO 00000
Frm 00134
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
with specificity the circumstances
under which any restriction will not be
imposed. Include a description of the
following restrictions, if applicable:
(A) Any restrictions on the volume or
number of transfers that may be made
within a given time period;
(B) any transfer fee;
(C) any costs or administrative or
other fees or charges that are imposed
on persons deemed to be engaged in
frequent transfers of Contract value
among Investment Options of the
Registrant, together with a description
of the circumstances under which such
costs, fees, or charges will be imposed;
(D) any minimum holding period that
is imposed before a transfer may be
made from an Investment Option into
another Investment Option of the
Registrant;
(E) any restrictions imposed on
transfer requests submitted by overnight
delivery, electronically, or via facsimile
or telephone; and
(F) any right of the Registrant or
Insurance Company to reject, limit,
delay, or impose other conditions on
transfers or to terminate or otherwise
limit Contracts based on a history of
frequent transfers among Investment
Options, including the circumstances
under which such right will be
exercised.
(5) If applicable, include a statement,
adjacent to the disclosure required by
paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(4) of this
Item, that the Statement of Additional
Information includes a description of all
arrangements with any person to permit
frequent transfers of contract value
among Investment Options of the
Registrant.
Item 10. Annuity Period
Briefly describe the annuity options
available. The discussion should
include:
(a) Material factors that determine the
level of annuity benefits;
(b) The annuity commencement date
(give the earliest and latest possible
dates);
(c) Frequency and duration of annuity
payments, and the effect of these on the
level of payment;
(d) The effect of assumed investment
return;
(e) Any minimum amount necessary
for an annuity option and the
consequences of an insufficient amount;
and
(f) Rights, if any, to change annuity
options or to effect a transfer of
investment base after the annuity
commencement date.
Instructions.
1. Describe the choices, if any,
available to a prospective annuitant, and
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
the effect of not specifying a choice.
Where an annuitant is given a choice in
assumed investment return, explain the
effect of choosing a higher, as opposed
to a lower, assumed investment return.
2. Detailed disclosure on the method
of calculating annuity payments should
be placed in the Statement of Additional
Information in response to Item 31.
(g) If applicable, state that the
contractowner will not be able to
withdraw any contract value amounts
after the annuity commencement date.
Item 11. Standard Death Benefit
Briefly describe the standard death
benefit provided under the Contract
Name of benefit
during the accumulation and the
annuity periods.
Include:
(a) The operation of the standard
death benefit, including the amount of
the death benefit and how the death
benefit amount may vary, the
circumstances under which the value of
the benefit may increase or be reduced
(including the impact of withdrawals),
and how the benefit may be terminated.
(b) When the death benefit is
calculated and payable and the effect of
choosing a specific method of payment
on calculation of the death benefit.
(c) The forms the benefit may take,
including the effect of not choosing a
payment option and the period, if any,
during which payments must begin
under any annuity option.
Item 12. Other Benefits Available Under
the Contract
(a) Include the following information:
In addition to the standard death
benefit associated with your contract,
other [standard and/or optional] benefits
may also be available to you. The
purposes, fees, and restrictions/
limitations of these additional benefits
are briefly summarized in the following
table[s].
Statement of whether benefit
is standard or optional
Purpose
Fee
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
[
[
Instructions.
1. General.
(a) The table required by this Item
12(a) is meant to provide a tabular
summary overview of the benefits
described in Item 12(b) (e.g., optional
death benefits, optional or standard
living benefits, etc.)
(b) If the Contract offers multiple
benefits of the same type (e.g., death
benefit, accumulation benefit,
withdrawal benefit, long-term care
benefit), the Registrant may include
multiple tables in response to this Item
12(a), if doing so might better permit
comparisons of different benefits of the
same type.
(c) The Registrant should include
appropriate titles, headings, or other
information to promote clarity and
facilitate understanding of the table(s)
presented in response to this Item 12(a).
For example, if certain optional benefits
are only available to certain
contractowners (e.g., contractowners
who invested during specific time
periods), the table could include
footnotes or headings to identify which
optional benefits are affected and to
whom those optional benefits are
available. In addition, if the Registrant
includes titles or headings for the
table(s) specifying whether the benefit is
standard or optional, the Registrant does
not need to include the ‘‘Statement of
Whether Benefit is Standard or
Optional’’ column in the table(s).
2. Name of Benefit. State the name of
each benefit included in the table(s).
3. Purpose. Briefly describe the
purpose of each benefit included in the
table(s).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
4. Statement of Whether Benefit is
Standard or Optional. State whether the
benefit is standard or optional.
5. Fee. State the fee associated with
each benefit included in the table(s).
Include parentheticals providing
information about what the stated
percentage refers to (e.g., percentage of
contract value, percentage of benefit
base, etc.).
6. Brief Description of Restrictions/
Limitations. For each benefit for which
the Registrant has stated that there are
restrictions or limitations, briefly
describe the restriction(s) or
limitation(s) associated with each
benefit. Registrants are encouraged to
use short phrases (e.g., ‘‘benefit limits
[Investment Options] available,’’
‘‘withdrawals could terminate benefit’’)
to describe the restriction(s) or
limitation(s).
(b) Briefly describe any other benefits
(other than standard death benefit, e.g.,
optional death benefits, optional or
standard living benefits, etc.) offered
under a Contract, including:
(1) Whether the benefit is standard or
elected;
(2) The operation of the benefit,
including the amount of the benefit and
how the benefit amount may vary, the
circumstances under which the value of
the benefit may increase or be reduced
(including the impact of withdrawals),
and how the benefit may be terminated;
(3) Fees and costs, if any, associated
with the benefit; and
(4) How the benefit amount is
calculated and payable and the effect of
choosing a specific method of payment
on calculation of the benefit.
(c) Briefly describe any limitations,
restrictions and risks associated with
PO 00000
Frm 00135
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61863
Brief description of
restrictions/limitations
]%
]%
any benefit (other than the standard
death benefit) offered under the contract
(e.g., restrictions on which Investment
Options may be selected; risk of
reduction or termination of benefit
resulting from excess withdrawals).
Instruction. In responding to
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Item,
provide one or more examples
illustrating the operation of each benefit
in a clear, concise, and understandable
manner.
Item 13. Purchases and Contract Value
(a) Briefly describe the procedures for
purchasing a Contract. Include a concise
explanation of:
(1) The minimum initial and
subsequent purchase payments required
and any limitations on the amount of
purchase payments that will be
accepted (if there are separate limits for
each Investment Option, state these
limits); and
(2) a statement of when initial and
subsequent purchase payments are
credited.
(b) Describe the manner in which
purchase payments are credited,
including: (A) An explanation that
purchase payments are credited on the
basis of accumulation unit value; (B)
how accumulation unit value is
determined; and (C) how the number of
accumulation units credited to a
contract is determined.
(c) Explain that investment
performance of the Investment Options,
expenses, and deduction of certain
charges affect accumulation unit value
and/or the number of accumulation
units.
(d) Identify the method used to value
the Registrant’s assets (e.g., market
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61864
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
value, good faith determination,
amortized cost).
Instruction. A Registrant (other than a
Money Market Fund) must provide a
brief explanation of the circumstances
under which it will use fair value
pricing and the effects of using fair
value pricing. With respect to any
portion of a Registrant’s assets that are
invested in one or more open-end
management investment companies that
are registered under the Investment
Company Act, the Registrant may briefly
explain that the Registrant’s net asset
value is calculated based upon the net
asset values of the registered open-end
management investment companies in
which the Registrant invests, and that
the prospectuses for these companies
explain the circumstances under which
those companies will use fair value
pricing and the effects of using fair
value pricing.
(e) Describe when calculations of
accumulation unit value are made and
that purchase payments are credited to
a contract on the basis of accumulation
unit value next determined after receipt
of a purchase payment.
(f) Identify each principal underwriter
(other than the Insurance Company) of
the variable annuity contracts and state
its principal business address. If the
principal underwriter is affiliated with
the Registrant, the Insurance Company,
or any affiliated person of the Registrant
or the Insurance Company, identify how
they are affiliated (e.g., the principal
underwriter is controlled by the
Insurance Company).
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Item 14. Surrenders and Withdrawals
(a) Surrender. Briefly describe how a
contractowner or annuitant (if the
annuity option chosen by the annuitant
is not based on a life contingency) can
surrender (or partially surrender or
make withdrawals from) a Contract,
including any limits on the ability to
surrender, how the proceeds are
calculated, and when they are payable.
(b) Partial Surrender and Withdrawal.
Indicate generally whether and under
what circumstances partial surrenders
and partial withdrawals are available
under a Contract, including the
minimum and maximum amounts that
may be surrendered or withdrawn, any
limits on their availability, how the
proceeds are calculated, and when the
proceeds are payable.
(c) Effect of Partial Surrender and
Withdrawal. Indicate generally whether
and under what circumstances partial
surrenders or partial withdrawals will
affect a Contract’s cash value, death
benefit(s), and/or any living benefits,
and whether any charge(s) will apply.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(d) Investment Option Allocation.
Describe how partial surrenders and
partial withdrawals will be allocated to
the Investment Options.
Instruction. The Registrant should
generally describe the terms and
conditions that apply to these
transactions. Technical information
regarding the determination of amounts
available to be surrendered or
withdrawn should be included in the
SAI.
(e) Involuntary Redemption. Briefly
describe any provision for involuntary
redemptions under the Contract and the
reasons for it, such as the size of the
account or infrequency of purchase
payments.
(f) Revocation Rights. Briefly describe
any revocation rights (e.g., ‘‘free-look’’
provisions), including a description of
how the amount refunded is
determined, the method for crediting
earnings to purchase payments during
the free-look period, and whether
Investment Options are limited during
the free-look period.
Item 15. Loans
Briefly describe the loan provisions of
the Contract, including any of the
following that are applicable.
(a) Availability of Loans. State that a
portion of the Contract’s cash surrender
value may be borrowed. State how the
amount available for a loan is
calculated.
(b) Limitations. Describe any limits on
availability of loans (e.g., a prohibition
on loans during the first Contract year).
(c) Interest. Describe how interest
accrues on the loan, when it is payable,
and how interest is treated if not paid.
Explain how interest earned on the
loaned amount is credited to the
Contract and allocated to the Investment
Options.
(d) Effect on Contract Value and
Death Benefit. Describe how loans and
loan repayments affect cash value and
how they are allocated among the
Investment Options. Include (i) a brief
explanation that amounts borrowed
under a Contract do not participate in a
Registrant’s investment experience and
that loans, therefore, can affect the
Contract’s value and death benefit
whether or not the loan is repaid, and
(ii) a brief explanation that the cash
surrender value and the death proceeds
payable will be reduced by the amount
of any outstanding Contract loan plus
accrued interest.
(e) Other Effects. Describe any other
effect that a loan could have on the
Contract (e.g., the effect of a Contract
loan in excess of Contract value).
(f) Procedures. Describe the loan
procedures, including how and when
PO 00000
Frm 00136
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
amounts borrowed are transferred out of
the Registrant and how and when
amounts repaid are credited to the
Registrant.
Item 16. Taxes
(a) Tax Consequences. Describe the
material tax consequences to the
contractowner and beneficiary of
buying, holding, exchanging, or
exercising rights under the Contract.
Instruction. Discuss the taxation of
annuity payments, death benefit
proceeds, periodic and non-periodic
withdrawals, loans, and any other
distribution that may be received under
the Contract, as well as the tax benefits
accorded the Contract, and other
material tax consequences. Describe, if
applicable, whether the tax
consequences vary with different uses of
the Contract.
(b) Qualified Plans. Identify the types
of qualified plans for which the
Contracts are intended to be used.
Instructions.
1. Identify the types of persons who
may use the plans (e.g., corporations,
self-employed individuals) and disclose,
if applicable, that the terms of the plan
may limit the rights otherwise available
under the contracts.
2. Do not describe the Internal
Revenue Code requirements for
qualifications of plans or the nonannuity tax consequences of
qualification (e.g., the effect on
employer taxation).
(c) Effect. Describe the effect, if any,
of taxation on the determination of cash
values or sub-account values.
Item 17. Legal Proceedings
Describe any material pending legal
proceedings, other than ordinary routine
litigation incidental to the business, to
which the Registrant, or the Registrant’s
investment adviser, principal
underwriter, or Insurance Company is a
party. Include the name of the court
where the case is pending, the date
instituted, the principal parties
involved, a description of the factual
basis alleged to underlie the proceeding,
and the relief sought. Include similar
information as to any proceedings
instituted, or known to be
contemplated, by a governmental
authority.
Instruction. For purposes of this
requirement, legal proceedings are
material only to the extent that they are
likely to have a material adverse effect
on the Registrant, the ability of the
investment adviser or principal
underwriter to perform its contract with
the Registrant, or the ability of the
Insurance Company to meet its
obligations under the Contracts.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61865
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Item 19. Investment Options Available
Under the Contract
Include as an Appendix under the
heading ‘‘Appendix: [Investment
Options] Available Under [the
Contract]’’ the following information, in
the format specified below:
The following is a list of [Investment
Options] currently available under [the
Contract], which is subject to change as
discussed in [the Statutory Prospectus
for the Contract]. More information
If all of the required financial
statements of the Registrant and the
Insurance Company (see Item 32) are
not in the prospectus (see General
Instruction C.3.(b)), state, under a
separate caption, where the financial
statements may be found. Briefly
explain how investors may obtain any
financial statements not in the
Statement of Additional Information.
[Type/investment objective]
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
[Insert] ...................................
about the [Investment Options] is
available in [the Statutory Prospectus
for the Contract], which can be
requested at no cost by following the
instructions on [the front cover page or
beginning of the Summary Prospectus].
The performance information below
reflects contract fees and expenses that
are paid by each investor. Each
[Investment Option’s] past performance
is not necessarily an indication of future
performance.
Annual contract
expenses
(expenses/average assets, excluding optional
benefit expenses)
[Investment option and adviser/subadviser]
[Names of Investment Option and adviser/subadviser] .......
[ll]%
Average annual total returns
(excluding optional benefit
expenses
(as of 12/31/ll)
1 year
5 year
10 year
[ll]%
[ll]%
[ll]%
Instructions.
1. General.
(a) A Statutory Prospectus may omit
the appendix described in this Item if
the appendix is not included in a
Summary Prospectus. The second
sentence of the first paragraph of the
legend preceding the table is only
required in the case of a Summary
Prospectus.
(b) Only include those Investment
Options that are currently offered under
the Contract.
(c) If the availability of one or more
Investment Options varies by benefit
offered under the Contract, include as
another Appendix a separate table that
indicates which Investment Options are
available under each of the benefits
offered under the Contract. This
Appendix could incorporate a table that
is structured pursuant to the following
example, or could use any other
presentation that might promote clarity
and facilitate understanding:
2. Type/Investment Objective. Briefly
describe each Investment Option’s type
(e.g., Money Market Account, bond
fund, balanced fund, etc.), or include a
brief statement concerning the
Investment Option’s investment
objectives.
3. Investment Option and Adviser/
Subadviser. State the name of each
Investment Option and its adviser/
subadviser, as applicable. The adviser’s/
sub-adviser’s name may be omitted if it
is incorporated into the name of the
Investment Option.
4. Expense ratio. For purposes of this
Item, ‘‘expense ratio’’ means the ‘‘Total
Annual Fund Operating Expenses’’ as
calculated pursuant to Item 3 of Form
N–1A for open-end funds, before
waivers and reimbursements that reduce
the Investment Option’s rate of return.
5. Average Annual Total Returns. For
purposes of this Item, ‘‘average annual
total returns’’ means the ‘‘average
annual total return’’ (before taxes) as
calculated pursuant to Item 30(b)(1).
Item 20. Additional Information About
Investment Options Available Under the
Contract
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00137
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(a) Investment Objectives. Provide the
following information for each
Investment Option.
(1) Investment Objectives. State the
Investment Option’s investment
objectives and, if applicable, state that
those objectives may be changed
without shareholder approval.
(2) Implementation of Investment
Objectives. Describe how the Investment
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.002
Item 18. Financial Statements
61866
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Option intends to achieve its investment
objectives. In the discussion:
(i) Describe the Investment Option’s
principal investment strategies,
including the particular type or types of
securities in which the Investment
Option principally invests or will
invest.
Instructions.
1. A strategy includes any policy,
practice, or technique used by the
Investment Option to achieve its
investment objectives.
2. Whether a particular strategy,
including a strategy to invest in a
particular type of security, is a principal
investment strategy depends on the
strategy’s anticipated importance in
achieving the Registrant’s investment
objectives, and how the strategy affects
the Investment Option’s potential risks
and returns. In determining what is a
principal investment strategy, consider,
among other things, the amount of the
Investment Option’s assets expected to
be committed to the strategy, the
amount of the Investment Option’s
assets expected to be placed at risk by
the strategy, and the likelihood of the
Investment Option losing some or all of
those assets from implementing the
strategy.
3. A negative strategy (e.g., a strategy
not to invest in a particular type of
security or not to borrow money) is not
a principal investment strategy.
4. Disclose any policy to concentrate
in securities of issuers in a particular
industry or group of industries (i.e.,
investing more than 25% of an
Investment Option’s net assets in a
particular industry or group of
industries).
5. Disclose any other policy specified
in Item 23(b)(1) that is a principal
investment strategy of the Investment
Option.
6. Disclose, if applicable, that the
Investment Option may, from time to
time, take temporary defensive positions
that are inconsistent with the
Investment Option’s principal
investment strategies in attempting to
respond to adverse market, economic,
political, or other conditions. Also
disclose the effect of taking such a
temporary defensive position (e.g., that
the Registrant may not achieve its
investment objective).
7. Disclose whether the Investment
Option (if not a Money Market Account)
may engage in active and frequent
trading of portfolio securities to achieve
its principal investment strategies. If so,
explain the tax consequences to
contractowners of increased portfolio
turnover, and how the tax consequences
of, or trading costs associated with, an
Investment Option’s portfolio turnover
may affect the Investment Option’s
performance.
(ii) Explain in general terms how the
Investment Option decides which
securities to buy and sell (e.g., for an
equity fund, discuss, if applicable,
whether the Investment Option
emphasizes value or growth or blends
the two approaches).
(b) Risks. Disclose the principal risks
of investing in the Investment Option(s),
including the risks to which the
Investment Option’s particular portfolio
as a whole is expected to be subject and
the circumstances reasonably likely to
affect adversely the Investment Option’s
accumulation unit values, yield, or total
return.
(c) Performance. Provide the
following for each Investment Option.
(1) Include the bar chart and table
required by paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of
this Item. Provide a brief explanation of
how the information illustrates the
variability of the Investment Option’s
returns (e.g., by stating that the
information provides some indication of
the risks of investing in the Registrant
by showing changes in the Investment
Option’s performance from year to year
and by showing how the Investment
Option’s average annual returns for 1, 5,
and 10 years compare with those of a
broad measure of market performance).
Provide a statement to the effect that the
Registrant’s past performance is not
necessarily an indication of how the
Investment Option will perform in the
future. If applicable, include a statement
explaining that updated performance
information is available and providing a
website address and/or toll-free (or
collect) telephone number where the
updated information may be obtained.
(2) If the Investment Option has
annual returns for at least one calendar
year, provide a bar chart showing the
Investment Option’s annual total returns
for each of the last 10 calendar years (or
for the life of the Investment Option if
less than 10 years), but only for periods
subsequent to the effective date of the
Registrant’s registration statement.
Present the corresponding numerical
return adjacent to each bar. If the
Registrant’s fiscal year is other than a
calendar year, include the year-to-date
return information as of the end of the
most recent quarter in a footnote to the
bar chart. Following the bar chart,
disclose the Investment Option’s highest
and lowest return for a quarter during
the 10 years or other period of the bar
chart.
(3) If the Investment Option has
annual returns for at least one calendar
year, provide a table showing the
Investment Option’s average annual
total return. All returns should be
shown for 1-, 5-, and 10- calendar year
periods ending on the date of the most
recently completed calendar year (or for
the life of the Investment Option, if
shorter), but only for periods subsequent
to the effective date of the Registrant’s
registration statement. The table also
should show the returns of an
appropriate broad-based securities
market index for the same periods. An
Investment Option that has been in
existence for more than 10 years also
may include returns for the life of the
Investment Option. A Money Market
Account may provide the Investment
Option’s 7-day yield ending on the date
of the most recent calendar year or
disclose a toll-free (or collect) telephone
number that investors can use to obtain
the Investment Option’s current 7-day
yield. For each Investment Option,
provide the information in the following
table with the specified captions:
Performance reflects contract fees and
expenses that are paid by each investor.
This performance does not reflect
optional benefit expenses.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
[For the period ended December 31, ll]
Average Annual Total Returns ......................................................................
Index (reflects no deduction for [fees, expenses, or taxes]) .........................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00138
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1 year
5 years
(or life of fund)
10 years
(or life of fund)
%
%
%
%
%
%
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Instructions.
1. Bar Chart.
(a) Provide annual total returns
beginning with the earliest calendar
year.
(i) Assume an initial investment made
at the net asset value calculated on the
last business day before the first day of
each period shown.
(ii) Do not reflect sales loads or
account fees in the initial investment,
but, if sales loads or account fees are
imposed, note that they are not reflected
in total return.
(iii) Reflect any sales load assessed
upon reinvestment of dividends or
distributions.
(iv) Assume a redemption at the price
calculated on the last business day of
each period shown.
(v) For a period less than a full
calendar year, state the total return for
the period and disclose that total return
is not annualized in a note to the chart.
(vi) If a Registrant’s shares are sold
subject to a sales load or account fees,
state that sales loads or account fees are
not reflected in the bar chart and that,
if these amounts were reflected, returns
would be less than those shown.
(b) For an Investment Option that
provides annual total returns for only
one calendar year or for an Investment
Option that does not include the bar
chart because it does not have annual
returns for a full calendar year, modify,
as appropriate, the narrative explanation
required by paragraph (c)(1) of this Item
(e.g., by stating that the information
gives some indication of the risks of an
investment in the Investment Option by
comparing the Investment Option’s
performance with a broad measure of
market performance).
2. Table.
(a) For purposes of this table, an
‘‘appropriate broad-based securities
market index’’ is one that is
administered by an organization that is
not an affiliated person of the
Registrant, its investment adviser, or
principal underwriter, unless the index
is widely recognized and used. Adjust
the index to reflect the reinvestment of
dividends on securities in the index, but
do not reflect the expenses of the
Registrant.
(b) Calculate a Money Market
Account’s 7-day yield under Item 30(a)
and the Investment Option’s average
annual total return under Item 30(b)(1).
(c) An Investment Option’s is
encouraged to compare its performance
not only to the required broad-based
index, but also to other more narrowly
based indexes that reflect the market
sectors in which the Investment Option
invests. An Investment Option also may
compare its performance to an
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
additional broad-based index, or to a
non-securities index (e.g., the Consumer
Price Index), so long as the comparison
is not misleading. If an additional index
is included, disclose information about
the additional index in the narrative
explanation accompanying the bar chart
and table (e.g., by stating that the
information shows how the Investment
Option’s performance compares with
the returns of an index of funds with
similar investment objectives).
(d) If the Investment Option selects an
index that is different from the index
used in a table for the immediately
preceding period, explain the reason(s)
for the selection of a different index and
provide information for both the newly
selected and the former index.
(e) An Investment Option (other than
a Money Market Account) may include
the Investment Option’s yield calculated
under Item 30(b)(2). Any Investment
Option may include its tax-equivalent
yield calculated under Item 30. If a
Investment Option’s yield is included,
provide a toll-free (or collect) telephone
number that investors can use to obtain
current yield information.
3. Multiple Class Funds.
(a) When a Multiple Class Fund
presents information for more than one
Class together in response to this Item,
provide annual total returns in the bar
chart for only one of those Classes. The
Multiple Class Fund can select which
Class to include (e.g., the oldest Class,
the Class with the greatest net assets) if
the Multiple Class Fund:
(i) Selects the Class with 10 or more
years of annual returns if other Classes
have fewer than 10 years of annual
returns;
(ii) Selects the Class with the longest
period of annual returns when the
Classes all have fewer than 10 years of
returns; and
(iii) If the Multiple Class Fund
provides annual total returns in the bar
chart for a Class that is different from
the Class selected for the most
immediately preceding period, explain
in a footnote to the bar chart the reasons
for the selection of a different Class.
(b) When a Multiple Class Fund offers
a new Class in a prospectus and
separately presents information for the
new Class in response to this Item,
include the bar chart with annual total
returns for any other existing Class for
the first year that the Class is offered.
Explain in a footnote that the returns are
for a Class that is not presented that
would have substantially similar annual
returns because the shares are invested
in the same portfolio of securities and
the annual returns would differ only to
the extent that the Classes do not have
the same expenses. Include return
PO 00000
Frm 00139
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61867
information for the other Class reflected
in the bar chart in the performance
table.
(c) When a Multiple Class Fund
presents information for more than one
Class together in response to this Item:
(i) Provide the average annual total
returns required this Item for each of the
Classes.
(ii) All returns shown should be
identified by Class.
(d) If a Multiple Class Fund offers a
Class in the prospectus that converts
into another Class after a stated period,
compute average annual total returns in
the table by using the returns of the
other Class for the period after
conversion.
4. Change in Investment Adviser. If
the Investment Option has not had the
same investment adviser during the last
10 calendar years, the Investment
Option may begin the bar chart and the
performance information in the table on
the date that the current adviser began
to provide advisory services to the
Investment Option so long as:
(a) Neither the current adviser nor any
affiliate is or has been in ‘‘control’’ of
the previous adviser under section
2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act
[15 U.S.C. 80a–2(a)(9)];
(b) The current adviser employs no
officer(s) of the previous adviser or
employees of the previous adviser who
were responsible for providing
investment advisory or portfolio
management services to the Registrant;
and
(c) The graph is accompanied by a
statement explaining that previous
periods during which the Investment
Option was advised by another
investment adviser are not shown.
Part B—Information Required in a
Statement of Additional Information
Item 21. Cover Page and Table of
Contents
(a) Front Cover Page. Include the
following information on the outside
front cover page of the SAI:
(1) The Registrant’s name,
(2) The Insurance Company’s name.
(3) The name of the Contract and the
Class or Classes, if any, to which the
Contract relates.
(4) A statement or statements:
(i) That the SAI is not a prospectus;
(ii) How the prospectus may be
obtained; and
(iii) Whether and from where
information is incorporated by reference
into the SAI; as permitted by General
Instruction D.
Instruction. Any information
incorporated by reference into the SAI
must be delivered with the SAI.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61868
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
(5) The date of the SAI and the
prospectus to which the SAI relates.
(b) Table of Contents. Include under
appropriate captions (and subcaptions)
a list of the contents of the SAI and,
when useful, provide cross references to
related disclosure in the prospectus.
Item 22. General Information and
History
(a) Insurance Company. Provide the
date and form of organization of the
Insurance Company, the name of the
state or other jurisdiction in which the
Insurance Company is organized, and a
description of the general nature of the
Insurance Company’s business.
Instruction. The description of the
Insurance Company’s business should
be short and need no list all of the
businesses in which the Insurance
Company engages or identify the
jurisdictions in which it does business
if a general description (e.g., ‘‘variable
annuity’’ or ‘‘reinsurance’’) is provided.
(b) Registrant. Provide the date and
form of organization of the Registrant
and the Registrant’s classification
pursuant to Section 4 [15 U.S.C. 80a–4]
(i.e., separate account and an open-end
investment company).
(c) History of Insurance Company and
Registrant. If the Insurance Company’s
name was changed during the past five
years, state its former name and the
approximate date on which it was
changed. If, at the request of any state,
sales of contracts offered by the
Registrant have been suspended at any
time, or if sales of contracts offered by
the Insurance Company have been
suspended during the past five years,
briefly describe the reasons for and
results of the suspension. Briefly
describe the nature and results of any
bankruptcy, receivership, or similar
proceeding, or any other material
reorganization, readjustment, or
succession of the Insurance Company
during the past five years.
(d) Ownership of Investment Option
Assets. If 10 percent or more of the
assets of any Investment Option are not
attributable to Contracts or to
accumulated deductions or reserves
(e.g., initial capital contributed by the
Insurance Company), state what
percentage those assets are of the total
assets of the Registrant. If the Insurance
Company, or any other person
controlling the assets, has any present
intention of removing the assets from
the Investment Option, so state.
(e) Control of Insurance Company.
State the name of each person who
controls the Insurance Company and the
nature of its business.
Instruction. If the Insurance Company
is controlled by another person that, in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
turn, is controlled by another person,
give the name of each control person
and the nature of its business.
Item 23. Investment Objectives and
Risks
Instruction. If the Registrant offers
more than one Investment Option under
the Contract, provide the requested
information for each Investment Option.
Otherwise, the requested information
may be provided at the Registrant level.
(a) Investment Strategies and Risks.
Describe any investment strategies,
including a strategy to invest in a
particular type of security, used by an
investment adviser of the Registrant in
managing the Registrant that are not
principal strategies and the risks of
those strategies.
(b) Registrant Policies.
(1) Describe the Registrant’s policy
with respect to each of the following:
(i) Issuing senior securities;
(ii) Borrowing money, including the
purpose for which the proceeds will be
used;
(iii) Underwriting securities of other
issuers;
(iv) Concentrating investments in a
particular industry or group of
industries;
(v) Purchasing or selling real estate or
commodities;
(vi) Making loans; and
(vii) Any other policy that the
Registrant deems fundamental or that
may not be changed without
shareholder approval, including, if
applicable, Registrant’s investment
objectives.
Instruction. If the Registrant reserves
freedom of action with respect to any
practice specified in paragraph (b)(1) of
this Item, state the maximum percentage
of assets to be devoted to the practice
and disclose the risks of the practice.
(2) State whether shareholder
approval is necessary to change any
policy specified in paragraph (b)(1) of
this Item. If so, describe the vote
required to obtain this approval.
(c) Temporary Defensive Position.
Disclose, if applicable, the types of
investments that a Registrant may make
while assuming a temporary defensive
position described in response to Item
20(a).
(d) Portfolio Turnover. Explain any
significant variation in the Registrant’s
portfolio turnover rates over the two
most recently completed fiscal years or
any anticipated variation in the
portfolio turnover rate from that
reported for the last fiscal year in
response to Item 33.
Instruction. This paragraph does not
apply to a Money Market Fund or a
Money Market Account.
PO 00000
Frm 00140
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(e) Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
(1) Describe the Registrant’s policies
and procedures with respect to the
disclosure of the Registrant’s portfolio
securities to any person, including:
(i) How the policies and procedures
apply to disclosure to different
categories of persons, including
individual investors, institutional
investors, intermediaries that distribute
the Registrant’s shares, third-party
service providers, rating and ranking
organizations, and affiliated persons of
the Registrant;
(ii) Any conditions or restrictions
placed on the use of information about
portfolio securities that is disclosed,
including any requirement that the
information be kept confidential or
prohibitions on trading based on the
information, and any procedures to
monitor the use of this information;
(iii) The frequency with which
information about portfolio securities is
disclosed, and the length of the lag, if
any, between the date of the information
and the date on which the information
is disclosed;
(iv) Any policies and procedures with
respect to the receipt of compensation
or other consideration by the Registrant,
its investment adviser, or any other
party in connection with the disclosure
of information about portfolio securities;
(v) The individuals or categories of
individuals who may authorize
disclosure of the Registrant’s portfolio
securities (e.g., executive officers of the
Registrant);
(vi) The procedures that the Registrant
uses to ensure that disclosure of
information about portfolio securities is
in the best interests of Registrant
contractowners, including procedures to
address conflicts between the interests
of Registrant contractowners, on the one
hand, and those of the Registrant’s
investment adviser; principal
underwriter; or any affiliated person of
the Registrant, its investment adviser, or
its principal underwriter, on the other;
and
(vii) The manner in which the board
of directors exercises oversight of
disclosure of the Registrant’s portfolio
securities.
Instruction. Include any policies and
procedures of the Registrant’s
investment adviser, or any other third
party, that the Registrant uses, or that
are used on the Registrant’s behalf, with
respect to the disclosure of the
Registrant’s portfolio securities to any
person.
(2) Describe any ongoing
arrangements to make available
information about the Registrant’s
portfolio securities to any person,
including the identity of the persons
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
who receive information pursuant to
such arrangements. Describe any
compensation or other consideration
received by the Registrant, its
investment adviser, or any other party
in connection with each such
arrangement, and provide the
information described by paragraphs
(e)(1)(ii), (iii), and (v) of this Item with
respect to such arrangements.
Instructions.
1. The consideration required to be
disclosed by paragraph (e)(2) of this
Item includes any agreement to
maintain assets in the Registrant or in
other investment companies or accounts
managed by the investment adviser or
by any affiliated person of the
investment adviser.
2. The Registrant is not required to
describe an ongoing arrangement to
make available information about the
Registrant’s portfolio securities pursuant
to this Item, if, not later than the time
that the Registrant makes the portfolio
securities information available to any
person pursuant to the arrangement, the
Registrant discloses the information in a
publicly available filing with the
Commission that is required to include
the information.
3. The Registrant is not required to
describe an ongoing arrangement to
make available information about the
Registrant’s portfolio securities pursuant
to this Item if:
(a) The Registrant makes the portfolio
securities information available to any
person pursuant to the arrangement no
earlier than the day next following the
day on which the Registrant makes the
information available on its website in
the manner specified in its prospectus
pursuant to paragraph (b) of this
Instruction 3; and
(b) the Registrant has disclosed in its
current prospectus that the portfolio
securities information will be available
on its website, including (1) the nature
of the information that will be available,
including both the date as of which the
information will be current (e.g., monthend) and the scope of the information
(e.g., complete portfolio holdings,
Registrant’s largest 20 holdings); (2) the
date when the information will first
become available and the period for
which the information will remain
available, which shall end no earlier
than the date on which the Registrant
files its Form N–CSR or Form N–Q with
the Commission for the period that
includes the date as of which the
website information is current; and (3)
the location on the Registrant’s website
where either the information or a
prominent hyper link (or series of
prominent hyperlinks) to the
information will be available.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(f) Money Market Fund Material
Events. In the case of a Registrant
holding itself out as a Money Market
Fund or an Investment Option holding
itself out as a Money Market Account
(except any Money Market Fund or
Money Market Account that is not
subject to the requirements of
§§ 270.2a–7(c)(2)(i) and/or (ii) of this
chapter pursuant to § 270.2a–7(c)(2)(iii)
of this chapter, and has not chosen to
rely on the ability to impose liquidity
fees and suspend redemptions
consistent with the requirements of
§§ 270.2a–7(c)(2)(i) and/or (ii)) disclose,
as applicable, the following events:
(1) Imposition of Liquidity Fees and
Temporary Suspensions of Registrant
Redemptions.
(i) During the last 10 years, any
occasion on which the Registrant has
invested less than ten percent of its total
assets in weekly liquid assets (as
provided in § 270.2a–7(c)(2)(ii)), and
with respect to each such occasion,
whether the Registrant’s board of
directors determined to impose a
liquidity fee pursuant to § 270.2a–
7(c)(2)(ii) and/or temporarily suspend
the Registrant’s redemptions pursuant to
§ 270.2a–7(c)(2)(i).
(ii) During the last 10 years, any
occasion on which the Registrant has
invested less than thirty percent, but
more than ten percent, of its total assets
in weekly liquid assets (as provided in
§ 270.2a–7(c)(2)(i)) and the Registrant’s
board of directors has determined to
impose a liquidity fee pursuant to
§ 270.2a–7(c)(2)(i) and/or temporarily
suspend the Registrant’s redemptions
pursuant to § 270.2a–7(c)(2)(i).
Instructions.
1. With respect to each such occasion,
disclose: The dates and length of time
for which the Registrant invested less
than ten percent (or thirty percent, as
applicable) of its total assets in weekly
liquid assets; the dates and length of
time for which the Registrant’s board of
directors determined to impose a
liquidity fee pursuant to § 270.2a–
7(c)(2)(i) or § 270.2a–7(c)(2)(ii), and/or
temporarily suspend the Registrant’s
redemptions pursuant to § 270.2a–
7(c)(2)(i); and the size of any liquidity
fee imposed pursuant to § 270.2a–
7(c)(2)(i) or § 270.2a–7(c)(2)(ii).
2. The disclosure required by
paragraph (e)(1) of this Item should
incorporate, as appropriate, any
information that the Registrant is
required to report to the Commission on
Items E.1, E.2, E.3, E.4, F.1, F.2, and G.1
of Form N–CR [17 CFR 274.222].
3. The disclosure required by
paragraph (e)(1) of this Item should
conclude with the following statement:
‘‘The Registrant was required to disclose
PO 00000
Frm 00141
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61869
additional information about this event
[or ‘‘these events,’’ as appropriate] on
Form N–CR and to file this form with
the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Any Form N–CR filing
submitted by the Registrant is available
on the EDGAR Database on the
Securities and Exchange Commission’s
internet site at https://www.sec.gov.’’
(2) Financial Support Provided to
Money Market Funds or Money Market
Accounts. During the last 10 years, any
occasion on which an affiliated person,
promoter, or principal underwriter of
the Registrant, or an affiliated person of
such a person, provided any form of
financial support to the Registrant,
including a description of the nature of
support, person providing support, brief
description of the relationship between
the person providing support and the
Registrant, date support provided,
amount of support, security supported
(if applicable), and the value of security
supported on date support was initiated
(if applicable).
Instructions.
1. The term ‘‘financial support’’
includes any capital contribution,
purchase of a security from the
Registrant in reliance on § 270.17a–9,
purchase of any defaulted or devalued
security at par, execution of letter of
credit or letter of indemnity, capital
support agreement (whether or not the
Registrant ultimately received support),
performance guarantee, or any other
similar action reasonably intended to
increase or stabilize the value or
liquidity of the Registrant’s portfolio;
excluding, however, any routine waiver
of fees or reimbursement of Registrant
expenses, routine inter-fund lending,
routine inter-fund purchases of
Registrant shares, or any action that
would qualify as financial support as
defined above, that the board of
directors has otherwise determined not
to be reasonably intended to increase or
stabilize the value or liquidity of the
Registrant’s portfolio.
2. If during the last 10 years, the
Registrant has participated in one or
more mergers with another investment
company (a ‘‘merging investment
company’’), provide the information
required by paragraph (f)(2) of this Item
with respect to any merging investment
company as well as with respect to the
Registrant; for purposes of this
Instruction, the term ‘‘merger’’ means a
merger, consolidation, or purchase or
sale of substantially all of the assets
between the Registrant and a merging
investment company. If the person or
entity that previously provided financial
support to a merging investment
company is not currently an affiliated
person, promoter, or principal
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61870
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
underwriter of the Registrant, the
Registrant need not provide the
information required by paragraph (f)(2)
of this Item with respect to that merging
investment company.
3. The disclosure required by
paragraph (f)(2) of this Item should
incorporate, as appropriate, any
information that the Registrant is
required to report to the Commission on
Items C.1, C.2, C.3, C.4, C.5, C.6, and C.7
of Form N–CR [17 CFR 274.222].
4. The disclosure required by
paragraph (f)(2) of this Item should
conclude with the following statement:
‘‘The Registrant was required to disclose
additional information about this event
[or ‘‘these events,’’ as appropriate] on
Form N–CR and to file this form with
the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Any Form N–CR filing
submitted by the Registrant is available
on the EDGAR Database on the
Securities and Exchange Commission’s
internet site at https://www.sec.gov.’’
Item 24. Management of the Registrant
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Instructions.
1. For purposes of this Item, the terms
below have the following meanings:
(a) The term ‘‘family of investment
companies’’ means any two or more
registered investment companies that:
(i) Share the same investment adviser
or principal underwriter; and
(ii) Hold themselves out to investors
as related companies for purposes of
investment and investor services.
(b) The term ‘‘fund complex’’ means
two or more registered investment
companies that:
(i) Hold themselves out to investors as
related companies for purposes of
investment and investor services; or
(ii) Have a common investment
adviser or have an investment adviser
that is an affiliated person of the
investment adviser of any of the other
registered investment companies.
(c) The term ‘‘immediate family
member’’ means a person’s spouse;
child residing in the person’s household
(including step and adoptive children);
and any dependent of the person, as
defined in section 152 of the Internal
Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 152).
(d) The term ‘‘officer’’ means the
president, vice-president, secretary,
treasurer, controller, or any other officer
who performs policy-making functions.
2. When providing information about
directors, furnish information for
directors who are interested persons of
the Registrant separately from the
information for directors who are not
interested persons of the Registrant. For
example, when furnishing information
in a table, you should provide separate
tables (or separate sections of a single
table) for directors who are interested
persons and for directors who are not
interested persons. When furnishing
information in narrative form, indicate
by heading or otherwise the directors
who are interested persons and the
directors who are not interested
persons.
(a) Management Information.
(1) Provide the information required
by the following table for each member
of the board of managers (‘‘director’’)
and officer of the Registrant, and, if the
Registrant has an advisory board,
member of the board. Explain in a
footnote to the table any family
relationship between the persons listed.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Name,
address,
and age
Position(s)
held with
registrant
Term of
office and
length of
time served
Principal
occupation(s)
during past
5 years
Number of
portfolios in
fund complex
overseen by
director
Other
directorships
held by
director
Instructions.
1. For purposes of this paragraph, the
term ‘‘family relationship’’ means any
relationship by blood, marriage, or
adoption, not more remote than first
cousin.
2. For each director who is an
interested person of the Registrant,
describe, in a footnote or otherwise, the
relationship, events, or transactions by
reason of which the director is an
interested person.
3. State the principal business of any
company listed under column (4) unless
the principal business is implicit in its
name.
4. Indicate in column (6) directorships
not included in column (5) that are held
by a director in any company with a
class of securities registered pursuant to
section 12 of the Exchange Act (15
U.S.C. 78l) or subject to the
requirements of section 15(d) of the
Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) or any
company registered as an investment
company under the 1940 Act (15 U.S.C.
80a–2(a)(19)), and name the companies
in which the directorships are held.
Where the other directorships include
directorships overseeing two or more
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
portfolios in the same fund complex,
identify the fund complex and provide
the number of portfolios overseen as a
director in the fund complex rather than
listing each portfolio separately.
(2) For each individual listed in
column (1) of the table required by
paragraph (a)(1) of this Item, except for
any director who is not an interested
person of the Registrant, describe any
positions, including as an officer,
employee, director, or general partner,
held with affiliated persons or principal
underwriters of the Registrant.
Instruction. When an individual holds
the same position(s) with two or more
registered investment companies that
are part of the same fund complex,
identify the fund complex and provide
the number of registered investment
companies for which the position(s) are
held rather than listing each registered
investment company separately.
(3) Describe briefly any arrangement
or understanding between any director
or officer and any other person(s)
(naming the person(s)) pursuant to
which he was selected as a director or
officer.
PO 00000
Frm 00142
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Instruction. Do not include
arrangements or understandings with
directors or officers acting solely in their
capacities as such.
(b) Leadership Structure and Board of
Directors.
(1) Briefly describe the leadership
structure of the Registrant’s board,
including the responsibilities of the
board of directors with respect to the
Registrant’s management and whether
the chairman of the board is an
interested person of the Registrant. If the
chairman of the board is an interested
person of the Registrant, disclose
whether the Registrant has a lead
independent director and what specific
role the lead independent director plays
in the leadership of the Registrant. This
disclosure should indicate why the
Registrant has determined that its
leadership structure is appropriate given
the specific characteristics or
circumstances of the Registrant. In
addition, disclose the extent of the
board’s role in the risk oversight of the
Registrant, such as how the board
administers its oversight function and
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61871
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
the effect that this has on the board’s
leadership structure.
(2) Identify the standing committees
of the Registrant’s board of directors,
and provide the following information
about each committee:
(i) A concise statement of the
functions of the committee;
(ii) The members of the committee;
(iii) The number of committee
meetings held during the last fiscal year;
and
(iv) If the committee is a nominating
or similar committee, state whether the
committee will consider nominees
recommended by security holders and,
if so, describe the procedures to be
followed by security holders in
submitting recommendations.
(3)(i) Unless disclosed in the table
required by paragraph (a)(1) of this Item,
describe any positions, including as an
officer, employee, director, or general
partner, held by any director who is not
an interested person of the Registrant, or
immediate family member of the
director, during the two most recently
completed calendar years with:
(A) The Registrant;
director in any company with a class of
securities registered pursuant to section
12 of the Securities Exchange Act (15
U.S.C. 78l) or subject to the
requirements of section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o
(d)) or any company registered as an
investment company under the
Investment Company Act, and name the
companies in which the directorships
were held.
Instruction. When an individual holds
the same position(s) with two or more
portfolios that are part of the same fund
complex, identify the fund complex and
provide the number of portfolios for
which the position(s) are held rather
than listing each portfolio separately.
(3) For each director, state the dollar
range of equity securities beneficially
owned by the director as required by the
following table:
(i) In the Registrant; and
(ii) On an aggregate basis, in any
registered investment companies
overseen by the director within the
same family of investment companies as
the Registrant.
(1)
(2)
(3)
Name of director
Dollar range of equity
securities in the Registrant
Aggregate dollar range
of equity securities in
all registered
investment companies
overseen by
director in family of
investment companies
Instructions.
1. Information should be provided as
of the end of the most recently
completed calendar year. Specify the
valuation date by footnote or otherwise.
2. Determine ‘‘beneficial ownership’’
in accordance with rule 16a–1(a)(2)
under the Exchange Act (17 CFR
240.16a–1(a)(2)).
3. If the SAI covers more than one
Investment Option, disclose in column
(2) the dollar range of equity securities
beneficially owned by a director in each
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
(B) An investment company, or a
person that would be an investment
company but for the exclusions
provided by sections 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7)
(15 U.S.C. 80a–3(c)(1) and (c)(7)), having
the same Insurance Company,
investment adviser or principal
underwriter as the Registrant or having
an Insurance Company, investment
adviser or principal underwriter that
directly or indirectly controls, is
controlled by, or is under common
control with the Insurance Company or
an investment adviser or principal
underwriter of the Registrant;
(C) The Insurance Company or an
investment adviser, principal
underwriter, or affiliated person of the
Registrant; or
(D) Any person directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by, or under
common control with the Insurance
Company or an investment adviser or
principal underwriter of the Registrant.
(ii) Unless disclosed in the table
required by paragraph (a)(1) of this Item
or in response to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of
this Item, indicate any directorships
held during the past five years by each
Investment Option overseen by the
director.
4. In disclosing the dollar range of
equity securities beneficially owned by
a director in columns (2) and (3), use the
following ranges: None, $1–$10,000,
$10,001–$50,000, $50,001–$100,000, or
over $100,000.
(4) For each director who is not an
interested person of the Registrant, and
his immediate family members, furnish
the information required by the
following table as to each class of
securities owned beneficially or of
record in.
(i) The Insurance Company or an
investment adviser or principal
underwriter of the Registrant; or
(ii) A person (other than a registered
investment company) directly or
indirectly controlling, controlled by, or
under common control with the
Insurance Company or an investment
adviser or principal underwriter of the
Registrant:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Name of
director
Name of
owners and
relationships
to director
Company
Title of class
Value of
securities
Percent of
class
Instructions.
1. Information should be provided as
of the end of the most recently
completed calendar year. Specify the
valuation date by footnote or otherwise.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
2. An individual is a ‘‘beneficial
owner’’ of a security if he is a
‘‘beneficial owner’’ under either rule
13d–3 or rule 16a–1(a)(2) under the
Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13d–3 or
240.16a–1(a)(2)).
PO 00000
Frm 00143
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
3. Identify the company in which the
director or immediate family member of
the director owns securities in column
(3). When the company is a person
directly or indirectly controlling,
controlled by, or under common control
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61872
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
with the Insurance Company or an
investment adviser or principal
underwriter, describe the company’s
relationship with the Insurance
Company, investment adviser, or
principal underwriter.
4. Provide the information required by
columns (5) and (6) on an aggregate
basis for each director and his
immediate family members.
(5) Unless disclosed in response to
paragraph (b)(5) of this Item, describe
any direct or indirect interest, the value
of which exceeds $120,000, of each
director who is not an interested person
of the Registrant, or immediate family
member of the director, during the two
most recently completed calendar years,
in:
(i) The Insurance Company or an
investment adviser or principal
underwriter of the Registrant; or
(ii) A person (other than a registered
investment company) directly or
indirectly controlling, controlled by, or
under common control with the
Insurance Company or an investment
adviser or principal underwriter of the
Registrant.
Instructions.
1. A director or immediate family
member has an interest in a company if
he is a party to a contract, arrangement,
or understanding with respect to any
securities of, or interest in, the company
2. The interest of the director and the
interests of his immediate family
members should be aggregated in
determining whether the value exceeds
$120,000.
(6) Describe briefly any material
interest, direct or indirect, of any
director who is not an interested person
of the Registrant, or immediate family
member of the director, in any
transaction, or series of similar
transactions, during the two most
recently completed calendar years, in
which the amount involved exceeds
$120,000 and to which any of the
following persons was a party:
(i) The Registrant;
(ii) An officer of the Registrant;
(iii) An investment company, or a
person that would be an investment
company but for the exclusions
provided by sections 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7)
(15 U.S.C. 80a–3(c)(1) and (c)(7)), having
the same Insurance Company,
investment adviser or principal
underwriter as the Registrant or having
an Insurance Company, investment
adviser or principal underwriter that
directly or indirectly controls, is
controlled by, or is under common
control with an Insurance Company,
investment adviser or principal
underwriter of the Registrant;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(iv) An officer of an investment
company, or a person that would be an
investment company but for the
exclusions provided by sections 3(c)(1)
and 3(c)(7) (15 U.S.C. 80a–3(c)(1) and
(c)(7)), having the same Insurance
Company, investment adviser or
principal underwriter as the Registrant
or having an Insurance Company,
investment adviser or principal
underwriter that directly or indirectly
controls, is controlled by, or is under
common control with the Insurance
Company or an investment adviser or
principal underwriter of the Registrant;
(v) The Insurance Company or an
investment adviser or principal
underwriter of the Registrant;
(vi) An officer of the Insurance
Company or an investment adviser or
principal underwriter of the Registrant;
(vii) A person directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by, or under
common control with the Insurance
Company or an investment adviser or
principal underwriter of the Registrant;
or
(viii) An officer of a person directly or
indirectly controlling, controlled by, or
under common control with the
Insurance Company or an investment
adviser or principal underwriter of the
Registrant.
Instructions.
1. Include the name of each director
or immediate family member whose
interest in any transaction or series of
similar transactions is described and the
nature of the circumstances by reason of
which the interest is required to be
described.
2. State the nature of the interest, the
approximate dollar amount involved in
the transaction, and, where practicable,
the approximate dollar amount of the
interest.
3. In computing the amount involved
in the transaction or series of similar
transactions, include all periodic
payments in the case of any lease or
other agreement providing for periodic
payments.
4. Compute the amount of the interest
of any director or immediate family
member of the director without regard
to the amount of profit or loss involved
in the transaction(s).
5. As to any transaction involving the
purchase or sale of assets, state the cost
of the assets to the purchaser and, if
acquired by the seller within two years
prior to the transaction, the cost to the
seller. Describe the method used in
determining the purchase or sale price
and the name of the person making the
determination.
6. Disclose indirect, as well as direct,
material interests in transactions. A
person who has a position or
PO 00000
Frm 00144
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
relationship with, or interest in, a
company that engages in a transaction
with one of the persons listed in
paragraphs (b)(7)(i) through (b)(7)(viii)
of this Item may have an indirect
interest in the transaction by reason of
the position, relationship, or interest.
The interest in the transaction, however,
will not be deemed ‘‘material’’ within
the meaning of paragraph (b)(7) of this
Item where the interest of the director
or immediate family member arises
solely from the holding of an equity
interest (including a limited partnership
interest, but excluding a general
partnership interest) or a creditor
interest in a company that is a party to
the transaction with one of the persons
specified in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) through
(b)(7)(viii) of this Item, and the
transaction is not material to the
company.
7. The materiality of any interest is to
be determined on the basis of the
significance of the information to
investors in light of all the
circumstances of the particular case.
The importance of the interest to the
person having the interest, the
relationship of the parties to the
transaction with each other, and the
amount involved in the transaction are
among the factors to be considered in
determining the significance of the
information to investors.
8. No information need be given as to
any transaction where the interest of the
director or immediate family member
arises solely from the ownership of
securities of a person specified in
paragraphs (b)(7)(i) through (b)(7)(viii)
of this Item and the director or
immediate family member receives no
extra or special benefit not shared on a
pro rata basis by all holders of the Class
of securities.
9. Transactions include loans, lines of
credit, and other indebtedness. For
indebtedness, indicate the largest
aggregate amount of indebtedness
outstanding at any time during the
period, the nature of the indebtedness
and the transaction in which it was
incurred, the amount outstanding as of
the end of the most recently completed
calendar year, and the rate of interest
paid or charged.
10. No information need be given as
to any routine, retail transaction. For
example, the Registrant need not
disclose that a director has a credit card,
bank or brokerage account, residential
mortgage, or insurance policy with a
person specified in paragraphs (b)(7)(i)
through (b)(7)(viii) of this Item unless
the director is accorded special
treatment.
(7) Describe briefly any direct or
indirect relationship, in which the
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61873
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amount involved exceeds $120,000, of
any director who is not an interested
person of the Registrant, or immediate
family member of the director, that
existed at any time during the two most
recently completed calendar years with
any of the persons specified in
paragraphs (b)(7)(i) through (b)(7)(viii)
of this Item. Relationships include.
(i) Payments for property or services
to or from any person specified in
paragraphs (b)(7)(i) through (b)(7)(viii)
of this Item;
(ii) Provision of legal services to any
person specified in paragraphs (b)(7)(i)
through (b)(7)(viii) of this Item;
(iii) Provision of investment banking
services to any person specified in
paragraphs (b)(7)(i) through (b)(7)(viii)
of this Item, other than as a participating
underwriter in a syndicate; and
(iv) Any consulting or other
relationship that is substantially similar
in nature and scope to the relationships
listed in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through
(b)(8)(iii) of this Item.
Instructions.
1. Include the name of each director
or immediate family member whose
relationship is described and the nature
of the circumstances by reason of which
the relationship is required to be
described.
2. State the nature of the relationship
and the amount of business conducted
between the director or immediate
family member and the person specified
in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) through
(b)(7)(viii) of this Item as a result of the
relationship during the two most
recently completed calendar years.
3. In computing the amount involved
in a relationship, include all periodic
payments in the case of any agreement
providing for periodic payments.
4. Disclose indirect, as well as direct,
relationships. A person who has a
position or relationship with, or interest
in, a company that has a relationship
with one of the persons listed in
paragraphs (b)(7)(i) through (b)(7)(viii)
of this Item may have an indirect
relationship by reason of the position,
relationship, or interest.
5. In determining whether the amount
involved in a relationship exceeds
$120,000, amounts involved in a
relationship of the director should be
aggregated with those of his immediate
family members.
6. In the case of an indirect interest,
identify the company with which a
person specified in paragraphs (b)(7)(i)
through (b)(7)(viii) of this Item has a
relationship; the name of the director or
immediate family member affiliated
with the company and the nature of the
affiliation; and the amount of business
conducted between the company and
the person specified in paragraphs
(b)(7)(i) through (b)(7)(viii) of this Item
during the two most recently completed
calendar years.
7. In calculating payments for
property and services for purposes of
paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this Item, the
following may be excluded:
(a) Payments where the transaction
involves the rendering of services as a
common contract carrier, or public
utility, at rates or charges fixed in
conformity with law or governmental
authority; or
(b) Payments that arise solely from the
ownership of securities of a person
specified in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) through
(b)(7)(viii) of this Item and no extra or
special benefit not shared on a pro rata
basis by all holders of the class of
securities is received.
8. No information need be given as to
any routine, retail relationship. For
example, the Registrant need not
disclose that a director has a credit card,
bank or brokerage account, residential
mortgage, or insurance policy with a
person specified in paragraphs (b)(7)(i)
through (b)(7)(viii) of this Item unless
the director is accorded special
treatment.
(8) If an officer of the Insurance
Company or an investment adviser or
principal underwriter of the Registrant,
or an officer of a person directly or
indirectly controlling, controlled by, or
under common control with the
Insurance Company or an investment
adviser or principal underwriter of the
Registrant, served during the two most
recently completed calendar years, on
the board of directors of a company
where a director of the Registrant who
is not an interested person of the
Registrant, or immediate family member
of the director, was during the two most
recently completed calendar years, an
officer, identify:
(i) The company;
(ii) The individual who serves or has
served as a director of the company and
the period of service as director;
(iii) The Insurance Company,
investment adviser or principal
underwriter or person controlling,
controlled by, or under common control
with the Insurance Company,
investment adviser or principal
underwriter where the individual
named in paragraph (b)(9)(ii) of this
Item holds or held office and the office
held; and
(iv) The director of the Registrant or
immediate family member who is or
was an officer of the company; the office
held; and the period of holding the
office.
(9) For each director, briefly discuss
the specific experience, qualifications,
attributes, or skills that led to the
conclusion that the person should serve
as a director for the Registrant at the
time that the disclosure is made, in light
of the Registrant’s business and
structure. If material, this disclosure
should cover more than the past five
years, including information about the
person’s particular areas of expertise or
other relevant qualifications.
(c) Compensation. For all directors of
the Registrant and for all members of
any advisory board who receive
compensation from the Registrant, and
for each of the three highest paid
officers or any affiliated person of the
Registrant who received aggregate
compensation from the Registrant for
the most recently completed fiscal year
exceeding $60,000 (‘‘Compensated
Persons’’):
(1) Provide the information required
by the following table:
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
COMPENSATION TABLE
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Name of
person, position
Aggregate
compensation
from Registrant
Pension or
retirement
benefits
accrued
as part of
Registrant’s
expenses
Estimated
annual
benefits upon
retirement
Total
compensation
from Registrant
and fund
complex paid
to directors
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00145
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61874
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Instructions.
1. For column (1), indicate, as
necessary, the capacity in which the
remuneration is received. For
Compensated Persons who are directors
of the Registrant, compensation is
amounts received for service as a
director.
2. If the Registrant has not completed
its first full year since its organization,
furnish the information for the current
fiscal year, estimating future payments
that would be made pursuant to an
existing agreement or understanding.
Disclose in a footnote to the
Compensation Table the period for
which the information is furnished.
3. Include in column (2) amounts
deferred at the election of the
Compensated Person, whether pursuant
to a plan established under Section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code [26
U.S.C. 401(k)] or otherwise for the fiscal
year in which earned. Disclose in a
footnote to the Compensation Table the
total amount of deferred compensation
(including interest) payable to or
accrued for any Compensated Person.
4. Include in columns (3) and (4) all
pension or retirement benefits proposed
to be paid under any existing plan in the
event of retirement at normal retirement
date, directly or indirectly, by the
Registrant, any of its subsidiaries, or
other companies in the Fund Complex.
Omit column (4) where retirement
benefits are not determinable.
5. For any defined benefit or actuarial
plan under which benefits are
determined primarily by final
compensation (or average final
compensation) and years of service,
provide the information required in
column (4) in a separate table showing
estimated annual benefits payable upon
retirement (including amounts
attributable to any defined benefit
supplementary or excess pension award
plans) in specified compensation and
years of service classifications. Also
provide the estimated credited years of
service for each Compensated Person.
6. Include in column (5) only
aggregate compensation paid to a
director for service on the board and all
other boards of investment companies
in a Fund Complex specifying the
number of such other investment
companies.
7. No information is required to be
provided concerning the officers of the
sponsoring insurance company who are
not directly or indirectly engaged in
activities related to the separate
account.
(2) Describe briefly the material
provisions of any pension, retirement,
or other plan or any arrangement, other
than fee arrangements disclosed in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
paragraph (c)(1), under which the
Compensated Persons are or may be
compensated for services provided,
including amounts paid, if any, to the
compensated Person under these
arrangements during the most recently
completed fiscal year. Specifically
include the criteria used to determine
amounts payable under the plan, the
length of service or vesting period
required by the plan, the retirement age
or other event that gives rise to payment
under the plan, and whether the
payment of benefits is secured or
funded by the Registrant.
(d) Sales Loads. Disclose any
arrangements that result in breakpoints
in, or elimination of, sales loads for
directors and other affiliated persons of
the Registrant. Identify each class of
individuals and transactions to which
the arrangements apply and state each
different breakpoint as a percentage of
both the offering price and the net
amount invested of the Registrant’s
shares. Explain, as applicable, the
reasons for the difference in the price at
which securities are offered generally to
the public, and the prices at which
securities are offered to directors and
other affiliated persons of the Registrant.
(e) Codes of Ethics. Provide a brief
statement disclosing whether the
Registrant and its investment adviser
and principal underwriter have adopted
codes of ethics under rule 17j–1 of the
Investment Company Act [17 CFR
270.17j–1] and whether these codes of
ethics permit personnel subject to the
codes to invest in securities, including
securities that may be purchased or held
by the Registrant.
Instruction. A Registrant that is not
required to adopt a code of ethics under
rule 17j–1 of the Investment Company
Act is not required to respond to this
Item.
(f) Proxy Voting Policies. Unless the
Registrant invests exclusively in nonvoting securities, describe the policies
and procedures that the Registrant uses
to determine how to vote proxies
relating to portfolio securities, including
the procedures that the Registrant uses
when a vote presents a conflict between
the interests of contractowners, on the
one hand, and those of the Registrant’s
investment adviser; principal
underwriter; or any affiliated person of
the Registrant, its investment adviser, or
its principal underwriter, on the other.
Include any policies and procedures of
the Registrant’s investment adviser, or
any other third party, that the Registrant
uses, or that are used on the Registrant’s
behalf, to determine how to vote proxies
relating to portfolio securities. Also,
state that information regarding how the
Registrant voted proxies relating to
PO 00000
Frm 00146
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
portfolio securities during the most
recent 12-month period ended June 30
is available (1) without charge, upon
request, by calling a specified toll-free
(or collect) telephone number; or on or
through the Registrant’s website at a
specified internet address; or both; and
(2) on the Commission’s website at
https://www.sec.gov.
Instructions.
1. A Registrant may satisfy the
requirement to provide a description of
the policies and procedures that it uses
to determine how to vote proxies
relating to portfolio securities by
including a copy of the policies and
procedures themselves.
2. If a Registrant discloses that the
Registrant’s proxy voting record is
available by calling a toll-free (or
collect) telephone number, and the
Registrant (or financial intermediary
through which shares of the Registrant
may be purchased or sold) receives a
request for this information, the
Registrant (or financial intermediary)
must send the information disclosed in
the Registrant’s most recently filed
report on Form N–PX, within three
business days of receipt of the request,
by first-class mail or other means
designed to ensure equally prompt
delivery.
3. If a Registrant discloses that the
Registrant’s proxy voting record is
available on or through its website, the
Registrant must make available free of
charge the information disclosed in the
Registrant’s most recently filed report
on Form N–PX on or through its website
as soon as reasonably practicable after
filing the report with the Commission.
The information disclosed in the
Registrant’s most recently filed report
on Form N–PX must remain available
on or through the Registrant’s website
for as long as the Registrant remains
subject to the requirements of rule
30b1–4 (17 CFR 270.30b1–4) and
discloses that the Registrant’s proxy
voting record is available on or through
its website.
Item 25. Investment Advisory and Other
Services
(a) Investment Advisers. Disclose the
following information about each
investment adviser:
(1) The name of any person who
controls the adviser, the basis of the
person’s control, and the general nature
of the person’s business. Also disclose,
if material, the business history of any
organization that controls the adviser.
(2) The name of any affiliated person
of the Registrant or the Insurance
Company who also is an affiliated
person of the adviser, and a list of all
capacities in which the person is
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
affiliated with the Registrant or the
Insurance Company and with the
adviser.
Instruction. If an affiliated person of
the Registrant or the Insurance
Company alone or together with others
controls the investment adviser, state
that fact. It is not necessary to provide
the amount or percentage of the
outstanding voting securities owned by
the controlling person.
(3) The method of calculating the
advisory fee payable by the Registrant
including:
(i) The total dollar amounts that the
Registrant or the Insurance Company
paid to the adviser (aggregated with
amounts paid to affiliated advisers, if
any), and any advisers who are not
affiliated persons of the adviser, under
the investment advisory contract for the
last three fiscal years;
(ii) If applicable, any credits that
reduced the advisory fee for any of the
last three fiscal years; and
(iii) Any expense limitation provision.
Instructions.
1. If the advisory fee payable by the
Registrant or the Insurance Company
varies depending on the Registrant’s
investment performance in relation to a
standard, describe the standard along
with a fee schedule in tabular form. The
Registrant may include examples
showing the fees that the adviser would
earn at various levels of performance as
long as the examples include
calculations showing the maximum and
minimum fee percentages that could be
earned under the contract.
2. State each type of credit or offset
separately.
3. When a Registrant is subject to
more than one expense limitation
provision, describe only the most
restrictive provision.
4. For a Registrant with more than one
Investment Option, or a Multiple Class
Fund, describe the methods of
allocation and payment of advisory fees
for each Investment Option or Class.
(b) Services Provided by Each
Investment Adviser and Registrant
Expenses Paid by Third Parties
(1) Describe all services performed for
or on behalf of the Registrant supplied
or paid for wholly or in substantial part
by each investment adviser.
(2) Describe all fees, expenses, and
costs of the Registrant that are to be paid
by persons other than an investment
adviser, the Insurance Company, or the
Registrant, and identify those persons.
(c) Service Agreements. Summarize
the substantive provisions of any
management-related service contract
that may be of interest to a purchaser of
the Registrant’s securities, under which
services are provided to the Registrant,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
unless the contract is described in
response to some other item of the form.
Indicate the parties to the contract, and
the total dollars paid and by whom for
the past three years.
Instructions.
1. The term ‘‘management-related
service contract’’ includes any contract
with the Registrant to keep, prepare, or
file accounts, books, records, or other
documents required under federal or
state law, or to provide any similar
services with respect to the daily
administration of the Registrant, but
does not include the following:
(a) Any contract with the Registrant to
provide investment advice;
(b) Any agreement with the Registrant
to act as custodian or agent to
administer purchases and redemptions
under the Contracts; and
(c) Any contract with the Registrant
for outside legal or auditing services, or
contract for personal employment
entered into with the Registrant in the
ordinary course of business.
2. No information need be given in
response to this paragraph with respect
to the service of mailing proxies or
periodic reports to the Registrant’s
contractowners.
3. In summarizing the substantive
provisions of any management-related
service contract, include the following:
(a) The name of the person providing
the service;
(b) The direct or indirect
relationships, if any, of the person with
the Registrant, an investment adviser of
the Registrant, its Insurance Company,
or the Registrant’s principal
underwriter; and
(c) The nature of the services
provided, and the basis of the
compensation paid for the services for
the Registrant’s last three fiscal years.
(d) Other Investment Advice. If any
person (other than a director, officer,
member of an advisory board, employee,
or investment adviser of the Registrant),
through any understanding, whether
formal or informal, regularly advises the
Registrant or the Registrant’s investment
adviser with respect to the Registrant’s
investing in, purchasing, or selling
securities or other property, or has the
authority to determine what securities
or other property should be purchased
or sold by the Registrant, and receives
direct or indirect remuneration, provide
the following information:
(1) The person’s name;
(2) a description of the nature of the
arrangement, and the advice or
information given; and
(3) any remuneration (including, for
example, participation, directly or
indirectly, in commissions or other
compensation paid in connection with
PO 00000
Frm 00147
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61875
transactions in Registrant’s portfolio
securities) paid for such advice or
information, and a statement of how and
by whom such remuneration was paid
for the last three fiscal years.
Instruction. Do not include
information for the following:
1. Persons who advised the
investment adviser or the Registrant
solely through uniform publications
distributed to subscribers;
2. Persons who provided the
investment adviser or the Registrant
with only statistical and other factual
information, advice about economic
factors and trends, or advice as to
occasional transactions in specific
securities, but without generally
advising about the purchase or sale of
securities by the Registrant;
3. A company that is excluded from
the definition of ‘‘investment adviser’’
of an investment company under
section 2(a)(20)(iii) [15 U.S.C. 80a–
2(a)(20)(iii)];
4. Any person the character and
amount of whose compensation for
these services must be approved by a
court; or
5. Other persons as the Commission
has by rule or order determined not to
be an ‘‘investment adviser’’ of an
investment company.
(e) Dealer Reallowances. Disclose any
front-end sales load reallowed to dealers
as a percentage of the offering price of
the Registrant’s shares.
(f) Rule 12b–1 Plans. If the Registrant
has adopted a plan under rule 12b–1,
describe the material aspects of the
plan, and any agreements relating to the
implementation of the plan, including:
(1) A list of the principal types of
activities for which payments are or will
be made, including the dollar amount
and the manner in which amounts paid
by the Registrant under the plan during
the last fiscal year were spent on:
(i) Advertising;
(ii) Printing and mailing of
prospectuses to other than current
contractowners;
(iii) Compensation to underwriters;
(iv) Compensation to broker-dealers;
(v) Compensation to sales personnel;
(vi) Interest, carrying, or other
financing charges; and
(vii) Other (specify).
(2) The relationship between amounts
paid to the distributor and the expenses
that it incurs (e.g., whether the plan
reimburses the distributor only for
expenses incurred or compensates the
distributor regardless of its expenses).
(3) The amount of any unreimbursed
expenses incurred under the plan in a
previous year and carried over to future
years, in dollars and as a percentage of
the Registrant’s net assets on the last
day of the previous year.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61876
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(4) Whether the Registrant
participates in any joint distribution
activities with another investment
company. If so, disclose, if applicable,
that fees paid under the Registrant’s rule
12b–1 plan may be used to finance the
distribution of the shares of another
investment company, and state the
method of allocating distribution costs
(e.g., relative net asset size, number of
shareholder accounts).
(5) Whether any of the following
persons had a direct or indirect
financial interest in the operation of the
plan or related agreements:
(i) Any interested person of the
Registrant; or
(ii) Any director of the Registrant who
is not an interested person of the
Registrant.
(6) The anticipated benefits to the
Registrant that may result from the plan.
(g) Other Service Providers.
(1) Unless disclosed in response to
paragraph (c) or another Item of this
form, identify and state the principal
business address of any person who
provides significant administrative or
business affairs management services for
the Registrant (e.g., an ‘‘Administrator’’),
describe the services provided, and the
compensation paid for the services.
(2) State the name and principal
business address of the Registrant’s
custodian and independent public
accountant and describe generally the
services performed by each.
(3) If the Registrant’s assets are held
by a person other than the Insurance
Company, a commercial bank, trust
company, or depository registered with
the Commission as custodian, state the
nature of the business of each such
person.
(4) If an affiliated person of the
Registrant, or an affiliated person of
such an affiliated person, acts as
administrative or servicing agent for the
Registrant, describe the services the
person performs and the basis for
remuneration. State, for the past three
years, the total dollars paid for the
services, and by whom.
Instruction: No disclosure need be
given in response to paragraph (g)(4) of
this Item for an administrative or
servicing agent who is also the
Insurance Company.
(5) If the Insurance Company is the
principal underwriter of the Contract, so
state.
(h) Securities Lending.
(1) Provide the following dollar
amounts of income and fees/
compensation related to the securities
lending activities of each Investment
Option during its most recent fiscal
year:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(i) Gross income from securities
lending activities, including income
from cash collateral reinvestment;
(ii) All fees and/or compensation for
each of the following securities lending
activities and related services: Any
share of revenue generated by the
securities lending program paid to the
securities lending agent(s) (‘‘revenue
split’’); fees paid for cash collateral
management services (including fees
deducted from a pooled cash collateral
reinvestment vehicle) that are not
included in the revenue split;
administrative fees that are not included
in the revenue split; fees for
indemnification that are not included in
the revenue split; rebates paid to
borrowers; and any other fees relating to
the securities lending program that are
not included in the revenue split,
including a description of those other
fees;
(iii) The aggregate fees/compensation
disclosed pursuant to paragraph (ii); and
(iv) Net income from securities
lending activities (i.e., the dollar
amount in paragraph (i) minus the
dollar amount in paragraph (iii)).
Instruction. If a fee for a service is
included in the revenue split, state that
the fee is ‘‘included in the revenue
split.’’
(2) Describe the services provided in
relation to the Investment Option by the
securities lending agent in the
Investment Option’s most recent fiscal
year.
Item 26. Portfolio Managers
(a) Other Accounts Managed. If a
Portfolio Manager required to be
identified in response to Item 7(b) is
primarily responsible for the day-to-day
management of the portfolio of any
other account, provide the following
information:
(1) The Portfolio Manager’s name;
(2) The number of other accounts
managed within each of the following
categories and the total assets in the
accounts managed within each category:
(i) Registered investment companies;
(ii) Other pooled investment vehicles;
and
(iii) Other accounts.
(3) For each of the categories in
paragraph (a)(2) of this Item, the number
of accounts and the total assets in the
accounts with respect to which the
advisory fee is based on the
performance of the account; and
(4) A description of any material
conflicts of interest that may arise in
connection with the Portfolio Manager’s
management of the Registrant’s
investments, on the one hand, and the
investments of the other accounts
included in response to paragraph (a)(2)
PO 00000
Frm 00148
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
of this Item, on the other. This
description would include, for example,
material conflicts between the
investment strategy of the Registrant
and the investment strategy of other
accounts managed by the Portfolio
Manager and material conflicts in
allocation of investment opportunities
between the Registrant and other
accounts managed by the Portfolio
Manager.
Instructions.
1. Provide the information required by
this paragraph as of the end of the
Registrant’s most recently completed
fiscal year, except that, in the case of an
initial registration statement or an
update to the Registrant’s registration
statement that discloses a new Portfolio
Manager, information with respect to
any newly identified Portfolio Manager
must be provided as of the most recent
practicable date. Disclose the date as of
which the information is provided.
2. If a committee, team, or other group
of persons that includes the Portfolio
Manager is jointly and primarily
responsible for the day-to-day
management of the portfolio of an
account, include the account in
responding to paragraph (a) of this Item.
(b) Compensation. Describe the
structure of, and the method used to
determine, the compensation of each
Portfolio Manager required to be
identified in response to Item 7(b). For
each type of compensation (e.g., salary,
bonus, deferred compensation,
retirement plans and arrangements),
describe with specificity the criteria on
which that type of compensation is
based, for example, whether
compensation is fixed, whether (and, if
so, how) compensation is based on
Registrant pre- or after-tax performance
over a certain time period, and whether
(and, if so, how) compensation is based
on the value of assets held in the
Registrant’s portfolio. For example, if
compensation is based solely or in part
on performance, identify any
benchmark used to measure
performance and state the length of the
period over which performance is
measured.
Instructions.
1. Provide the information required by
this paragraph as of the end of the
Registrant’s most recently completed
fiscal year, except that, in the case of an
initial registration statement or an
update to the Registrant’s registration
statement that discloses a new Portfolio
Manager, information with respect to
any newly identified Portfolio Manager
must be provided as of the most recent
practicable date. Disclose the date as of
which the information is provided.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
2. Compensation includes, without
limitation, salary, bonus, deferred
compensation, and pension and
retirement plans and arrangements,
whether the compensation is cash or
non-cash. Group life, health,
hospitalization, medical reimbursement,
relocation, and pension and retirement
plans and arrangements may be omitted,
provided that they do not discriminate
in scope, terms, or operation in favor of
the Portfolio Manager or a group of
employees that includes the Portfolio
Manager and are available generally to
all salaried employees. The value of
compensation is not required to be
disclosed under this Item.
3. Include a description of the
structure of, and the method used to
determine, any compensation received
by the Portfolio Manager from the
Registrant, the Registrant’s investment
adviser, or any other source with respect
to management of the Registrant and
any other accounts included in the
response to paragraph (a)(2) of this Item.
This description must clearly disclose
any differences between the method
used to determine the Portfolio
Manager’s compensation with respect to
the Registrant and other accounts, e.g.,
if the Portfolio Manager receives part of
an advisory fee that is based on
performance with respect to some
accounts but not the Registrant, this
must be disclosed.
(c) Ownership of Securities. For each
Portfolio Manager required to be
identified in response to Item 7(b), state
the dollar range of equity securities in
the Registrant beneficially owned by the
Portfolio Manager using the following
ranges: none, $1–$10,000, $10,001–
$50,000, $50,001–$100,000, $100,001–
$500,000, $500,001–$1,000,000, or over
$1,000,000.
Instructions.
1. Provide the information required by
this paragraph as of the end of the
Registrant’s most recently completed
fiscal year, except that, in the case of an
initial registration statement or an
update to the Registrant’s registration
statement that discloses a new Portfolio
Manager, information with respect to
any newly identified Portfolio Manager
must be provided as of the most recent
practicable date. Specify the valuation
date.
2. Determine ‘‘beneficial ownership’’
in accordance with rule 16a–1(a)(2)
under the Exchange Act (17 CFR
240.16a–1(a)(2)).
Item 27. Brokerage Allocation and Other
Practices
(a) Brokerage Transactions. Describe
how transactions in portfolio securities
are effected, including a general
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
statement about brokerage commissions,
markups, and markdowns on principal
transactions and the aggregate amount
of any brokerage commissions paid by
the Registrant during its three most
recent fiscal years. If, during either of
the two years preceding the Registrant’s
most recent fiscal year, the aggregate
dollar amount of brokerage commissions
paid by the Registrant differed
materially from the amount paid during
the most recent fiscal year, state the
reason(s) for the difference(s).
(b) Commissions.
(1) Identify, disclose the relationship,
and state the aggregate dollar amount of
brokerage commissions paid by the
Registrant during its three most recent
fiscal years to any broker:
(i) That is an affiliated person of the
Registrant or an affiliated person of that
person; or
(ii) An affiliated person of which is an
affiliated person of the Registrant, its
Insurance Company, its investment
adviser, or principal underwriter.
(2) For each broker identified in
response to paragraph (b)(1), state:
(i) The percentage of the Registrant’s
aggregate brokerage commissions paid
to the broker during the most recent
fiscal year; and
(ii) The percentage of the Registrant’s
aggregate dollar amount of transactions
involving the payment of commissions
effected through the broker during the
most recent fiscal year.
(3) State the reasons for any material
difference in the percentage of brokerage
commissions paid to, and the
percentage of transactions effected
through, a broker disclosed in response
to paragraph (b)(1).
(c) Brokerage Selection. Describe how
the Registrant will select brokers to
effect securities transactions for the
Registrant and how the Registrant will
evaluate the overall reasonableness of
brokerage commissions paid, including
the factors that the Registrant will
consider in making these
determinations.
Instructions.
1. If the Registrant will consider the
receipt of products or services other
than brokerage or research services in
selecting brokers, specify those products
and services.
2. If the Registrant will consider the
receipt of research services in selecting
brokers, identify the nature of those
research services.
3. State whether persons acting on the
Registrant’s behalf are authorized to pay
a broker a higher brokerage commission
than another broker might have charged
for the same transaction in recognition
of the value of (a) brokerage or (b)
PO 00000
Frm 00149
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61877
research services provided by the
broker.
4. If applicable, explain that research
services provided by brokers through
which the Registrant effects securities
transactions may be used by the
Registrant’s investment adviser in
servicing all of its accounts and that not
all of these services may be used by the
adviser in connection with the
Registrant. If other policies or practices
are applicable to the Registrant with
respect to the allocation of research
services provided by brokers, explain
those policies and practices.
(d) Directed Brokerage. If, during the
last fiscal year, the Registrant, its
Insurance Company, or its investment
adviser, through an agreement or
understanding with a broker, or
otherwise through an internal allocation
procedure, directed the Registrant’s
brokerage transactions to a broker
because of research services provided,
state the amount of the transactions and
related commissions.
(e) Regular Broker-Dealers. If the
Registrant has acquired during its most
recent fiscal year or during the period of
time since organization, whichever is
shorter, securities of its regular brokers
or dealers as defined in rule 10b–1 [17
CFR 270.10b–1] or of their parents,
identify those brokers or dealers and
state the value of the Registrant’s
aggregate holdings of the securities of
each issuer as of the close of the
Registrant’s most recent fiscal year.
Instruction. The Registrant need only
disclose information about an issuer
that derived more than 15% of its gross
revenues from the business of a broker,
a dealer, an underwriter, or an
investment adviser during its most
recent fiscal year.
Item 28. Purchase of Securities Being
Offered
(a) Describe the manner in which
Registrant’s securities are offered to the
public. Include a description of any
special purchase plans and any
exchange privileges not described in the
prospectus.
Instruction. Address exchange
privileges between Investment Options,
between the Registrant and other
separate accounts, and between the
Registrant and contracts offered through
the Insurance Company’s general
account.
(b) Describe the method that will be
used to determine the sales load on the
variable annuity contracts offered by the
Registrant.
Instruction. Explain fully any
difference in the price at which variable
annuity contracts are offered to
members of the public, as individuals or
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61878
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
as groups, and the prices at which the
contracts are offered for any class of
transactions or to any class of
individuals, including officers,
directors, members of the board of
managers, or employees of the
Registrant’s Insurance Company,
underwriter, or investment adviser.
(c) Describe the method used to value
the Registrants’ assets if not described in
the prospectus.
Instructions.
1. Describe the valuation procedure
used to determine accumulation unit
value.
2. If Registrant uses either pennyrounding pricing or amortized cost
valuation, pursuant to either an order of
exemption from the Commission or Rule
2a–7 under the 1940 Act [17 CFR
270.2a–7], describe the nature, extent
and effect of any conditions under the
exemption.
(d) Describe the way in which
purchase payments are credited to the
contract to the extent not described in
the prospectus.
(e) If the Registrant has received an
order of exemption from Section 18(f) of
the 1940 Act [15 U.S.C. 80a–18(f)] from
the Commission or has filed a notice of
election pursuant to Rule 18f–1 under
the Act [17 CFR 270.18f–1] which has
not been withdrawn, fully describe the
nature, extent, and effect of the
exemptive relief in the Statement of
Additional Information if the
information is not in the prospectus.
(f) Frequent Transfer Arrangements.
Describe any arrangements with any
person to permit frequent transfers of
contract value among Investment
Options of the Registrant, including the
identity of the persons permitted to
engage in frequent transfers pursuant to
such arrangements, and any
compensation or other consideration
received by the Registrant, the Insurance
Company, or any other party pursuant
to such arrangements.
Instructions.
1. The consideration required to be
disclosed by paragraph (f) of this Item
includes any agreement to maintain
assets in the Registrant or in other
investment companies or accounts
managed or sponsored by the Insurance
Company, its investment adviser, or any
affiliated person of the Insurance
Company or of any such investment
adviser.
2. If the Registrant has an arrangement
to permit frequent transfers of Contract
value among Investment Options of the
Registrant by a group of individuals,
such as the participants in a defined
contribution plan that meets the
requirements for qualification under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Code (26 U.S.C. 401(k)), the Registrant
may identify the group rather than
identifying each individual group
member.
5. If the payments were made under
an arrangement or policy applicable to
dealers generally, describe only the
arrangement or policy.
Item 29. Underwriters
Item 30. Calculation of Performance
Data
(a) Identification. Identify each
principal underwriter (other than the
Insurance Company) of the Contracts,
and state its principal business address.
If the principal underwriter is affiliated
with the Registrant, the Insurance
Company, or any affiliated person of the
Registrant or the Insurance Company,
identify how they are affiliated (e.g., the
principal underwriter is controlled by
the Insurance Company).
(b) Offering and Commissions. For
each principal underwriter distributing
Contracts of the Registrant, state:
(1) Whether the offering is
continuous; and
(2) the aggregate dollar amount of
underwriting commissions paid to, and
the amount retained by, the principal
underwriter for each of the Registrant’s
last three fiscal years.
(c) Other Payments. With respect to
any payments made by the Registrant to
an underwriter of or dealer in the
Contracts during the Registrant’s last
fiscal year, disclose the name and
address of the underwriter or dealer, the
amount paid; and basis for determining
the amount, the circumstances
surrounding the payments, and the
consideration received by the
Registrant. Do not include information
about:
(1) Payments made through deduction
from premiums paid at the time of sale
of the Contracts; or
(2) Payments made from cash values
upon full or partial surrender of the
Contracts or from an increase or
decrease in the face amount of the
Contracts.
Instructions.
1. Information need not be given
about the service of mailing proxies or
periodic reports of the Registrant.
2. Exclude information about bona
fide contracts with the Registrant or its
Insurance Company for outside legal or
auditing services, or bona fide contracts
for personal employment entered into
with the Registrant or its Insurance
Company in the ordinary course of
business.
3. Information need not be given
about any service for which total
payments of less than $15,000 were
made during each of the Registrant’s last
three fiscal years.
4. Information need not be given
about payments made under any
contract to act as administrative or
servicing agent.
PO 00000
Frm 00150
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(a) Money Market Accounts. Yield
quotation(s) included in the prospectus
for an Investment Option that holds
itself out as a Money Market Account
should be calculated according to
paragraphs (a)(1)–(2) of this Item.
(1) Yield Quotation. Based on the 7
days ended on the date of the most
recent balance sheet of the Registrant
included in the registration statement,
calculate the yield by determining the
net change, exclusive of capital changes
and income other than investment
income, in the value of a hypothetical
pre-existing account having a balance of
one accumulation unit of the Investment
Option at the beginning of the period,
subtracting a hypothetical charge
reflecting deductions from
Contractowner Accounts, and dividing
the difference by the value of the
account at the beginning of the base
period to obtain the base period return,
and then multiplying the base period
return by (365/7) with the resulting
yield figure carried to at least the
nearest hundredth of one percent
(2) Effective Yield Quotation. Based
on the 7 days ended on the date of the
most recent balance sheet of the
Registrant included in the registration
statement, calculate the effective yield,
carried to at least the nearest hundredth
of one percent, by determining the net
change, exclusive of capital changes and
income other than investment income,
in the value of a hypothetical preexisting account having a balance of one
accumulation unit of the Investment
Option at the beginning of the period,
subtracting a hypothetical charge
reflecting deductions from
Contractowner Accounts, and dividing
the difference by the value of the
account at the beginning of the base
period to obtain the base period return,
and then compounding the base period
return by adding 1, raising the sum to
a power equal to 365 divided by 7, and
subtracting 1 from the result, according
to the following formula:
EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD
RETURN + 1) 365/7] ¥ 1.
Instructions.
1. When calculating the yield or
effective yield quotations, the
calculation of net change in account
value must include all deductions that
are charged to all Contractowner
Accounts in proportion to the length of
the base period. For any account fees
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
that vary with the size of the account,
assume an account size equal to the
Investment Option’s mean (or median)
account size.
2. Deductions from purchase
payments and sales loads assessed at the
time of redemption or annuitization
should not be reflected in the
computation of yield and effective yield.
However, the amount or specific rate of
such deductions must be disclosed.
3. Exclude realized gains and losses
from the sale of securities and
unrealized appreciation and
depreciation from the calculation of
yield and effective yield. Exclude
income other than investment income.
(b) Other Investment Options.
Performance information included in
the prospectus should be calculated
according to paragraphs (b)(1)–(3).
(1) Average Annual Total Return
Quotation. For the 1-, 5-, and 10-year
periods ended on the date of the most
recent balance sheet of the Registrant
included in the registration statement,
calculate the average annual total return
by finding the average annual
compounded rates of return over the
1-, 5-, and 10-year periods that would
equate the initial amount invested to the
ending redeemable value, according to
the following formula:
P(1 + T)n = ERV
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Where:
P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000.
T = average annual total return.
n = number of years.
ERV = ending redeemable value of a
hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the
beginning of the 1-, 5-, or 10-year periods
at the end of the 1-, 5-, or 10-year periods
(or fractional portion).
Instructions.
1. Assume the maximum sales load
(or other charges deducted from
payments) is deducted from the initial
$1,000 payment.
2. Include all recurring fees that are
charged to all Contractowner Accounts.
For any account fees that vary with the
size of the account, assume an account
size equal to the Investment Option’s
mean (or median) account size. If
recurring fees charged to Contractowner
Accounts are paid other than by
redemption of accumulation units, they
should be appropriately reflected.
3. Determine the ending redeemable
value by assuming a complete
redemption at the end of the 1, 5, or 10
year periods and the deduction of all
nonrecurring charges deducted at the
end of each period.
4. If the Registrant’s registration
statement has been in effect less than
one, five, or ten years, the time period
during which the registration statement
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
has been in effect should be substituted
for the period stated.
5. Carry the total return quotation to
the nearest hundredth of one percent.
6. Total return information in the
prospectus need only be current to the
end of the Investment Option’s most
recent fiscal year.
(2) Yield Quotation. Based on a 30day (or one month) period ended on the
date of the most recent balance sheet of
the Registrant included in the
registration statement, calculate yield by
dividing the net investment income per
accumulation unit earned during the
period by the maximum offering price
per unit on the last day of the period,
according to the following formula:
Where:
a = dividends and interest earned during the
period.
b = expenses accrued for the period (net of
reimbursements).
c = the average daily number of accumulation
units outstanding during the period.
d = the maximum offering price per
accumulation units on the last day of the
period.
Instructions.
1. To calculate interest earned (for the
purpose of ‘‘a’’ above) on debt
obligations:
(a) Compute the yield to maturity of
each obligation held by the Investment
Option based on the market value of the
obligation (including actual accrued
interest) at the close of business on the
last business day of each month, or,
with respect to obligations purchased
during the month, the purchase price
(plus actual accrued interest).
(b) Divide the yield to maturity by 360
and multiply the quotient by the market
value of the obligation (including actual
accrued interest) (as referred to in
Instruction 1(a) above) to determine the
interest income on the obligation for
each day of the subsequent month that
the obligation is in the portfolio.
Assume that each month has thirty
days.
(c) Total the interest earned on all
debt obligation and all dividends
accrued on all equity securities during
the thirty-day or one month period.
Note: Although the period for
computing interest earned referred to
above is based on calendar months, a
thirty-day yield may be calculated by
aggregating the daily interest on the
portfolio from portions of two months.
Nothing in these instructions prohibits
a Registrant from recalculating daily
interest income on the portfolio more
than once a month.
(d) For purpose of Instruction 1(a), the
maturity of an obligation with a call
PO 00000
Frm 00151
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61879
provision(s) is the next call date on
which the obligation reasonably may be
expected to be called or, if none, the
maturity date.
2. With respect to the treatment of
discount and premium on mortgage or
other receivables-backed obligations
which are expected to be subject to
monthly payments of principal and
interest (‘‘paydowns’’):
(a) Account for gain or loss
attributable to actual monthly paydowns
as an increase or decrease to interest
income during the period.
(b) The Investment Option may elect
(i) to amortize the discount and
premium on the remaining security,
based on the cost of the security, to the
weighted average maturity date, if such
information is available, or to the
remaining term of the security, if the
weighted average maturity date is not
available, or (ii) not to amortize
discount or premium on the remaining
security.
3. Solely for the purpose of computing
yield, recognize dividend income by
accruing 1/360 of the stated dividend
rate of the security each day that the
security is in the portfolio.
4. Do not use equalization accounting
in the calculation of yield.
5. Include expenses accrued pursuant
to a plan adopted under rule 12b–1
under the 1940 Act [17 CFR 270.12b–1]
among the expenses accrued for the
period. Reimbursement accrued
pursuant to a plan may reduce the
accrued expenses, but only to the extent
the reimbursement does not exceed
expenses accrued for the period.
6. Include among the expenses
accrued for the period all recurring fees
that are charged to all Contractowner
Accounts. For any account fees that vary
with the size of the account, assume an
account size equal to the Investment
Option’s mean (or median) account size.
7. If a broker-dealer or an affiliate (as
defined in paragraph (b) of Rule 1–02
[17 CFR 210.1–02(b) of Regulation S–X)
of the broker-dealer has, in connection
with directing the Investment Option’s
brokerage transactions to the brokerdealer, provided, agreed to provide,
paid for, or agreed to pay for, in whole
or in part, services provided to the
Investment Option (other than brokerage
and research services as these terms are
defined in Section 28(e) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15
U.S.C. 78bb(e)]), add to expenses
accrued for the period an estimate of
additional amounts that would have
been accrued for the period if the
Investment Option had paid for the
services directly in an arms-length
transaction.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.003
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
61880
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
8. Disclose the amount or specific rate
of any nonrecurring account or sales
charges.
(3) Non-Standardized Performance
Quotation. An Investment Option may
calculate performance using any other
historical measure of performance (not
subject to any prescribed method of
computation) if the measurement
reflects all elements of return.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Item 31. Annuity Payments
Describe the method for determining
the amount of annuity payments if not
described in the prospectus. In addition,
describe how any change in the amount
of a payment after the first payment is
determined.
Item 32. Financial Statements
(a) Registrant. Provide financial
statements of the Registrant.
Instructions. Include, in a separate
section, the financial statements and
schedules required by Regulation S–X
[17 CFR 210]. Financial statements of
the Registrant may be limited to:
1. An audited balance sheet or
statement of assets and liabilities as of
the end of the most recent fiscal year;
2. An audited statement of operations
of the most recent fiscal year
conforming to the requirements of Rule
6–07 of Regulation S–X [17 CFR 210.6–
07];
3. An audited statement of cash flows
for the most recent fiscal year if
necessary to comply with generally
accepted accounting principles; and
4. Audited statements of changes in
net assets conforming to the
requirements of Rule 6–09 of Regulation
S–X [17 CFR 210.6–09] for the two most
recent fiscal years.
(b) Insurance Company. Provide
financial statements of the Insurance
Company.
Instructions.
1. Include, in a separate section, the
financial statements and schedules of
the Insurance Company required by
Regulation S–X. If the Insurance
Company would not have to prepare
financial statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting
principles except for use in this
registration statement or other
registration statements filed on Forms
N–3, N–4, or N–6, its financial
statements may be prepared in
accordance with statutory requirements.
The Insurance Company’s financial
statements must be prepared in
accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles if the Insurance
Company prepares financial information
in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles for use by the
Insurance Company’s parent, as defined
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
in Rule 1–02(p) of Regulation S–X [17
CFR 210.1–02(p)], in any report under
sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act [15 U.S.C. 78m(a) and
78o(d)] or any registration statement
filed under the Securities Act.
2. All statements and schedules of the
Insurance Company required by
Regulation S–X, except for the
consolidated balance sheets described
in Rule 3–01 of Regulation S–X [17 CFR
210.3–01], and any notes to these
statements or schedules, may be omitted
from Part B and instead included in Part
C of the registration statement. If any of
this information is omitted from Part B
and included in Part C, the consolidated
balance sheets included in Part B
should be accompanied by a statement
that additional financial information
about the Insurance Company is
available, without charge, upon request.
When a request for the additional
financial information is received, the
Registrant should send the information
within 3 business days of receipt of the
request, by first-class mail or other
means designed to ensure equally
prompt delivery.
3. Notwithstanding Rule 3–12 of
Regulation S–X [17 CFR 210.3–12], the
financial statements of the Insurance
Company need not be more current than
as of the end of the most recent fiscal
year of the Insurance Company. In
addition, when the anticipated effective
date of a registration statement falls
within 90 days subsequent to the end of
the fiscal year of the Insurance
Company, the registration statement
need not including financial statements
of the Insurance Company more current
than as of the end of the third fiscal
quarter of the most recently completed
fiscal year of the Insurance Company
unless the audited financial statements
for such fiscal year are available. The
exceptions to Rule 3–12 of Regulation
S–X contained in this Instruction 3 do
not apply when:
(a) The Insurance Company’s
financial statements have never been
included in an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act of
1933 of a separate account that offers
variable annuity contracts or variable
life insurance contracts; or
(b) The balance sheet of the Insurance
Company at the end of either of the two
most recent fiscal years included in
response to this Item shows a combined
capital and surplus, if a stock company,
or an unassigned surplus, if a mutual
company, of less than $2,500,000; or
(c) The balance sheet of the Insurance
Company at the end of a fiscal quarter
within 135 days of the expected date of
effectiveness under the Securities Act
(or a fiscal quarter within 90 days of
PO 00000
Frm 00152
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
filing if the registration statement is
filed solely under the Investment
Company Act) would show a combined
capital surplus, if a stock company, or
an unassigned surplus, if a mutual
company, of less than $2,500,000. If two
fiscal quarters end within the 135 day
period, the Insurance Company may
choose either for purposes of this test.
Any interim financial statements
required by this Item need not be
comparative with financial statements
for the same interim period of an earlier
year.
Item 33. Condensed Financial
Information
Furnish the following information for
each class of accumulation units of the
Registrant.
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES (for
an accumulation unit outstanding
throughout the period)
1. accumulation unit value at
beginning of period;
2. accumulation unit value at end of
period;
3. number of accumulation units
outstanding at the end of period;
4. portfolio turnover rate.
Instructions.
1. For purpose of this Item, ‘‘class of
accumulation units’’ means any
variation that affects accumulation
units, including variations related to
contract class, optional benefits, and
sub-accounts.
2. The above information must be
provided for each class of accumulation
units of the Registrant derived from
contracts offered by means of this
prospectus and each class derived from
contracts no longer offered for sale, but
for which registrant may continue to
accept payments. Information need not
be provided for any class of
accumulation units of the Registrant
derived from contracts that are currently
offered for sale by means of a different
prospectus. Also, information need not
be provided for any class of
accumulation units that is no longer
offered for sale but for which Registrant
may continue to accept payments, if the
information is provided in a different,
but current prospectus of the Registrant.
3. The information shall be presented
in comparative columns for each of the
last five fiscal years of the Registrant (or
for life of the Registrant and its
immediate predecessors, if less) but
only from the later of the effective date
of Registrant’s first 1933 Act
Registration Statement. In addition, the
information shall be presented for the
period between the end of the latest
fiscal year and the date of the latest
balance sheet or statement of assets and
liabilities furnished.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
4. Accumulation unit amounts shall
be given at least to the nearest cent. If
the computation of the offering price is
extended to tenths of a cent or more,
then the amounts on the table should be
given in tenths of a cent.
5. Accumulation unit values should
only be given for Investment Options
that fund obligations of the Registrant
under variable annuity contracts offered
by means of this prospectus.
6. The portfolio turnover rate to be
shown at caption 4 shall be calculated
as follows:
(a) The rate of portfolio turnover shall
be calculated by dividing (A) the lesser
of purchases or sales of portfolio
securities for the particular fiscal year
by (B) the monthly average of the value
of the portfolio securities owned by the
Registrant during the particular fiscal
year. Such monthly average shall be
calculated by totaling the values of the
portfolio securities as of the beginning
and end of the first month of the
particular fiscal year and as of the end
of each of the succeeding eleven
months, and dividing the sum by 13.
(b) For the purposes of this Item,
exclude from both the numerator and
the denominator all securities,
including options whose maturities or
expiration dates at the time of
acquisition were one year or less. All
long-term securities, including United
States Government securities, should be
included. Purchases shall include any
cash paid upon the conversion of one
portfolio security into another.
Purchases shall also include the cost of
rights or warrants purchased. Sales shall
include the net proceeds of the sale of
rights or warrants. Sales shall also
include the net proceeds of portfolio
securities which have been called, or for
which payment has been made through
redemption or maturity.
(c) If during the fiscal year the
Registrant acquired the assets of another
separate account in exchange for its own
accumulation units, it shall exclude
from purchases the value of securities so
acquired, and from sales all sales of
such securities made following a
purchase-of-assets transaction to realign
the Registrant’s portfolio. In such event,
the Registrant shall also make
appropriate adjustment in the
denominator of the portfolio turnover
computation. The Registrant must
disclose such exclusions and
adjustments in its answer to this Item.
(d) Short sales which the Registrant
intends to maintain for more than one
year and put and call options where the
expiration date is more than one year
from date of acquisition are included in
purchases and sales for purposes of this
Item. The proceeds from a short sale
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
should be included in the value of the
portfolio securities which the Registrant
sold during the reporting period and the
cost of covering a short sale should be
included in the value of the portfolio
securities which the Registrant
purchased during the period. The
premiums paid to purchase options
should be included in the value of the
portfolio securities which the Registrant
purchased during the reporting period
and the premiums received from the
sale of options should be included in
the value of the portfolio securities
which the Registrant sold during the
period.
(e) A Registrant that holds itself out as
a Money Market Fund is not required to
provide a portfolio turnover rate in
response to this Item.
7. Registrants may, but are not
required to, omit the AUV tables, if the
registrant provides an annual account
statement to each individual contract
owner that discloses, with respect to
each class of accumulation units held by
the contractowner, the actual
performance of each Investment Option
reflecting all contract charges incurred
by the contract owner. For accounts
held less than one year, the annual
account statement must disclose the
actual performance of each sub-account
for the length of time the investor has
owned the sub-account.
Part C—Other Information
Item 34. Exhibits
Subject to General Instruction D
regarding incorporation by reference
and rule 483 under the Securities Act
[17 CFR 230.483], file the exhibits listed
below as part of the registration
statement. Letter or number the exhibits
in the sequence indicated and file
copies rather than originals, unless
otherwise required by rule 483. Reflect
any exhibit incorporated by reference in
the list below and identify the
previously filed document containing
the incorporated material.
(a) Board of Directors Resolution. The
resolution of the board of directors of
the Insurance Company authorizing the
establishment of the Registrant.
(b) Bylaws. Copies of the existing
bylaws of the Registrant or instruments
corresponding thereto.
(c) Custodian Agreement. All
depository contracts and agreements for
custody of securities and similar
investments of the Registrant, including
the schedule of remuneration.
(d) Investment Advisory Contracts.
Copies of all investment advisory
contracts relating to the management of
the assets of the Registrant.
(e) Underwriting Contracts.
Underwriting or distribution contract
PO 00000
Frm 00153
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61881
between the Registrant or Insurance
Company and a principal underwriter
and agreements between principal
underwriters and dealers or the
Insurance Company and dealers.
(f) Contracts. The form of each
Contract, including any riders or
endorsements.
(g) Applications. The form of
application used with any Contract
provided in response to paragraph (f)
above;
(h) Insurance Company’s Certificate
of Incorporation and By-Laws. The
Insurance Company’s current certificate
of incorporation or other instrument of
organization and by-laws and any
related amendment.
(i) Reinsurance Contracts. Any
contract of reinsurance related to a
Contract.
(j) Profit Sharing Contracts for the
Benefit of the Board of Managers or
Officers of Registrant. Copies of all
bonus, profit sharing, pension, or other
similar contracts or arrangements
wholly or partly for the benefit of
members of the board of managers or
officers of the Registrant in their
capacity as such; any such plan that is
not set forth in a formal document,
furnish a reasonably detailed
description thereof;
(k) Administrative Contracts. Any
contract relating to the performance of
administrative services in connection
with administering a Contract.
(l) Other Material Contracts. Other
material contracts not made in the
ordinary course of business to be
performed in whole or in part on or after
the filing date of the registration
statement.
(m) Legal Opinion. An opinion and
consent of counsel regarding the legality
of the securities being registered, stating
whether the securities will, when sold,
be legally issued and represent binding
obligations of the Insurance Company.
(n) Other Opinions. Copies of any
other opinions, appraisals, or rulings,
and consents of their use relied on in
preparing this Registration Statement
and required by Section 7 of the 1933
Act.
(o) Omitted Financial Statements.
Financial statements omitted from Item
32.
(p) Initial Capital Agreement. Any
agreements or understandings made in
consideration for providing the initial
capital between or among the Registrant,
Insurance Company, underwriter, or
initial contractowners and written
assurances from the Insurance Company
or initial contractowners that purchases
were made for investment purposes and
not with the intention of redeeming or
reselling.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61882
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(q) Codes of Ethics. Copies of any
codes of ethics adopted under Rule 17j–
1 under the Investment Company Act
[17 CFR 270.17j–1] and currently
applicable to the Registrant (i.e., the
codes of the Registrant and its
investment advisers and principal
underwriters). If there are no codes of
ethics applicable to the Registrant, state
the reason (e.g., the Registrant is a
Money Market Fund).
(r) Preliminary Summary
Prospectuses. The form of any Initial
Summary Prospectus and Updating
Summary Prospectus that the Registrant
intends to use on or after the effective
date of the registration statement,
pursuant to rule 498A under the
Securities Act.
Instruction. Registrants are required to
provide the preliminary Summary
Prospectus exhibits only in connection
with the filing of an initial registration
Item 35. Directors and Officers of the
Insurance Company
Provide the following information
about each director or officer of the
Insurance Company:
(1)
Name and principal business address
(2)
Positions and offices with insurance company
(3)
Positions and offices with registrant
Instruction. Registrants are required to
provide the above information only for
officers or directors who are engaged
directly or indirectly in activities
relating to the Registrant or the
Contracts, and for executive officers
including the Insurance Company’s
president, secretary, treasurer, and vice
presidents who have authority to act as
president in his or her absence.
2. Indicate with appropriate symbols
subsidiaries that file separate financial
statements, subsidiaries included in
consolidated financial statements; or
unconsolidated subsidiaries included in
group financial statements. Indicate for
other subsidiaries why financial
statements are not filed.
director, officer, employee, partner, or
trustee, and the nature of such
connection.
2. If the investment adviser is the
Insurance Company or an affiliate
thereof that is also an insurance
company, Registrants need only provide
the above information for officers or
directors who are engaged directly or
indirectly in activities relating to the
assets of the Registrant, and for
executive officers including the
Insurance Company’s or its affiliate’s
president, secretary, treasurer, and vice
presidents who have authority to act as
president in his or her absence.
3. The names of investment advisory
clients need not be given.
Item 36. Persons Controlled by or Under
Common Control With the Insurance
Company or Registrant
Provide a list or diagram of all
persons directly or indirectly controlled
by or under common control with the
Insurance Company or the Registrant.
For any person controlled by another
person, disclose the percentage of voting
securities owned by the immediately
controlling person or other basis of that
person’s control. For each company,
also provide the state or other sovereign
power under the laws of which the
company is organized.
Instructions.
1. Include the Registrant and the
Insurance Company in the list or
diagram and show the relationship of
each company to the Registrant and
Insurance Company and to the other
companies named, using crossreferences if a company is controlled
through direct ownership of its
securities by two or more persons.
Item 37. Indemnification
State the general effect of any
contract, arrangements, or statute under
which any underwriter or affiliated
person of the Registrant is insured or
indemnified against any liability
incurred in his or her official capacity,
other than insurance provided by any
underwriter or affiliated person for his
or her own protection.
Item 38. Business and Other
Connections of Investment Adviser
Describe any other business,
profession, vocation, or employment of
a substantial nature in which each
investment adviser of the Registrant,
and each director, officer, or partner of
any such investment adviser, is or has
been, at any time during the past two
fiscal years, engaged for his or her own
account or as director, officer,
employee, partner, or trustee.
Instructions.
1. State the name and principal
business address of any company of
which any person specified above is a
(1)
Name and principal business address
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
statement, or in connection with a preeffective amendment or a post-effective
amendment filed in accordance with
paragraph (a) of rule 485 under the
Securities Act.
(2)
Positions and offices with underwriter
Instruction. If a principal underwriter
is the Insurance Company or an affiliate
of the Insurance Company, and is also
an insurance company, the above
information for officers or directors
need only be provided for officers or
directors who are engaged directly or
indirectly in activities relating to the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Registrant or the Contracts, and for
executive officers including the
Insurance Company’s or its affiliate’s
president, secretary, treasurer, and vice
presidents who have authority to act as
president in his or her absence.
(c) Compensation From the
Registrant. Provide the information
PO 00000
Frm 00154
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Item 39. Principal Underwriters
(a) Other Activity. State the name of
each investment company (other than
the Registrant) for which each principal
underwriter currently distributing the
Registrant’s securities also acts as a
principal underwriter, Insurance
Company, sponsor, or investment
adviser.
(b) Management. Provide the
information required by the following
table with respect to each director,
officer, or partner of each principal
underwriter named in the response to
Item 29:
(3)
Positions and offices with registrant
required by the following table for all
commissions and other compensation
received, directly or indirectly, from the
Registrant during the Registrant’s last
fiscal year by each principal
underwriter:
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61883
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Name of principal
underwriter
Net underwriting discounts
and commissions
Compensation on
redemption or
annuitization
Brokerage commissions
Other compensation
Instructions.
1. Disclose the type of services
rendered in consideration for the
compensation listed in column (5).
2. Exclude information about bona
fide contracts with the Registrant or its
Insurance Company for outside legal or
auditing services, or bona fide contracts
for personal employment entered into
with the Registrant or its Insurance
Company in the ordinary course of
business.
3. Information need not be given
about the service of mailing proxies or
periodic reports of the Registrant.
4. Exclude information about any
service for which total payments of less
than $15,000 were made during each of
the last three fiscal years.
5. Exclude information about
payments made under any agreement
whereby another person contracts with
the Registrant or its Insurance Company
to perform as custodian or
administrative or servicing agent.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
State the name and address of each
person maintaining physical possession
of each account, book, or other
document, required to be maintained by
Section 31(a) [15 U.S.C. 80a–30(a)] and
the rules under that section.
Instruction. The Registrant may omit
this information to the extent it is
provided in its most recent report on
Form N–CEN [17 CFR 274.101].
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Provide a summary of the substantive
provisions of any management-related
service contract not discussed in Part A
or Part B, disclosing the parties to the
contract and the total amount paid and
by whom for the Registrant’s last three
fiscal years.
Instructions.
1. The instructions to Item 25(c) shall
also apply to this Item.
2. Exclude information about any
service provided for payments totaling
less than $15,000 during each of the
Registrant’s last three fiscal years.
Item 42. Fee Representation
Provide a representation of the
Insurance Company that the fees and
charges deducted under the Contracts,
in the aggregate, are reasonable in
relation to the services rendered, the
expenses expected to be incurred, and
the risks assumed by the Insurance
Company.
Signatures
Item 40. Location of Accounts and
Records
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Item 41. Management Services
Pursuant to the requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the
Registrant (certifies that it meets all of
the requirements for effectiveness of this
registration statement under rule 485(b)
under the Securities Act and) has duly
caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
duly authorized, in the City of llll
and State of ll, on this lld day of
llll, ll.
PO 00000
Frm 00155
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
lllllllllllllllllll
(Registrant)
By lllllllllllllllll
(Signature)
lllllllllllllllllll
(Title)
lllllllllllllllllll
(Insurance Company)
By lllllllllllllllll
(Name of officer of Insurance Company)
lllllllllllllllllll
(Title)
Instruction.
If the registration statement is being
filed only under the Securities Act or
under both the Securities Act and the
Investment Company Act, it should be
signed by both the Registrant and the
Insurance Company. If the registration
statement is being filed only under the
Investment Company Act, it should be
signed only by the Registrant.
Pursuant to the requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, this registration
statement has been signed by the
following persons in the capacities and
on the dates indicated.
lllllllllllllllllll
Signature
lllllllllllllllllll
Title
lllllllllllllllllll
Date
■ 38. Revise Form N–4 (referenced in
§§ 239.17b and 274.11c) to read as
follows.
Note: The text of Form N–4 will not appear
in the Code of Federal Regulations.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61884
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORMN-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Pre-Effective Amendment No. _ _ _ _ _ [ ]
Post-Effective Amendment No.
]
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
Amendment No.
----l
(Check appropriate box or boxes.)
(Exact Name of Registrant)
(Name ofDepositor)
(Address ofDepositor's Principal Executive Offices)
(Zip Code)
Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
[ ] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
[ ] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)
[] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(l)
[]on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(l) of rule 485
If appropriate, check the following box:
[]this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed
Omit from the facing sheet reference to the other Act if the Registration Statement or
amendment is filed under only one of the Acts. Include the "Approximate Date of Proposed
Public Offering" only where securities are being registered under the Securities Act of 1933.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00156
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.004
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
post-effective amendment.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Contents of Form N–4
General Instructions
A. Definitions
B. Filing and Use of Form N–4
C. Preparation of the Registration
Statement
D. Incorporation by Reference
Part A: Information Required in a Prospectus
Item 1. Front and Back Cover Pages
Item 2. Overview of the Contract
Item 3. Key Information
Item 4. Fee Table
Item 5. Principal Risks of Investing in the
Contract
Item 6. General Description of Registrant,
Depositor, and Portfolio Companies
Item 7. Charges
Item 8. General Description of Contracts
Item 9. Annuity Period
Item 10. Standard Death Benefit
Item 11. Other Benefits Available Under
the Contract
Item 12. Purchases and Contract Value
Item 13. Surrenders and Withdrawals
Item 14. Loans
Item 15. Taxes
Item 16. Legal Proceedings
Item 17. Financial Statements
Item 18. Portfolio Companies Available
Under the Contract
Part B: Information Required in a Statement
of Additional Information
Item 19. Cover Page and Table of Contents
Item 20. General Information and History
Item 21. Services
Item 22. Purchase of Securities Being
Offered
Item 23. Underwriters
Item 24. Calculation of Performance Data
Item 25. Annuity Payments
Item 26. Financial Statements
Item 27. Condensed Financial Information
Part C: Other Information
Item 28. Exhibits
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Item 29. Directors and Officers of the
Depositor
Item 30. Persons Controlled by or Under
Common Control with the Depositor or
Registrant
Item 31. Indemnification
Item 32. Principal Underwriters
Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records
Item 34. Management Services
Item 35. Fee Representation
Signatures
General Instructions
A. Definitions
References to sections and rules in
this Form N–4 are to the Investment
Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a–1
et seq.] (the ‘‘Investment Company
Act’’), unless otherwise indicated.
Terms used in this Form N–4 have the
same meaning as in the Investment
Company Act or the related rules,
unless otherwise indicated. As used in
this Form N–4, the terms set out below
have the following meanings:
‘‘Class’’ means a class of a Variable
Annuity Contract that varies principally
with respect to distribution-related fees
and expenses.
‘‘Contractowner Account’’ means any
account of a contractowner, participant,
annuitant, or beneficiary to which (net)
purchase payments under a variable
annuity contract are added and from
which administrative or transaction
charges may be subtracted.
‘‘Depositor’’ means the person
primarily responsible for the
organization of the Registrant and the
person, other than the trustee or
custodian, who has continuing
functions or responsibilities with
PO 00000
Frm 00157
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61885
respect to the administration of the
affairs of the Registrant. ‘‘Depositor’’
includes the sponsoring insurance
company that establishes and maintains
the Registrant. If there is more than one
Depositor, the information called for in
this Form about the Depositor shall be
provided for each Depositor.
‘‘Portfolio Company’’ means any
company in which the Registrant
invests and which may be selected as an
option by the contractowner.
‘‘Registrant’’ means the separate
account (as defined in Section 2(a)(37)
of the 1940 Act [15 U.S.C. 80a–2(a)(37)])
that offers the Variable Annuity
Contracts.
‘‘SAI’’ means the Statement of
Additional Information required by Part
B of this Form.
‘‘Securities Act’’ means the Securities
Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.].
‘‘Securities Exchange Act’’ means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15
U.S.C. 78a et seq.].
‘‘Statutory Prospectus’’ means a
prospectus that satisfies the
requirements of section 10(a) of the
Securities Act [15 U.S.C. 77j(a)].
‘‘Summary Prospectus’’ has the
meaning provided by paragraph (a)(12)
of rule 498A under the Securities Act
[17 CFR 230.498A(a)(12)].
‘‘Variable Annuity Contract’’ or
‘‘Contract’’ means any accumulation
contract or annuity contract, any portion
thereof, or any unit of interest or
participation therein pursuant to which
the value of the contract, either during
an accumulation period or after
annuitization, or both, varies according
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.005
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
61886
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
to the investment experience of the
separate account in which the contract
participates. Unless the context
otherwise requires, ‘‘Variable Annuity
Contract’’ or ‘‘Contract’’ refers to the
Variable Annuity Contracts being
offered pursuant to the registration
statement prepared on this Form.
B. Filing and Use of Form N–4
1. What is Form N–4 used for?
Form N–4 is used by all separate
accounts organized as unit investment
trusts and offering Variable Annuity
Contracts to file:
(a) An initial registration statement
under the Investment Company Act and
any amendments to the registration
statement;
(b) An initial registration statement
required under the Securities Act and
any amendments to the registration
statement, including amendments
required by section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act [15 U.S.C. 77j(a)(3)]; or
(c) Any combination of the filings in
paragraph (a) or (b).
2. What is included in the registration
statement?
(a) For registration statements or
amendments filed under both the
Investment Company Act and the
Securities Act or only under the
Securities Act, include the facing sheet
of the Form, Parts A, B, and C, and the
required signatures.
(b) For registration statements or
amendments filed only under the
Investment Company Act, include the
facing sheet of the Form, responses to
all Items of Parts A (except Items 1, 4,
5, 9, 10, and 17), B, and C (except Items
28(c), (k), (l), and (m)), and the required
signatures.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
3. What are the fees for Form N–4?
No registration fees are required with
the filing of Form N–4 to register as an
investment company under the
Investment Company Act or to register
securities under the Securities Act. If
Form N–4 is filed to register securities
under the Securities Act and securities
are sold to the public, registration fees
must be paid on an ongoing basis after
the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year.
See section 24(f) [15 U.S.C. 80a–24(f)]
and related rule 24f–2 [17 CFR 270.24f–
2].
4. What rules apply to the filing of a
registration statement on Form N–4?
(a) For registration statements and
amendments filed under both the
Investment Company Act and the
Securities Act or under only the
Securities Act, the general rules
regarding the filing of registration
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
statements in Regulation C [17 CFR
230.400–230.498A] apply to the filing of
registration statements on Form N–4.
Specific requirements concerning
investment companies appear in rules
480–485 and 495–498A of Regulation C.
(b) For registration statements and
amendments filed only under the
Investment Company Act, the general
provisions in rules 8b–1—8b–32 [17
CFR 270.8b–l to 8b–32] apply to the
filing of registration statements on Form
N–4.
(c) The plain English requirements of
rule 421 under the Securities Act [17
CFR 230.421] apply to prospectus
disclosure in Part A of Form N–4.
(d) Regulation S–T [17 CFR 232.10–
232.903] applies to all filings on the
Commission’s Electronic Data
Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval
system (‘‘EDGAR’’).
C. Preparation of the Registration
Statement
1. Administration of the Form N–4
Requirements
(a) The requirements of Form N–4 are
intended to promote effective
communication between the Registrant
and prospective investors. A
Registrant’s prospectus should clearly
disclose the fundamental features and
risks of the Variable Annuity Contracts,
using concise, straightforward, and easy
to understand language. A Registrant
should use document design techniques
that promote effective communication.
(b) The prospectus disclosure
requirements in Form N–4 are intended
to elicit information for an average or
typical investor who may not be
sophisticated in legal or financial
matters. The prospectus should help
investors to evaluate the risks of an
investment and to decide whether to
invest in a Variable Annuity Contract by
providing a balanced disclosure of
positive and negative factors. Disclosure
in the prospectus should be designed to
assist an investor in comparing and
contrasting a Variable Annuity Contract
with other Contracts.
(c) Responses to the Items in Form N–
4 should be as simple and direct as
reasonably possible and should include
only as much information as is
necessary to enable an average or typical
investor to understand the particular
characteristics of the Variable Annuity
Contracts. The prospectus should avoid
including lengthy legal and technical
discussions and simply restating legal or
regulatory requirements to which
Contracts generally are subject. Brevity
is especially important in describing the
practices or aspects of the Registrant’s
operations that do not differ materially
PO 00000
Frm 00158
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
from those of other separate accounts.
Avoid excessive detail, technical or
legal terminology, and complex
language. Also avoid lengthy sentences
and paragraphs that may make the
prospectus difficult for many investors
to understand and detract from its
usefulness.
(d) The requirements for prospectuses
included in Form N–4 will be
administered by the Commission in a
way that will allow variances in
disclosure or presentation if appropriate
for the circumstances involved while
remaining consistent with the objectives
of Form N–4.
2. Form N–4 Is Divided Into Three Parts
(a) Part A. Part A includes the
information required in a Registrant’s
prospectus under section 10(a) of the
Securities Act. The purpose of the
prospectus is to provide essential
information about the Registrant and the
Contracts in a way that will help
investors to make informed decisions
about whether to purchase the securities
described in the prospectus. In
responding to the Items in Part A, avoid
cross-references to the SAI. Crossreferences within the prospectus are
most useful when their use assists
investors in understanding the
information presented and does not add
complexity to the prospectus.
(b) Part B. Part B includes the
information required in a Registrant’s
SAI. The purpose of the SAI is to
provide additional information about
the Registrant and the Contracts that the
Commission has concluded is not
necessary or appropriate in the public
interest or for the protection of investors
to be in the prospectus, but that some
investors may find useful. Part B affords
the Registrant an opportunity to expand
discussions of the matters described in
the prospectus by including additional
information that the Registrant believes
may be of interest to some investors.
The Registrant should not duplicate in
the SAI information that is provided in
the prospectus, unless necessary to
make the SAI comprehensible as a
document independent of the
prospectus.
(c) Part C. Part C includes other
information required in a Registrant’s
registration statement.
3. Additional Matters
(a) Organization of Information.
Organize the information in the
prospectus and SAI to make it easy for
investors to understand.
Notwithstanding rule 421(a) under the
Securities Act [17 CFR 230.421(a)]
regarding the order of information
required in a prospectus, disclose the
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
information required by Item 2
(Overview of the Contract) and Item 3
(Key Information), and Item 4 (Fee
Table) in numerical order at the front of
the prospectus. Do not precede Items 2,
3, and 4 with any other Item except the
Cover Page (Item 1), a glossary, if any
(General Instruction C.3.(d)), or a table
of contents meeting the requirements of
rule 481(c) under the Securities Act [17
CFR 230.481(c)]. If the discussion of the
information required by Items 2 or 3
also responds to disclosure
requirements in other items of the
prospectus, a Registrant need not
include additional disclosure in the
prospectus that repeats the information
disclosed in response to those items.
(b) Other Information. A Registrant
may include, except in response to
Items 2 and 3, information in the
prospectus or the SAI that is not
otherwise required so long as the
information is not incomplete,
inaccurate, or misleading and does not,
because of its nature, quantity, or
manner of presentation, obscure or
impede understanding of the
information that is required to be
included. For example, Registrants are
free to include in the prospectus
financial statements required to be in
the SAI, and may include in the SAI
financial statements that may be placed
in Part C.
(c) Presentation of Information. To aid
investor comprehension, Registrants are
encouraged to use, as appropriate,
question-and-answer formats, tables,
side-by-side comparisons, captions,
bullet points, numeric examples,
illustrations or similar presentation
methods. For example, such
presentation methods would be
appropriate when presenting disclosure
for similar Contract features,
prospectuses describing multiple
Variable Annuity Contracts, or the
operation of optional benefits or
annuitization.
(d) Definitions. Define the special
terms used in the prospectus (e.g.,
accumulation unit, contractowner,
participant, sub-account, etc.) in any
presentation that clearly conveys
meaning to investors. If the Registrant
elects to include a glossary or list of
definitions, only special terms used
throughout the prospectus must be
defined or listed. If a special term is
used in only one section of the
prospectus, it may be defined there (and
need not be included in any glossary or
list of definitions that the Registrant
includes).
(e) Use of Form N–4 to Register
Multiple Contracts.
(i) A single prospectus may describe
multiple Contracts that are essentially
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
identical. Whether the prospectus
describes Contracts that are ‘‘essentially
identical’’ will depend on the facts and
circumstances. For example, a Contract
that does not offer optional benefits
would not be essentially identical to one
that does. Similarly, group and
individual Contracts would not be
essentially identical. However,
Contracts that vary only due to state
regulatory requirements would be
essentially identical.
(ii) Similarly, multiple prospectuses
may be combined in a single registration
statement on Form N–4 when the
prospectuses describe Contracts that are
essentially identical. For example, a
Registrant could determine it is
appropriate to include multiple
prospectuses in a registration statement
in the following situations: (i) The
prospectuses describe the same Contract
that is sold through different
distribution channels; (ii) the
prospectuses describe Contracts that
differ only with respect to underlying
funds offered; or (iii) the prospectuses
describe both the original and an
‘‘enhanced’’ version of the same
Contract (where the ‘‘enhanced’’ version
modifies the features or options that the
Registrant offers under that Contract).
(iii) Paragraph (a) of General
Instruction C.3 requires Registrants to
disclose the information required by
Items 2, 3, and 4 in numerical order at
the front of the prospectus and generally
not to precede the Items with other
information. As a general matter,
Registrants providing disclosure in a
single prospectus for more than one
Variable Annuity Contract, or for
Contracts sold in both the group and
individual markets, may depart from the
requirement of paragraph (a) as
necessary to present the required
information clearly and effectively
(although the order of information
required by each Item must remain the
same). For example, the prospectus may
present all of the Item 2 information for
several Variable Annuity Contracts,
followed by all of the Item 3 information
for the Contracts, and followed by all of
the Item 4 information for the Contracts.
Alternatively, the prospectus may
present Items 2, 3, and 4 for each of
several Contracts sequentially. Other
presentations also would be acceptable
if they are consistent with the Form’s
intent to disclose the information
required by Items 2, 3, and 4 in a
standard order at the beginning of the
prospectus.
(f) Dates. Rule 423 under the
Securities Act [17 CFR 230.423] applies
to the dates of the prospectuses and the
SAI. The SAI should be made available
at the same time that the prospectus
PO 00000
Frm 00159
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61887
becomes available for purposes of rules
430 and 460 under the Securities Act
[17 CFR 230.430 and 230.460].
(g) Sales Literature. A Registrant may
include sales literature in the
prospectus so long as the amount of this
information does not add substantial
length to the prospectus and its
placement does not obscure essential
disclosure.
(h) Interactive Data File
(i) An Interactive Data File (§ 232.11
of this chapter) is required to be
submitted to the Commission in the
manner provided by Rule 405 of
Regulation S–T (§ 232.405 of this
chapter) for any registration statement
or post-effective amendment thereto on
Form N–4 that includes or amends
information provided in response to
Items 3, 4, 5, 11, or 18.
(A) Except as required by paragraph
(h)(i)(B), the Interactive Data File must
be submitted as an amendment to the
registration statement to which the
Interactive Data File relates. The
amendment must be submitted on or
before the date the registration
statement or post-effective amendment
that contains the related information
becomes effective.
(B) In the case of a post-effective
amendment to a registration statement
filed pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1)(i),
(ii), (v), (vi), or (vii) of rule 485 under
the Securities Act [17 CFR 230.485(b)],
the Interactive Data File must be
submitted either with the filing, or as an
amendment to the registration statement
to which the Interactive Data Filing
relates that is submitted on or before the
date the post-effective amendment that
contains the related information
becomes effective.
(ii) An Interactive Data File is
required to be submitted to the
Commission in the manner provided by
rule 405 of Regulation S–T for any form
of prospectus filed pursuant to
paragraphs (c) or (e) of rule 497 under
the Securities Act [17 CFR 230.497(c) or
(e)] that includes information provided
in response to Items 3, 4, 5, 11, or 18
that varies from the registration
statement. The Interactive Data File
must be submitted with the filing made
pursuant to rule 497.
(iii) The Interactive Data File must be
submitted in accordance with the
specifications in the EDGAR Filer
Manual, and in such a manner that will
permit the information for each
Contract, and, for any information that
does not relate to all of the Classes in
a filing, each Class of the Contract to be
separately identified.
(i) Website Addresses and CrossReferences. Any website address or
cross-reference that is included in an
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61888
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
electronic version of the Statutory
Prospectus must be an active hyperlink.
This requirement does not apply to
Statutory Prospectuses that are filed on
the EDGAR system. Rule 105 of
Regulation S–T [17 CFR 232.405]
prohibits hyperlinking to websites,
locations, or other documents that are
outside of the EDGAR system.
D. Incorporation by Reference
1. Specific Rules for Incorporation by
Reference in Form N–4
(a) A Registrant may not incorporate
by reference into a prospectus
information that Part A of this Form
requires to be included in a prospectus,
except as specifically permitted by Part
A of the Form.
(b) A Registrant may incorporate by
reference any or all of the SAI into the
prospectus (but not to provide any
information required by Part A to be
included in the prospectus) without
delivering the SAI with the prospectus.
(c) A Registrant may incorporate by
reference into the SAI or its response to
Part C information that Parts B and C
require to be included in the
Registrant’s registration statement.
2. General Requirements
All incorporation by reference must
comply with the requirements of this
Form and the following rules on
incorporation by reference: Rule 10(d) of
Regulation S–K under the Securities Act
[17 CFR 229.10(d)] (general rules on
incorporation by reference, which,
among other things, prohibit, unless
specifically required by this Form,
incorporating by reference a document
that includes incorporation by reference
to another document, and limits
incorporation to documents filed within
the last 5 years, with certain
exceptions); rule 411 under the
Securities Act [17 CFR 230.411] (general
rules on incorporation by reference in a
prospectus); rule 303 of Regulation S–T
[17 CFR 232.303] (specific requirements
for electronically filed documents); and
rules 0–4, 8b–23, and 8b–32 [17 CFR
270.0–4, 270.8b–23, and 270.8b–32]
(additional rules on incorporation by
reference for investment companies).
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Part A—Information Required in a
Prospectus
Item 1. Front and Back Cover Pages
(a) Front Cover Page. Include the
following information on the outside
front cover page of the prospectus:
(1) The Registrant’s name.
(2) The Depositor’s name.
(3) The types of Variable Annuity
Contracts offered by the prospectus (e.g.,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
group, individual, single premium
immediate, flexible premium deferred).
(4) The name of the Contract and the
Class or Classes, if any, to which the
Contract relates.
(5) The date of the prospectus.
(6) The statement required by rule
481(b)(1) under the Securities Act.
(7) The statement that additional
information about certain investment
products, including variable annuities,
has been prepared by the Securities and
Exchange Commission’s staff and is
available at Investor.gov.
(8) The legend: ‘‘If you are a new
investor in the [Contract], you may
cancel your [Contract] within 10 days of
receiving it without paying fees or
penalties. In some states, this
cancellation period may be longer.
Upon cancellation, you will receive
either a full refund of the amount you
paid with your application or your total
contract value. You should review this
prospectus, or consult with your
investment professional, for additional
information about the specific
cancellation terms that apply.’’
Instruction. A Registrant may include
on the front cover page any additional
information, subject to the requirements
of General Instruction C.3.(b) and (c).
(b) Back Cover Page. Include the
following information on the outside
back cover page of the prospectus:
(1) A statement that the SAI includes
additional information about the
Registrant. Explain that the SAI is
available, without charge, upon request,
and explain how contractowners may
make inquiries about their Contracts.
Provide a toll-free (or collect) telephone
number for investors to call: To request
the SAI; to request other information
about the Contracts; and to make
contractowner inquiries.
Instructions.
1. A Registrant may indicate, if
applicable, that the SAI and other
information are available on its internet
site and/or by email request.
2. A Registrant may indicate, if
applicable, that the SAI and other
information are available from an
insurance agent or financial
intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or
bank) through which the Contracts may
be purchased or sold.
3. When a Registrant (or an insurance
agent or financial intermediary through
which Contracts may be purchased or
sold) receives a request for the SAI, the
Registrant (or insurance agent or
financial intermediary) must send the
SAI within 3 business days of receipt of
the request, by first-class mail or other
means designed to ensure equally
prompt delivery.
PO 00000
Frm 00160
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(2) A statement whether and from
where information is incorporated by
reference into the prospectus as
permitted by General Instruction D.
Unless the information is delivered with
the prospectus, explain that the
Registrant will provide the information
without charge, upon request (referring
to the telephone number provided in
response to paragraph (b)(i)).
Instruction. The Registrant may
combine the information about
incorporation by reference with the
statements required under paragraph
(b)(i).
(3) A statement that reports and other
information about the Registrant are
available on the Commission’s internet
site at https://www.sec.gov, and that
copies of this information may be
obtained, upon payment of a
duplicating fee, by electronic request at
the following email address:
publicinfo@sec.gov.
(4) The EDGAR contract identifier for
the Contract on the bottom of the back
cover page in type size smaller than that
generally used in the prospectus (e.g., 8point modern type).
Item 2. Overview of the Contract
Provide a concise description of the
Contract including the following
information:
(a) Purpose. Briefly describe the
purpose(s) of the Contract (e.g., to help
the contractowner accumulate assets
through an investment portfolio, to
provide or supplement the
contractowner’s retirement income, to
provide death and/or other benefits).
State for whom the Contract may be
appropriate (e.g., by discussing a
representative investor’s time horizon,
liquidity needs, and financial goals).
(b) Phases of Contract. Briefly
describe the accumulation (savings)
phase and annuity (income) phase of the
Contract.
(1) This discussion should include of
brief overview of the investment options
available under the Contract (e.g., any
Portfolio Companies, as well as any
general (fixed) account options).
Instructions.
1. Prominently disclose that
additional information about each
Portfolio Company is provided in an
appendix to the prospectus, and provide
a cross-reference to the relevant
appendix.
2. A detailed explanation of the
separate account, sub-accounts, and
Portfolio Companies is not necessary
and should be avoided.
(2) State, if applicable, that if a
contractowner annuitizes, he or she will
receive a stream of income payments,
however (i) he or she will be unable to
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61889
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
long as the modified statement contains
comparable information.
(b) A Registrant should provide crossreferences to the location in the
Statutory Prospectus where the subject
matter is described in greater detail.
Cross-references in electronic versions
of the Summary Prospectus and/or
Statutory Prospectus should link
directly to the location in the Statutory
Prospectus where the subject matter is
discussed in greater detail. The crossreference should be adjacent to the
relevant disclosure, either within the
table row, or presented in an additional
table column.
(c) All disclosures provided in
response to this Item 3 should be short
and succinct, consistent with the
limitations of a tabular presentation.
2. Fees and Expenses.
(a) Surrender Charges (charges for
early withdrawal). Include a statement
that if the contractowner withdraws
money from the Contract within [x]
years following his or her last premium
payment, he or she will be assessed a
surrender charge. Include in this
statement the maximum surrender
charge (as a percentage of [contribution/
premium or amount surrendered]), and
the maximum number of years that a
surrender charge may be assessed since
the last premium payment under the
contract. Provide an example of the
maximum surrender charge a
contractowner could pay (in dollars)
under the Contract assuming a $100,000
investment (e.g., ‘‘[i]f you make an early
withdrawal, you could pay a surrender
charge of up to $9,000 on a $100,000
investment.’’).
(b) Transaction Charges (charges for
certain transactions). State that in
addition to surrender charges (if
applicable) the contractowner may also
be charged for other transactions, and
provide a brief narrative description of
the types of such charges (e.g., front-end
loads, charges for transferring cash
value between investment options,
charges for wire transfers, etc.).
(c) Ongoing Fees and Expenses
(annual charges).
Include the following information, in
the order specified:
(i) Minimum and Maximum Annual
Fee Table.
(A) The legend: ‘‘The table below
describes the fees and expenses that you
may pay each year, depending on the
options you choose. Please refer to your
contract specifications page for
make withdrawals and (ii) death
benefits and living benefits will
terminate.
(c) Contract Features. Summarize the
Contract’s primary features, including
death benefits, withdrawal options, loan
provisions, and any available optional
benefits. If applicable, state that the
contractowner will incur an additional
fee for selecting a particular benefit.
Item 3. Key Information
Include the following information:
Important Information You Should
Consider About the Contract
An investment in the Contract is
subject to fees, risks, and other
important considerations, some of
which are briefly summarized in the
following table. You should review the
prospectus for additional information
about these topics.
Fees and Expenses
Surrender Charge
(charges for early withdrawal).
Transaction Charges
(charges for certain
transactions).
Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual
charges).
Risks
Risk of Loss.
Not a Short-Term Investment.
Risks Associated with Investment Options.
Insurance Company
Risks.
Restrictions
Investment Options.
Optional Benefits.
Taxes
Tax Implications.
Conflicts of Interest
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Investment Professional
Compensation.
Exchanges.
Instructions.
1. General.
(a) A Registrant should disclose the
required information in the tabular
presentation(s) reflected herein, in the
order specified. A Registrant may
exclude any disclosures that are not
applicable, or modify any of the
statements required to be included, so
Lowest annual cost: $[
]
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Annual fee
Frm 00161
Fmt 4701
[
]%
[ ]%
[ ]%
Maximum
[
]%
[ ]%
[ ]%
(C) Explain, in a parenthetical or
footnote to the table or each caption, the
basis for each percentage (e.g., % of
separate account value or benefit base,
or % of net asset value).
(D) If a Registrant offers multiple
Portfolio Companies, it should disclose
the minimum and maximum ‘‘Total
Annual [Portfolio Company] Operating
Expenses’’ calculated in accordance
with Item 3 of Form N–1A (before
expense reimbursements or fee waiver
arrangements).
(E) The Minimum Annual Fee means
the lowest available current fee for each
annual fee category (i.e., the least
expensive contract class, the lowest
Total Annual Portfolio Company
Operating Expense, and the least
expensive optional benefit available for
an additional charge). The Maximum
Annual Fee means the highest available
current fee for each annual fee category
(i.e., the most expensive contract class,
the highest Portfolio Company Total
Operating Expense, and the most
expensive optional benefit available for
an additional charge).
(ii) Lowest and Highest Annual Cost
Table.
(A) The legend: ‘‘Because your
contract is customizable, the choices
you make affect how much you will
pay. To help you understand the cost of
owning your contract, the following
table shows the lowest and highest cost
you could pay each year. This estimate
assumes that you do not take
withdrawals from the contract, which
could add surrender charges that
substantially increase costs.’’
(B) Provide Lowest and Highest
Annual Costs in substantially the
following tabular format, in the order
specified.
Assumes:
• Investment of $100,000.
• 5% annual appreciation.
Sfmt 4702
Minimum
Base contract (varies by
contract class) .................
Investment options (Portfolio
Company fees and expenses) ............................
Optional benefits (if elected)
Highest annual cost: $[
Assumes:
• Investment of $100,000 .................................................................
• 5% annual appreciation .................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
information about the specific fees you
will pay each year based on the options
you have elected.’’
(B) Provide Minimum and Maximum
Annual Fees in substantially the
following tabular format, in the order
specified.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
]
61890
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Lowest annual cost: $[
]
Highest annual cost: $[
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
• Least expensive combination of contract classes and Portfolio
Company fees and expenses.
• No optional benefits .......................................................................
• No sales charges ...........................................................................
• No additional contributions, transfers or withdrawals.
(C) Calculate the Lowest and Highest
Annual Cost estimates in the following
manner:
a. Calculate the dollar amount of fees
that would be assessed based on the
assumptions described in the table
above for each of the first 10 Contract
years.
b. Total each year’s fees (discounted
to the present value using a 5% annual
discount rate) and divide by 10 to
calculate the estimated dollar amounts
that are required to be set forth in the
table above.
c. Sales loads, other than ongoing
sales charges, may be excluded from the
Lowest and Highest Annual Cost
estimates.
d. Amounts of any premium bonus
may be excluded from the Lowest and
Highest Annual Cost estimates.
e. Unless otherwise stated, the least
and most expensive combination of
contract classes, Portfolio Company fees
and expenses, and optional benefits
available for an additional charge
should be based on the disclosures
provided in the Example in Item 4. If a
different combination of contract
classes, Total Annual Portfolio
Company Operating Expenses, and/or
optional benefits available for an
additional charge would result in
different Minimum or Maximum fees in
different years, use the least expensive
or most expensive combination of
contract classes, Total Annual Portfolio
Company Operating Expenses, and
optional benefits each year.
3. Risks.
(a) Risk of loss. State that a
contractowner can lose money by
investing in the Contract.
(b) Not a Short-Term Investment.
State that a Contract is not a short-term
investment vehicle and is not
appropriate for an investor who needs
ready access to cash, accompanied by a
brief explanation.
(c) Risks Associated with Investment
Options. State that an investment in the
Contract is subject to the risk of poor
investment performance and can vary
depending on the performance of the
investment options available under the
]
• Most expensive combination of classes, optional benefits, and
Portfolio Company fees and expenses.
• No sales charges.
• No additional contributions, transfers or withdrawals.
Contract (e.g., Portfolio Companies, as
well as any fixed account investment
option), that each investment option
will have its own unique risks, and that
the contractowner should review a
Portfolio Company’s prospectus before
making an investment decision.
(d) Insurance Company Risks. State
that an investment in the Contract is
subject to the risks related to the
Depositor, including that any
obligations, guarantees, or benefits are
subject to the claims-paying ability of
the Depositor. If applicable, further state
that more information about the
Depositor, including its financial
strength ratings, is available upon
request from the Registrant.
Instruction. A Registrant may include
the Depositor’s financial strength
rating(s) and omit the disclosures
contemplated by the last sentence of
Instruction 3.(d).
4. Restrictions.
(a) Investment Options. State whether
there are any restrictions that may limit
the investment options that a
contractowner may choose, as well as
any limitations on the transfer of
contract value among Portfolio
Companies. If applicable, state that the
insurer reserves the right to remove or
substitute Portfolio Companies as
investment options.
(b) Optional Benefits. State whether
there are any restrictions or limitations
relating to optional benefits, and/or
whether an optional benefit may be
modified or terminated by the
Registrant. If applicable, state that
withdrawals may affect the availability
of optional benefits by reducing the
benefit by an amount greater than the
value withdrawn, and/or could
terminate a benefit.
5. Taxes—Tax Implications. State that
a contractowner should consult with a
tax professional to determine the tax
implications of an investment in and
payments received under the Contract,
and that there is no additional tax
benefit to the contractowner if the
Contract is purchased through a taxqualified plan or individual retirement
account (IRA). Explain that withdrawals
will be subject to ordinary income tax,
and may be subject to tax penalties.
6. Conflicts of Interest.
(a) Investment Professional
Compensation. State that some
investment professionals receive
compensation for selling the Contract to
investors, and briefly describe the basis
upon which such compensation is
typically paid (e.g., commissions,
revenue sharing, compensation from
affiliates and third parties). State that
these investment professionals may
have a financial incentive to offer or
recommend the Contract over another
investment for which the investment
professional is not compensated (or
compensated less).
(b) Exchanges. State that some
investment professionals may have a
financial incentive to offer a
contractowner a new contract in place
of the one he or she already owns, and
that a contractowner should only
exchange his or her contract if he or she
determines, after comparing the
features, fees, and risks of both
contracts, that it is preferable for him or
her to purchase the new contract rather
than continue to own the existing
contract.
Instruction. A Registrant may omit
these line-items if neither the Registrant
nor any of its related companies pay
financial intermediaries for the sale of
the Contract or related services.
Item 4. Fee Table
Include the following information:
The following tables describe the fees
and expenses that you will pay when
buying, owning, and surrendering the
contract. Please refer to your contract
specifications page for information
about the specific fees you will pay each
year based on the options you have
elected.
The first table describes the fees and
expenses that you will pay at the time
that you buy the contract, surrender the
contract, or transfer cash value between
investment options. State premium
taxes may also be deducted.
ANNUAL TRANSACTION EXPENSES
Sales Load Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of purchase payments) ...............................................................................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00162
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
ll%
61891
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
ANNUAL TRANSACTION EXPENSES—Continued
Deferred Sales Load (or Surrender Charge) (as a percentage of purchase payments or amount surrendered, as applicable) ....................................................
Exchange Fee ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The next table describes the fees and
expenses that you will pay each year
during the time that you own the
contract (not including [Portfolio
Company] fees and expenses).
ll%
ll%
If you choose to purchase an optional
benefit, you will pay additional charges,
as shown below.
ANNUAL CONTRACT EXPENSES
Administrative [Expenses] .................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Base Contract [Expenses] (as a percentage of average account value) .........................................................................................................................................
Optional Benefit [Expenses] (as a percentage of benefit base or other (e.g., average account value)) ........................................................................................
The next item shows the minimum
and maximum total operating expenses
charged by the [Portfolio Companies]
that you may pay periodically during
the time that you own the contract. A
complete list of [Portfolio Companies]
available under the Contract, including
their annual expenses, may be found at
the back of this document.
Total Annual [Portfolio Company] Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from [Portfolio Company]
assets, including management fees, distribution [and/or (12b–1) fees, and other expenses) ...........................
Example
This Example is intended to help you
compare the cost of investing in the
contract with the cost of investing in
other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include transaction expenses,
annual contract expenses, and [Portfolio
Company] operating expenses.
The Example assumes that you invest
$100,000 in the contract for the time
periods indicated. The Example also
assumes that your investment has a 5%
return each year and assumes the most
If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period: ........................
If you annuitize at the end of the applicable time period: ...............................................
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
If you do not surrender your contract: .............................................................................
Instructions.
1. Include the narrative explanations
in the order indicated. A Registrant may
modify a narrative explanation if the
explanation contains comparable
information to that shown.
2. Assume that the annuity contract is
owned during the accumulation period
for purposes of the table (including the
Example). If an annuitant would pay
different fees or be subject to different
expenses, disclose this in a brief
narrative and provide a cross-reference
to those portions of the prospectus
describing these fees.
3. A Registrant may omit captions if
the Registrant does not charge the fees
or expenses covered by the captions. A
Registrant may modify or add captions
if the captions shown do not provide an
accurate description of the Registrant’s
fees and expenses.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00163
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Minimum
Maximum
ll%
ll%
expensive combination of [Portfolio
Company] operating expenses and
optional benefits available for an
additional charge. Although your actual
costs may be higher or lower, based on
these assumptions, your costs would be:
1 year
$ll
1 year
$ll
1 year
$ll
4. Round all dollar figures to the
nearest dollar and all percentages to the
nearest hundredth of one percent.
5. In the Annual Transaction
Expenses and Annual Contract
Expenses tables, the Registrant must
disclose the maximum guaranteed
charge, unless a specific instruction
directs otherwise. If a fee is calculated
based on a benchmark (e.g., a fee that
varies according to volatility levels or
Treasury yields), the Registrant must
also disclose the maximum guaranteed
charge as a single number. The
Registrant may disclose the current
charge, in addition to the maximum
charge, if the disclosure of the current
charge is no more prominent than, and
does not obscure or impede
understanding of, the disclosure of the
maximum charge. In addition, the
Registrant may include in a footnote to
the table a tabular, narrative, or other
ll%
ll%
ll%
3 years
$ll
3 years
$ll
3 years
$ll
5 years
$ll
5 years
$ll
5 years
$ll
10 years
$ll
10 years
$ll
10 years
$ll
presentation providing further detail
regarding variations in the charge. For
example, if deferred sales charges
decline over time, the Registrant may
include in a footnote a presentation
regarding the scheduled reductions in
the deferred sales charges.
6. Provide a separate fee table (or
separate column within the table) for
each Contract form offered by the
prospectus that has different fees.
7. In a Contract with more than one
class, provide a separate response for
each class.
Administrative [Expenses]
8. Administrative expenses include
any contract, account, or similar fee
imposed on all Contractowner Accounts
on any recurring basis.
Annual Transaction [Expenses]
9. ‘‘Sales Load Imposed on
Purchases’’ includes the maximum sales
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61892
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
load imposed upon purchase payments
and may include a tabular presentation,
within the larger table, of the range of
such sales loads.
10. ‘‘Deferred Sales Load’’ includes
the maximum contingent deferred sales
load (or surrender charge), expressed as
a percentage of the original purchase
price or amount surrendered, and may
include a tabular presentation, within
the larger table, of the range of
contingent deferred sales loads over
time.
11. ‘‘Exchange Fee’’ includes the
maximum fee charged for any exchange
or transfer of contract value from the
Registrant to another investment
company or from one sub-account of the
Registrant to another sub-account or the
insurance company’s general account.
The Registrant may include a tabular
presentation of the range of exchange
fees unless such a presentation would
be so lengthy as to encumber the larger
table, in which case the Registrant
should only provide a cross-reference to
the narrative portion of the prospectus
discussing the exchange fee.
12. If the Registrant (or any other
party pursuant to an agreement with the
Registrant) charges any other transaction
fee, add another caption describing it
and list the (maximum) amount or basis
on which the fee is deducted.
Base Contract [Expenses]
13. Base Contract expenses includes
mortality and expense risk fees, and
account fees and expenses. Account fees
and expenses include all fees and
expenses (except sales loads, mortality
and expense risk fees, and optional
benefits expenses) that are deducted
from separate account assets or charged
to all Contractowner Accounts.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Other Annual Expenses
14. If the Registrant (or any other
party pursuant to an agreement with the
Registrant) imposes any other recurring
charge (other than Total Annual
[Portfolio Company] Operating
Expenses), add another caption
describing it and list the (maximum)
amount or basis on which the charge is
deducted.
Optional Benefits [Expenses]
15. Optional Benefits expenses
include any optional features (e.g.,
enhanced death benefits and living
benefits) offered under the Contract for
an additional charge.
Total Annual [Portfolio Company]
Operating Expenses
16. If a Registrant offers multiple
Portfolio Companies, it should disclose
the minimum and maximum ‘‘Total
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Annual [Portfolio Company] Operating
Expenses’’ for any Portfolio Company
calculated in accordance with Item 3 of
Form N–1A (before expense
reimbursements or fee waiver
arrangements).
17. A Registrant may also reflect
minimum and maximum Total
[Portfolio Company] Operating
Expenses that include expense
reimbursement or fee waiver
arrangements in an additional line-item
to the range of Portfolio Company
operating expenses. If the Registrant
provides this disclosure, also disclose
the period for which the expense
reimbursement or fee waiver
arrangement is expected to continue,
and, if applicable, that it can be
terminated at any time at the option of
a Portfolio Company.
Example
18. For purposes of the Example(s) in
the table, provide the following for each
contract class:
(a) Assume that the percentage
amounts listed under ‘‘Base Contract
[Expenses]’’ remain the same in each
year of the 1-, 3-, 5, and 10-year periods;
(b) The most expensive combination
of contract features must be shown first.
Additional expense presentations are
permitted, but not required;
(c) Assume the maximum sales load
that may be deducted from purchase
payments is deducted;
(d) For any breakpoint in any fee,
assume that the amount of the
Registrant’s (and the Portfolio
Company’s) assets remains constant as
of the level at the end of the most
recently completed fiscal year;
(e) Assume no exchanges or other
transactions;
(f) Reflect any [annual] contract
expenses by dividing the total amount
of [annual] contract expenses collected
during the year that are attributable to
the contract offered by the prospectus
by the total average net assets that are
attributable to the contract offered by
the prospectus. Add the resulting
percentage to Base Contract expenses
and assume that it remains the same in
each year of the 1-, 3-, 5-, and 10-year
periods;
(g) Reflect any contingent deferred
sales load by assuming a complete
surrender on the last day of the year;
(h) Provide the information required
in the third section of the Example only
if a sales load or other fee is charged
upon a complete surrender; and
(i) Include in the Example the
information provided by the caption ‘‘If
you annuitize at the end of the
applicable time period’’ only if the
Registrant charges fees upon
PO 00000
Frm 00164
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
annuitization that are different from
those charged upon surrender.
Item 5. Principal Risks of Investing in
the Contract
Summarize the principal risks of
purchasing a Contract, including the
risks of poor investment performance,
that Contracts are unsuitable as shortterm savings vehicles, limitations on
access to cash value through
withdrawals, and the possibility of
adverse tax consequences.
Item 6. General Description of
Registrant, Depositor, and Portfolio
Companies
Concisely discuss the organization
and operation or proposed operation of
the Registrant. Include the information
specified below.
(a) Depositor. Provide the name and
address of the Depositor.
(b) Registrant. Briefly describe the
Registrant. Include a statement
indicating that:
(1) Income, gains, and losses credited
to, or charged against, the Registrant
reflect the Registrant’s own investment
experience and not the investment
experience of the Depositor’s other
assets;
(2) the assets of the Registrant may not
be used to pay any liabilities of the
Depositor other than those arising from
the Contracts; and
(3) the Depositor is obligated to pay
all amounts promised to contractowners
under the Contracts.
(c) Portfolio Companies. State that
information regarding each Portfolio
Company, including (i) its name, (ii) its
type (e.g., money market fund, bond
fund, balanced fund, etc.) or a brief
statement concerning its investment
objectives, (iii) its investment adviser
and any sub-investment adviser, (iv)
expense ratio, and (v) performance is
available in the appendix to the
prospectus (see Item 18), and provide
cross-references. State conspicuously
that each Portfolio Company has issued
a prospectus that contains more detailed
information about the Portfolio
Company, and provide instructions
regarding how investors may obtain
paper or electronic copies.
(d) Voting. Concisely discuss the
rights of contractowners to instruct the
Depositor on the voting of shares of the
Portfolio Companies, including the
manner in which votes will be
allocated.
Item 7. Charges
(a) Description. Briefly describe all
charges deducted from purchase
payments, Contractowner Accounts, or
assets of the Registrant, or any other
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
source (e.g., sales loads, premium taxes
and other taxes, administrative and
transaction charges, risk charges,
contract loan charges, and optional
benefit charges). Indicate whether each
charge will be deducted from purchase
payments, Contractowner Accounts, or
the Registrant’s assets, the proceeds of
withdrawals or surrenders, or some
other source. When possible, specify the
amount of any current charge as a
percentage or dollar figure (e.g., 0.95%
of average daily net assets or $5 per
exchange). For recurring charges,
specify the frequency of the deduction
(e.g., daily, monthly, annually). Identify
the person who receives the amount
deducted, briefly explain what is
provided in consideration for the
charges, and explain the extent to which
any charge can be modified. Where it is
possible to identify what is provided in
consideration for a particular charge
(e.g., use of sales load to pay
distribution costs), please explain what
is provided in consideration for that
charge separately.
Instructions.
1. Describe the sales loads applicable
to the Contract and how sales loads are
charged and calculated, including the
factors affecting the computation of the
amount of the sales load. If the Contract
has a front-end sales load, describe the
sales load as a percentage of the
applicable measure of purchase
payments and as a percentage of the net
amount invested for each breakpoint.
For Contracts with a deferred sales load,
describe the sales load as a percentage
of the applicable measure of purchase
payments (or other basis) that the
deferred sales load may represent.
Percentages should be shown in a table.
Identify any events on which a deferred
sales load is deducted (e.g., surrender or
partial surrender). The description of
any deferred sales load should include
how the deduction will be allocated
among sub-accounts of the Registrant
and when, if ever, the sales load will be
waived (e.g., if the Contract provides a
free withdrawal amount).
2. Unless set forth in response to
Instruction 1, list any special purchase
plans or methods established pursuant
to a rule or an exemptive order that
reflect scheduled variations in, or
elimination of, the sales load (e.g., group
discounts, waiver of sales load upon
annuitization or attainment of a certain
age, waiver of deferred sales load for a
certain percentage of contract value
(‘‘free corridor’’), investment of
proceeds from another policy, exchange
privileges, employee benefit plans, or
the terms of a merger, acquisition or
exchange offer made pursuant to a plan
of reorganization); identify each class of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
individuals or transactions to which
such plans apply; state each different
sales charge available as a percentage of
the public offering price and as a
percentage of the net amount invested;
and state from whom additional
information may be obtained. Describe
any other special purchase plans or
methods established pursuant to a rule
that reflect other variations in, or
elimination of, the sales load or in any
administrative charge or other
deductions from purchase payments,
and generally describe the basis for the
variation or elimination in the sales load
or other deduction (i.e., the size of the
purchaser, a prior or existing
relationship with the purchaser, the
purchaser’s assumption of certain
administrative functions, or other
characteristics that result in differences
in costs or services).
3. If proceeds from sales loads will
not cover the expected costs of
distributing the contracts, identify from
what source the shortfall, if any, will be
paid. If any shortfall is to be made from
assets from the depositor’s general
account, disclose, if applicable, that any
amounts paid by the depositor may
consist, among other things, of proceeds
derived from Base Contract Expenses
deducted from the account.
4. If the Contract’s charge for
premium or other taxes varies according
to jurisdiction, identification of the
range of current premium or other taxes
is sufficient.
(b) Commissions Paid to Dealers.
State the commissions paid to dealers as
a percentage of purchase payments.
(c) Portfolio Company Charges. State
that charges are deducted from and
expenses paid out of the assets of the
Portfolio Companies that are described
in the prospectuses for those companies.
(d) Operating Expenses. Describe the
type of operating expenses for which the
Registrant is responsible. If
organizational expenses of the
Registrant are to be paid out of its assets,
explain how the expenses will be
amortized and the period over which
the amortization will occur.
Item 8. General Description of Contracts
(a) Contract Rights. Identify the
person or persons (e.g., the
contractowner, participant, annuitant,
or beneficiary) who have material rights
under the Contracts, and the nature of
those rights, (1) during the
accumulation period, (2) during the
annuity period, or (3) after the death of
the annuitant or contractowner.
Instruction. Disclose all material state
variations and intermediary-specific
variations (e.g., variations resulting from
PO 00000
Frm 00165
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61893
different brokerage channels) to the
offering.
(b) Contract Provisions and
Limitations. Briefly describe any
provisions and limitations for:
(1) Minimum contract value, and the
consequences of falling below that
amount;
(2) allocation of purchase payments
among sub-accounts of the Registrant;
(3) transfer of contract value between
sub-accounts of the Registrant,
including transfer programs (e.g., dollar
cost averaging, portfolio rebalancing,
asset allocation programs, and
automatic transfer programs);
(4) conversion or exchange of
Contracts for another contract, including
a fixed or variable annuity or life
insurance contract; and
Instruction. In discussing conversion
or exchange of Contracts, the Registrant
should include any time limits on
conversion or exchange, the name of the
company issuing the other contract and
whether that company is affiliated with
the issuer of the Contract, and how the
cash value of the Contract will be
affected by the conversion or exchange.
(5) buyout offers of variable annuity
contracts, including interests or
participations therein.
(c) General Account. Describe the
obligations under the contract that are
funded by the insurer’s general account
(e.g., death benefits, living benefits, or
other benefits available under the
contract), and state that these amounts
are subject to the insurer’s claimspaying ability and financial strength.
(d) Contract or Registrant Changes.
Briefly describe the changes that can be
made in the Contracts or the operations
of the Registrant by the Registrant or the
Depositor, including:
(1) Why a change may be made (e.g.,
changes in applicable law or
interpretations of law);
(2) who, if anyone, must approve any
change (e.g., the contractowner or the
Commission); and
(3) who, if anyone, must be notified
of any change.
Instruction. Describe only those
changes that would be material to a
purchaser of the Contracts, such as a
reservation of the right to deregister the
Registrant under the Investment
Company Act or to substitute one
Portfolio Company for another pursuant
to section 26(c) of the Investment
Company Act. Do not describe possible
non-material changes, such as changing
the time of day at which accumulation
unit values are determined.
(e) Class of Purchasers. Disclose any
limitations on the class or classes of
purchasers to whom the Contract is
being offered.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61894
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(f) Frequent Transfers among Subaccounts of the Registrant.
(1) Describe the risks, if any, that
frequent transfers of contract value
among sub-accounts of the Registrant
may present for other contractowners
and other persons (e.g., participants,
annuitants, or beneficiaries) who have
material rights under the Contract.
(2) State whether or not the Registrant
or Depositor has adopted policies and
procedures with respect to frequent
transfers of contract value among subaccounts of the Registrant.
(3) If neither the Registrant nor the
Depositor has adopted any such policies
and procedures, provide a statement of
the specific basis for the view of the
Depositor that it is appropriate for the
Registrant and Depositor not to have
such policies and procedures.
(4) If the Registrant or Depositor has
any such policies and procedures,
describe those policies and procedures,
including:
(i) Whether or not the Registrant or
Depositor discourages frequent transfers
of contract value among sub-accounts of
the Registrant;
(ii) whether or not the Registrant or
Depositor accommodates frequent
transfers of contract value among subaccounts of the Registrant; and
(iii) any policies and procedures of
the Registrant or Depositor for deterring
frequent transfers of contract value
among sub-accounts of the Registrant,
including any restrictions imposed by
the Registrant or Depositor to prevent or
minimize frequent transfers. Describe
each of these policies, procedures, and
restrictions with specificity. Indicate
whether each of these restrictions
applies uniformly in all cases or
whether the restriction will not be
imposed under certain circumstances,
including whether each of these
restrictions applies to trades that occur
through omnibus accounts at
intermediaries, such as investment
advisers, broker-dealers, transfer agents,
and third party administrators. Describe
with specificity the circumstances
under which any restriction will not be
imposed. Include a description of the
following restrictions, if applicable:
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Name of benefit
(A) Any restrictions on the volume or
number of transfers that may be made
within a given time period;
(B) any transfer fee;
(C) any costs or administrative or
other fees or charges that are imposed
on persons deemed to be engaged in
frequent transfers of contract value
among sub-accounts of the Registrant,
together with a description of the
circumstances under which such costs,
fees, or charges will be imposed;
(D) any minimum holding period that
is imposed before a transfer may be
made from a sub-account into another
sub-account of the Registrant;
(E) any restrictions imposed on
transfer requests submitted by overnight
delivery, electronically, or via facsimile
or telephone; and
(F) any right of the Registrant or
Depositor to reject, limit, delay, or
impose other conditions on transfers or
to terminate or otherwise limit Contracts
based on a history of frequent transfers
among sub-accounts, including the
circumstances under which such right
will be exercised.
(5) If applicable, include a statement,
adjacent to the disclosure required by
paragraphs (f)(i) through (f)(iv) of this
Item, that the Statement of Additional
Information includes a description of all
arrangements with any person to permit
frequent transfers of contract value
among sub-accounts of the Registrant.
Item 9. Annuity Period
Briefly describe the annuity options
available. The discussion should
include:
(a) Material factors that determine the
level of annuity benefits;
(b) The annuity commencement date
(give the earliest and latest possible
dates);
(c) Frequency and duration of annuity
payments, and the effect of these on the
level of payment;
(d) The effect of assumed investment
return;
(e) Any minimum amount necessary
for an annuity option and the
consequences of an insufficient amount;
and
(f) Rights, if any, to change annuity
options or to effect a transfer of
investment base after the annuity
commencement date.
Instructions:
1. Describe the choices, if any,
available to a prospective annuitant, and
the effect of not specifying a choice.
Where an annuitant is given a choice in
assumed investment return, explain the
effect of choosing a higher, as opposed
to a lower, assumed investment return.
2. Detailed disclosure on the method
of calculating annuity payments should
be placed in the SAI in response to Item
25.
(g) If applicable, state that the
contractowner will not be able to
withdraw any contract value amounts
after the annuity commencement date.
Item 10. Standard Death Benefit
Briefly describe the standard death
benefit provided under the Contract
during the accumulation and the
annuity periods. Include:
(a) The operation of the standard
death benefit, including the amount of
the death benefit and how the death
benefit amount may vary, the
circumstances under which the value of
the benefit may increase or be reduced
(including the impact of withdrawals),
and how the benefit may be terminated.
(b) When the death benefit is
calculated and payable and the effect of
choosing a specific method of payment
on calculation of the death benefit.
(c) The forms the benefit may take,
including the effect of not choosing a
payment option and the period, if any,
during which payments must begin
under any annuity option.
Item 11. Other Benefits Available Under
the Contract
(a) Include the following information:
In addition to the standard death
benefit associated with your contract,
other [standard and/or optional] benefits
may also be available to you. The
purposes, fees, and restrictions/
limitations of these additional benefits
are briefly summarized in the following
table[s].
Statement of whether benefit
is standard or optional
Purpose
Fee
[
[
Instructions.
1. General.
(a) The table required by this Item
11(a) is meant to provide a tabular
summary overview of the benefits
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
described in Item 11(b) (e.g., optional
death benefits, optional or standard
living benefits, etc.)
(b) If the Contract offers multiple
benefits of the same type (e.g., death
PO 00000
Frm 00166
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Brief description of
restrictions/limitations
]%
]%
benefit, accumulation benefit,
withdrawal benefit, long-term care
benefit), the Registrant may include
multiple tables in response to this Item
11(a), if doing so might better permit
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
comparisons of different benefits of the
same type.
(c) The Registrant should include
appropriate titles, headings, or any other
information to promote clarity and
facilitate understanding of the table(s)
presented in response to this Item 11(a).
For example, if certain optional benefits
are only available to certain
contractowners (e.g., contractowners
who invested during specific time
periods), the table could include
footnotes or headings to identify which
optional benefits are affected and to
whom those optional benefits are
available. In addition, if the Registrant
includes titles or headings for the
table(s) specifying whether the benefit is
standard or optional, the Registrant does
not need to include the ‘‘Statement of
Whether Benefit is Standard or
Optional’’ column in the table(s).
2. Name of Benefit. State the name of
each benefit included in the table(s).
3. Purpose. Briefly describe the
purpose of each benefit included in the
table(s).
4. Statement of Whether Benefit Is
Standard or Optional. State whether the
benefit is standard or optional.
5. Fee. State the fee associated with
each benefit included in the table(s).
Include parentheticals providing
information about what the stated
percentage refers to (e.g., percentage of
contract value, percentage of benefit
base, etc.).
6. Brief Description of Restrictions/
Limitations. For each benefit for which
the Registrant has stated that there are
restrictions or limitations, briefly
describe the restriction(s) or
limitation(s) associated with each
benefit. Registrants are encouraged to
use short phrases (e.g., ‘‘benefit limits
investment options available,’’
‘‘withdrawals could terminate benefit’’)
to describe the restriction(s) or
limitation(s).
(b) Briefly describe any other benefits
(other than standard death benefit, e.g.,
optional death benefits, optional or
standard living benefits, etc.) offered
under a Contract, including:
(1) Whether the benefit is standard or
elected;
(2) The operation of the benefit,
including the amount of the benefit and
how the benefit amount may vary, the
circumstances under which the value of
the benefit may increase or be reduced
(including the impact of withdrawals),
and how the benefit may be terminated;
(3) Fees and costs, if any, associated
with the benefit; and
(4) How the benefit amount is
calculated and payable and the effect of
choosing a specific method of payment
on calculation of the benefit.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(c) Briefly describe any limitations,
restrictions and risks associated with
any benefit (other than the standard
death benefit) offered under the contract
(e.g., restrictions on which Portfolio
Companies may be selected; risk of
reduction or termination of benefit
resulting from excess withdrawals).
Instruction. In responding to
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Item,
provide one or more examples
illustrating the operation of each benefit
in a clear, concise, and understandable
manner.
Item 12. Purchases and Contract Value
(a) Briefly describe the procedures for
purchasing a Contract. Include a concise
explanation of:
(1) The minimum initial and
subsequent purchase payments required
and any limitations on the amount of
purchase payments that will be
accepted (if there are separate limits for
each sub-account, state these limits);
and
(2) a statement of when initial and
subsequent purchase payments are
credited.
(b) Describe the manner in which
purchase payments are credited,
including: (A) An explanation that
purchase payments are credited on the
basis of accumulation unit value; (B)
how accumulation unit value is
determined; and (C) how the number of
accumulation units credited to a
contract is determined.
(c) Explain that investment
performance of the Portfolio Companies,
expenses, and deduction of certain
charges affect accumulation unit value
and/or the number of accumulation
units.
(d) Describe when calculations of
accumulation unit value are made and
that purchase payments are credited to
a contract on the basis of accumulation
unit value next determined after receipt
of a purchase payment.
(e) Identify each principal
underwriter (other than the depositor) of
the variable annuity contracts and state
its principal business address. If the
principal underwriter is affiliated with
the Registrant, the depositor, or any
affiliated person of the Registrant or the
depositor, identify how they are
affiliated (e.g., the principal underwriter
is controlled by the depositor).
Item 13. Surrenders and Withdrawals
(a) Surrender. Briefly describe how a
contractowner or annuitant (if the
annuity option chosen by the annuitant
is not based on a life contingency) can
surrender (or partially surrender or
make withdrawals from) a Contract,
including any limits on the ability to
PO 00000
Frm 00167
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61895
surrender, how the proceeds are
calculated, and when they are payable.
(b) Partial Surrender and Withdrawal.
Indicate generally whether and under
what circumstances partial surrenders
and partial withdrawals are available
under a Contract, including the
minimum and maximum amounts that
may be surrendered or withdrawn, any
limits on their availability, how the
proceeds are calculated, and when the
proceeds are payable.
(c) Effect of Partial Surrender and
Withdrawal. Indicate generally whether
and under what circumstances partial
surrenders or partial withdrawals will
affect a Contract’s cash value, death
benefit(s), and/or any living benefits,
and whether any charge(s) will apply.
(d) Sub-Account Allocation. Describe
how partial surrenders and partial
withdrawals will be allocated to the
sub-accounts.
Instruction. The Registrant should
generally describe the terms and
conditions that apply to these
transactions. Technical information
regarding the determination of amounts
available to be surrendered or
withdrawn should be included in the
SAI.
(e) Involuntary Redemption. Briefly
describe any provision for involuntary
redemptions under the Contract and the
reasons for it, such as the size of the
account or infrequency of purchase
payments.
(f) Revocation Rights. Briefly describe
any revocation rights (e.g., ‘‘free look’’
provisions), including a description of
how the amount refunded is
determined, the method for crediting
earnings to purchase payments during
the free look period, and whether
investment options are limited during
the free look period.
Item 14. Loans
Briefly describe the loan provisions of
the Contract, including any of the
following that are applicable.
(a) Availability of Loans. State that a
portion of the Contract’s cash surrender
value may be borrowed. State how the
amount available for a loan is
calculated.
(b) Limitations. Describe any limits on
availability of loans (e.g., a prohibition
on loans during the first Contract year).
(c) Interest. Describe how interest
accrues on the loan, when it is payable,
and how interest is treated if not paid.
Explain how interest earned on the
loaned amount is credited to the
Contract and allocated to the subaccounts.
(d) Effect on Contract Value and
Death Benefit. Describe how loans and
loan repayments affect cash value and
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61896
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
how they are allocated among the subaccounts. Include (i) a brief explanation
that amounts borrowed under a Contract
do not participate in a Registrant’s
investment experience and that loans,
therefore, can affect the Contract’s value
and death benefit whether or not the
loan is repaid, and (ii) a brief
explanation that the cash surrender
value and the death proceeds payable
will be reduced by the amount of any
outstanding Contract loan plus accrued
interest.
(e) Other Effects. Describe any other
effect that a loan could have on the
Contract (e.g., the effect of a Contract
loan in excess of contract value).
(f) Procedures. Describe the loan
procedures, including how and when
amounts borrowed are transferred out of
the Registrant and how and when
amounts repaid are credited to the
Registrant.
Item 15. Taxes
(a) Tax Consequences. Describe the
material tax consequences to the
contractowner and beneficiary of
buying, holding, exchanging, or
exercising rights under the Contract.
Instruction. Discuss the taxation of
annuity payments, death benefit
proceeds, periodic and non-periodic
withdrawals, loans, and any other
distribution that may be received under
the Contract, as well as the tax benefits
accorded the Contract, and other
material tax consequences. Describe, if
applicable, whether the tax
consequences vary with different uses of
the Contract.
(b) Qualified plans. Identify the types
of qualified plans for which the
Contracts are intended to be used.
Instructions:
[Type/investment objective]
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
[Insert] ...................................
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Item 16. Legal Proceedings
Describe any material pending legal
proceedings, other than ordinary routine
litigation incidental to the business, to
which the Registrant, the Registrant’s
principal underwriter or the Depositor
is a party. Include the name of the court
where the case is pending, the date
instituted, the principal parties
involved, a description of the factual
basis alleged to underlie the proceeding,
and the relief sought. Include similar
information as to any proceedings
instituted, or known to be
contemplated, by a governmental
authority.
Instruction. For purposes of this
requirement, legal proceedings are
material only to the extent that they are
likely to have a material adverse effect
on the Registrant, the ability of the
principal underwriter to perform its
contract with the Registrant, or the
ability of the Depositor to meet its
obligations under the Contracts.
Item 17. Financial Statements
If all of the required financial
statements of the Registrant and the
[Names of Portfolio Company and adviser/subadviser] ......
Jkt 247001
directly to the prospectuses of the
Portfolio Companies, rather than to the
home page or other section of the
website on which the materials are
posted. The website could be a central
site with prominent links to each
document. The legend may indicate, if
applicable, that the prospectuses and
other information are available from a
financial intermediary (such as an
insurance sales agent or broker-dealer)
through which the Contract may be
purchased or sold. Registrants not
relying upon rule 498A(j) under the
Securities Act [17 CFR 230.498A(j)]
PO 00000
Frm 00168
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Depositor (see Item 26 and General
Instruction C.3(b)) are not in the
prospectus, state, under a separate
caption, where the financial statements
may be found. Briefly explain how
investors may obtain any financial
statements not in the Statement of
Additional Information.
Item 18. Portfolio Companies Available
Under the Contract
Include as an Appendix under the
heading ‘‘Appendix: [Portfolio
Companies] Available Under [the
Contract]’’ the following information, in
the format specified below:
The following is a list of [Portfolio
Companies] currently available under
[the Contract], which is subject to
change as discussed in [the Statutory
Prospectus for the Contract]. Before you
invest, you should review the
prospectuses for the [Portfolio
Companies]. These prospectuses contain
more information about the [Portfolio
Companies] and their risks and may be
amended from time to time. You can
find the prospectuses and other
information about the [Portfolio
Companies] online at [ll]. You can
also request this information at no cost
by calling [ll] or by sending an email
request to [ll].
The performance information below
reflects fees and expenses of the
[Portfolio Companies], but does not
reflect the other fees and expenses that
your contract may charge. Performance
would be lower if these charges were
included. Each [Portfolio Company’s]
past performance is not necessarily an
indication of future performance.
Expense ratio
(expenses/
average assets)
[Portfolio company and adviser/subadviser]
Instructions.
1. General.
(a) Only include those Portfolio
Companies that are currently offered
under the Contract.
(b) The introductory legend to the
table must provide a website address,
other than the address of the
Commission’s electronic filing system;
toll free telephone number; and email
address that investors can use to obtain
the prospectuses of the Portfolio
Companies and to request other
information about the Portfolio
Companies. The website address must
be specific enough to lead investors
VerDate Sep<11>2014
1. Identify the types of persons who
may use the plans (e.g., corporations,
self-employed individuals) and disclose,
if applicable, that the terms of the plan
may limit the rights otherwise available
under the contracts.
2. Do not describe the Internal
Revenue Code requirements for
qualifications of plans or the nonannuity tax consequences of
qualification (e.g., the effect on
employer taxation).
(c) Effect. Describe the effect, if any,
of taxation on the determination of cash
values or sub-account values.
[ll]%
Average annual total returns
(as of 12/31/ll)
1 year
5 year
10 year
[ll]%
[ll]%
[ll]%
with respect to the Portfolio Companies
that are offered under the Contract may,
but are not required to, provide the
next-to-last sentence of the first
paragraph of the introductory legend to
the table regarding online availability of
the prospectuses.
(c) If the availability of one or more
Portfolio Companies varies by benefit
offered under the Contract, include as
another Appendix a separate table that
indicates which Portfolio Companies are
available under each of the benefits
offered under the Contract. This
Appendix could incorporate a table that
is structured pursuant to the following
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
example, or could use any other
presentation that might promote clarity
and facilitate understanding:
2. Type/Investment Objective. Briefly
describe each Portfolio Company’s type
(e.g., money market fund, bond fund,
balanced fund, etc.), or include a brief
statement concerning the Portfolio
Company’s investment objectives.
3. Portfolio Company and Adviser/
Subadviser. State the name of each
Portfolio Company and its adviser/
subadviser, as applicable. The adviser’s/
sub-adviser’s name may be omitted if it
is incorporated into the name of the
Portfolio Company.
4. Expense ratio. For purposes of this
Item 18, ‘‘expense ratio’’ means ‘‘Total
Annual Fund Operating Expenses’’ as
calculated pursuant to Item 3 of Form
N–1A for open-end funds, before
waivers and reimbursements that reduce
the Portfolio Company’s rate of return.
5. Average Annual Total Returns. For
purposes of this Item 18, ‘‘average
annual total returns’’ means the
‘‘average annual total return’’ (before
taxes) as calculated pursuant to Item
4(b)(2)(iii) of Form N–1A for open-end
funds.
(4) A statement or statements:
(i) That the SAI is not a prospectus;
(ii) How the prospectus may be
obtained; and
(iii) Whether and from where
information is incorporated by reference
into the SAI, as permitted by General
Instruction D.
Instruction. Any information
incorporated by reference into the SAI
must be delivered with the SAI.
(5) The date of the SAI and the
prospectus to which the SAI relates.
(b) Table of Contents. Include under
appropriate captions (and subcaptions)
a list of the contents of the SAI and,
when useful, provide cross references to
related disclosure in the prospectus.
Part B—Information Required in a
Statement of Additional Information
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Item 19. Cover Page and Table of
Contents
(a) Front Cover Page. Include the
following information on the outside
front cover page of the SAI:
(1) The Registrant’s name.
(2) The Depositor’s name.
(3) The name of the Contract and the
Class or Classes, if any, to which the
Contract relates.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Item 20. General Information and
History
(a) Depositor. Provide the date and
form of organization of the Depositor,
the name of the state or other
jurisdiction in which the Depositor is
organized, and a description of the
general nature of the Depositor’s
business.
Instruction. The description of the
Depositor’s business should be short
and need not list all of the businesses
in which the Depositor engages or
identify the jurisdictions in which it
does business if a general description
(e.g., ‘‘variable annuity’’ or
‘‘reinsurance’’) is provided.
(b) Registrant. Provide the date and
form of organization of the Registrant
and the Registrant’s classification
pursuant to Section 4 [15 U.S.C. 80a–4]
PO 00000
Frm 00169
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61897
(i.e., a separate account and a unit
investment trust).
(c) History of Depositor and
Registrant. If the Depositor’s name was
changed during the past five years, state
its former name and the approximate
date on which it was changed. If, at the
request of any state, sales of contracts
offered by the Registrant have been
suspended at any time, or if sales of
contracts offered by the Depositor have
been suspended during the past five
years, briefly describe the reasons for
and results of the suspension. Briefly
describe the nature and results of any
bankruptcy, receivership, or similar
proceeding, or any other material
reorganization, readjustment, or
succession of the Depositor during the
past five years.
(d) Ownership of Sub-Account Assets.
If 10 percent or more of the assets of any
sub-account are not attributable to
Contracts or to accumulated deductions
or reserves (e.g., initial capital
contributed by the Depositor), state
what percentage those assets are of the
total assets of the Registrant. If the
Depositor, or any other person
controlling the assets, has any present
intention of removing the assets from
the sub-account, so state.
(e) Control of Depositor. State the
name of each person who controls the
Depositor and the nature of its business.
Instruction. If the Depositor is
controlled by another person that, in
turn, is controlled by another person,
give the name of each control person
and the nature of its business.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.006
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
61898
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Item 21. Services
(a) Expenses Paid by Third Parties.
Describe all fees, expenses, and costs of
the Registrant that are to be paid by
persons other than the Depositor or the
Registrant, and identify those persons.
(b) Service Agreements. Summarize
the substantive provisions of any
management-related service contract
that may be of interest to a purchaser of
the Registrant’s securities, under which
services are provided to the Registrant,
unless the contract is described in
response to some other item of the form.
Indicate the parties to the contract, and
the total dollars paid and by whom for
each of the past three years.
Instructions:
1. The term ‘‘management-related
service contract’’ includes any contract
with the Registrant to keep, prepare, or
file accounts, books, records, or other
documents required under federal or
state law, or to provide any similar
services with respect to the daily
administration of the Registrant, but
does not include the following:
(a) Any agreement with the Registrant
to act as custodian or agent to
administer purchases and redemptions
under the Contracts, and
(b) Any contract with the Registrant
for outside legal or auditing services, or
contract for personal employment
entered into with the Registrant in the
ordinary course of business.
2. In summarizing the substantive
provisions of any management-related
service contract, include the following:
(a) The name of the person providing
the service;
(b) The direct or indirect
relationships, if any, of the person with
the Registrant, its Depositor, or its
principal underwriter; and
(c) The nature of the services
provided; and the basis of the
compensation paid for the services for
the Registrant’s last three fiscal years.
(c) Other Service Providers.
(1) Unless disclosed in response to
paragraph (b) or another item of this
form, identify and state the principal
business address of any person who
provides significant administrative or
business affairs management services for
the Registrant (e.g., an ‘‘Administrator,’’
‘‘Sub-Administrator,’’ ‘‘Servicing
Agent’’), describe the services provided,
and the compensation paid for the
services.
(2) State the name and principal
business address of the Registrant’s
custodian and independent public
accountant and describe generally the
services performed by each.
(3) If the Registrant’s assets are held
by a person other than the Depositor, a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
commercial bank, trust company, or
depository registered with the
Commission as custodian, state the
nature of the business of each such
person.
(4) If an affiliated person of the
Registrant or the Depositor, or an
affiliated person of such an affiliated
person, acts as administrative or
servicing agent for the Registrant,
describe the services the person
performs and the basis for
remuneration. State, for the past three
years, the total dollars paid for the
services, and by whom.
Instruction. No disclosure need be
given in response to paragraph (c)(4) of
this Item for an administrative or
servicing agent who is also the
Depositor.
(5) If the Depositor is the principal
underwriter of the Contracts, so state.
Item 22. Purchase of Securities Being
Offered
(a) Describe the manner in which
Registrant’s securities are offered to the
public. Include a description of any
special purchase plans and any
exchange privileges not described in the
prospectus.
Instruction. Address exchange
privileges between sub-accounts,
between the Registrant and other
separate accounts, and between the
Registrant and contracts offered through
the depositor’s general account.
(b) Describe the method that will be
used to determine the sales load on the
variable annuity contracts offered by the
Registrant.
Instruction. Explain fully any
difference in the price at which variable
annuity contracts are offered to
members of the public, as individuals or
as groups, and the prices at which the
contracts are offered for any class of
transactions or to any class of
individuals, including officers,
directors, members of the board of
managers, or employees of the
Registrant’s depositor, underwriter,
Portfolio Company, or investment
adviser to the Portfolio Company.
(c) Frequent Transfer Arrangements.
Describe any arrangements with any
person to permit frequent transfers of
contract value among sub-accounts of
the Registrant, including the identity of
the persons permitted to engage in
frequent transfers pursuant to such
arrangements, and any compensation or
other consideration received by the
Registrant, the depositor, or any other
party pursuant to such arrangements.
Instructions:
1. The consideration required to be
disclosed by Item 22(c) includes any
agreement to maintain assets in the
PO 00000
Frm 00170
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Registrant or in other investment
companies or accounts managed or
sponsored by the Depositor, any
investment adviser of a Portfolio
Company, or any affiliated person of the
Depositor or of any such investment
adviser.
2. If the Registrant has an arrangement
to permit frequent transfers of contract
value among sub-accounts of the
Registrant by a group of individuals,
such as the participants in a defined
contribution plan that meets the
requirements for qualification under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code (26 U.S.C. 401(k)), the Registrant
may identify the group rather than
identifying each individual group
member.
Item 23. Underwriters
(a) Identification. Identify each
principal underwriter (other than the
Depositor) of the Contracts, and state its
principal business address. If the
principal underwriter is affiliated with
the Registrant, the Depositor, or any
affiliated person of the Registrant or the
Depositor, identify how they are
affiliated (e.g., the principal underwriter
is controlled by the Depositor).
(b) Offering and Commissions. For
each principal underwriter distributing
Contracts of the Registrant, state:
(1) Whether the offering is
continuous; and
(2) the aggregate dollar amount of
underwriting commissions paid to, and
the amount retained by, the principal
underwriter for each of the Registrant’s
last three fiscal years.
(c) Other Payments. With respect to
any payments made by the Registrant to
an underwriter of or dealer in the
Contracts during the Registrant’s last
fiscal year, disclose the name and
address of the underwriter or dealer, the
amount paid; and basis for determining
the amount, the circumstances
surrounding the payments, and the
consideration received by the
Registrant. Do not include information
about:
(1) Payments made through deduction
from premiums paid at the time of sale
of the Contracts; or
(2) Payments made from cash values
upon full or partial surrender of the
Contracts or from an increase or
decrease in the face amount of the
Contracts.
Instructions.
1. Information need not be given
about the service of mailing proxies or
periodic reports of the Registrant.
2. Exclude information about bona
fide contracts with the Registrant or its
Depositor for outside legal or auditing
services, or bona fide contracts for
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Item 24. Calculation of Performance
Data
(a) Money Market Funded SubAccounts. Yield quotation(s) included
in the prospectus for an account or subaccount that holds itself out as a
‘‘money market’’ account or sub-account
should be calculated according to
paragraphs (a)(1)–(2).
(1) Yield Quotation. Based on the 7
days ended on the date of the most
recent balance sheet of the Registrant
included in the registration statement,
calculate the yield by determining the
net change, exclusive of capital changes
and income other than investment
income, in the value of a hypothetical
pre-existing account having a balance of
one accumulation unit of the account or
sub-account at the beginning of the
period, subtracting a hypothetical
charge reflecting deductions from
Contractowner Accounts, and dividing
the difference by the value of the
account at the beginning of the base
period to obtain the base period return,
and then multiplying the base period
return by (365/7) with the resulting
yield figure carried to at least the
nearest hundredth of one percent.
(2) Effective Yield Quotation. Based
on the 7 days ended on the date of the
most recent balance sheet of the
Registrant included in the registration
statement, calculate the effective yield,
carried to at least the nearest hundredth
of one percent, by determining the net
change, exclusive of capital changes and
income other than investment income,
in the value of a hypothetical preexisting account having a balance of one
accumulation unit of the account or subaccount at the beginning of the period,
subtracting a hypothetical charge
reflecting deductions from
Contractowner Accounts, and dividing
the difference by the value of the
account at the beginning of the base
period to obtain the base period return,
and then compounding the base period
return by adding 1, raising the sum to
a power equal to 365 divided by 7, and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
subtracting 1 from the result, according
to the following formula:
EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD
RETURN + 1)365/7] ¥ 1.
Instructions:
1. When calculating the yield or
effective yield quotations, the
calculation of net change in account
value must include all deductions that
are charged to all Contractowner
Accounts in proportion to the length of
the base period. For any account fees
that vary with the size of the account,
assume an account size equal to the subaccount’s mean (or median) account
size.
2. Deductions from purchase
payments and sales loads assessed at the
time of redemption or annuitization
should not be reflected in the
computation of yield and effective yield.
However, the amount or specific rate of
such deductions must be disclosed.
3. Exclude realized gains and losses
from the sale of securities and
unrealized appreciation and
depreciation from the calculation of
yield and effective yield. Exclude
income other than investment income.
(b) Other Sub-Accounts. Performance
information included in the prospectus
should be calculated according to
paragraphs (b)(i)–(iii).
(1) Average Annual Total Return
Quotation. For the 1-, 5-, and 10-year
periods ended on the date of the most
recent balance sheet of the Registrant
included in the registration statement,
calculate the average annual total return
by finding the average annual
compounded rates of return over the
1-, 5-, and 10-year periods that would
equate the initial amount invested to the
ending redeemable value, according to
the following formula:
P(1+T)n = ERV
Where:
P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000
T = average annual total return
n = number of years
ERV = ending redeemable value of a
hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the
beginning of the 1-, 5-, or 10-year periods
at the end of the 1-, 5-, or 10-year periods
(or fractional portion).
Instructions:
1. Assume the maximum sales load
(or other charges deducted from
payments) is deducted from the initial
$1,000 payment.
2. Include all recurring fees that are
charged to all Contractowner Accounts.
For any account fees that vary with the
size of the account, assume an account
size equal to the sub-account’s mean (or
median) account size. If recurring fees
charged to Contractowner Accounts are
PO 00000
Frm 00171
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
paid other than by redemption of
accumulation units, they should be
appropriately reflected.
3. Determine the ending redeemable
value by assuming a complete
redemption at the end of the 1, 5, or 10
year periods and the deduction of all
nonrecurring charges deducted at the
end of each period.
4. If the Registrant’s registration
statement has been in effect less than
one, five, or ten years, the time period
during which the registration statement
has been in effect should be substituted
for the period stated.
5. Carry the total return quotation to
the nearest hundredth of one percent.
6. Total return information in the
prospectus need only be current to the
end of the Registrant’s most recent fiscal
year.
(2) Yield Quotation. Based on a 30day (or one month) period ended on the
date of the most recent balance sheet of
the Registrant included in the
registration statement, calculate yield by
dividing the net investment income per
accumulation unit earned during the
period by the maximum offering price
per unit on the last day of the period,
according to the following formula:
Where:
a = net investment income earned during the
period by the Portfolio Company
attributable to shares owned by the subaccount.
b = expenses accrued for the period (net of
reimbursements).
c = the average daily number of accumulation
units outstanding during the period.
d = the maximum offering price per
accumulation unit on the last day of the
period.
Instructions:
1. Include among the expenses
accrued for the period all recurring fees
that are charged to all Contractowner
Accounts. For any account fees that vary
with the size of the account, assume an
account size equal to the sub-account’s
mean (or median) account size.
2. If a broker-dealer or an affiliate (as
defined in paragraph (b) of Rule 1–02
[17 CFR 210.1–02(b) of Regulation S–X)
of the broker-dealer has, in connection
with directing the Portfolio Company’s
brokerage transactions to the brokerdealer, provided, agreed to provide,
paid for, or agreed to pay for, in whole
or in part, services provided to the
Portfolio Company (other than
brokerage and research services as these
terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15
U.S.C. 78bb(e)]), add to expenses
accrued for the period an estimate of
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.007
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
personal employment entered into with
the Registrant or its Depositor in the
ordinary course of business.
3. Information need not be given
about any service for which total
payments of less than $15,000 were
made during each of the Registrant’s last
three fiscal years.
4. Information need not be given
about payments made under any
contract to act as administrative or
servicing agent.
5. If the payments were made under
an arrangement or policy applicable to
dealers generally, describe only the
arrangement or policy.
61899
61900
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
additional amounts that would have
been accrued for the period if the
Portfolio Company had paid for the
services directly in an arms-length
transaction.
3. Net investment income must be
calculated by the Portfolio Company as
prescribed by Item 26(b)(4) of Form N–
1A.
Note: (a¥b) = net investment income
in the Item 26(b)(4) equation.
4. Disclose the amount or specific rate
of any nonrecurring account or sales
charges.
(3) Non-Standardized Performance
Quotation. A Registrant may calculate
performance using any other historical
measure of performance (not subject to
any prescribed method of computation)
if the measurement reflects all elements
of return.
Item 25. Annuity Payments
Describe the method for determining
the amount of annuity payments if not
described in the prospectus. In addition,
describe how any change in the amount
of a payment after the first payment is
determined.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Item 26. Financial Statements
(a) Registrant. Provide financial
statements of the Registrant.
Instructions. Include, in a separate
section, the financial statements and
schedules required by Regulation S–X
[17 CFR 210]. Financial statements of
the Registrant may be limited to:
(i) An audited balance sheet or
statement of assets and liabilities as of
the end of the most recent fiscal year;
(ii) An audited statement of
operations of the most recent fiscal year
conforming to the requirements of Rule
6–07 of Regulation S–X [17 CFR 210.6–
07];
(iii) An audited statement of cash
flows for the most recent fiscal year if
necessary to comply with generally
accepted accounting principles; and
(iv) Audited statements of changes in
net assets conforming to the
requirements of Rule 6–09 of Regulation
S–X [17 CFR 210.6–09] for the two most
recent fiscal years.
(b) Depositor. Provide financial
statements of the Depositor.
Instructions:
1. Include, in a separate section, the
financial statements and schedules of
the Depositor required by Regulation S–
X. If the Depositor would not have to
prepare financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles except for use in
this registration statement or other
registration statements filed on Forms
N–3, N–4, or N–6, its financial
statements may be prepared in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
accordance with statutory requirements.
The Depositor’s financial statements
must be prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting
principles if the Depositor prepares
financial information in accordance
with generally accepted accounting
principles for use by the Depositor’s
parent, as defined in Rule 1–02(p) of
Regulation S–X [17 CFR 210.1–02(p)], in
any report under sections 13(a) and
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act [15
U.S.C. 78m(a) and 78o(d)] or any
registration statement filed under the
Securities Act.
2. All statements and schedules of the
Depositor required by Regulation S–X,
except for the consolidated balance
sheets described in Rule 3–01 of
Regulation S–X [17 CFR 210.3–01], and
any notes to these statements or
schedules, may be omitted from Part B
and instead included in Part C of the
registration statement. If any of this
information is omitted from Part B and
included in Part C, the consolidated
balance sheets included in Part B
should be accompanied by a statement
that additional financial information
about the Depositor is available, without
charge, upon request. When a request
for the additional financial information
is received, the Registrant should send
the information within 3 business days
of receipt of the request, by first-class
mail or other means designed to ensure
equally prompt delivery.
3. Notwithstanding Rule 3–12 of
Regulation S–X [17 CFR 210.3–12], the
financial statements of the Depositor
need not be more current than as of the
end of the most recent fiscal year of the
Depositor. In addition, when the
anticipated effective date of a
registration statement falls within 90
days subsequent to the end of the fiscal
year of the Depositor, the registration
statement need not include financial
statements of the Depositor more
current than as of the end of the third
fiscal quarter of the most recently
completed fiscal year of the Depositor
unless the audited financial statements
for such fiscal year are available. The
exceptions to Rule 3–12 of Regulation
S–X contained in this Instruction 3 do
not apply when:
(a) The Depositor’s financial
statements have never been included in
an effective registration statement under
the Securities Act of 1933 of a separate
account that offers variable annuity
contracts or variable life insurance
contracts; or
(b) The balance sheet of the Depositor
at the end of either of the two most
recent fiscal years included in response
to this Item shows a combined capital
and surplus, if a stock company, or an
PO 00000
Frm 00172
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
unassigned surplus, if a mutual
company, of less than $2,500,000; or
(c) The balance sheet of the Depositor
at the end of a fiscal quarter within 135
days of the expected date of
effectiveness under the Securities Act
(or a fiscal quarter within 90 days of
filing if the registration statement is
filed solely under the Investment
Company Act) would show a combined
capital surplus, if a stock company, or
an unassigned surplus, if a mutual
company, of less than $2,500,000. If two
fiscal quarters end within the 135 day
period, the Depositor may choose either
for purposes of this test.
Any interim financial statements
required by this Item need not be
comparative with financial statements
for the same interim period of an earlier
year.
Item 27. Condensed Financial
Information
Furnish the following information for
each class of accumulation units of the
Registrant.
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES (for
an accumulation unit outstanding
throughout the period)
1. accumulation unit value at
beginning of period;
2. accumulation unit value at end of
period;
3. number of accumulation units
outstanding at the end of period.
Instructions:
1. For purpose of this Item, ‘‘class of
accumulation units’’ means any
variation that affects accumulation
units, including variations related to
contract class, optional benefits, and
sub-accounts.
2. The above information must be
provided for each class of accumulation
units of the Registrant derived from
contracts offered by means of any
prospectus (and each class derived from
contracts no longer offered for sale) to
which the SAI relates, but for which
registrant may continue to accept
payments. Information need not be
provided for any class of accumulation
units of the Registrant derived from
contracts that are currently offered for
sale by means of a different prospectus.
Also, information need not be provided
for any class of accumulation units that
is no longer offered for sale but for
which Registrant may continue to
accept payments, if the information is
provided in a different, but current
prospectus of the Registrant.
3. The information shall be presented
in comparative columns for each of the
last five fiscal years of the Registrant (or
for life of the Registrant and its
immediate predecessors, if less) but
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
only from the later of the effective date
of Registrant’s or the relevant Portfolio
Company’s first 1933 Act Registration
Statement. In addition, the information
shall be presented for the period
between the end of the latest fiscal year
and the date of the latest balance sheet
or statement of assets and liabilities
furnished.
4. Accumulation unit amounts shall
be given at least to the nearest cent. If
the computation of the offering price is
extended to tenths of a cent or more,
then the amounts on the table should be
given in tenths of a cent.
5. Accumulation unit values should
only be given for sub-accounts that fund
obligations of the Registrant under
variable annuity contracts offered by
means of this prospectus.
6. Registrants may, but are not
required to, omit the AUV tables, if the
registrant provides an annual account
statement to each individual
contractowner that discloses, with
respect to each class of accumulation
units held by the contractowner, the
actual performance of each subaccount
reflecting all contract charges incurred
by the contractowner. For accounts held
less than one year, the annual account
statement must disclose the actual
performance of each sub-account for the
length of time the investor has owned
the sub-account.
Part C—Other Information
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Item 28. Exhibits
Subject to General Instruction D
regarding incorporation by reference
and rule 483 under the Securities Act
[17 CFR 230.483], file the exhibits listed
below as part of the registration
statement. Letter or number the exhibits
in the sequence indicated and file
copies rather than originals, unless
otherwise required by rule 483. Reflect
any exhibit incorporated by reference in
the list below and identify the
previously filed document containing
the incorporated material.
(a) Board of Directors Resolution. The
resolution of the board of directors of
the Depositor authorizing the
establishment of the Registrant.
(b) Custodian Agreement. All
agreements for custody of securities and
similar investments of the Registrant,
including the schedule of remuneration.
(c) Underwriting Contracts.
Underwriting or distribution contract
between the Registrant or Depositor and
a principal underwriter and agreements
between principal underwriters and
dealers or the Depositor and dealers.
(d) Contracts. The form of each
Contract, including any riders or
endorsements.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:52 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(e) Applications. The form of
application used with any Contract
provided in response to (d) above;
(f) Depositor’s Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Laws. The
Depositor’s current certificate of
incorporation or other instrument of
organization and by-laws and any
related amendment.
(g) Reinsurance Contracts. Any
contract of reinsurance related to a
Contract.
(h) Participation Agreements. Any
participation agreement or other
contract relating to the investment by
the Registrant in a Portfolio Company.
(i) Administrative Contracts. Any
contract relating to the performance of
administrative services in connection
with administering a Contract.
(j) Other Material Contracts. Other
material contracts not made in the
ordinary course of business to be
performed in whole or in part on or after
the filing date of the registration
statement.
(k) Legal Opinion. An opinion and
consent of counsel regarding the legality
of the securities being registered, stating
whether the securities will, when sold,
be legally issued and represent binding
obligations of the Depositor.
(l) Other Opinions. Copies of any
other opinions, appraisals, or rulings,
and consents of their use relied on in
preparing this Registration Statement
and required by Section 7 of the 1933
Act.
(m) Omitted Financial Statements.
Financial statements omitted from Item
26.
(n) Initial Capital Agreement. Any
agreements or understandings made in
consideration for providing the initial
capital between or among the Registrant,
Depositor, underwriter, or initial
contractowners and written assurances
from the Depositor or initial
contractowners that purchases were
made for investment purposes and not
with the intention of redeeming or
reselling.
(o) Preliminary Summary
Prospectuses. The form of any Initial
Summary Prospectus and Updating
Summary Prospectus that the Registrant
intends to use on or after the effective
date of the registration statement,
pursuant to rule 498A under the
Securities Act.
Instruction. Registrants are required to
provide the preliminary Summary
Prospectus exhibits only in connection
with the filing of an initial registration
statement, or in connection with a preeffective amendment or a post-effective
amendment filed in accordance with
paragraph (a) of rule 485 under the
Securities Act.
PO 00000
Frm 00173
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61901
Item 29. Directors and Officers of the
Depositor
(1)
Name and principal
business address
(2)
Positions and offices
with depositor
Instruction. Registrants are required to
provide the above information only for
officers or directors who are engaged
directly or indirectly in activities
relating to the Registrant or the
Contracts, and for executive officers
including the Depositor’s president,
secretary, treasurer, and vice presidents
who have authority to act as president
in his or her absence.
Item 30. Persons Controlled by or Under
Common Control With the Depositor or
Registrant
Provide a list or diagram of all
persons directly or indirectly controlled
by or under common control with the
Depositor or the Registrant. For any
person controlled by another person,
disclose the percentage of voting
securities owned by the immediately
controlling person or other basis of that
person’s control. For each company,
also provide the state or other sovereign
power under the laws of which the
company is organized.
Instructions:
1. Include the Registrant and the
Depositor in the list or diagram and
show the relationship of each company
to the Registrant and Depositor and to
the other companies named, using
cross-references if a company is
controlled through direct ownership of
its securities by two or more persons.
2. Indicate with appropriate symbols
subsidiaries that file separate financial
statements, subsidiaries included in
consolidated financial statements; or
unconsolidated subsidiaries included in
group financial statements. Indicate for
other subsidiaries why financial
statements are not filed.
Item 31. Indemnification
State the general effect of any
contract, arrangements, or statute under
which any underwriter or affiliated
person of the Registrant is insured or
indemnified against any liability
incurred in his or her official capacity,
other than insurance provided by any
underwriter or affiliated person for his
or her own protection.
Item 32. Principal Underwriters
(a) Other Activity. State the name of
each investment company (other than
the Registrant) for which each principal
underwriter currently distributing the
Registrant’s securities also acts as a
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61902
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
principal underwriter, depositor,
sponsor, or investment adviser.
(b) Management. Provide the
information required by the following
table with respect to each director,
officer, or partner of each principal
underwriter named in the response to
Item 23:
(1)
Name and principal
business address
(2)
Positions and offices
with underwriter
(c) Compensation From the
Registrant. Provide the information
required by the following table for all
commissions and other compensation
received, directly or indirectly, from the
Registrant during the Registrant’s last
fiscal year by each principal
underwriter:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Name of
principal
underwriter
Net
underwriting
discounts and
commissions
Compensation on
redemption
Brokerage
commissions
Other
compensation
Item 34. Management Services
Instructions:
1. Disclose the type of services
rendered in consideration for the
compensation listed in column (5).
2. Information need not be given
about the service of mailing proxies or
periodic reports of the Registrant.
3. Exclude information about bona
fide contracts with the Registrant or its
Depositor for outside legal or auditing
services, or bona fide contracts for
personal employment entered into with
the Registrant or its Depositor in the
ordinary course of business.
4. Exclude information about any
service for which total payments of less
than $15,000 were made during each of
the last three fiscal years.
5. Exclude information about
payments made under any agreement
whereby another person contracts with
the Registrant or its Depositor to
perform as custodian or administrative
or servicing agent.
Item 33. Location of Accounts and
Records
State the name and address of each
person maintaining physical possession
of each account, book, or other
document, required to be maintained by
Section 31(a) [15 U.S.C. 80a–30(a)] and
the rules under that section.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Instruction. If a principal underwriter
is the Depositor or an affiliate of the
Depositor, and is also an insurance
company, the above information for
officers or directors need only be
provided for officers or directors who
are engaged directly or indirectly in
activities relating to the Registrant or the
Contracts, and for executive officers
including the Depositor’s or its
affiliate’s president, secretary, treasurer,
and vice presidents who have authority
to act as president in his or her absence.
Instruction. The Registrant may omit
this information to the extent it is
provided in its most recent report on
Form N–CEN [17 CFR 274.101].
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:52 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Provide a summary of the substantive
provisions of any management-related
service contract not discussed in Part A
or Part B, disclosing the parties to the
contract and the total amount paid and
by whom for the Registrant’s last three
fiscal years.
Instructions:
1. The instructions to Item 21(b) of
this Form shall also apply to this Item.
2. Exclude information about any
service provided for payments totaling
less than $15,000 during each of the
Registrant’s last three fiscal years.
Item 35. Fee Representation
Provide a representation of the
Depositor that the fees and charges
deducted under the Contracts, in the
aggregate, are reasonable in relation to
the services rendered, the expenses
expected to be incurred, and the risks
assumed by the Depositor.
Signatures
By lllllllllllllllll
(Signature)
lllllllllllllllllll
(Title)
lllllllllllllllllll
(Depositor)
By lllllllllllllllll
(Name of officer of Depositor)
lllllllllllllllllll
(Title)
Instruction
If the registration statement is being
filed only under the Securities Act or
under both the Securities Act and the
Investment Company Act, it should be
signed by both the Registrant and the
Depositor. If the registration statement is
being filed only under the Investment
Company Act, it should be signed only
by the Registrant.
Pursuant to the requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, this registration
statement has been signed by the
following persons in the capacities and
on the dates indicated.
lllllllllllllllllll
Signature
lllllllllllllllllll
Title
lllllllllllllllllll
Date
Pursuant to the requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the
Registrant (certifies that it meets all of
the requirements for effectiveness of this
registration statement under rule 485(b)
under the Securities Act and) has duly
caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, ■ 39. Revise Form N–6 (referenced in
§§ 239.17c and 274.11d) to read as
duly authorized, in the City ofllll,
follows
and State ofll, on thisll day
ofllll.
Note: The text of Form N–6 will not appear
lllllllllllllllllll in the Code of Federal Regulations.
(Registrant)
PO 00000
Frm 00174
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
61903
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORMN-6
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Pre-Effective Amendment No.
[]
Post-Effective Amendment No.
]
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
Amendment No.
----l
(Check appropriate box or boxes.)
(Exact Name of Registrant)
(Name ofDepositor)
(Address ofDepositor's Principal Executive Offices)
(Zip Code)
Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
[ ] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
[ ] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)
[] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
[]on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of rule 485
If appropriate, check the following box:
[]this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed
Omit from the facing sheet reference to the other Act if the registration statement or
amendment is filed under only one of the Acts. Include the "Approximate Date of Proposed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00175
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.008
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
post-effective amendment.
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Contents of Form N–6
General Instructions
A. Definitions
B. Filing and Use of Form N–6
C. Preparation of the Registration
Statement
D. Incorporation by Reference
Part A: Information Required in a Prospectus
Item 1. Front and Back Cover Pages
Item 2. Overview of the Contract
Item 3. Key Information
Item 4. Fee Table
Item 5. Principal Risks of Investing in the
Contract
Item 6. General Description of Registrant,
Depositor, and Portfolio Companies
Item 7. Charges
Item 8. General Description of Contracts
Item 9. Premiums
Item 10. Standard Death Benefit
Item 11. Other Benefits Available Under
the Contract
Item 12. Surrenders and Withdrawals
Item 13. Loans
Item 14. Lapse and Reinstatement
Item 15. Taxes
Item 16. Legal Proceedings
Item 17. Financial Statements
Item 18. Portfolio Companies Available
Under the Contract
Part B: Information Required in a Statement
of Additional Information
Item 19. Cover Page and Table of Contents
Item 20. General Information and History
Item 21. Services
Item 22. Premiums
Item 23. Additional Information About
Operation of Contracts and Registrant
Item 24. Underwriters
Item 25. Additional Information About
Charges
Item 26. Lapse and Reinstatement
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Item 27. Financial Statements
Item 28. Illustrations
Part C: Other Information
Item 29. Exhibits
Item 30. Directors and Officers of the
Depositor
Item 31. Persons Controlled by or Under
Common Control with the Depositor or
Registrant
Item 32. Indemnification
Item 33. Principal Underwriters
Item 34. Location of Accounts and Records
Item 35. Management Services
Item 36. Fee Representation
Signatures
General Instructions
A. Definitions
References to sections and rules in
this Form N–6 are to the Investment
Company Act of 1940 [15 U.S.C. 80a–1
et seq.] (the ‘‘Investment Company
Act’’), unless otherwise indicated.
Terms used in this Form N–6 have the
same meaning as in the Investment
Company Act or the related rules,
unless otherwise indicated. As used in
this Form N–6, the terms set out below
have the following meanings:
‘‘Class’’ means a version of a Variable
Life Insurance Contract that varies
principally with respect to distributionrelated fees and expenses.
‘‘Depositor’’ means the person
primarily responsible for the
organization of the Registrant and the
person, other than the trustee or
custodian, who has continuing
functions or responsibilities for the
PO 00000
Frm 00176
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
administration of the affairs of the
Registrant. ‘‘Depositor’’ includes the
sponsoring insurance company that
establishes and maintains the
Registrant. If there is more than one
Depositor, the information called for in
this Form about the Depositor must be
provided for each Depositor.
‘‘Portfolio Company’’ means any
company in which the Registrant
invests and which may be selected as an
option by the contractowner.
‘‘Registrant’’ means the separate
account (as defined in section 2(a)(37) of
the Investment Company Act [15 U.S.C.
80a–2(a)(37)]) that offers the Variable
Life Insurance Contracts.
‘‘SAI’’ means the Statement of
Additional Information required by Part
B of this Form.
‘‘Securities Act’’ means the Securities
Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.].
‘‘Securities Exchange Act’’ means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15
U.S.C. 78a et seq.].
‘‘Statutory Prospectus’’ means a
prospectus that satisfies the
requirements of section 10(a) of the
Securities Act [15 U.S.C. 77j(a)].
‘‘Summary Prospectus’’ has the
meaning provided by paragraph (a)(12)
of rule 498A under the Securities Act
[17 CFR 230.498A(a)(12)].
‘‘Variable Life Insurance Contract’’ or
‘‘Contract’’ means a life insurance
contract that provides for death benefits
and cash values that may vary with the
investment experience of any separate
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.009
61904
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
account. Unless the context otherwise
requires, ‘‘Variable Life Insurance
Contract’’ or ‘‘Contract’’ refers to the
Variable Life Insurance Contracts being
offered pursuant to the registration
statement prepared on this Form.
B. Filing and Use of Form N–6
1. What is Form N–6 used for?
Form N–6 is used by all separate
accounts organized as unit investment
trusts and offering Variable Life
Insurance Contracts to file:
(a) An initial registration statement
under the Investment Company Act and
any amendments to the registration
statement;
(b) An initial registration statement
required under the Securities Act and
any amendments to the registration
statement, including amendments
required by section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act [15 U.S.C. 77j(a)(3)]; or
(c) Any combination of the filings in
paragraph (a) or (b).
2. What is included in the registration
statement?
(a) For registration statements or
amendments filed under both the
Investment Company Act and the
Securities Act or only under the
Securities Act, include the facing sheet
of the Form, Parts A, B, and C, and the
required signatures.
(b) For registration statements or
amendments filed only under the
Investment Company Act, include the
facing sheet of the Form, responses to
all Items of Parts A (except Items 1, 4,
5, 10, and 17), B, and C (except Items
29(c), (k), (l), (n), and (o)), and the
required signatures.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
3. What are the fees for Form N–6?
No registration fees are required with
the filing of Form N–6 to register as an
investment company under the
Investment Company Act or to register
securities under the Securities Act. If
Form N–6 is filed to register securities
under the Securities Act and securities
are sold to the public, registration fees
must be paid on an ongoing basis after
the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year.
See section 24(f) [15 U.S.C. 80a–24(f)]
and related rule 24f–2 [17 CFR 270.24f–
2].
4. What rules apply to the filing of a
registration statement on Form N–6?
(a) For registration statements and
amendments filed under both the
Investment Company Act and the
Securities Act or under only the
Securities Act, the general rules
regarding the filing of registration
statements in Regulation C under the
Securities Act [17 CFR 230.400–
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
230.498A] apply to the filing of
registration statements on Form N–6.
Specific requirements concerning
investment companies appear in rules
480–485 and 495–498A of Regulation C.
(b) For registration statements and
amendments filed only under the
Investment Company Act, the general
provisions in rules 8b–1—8b–32 [17
CFR 270.8b–1 to 270.8b–32] apply to the
filing of registration statements on Form
N–6.
(c) The plain English requirements of
rule 421 under the Securities Act [17
CFR 230.421] apply to prospectus
disclosure in Part A of Form N–6.
(d) Regulation S–T [17 CFR 232.10–
232.903] applies to all filings on the
Commission’s Electronic Data
Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval
system (‘‘EDGAR’’).
C. Preparation of the Registration
Statement
1. Administration of the Form N–6
Requirements
(a) The requirements of Form N–6 are
intended to promote effective
communication between the Registrant
and prospective investors. A
Registrant’s prospectus should clearly
disclose the fundamental features and
risks of the Variable Life Insurance
Contracts, using concise,
straightforward, and easy to understand
language. A Registrant should use
document design techniques that
promote effective communication.
(b) The prospectus disclosure
requirements in Form N–6 are intended
to elicit information for an average or
typical investor who may not be
sophisticated in legal or financial
matters. The prospectus should help
investors to evaluate the risks of an
investment and to decide whether to
invest in a Variable Life Insurance
Contract by providing a balanced
disclosure of positive and negative
factors. Disclosure in the prospectus
should be designed to assist an investor
in comparing and contrasting a Variable
Life Insurance Contract with other
Contracts.
(c) Responses to the Items in Form N–
6 should be as simple and direct as
reasonably possible and should include
only as much information as is
necessary to enable an average or typical
investor to understand the particular
characteristics of the Variable Life
Insurance Contracts. The prospectus
should avoid including lengthy legal
and technical discussions and simply
restating legal or regulatory
requirements to which Contracts
generally are subject. Brevity is
especially important in describing the
PO 00000
Frm 00177
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61905
practices or aspects of the Registrant’s
operations that do not differ materially
from those of other separate accounts.
Avoid excessive detail, technical or
legal terminology, and complex
language. Also avoid lengthy sentences
and paragraphs that may make the
prospectus difficult for many investors
to understand and detract from its
usefulness.
(d) The requirements for prospectuses
included in Form N–6 will be
administered by the Commission in a
way that will allow variances in
disclosure or presentation if appropriate
for the circumstances involved while
remaining consistent with the objectives
of Form N–6.
2. Form N–6 Is Divided Into Three Parts
(a) Part A. Part A includes the
information required in a Registrant’s
prospectus under section 10(a) of the
Securities Act. The purpose of the
prospectus is to provide essential
information about the Registrant and the
Variable Life Insurance Contracts in a
way that will help investors to make
informed decisions about whether to
purchase the securities described in the
prospectus. In responding to the Items
in Part A, avoid cross-references to the
SAI. Cross-references within the
prospectus are most useful when their
use assists investors in understanding
the information presented and does not
add complexity to the prospectus.
(b) Part B. Part B includes the
information required in a Registrant’s
SAI. The purpose of the SAI is to
provide additional information about
the Registrant and the Variable Life
Insurance Contracts that the
Commission has concluded is not
necessary or appropriate in the public
interest or for the protection of investors
to be in the prospectus, but that some
investors may find useful. Part B affords
the Registrant an opportunity to expand
discussions of the matters described in
the prospectus by including additional
information that the Registrant believes
may be of interest to some investors.
The Registrant should not duplicate in
the SAI information that is provided in
the prospectus, unless necessary to
make the SAI comprehensible as a
document independent of the
prospectus.
(c) Part C. Part C includes other
information required in a Registrant’s
registration statement.
3. Additional Matters
(a) Organization of Information.
Organize the information in the
prospectus and SAI to make it easy for
investors to understand.
Notwithstanding rule 421(a) under the
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
61906
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Securities Act [17 CFR 230.421(a)]
regarding the order of information
required in a prospectus, disclose the
information required by Item 2
(Overview of the Contract) and Item 3
(Key Information), and Item 4 (Fee
Table) in numerical order at the front of
the prospectus. Do not precede Items 2,
3, and 4 with any other Item except the
Cover Page (Item 1), a glossary, if any
(General Instruction C.3.(d)), or a table
of contents meeting the requirements of
rule 481(c) under the Securities Act [17
CFR 230.481(c)]. If the discussion of the
information required by Items 2 or 3
also responds to disclosure
requirements in other items of the
prospectus, a Registrant need not
include additional disclosure in the
prospectus that repeats the information
disclosed in response to those items.
(b) Other Information. A Registrant
may include, except in response to
Items 2 and 3, information in the
prospectus or the SAI that is not
otherwise required so long as the
information is not incomplete,
inaccurate, or misleading and does not,
because of its nature, quantity, or
manner of presentation, obscure or
impede understanding of the
information that is required to be
included. For example, Registrants are
free to include in the prospectus
financial statements required to be in
the SAI, and may include in the SAI
financial statements that may be placed
in Part C.
(c) Presentation of Information. To aid
investor comprehension, Registrants are
encouraged to use, as appropriate,
question-and-answer formats, tables,
side-by-side comparisons, captions,
bullet points, numeric examples,
illustrations or similar presentation
methods. For example, such
presentation methods would be
appropriate when presenting disclosure
for similar Contract features,
prospectuses describing multiple
Variable Life Insurance Contracts, or the
operation of optional benefits.
(d) Definitions. Define the special
terms used in the prospectus (e.g.,
accumulation unit, contractowner,
participant, sub-account, etc.) in any
presentation that clearly conveys
meaning to investors. If the Registrant
elects to include a glossary or list of
definitions, only special terms used
throughout the prospectus must be
defined or listed. If a special term is
used in only one section of the
prospectus, it may be defined there (and
need not be included in any glossary or
list of definitions that the Registrant
includes).
(e) Use of Form N–6 to Register
Multiple Contracts.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(i) A single prospectus may describe
multiple Contracts that are essentially
identical. Whether the prospectus
describes Contracts that are ‘‘essentially
identical’’ will depend on the facts and
circumstances. For example, a Contract
that does not offer optional benefits
would not be essentially identical to one
that does. Similarly, group and
individual Contracts would not be
essentially identical. However,
Contracts that vary only due to state
regulatory requirements would be
essentially identical.
(ii) Similarly, multiple prospectuses
may be combined in a single registration
statement on Form N–6 when the
prospectuses describe Contracts that are
essentially identical. For example, a
Registrant could determine it is
appropriate to include multiple
prospectuses in a registration statement
in the following situations: (i) The
prospectuses describe the same Contract
that is sold through different
distribution channels; (ii) the
prospectuses describe Contracts that
differ only with respect to underlying
funds offered; or (iii) the prospectuses
describe both the original and an
‘‘enhanced’’ version of the same
Contract (where the ‘‘enhanced’’ version
modifies the features or options that the
Registrant offers under that Contract).
(iii) Paragraph (a) of General
Instruction C.3 requires Registrants to
disclose the information required by
Items 2, 3, and 4 in numerical order at
the front of the prospectus and generally
not to precede the Items with other
information. As a general matter,
Registrants providing disclosure in a
single prospectus for more than one
Variable Life Contract, or for Contracts
sold in both the group and individual
markets, may depart from the
requirement of paragraph (a) as
necessary to present the required
information clearly and effectively
(although the order of information
required by each Item must remain the
same). For example, the prospectus may
present all of the Item 2 information for
several Variable Life Contracts, followed
by all of the Item 3 information for the
Contracts, and followed by all of the
Item 4 information for the Contracts.
Alternatively, the prospectus may
present Items 2, 3, and 4 for each of
several Contracts sequentially. Other
presentations also would be acceptable
if they are consistent with the Form’s
intent to disclose the information
required by Items 2, 3, and 4 in a
standard order at the beginning of the
prospectus.
(f) Dates. Rule 423 under the
Securities Act [17 CFR 230.423] applies
to the dates of the prospectus and the
PO 00000
Frm 00178
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
SAI. The SAI should be made available
at the same time that the prospectus
becomes available for purposes of rules
430 and 460 under the Securities Act
[17 CFR 230.430 and 230.460].
(g) Sales Literature. A Registrant may
include sales literature in the
prospectus so long as the amount of this
information does not add substantial
length to the prospectus and its
placement does not obscure essential
disclosure.
(h) Interactive Data File
(i) An Interactive Data File (§ 232.11
of this chapter) is required to be
submitted to the Commission in the
manner provided by Rule 405 of
Regulation S–T (§ 232.405 of this
chapter) for any registration statement
or post-effective amendment thereto on
Form N–6 that includes or amends
information provided in response to
Items 3, 4, 5, 11, or 18.
(A) Except as required by paragraph
(h)(i)(B), the Interactive Data File must
be submitted as an amendment to the
registration statement to which the
Interactive Data File relates. The
amendment must be submitted on or
before the date the registration
statement or post-effective amendment
that contains the related information
becomes effective.
(B) In the case of a post-effective
amendment to a registration statement
filed pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1)(i),
(ii), (v), (vi), or (vii) of rule 485 under
the Securities Act [17 CFR 230.485(b)],
the Interactive Data File must be
submitted either with the filing, or as an
amendment to the registration statement
to which the Interactive Data Filing
relates that is submitted on or before the
date the post-effective amendment that
contains the related information
becomes effective.
(ii) An Interactive Data File is
required to be submitted to the
Commission in the manner provided by
rule 405 of Regulation S–T for any form
of prospectus filed pursuant to
paragraphs (c) or (e) of rule 497 under
the Securities Act [17 CFR 230.497(c) or
(e)] that includes information provided
in response to Items 3, 4, 5, 11, or 18
that varies from the registration
statement. The Interactive Data File
must be submitted with the filing made
pursuant to rule 497.
(iii) The Interactive Data File must be
submitted in accordance with the
specifications in the EDGAR Filer
Manual, and in such a manner that will
permit the information for each
Contract, and, for any information that
does not relate to all of the Classes in
a filing, each Class of the Contract to be
separately identified.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(i) Website Addresses and CrossReferences. Any website address or
cross-reference that is included in an
electronic version of the Statutory
Prospectus must be an active hyperlink.
This requirement does not apply to
Statutory Prospectuses that are filed on
the EDGAR system. Rule 105 of
Regulation S–T [17 CFR 232.405]
prohibits hyperlinking to websites,
locations, or other documents that are
outside of the EDGAR system.
D. Incorporation by Reference
1. Specific Rules for Incorporation by
Reference in Form N–6
(a) A Registrant may not incorporate
by reference into a prospectus
information that Part A of this Form
requires to be included in a prospectus,
except as specifically permitted by Part
A of the Form.
(b) A Registrant may incorporate by
reference any or all of the SAI into the
prospectus (but not to provide any
information required by Part A to be
included in the prospectus) without
delivering the SAI with the prospectus.
(c) A Registrant may incorporate by
reference into the SAI or its response to
Part C information that Parts B and C
require to be included in the
Registrant’s registration statement.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
2. General Requirements
All incorporation by reference must
comply with the requirements of this
Form and the following rules on
incorporation by reference: Rule 10(d) of
Regulation S–K under the Securities Act
[17 CFR 229.10(d)] (general rules on
incorporation by reference, which,
among other things, prohibit, unless
specifically required by this Form,
incorporating by reference a document
that includes incorporation by reference
to another document, and limits
incorporation to documents filed within
the last 5 years, with certain
exceptions); rule 411 under the
Securities Act [17 CFR 230.411] (general
rules on incorporation by reference in a
prospectus); rule 303 of Regulation S–T
[17 CFR 232.303] (specific requirements
for electronically filed documents); and
rules 0–4, 8b–23, and 8b–32 [17 CFR
270.0–4, 270.8b–23, and 270.8b–32]
(additional rules on incorporation by
reference for investment companies).
Part A—Information Required in a
Prospectus
Item 1. Front and Back Cover Pages
(a) Front Cover Page. Include the
following information on the outside
front cover page of the prospectus:
(1) The Registrant’s name.
(2) The Depositor’s name.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(3) The types of Variable Life
Insurance Contracts offered by the
prospectus (e.g., group, individual,
scheduled premium, flexible premium).
(4) The name of the Contract and the
Class or Classes, if any, to which the
Contract relates.
(5) The date of the prospectus.
(6) The statement required by rule
481(b)(1) under the Securities Act.
(7) The statement that additional
information about certain investment
products, including variable life
insurance, has been prepared by the
Securities and Exchange Commission’s
staff and is available at Investor.gov.
(8) The legend: ‘‘If you are a new
investor in the [Contract], you may
cancel your [Contract] within 10 days of
receiving it without paying fees or
penalties. In some states, this
cancellation period may be longer.
Upon cancellation, you will receive
either a full refund of the amount you
paid with your application or your total
contract value. You should review this
prospectus, or consult with your
investment professional, for additional
information about the specific
cancellation terms that apply.’’
Instruction. A Registrant may include
on the front cover page any additional
information, subject to the requirements
of General Instruction C.3.(b) and (c).
(b) Back Cover Page. Include the
following information on the outside
back cover page of the prospectus:
(1) A statement that the SAI includes
additional information about the
Registrant. Explain that the SAI is
available, without charge, upon request,
and explain how contractowners may
make inquiries about their Contracts.
Provide a toll-free (or collect) telephone
number for investors to call: To request
the SAI; to request other information
about the Contracts; and to make
contractowner inquiries.
Instructions.
1. A Registrant may indicate, if
applicable, that the SAI and other
information are available on its internet
site and/or by email request.
2. A Registrant may indicate, if
applicable, that the SAI and other
information are available from an
insurance agent or financial
intermediary (such as a broker-dealer or
bank) through which the Contracts may
be purchased or sold.
3. When a Registrant (or an insurance
agent or financial intermediary through
which Contracts may be purchased or
sold) receives a request for the SAI, the
Registrant (or insurance agent or
financial intermediary) must send the
SAI within 3 business days of receipt of
the request, by first-class mail or other
PO 00000
Frm 00179
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61907
means designed to ensure equally
prompt delivery.
(2) A statement whether and from
where information is incorporated by
reference into the prospectus as
permitted by General Instruction D.
Unless the information is delivered with
the prospectus, explain that the
Registrant will provide the information
without charge, upon request (referring
to the telephone number provided in
response to paragraph (b)(i)).
Instruction. The Registrant may
combine the information about
incorporation by reference with the
statements required under paragraph
(b)(i).
(3) A statement that reports and other
information about the Registrant are
available on the Commission’s internet
site at https://www.sec.gov, and that
copies of this information may be
obtained, upon payment of a
duplicating fee, by electronic request at
the following email address:
publicinfo@sec.gov.
(4) The EDGAR contract identifier for
the Contract on the bottom of the back
cover page in type size smaller than that
generally used in the prospectus (e.g., 8point modern type).
Item 2. Overview of the Contract
Provide a concise description of the
Contract, including the following
information:
(a) Purpose. Briefly describe the
purpose(s) of the Contract (e.g., to help
the contractowner accumulate assets
through an investment portfolio, to
provide or supplement the
contractowner’s retirement income, to
provide death and/or other benefits).
State for whom the Contract may be
appropriate (e.g., by discussing a
representative investor’s time horizon,
liquidity needs, and financial goals).
(b) Premiums. Briefly describe the
payment of premiums under the
Contract.
(1) State whether premiums may vary
in timing and amount (e.g., flexible
premiums).
(2) State whether restrictions may be
imposed on premium payments (e.g., by
age of insured, or by amount).
(3) Describe how premiums may be
allocated. This discussion should
include a brief overview of the
investment options available under the
Contract, as well as any general (fixed)
account options.
Instructions.
1. Prominently disclose that
additional information about each
Portfolio Company is provided in an
appendix to the prospectus, and provide
a cross-reference to the relevant
appendix.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61908
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
2. A detailed explanation of the
separate account, sub-accounts, and
Portfolio Companies is not necessary
and should be avoided.
(4) State that payment of insufficient
premiums may result in a lapse of the
Contract.
(c) Contract Features. Summarize the
Contract’s primary features, including
death benefits, withdrawal options, loan
provisions, and any available optional
benefits. If applicable, state that the
contractowner will incur an additional
fee for selecting a particular benefit.
Item 3. Key Information
Include the following information:
Important Information You Should
Consider About the Contract
An investment in the Contract is
subject to fees, risks, and other
important considerations, some of
which are briefly summarized in the
following table. You should review the
prospectus for additional information
about these topics.
Fees and Expenses
Surrender Charge
(charges for early withdrawal).
Transaction Charges
(charges for certain
transactions).
Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual
charges).
Risks
Risk of Loss ....................
Not a Short-Term Investment.
Risks Associated with Investment Options.
Insurance Company
Risks.
Contract Lapse ...............
Restrictions
Investment Options .........
Optional Benefits ............
Taxes
Tax Implications.
Conflicts of Interest
Investment Professional
Compensation.
Exchanges ......................
Instructions.
1. General.
(a) A Registrant should disclose the
required information in the tabular
presentation(s) reflected herein, in the
order specified. A Registrant may
exclude any disclosures that are not
applicable, or modify any of the
statements required to be included, so
long as the modified statement contains
comparable information.
(b) A Registrant should provide crossreferences to the location in the
Statutory Prospectus where the subject
matter is described in greater detail.
Cross-references in electronic versions
of the Summary Prospectus and/or
Statutory Prospectus should link
directly to the location in the Statutory
Prospectus where the subject matter is
discussed in greater detail. The crossreference should be adjacent to the
relevant disclosure, either within the
table row, or presented in an additional
table column.
(c) All disclosures provided in
response to this Item 3 should be short
and succinct, consistent with the
limitations of a tabular presentation.
2. Fees and Expenses.
(a) Surrender Charges (charges for
early withdrawal). Include a statement
that if the contractowner withdraws
money from the Contract within [x]
years following his or her last premium
payment, he or she will be assessed a
surrender charge. Include in this
statement the maximum surrender
charge (as a percentage of [contribution/
premium or amount surrendered]), and
the maximum number of years that a
surrender charge may be assessed since
the last premium payment under the
contract. Provide an example of the
maximum surrender charge a
contractowner could pay (in dollars)
under the Contract assuming a $100,000
investment (e.g., ‘‘[i]f you make an early
withdrawal, you could pay a surrender
charge of up to $9,000 on a $100,000
investment.’’).
(b) Transaction Charges (charges for
certain transactions). State that in
addition to surrender charges (if
applicable) the contractowner may also
be charged for other transactions, and
provide a brief narrative description of
the types of such charges (e.g., front-end
loads, charges for transferring cash
value between investment options,
charges for wire transfers, etc.).
(c) Ongoing Fees and Expenses
(annual charges).
(i) Briefly state that in addition to
surrender charges and transaction
charges, an investment in the Contract
is subject to certain ongoing fees and
expenses, including fees and expenses
covering the cost of insurance under the
Contract and the cost of optional
benefits available under the Contract,
and that such fees and expenses are set
based on characteristics of the insured
(e.g., age, sex, and rating classification).
State that contractowners should view
the policy specifications page of their
Contract for rates applicable to their
Contract.
(ii) Briefly state that contractowners
will also bear expenses associated with
the Portfolio Companies under the
Contract, as shown in the following
table:
Annual fee
Minimum
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Investment options (Portfolio Company fees and expenses) ...................................................................................................................
(A) Explain, in a parenthetical or
footnote to the table or the caption, the
basis for the percentage (e.g., % of net
asset value).
(B) If a Registrant offers multiple
Portfolio Companies, it should disclose
the minimum and maximum ‘‘Total
Annual [Portfolio Company] Operating
Expenses’’ calculated in accordance
with Item 3 of Form N–1A (before
expense reimbursements or fee waiver
arrangements).
(C) The Minimum Annual Fee means
the lowest available current fee for each
annual fee category (i.e., the lowest
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Total Annual Portfolio Company
Operating Expense). The Maximum
Annual Fee means the highest available
current fee for each annual fee category
(i.e., the highest Portfolio Company
Total Operating Expense).
3. Risks.
(a) Risk of Loss. State that a
contractowner can lose money by
investing in the Contract.
(b) Not a Short-Term Investment.
State that a Contract is not a short-term
investment vehicle and is not
appropriate for an investor who needs
ready access to cash, accompanied by a
brief explanation.
PO 00000
Frm 00180
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
[
]%
Maximum
[
]%
(c) Risks Associated with Investment
Options. State that an investment in the
Contract is subject to the risk of poor
investment performance and can vary
depending on the performance of the
investment options available under the
Contract (e.g., Portfolio Companies, as
well as any fixed account investment
option), that each investment option
will have its own unique risks, and that
the contractowner should review a
Portfolio Company’s prospectus before
making an investment decision.
(d) Insurance Company Risks. State
that an investment in the Contract is
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
subject to the risks related to the
Depositor, including that any
obligations, guarantees, or benefits are
subject to the claims-paying ability of
the Depositor. If applicable, further state
that more information about the
Depositor, including its financial
strength ratings, is available upon
request from the Registrant.
Instruction. A Registrant may include
the Depositor’s financial strength
rating(s) and omit the disclosures
contemplated by the last sentence of
Instruction 3.(d).
(e) Contract Lapse. Briefly state (1) the
circumstances under which the Contract
may lapse (e.g., insufficient premium
payments, poor investment
performance, withdrawals, unpaid loans
or loan interest), (2) whether there is a
cost associated with reinstating a lapsed
Contract, and (3) that death benefits will
not be paid if the Contract has lapsed.
4. Restrictions.
(a) Investment Options. State whether
there are any restrictions that may limit
the investment options that a
contractowner may choose, as well as
any limitations on the transfer of
contract value among Portfolio
Companies. If applicable, state that the
insurer reserves the right to remove or
substitute Portfolio Companies as
investment options.
(b) Optional Benefits. State whether
there are any restrictions or limitations
relating to optional benefits, and/or
whether an optional benefit may be
modified or terminated by the
Registrant. If applicable, state that
withdrawals may affect the availability
of optional benefits by reducing the
benefit by an amount greater than the
value withdrawn, and/or could
terminate a benefit.
5. Taxes—Tax Implications. State that
a contractowner should consult with a
tax professional to determine the tax
implications of an investment in and
payments received under the Contract,
and that there is no additional tax
benefit to the contractowner if the
Contract is purchased through a taxqualified plan or individual retirement
account (IRA). Explain that withdrawals
will be subject to ordinary income tax,
and may be subject to tax penalties.
6. Conflicts of Interest.
(a) Investment Professional
Compensation. State that some
investment professionals receive
compensation for selling the Contract to
investors, and briefly describe the basis
upon which such compensation is
typically paid (e.g., commissions,
revenue sharing, compensation from
affiliates and third parties). State that
these investment professionals may
have a financial incentive to offer or
recommend the Contract over another
investment for which the investment
professional is not compensated (or
compensated less).
(b) Exchanges. State that some
investment professionals may have a
financial incentive to offer a
contractowner a new contract in place
of the one he or she already owns, and
that a contractowner should only
exchange his or her contract if he or she
determines, after comparing the
features, fees, and risks of both
contracts, that it is preferable for him or
her to purchase the new contract rather
than continue to own the existing
contract.
Instruction. A Registrant may omit
these line-items if neither the Registrant
nor any of its related companies pay
financial intermediaries for the sale of
the Contract or related services.
Item 4. Fee Table
Include the following information:
The following tables describe the fees
and expenses that you will pay when
buying, owning, and surrendering the
Contract. Please refer to your contract
specifications page for information
about the specific fees you will pay each
year based on the options you have
elected.
The first table describes the fees and
expenses that you will pay at the time
that you buy the Contract, surrender the
Contract, or transfer cash value between
investment options.
TRANSACTION FEES
Charge
When charge is deducted
Amount deducted
Maximum Sales Charge Imposed on Premiums
(Load).
Premium Taxes.
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load).
Other Surrender Fees.
Transfer Fees.
The next table describes the fees and
expenses that you will pay periodically
during the time that you own the Policy,
not including [Portfolio Company] fees
and expenses.
PERIODIC CHARGES OTHER THAN [PORTFOLIO COMPANY] OPERATING EXPENSES
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Charge
When charge is deducted
Amount deducted
Base Contract Charge:
Cost of Insurance: *.
Minimum and Maximum Charge.
Charge for a [Representative
Contractowner].
Annual Maintenance Fee.
Mortality and Expense Risk Fees.
Administrative Fees.
Optional Benefit Charges:
* [Footnote: Include disclosure required by Instruction 3(b).]
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00181
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61909
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61910
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
The next item shows the minimum
and maximum total operating expenses
charged by the [Portfolio Companies]
that you may pay periodically during
the time that you own the contract. A
complete list of [Portfolio Companies]
available under the Contract, including
their annual expenses, may be found at
the back of this document.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Total Annual [Portfolio Company] Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from [Portfolio Company]
assets, including management fees, distribution [and/or (12b–1) fees, and other expenses) ...........................
Instructions.
1. General.
(a) Round all percentages to the
nearest hundredth of one percent.
(b) Include the narrative explanations
in the order indicated. A Registrant may
modify a narrative explanation if the
explanation contains comparable
information to that shown.
(c) A Registrant may omit captions if
the Registrant does not charge the fees
or expenses covered by the captions. A
Registrant may modify or add captions
if the captions shown do not provide an
accurate description of the Registrant’s
fees and expenses.
(d) If a Registrant uses one prospectus
to offer a Contract in both the group and
individual variable life markets, the
Registrant may include narrative
disclosure in a footnote or following the
tables identifying markets where certain
fees are either inapplicable or waived or
lower fees are charged. In the
alternative, a Registrant may present the
information for group and individual
contracts in another format consistent
with General Instruction C.3.(c).
(e) The ‘‘When Charge is Deducted’’
column must be used to show when a
charge is deducted, e.g., upon purchase,
surrender or partial surrender, policy
anniversary, monthly, or daily.
(f) Under the ‘‘Amount Deducted’’
column, the Registrant must disclose the
maximum guaranteed charge unless a
specific instruction directs otherwise.
The Registrant should include the basis
on which the charge is imposed (e.g.,
0.95% of average daily net assets, $5 per
exchange, $5 per thousand dollars of
face amount). The Registrant may
disclose the current charge, in addition
to the maximum charge, if the
disclosure of the current charge is no
more prominent than, and does not
obscure or impede understanding of, the
disclosure of the maximum charge. In
addition, the Registrant may include in
a footnote to the table a tabular,
narrative, or other presentation
providing further detail regarding
variations in the charge. For example, if
deferred sales charges decline over time,
the Registrant may include in a footnote
a presentation regarding the scheduled
reductions in the deferred sales charges.
Charges assessed on the basis of the face
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
amount should be disclosed as the
charge per $1000 of face amount.
(g) Provide a separate fee table (or
separate column within the table) for
each Contract form offered by the
prospectus that has different fees.
(h) In a Contract with more than one
class, provide a separate response for
each class.
2. Transaction Fees.
(a) ‘‘Other Surrender Fees’’ include
any fees charged for surrender or partial
surrender, other than sales charges
imposed upon surrender or partial
surrender.
(b) ‘‘Transfer Fees’’ include any fees
charged for any transfer or exchange of
cash value from the Registrant to
another investment company, from one
sub-account of the Registrant to another
sub-account or the Depositor’s general
account, or from the Depositor’s general
account to the Registrant.
(c) If the Registrant (or any other party
pursuant to an agreement with the
Registrant) charges any other transaction
fee, add another caption describing it
and complete the other columns of the
table for that fee.
3. Periodic Charges Other Than
[Portfolio Company] Operating
Expenses.
(a) The Registrant may substitute the
term used in the prospectus to refer to
the Portfolio Companies for the
bracketed portion of the caption
provided.
(b) For ‘‘Cost of Insurance’’ and any
other charges that depend on
contractowner characteristics, such as
age or rating classification, the
Registrant should disclose the minimum
and maximum charges that may be
imposed for a Contract, and the charges
that may be paid by a representative
contractowner, using appropriate subcaptions. In a footnote to the table,
disclose (i) that the cost of insurance or
other charge varies based on individual
characteristics; (ii) that the cost of
insurance charge or other charge shown
in the table may not be representative of
the charge that a particular
contractowner will pay; and (iii) how
the contractowner may obtain more
information about the particular cost of
insurance or other charges that would
apply to him or her.
PO 00000
Frm 00182
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Minimum
Maximum
ll%
ll%
(i) In disclosing cost of insurance or
other charges that depend on
contractowner characteristics for a
representative contractowner, the
Registrant should assume characteristics
(e.g., sex, age, and rating classification)
that are fairly representative of actual or
expected Contract sales, and describe
these characteristics in the sub-caption
for the charge (e.g., ‘‘charge for a 40year-old non-smoking female’’). The
rating classification used for the
representative contractowner should be
the classification with the greatest
number of outstanding Contracts (or
expected Contracts in the case of a new
Contract), unless this rating
classification is not fairly representative
of actual or expected Contract sales. In
this case, the Registrant should use a
commonly used rating classification that
is fairly representative of actual or
expected Contract sales.
(ii) The Registrant may supplement
this disclosure of the minimum charges,
maximum charges, and charges for a
representative contractowner with
additional disclosure immediately
following the fee table. For example, the
additional disclosure may include an
explanation of the factors that affect the
cost of insurance or other charge or
tables showing the cost of insurance or
other charge for a spectrum of
representative contractowners.
(c) ‘‘[Annual] Maintenance Fee’’
includes any Contract, account, or
similar fee imposed on any recurring
basis. Any non-recurring Contract,
account, or similar fee should be
included in the ‘‘Transaction Fees’’
table.
(d) ‘‘Mortality and Expense Risk Fees’’
may be listed separately on two lines in
the table.
(e) A Registrant may consolidate any
charges that are assessed on a similar
basis (e.g., Administrative charges and
Mortality and Expense Risk Fees).
(f) Optional Benefits expenses include
any optional features (e.g., terminal
illness or term insurance riders) offered
under the Contract for an additional
charge.
(g) If the Registrant (or any other party
pursuant to an agreement with the
Registrant) imposes any other recurring
charge other than annual Portfolio
Company Operating Expenses, add
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
another caption describing it and
complete the other columns of the table
for that charge.
4. Total Annual [Portfolio Company]
Operating Expenses.
(a) If a Registrant offers multiple
Portfolio Companies, it should disclose
the minimum and maximum ‘‘Total
Annual [Portfolio Company] Operating
Expenses’’ for any Portfolio Company
calculated in accordance with Item 3 of
Form N–1A (before expense
reimbursements or fee waiver
arrangements).
(b) A Registrant may also reflect
minimum and maximum Total
[Portfolio Company] Operating
Expenses that include expense
reimbursement or fee waiver
arrangements in an additional line-item
to the range of portfolio company
operating expenses. If the Registrant
provides this disclosure, also disclose
the period for which the expense
reimbursement or fee waiver
arrangement is expected to continue,
and, if applicable, that it can be
terminated at any time at the option of
a portfolio company.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Item 5. Principal Risks of Investing in
the Contract
Summarize the principal risks of
purchasing a Contract, including the
risks of poor investment performance,
that Contracts are unsuitable as shortterm savings vehicles, the risks of
Contract lapse, limitations on access to
cash value through withdrawals, and
the possibility of adverse tax
consequences.
Item 6. General Description of
Registrant, Depositor, and Portfolio
Companies
Concisely discuss the organization
and operation or proposed operation of
the Registrant. Include the information
specified below.
(a) Depositor. Provide the name and
address of the Depositor.
(b) Registrant. Briefly describe the
Registrant. Include a statement
indicating that:
(1) Income, gains, and losses credited
to, or charged against, the Registrant
reflect the Registrant’s own investment
experience and not the investment
experience of the Depositor’s other
assets;
(2) the assets of the Registrant may not
be used to pay any liabilities of the
Depositor other than those arising from
the Contracts; and
(3) the Depositor is obligated to pay
all amounts promised to contractowners
under the Contracts.
(c) Portfolio Companies. State that
information regarding each Portfolio
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Company, including (i) its name; (ii) its
type (e.g., money market fund, bond
fund, balanced fund, etc.) or a brief
statement concerning its investment
objectives; (iii) its investment adviser
and any sub-investment adviser; (iv)
expense ratio; and (v) performance is
available in an appendix to the
prospectus (see Item 18), and provide
cross-references. State conspicuously
that each Portfolio Company has issued
a prospectus that contains more detailed
information about the Portfolio
Company, and provide instructions
regarding how investors may obtain
paper or electronic copies.
(d) Voting. Concisely discuss the
rights of contractowners to instruct the
Depositor on the voting of shares of the
Portfolio Companies, including the
manner in which votes will be
allocated.
Item 7. Charges
(a) Description. Briefly describe all
charges deducted from premiums, cash
value, assets of the Registrant, or any
other source (e.g., sales loads, premium
taxes and other taxes, administrative
and transaction charges, risk charges,
contract loan charges, cost of insurance,
and rider charges). Indicate whether
each charge will be deducted from
premium payments, cash value, the
Registrant’s assets, the proceeds of
withdrawals or surrenders, or some
other source. When possible, specify the
amount of any current charge as a
percentage or dollar figure (e.g., 0.95%
of average daily net assets, $5 per
exchange, $5 per thousand dollars of
face amount). For recurring charges,
specify the frequency of the deduction
(e.g., daily, monthly, annually). Identify
the person who receives the amount
deducted, briefly explain what is
provided in consideration for the
charges, and explain the extent to which
any charge can be modified. Where it is
possible to identify what is provided in
consideration for a particular charge
(e.g., use of sales load to pay
distribution costs, use of cost of
insurance charge to pay for insurance
coverage), please explain what is
provided in consideration for that
charge separately.
Instructions.
1. Describe the sales loads applicable
to the Contract and how sales loads are
charged and calculated, including the
factors affecting the computation of the
amount of the sales load. If the Contract
has a front-end sales load, describe the
sales load as a percentage of the
applicable measure of premium
payments (e.g., actual premiums paid,
target or guideline premiums). For
Contracts with a deferred sales load,
PO 00000
Frm 00183
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61911
describe the sales load as a percentage
of the applicable measure of premium
payments (or other basis) that the
deferred sales load may represent.
Percentages should be shown in a table.
Identify any events on which a deferred
sales load is deducted (e.g., surrender,
partial surrender, increase or decrease
in face amount). The description of any
deferred sales load should include how
the deduction will be allocated among
sub-accounts of the Registrant and
when, if ever, the sales load will be
waived (e.g., if the Contract provides a
free withdrawal amount).
2. Identify the factors that determine
the applicable cost of insurance rate.
Specify whether the mortality charges
guaranteed in the contracts differ from
the current charges. Identify the factors
that affect the amount at risk, including
investment performance, payment of
premiums, and charges. Disclose how
the cost of insurance charge is
calculated based on the cost of
insurance rate, amount at risk, and any
other applicable factors. If the Depositor
intends to use simplified underwriting
or other underwriting methods that
would cause healthy individuals to pay
higher cost of insurance rates than they
would pay under a substantially similar
policy that is offered by the Depositor
using different underwriting methods,
state that the cost of insurance rates are
higher for healthy individuals when this
method of underwriting is used than
under the substantially similar policy.
3. If the Contract’s charge for
premium or other taxes varies according
to jurisdiction, identification of the
range of current premium or other taxes
is sufficient.
4. Identify charges that may be
different in amount or method of
computation when imposed in
connection with, or subsequent to,
increases in face amount of a Contract
and briefly describe the differences.
(b) Commissions Paid to Dealers.
State the commissions paid to dealers as
a percentage of premiums.
(c) Portfolio Company Charges. State
that charges are deducted from and
expenses paid out of the assets of the
Portfolio Companies that are described
in the prospectuses for those companies.
(d) Incidental Insurance Charges. If
incidental insurance benefits (as defined
in Rules 6e–2 and 6e–3(T) [17 CFR
270.6e–2, 17 CFR 270.6e–3(T)]) are
offered along with the Contract, state
that charges also will be made for those
benefits.
(e) Operating Expenses. Describe the
type of operating expenses for which the
Registrant is responsible. If
organizational expenses of the
Registrant are to be paid out of its assets,
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61912
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
explain how the expenses will be
amortized and the period over which
the amortization will occur.
Item 8. General Description of Contracts
(a) Contract Rights. Identify the
person or persons (e.g., the
contractowner, insured, or beneficiary)
who have material rights under the
Contracts, and the nature of those rights.
Instruction. Disclose all material state
variations and intermediary specific
variations (e.g., variations resulting from
different brokerage channels) to the
offering.
(b) Contract Limitations. Briefly
describe any provisions for and
limitations on:
(1) Allocation of premiums among
sub-accounts of the Registrant;
(2) transfer of contract value between
sub-accounts of the Registrant,
including transfer programs (e.g., dollar
cost averaging, portfolio rebalancing,
asset allocation programs, and
automatic transfer programs); and
(3) conversion or exchange of
Contracts for another contract, including
a fixed or variable annuity or life
insurance contract.
Instruction. In discussing conversion
or exchange of Contracts, the Registrant
should include any time limits on
conversion or exchange, the name of the
company issuing the other contract and
whether that company is affiliated with
the issuer of the Contract, and how the
cash value of the Contract will be
affected by the conversion or exchange.
(c) General Account. Describe the
obligations under the contract that are
funded by the insurer’s general account
(e.g., death benefits, living benefits, or
other benefits available under the
contract), and state that these amounts
are subject to the insurer’s claimspaying ability and financial strength.
(d) Contract or Registrant Changes.
Briefly describe the changes that can be
made in the Contracts or the operations
of the Registrant by the Registrant or the
Depositor, including:
(1) Why a change may be made (e.g.,
changes in applicable law or
interpretations of law);
(2) who, if anyone, must approve any
change (e.g., the contractowner or the
Commission); and
(3) who, if anyone, must be notified
of any change.
Instruction. Describe only those
changes that would be material to a
purchaser of the Contracts, such as a
reservation of the right to deregister the
Registrant under the Investment
Company Act or to substitute one
Portfolio Company for another pursuant
to section 26(c) of the Investment
Company Act. Do not describe possible
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
non-material changes, such as changing
the time of day at which contract values
are determined.
(e) Class of Purchasers. Disclose any
limitations on the class or classes of
purchasers to whom the Contracts are
being offered.
(f) Frequent Transfers among Subaccounts of the Registrant.
(1) Describe the risks, if any, that
frequent transfers of contract value
among sub-accounts of the Registrant
may present for other contractowners
and other persons (e.g., the insured or
beneficiaries) who have material rights
under the Contract.
(2) State whether or not the Registrant
or Depositor has adopted policies and
procedures with respect to frequent
transfers of contract value among subaccounts of the Registrant.
(3) If neither the Registrant nor the
Depositor has adopted any such policies
and procedures, provide a statement of
the specific basis for the view of the
Depositor that it is appropriate for the
Registrant and Depositor not to have
such policies and procedures.
(4) If the Registrant or Depositor has
any such policies and procedures,
describe those policies and procedures,
including:
(i) Whether or not the Registrant or
Depositor discourages frequent transfers
of contract value among sub-accounts of
the Registrant;
(ii) whether or not the Registrant or
Depositor accommodates frequent
transfers of contract value among subaccounts of the Registrant; and
(iii) any policies and procedures of
the Registrant or Depositor for deterring
frequent transfers of contract value
among sub-accounts of the Registrant,
including any restrictions imposed by
the Registrant or Depositor to prevent or
minimize frequent transfers. Describe
each of these policies, procedures, and
restrictions with specificity. Indicate
whether each of these restrictions
applies uniformly in all cases or
whether the restriction will not be
imposed under certain circumstances,
including whether each of these
restrictions applies to trades that occur
through omnibus accounts at
intermediaries, such as investment
advisers, broker-dealers, transfer agents,
and third party administrators. Describe
with specificity the circumstances
under which any restriction will not be
imposed. Include a description of the
following restrictions, if applicable:
(A) any restrictions on the volume or
number of transfers that may be made
within a given time period;
(B) any transfer fee;
(C) any costs or administrative or
other fees or charges that are imposed
PO 00000
Frm 00184
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
on persons deemed to be engaged in
frequent transfers of contract value
among sub-accounts of the Registrant,
together with a description of the
circumstances under which such costs,
fees, or charges will be imposed;
(D) any minimum holding period that
is imposed before a transfer may be
made from a sub-account into another
sub-account of the Registrant;
(E) any restrictions imposed on
transfer requests submitted by overnight
delivery, electronically, or via facsimile
or telephone; and
(F) any right of the Registrant or
Depositor to reject, limit, delay, or
impose other conditions on transfers or
to terminate or otherwise limit Contracts
based on a history of frequent transfers
among sub-accounts, including the
circumstances under which such right
will be exercised.
(5) If applicable, include a statement,
adjacent to the disclosure required by
paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(4) of this
Item, that the Statement of Additional
Information includes a description of all
arrangements with any person to permit
frequent transfers of contract value
among sub-accounts of the Registrant.
Item 9. Premiums
(a) Purchase Procedures. Describe the
provisions of the Contract that relate to
premiums and the procedures for
purchasing a Contract, including:
(1) The minimum initial and
subsequent premiums required and any
limitations on the amount and the
frequency of premiums that will be
accepted. If there are separate limits for
each sub-account, state these limits;
(2) whether required premiums, if
any, are payable for the life of the
Contract or some other term;
(3) whether payment of certain levels
of premiums will guarantee that the
Contract will not lapse regardless of the
Contract’s cash value;
(4) if applicable, under what
circumstances premiums may be
required in order to avoid lapse and
how the amount of the additional
premiums will be determined;
(5) if applicable, under what
circumstances nonpayment of a
required premium will not cause the
Contract to lapse;
(6) if applicable, under what
circumstances premiums in addition to
the required premiums will be
permitted; and
(7) if applicable, whether the level of
the Contract’s required premiums may
change and, if so, how the amount of the
change will be determined.
(b) Premium Amount. Briefly describe
the factors that determine the amount of
any required premiums (e.g., face
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amount, death benefit option, and
charges and expenses).
(c) Premium Payment Plans. Identify
the premium payment plans available.
Include the available payment
frequencies, payment facilities such as
employee payroll deduction plans and
preauthorized checking arrangements,
and any special billing arrangements.
Indicate whether the premium payment
plan or schedule may be changed.
(d) Premium Due Dates. Briefly
explain the provisions of the Contract
that relate to premium due dates and the
operation of any grace period, including
the effect of the insured’s death during
the grace period.
(e) Automatic Premium Loans. If
applicable, briefly describe the
circumstances under which required
premiums may be paid by means of an
automatic premium loan.
(f) Sub-Account Valuation. Describe
the procedures for valuing sub-account
assets, including:
(1) An explanation of when the
required premiums and additional
premiums are credited to the Contract’s
cash value in the sub-accounts, and the
basis (e.g., accumulation unit value) on
which premiums are credited;
(2) an explanation, to the extent
applicable, that premiums are credited
to the Contract’s cash value on the basis
of the sub- account valuation next
determined after receipt of a premium;
Name of benefit
Instruction. If, in any case, a delay
occurs between the receipt of premiums
and the crediting of premiums to the
sub-accounts (e.g., a delay during the
‘‘free-look’’ period), describe where the
premiums are held in the interim.
(3) an explanation of when valuations
of the assets of the sub-accounts are
made; and
(4) a statement identifying in a general
manner any national holidays when
sub-account assets will not be valued
and specifying any additional local or
regional holidays when sub-account
assets will not be valued.
Instruction. In responding to this
paragraph, a Registrant may use a list of
specific days or any other means that
effectively communicates the
information (e.g., explaining that subaccount assets will not be valued on the
days on which the New York Stock
Exchange is closed for trading).
Item 10. Standard Death Benefit
(a) Standard Death Benefit. Briefly
describe the standard death benefit
available under the Contract.
Instruction. Include:
(i) When insurance coverage is
effective;
(ii) when the death benefit is
calculated and payable;
(iii) how the death benefit is
calculated;
(iv) who has the right to choose the
form of benefit and the procedure for
choosing the form of benefit, including
when the choice is made and whether
the choice is revocable;
(v) the forms the benefit may take and
the form of benefit that will be provided
if a particular form has not been elected;
and
(vi) whether there is a minimum
death benefit guarantee associated with
the Contract.
Also describe if and how a
contractowner may increase or decrease
the face amount, including the
minimum and the maximum amounts,
any requirement of additional evidence
of insurability, and whether charges,
including sales load, are affected.
(b) Charges and Contract Values.
Explain how the investment
performance of the Portfolio Companies,
expenses, and deduction of charges
affect contract values and death
benefits.
Item 11. Other Benefits Available Under
the Contract
(a) Include the following information:
In addition to the standard death
benefit associated with your contract,
other [standard and/or optional] benefits
may also be available to you. The
purposes, fees, and restrictions/
limitations of these additional benefits
are briefly summarized in the following
table[s].
Statement of whether benefit
is standard or optional
Purpose
Fee
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
[
[
Instructions.
1. General.
(a) The table required by this Item
11(a) is meant to provide a tabular
summary overview of the benefits
described in Item 11(b) (e.g., optional
death benefits, optional or standard
living benefits, etc.).
(b) If the Contract offers multiple
benefits of the same type (e.g., death
benefit, accumulation benefit,
withdrawal benefit, long-term care
benefit), the Registrant may include
multiple tables in response to this Item
11(a), if doing so might better permit
comparisons of different benefits of the
same type.
(c) The Registrant should include
appropriate titles, headings, or any other
information to promote clarity and
facilitate understanding of the table(s)
presented in response to this Item 11(a).
For example, if certain optional benefits
are only available to certain
contractowners (e.g., contractowners
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
who invested during specific time
periods), the table could include
footnotes or headings to identify which
optional benefits are affected and to
whom those optional benefits are
available. In addition, if the Registrant
includes titles or headings for the
table(s) specifying whether the benefit is
standard or optional, the Registrant does
not need to include the ‘‘Statement of
Whether Benefit is Standard or
Optional’’ column in the table(s).
2. Name of Benefit. State the name of
each benefit included in the table(s).
3. Purpose. Briefly describe the
purpose of each benefit included in the
table(s).
4. Statement of Whether Benefit Is
Standard or Optional. State whether the
benefit is standard or optional.
5. Fee. State the fee associated with
each benefit included in the table(s).
Include parentheticals providing
information about what the stated
percentage refers to (e.g., percentage of
PO 00000
Frm 00185
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61913
Brief description of
restrictions/limitations
]%
]%
contract value, percentage of benefit
base, etc.).
6. Brief Description of Restrictions/
Limitations. For each benefit for which
the Registrant has stated that there are
restrictions or limitations, briefly
describe the restriction(s) or
limitation(s) associated with each
benefit. Registrants are encouraged to
use short phrases (e.g., ‘‘benefit limits
investment options available,’’
‘‘withdrawals could terminate benefit’’)
to describe the restriction(s) or
limitation(s).
(b) Briefly describe any other benefits
(other than standard death benefit, e.g.,
optional death benefits, optional or
standard living benefits, etc.) offered
under a Contract, including:
(1) Whether the benefit is standard or
elected;
(2) The operation of the benefit,
including the amount of the benefit and
how the benefit amount may vary, the
circumstances under which the value of
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61914
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
the benefit may increase or be reduced
(including the impact of withdrawals),
and how the benefit may be terminated;
(3) Fees and costs, if any, associated
with the benefit; and
(4) How the benefit amount is
calculated and payable and the effect of
choosing a specific method of payment
on calculation of the benefit.
(c) Briefly describe any limitations,
restrictions and risks associated with
any benefit (other than the standard
death benefit) offered under the contract
(e.g., restrictions on which Portfolio
Companies may be selected; risk of
reduction or termination of benefit
resulting from excess withdrawals).
Instruction. In responding to
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Item,
provide one or more examples
illustrating the operation of each benefit
in a clear, concise, and understandable
manner.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Item 12. Surrenders and Withdrawals
(a) Surrender. Briefly describe how a
contractowner can surrender (or
partially surrender or make withdrawals
from) a Contract, including any limits
on the ability to surrender, how the
proceeds are calculated, and when they
are payable.
(b) Partial Surrender and Withdrawal.
Indicate generally whether and under
what circumstances partial surrenders
and partial withdrawals are available
under a Contract, including the
minimum and maximum amounts that
may be surrendered or withdrawn, any
limits on their availability, how the
proceeds are calculated, and when the
proceeds are payable.
(c) Effect of Partial Surrender and
Withdrawal. Indicate generally whether
and under what circumstances partial
surrenders or partial withdrawals will
affect a Contract’s cash value or death
benefit and whether any charge(s) will
apply.
(d) Sub-Account Allocation. Describe
how partial surrenders and partial
withdrawals will be allocated among the
sub-accounts.
Instruction. The Registrant should
generally describe the terms and
conditions that apply to these
transactions. Technical information
regarding the determination of amounts
available to be surrendered or
withdrawn should be included in the
SAI.
(e) Revocation Rights. Briefly describe
any revocation rights (e.g., ‘‘free-look’’
provisions), including a description of
how the amount refunded is
determined, the method for crediting
earnings to premiums during the freelook period, and whether investment
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
options are limited during the free-look
period.
Item 13. Loans
Briefly describe the loan provisions of
the Contract, including any of the
following that are applicable.
(a) Availability of Loans. State that a
portion of the Contract’s cash surrender
value may be borrowed. State how the
amount available for a loan is
calculated.
(b) Limitations. Describe any limits on
availability of loans (e.g., a prohibition
on loans during the first contract year).
(c) Interest. Describe how interest
accrues on the loan, when it is payable,
and how interest is treated if not paid.
Explain how interest earned on the
loaned amount is credited to the
Contract and allocated among the subaccounts.
(d) Effect on Cash Value and Death
Benefit. Describe how loans and loan
repayments affect cash value and how
they are allocated among the subaccounts. Include (i) a brief explanation
that amounts borrowed under a Contract
do not participate in a Registrant’s
investment experience and that loans,
therefore, can affect the Contract’s value
and death benefit whether or not the
loan is repaid, and (ii) a brief
explanation that the cash surrender
value and the death proceeds payable
will be reduced by the amount of any
outstanding Contract loan plus accrued
interest.
(e) Other Effects. Describe any other
effect that a loan could have on the
Contract (e.g., the effect of a Contract
loan in excess of contract value).
(f) Procedures. Describe the loan
procedures, including how and when
amounts borrowed are transferred out of
the Registrant and how and when
amounts repaid are credited to the
Registrant.
Item 14. Lapse and Reinstatement
(a) Lapse. State when and under what
circumstances a Contract will lapse.
(b) Lapse Options. Describe briefly
any lapse options available. Indicate
those that will not apply unless they are
elected and those that will apply in the
absence of an election. Indicate whether
the availability of any of the lapse
options is limited.
(c) Effect of Lapse. Describe briefly the
factors that will determine the amount
of insurance coverage provided under
the available lapse options. Describe
concisely how the cash value, surrender
value, and death benefit will be
determined. If these values and benefits
will be determined in the same manner
as prior to lapse, a statement to that
effect is sufficient.
PO 00000
Frm 00186
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(d) Reinstatement. State under what
circumstances a Contract may be
reinstated. Explain any requirements for
reinstatement, including charges to be
paid by the contractowner, outstanding
loan repayments, and evidence of
insurability.
Item 15. Taxes
(a) Tax Consequences. Describe the
material tax consequences to the
contract owner and beneficiary of
buying, holding, exchanging, or
exercising rights under the Contract.
Instruction. Discuss the taxation of
death benefit proceeds, periodic and
non-periodic withdrawals, loans, and
any other distribution that may be
received under the Contract, as well as
the tax benefits accorded the Contract
and other material tax consequences.
Describe, if applicable, whether the tax
consequences vary with different uses of
the Contract.
(b) Effect. Describe the effect, if any,
of taxation on the determination of cash
values or sub-account values.
Item 16. Legal Proceedings
Describe any material pending legal
proceedings, other than ordinary routine
litigation incidental to the business, to
which the Registrant, the Registrant’s
principal underwriter, or the Depositor
is a party. Include the name of the court
in which the proceedings are pending,
the date instituted, the principal parties
involved, a description of the factual
basis alleged to underlie the proceeding,
and the relief sought. Include similar
information as to any legal proceedings
instituted, or known to be
contemplated, by a governmental
authority.
Instruction. For purposes of this
requirement, legal proceedings are
material only to the extent that they are
likely to have a material adverse effect
on the Registrant, the ability of the
principal underwriter to perform its
contract with the Registrant, or the
ability of the Depositor to meet its
obligations under the Contracts.
Item 17. Financial Statements
If all of the required financial
statements of the Registrant and the
Depositor (see Item 27 and General
Instruction C.3.(b)) are not in the
prospectus, state, under a separate
caption, where the financial statements
may be found. Briefly explain how
investors may obtain any financial
statements not in the Statement of
Additional Information.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61915
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
[Type/investment objective]
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
[Insert] .................................
Prospectus for the Contract]. Before you
invest, you should review the
prospectuses for the [Portfolio
Companies]. These prospectuses contain
more information about the [Portfolio
Companies] and their risks and may be
amended from time to time. You can
find the prospectuses and other
information about the [Portfolio
Companies] online at [ll]. You can
also request this information at no cost
by calling [ll] or by sending an email
request to [ll].
The performance information below
reflects fees and expenses of the
[Portfolio Companies], but does not
reflect the other fees and expenses that
your contract may charge. Performance
would be lower if these charges were
included. Each [Portfolio Company’s]
past performance is not necessarily an
indication of future performance.
Expense ratio
(expenses/average
assets)
[Portfolio company and adviser/subadviser]
[Names of Portfolio Company and adviser/subadviser] .......
[ll]%
Average annual total returns
(as of 12/31/ll)
1 year
5 year
10 year
[ll]%
[ll]%
[ll]%
Instructions.
1. General.
(a) Only include those Portfolio
Companies that are currently offered
under the Contract.
(b) The introductory legend to the
table must provide a website address,
other than the address of the
Commission’s electronic filing system;
toll free telephone number; and email
address that investors can use to obtain
the prospectuses of the Portfolio
Companies and to request other
information about the Portfolio
Companies. The website address must
be specific enough to lead investors
directly to the prospectuses of the
Portfolio Companies, rather than to the
home page or other section of the
website on which the materials are
posted. The website could be a central
site with prominent links to each
document. The legend may indicate, if
applicable, that the prospectuses and
other information are available from a
financial intermediary (such as an
insurance sales agent or broker-dealer)
through which the Contract may be
purchased or sold. Registrants not
relying upon rule 498A(j) under the
Securities Act [17 CFR 230.498A(j)]
with respect to the Portfolio Companies
that are offered under the Contract may,
but are not required to, provide the
next-to-last sentence of the first
paragraph of the introductory legend to
the table regarding online availability of
the prospectuses.
(c) If the availability of one or more
Portfolio Companies varies by benefit
offered under the Contract, include as
another Appendix a separate table that
indicates which Portfolio Companies are
available under each of the benefits
offered under the Contract. This
Appendix could incorporate a table that
is structured pursuant to the following
example, or could use any other
presentation that might promote clarity
and facilitate understanding:
2. Type/Investment Objective. Briefly
describe each Portfolio Company’s type
(e.g., money market fund, bond fund,
balanced fund, etc.), or include a brief
statement concerning the Portfolio
Company’s investment objectives.
3. Portfolio Company and Adviser/
Subadviser. State the name of each
Portfolio Company and its adviser/
subadviser, as applicable. The adviser’s/
sub-adviser’s name may be omitted if it
is incorporated into the name of the
Portfolio Company.
4. Expense ratio. For purposes of this
Item 18, ‘‘expense ratio’’ means ‘‘Total
Annual Fund Operating Expenses’’ as
calculated pursuant to Item 3 of Form
N–1A for open-end funds, before
waivers and reimbursements that reduce
the Portfolio Company’s rate of return.
5. Average Annual Total Returns. For
purposes of this Item 18, ‘‘average
annual total returns’’ means the
‘‘average annual total return’’ (before
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00187
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.010
Item 18. Portfolio Companies Available
Under the Contract
Include as an Appendix under the
heading ‘‘Appendix: [Portfolio
Companies] Available Under [the
Contract]’’ the following information, in
the format specified below:
The following is a list of [Portfolio
Companies] currently available under
[the Contract], which is subject to
change as discussed in [the Statutory
61916
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
taxes) as calculated pursuant to Item
4(b)(2)(iii) of Form N–1A for open-end
funds.
Part B—Information Required in a
Statement of Additional Information
Item 19. Cover Page and Table of
Contents
(a) Front Cover Page. Include the
following information on the outside
front cover page of the SAI:
(1) The Registrant’s name.
(2) The Depositor’s name.
(3) The name of the Contract and the
Class or Classes, if any, to which the
Contract relates.
(4) A statement or statements:
(i) That the SAI is not a prospectus;
(ii) How the prospectus may be
obtained; and
(iii) Whether and from where
information is incorporated by reference
into the SAI, as permitted by General
Instruction D.
Instruction. Any information
incorporated by reference into the SAI
must be delivered with the SAI.
(5) The date of the SAI and of the
prospectus to which the SAI relates.
(b) Table of Contents. Include under
appropriate captions (and subcaptions)
a list of the contents of the SAI and,
when useful, provide cross-references to
related disclosure in the prospectus.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Item 20. General Information and
History
(a) Depositor. Provide the date and
form of organization of the Depositor,
the name of the state or other
jurisdiction in which the Depositor is
organized, and a description of the
general nature of the Depositor’s
business.
Instruction. The description of the
Depositor’s business should be short
and need not list all of the businesses
in which the Depositor engages or
identify the jurisdictions in which it
does business if a general description
(e.g., ‘‘life insurance’’ or ‘‘reinsurance’’)
is provided.
(b) Registrant. Provide the date and
form of organization of the Registrant
and the Registrant’s classification
pursuant to Section 4 [15 U.S.C. 80a–4]
(i.e., a separate account and a unit
investment trust).
(c) History of Depositor and
Registrant. If the Depositor’s name was
changed during the past five years, state
its former name and the approximate
date on which it was changed. If, at the
request of any state, sales of contracts
offered by the Registrant have been
suspended at any time, or if sales of
contracts offered by the Depositor have
been suspended during the past five
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
years, briefly describe the reasons for
and results of the suspension. Briefly
describe the nature and results of any
bankruptcy, receivership, or similar
proceeding, or any other material
reorganization, readjustment, or
succession of the Depositor during the
past five years.
(d) Ownership of Sub-Account Assets.
If 10 percent or more of the assets of any
sub-account are not attributable to
Contracts or to accumulated deductions
or reserves (e.g., initial capital
contributed by the Depositor), state
what percentage those assets are of the
total assets of the Registrant. If the
Depositor, or any other person
controlling the assets, has any present
intention of removing the assets from
the sub-account, so state.
(e) Control of Depositor. State the
name of each person who controls the
Depositor and the nature of its business.
Instruction. If the Depositor is
controlled by another person that, in
turn, is controlled by another person,
give the name of each control person
and the nature of its business.
Item 21. Services
(a) Expenses Paid by Third Parties.
Describe all fees, expenses, and costs of
the Registrant that are to be paid by
persons other than the Depositor or the
Registrant, and identify those persons.
(b) Service Agreements. Summarize
the substantive provisions of any
management-related service contract
that may be of interest to a purchaser of
the Registrant’s securities, under which
services are provided to the Registrant,
unless the contract is described in
response to some other item of this
form. Indicate the parties to the
contract, and the total dollars paid and
by whom for each of the past three
years.
Instructions.
1. The term ‘‘management-related
service contract’’ includes any contract
with the Registrant to keep, prepare, or
file accounts, books, records, or other
documents required under federal or
state law, or to provide any similar
services with respect to the daily
administration of the Registrant, but
does not include the following:
(a) Any agreement with the Registrant
to act as custodian or agent to
administer purchases and redemptions
under the Contracts; and
(b) Any contract with the Registrant
for outside legal or auditing services, or
contract for personal employment
entered into with the Registrant in the
ordinary course of business.
2. In summarizing the substantive
provisions of any management-related
service contract, include the following:
PO 00000
Frm 00188
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(a) The name of the person providing
the service;
(b) The direct or indirect
relationships, if any, of the person with
the Registrant, its Depositor, or its
principal underwriter; and
(c) The nature of the services
provided, and the basis of the
compensation paid for the services for
the Registrant’s last three fiscal years.
(c) Other Service Providers.
(1) Unless disclosed in response to
paragraph (b) or another item of this
form, identify and state the principal
business address of any person who
provides significant administrative or
business affairs management services for
the Registrant (e.g., an ‘‘Administrator,’’
‘‘Sub-Administrator,’’ ‘‘Servicing
Agent’’), describe the services provided,
and the compensation paid for the
services.
(2) State the name and principal
business address of the Registrant’s
custodian and independent public
accountant and describe generally the
services performed by each.
(3) If the Registrant’s assets are held
by a person other than the Depositor, a
commercial bank, trust company, or
depository registered with the
Commission as custodian, state the
nature of the business of that person.
(4) If an affiliated person of the
Registrant or the Depositor, or an
affiliated person of the affiliated person,
acts as administrative or servicing agent
for the Registrant, describe the services
the person performs and the basis for
remuneration. State, for the past three
years, the total dollars paid for the
services, and by whom.
Instruction. No disclosure need be
given in response to paragraph (c)(4) of
this Item for an administrative or
servicing agent who is also the
Depositor.
(5) If the Depositor is the principal
underwriter of the Contracts, so state.
Item 22. Premiums
(a) Administrative Procedures.
Discuss generally the Registrant’s
administrative rules applicable to
premium payments, to the extent that
they are not discussed in the
prospectus.
Instruction. Examples include
information regarding any condition
applicable to changes in premium
payment schedules, any limitations on
prepayments of premiums, any relevant
rules for classifying payments made
other than in response to a bill or in an
amount other than the amount billed
for, etc.
(b) Automatic Premium Loans. If the
contract provides an automatic
premium loan option, describe the
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
option, including the circumstances
under which it will be used to pay a
required premium and whether, and
how, interest will be charged on the
loan. Describe any effect not described
in the prospectus that an automatic
premium loan could have on the
Contract (e.g., how automatic premium
loans affect cash value).
Item 23. Additional Information About
Operation of Contracts and Registrant
(a) Incidental Benefits. To the extent
not described in the prospectus, explain
the manner in which the purchase or
operation of other incidental benefits
affects the exercise of rights and the
determination of benefits under the
Contract such as whether the Contract
or any rider provides for a change of
insured or for all or a portion of the
death benefit to be paid while the
insured is still alive.
(b) Surrender and Withdrawal. To the
extent not described in the prospectus,
explain the Contract’s surrender and
withdrawal provisions.
(c) Material Contracts Relating to the
Registrant. Disclose any material
contract relating to the operation or
administration of the Registrant.
(d) Describe any arrangements with
any person to permit frequent transfers
of contract value among sub-accounts of
the Registrant, including the identity of
the persons permitted to engage in
frequent transfers pursuant to such
arrangements, and any compensation or
other consideration received by the
Registrant, the Depositor, or any other
party pursuant to such arrangements.
Instructions.
1. The consideration required to be
disclosed by Item 23(d) includes any
agreement to maintain assets in the
Registrant or in other investment
companies or accounts managed or
sponsored by the Depositor, any
investment adviser of a Portfolio
Company, or any affiliated person of the
Depositor or of any such investment
adviser.
2. If the Registrant has an arrangement
to permit frequent transfers of contract
value among sub-accounts of the
Registrant by a group of individuals,
such as the participants in a defined
contribution plan that meets the
requirements for qualification under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code (26 U.S.C. 401(k)), the Registrant
may identify the group rather than
identifying each individual group
member.
Item 24. Underwriters
(a) Identification. Identify each
principal underwriter (other than the
Depositor) of the Contracts, and state its
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
principal business address. If the
principal underwriter is affiliated with
the Registrant, the Depositor, or any
affiliated person of the Registrant or the
Depositor, identify how they are
affiliated (e.g., the principal underwriter
is controlled by the Depositor).
(b) Offering and Commissions. For
each principal underwriter distributing
Contracts of the Registrant, state:
(1) Whether the offering is
continuous; and
(2) the aggregate dollar amount of
underwriting commissions paid to, and
the amount retained by, the principal
underwriter for each of the Registrant’s
last three fiscal years.
(c) Other Payments. With respect to
any payments made by the Registrant to
an underwriter of or dealer in the
Contracts during the Registrant’s last
fiscal year, disclose the name and
address of the underwriter or dealer, the
amount paid and basis for determining
that amount, the circumstances
surrounding the payments, and the
consideration received by the
Registrant. Do not include information
about:
(1) Payments made through deduction
from premiums paid at the time of sale
of the Contracts; or
(2) Payments made from cash values
upon full or partial surrender of the
Contracts or from an increase or
decrease in the face amount of the
Contracts.
Instructions.
1. Information need not be given
about the service of mailing proxies or
periodic reports of the Registrant.
2. Exclude information about bona
fide contracts with the Registrant or its
Depositor for outside legal or auditing
services, or bona fide contracts for
personal employment entered into with
the Registrant or its Depositor in the
ordinary course of business.
3. Information need not be given
about any service for which total
payments of less than $5,000 were made
during each of the Registrant’s last three
fiscal years.
4. Information need not be given
about payments made under any
contract to act as administrative or
servicing agent.
5. If the payments were made under
an arrangement or policy applicable to
dealers generally, describe only the
arrangement or policy.
Item 25. Additional Information About
Charges
(a) Sales Load. Describe the method
that will be used to determine the sales
load on the Contracts offered by the
Registrant.
PO 00000
Frm 00189
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61917
(b) Special Purchase Plans. Describe
any special purchase plans (e.g., group
life insurance plans) or methods that
reflect scheduled variations in, or
elimination of, any applicable charges
(e.g., group discounts, waiver of
deferred sales loads for a specified
percentage of cash value, investment of
proceeds from another Contract,
exchange privileges, employee benefit
plans, or the terms of a merger,
acquisition, or exchange offer made
pursuant to a plan of reorganization).
Identify each class of individuals or
transactions to which the plans or
methods apply, including officers,
directors, members of the board of
managers, or employees of the
Depositor, underwriter, Portfolio
Companies, or investment adviser to
Portfolio Companies, and the amount of
the reductions, and state from whom
additional information may be obtained.
For special purchase plans or methods
that reflect variations in, or elimination
of, charges other than according to a
fixed schedule, describe the basis for the
variation or elimination (e.g., the size of
the purchaser, a prior existing
relationship with the purchaser, the
purchaser’s assumption of certain
administrative functions, or other
characteristics that result in differences
in costs or services).
(c) Underwriting Procedures. Briefly
identify underwriting procedures used
in connection with the Contract and any
effect of different types of underwriting
on the charges in the Contract. Specify
the basis of the mortality charges
guaranteed in the Contracts.
(d) Increases in Face Amount.
Describe in more detail the charges
assessed on increases in face amount,
including the procedures used following
an increase in face amount to allocate
cash values and premium payments
between the original Contract and
incremental Contracts.
Item 26. Lapse and Reinstatement
To the extent that the prospectus does
not do so, describe the lapse and
reinstatement provisions of the
Contract. Include a discussion of any
time limits that apply, how the charge
to reinstate is determined, and any other
conditions that apply to reinstatement.
Describe the features of any lapse
options not described in the prospectus,
including any factors that will
determine the amount or duration of the
insurance coverage, and the limitations
and conditions on availability of each
lapse option. Identify which contract
transactions (e.g., loans, partial
withdrawals and surrenders, transfers)
are available while the Contract is
continued under a lapse option. Indicate
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61918
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
when limits on contract transactions are
different from those that apply prior to
lapse.
Item 27. Financial Statements
(a) Registrant. Provide financial
statements of the Registrant.
Instruction. Include, in a separate
section, the financial statements and
schedules required by Regulation S–X
[17 CFR 210]. Financial statements of
the Registrant may be limited to:
(i) An audited balance sheet or
statement of assets and liabilities as of
the end of the most recent fiscal year;
(ii) An audited statement of
operations for the most recent fiscal year
conforming to the requirements of Rule
6–07 of Regulation S–X [17 CFR 210.6–
07];
(iii) An audited statement of cash
flows for the most recent fiscal year if
necessary to comply with generally
accepted accounting principles; and
(iv) Audited statements of changes in
net assets conforming to the
requirements of Rule 6–09 of Regulation
S–X [17 CFR 210.6–09] for the two most
recent fiscal years.
(b) Depositor. Provide financial
statements of the Depositor.
Instructions.
1. Include, in a separate section, the
financial statements and schedules of
the Depositor required by Regulation S–
X. If the Depositor would not have to
prepare financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles except for use in
this registration statement or other
registration statements filed on Forms
N–3, N–4, or N–6, its financial
statements may be prepared in
accordance with statutory requirements.
The Depositor’s financial statements
must be prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting
principles if the Depositor prepares
financial information in accordance
with generally accepted accounting
principles for use by the Depositor’s
parent, as defined in Rule 1–02(p) of
Regulation S–X [17 CFR 210.1–02(p)], in
any report under sections 13(a) and
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act [15
U.S.C. 78m(a) and 78o(d)] or any
registration statement filed under the
Securities Act.
2. All statements and schedules of the
Depositor required by Regulation S–X,
except for the consolidated balance
sheets described in Rule 3–01 of
Regulation S–X [17 CFR 210.3–01], and
any notes to these statements or
schedules, may be omitted from Part B
and instead included in Part C of the
registration statement. If any of this
information is omitted from Part B and
included in Part C, the consolidated
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
balance sheets included in Part B
should be accompanied by a statement
that additional financial information
about the Depositor is available, without
charge, upon request. When a request
for the additional financial information
is received, the Registrant should send
the information within 3 business days
of receipt of the request, by first-class
mail or other means designed to ensure
equally prompt delivery.
3. Notwithstanding Rule 3–12 of
Regulation S–X [17 CFR 210.3–12], the
financial statements of the Depositor
need not be more current than as of the
end of the most recent fiscal year of the
Depositor. In addition, when the
anticipated effective date of a
registration statement falls within 90
days subsequent to the end of the fiscal
year of the Depositor, the registration
statement need not include financial
statements of the Depositor more
current than as of the end of the third
fiscal quarter of the most recently
completed fiscal year of the Depositor
unless the audited financial statements
for such fiscal year are available. The
exceptions to Rule 3–12 of Regulation
S–X contained in this Instruction 3 do
not apply when:
(a) The Depositor’s financial
statements have never been included in
an effective registration statement under
the Securities Act of a separate account
that offers variable annuity contracts or
variable life insurance contracts; or
(b) The balance sheet of the Depositor
at the end of either of the two most
recent fiscal years included in response
to this Item shows a combined capital
and surplus, if a stock company, or an
unassigned surplus, if a mutual
company, of less than $2,500,000; or
(c) The balance sheet of the Depositor
at the end of a fiscal quarter within 135
days of the expected date of
effectiveness under the Securities Act
(or a fiscal quarter within 90 days of
filing if the registration statement is
filed solely under the Investment
Company Act) would show a combined
capital and surplus, if a stock company,
or an unassigned surplus, if a mutual
company, of less than $2,500,000. If two
fiscal quarters end within the 135 day
period, the Depositor may choose either
for purposes of this test.
Any interim financial statements
required by this Item need not be
comparative with financial statements
for the same interim period of an earlier
year.
Item 28. Illustrations
The Registrant may, but is not
required to, include a table of
hypothetical illustrations of death
benefits, cash surrender values, and
PO 00000
Frm 00190
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
cash values in either the prospectus or
the SAI. The following standards should
be used to prepare any table of
hypothetical illustrations that is
included in the prospectus or the SAI:
(a) Narrative Information. The
illustrations should be preceded by a
clear and concise explanation, including
(i) a description of the expenses
reflected in the illustrations; (ii) that the
illustrations are based on assumptions
about investment returns and
contractowner characteristics; (iii) the
circumstances under which actual
results for a particular purchaser of the
Contract would differ from the
illustrations; and (iv) whether
personalized illustrations are available
and, if available, how they may be
obtained.
(b) Headings. The headings should
contain the following information: Sex,
age, rating classification (e.g.,
nonsmoker, smoker, preferred, or
standard), premium amount and
payment schedule, face amount, and
death benefit option.
(c) Premiums, Ages. Premium
amounts used in the illustrations should
be representative of the actual or
expected typical premium amount. The
typical premium amount may be based
on the average or median premium
amount or some other reasonable basis
that results in a typical premium
amount that is fairly representative of
actual or expected Contract sales. Ages
used in the illustrations should be
representative of actual or expected
Contract sales.
(d) Rating Classifications. Illustrations
should be shown for the rating
classification with the greatest number
of outstanding Contracts (or expected
Contracts in the case of a new Contract),
unless this rating classification is not
fairly representative of actual or
expected Contract sales. In this case,
illustrations should be shown for a
commonly used rating classification that
is fairly representative of actual or
expected Contract sales.
(e) Years. Illustrated values should be
provided for Contract years one through
ten, for every five years beyond the
tenth Contract year, and for the year of
Contract maturity.
(f) Illustrated Values. Death benefits
and cash surrender values should be
illustrated at three rates of return and
two levels of charges (described in
paragraphs (g) and (i)). The Registrant
may also illustrate cash values, but cash
values must be accompanied by
corresponding cash surrender values.
All illustrated values should be
determined as of the end of the Contract
year.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
(g) Rates of Return. The Registrant
should use gross rates of return of 0%,
6%, and one other rate not greater than
12%. Additional gross rates of return no
greater than 12% may be used. Explain
that the gross rates of return used in the
illustrations do not reflect the
deductions of the charges and expenses
of the Portfolio Companies.
(h) Portfolio Company Charges.
Portfolio Company management fees
and other Portfolio Company charges
and expenses should be reflected using
the arithmetic average of those charges
and expenses incurred during the most
recent fiscal year for all of the available
Portfolio Companies or any materially
greater amount expected to be incurred
during the current fiscal year. In
determining charges and expenses
incurred during the most recent fiscal
year or expected to be incurred during
the current fiscal year, include amounts
that would have been incurred absent
expense reimbursement or fee waiver
arrangements.
(i) Other Charges. Values should be
illustrated using both current and
guaranteed maximum charges at the 0%
rate of return, the 6% rate of return, and
one other rate of return no greater than
12%. Illustrated values should
accurately reflect all charges deducted
under the Contract (e.g., mortality and
expense risk, administrative, cost of
insurance) as well as the actual timing
of the deduction of those charges (e.g.,
daily, monthly, annually). For example,
for a Contract with a mortality and
expense risk charge that is deducted
from sub-account assets at a given
annual rate, the illustrated values will
be lower if the charge is deducted from
assets on a daily basis rather than on a
monthly or annual basis.
Additional Information. Subject to the
requirement set out in General
Instruction C.3.(b), additional
information may be shown as part of the
illustrations, provided that it is
consistent with the standards of this
Item 28.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Part C—Other Information
Item 29. Exhibits
Subject to General Instruction D
regarding incorporation by reference
and rule 483 under the Securities Act
[17 CFR 230.483], file the exhibits listed
below as part of the registration
statement. Letter or number the exhibits
in the sequence indicated and file
copies rather than originals, unless
otherwise required by rule 483. Reflect
any exhibit incorporated by reference in
the list below and identify the
previously filed document containing
the incorporated material.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
(a) Board of Directors Resolution. The
resolution of the board of directors of
the Depositor authorizing the
establishment of the Registrant.
(b) Custodian Agreements. All
agreements for custody of securities and
similar investments of the Registrant,
including the schedule of remuneration.
(c) Underwriting Contracts.
Underwriting or distribution contracts
between the Registrant or Depositor and
a principal underwriter and agreements
between principal underwriters or the
Depositor and dealers.
(d) Contracts. The form of each
Contract, including any riders or
endorsements.
(e) Applications. The form of
application used with any Contract
provided in response to (d) above.
(f) Depositor’s Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Laws. The
Depositor’s current certificate of
incorporation or other instrument of
organization and by-laws and any
related amendment.
(g) Reinsurance Contracts. Any
contract of reinsurance related to a
Contract.
(h) Participation Agreements. Any
participation agreement or other
contract relating to the investment by
the Registrant in a Portfolio Company.
(i) Administrative Contracts. Any
contract relating to the performance of
administrative services in connection
with administering a Contract.
(j) Other Material Contracts. Other
material contracts not made in the
ordinary course of business to be
performed in whole or in part on or after
the filing date of the registration
statement.
(k) Legal Opinion. An opinion and
consent of counsel regarding the legality
of the securities being registered, stating
whether the securities will, when sold,
be legally issued and represent binding
obligations of the Depositor.
(l) Actuarial Opinion. If illustrations
are included in the registration
statement as permitted by Item 28, an
opinion of an actuarial officer of the
Depositor as to those illustrations
indicating that:
(1) The illustrations of cash surrender
values, cash values, death benefits, and/
or any other values illustrated are
consistent with the provisions of the
Contract and the Depositor’s
administrative procedures;
(2) the rate structure of the Contract
has not been designed, and the
assumptions for the illustrations
(including sex, age, rating classification,
and premium amount and payment
schedule) have not been selected, so as
to make the relationship between
premiums and benefits, as shown in the
PO 00000
Frm 00191
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
61919
illustrations, appear to be materially
more favorable than for any other
prospective purchaser with different
assumptions; and
(3) the illustrations are based on a
commonly used rating classification and
premium amounts and ages appropriate
for the markets in which the Contract is
sold.
(m) Calculation. If illustrations are
included in the registration statement as
permitted by Item 28, one sample
calculation for each item illustrated,
e.g., cash surrender value, cash value,
and death benefits, showing how the
illustrated values for the fifth Contract
year have been calculated. Demonstrate
how the annual investment returns of
the sub-accounts were derived from the
hypothetical gross rates of return, how
charges against sub-account assets were
deducted from the annual investment
returns of the sub-accounts, and how
the periodic deductions for cost of
insurance and other Contract charges
were made to arrive at the illustrated
values. Describe how the calculation
would differ for other years.
(n) Other Opinions. Any other
opinions, appraisals, or rulings, and
related consents relied on in preparing
the registration statement and required
by section 7 of the Securities Act [15
U.S.C. 77g].
(o) Omitted Financial Statements.
Financial statements omitted from Item
27.
(p) Initial Capital Agreements. Any
agreements or understandings made in
consideration for providing the initial
capital between or among the Registrant,
Depositor, underwriter, or initial
contractowners and written assurances
from the Depositor or initial
contractowners that purchases were
made for investment purposes and not
with the intention of redeeming or
reselling.
(q) Redeemability Exemption.
Disclosure (if not provided elsewhere in
the registration statement) of insurance
procedures for which the Registrant and
Depositor claim any exemption
pursuant to rule 6e–2(b)(12)(ii) or rule
6e–3(T)(b)(12)(iii) under the Investment
Company Act.
(r) Preliminary Summary
Prospectuses. The form of any Initial
Summary Prospectus and Updating
Summary Prospectus that the Registrant
intends to use on or after the effective
date of the registration statement,
pursuant to rule 498A under the
Securities Act.
Instruction. Registrants are required to
provide the preliminary Summary
Prospectus exhibits only in connection
with the filing of an initial registration
statement, or in connection with a pre-
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61920
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
effective amendment or a post-effective
amendment filed in accordance with
paragraph (a) of rule 485 under the
Securities Act.
Item 30. Directors and Officers of the
Depositor
Provide the following information
about each director or officer of the
Depositor:
(1)
(2)
Name and principal
business address
Positions and offices
with depositor
Instruction. Registrants are required to
provide the above information only for
officers or directors who are engaged
directly or indirectly in activities
relating to the Registrant or the
Contracts, and for executive officers
including the Depositor’s president,
secretary, treasurer, and vice presidents
who have authority to act as president
in his or her absence.
Item 31. Persons Controlled by or Under
Common Control With the Depositor or
the Registrant
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Provide a list or diagram of all
persons directly or indirectly controlled
by or under common control with the
Depositor or the Registrant. For any
person controlled by another person,
disclose the percentage of voting
securities owned by the immediately
controlling person or other basis of that
person’s control. For each company,
also provide the state or other sovereign
power under the laws of which the
company is organized.
Instructions.
1. Include the Registrant and the
Depositor in the list or diagram and
show the relationship of each company
to the Registrant and Depositor and to
the other companies named, using
cross-references if a company is
controlled through direct ownership of
its securities by two or more persons.
2. Indicate with appropriate symbols
subsidiaries that file separate financial
statements, subsidiaries included in
consolidated financial statements, or
unconsolidated subsidiaries included in
group financial statements. Indicate for
other subsidiaries why financial
statements are not filed.
Item 32. Indemnification
State the general effect of any
contract, arrangements, or statute under
which any underwriter or affiliated
person of the Registrant is insured or
indemnified against any liability
incurred in his or her official capacity,
other than insurance provided by any
underwriter or affiliated person for his
or her own protection.
Item 33. Principal Underwriters
(a) Other Activity. State the name of
each investment company (other than
the Registrant) for which each principal
underwriter currently distributing the
Registrant’s securities also acts as a
principal underwriter, depositor,
sponsor, or investment adviser.
(b) Management. Provide the
information required by the following
table for each director, officer, or partner
of each principal underwriter named in
the response to Item 24:
(1)
(2)
Name and principal
business address
Positions and offices
with underwriter
Instruction. If a principal underwriter
is the Depositor or an affiliate of the
Depositor, and is also an insurance
company, the above information for
officers or directors need only be
provided for officers or directors who
are engaged directly or indirectly in
activities relating to the Registrant or the
Contracts, and for executive officers
including the Depositor’s or its
affiliate’s president, secretary, treasurer,
and vice presidents who have authority
to act as president in his or her absence.
(c) Compensation From the
Registrant. Provide the information
required by the following table for all
commissions and other compensation
received, directly or indirectly, from the
Registrant during the Registrant’s last
fiscal year by each principal
underwriter:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Name of principal
underwriter
Net underwriting discounts
and commissions
Compensation
on redemption
Brokerage commission
Other compensation
Instructions.
1. Disclose the type of services
rendered in consideration for the
compensation listed under column (5).
2. Information need not be given
about the service of mailing proxies or
periodic reports of the Registrant.
3. Exclude information about bona
fide contracts with the Registrant or its
Depositor for outside legal or auditing
services, or bona fide contracts for
personal employment entered into with
the Registrant or its Depositor in the
ordinary course of business.
4. Exclude information about any
service for which total payments of less
than $15,000 were made during each of
the Registrant’s last three fiscal years.
5. Exclude information about
payments made under any agreement
whereby another person contracts with
the Registrant or its Depositor to
perform as custodian or administrative
or servicing agent.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Item 34. Location of Accounts and
Records
State the name and address of each
person maintaining physical possession
of each account, book, or other
document required to be maintained by
section 31(a) [15 U.S.C. 80a–30(a)] and
the rules under that section.
Instruction. The Registrant may omit
this information to the extent it is
provided in its most recent report on
Form N–CEN [17 CFR 274.101].
Item 35. Management Services
Provide a summary of the substantive
provisions of any management-related
service contract not discussed in Part A
or B, disclosing the parties to the
contract and the total amount paid and
by whom for the Registrant’s last three
fiscal years.
Instructions.
1. The instructions to Item 21 also
apply to this Item.
PO 00000
Frm 00192
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2. Exclude information about any
service provided for payments totaling
less than $15,000 during each of the
Registrant’s last three fiscal years.
Item 36. Fee Representation
Provide a representation of the
Depositor that the fees and charges
deducted under the Contracts, in the
aggregate, are reasonable in relation to
the services rendered, the expenses
expected to be incurred, and the risks
assumed by the Depositor.
§ 274.127e–1
■
§ 274.127f–1
■
[Removed]
42. Remove § 274.302.
§ 274.303
■
[Removed]
41. Remove § 274.127f–1.
§ 274.302
■
[Removed]
40. Remove § 274.127e–1.
[Removed]
43. Remove § 274.303.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
By the Commission.
Dated: October 30, 2018.
Brent J. Fields,
Secretary.
Appendices
Note: The Appendices will not appear in
the Code of Federal Regulations.
Appendix A
Hypothetical Initial Summary Prospectus
Prepared by SEC Staff—For Illustrative
Purposes Only
[GRAPHIC: XYZ Insurance: a hypothetical
company]
VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
Issued through: XYZ Separate Account A
Contract Classes: Class B, Class X
titled Important Information You Should
Consider About the Contract.
Before you invest, you should review the
prospectus for the XYZ Variable Annuity
Contract, which contains more information
about the contract, including its features,
benefits, and risks. You can find the
prospectus and other information about the
contract online at XYZInsuranceCo.com/
VAdocuments. You can also obtain this
information at no cost by calling 888–555–
1234 or by sending an email request to
email@XYZInsuranceCo.com.
This Summary Prospectus incorporates by
reference the XYZ Variable Annuity
Contract’s prospectus and Statement of
Additional Information (SAI), both dated
May 1, 2018, as amended or supplemented.
The SAI may be obtained, free of charge, in
the same manner as the prospectus.
*
Summary Prospectus for New Investors
May 1, 2018
This Summary Prospectus summarizes key
features of the XYZ Variable Annuity
Contract. You should read this Summary
Prospectus carefully, particularly the section
*
*
*
*
YOU MAY CANCEL YOUR CONTRACT
WITHIN 10 DAYS OF RECEIVING IT
WITHOUT PAYING FEES OR PENALTIES.
In some states, this cancellation period
may be longer. Upon cancellation, you will
receive either a full refund of the amount you
paid with your application or your total
contract value. You should review the
61921
prospectus, or consult with your investment
professional, for additional information about
the specific cancellation terms that apply.
*
*
*
*
*
Additional information about certain
investment products, including variable
annuities, has been prepared by the
Securities and Exchange Commission’s staff
and is available at Investor.gov.
The Securities and Exchange Commission
has not approved or disapproved this
contract or passed upon the adequacy of this
summary prospectus. Any representation to
the contrary is a criminal offense.
Contents
Special Terms
Overview of the Variable Annuity Contract
Important Information You Should Consider
About the Contract
Standard Death Benefit
Other Benefits Available Under the Contract
Buying the Contract
Surrendering Your Contract or Making
Withdrawals: Accessing the Money in
Your Contract
Additional Information About Fees
Appendix: Portfolio Companies Available
Under the Contract
SPECIAL TERMS
Accumulation Phase ...........
The phase of your contract where you make premium payments and invest those payments seeking to increase
your contract value.
Benefit Base .......................
If you elect certain Optional Benefits under the Contract, the Benefit Base is used to determine the amount available to withdraw under the Optional Benefit. This figure is separate from your contract value and cannot be withdrawn as a lump sum.
Contract ..............................
The legal document between you and XYZ that describes the terms of the variable annuity. The contract has two
phases, the accumulation (savings) phase and the payout (annuitization or income) phase. ‘‘Contract value’’ is
the total value of your investment options (your separate account value plus your fixed account value).
Death Benefit ......................
The amount paid to your designated beneficiaries (the persons or organizations you select to receive payments)
upon your death.
Fixed Account .....................
An investment option that earns a stated amount of interest. ‘‘Fixed account value’’ is the value of your investments in your fixed account.
Investment Options ............
This includes the portfolio companies and the fixed account.
Optional Benefits ................
Provisions that you can choose to add to your contract, typically for an additional cost. These include the additional death benefits, living benefits, and other benefits such as the liquidity rider.
Payout Phase .....................
The phase of your contract after you elect to convert your contract value into a stream of income payments.
Portfolio Company ..............
One of many mutual funds available for investment through your contract.
Separate Account ...............
XYZ Separate Account A, through which premium payments under the contract may be allocated to portfolio companies. ‘‘Separate account value’’ is the total value of your investments in the portfolio companies.
Surrender Charge ...............
A charge you pay if you withdraw money from your contract during a set time period (the surrender charge period)
after you contributed money to your contract.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Overview of the Variable Annuity Contract
Q. What is this contract, and what is it
designed to do?
A. The XYZ Variable Annuity Contract is
designed to provide long-term accumulation
of assets through investments in a variety of
investment options during the accumulation
phase. It can supplement your retirement
income by providing a stream of income
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
payments during the payout phase. It also
offers death benefits to protect your
designated beneficiaries. This contract may
be appropriate if you have a long investment
time horizon. It is not intended for people
who may need to make early or frequent
withdrawals or intend to engage in frequent
trading in the portfolio companies.
PO 00000
Frm 00193
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Q. How do I accumulate assets in this
contract and receive income from the
contract?
A. Your contract has two phases: (1) An
accumulation (savings) phase; and (2) a
payout (income) phase.
(1) Accumulation (Savings) Phase
To help you accumulate assets, you can
invest your premium payments in:
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61922
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
• Portfolio companies (mutual funds), each
of which has its own investment strategies,
investment advisers, expense ratios, and
returns; and
• a fixed account option, which offers a
guaranteed interest rate during a selected
period.
A list of portfolio companies in which you
can invest is provided in the back of this
Summary Prospectus. See Appendix:
Portfolio Companies Available Under the
Contract.
(2) Payout (Income) Phase
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
You can elect to annuitize your contract
and turn your contract value into a stream of
income payments (sometimes called annuity
payments) from XYZ, at which time the
accumulation phase of the contract ends.
These payments may continue for a fixed
period of years, for your entire life, or for the
longer of a fixed period or your life. The
payments may also be fixed or variable.
Variable payments will vary based on the
performance of the investment options you
select.
Please note that if you annuitize, your
investments will be converted to income
payments and you may no longer be able to
choose to withdraw money at will from your
contract. All benefits (including guaranteed
minimum death benefits and living benefits)
terminate upon annuitization.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Q. What are the primary features and
options that this contract offers?
A. Contract classes. You can purchase one
of several contract classes that have different
ongoing fees and surrender charges. For
example, this contract offers Class B with an
8-year surrender charge period or Class X
with a 9-year surrender charge period and
higher ongoing fees. If you purchase a Class
X contract, XYZ will add an additional lump
sum amount to your premiums.
Accessing your money. Until you
annuitize, you have full access to your
money. You can choose to withdraw your
contract value at any time (although if you
withdraw early, you may have to pay a
surrender charge and/or income taxes,
including a tax penalty if you are younger
than age 591⁄2).
Tax treatment. You can transfer money
between investment options without tax
implications, and earnings (if any) on your
investments are generally tax-deferred. You
are taxed only when: (1) You make a
withdrawal; (2) you receive an income
payment from the contract; or (3) upon
payment of a death benefit.
Death benefits. Your contract includes a
basic death benefit that will pay your
designated beneficiaries the contract value at
the time of your death. You can purchase
additional death benefits for an additional
fee. These additional provisions may increase
the amount of money payable to your
designated beneficiaries upon your death.
PO 00000
Frm 00194
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Optional benefits that occur during your
lifetime. For an additional fee, you can
purchase principal guarantees to help protect
your retirement income from declining
markets (Principal Protection Rider) and/or
income guarantees to help protect you from
outliving your assets (Lifetime Minimum
Payout Rider), while still maintaining access
to your money.
Optional liquidity rider. For an additional
fee, you can reduce the number of years that
each premium payment is subject to
surrender charges.
Portfolio rebalancing and dollar cost
averaging. At no additional charge, you may
select portfolio rebalancing, which
automatically rebalances the investment
options you select to maintain your chosen
mix of investment options. Alternately, at no
additional charge, you may select dollar cost
averaging, which automatically transfers a
specific amount of money from the fixed
account to the investment options you have
selected, at set intervals over a specific
period of time.
Important Information You Should Consider
About the Contract
An investment in the contract is subject to
fees, risks, and other important
considerations, some of which are briefly
summarized in the following table. You
should review the prospectus for additional
information about these topics.
BILLING CODE 8011–01–P
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
FEES AND EXPENSES
Surrender Charge
(charges for early
withdrawal)
Transaction Charges
(charges for certain
transactions)
Ongoing Fees and
Expenses
(annual charges)
If you withdraw money from your
contract within 9 years following your
last premium payment, you will be
assessed a surrender charge of up to
9% on the value of the withdrawal,
declining to 0% over 9 years.
For example, if you purchased a Class
X contract and were to withdraw
$100,000 during the surrender charge
period, you would be assessed a charge
of up to $9,000 on the amount
withdrawn.
In addition to surrender charges, you
also may be charged for other
transactions (such as when you transfer
cash value between investment
options, or for special requests such as
wire transfers).
The table below describes the fees and
expenses that you may pay each year,
depending on the options you choose.
Please refer to your contract
specifications page for information
about the specific fees you will pay
each year based on the options you
have elected.
ANNUAL
MIN.
FEE
1. Base
1.15%1
61923
LOCATION IN
PROSPECTUS
Charges (Surrender
Charge)
Charges (Transfer Fee;
Surrender Charge)
Fee Table and Expense
Examples
Charges
MAX.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00195
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.015
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
contract
(varies by
contract
class)
61924
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
2.
Investment
options
(Portfolio
Company
fees and
expenses)
3.
0.15%3
Optional
benefits (if
elected)
~ As a ,P~et·cetlta.IJg;P-e of .;;ep:mltP- account value.
-As a.1g" of portfolio company assets.
3
As a .1g" of contmct value or benefit
base "'·
"im> on the
benefits
selected.
LOWEST
ANNUAL COST
ESTIMATE:
$1,518
Assumes:
• Investment of
$100,000
• 5% annual
appreciation
• Least expensive
combination of
contract classes
and portfolio
company fees
and expenses
• No optional
benefits
• No sales charges
• No additional
contributions,
transfers, or
withdrawals
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00196
Fmt 4701
HIGHEST
ANNUAL COST
ESTIMATE:
$9,134
Assumes:
• Investment of
$100,000
• 5%annual
appreciation
• Most expensive
combination of
classes, optional
benefits, and
portfolio
company fees
and expenses
• No sales charges
• No additional
contributions,
transfers, or
withdrawals
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.016
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Because your contract is customizable,
the choices you make affect how much
you will pay. To help you understand
the cost of owning your contract, the
following table shows the lowest and
highest cost you could pay each year.
This estimate assumes that you do not
take withdrawals from the contract,
which could add surrender charges
that substantially increase costs.
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Risk of Loss
You can lose money by investing in
this contract, including loss of
principal.
This contract is not designed for shortterm investing and is not appropriate
for an investor who needs ready access
to cash.
Not a Short-Term
Investment
Surrender charges apply for up to 9
years following your last premium
payment. They will reduce the value of
your contract if you withdraw money
during that time. The benefits of tax
deferral and living benefit protections
also mean the contract is more
beneficial to investors with a long time
horizon.
• An investment in this contract is
subject to the risk of poor
investment performance of the
investment options you choose.
• Each investment option has its own
unique risks.
• You should review the prospectuses
for the available portfolio companies
before making an investment
decision.
Any obligations, guarantees, and
benefits of the contract are subject to
the claims-paying ability ofXYZ. If
XYZ experiences financial distress, it
may not be able to meet its obligations
to you. More information about XYZ,
including its financial strength ratings,
is available upon request from XYZ
Separate Account A.
Risks Associated with
Investment Options
Insurance Company
Risks
RESTRICTIONS
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Investment Options
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
• There is a $10 charge for each
transfer when you transfer money
between investment options in
excess of 12 times a year.
PO 00000
Frm 00197
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
LOCATION IN
PROSPECTUS
Principal Risks
Principal Risks
Principal Risks
Principal Risks
LOCATION IN
PROSPECTUS
Principal Risks
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.017
RISKS
61925
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
• XYZ reserves the right to remove or
substitute portfolio companies as
investment options that are available
under the contract.
• Many optional benefits limit or
restrict the investment options you
may select under the contract. We
may change these restrictions in the
future.
• You are required to have a certain
contract value for some optional
benefits. If withdrawals reduce your
contract value below this value, your
optional benefits may be reduced or
terminated.
• We may stop offering an optional
benefit at any time.
TAXES
Optional Benefits
Tax Implications
• Consult with a tax professional to
determine the tax implications of an
investment in and payments received
under this contract.
• If you purchase the contract through
a tax-qualified plan or individual
retirement account (IRA), you do
not get any additional tax deferral.
• Earnings on your contract are taxed
at ordinary income tax rates when
you withdraw them, and you may
have to pay a penalty if you take a
withdrawal before age 59 liz.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Investment Professional
Compensation
Exchanges
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Your investment professional may
receive compensation for selling this
contract to you, both in the form of
commissions and because XYZ may
share the revenue it earns on this
contract with the professional's firm.
This conflict of interest may influence
your investment professional to
recommend this contract over another
investment.
Some investment professionals may
have a financial incentive to offer you
PO 00000
Frm 00198
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
Other Benefits A vail able
Under the Contract
LOCATION IN
PROSPECTUS
Taxes
LOCATION IN
PROSPECTUS
Other Information
(Distribution)
Other Information
(Contract Provisions and
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.018
61926
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE 8011–01–C
Standard Death Benefit
Q. What happens to my money in the
contract when I die?
A. Accumulation (savings) phase. Your
contract includes a standard death benefit for
no additional charge. The standard death
benefit is equal to the value of your
investment options during the asset
accumulation (savings) phase of the contract.
The value of the standard death benefit may
increase (if you make additional purchase
payments or your investment performs well)
or decrease (if you take withdrawals or your
investment options perform poorly). For an
additional charge, you can purchase
additional optional death benefits. This
61927
benefits may also be available to you. The
purposes, fees, and restrictions/limitations of
these additional benefits are briefly
summarized in the following tables.
benefit terminates upon full surrender or
annuitization of the contract.
Payout (income) phase. The amount
payable upon your death is based on the
payout option you select (e.g., income for a
guaranteed period of lifetime payments).
OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFITS
These optional death benefits are available
during the accumulation phase:
Other Benefits Available Under the Contract
Q. Are there other benefits I can select that
will affect how much money that my
designated beneficiaries or I will receive
under the contract, or otherwise will affect
my rights under the contract? What are the
features, costs, and any limitations
associated with these other benefits?
A. In addition to the standard death benefit
associated with your contract, other optional
Annual fee
(as a percent of
separate account value)
Name of benefit
Purpose
Brief description of restrictions/limitations
Return of Premium Death Benefit.
Guarantees your beneficiaries will receive a benefit at least equal to your purchase payments.
0.15
• Available only at contract purchase.
• Withdrawals could significantly reduce the benefit.
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit ..
Provides a new locked-in higher death benefit on
each contract anniversary, if your investments
increase in value.
0.35
• Available only at contract purchase.
• Benefit limits investment options available.
• Withdrawals could significantly reduce the benefit.
Earnings Enhancement Death
Benefit.
Pays an additional death benefit amount to help
offset any taxes due on contract earnings.
0.55
• Available only at contract purchase.
• Available only to contract owners ages 0–75.
Annual fee
(as a percentage of
benefit base)
Name of benefit
Purpose
Brief description of restrictions/limitations
Principal Protection Rider .........
Protects your initial investment from loss. If at the
time of your 10th contract anniversary your initial investment loses value due to market
losses, we will make a one-time payment to
erase those investment losses.
1.5
• Available only at contract purchase.
• Benefit limits available investment options.
• Withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate benefit.
• Protection only applies to first year’s premium
payments.
• Protection applies only until 10th contract anniversary.
• Available only to contract owners ages 0–80.
Lifetime Minimum Payout Rider
Enables you to take steady, lifetime withdrawals,
no matter how markets perform or how long
you live, while still maintaining access to your
money.
2.5
• Benefit limits investment options available.
• Withdrawals before age 60 or greater than the
minimum payout amount could significantly reduce or terminate benefit.
• Available only to contract owners ages 0–85.
OTHER OPTIONAL BENEFITS
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00199
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.019
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFITS
61928
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Annual fee
(as a percentage of
contract value)
Name of benefit
Purpose
Liquidity Rider ............................
Reduces the surrender period from 9 to 4 years ..
0.5% per year for the first
4 years.
Available only at contract purchase.
Portfolio Rebalancing ................
Automatically rebalances the investment options
you select (either monthly, quarterly or annually) to maintain your chosen mix of investment
options.
None ...............................
Cannot use with the dollar cost averaging option.
Dollar Cost Averaging ...............
Automatically transfers a specific amount of
money from the Fixed Account to the investment options you have selected, at set intervals over a specific period of time.
None ...............................
Cannot use with the portfolio rebalancing option.
Buying the Contract
Q. How do I purchase the XYZ Variable
Annuity Contract?
A. Complete our application and submit it,
along with your initial premium payment, to
our Administrative Office, at [Purchase
Payment Processing, XYZ Insurance
Company, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC
20549]. Once we approve your application,
we will send you your contract and a
statement confirming your investments.
Brief description of restrictions/limitations
Q. How much can I contribute and how are
my contributions invested?
A. Your premium payments will be
invested in the investment options that you
choose.
Non-qualified policies
(policies purchased
using after-tax dollars)
Minimum Initial Premium ......................................................................................................
$10,000
Minimum Subsequent Premiums ........................................................................................
Maximum Subsequent Premiums (per contract year after 1st contract anniversary) ........
Qualified policies
(policies purchased
using pre-tax dollars)
$5,000
$50
$50,000
Maximum Total Premiums ....................................................................................................
Lesser of $50,000 or
IRS contribution limit.
$1,000,000 (Up to age 80)
$500,000 (Over age 80)
* We can reject any premium payments for any reason. We may also permit you to invest more than the maximum amounts list above if you
obtain our prior approval.
After your initial premium payment, you
are not required to make any additional
premium payments under your contract.
Q. When will any premium payments that I
make be credited to my account?
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
A. Initial contract purchase: Your financial
professional must determine that the contract
is suitable for you and transmit your
application to XYZ. If your application and
purchase payment are complete when
received by XYZ, or once it becomes
complete, we will issue your contract within
2 business days. If some information is
missing from your application, we may delay
issuing your contract and crediting your
account while we obtain the missing
information. However, we will not hold your
initial purchase payment for more than 5
business days without your permission.
Subsequent premium payment: If we
receive a payment before the close of the
NYSE (typically 4:00 p.m. EST), we will
credit your purchase payment that day. If we
receive your subsequent purchase payment
after the close of the NYSE, your payment
will be applied on the next business day.
Surrendering Your Contract or Making
Withdrawals: Accessing the Money in Your
Contract
Q. Can I access the money in my account
during the asset accumulation (savings)
phase?
A. You can access the money in your
contract by making a withdrawal, which will
reduce the value of your contract (including
the amount of the death benefit). You may
withdraw all or a portion of the cash value
of your contract (minus applicable charges
and other adjustments, discussed below).
However, withdrawing the entire cash value
of your contract will terminate your
contract.
Certain withdrawals may reduce the value
of any optional living benefits you elected.
Some optional living benefits provide
withdrawal options.
Q. Are there any limitations associated with
taking money out of my contract during the
asset accumulation (savings) phase?
A. Yes. These limitations are as follows:
Limitations on withdrawal amounts ...............
• The minimum withdrawal amount is the lesser of $500 or your entire contract value.
Surrender charges and taxes ..........................
• As described above, there may be surrender charge and tax implications when you take out
money.
Negative impact of withdrawal on other benefits and guarantees of your contract.
• A partial withdrawal may have a negative impact on certain optional benefits that you may
elect. It may reduce the value of or even terminate certain benefits.
Q. What is the process to request a
withdrawal of money from my contract?
A. You can request to withdraw all or a
portion of the cash value of your contract
(that is your contract value less any surrender
charges and any prorated contract fees) on
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:52 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
any business day through your financial
intermediary, through our website, or by
calling us or mailing a request to
[Withdrawal Processing, XYZ Insurance
Company, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC
20549]. Generally, for withdrawal or
PO 00000
Frm 00200
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
surrender requests received before the close
of the New York Stock Exchange (typically
4:00 p.m. EST), we will process your request
that day. If we receive your request after the
close of the New York Stock Exchange, your
request payment will be processed the next
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61929
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
business day. You will generally receive the
amount withdrawn or surrendered within
seven days.
Q. Can I access the money in my account
during the annuity (income) phase?
A. You will receive payments under the
annuity payment option you select. However,
you generally may not take any other
withdrawals.
Additional Information About Fees
ANNUAL TRANSACTION EXPENSES
The following tables describe the fees and
expenses that you will pay when buying,
owning, and surrendering the contract.
Please refer to your contract specifications
page for information about the specific fees
you will pay each year based on the options
you have elected.
The first table describes the fees and
expenses that you will pay at the time that
you buy the contract, surrender the contract,
or transfer cash value between investment
options. State premium taxes may also be
deducted.
Front-End Load:
None
Surrender Charge (% of amount surrendered)
Year since contribution received
Contract Class
Class B .......................................................................................
Class X .......................................................................................
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10+
8%
9%
8%
8%
7%
7%
6%
6%
5%
5%
4%
4%
3%
3%
0%
2%
0%
1%
0%
0%
Transfer Fee (after 12th transfer is a year)
$10
Special Service Fee (e.g., overnight delivery, duplicate policies; duplicate 1099 and 5498 tax forms; check copies; and printing and mailing previously submitted forms)
ANNUAL CONTRACT EXPENSES
The next table describes the fees and
expenses that you will pay each year during
the time that you own the contract (not
including portfolio company fees and
expenses).
50
If you choose to purchase an optional
benefit, you will pay additional charges, as
shown below.
Base contract
Class B
Annual Administrative Charge .................................................................................................................................
Base Contract Charge (% of average separate account value) .............................................................................
Class X
$50
1.15%
$50
1.50%
Optional benefits
Maximum
charges
Liquidity Rider (only available with Class B) (% of separate account value) ..............................................................................
Death Benefits:
Return of Premium Death Benefit (% of separate account value) ..............................................................................................
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit (% of separate account value) ...................................................................................................
Earnings Enhancement Death Benefit (% of contract value) ......................................................................................................
Minimum Accumulation Benefits:
Principal Protection Rider (% of benefit base) .............................................................................................................................
Lifetime Withdrawal Benefits:
Lifetime Minimum Payout Rider (% of benefit base) ...................................................................................................................
0.50%
........................
0.15
0.35
0.55
TOTAL ANNUAL PORTFOLIO COMPANY
OPERATING EXPENSES
The next item shows the minimum and
maximum total operating expenses charged
by the portfolio companies that you may pay
periodically during the time that you own the
contract. A complete list of portfolio
companies available under the contract,
1.50
2.50
including their annual expenses, may be
found at the back of this Summary
Prospectus.
Minimum
(%)
Range of total annual portfolio operating expenses before any waivers or expense reimbursements .................
Range of total annual portfolio operating expenses after any waivers or expense reimbursements * ..................
Maximum
(%)
0.35
0.33
2.71
1.85
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
* Any expense waivers or reimbursements will remain in effect until at least April 30, 2019 and can only be terminated early with approval by
the Portfolio Company’s board of directors.
EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you
compare the cost of investing in the contract
with the cost of investing in other variable
annuity contracts. These costs include
transaction expenses, annual contract
expenses, and Portfolio Company operating
expenses.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
The example assumes that you invest
$100,000 in the contract for the time periods
indicated. The example also assumes that
your investment has a 5% return each year
and assumes the most expensive combination
of portfolio company operating expenses and
optional benefits available for an additional
charge. Although your actual costs may be
PO 00000
Frm 00201
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
higher or lower, based on these assumptions,
your costs would be:
If you surrender your contract at the end
of the applicable time period:
1 Year ...........................
3 Years .........................
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Class B
Class X
$15,015
31,630
$16,776
33,249
61930
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
5 Years .........................
10 Years .......................
Class B
Class X
41,181
67,585
43,623
69,466
If you annuitize at the end of the
applicable time period or if you do not
surrender your contract:
1 Year ...........................
3 Years .........................
5 Years .........................
Investment type
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Alternative ...............
Alternative ...............
Alternative ...............
Global Bond ............
Global Bond ............
Global Equity ..........
Global Equity ..........
Global Equity ..........
Global Equity ..........
Money Market .........
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Equity .............
U.S. Equity .............
U.S. Equity .............
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Class B
Class X
$7,651
23,323
36,268
$7,868
22,943
37,118
10 Years .......................
Class B
Class X
67,585
69,466
APPENDIX: Portfolio Companies Available
Under the Contract
The following is a list of portfolio
companies currently available under the
contract, which is subject to change, as
discussed in the prospectus for the contract.
Before you invest, you should review the
prospectuses for the portfolio companies.
These prospectuses contain more information
about the portfolio companies and their risks
and may be amended from time to time. You
Expense ratio
(expenses/
average
assets)
(%)
[Portfolio company and adviser/subadviser]
XYZ Aggressive Allocation Portfolio ...........................
XYZ Balanced Portfolio ..............................................
XYZ Conservative Allocation Portfolio ........................
XYZ Moderate Allocation Portfolio .............................
XYZ Target Date 2020 Portfolio .................................
XYZ Target Date 2030 Portfolio .................................
XYZ Target Date 2040 Portfolio .................................
XYZ Target Date 2050 Portfolio .................................
XYZ Target Date 2060 Portfolio .................................
XYZ Target Date Income Portfolio .............................
Long/Short Equity Portfolio (Subadviser: 123 Asset
Management).
XYZ Alternative Growth Portfolio ................................
XYZ Multimanager Alternative Portfolio (Subadvisers: 123 Asset Management; 456 Asset Management; 789 Advisers).
QRS Global Bond Portfolio (Subadviser: 456 Asset
Management).
XYZ Unconstrained Bond Portfolio .............................
ABCD Total Return Portfolio ......................................
QRS Emerging Market Debt Portfolio (Subadviser:
456 Asset Management).
QRS Emerging Markets Portfolio (Subadviser: 456
Asset Management).
QRS Global Growth Portfolio (Subadviser: 456 Asset
Management).
XYZ Government Money Market Portfolio .................
XYZ Capital Appreciation Portfolio (Subadviser: 789
Advisers).
XYZ Consumer Products Portfolio (Subadviser: 789
Advisers).
XYZ Financial Services Portfolio (Subadviser: 789
Advisers).
XYZ Healthcare Portfolio (Subadviser: 789 Advisers)
XYZ Homebuilders Portfolio (Subadviser: 789 Advisers).
XYZ Real Estate Portfolio (Subadviser: 789 Advisers).
XYZ Technology Portfolio (Subadviser: 789 Advisers).
XYZ Transportation & Infrastructure Portfolio (Subadviser: 789 Advisers).
XYZ Utilities Portfolio (Subadviser: 789 Advisers) .....
ABCD Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio ......................
ABCD High Yield Bond Portfolio ................................
ABCD Total Return Bond Portfolio .............................
ABCD U.S. Treasury Portfolio ....................................
Intermediate-Term Bond Portfolio ..............................
Long-Term Bond Portfolio ..........................................
Short-Term Bond Portfolio ..........................................
ABCD Contrarian Portfolio ..........................................
ABCD Diversified Equity Portfolio ..............................
ABCD Equity and Income Portfolio ............................
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00202
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
can find the prospectuses and other
information about the portfolio companies
online at XYZInsuranceCo.com/
VAdocuments. You can also request this
information at no cost by calling 888–555–
1234 or by sending an email request to
email@XYZInsuranceCo.com.
The performance information below
reflects fees and expenses of the portfolio
companies, but does not reflect the other fees
and expenses that your contract may charge.
Performance would be lower if these charges
were included. Each portfolio company’s
past performance is not necessarily an
indication of future performance.
Average annual total returns
(as of 12/31/2017)
1 year
(%)
5 year
(%)
10 year
(%)
0.97
0.81
0.97
0.97
1.03
1.03
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.01
2.53
17.49
14.80
8.06
11.77
11.69
13.14
14.69
18.91
24.09
4.02
10.93
11.68
10.06
6.25
8.28
5.52
6.14
6.96
9.10
........................
5.88
........................
5.87
5.89
5.36
5.73
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
2.71
2.03
1.75
2.11
3.81
........................
1.75
........................
1.31
........................
........................
........................
1.27
1.05
1.31
1.81
6.02
12.48
0.62
0.43
3.58
2.91
........................
........................
1.29
37.87
7.24
........................
1.22
31.77
11.56
6.30
0.37
0.66
0.31
31.69
0.06
16.75
0.19
8.33
0.76
8.95
11.10
8.86
0.76
23.53
6.75
7.73
0.78
0.76
22.04
........................
19.28
........................
11.87
........................
0.75
14.60
........................
........................
0.84
50.16
23.51
........................
0.75
18.24
........................
........................
0.76
0.41
0.97
1.14
0.38
0.41
0.41
0.39
0.91
0.87
0.79
7.34
3.20
6.18
11.17
0.76
4.14
9.73
2.85
15.20
22.70
19.66
10.59
2.35
4.70
9.72
0.22
2.81
4.78
2.44
12.82
15.05
........................
........................
3.83
7.25
........................
........................
4.58
........................
........................
........................
8.23
........................
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61931
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Investment type
U.S.
U.S.
U.S.
U.S.
U.S.
U.S.
U.S.
U.S.
Equity
Equity
Equity
Equity
Equity
Equity
Equity
Equity
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
.............
Expense ratio
(expenses/
average
assets)
(%)
[Portfolio company and adviser/subadviser]
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
Focused Portfolio .............................................
Managed-Risk Equity Portfolio ........................
Russell 2000 Index Portfolio ...........................
S&P 500 Index Portfolio ..................................
U.S. Large-Cap Portfolio .................................
U.S. Micro-Cap Growth Portfolio .....................
U.S. Mid-Cap Portfolio .....................................
U.S. Small-Cap Growth Portfolio .....................
The table below identifies the portfolio
companies available for use with the Annual
Average annual total returns
(as of 12/31/2017)
1 year
(%)
0.76
1.02
0.37
0.35
0.81
0.88
0.81
0.81
26.43
14.11
14.61
21.26
23.54
28.91
12.14
13.64
5 year
(%)
10 year
(%)
13.02
........................
14.07
15.23
11.66
........................
10.19
13.90
........................
........................
........................
8.00
6.21
........................
7.91
18.02
Step-Up Death Benefit and the Principal
Protection Rider.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
BILLING CODE 8011–01–P
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00203
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
A.nnuat· StepI•
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Portfolio Company
ABCD Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00204
Fmt 4701
· l)enefit ·.·.· ...·
Principal
Protection
Rider
~.~
......
0
.
0
...
0
0
..
ABCD Contrarian Portfolio
ABCD Diversified Equity Portfolio
ABCD Equity and Income Portfolio
ABCD Focused Portfolio
ABCD High Yield Bond Portfolio
ABCD Managed-Risk Equity Portfolio
ABCD Russell 2000 Index Portfolio
ABCD S&P 500 Index Portfolio
ABCD Total Return Bond Portfolio
ABCD Total Return Portfolio
ABCD U.S. Large-Cap Portfolio
ABCD U.S. Micro-Cap Growth Portfolio
ABCD U.S. Mid-Cap Portfolio
ABCD U.S. Small-Cap Growth Portfolio
ABCD U.S. Treasury Portfolio
Intermediate-Term Bond Portfolio
Long/Short Equity Portfolio
Long-Term Bond Portfolio
QRS Emerging Market Debt Portfolio
QRS Emerging Markets Portfolio
QRS Global Bond Portfolio
QRS Global Growth Portfolio
Short-Term Bond Portfolio
XYZ Aggressive Allocation Portfolio
XYZ Alternative Growth Portfolio
XYZ Balanced Portfolio
XYZ Capital Appreciation Portfolio
XYZ Conservative Allocation Portfolio
XYZ Consumer Products Portfolio
XYZ Financial Services Portfolio
XYZ Government Money Market Portfolio
XYZ Healthcare Portfolio
XYZ Homebuilders Portfolio
XYZ Moderate Allocation Portfolio
XYZ Multimanager Alternative Portfolio
XYZ Real Estate Portfolio
XYZ Target Date 2020 Portfolio
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Up.DeatiJ.> ·.·.·
Sfmt 4725
. ··
<> ·.•
:.
..
0
·. •li:J
I
..
.· ..
....... · 0
·.•
·. --- @.
.~.~~
I"I·· .. .· · :c- ~
.·.·
0
..
0 ..•·.
.··
·•· .. ·•
.
..·
..
·.··
I
'· .. ..
0
.
····
<····'· .·
·..·
.·····
I
0
0
;
@.·....
·.
;
· ..
·.··
...
0
..
.·.
··
.·•.···
.
0
0
0
·.·
·..
.
;
0
......
~
•.·· .
.•• < •.
··.· .. ·
@
•.
I:
.... ·•
... 0
..
.
.·..
..· 0
··.·
....
... ·
I
0
0
.
·.
......
<
0
..
.0··· •••.
I :.·•· 0"0
··.·· .·'.
0
·.•·
0
•··.· . ·...· 0.···.·
••
..........
I
I··.·
..
I•
..
·.·:·
.......
·
0
.
~
~
·.·
0-:-. ..
0
.·.
.
..
·. •. ·0•
·
·
.
•.
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
0
30NOP2
EP30NO18.011
61932
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE 8011–01–C
The table below identifies which portfolio
companies are available for use with the
Lifetime Minimum Payout Rider.
Appendix B
Hypothetical Updating Summary Prospectus
Prepared by SEC Staff—For Illustrative
Purposes Only
[GRAPHIC: XYZ Insurance: a hypothetical
company]
Investment Type:
Limitation *
Alternative, Global
Equity.
U.S. Equity, Sector,
Global Bond.
Allocation, U.S. Bond,
and Money Market.
Fixed Account ...........
Up to 20% of your
contract value.
Up to 50% of your
contract value.
No Limits.
VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
Unavailable.
May 1, 2018
You should read this Summary Prospectus
carefully, particularly the section titled
Important Information You Should Consider
About the Contract.
An updated prospectus for the XYZ
Variable Annuity Contract is currently
available online, which contains more
information about the contract, including its
features, benefits, and risks. You can find the
prospectus and other information about the
contract online at XYZInsuranceCo.com/
VAdocuments. You can also obtain this
information at no cost by calling 888–555–
Issued through: XYZ Separate Account A
Contract Classes: Class B, Class X
Updating Summary Prospectus
* You must enroll in automatic quarterly
rebalancing.
61933
1234 or by sending an email request to
email@XYZInsuranceCo.com.
This Summary Prospectus incorporates by
reference the XYZ Variable Annuity
Contract’s prospectus and Statement of
Additional Information (SAI), both dated
May 1, 2018, as amended or supplemented.
The SAI may be obtained, free of charge, in
the same manner as the prospectus.
Additional information about certain
investment products, including variable
annuities, has been prepared by the
Securities and Exchange Commission’s staff
and is available at Investor.gov.
The Securities and Exchange Commission
has not approved or disapproved this
contract or passed upon the adequacy of this
summary prospectus. Any representation to
the contrary is a criminal offense.
Contents
Special Terms
Updated Information About Your Contract
Important Information You Should Consider
About the Contract
Appendix: Portfolio Companies Available
Under the Contract
SPECIAL TERMS
Benefit Base .......................
Contract ..............................
Death Benefit ......................
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Fixed Account .....................
Investment Options ............
Optional Benefits ................
Payout Phase .....................
Portfolio Company ..............
Separate Account ...............
Surrender Charge ...............
VerDate Sep<11>2014
The phase of your contract where you make premium payments and invest those payments seeking to increase
your contract value.
If you elect certain Optional Benefits under the Contract, the Benefit Base is used to determine the amount available to withdraw under the Optional Benefit. This figure is separate from your contract value and cannot be withdrawn as a lump sum.
The legal document between you and XYZ that describes the terms of the variable annuity. The contract has two
phases, the accumulation (savings) phase and the payout (annuitization or income) phase. ‘‘Contract value’’ is
the total value of your investment options (your separate account value plus your fixed account value).
The amount paid to your designated beneficiaries (the persons or organizations you select to receive payments)
upon your death.
An investment option that earns a stated amount of interest. ‘‘Fixed account value’’ is the value of your investments in your fixed account.
This includes the portfolio companies and the fixed account.
Provisions that you can choose to add to your contract, typically for an additional cost. These include the additional death benefits, living benefits, and other benefits such as the liquidity rider.
The phase of your contract after you elect to convert your contract value into a stream of income payments.
One of many mutual funds available for investment through your contract.
XYZ Separate Account A, through which premium payments under the contract may be allocated to portfolio companies. ‘‘Separate account value’’ is the total value of your investments in the portfolio companies.
A charge you pay if you withdraw money from your contract during a set time period (the surrender charge period)
after you contributed money to your contract.
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00205
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.012
Accumulation Phase ...........
61934
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Updated Information About Your Contract
Q. Have my contract features changed
during the previous year?
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
A. Yes. Please see below for a summary of
changes that have been made to the contract.
As described below, these changes may or
may not affect you, depending on when you
purchased your contract.
The information in this updating summary
prospectus is a summary of certain contract
features that have changed since the
Updating Summary Prospectus dated May 1,
2017. This may not reflect all of the changes
that have occurred since you entered into
your Contract.
• Fee Table
Æ Only for contracts purchased before Jan.
1, 2014: we have increased the transfer
fee from $10 to $15.
• Standard Death Benefit
Æ We have changed the terms associated
with the standard death benefit to clarify
that a surviving spouse may include a
surviving domestic partner.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
• Optional Benefits
Æ We have changed the investment
restrictions associated with the Annual
Step-Up Death Benefit, Principal
Protection Rider, and Lifetime Minimum
Income Rider. Current investors that
were previously in compliance with the
restrictions do not need to update their
allocation. However, future allocation
instructions must comply with the new
restrictions. See Appendix: Portfolio
Companies Available Under the
Contract.
Æ We have changed the withdrawal rates
for new purchases of the Lifetime
Minimum Payout Rider. Current contract
owners will be subject to the rate in
effect when you elected the Riders.
Æ Only for contracts purchased before Jan.
1, 2014: We have changed the current fee
associated with the Lifetime Minimum
Income Rider. In no case will the fees
exceed the maximum amount shown in
the fee table in the contract prospectus.
Æ The Lifetime Minimum Payout Rider is
now available to new contract owners
PO 00000
Frm 00206
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and existing contract owners that do not
own any other living benefits. The
Lifetime Minimum Payout Rider
provides longevity protection through
lifetime benefit payments.
• Portfolio Companies
Æ The XYZ Blue Chip Portfolio has
liquidated.
Æ The ABCD Equity Portfolio has been
renamed the ABCD Equity and Income
Portfolio.
Æ The ABCD U.S. Mid-Cap Value Portfolio
and ABCD U.S. Mid-Cap Growth
Portfolio merged into the ABCD U.S.
Mid-Cap Portfolio.
Important Information You Should Consider
About the Contract
An investment in the contract is subject to
fees, risks, and other important
considerations, some of which are briefly
summarized in the following table. You
should review the prospectus for additional
information about these topics.
BILLING CODE 8011–01–P
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Surrender Charge
(charges for early
withdrawal)
Transaction Charges
(charges for certain
transactions)
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Ongoing Fees and
Expenses
(annual charges)
If you withdraw money from your
contract within 9 years following your
last premium payment, you will be
assessed a surrender charge of up to
9% on the value of the withdrawal,
declining to 0% over 9 years.
For example, if you purchased a Class
X contract and were to withdraw
$100,000 during the surrender charge
period, you would be assessed a charge
of up to $9,000 on the amount
withdrawn.
In addition to surrender charges, you
also may be charged for other
transactions (such as when you transfer
cash value between investment
options, or for special requests such as
wire transfers).
The table below describes the fees and
expenses that you may pay each year,
depending on the options you choose.
Please refer to your contract
specifications page for information
about the specific fees you will pay
each year based on the options you
have elected.
ANNUAL
FEE
1. Base
contract
(varies by
contract
class)
2.
Investment
options
(Portfolio
Company
fees and
expenses)
3.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00207
MIN.
MAX.
1.15%1
1.55%1
0.35%2
2.71%2
0.15%3
5.05%3
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
LOCATION IN
PROSPECTUS
Charges (Surrender
Charge)
Charges (Transfer Fee;
Surrender Charge)
Fee Table and Expense
Examples
Charges
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.020
FEES AND EXPENSES
61935
61936
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Optional
benefits (if
elected)
1
As a JJI;;I'
of
account value.
2
As a JJI;;II_,\;;IIIdt)l;; of
company assets.
3
As a JJI;;II_,I;;IUctt;t; of contract value or benefit
base ;JJI;;IIUI! on the
benefits
selected.
Because your contract is customizable,
the choices you make affect how much
you will pay. To help you understand
the cost of owning your contract, the
following table shows the lowest and
highest cost you could pay each year.
This estimate assumes that you do not
take withdrawals from the contract,
which could add surrender charges
that substantially increase costs.
HIGHEST
ANNUAL COST
ESTIMATE:
$9,134
Assumes:
• Investment of
$100,000
• 5%annual
appreciation
Most
expensive
•
combination of
classes, optional
benefits, and
portfolio
company fees
and expenses
• No sales charges
• No additional
contributions,
transfers, or
withdrawals
RISKS
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Risk of Loss
You can lose money by investing in
this contract, including loss of
principal.
This contract is not designed for shortterm investing and is not appropriate
Not a Short-Term
Investment
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00208
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
LOCATION IN
PROSPECTUS
Principal Risks
Principal Risks
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.021
LOWEST
ANNUAL COST
ESTIMATE:
$1,518
Assumes:
• Investment of
$100,000
• 5%annual
appreciation
Least
expensive
•
combination of
contract classes
and portfolio
company fees
and expenses
• No optional
benefits
• No sales charges
• No additional
contributions,
transfers, or
withdrawals
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
61937
for an investor who needs ready access
to cash.
Risks Associated with
Investment Options
Insurance Company
Risks
RESTRICTIONS
Investment Options
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Optional Benefits
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
• There is a $10 charge for each
transfer when you transfer money
between investment options in
excess of 12 times a year.
• XYZ reserves the right to remove or
substitute portfolio companies as
investment options that are available
under the contract.
• Many optional benefits limit or
restrict the investment options you
may select under the contract. We
may change these restrictions in the
PO 00000
Frm 00209
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
Principal Risks
Principal Risks
LOCATION IN
PROSPECTUS
Principal Risks
Other Benefits Available
Under the Contract
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.022
Surrender charges apply for up to 9
years following your last premium
payment. They will reduce the value of
your contract if you withdraw money
during that time. The benefits of tax
deferral and living benefit protections
also mean the contract is more
beneficial to investors with a long time
horizon.
• An investment in this contract is
subject to the risk of poor
investment performance of the
investment options you choose.
• Each investment option has its own
unique risks.
• You should review the prospectuses
for the available portfolio companies
before making an investment
decision.
Any obligations, guarantees, and
benefits of the contract are subject to
the claims-paying ability ofXYZ. If
XYZ experiences financial distress, it
may not be able to meet its obligations
to you. More infonnation about XYZ,
including its financial strength ratings,
is available upon request from XYZ
Separate Account A.
61938
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
future.
• You are required to have a certain
contract value for some optional
benefits. If withdrawals reduce your
contract value below this value, your
optional benefits may be reduced or
terminated.
• We may stop offering an optional
benefit at any time.
TAXES
• Consult with a tax professional to
determine the tax implications of an
investment in and payments received
under this contract.
• If you purchase the contract through
a tax-qualified plan or individual
retirement account (IRA), you do
not get any additional tax deferral.
• Earnings on your contract are taxed
at ordinary income tax rates when
you withdraw them, and you may
have to pay a penalty if you take a
withdrawal before age 59 liz.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
LOCATION IN
PROSPECTUS
Your investment professional may
Other Information
Investment Professional
receive compensation for selling this
Compensation
(Distribution)
contract to you, both in the form of
commissions and because XYZ may
share the revenue it earns on this
contract with the professional's firm.
This conflict of interest may influence
your investment professional to
recommend this contract over another
investment.
Exchanges
Some investment professionals may
Other Information
have a financial incentive to offer you
(Contract Provisions and
a new contract in place of the one you
Limitations)
own. You should only exchange your
contract if you determine, after
comparing the features, fees, and risks
of both contracts, that it is better for
you to purchase the new contract rather
than continue to own your existing
contract.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00210
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.023
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Tax Implications
LOCATION IN
PROSPECTUS
Taxes
61939
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE
Appendix: Portfolio Companies Available
Under the Contract
The following is a list of portfolio
companies currently available under the
contract, which is subject to change, as
discussed in the prospectus for the contract.
Before you invest, you should review the
prospectuses for the portfolio companies.
Investment type
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Allocation ................
Alternative ...............
Alternative ...............
Alternative ...............
Global Bond ............
Global Bond ............
Global Equity ..........
Global Equity ..........
Global Equity ..........
Global Equity ..........
Money Market .........
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
Sector .....................
Sector .....................
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Bond ...............
U.S. Equity .............
U.S. Equity .............
U.S. Equity .............
U.S. Equity .............
U.S. Equity .............
U.S. Equity .............
U.S. Equity .............
U.S. Equity .............
U.S. Equity .............
VerDate Sep<11>2014
These prospectuses contain more information
about the portfolio companies and their risks
and may be amended from time to time. You
can find the prospectuses and other
information about the portfolio companies
online at XYZInsuranceCo.com/
VAdocuments. You can also request this
information at no cost by calling 888–555–
1234 or by sending an email request to
email@XYZInsuranceCo.com.
Expense ratio
(expenses/
average
assets)
(%)
[Portfolio company and adviser/subadviser]
XYZ Aggressive Allocation Portfolio ...........................
XYZ Balanced Portfolio ..............................................
XYZ Conservative Allocation Portfolio ........................
XYZ Moderate Allocation Portfolio .............................
XYZ Target Date 2020 Portfolio .................................
XYZ Target Date 2030 Portfolio .................................
XYZ Target Date 2040 Portfolio .................................
XYZ Target Date 2050 Portfolio .................................
XYZ Target Date 2060 Portfolio .................................
XYZ Target Date Income Portfolio .............................
Long/Short Equity Portfolio (Subadviser: 123 Asset
Management).
XYZ Alternative Growth Portfolio ................................
XYZ Multimanager Alternative Portfolio (Subadvisers: 123 Asset Management; 456 Asset Management; 789 Advisers).
QRS Global Bond Portfolio (Subadviser: 456 Asset
Management).
XYZ Unconstrained Bond Portfolio .............................
ABCD Total Return Portfolio ......................................
QRS Emerging Market Debt Portfolio (Subadviser:
456 Asset Management).
QRS Emerging Markets Portfolio (Subadviser: 456
Asset Management).
QRS Global Growth Portfolio (Subadviser: 456 Asset
Management).
XYZ Government Money Market Portfolio .................
XYZ Capital Appreciation Portfolio (Subadviser: 789
Advisers).
XYZ Consumer Products Portfolio (Subadviser: 789
Advisers).
XYZ Financial Services Portfolio (Subadviser: 789
Advisers).
XYZ Healthcare Portfolio (Subadviser: 789 Advisers)
XYZ Homebuilders Portfolio (Subadviser: 789 Advisers).
XYZ Real Estate Portfolio (Subadviser: 789 Advisers).
XYZ Technology Portfolio (Subadviser: 789 Advisers).
XYZ Transportation & Infrastructure Portfolio (Subadviser: 789 Advisers).
XYZ Utilities Portfolio (Subadviser: 789 Advisers) .....
ABCD Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio ......................
ABCD High Yield Bond Portfolio ................................
ABCD Total Return Bond Portfolio .............................
ABCD U.S. Treasury Portfolio ....................................
Intermediate-Term Bond Portfolio ..............................
Long-Term Bond Portfolio ..........................................
Short-Term Bond Portfolio ..........................................
ABCD Contrarian Portfolio ..........................................
ABCD Diversified Equity Portfolio ..............................
ABCD Equity and Income Portfolio ............................
ABCD Focused Portfolio .............................................
ABCD Managed-Risk Equity Portfolio ........................
ABCD Russell 2000 Index Portfolio ...........................
ABCD S&P 500 Index Portfolio ..................................
ABCD U.S. Large-Cap Portfolio .................................
ABCD U.S. Micro-Cap Growth Portfolio .....................
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00211
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
The performance information below
reflects fees and expenses of the portfolio
companies, but does not reflect the other fees
and expenses that your contract may charge.
Performance would be lower if these charges
were included. Each portfolio company’s
past performance is not necessarily an
indication of future performance.
Average annual total returns
(as of 12/31/2017)
1 year
(%)
5 year
(%)
10 year
(%)
0.97
0.81
0.97
0.97
1.03
1.03
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.01
2.53
17.49
14.80
8.06
11.77
11.69
13.14
14.69
18.91
24.09
4.02
10.93
11.68
10.06
6.25
8.28
5.52
6.14
6.96
9.10
........................
5.88
........................
5.87
5.89
5.36
5.73
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
2.71
2.03
1.75
2.11
3.81
........................
1.75
........................
1.31
........................
........................
........................
1.27
1.05
1.31
1.81
6.02
12.48
0.62
0.43
3.58
2.91
........................
........................
1.29
37.87
7.24
........................
1.22
31.77
11.56
6.30
0.37
0.66
0.31
31.69
0.06
16.75
0.19
8.33
0.76
8.95
11.10
8.86
0.76
23.53
6.75
7.73
0.78
0.76
22.04
........................
19.28
........................
11.87
........................
0.75
14.60
........................
........................
0.84
50.16
23.51
........................
0.75
18.24
........................
........................
0.76
0.41
0.97
1.14
0.38
0.41
0.41
0.39
0.91
0.87
0.79
0.76
1.02
0.37
0.35
0.81
0.88
7.34
3.20
6.18
11.17
0.76
4.14
9.73
2.85
15.20
22.70
19.66
26.43
14.11
14.61
21.26
23.54
28.91
10.59
2.35
4.70
9.72
0.22
2.81
4.78
2.44
12.82
15.05
........................
13.02
........................
14.07
15.23
11.66
........................
........................
3.83
7.25
........................
........................
4.58
........................
........................
........................
8.23
........................
........................
........................
........................
8.00
6.21
........................
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
61940
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Investment type
U.S. Equity .............
U.S. Equity .............
[Portfolio company and adviser/subadviser]
ABCD U.S. Mid-Cap Portfolio .....................................
ABCD U.S. Small-Cap Growth Portfolio .....................
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
The table below identifies the portfolio
companies available for use with the Annual
Step-Up Death Benefit, the Principal
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Expense ratio
(expenses/
average
assets)
(%)
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
Average annual total returns
(as of 12/31/2017)
1 year
(%)
0.81
0.81
12.14
13.64
Protection Rider, and the Lifetime Minimum
Income Rider.
BILLING CODE 8011–01–P
PO 00000
Frm 00212
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
5 year
(%)
10.19
13.90
10 year
(%)
7.91
18.02
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
.··
'<,
Annual Step~
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00213
. Benefit •.·
.·.
0
,·· .
Lifetime
Minimum
Income
Rider
0
0
·.
0
·fi:1.·.•·.·•· · ..• ·.
0.. '
I
I· ·..
.•
.•
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.0
0····
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.· •. 0
0
I
•.
...
' ··'··. . .
•
.
..\ ....
[······.•...
.
·.
0
0
.
.
0
.
!
'
•
0
... .,. 0
.
.
0
..
..
.·
0
I.
I
..
i
'
I
...
0
.··
E:1
.
..
..
.
. ·..
·•
.
..
.···
.
J
0 .•..
...
.··
I
.....
.....
·.·.
0
.
·.·
.····.·
;
..
..
..
\
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
UpJ)eath ·..
Portfolio Company
ABCD Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio
ABCD Contrarian Portfolio
ABCD Diversified Equity Portfolio
ABCD Equity and Income Portfolio
ABCD Focused Portfolio
ABCD High Yield Bond Portfolio
ABCD Managed-Risk Equity Portfolio
ABCD Russell 2000 Index Portfolio
ABCD S&P 500 Index Portfolio
ABCD Total Return Bond Portfolio
ABCD Total Return Portfolio
ABCD U.S. Large-Cap Portfolio
ABCD U.S. Micro-Cap Growth Portfolio
ABCD U.S. Mid-Cap Portfolio
ABCD U.S. Small-Cap Growth Portfolio
ABCD U.S. Treasury Portfolio
Intermediate-Term Bond Portfolio
Long/Short Equity Portfolio
Long-Term Bond Portfolio
QRS Emerging Market Debt Portfolio
QRS Emerging Markets Portfolio
QRS Global Bond Portfolio
QRS Global Growth Portfolio
Short-Term Bond Portfolio
XYZ Aggressive Allocation Portfolio
XYZ Alternative Growth Portfolio
XYZ Balanced Portfolio
XYZ Capital Appreciation Portfolio
XYZ Conservative Allocation Portfolio
XYZ Consumer Products Portfolio
XYZ Financial Services Portfolio
XYZ Government Money Market Portfolio
XYZ Healthcare Portfolio
XYZ Homebuilders Portfolio
XYZ Moderate Allocation Portfolio
XYZ Multimanager Alternative Portfolio
XYZ Real Estate Portfolio
XYZ Target Date 2020 Portfolio
Principal
Protection
Rider
61941
61942
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
Appendix C
The table below identifies which portfolio
companies are available for use with the
Lifetime Minimum Payout Rider.
Investment type:
Alternative, Global
Equity.
U.S. Equity, Sector,
Global Bond.
Allocation, U.S. Bond,
and Money Market.
Fixed Account ...........
[GRAPHIC: ‘‘VARIABLE ANNUITY
SUMMARY PROSPECTUS: Tell us
what you think’’]
Limitation *
We require insurance companies to
give you—in one long document called
a prospectus—a lot of information when
you purchase a variable annuity. We are
now proposing a different approach.
Under the proposed approach,
insurance companies may instead
choose to give you a short summary
document. The longer document would
still be available online (and you could
receive a paper copy of it at no charge
if you ask for it). We call the short
summary document a summary
prospectus.
Up to 20% of your
contract value.
Up to 50% of your
contract value.
No Limits.
Unavailable.
* You must enroll in automatic quarterly
rebalancing.
Name of the section
Most useful
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
a. Overview of the Variable Annuity
Contract.
b. Important Information You Should
Consider About the Contract.
c. Standard Death Benefit ...............
d. Other Benefits Available Under
the Contract.
e. Buying Your Contract ..................
f. Surrendering Your Contract or
Making Withdrawals: Accessing
the Money in Your Contract.
g. Additional Information About
Fees.
h. Portfolio Companies Available
Under Your Contract.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
]
[
]
[
]
[
]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[
]
[
]
[
]
[
]
1. Have you ever considered
purchasing a variable annuity? [ ] Yes
[ ] No [ ] Don’t know
2. The sample summary prospectus is
divided into eight sections. Please
indicate which two sections you found
to be the most useful, and which two
sections you found to be the least
useful, in describing the variable
annuity.
Why?
4. The section named ‘‘Important
Information You Should Consider
About the Contract’’ includes a table. Do
you think the table is clear? [ ] Yes [ ]
No
If no, what other information would
make this clearer? Would you prefer to
PO 00000
Questions
Least useful
[
3. The sample summary prospectus
includes a section named ‘‘Overview of
the Variable Annuity Contract.’’ Does
that section provide clear information?
[ ] Yes [ ] No
If no, what other information would
make this clearer?
We would like to know what you
think about the summary prospectus.
Please take a few minutes to review this
sample summary prospectus, which is
available at https://www.sec.gov/rules/
proposed/2018/33-10569-appendixa.pdf and answer any or all of these
questions. Thank you for your feedback!
Frm 00214
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
see the information in a different format
(other than a table)?
5. The sample summary prospectus
describes what you would pay for the
variable annuity, including upfront fees
and future fees. Was this description
clear? [ ] Yes [ ] No
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
EP30NO18.014
BILLING CODE 8011–01–C
61943
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 / Proposed Rules
If no, what other information would
make this clearer?
6. Variable annuities may offer
optional insurance benefits that you can
purchase for extra fees. The sample
summary prospectus describes these
optional benefits.
A. Does the sample summary
prospectus describe these optional
benefits clearly? [ ] Yes [ ] No
If no, what other information would
make this clearer?
B. Does the sample summary
prospectus describe the extra fees
associated with these optional benefits
clearly? [ ] Yes [ ] No
If no, how could we make this
clearer?
7. When you purchase a variable
annuity, you decide how to invest your
money by selecting one or more
available mutual funds. The sample
summary prospectus includes a table of
Investment options (mutual funds) offered under the variable annuity ......................................................................
Standard death benefit ........................................................
Optional insurance features (also called optional benefits
or riders) ...........................................................................
Fees (how much the variable annuity costs) .......................
Mechanics of how a variable annuity works (how to purchase, accessing money, annuitization, etc.) ..................
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with PROPOSALS2
9. Is the length of the document: [ ]
Too short [ ] Too long [ ] About right
If the length is not appropriate, why
not?
10. How would you prefer to receive/
read a document like the sample
summary prospectus?
[ ] On paper
[ ] In an email
[ ] On a website
[ ] A combination of paper and digital
[ ] Other (explain)
11. Do you have any additional
suggestions for improving the summary
prospectus? Is there anything else you
would like to tell us about your
experience with variable annuities?
If you are interested in background
information on the proposed variable
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:16 Nov 29, 2018
Jkt 247001
mutual funds that are available as
investment options. Does this table
provide the information that you would
want to consider when choosing mutual
funds? [ ] Yes [ ] No
If no, what other information would
be helpful to include?
8. After reading the sample summary
prospectus, how likely would you be to
request the full prospectus for more
information on the following topics?
Very likely
Likely
Neither
likely nor
unlikely
Unlikely
Very
unlikely
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[
[
[
[
[
]
]
annuity summary prospectus, or want to
provide feedback on additional
questions, visit https://www.sec.gov/
news/press-release/2018-246.
*
*
*
*
*
]
]
]
EMAIL
rule-comments@sec.gov.
SEC WEBSITE
www.sec.gov/rules/proposed.shtml.
We will post your feedback on our
website. Your submission will be posted
Your Name: llllllllllll without change; we do not redact or edit
email: lllllllllllllll personal identifying information from
submissions. You should only make
(your email address will not be
submissions that you wish to make
published on the website)
available publicly. Please provide your
You can send us feedback in the
following ways (include the file number comments by February 15, 2019.
S7–23–18 in your response):
Thank you!
How To Provide Feedback
MAIL
[QR Code]
Secretary, U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE,
Washington, DC 20549–1090.
PO 00000
Frm 00215
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
[FR Doc. 2018–24376 Filed 11–29–18; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8011–01–P
E:\FR\FM\30NOP2.SGM
30NOP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 231 (Friday, November 30, 2018)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 61730-61943]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2018-24376]
[[Page 61729]]
Vol. 83
Friday,
No. 231
November 30, 2018
Part II
Book 2 of 2 Books
Pages 61729-62240
Securities and Exchange Commission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
17 CFR Parts 230, 232, 239, et al.
Updated Disclosure Requirements and Summary Prospectus for Variable
Annuity and Variable Life Insurance Contracts; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 83 , No. 231 / Friday, November 30, 2018 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 61730]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
17 CFR Parts 230, 232, 239, 240, 270, and 274
[Release Nos. 33-10569; 34-84508; IC-33286; File No. S7-23-18]
RIN 3235-AK60
Updated Disclosure Requirements and Summary Prospectus for
Variable Annuity and Variable Life Insurance Contracts
Agency: Securities and Exchange Commission.
Action: Proposed rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary: The Securities and Exchange Commission is proposing rule and
form amendments that are intended to help investors make informed
investment decisions regarding variable annuity and variable life
insurance contracts. The proposal would modernize disclosures by using
a layered disclosure approach designed to provide investors with key
information relating to the contract's terms, benefits, and risks in a
concise and more reader-friendly presentation, with access to more
detailed information available online and electronically or in paper
format on request. The proposed new rule would permit a person to
satisfy its prospectus delivery obligations under the Securities Act of
1933 for a variable annuity or variable life insurance contract by
sending or giving a summary prospectus to investors and making the
statutory prospectus available online. The proposed rule also would
consider a person to have met its prospectus delivery obligations for
any portfolio companies associated with a variable annuity or variable
life insurance contract if the portfolio company prospectuses are
posted online. In addition, we are proposing amendments to the
registration forms for variable annuity and variable life insurance
contracts to update and enhance the disclosures to investors in these
contracts, and to implement the proposed summary prospectus framework.
We are further proposing to require variable contracts to use the
Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language (``Inline XBRL'') format
for the submission of certain required disclosures in the variable
contract statutory prospectus. We are also proposing certain technical
and conforming amendments to our rules and forms, including amendments
to rules relating to variable life insurance contracts, as well as
rescission of certain related rules and forms. Lastly, we are seeking
comments regarding parallel amendments to rules governing mutual fund
summary prospectuses and registration forms applicable to other types
of registered investment companies.
Dates: Comments should be submitted on or before February 15, 2019.
Addresses: Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
Electronic Comments
Use the Commission's internet comment form (https://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed.shtml); or
Send an email to [email protected]. Please include
File No. S7-23-18 on the subject line.
Paper Comments
Send paper comments to Secretary, Securities and Exchange
Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
All submissions should refer to File Number S7-23-18. This file number
should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the
Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please
use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the
Commission's website (https://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed.shtml).
Comments are also available for website viewing and printing in the
Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Room 1580,
Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of
10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. All comments received will be posted without
change. Persons submitting comments are cautioned that we do not redact
or edit personal identifying information from comment submissions. You
should submit only information you wish to make available publicly.
Investors wishing to provide comments regarding the proposed summary
prospectus may wish to submit our Feedback Flier, available at Appendix
C.
Studies, memoranda, or other substantive items may be added by the
Commission or staff to the comment file during this rulemaking. A
notification of the inclusion in the comment file of any such materials
will be made available on the Commission's website. To ensure direct
electronic receipt of such notifications, sign up through the ``Stay
Connected'' option at www.sec.gov to receive notifications by email.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Daniel K. Chang, James Maclean, Amy
Miller, Senior Counsels; Amanda Hollander Wagner, Branch Chief; Michael
C. Pawluk, Senior Special Counsel, Investment Company Regulation
Office, at (202) 551-6792; Keith Carpenter or Michael Kosoff, Senior
Special Counsels, Disclosure and Review Office, at (202) 551-6921,
Division of Investment Management, Securities and Exchange Commission,
100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-8549.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Securities and Exchange Commission
(``Commission'') is proposing new rule 498A [proposed rule 17 CFR
230.498A] under the Securities Act. The Commission is also proposing
amendments to the following rules:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commission reference CFR citation (17 CFR)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Regulation S-T [17 CFR 232.10 through 232.903]:
Rule 11............................................... Sec. 232.11.
Rule 405.............................................. Sec. 232.405.
Securities Act of 1933 (``Securities Act''): \1\
Rule 159A............................................. Sec. 230.159A.
Rule 421.............................................. Sec. 230.421.
Rule 431.............................................. Sec. 230.431.
Rule 482.............................................. Sec. 230.482.
Rule 485.............................................. Sec. 230.485.
Rule 497.............................................. Sec. 230.497.
Rule 498.............................................. Sec. 230.498.
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (``Exchange Act''): \2\
Rule 14a-16........................................... Sec. 240.14a-16.
Investment Company Act of 1940 (``Investment Company
Act''): \3\
Rule 0-1.............................................. Sec. 270.0-1.
[[Page 61731]]
Rule 6c-7............................................. Sec. 270.6c-7.
Rule 6c-8............................................. Sec. 270.6c-8.
Rule 6e-2............................................. Sec. 270.6e-2.
Rule 6e-3(T).......................................... Sec. 270.6e-3(T).
Rule 11a-2............................................ Sec. 270.11a-2.
Rule 14a-2............................................ Sec. 270.14a-2.
Rule 26a-1............................................ Sec. 270.26a-1.
Rule 27c-1............................................ Sec. 270.27c-1.
Securities Act and Investment Company Act:
Form N-3.............................................. Sec. 239.17a and 274.11b.
Form N-4.............................................. Sec. 239.17b and 274.11c.
Form N-6.............................................. Sec. 239.17c and 274.11d.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Finally, the Commission is proposing to rescind:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ 15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.
\2\ 15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.
\3\ 15 U.S.C. 80a et seq.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commission reference CFR citation (17 CFR)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Company Act:
Rule 26a-2......................... Sec. 270.26a-2.
Rule 27a-1......................... Sec. 270.27a-1.
Rule 27a-2......................... Sec. 270.27a-2.
Rule 27a-3......................... Sec. 270.27a-3.
Rule 27d-2......................... Sec. 270.27d-2.
Rule 27e-1......................... Sec. 270.27e-1.
Rule 27f-1......................... Sec. 270.27f-1.
Rule 27g-1......................... Sec. 270.27g-1.
Rule 27h-1......................... Sec. 270.27h-1.
Form N-27E-1....................... Sec. 274.127e-1.
Form N-27F-1....................... Sec. 274.127f-1.
Form N-27I-1....................... Sec. 274.302.
Form N-27I-2....................... Sec. 274.303.
Securities Act and Investment Company
Act:
Form N-1........................... Sec. 239.15 and 274.11.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table of Contents
I. Introduction and Background
A. Overview of Variable Annuities and Variable Life Insurance
Products
B. Prospectus Disclosure and Delivery
1. Requirements for Variable Contract Prospectus Disclosure and
Delivery
2. Evolution of Layered Disclosure and Delivery of Information
to Investors
C. Rulemaking Proposal Overview
II. Discussion
A. New Option To Use a Summary Prospectus for Variable Contracts
1. Initial Summary Prospectus
2. Updating Summary Prospectus
3. Legal Effect of Use of Summary Prospectus for Variable
Contracts
4. Online Accessibility of Contract Statutory Prospectus and
Certain Other Documents Relating to the Contract
5. Other Requirements for Summary Prospectus and Other Contract
Documents
6. Incorporation by Reference
7. Filing Requirements for the Summary Prospectus
8. Definitions in the Proposed Rule
B. Optional Method To Satisfy Portfolio Company Prospectus
Delivery Requirements
1. Current Delivery Practices for Portfolio Company Prospectuses
2. New Option To Satisfy Prospectus Delivery Requirements
C. Discontinued Variable Contracts
D. Proposed Amendments to Registration Forms
1. General Instructions
2. Part A (Information Required in a Prospectus)
3. Part B (Information Required in a Statement of Additional
Information)
4. Part C (Other Information)
5. Guidelines
E. Inline XBRL
F. Technical and Conforming Amendments to, and Requests for
Comment on, Other Aspects of the Regulatory Framework for Variable
Contracts
G. Compliance Date
III. Economic Analysis
A. Introduction
B. Economic Baseline
1. Overview of Variable Products Market
2. Statutory and Regulatory Disclosure Requirements
C. Benefits and Costs of the Proposed Rule
1. Optional Summary Prospectus Regime
2. Treatment of Discontinued Variable Contracts
3. Changes to Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6
4. Inline XBRL
D. Effects on Efficiency, Competition, and Capital Formation
E. Reasonable Alternatives
1. Mandating Summary Prospectuses
2. Summary Prospectuses Delivered With Statutory Prospectuses
3. Contract-Specific Updating Summary Prospectuses
4. Do Not Provide Updating Summary Prospectuses
5. Inline XBRL
6. Alternatives to Form N-3, N-4, and N-6 Amendments
7. Requiring All Variable Contracts (Including Currently
Discontinued Contracts) To Prepare Updated Registration Statements
and Deliver Statutory or Summary Prospectuses
8. Alternatives to Commission's Position on Alternative
Disclosure Contracts
F. Request for Comments
IV. Paperwork Reduction Act
A. Form N-3
B. Form N-4
C. Form N-6
D. Registered Investment Company Interactive Data
E. Proposed Rule 498A
F. Request for Comments
V. Regulatory Flexibility Certification
VI. Consideration of Impact on the Economy
VII. Statutory Authority and Text of Proposed Amendments
Appendices
Appendix A: Hypothetical Initial Summary Prospectus
Appendix B: Hypothetical Updating Summary Prospectus
Appendix C: Feedback Flier--Variable Annuity Summary Prospectus
I. Introduction and Background
To meet life insurance needs and other financial goals, investors
may consider variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts
(together, ``variable contracts'' or ``contracts'') as a way of
combining insurance guarantees with the potential for long-term
investment appreciation.\4\ Variable contracts are generally more
complex than other retail investment products, such as mutual funds, in
a variety of ways. These investment products combine both investment
and insurance features. They frequently offer a menu of optional
benefits that an investor may select to customize the contract to meet
his or her individual needs. In addition, most have two-level fee
structures, where fees are assessed at both the contract level by the
issuer (including any additional charges for optional benefits selected
by the investor) and at the underlying investment option level. Further
transactional charges may also apply, some of which could be
substantial, for example, in the case of withdrawals made from a
contract prior to a specified number of years.\5\ Special tax rules
also apply to variable products, with both tax advantages and potential
[[Page 61732]]
adverse tax impacts in certain circumstances.\6\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ For an overview of variable annuities and variable life
insurance contracts, see infra section I.A.
\5\ A contract may impose a ``surrender charge'' if, after
purchase payments are made, an investor withdraws money from the
contract during a stated period typically ranging from six to ten
(or even more) years.
\6\ For example, assets within a variable contract grow tax-
deferred, and transfers between investment options under the
contract are not taxable events. However, investors may face a 10%
federal income tax penalty if money is withdrawn before the investor
reaches 59\1/2\ years old. For these and other reasons, a variable
contract generally is sold as a long-term investment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investors should understand the features, risks, and charges
associated with any potential investment. Providing investors with key
information is particularly important in the context of variable
contracts, since their structure is typically more complex than other
types of investment products. The operation and terminology associated
with these products can be difficult for investors to understand.
Moreover, variable contract prospectuses are often quite lengthy
(frequently more than a hundred pages), particularly in the case of
products that include optional benefits. It is also common for insurers
to describe different versions of the contract in one prospectus, some
of which may no longer be available to new investors, leaving investors
to wade through a lengthy document to find disclosures relevant to the
particular contract that they purchased or are considering purchasing.
In addition, variable contract investors generally allocate their
purchase payments to a range of investment options. For most variable
contracts, these investment options typically are mutual funds, which
are separately registered and have their own prospectuses.\7\ Because
insurers issuing variable contracts typically bundle prospectuses for
the underlying portfolio companies together with the variable contract
prospectus, the disclosures that investors receive at the time of the
initial purchase and on an annual basis thereafter can be
voluminous.\8\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ For purposes of this release, we refer to these entities as
``portfolio companies.''
\8\ For example, variable annuity contracts offer an average of
59 investment options, with some contracts offering more than 250
investment options. See Insured Retirement Institute, IRI Fact Book
2018 (``IRI Fact Book''), at 170. Furthermore, variable life
insurance contracts offer an average of 64 investment options, with
some contracts offering more than 300 investment options. These
variable life figures are based on June 2018 data obtained from
Morningstar Direct.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are concerned that the volume, format, and content of
disclosures in the variable contract context may make it difficult for
some investors to find and understand key information that they need to
make an informed investment decision. To improve the current disclosure
framework and update the manner in which variable contract investors
receive and review prospectuses and related information, we are
proposing new rule 498A under the Securities Act that permits the use
of a summary prospectus to satisfy statutory prospectus delivery
obligations, along with other rule and form amendments intended to
implement the summary prospectus framework. Investors would continue to
have access to the contract statutory prospectus and other information
about the contract online (and could receive paper or electronic copies
upon request), which would continue to provide more-detailed
information about the contract.
Specifically, the approach under the proposed new rule contemplates
the use of two types of summary prospectuses: An ``initial summary
prospectus'' to be provided to new investors, and an ``updating summary
prospectus'' to be provided to existing investors. To help investors
make an informed investment decision, each type of summary prospectus
uses a layered disclosure approach designed to provide investors with
key information relating to the contract's terms, benefits, and risks
in a concise and more reader-friendly presentation, with website
addresses or hyperlinks to more detailed information posted online and
delivered electronically or in paper format on request. In proposing
new rule 498A, we are considering approaches that could affect, and
raise the possibility of future amendments to, certain parallel
provisions of rule 498 and certain of our registration forms applicable
to other types of registered investment companies.
A. Overview of Variable Annuities and Variable Life Insurance Products
Variable contracts are contracts between an investor and an
insurance company that provide investors with exposure to the
securities markets while also offering certain insurance protections,
such as protection against market losses, protection against outliving
their assets, or assurances that their beneficiaries will receive a
certain amount upon death.\9\ Unlike traditional annuities and life
insurance contracts, variable contracts have an investment component
that allows investors the possibility of increasing their potential
benefits.\10\ Variable contracts also offer tax benefits such as tax-
deferral on investment earnings until distribution. This combination of
insurance guarantees and tax-deferred investment may be appealing to
investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ The average contract value for individual variable annuities
is approximately $106,187. See IRI Fact Book, supra note 8, at 170.
Americans who own annuities have a median annual household income of
$64,000 (80% have total annual household incomes below $100,000).
Most individual annuity owners are retired. Although the average age
of an annuity owner is 70, the average age at which owners purchased
their first annuity is 51. See The Gallup Organization and Mathew
Greenwald & Associates for The Committee of Annuity Insurers, Survey
of Owners of Individual Annuity Contracts (2013) (``Gallup
Survey''), at 8-9. There is limited data available regarding
variable life insurance contracts, but based upon the data that is
available, the Commission believes that the demographics of
investors for those products are likely comparable.
\10\ Variable contracts generally are treated as annuity or
insurance contracts under state insurance laws and securities under
the federal securities laws. Although section 3(a)(8) of the
Securities Act exempts from the Act any insurance or endowment
policy or annuity contract issued by a corporation subject to the
supervision of the insurance commissioner of any State or Territory
of the United States or the District of Columbia, we have
determined, and the courts have held, that variable annuities are
securities under the federal securities laws and are not, therefore,
entitled to this exemption. See, e.g., SEC v. Variable Annuity Life
Ins. Co. of Am., 359 U.S. 65 (1959) (variable annuity contracts are
securities, and not insurance policies or annuity contracts within
the meaning of the Act's exemption because the issuer of a variable
annuity contract has no element of fixed return and does not assume
any investment risk, which is inherent in the concepts of insurance
and annuity contracts); see also Adoption of Rule 3c-4 Under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, Investment Company Act Release No.
7644, 1 SEC Docket 17 (Jan. 31, 1973) (because the contract holder
participates directly in the investment experience of the separate
account and bears an investment risk, a variable life insurance
contract is a security, not entitled to the exemption set forth in
section 3(a)(8) of the Securities Act).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
When an investor purchases a variable contract, he or she makes a
purchase payment (in either a lump sum or a series of payments), and in
return, the insurance company promises to pay a stream of periodic
income payments, either immediately or at some future date. Variable
annuities allow investors to receive periodic payments for either a
definite period (e.g., 20 years), or for an indefinite period (e.g.,
the life of the investor), and also provide a basic death benefit to
protect the investor's beneficiaries. The investor may allocate the
cash value of the purchase payments to a range of investment options
available under the contract, including to portfolio companies and, in
some cases, to a fixed account option that pays a fixed or minimum rate
of interest. The investor's account value changes depending on the
performance of the investment options the investor has selected.
Similar to variable annuities, variable life insurance contracts
offer a death benefit to the investor, as well as the ability to
accumulate cash value.\11\ Also
[[Page 61733]]
like variable annuities, a variable life insurance contract permits the
investor to allocate insurance premiums to a variety of portfolio
companies, and may also offer a fixed account investment option.
Because an investor will generally allocate the insurance premiums to
portfolio companies, the cash value (and in some cases, the death
benefit \12\) will vary with the performance of these investments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ Unlike other types of life insurance, variable life
insurance exposes the investor to greater market risk (the cash
value can decrease), but also offers the potential for long-term
returns that can grow the cash value. An investor may access the
cash value of his or her contract by taking out loans (or
withdrawals), which may be subject to surrender charges and are
taxable under certain circumstances. Taking a loan or withdrawal
reduces the policy's cash value and death benefit, and may require
additional premium payments to keep the policy in force.
\12\ The death benefit can vary based on optional benefit
features that the contract investor selects. See infra paragraph
accompanying note 17.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investors bear a number of ongoing fees, expenses, and other
charges when investing in a variable contract, including mortality and
expense risk charges,\13\ administrative fees, fees for optional
benefits selected by the investor, and portfolio company fees and
expenses.\14\ Investors may also bear certain transaction-based
charges, including surrender charges.\15\ Variable life insurance
contracts also impose an additional insurance charge to cover the cost
of the death benefit.\16\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ The mortality and expense (``M&E'') risk charge, which is
based on an investor's account value, compensates the insurance
company for offering certain contract features (e.g., death benefit
or annuitization) and is sometimes used to pay the insurance
company's costs to sell the contract (e.g., commissions). Typical
M&E charges are approximately 1.25% of account value per year for
variable annuities, and 0.90% for variable life insurance. See IRI
Fact Book, supra note 8, at 55.
\14\ Investors indirectly bear the operating fees and expenses
of the portfolio companies they select as the underlying investments
in their variable contracts.
\15\ See supra note 5.
\16\ These additional insurance charges are determined at the
time of the contract is written and vary based on the insured's
personal characteristics, such as age and health. These charges are
in addition to the M&E risk charge discussed above. See supra note
13.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Variable contracts commonly offer optional benefit features as
riders to the contract with their own terms and conditions. Riders
commonly provide enhanced death benefits, as well as ``living
benefits'' that may be designed to provide protection against
investment losses or longevity risk, or to cover financial losses that
result from illness, incapacity, or injury. These optional riders have
become increasingly popular with variable contract investors.\17\
Typically, there is a separate charge for each rider.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ See, e.g., IRI Fact Book, supra note 8, at 83 (``Just under
$2 trillion of VA assets were held by insurance companies as of the
fourth quarter of 2017, with an estimated $800 billion having a
living benefit.''); Gallup Survey, supra note 9, at 21 (stating that
``[n]early eight in ten annuity owners (79%) who own a variable
annuity report that their contract has a guaranteed lifetime
withdrawal benefit.'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Prospectus Disclosure and Delivery
1. Requirements for Variable Contract Prospectus Disclosure and
Delivery
The prospectus delivery requirements for variable contracts arise
from the legal structure of these products. The ``separate account''
\18\ established by the sponsoring insurance company is the legal
entity that registers its securities. The separate account is an
account that is owned by the insurance company.\19\ Separate accounts
are typically registered as investment companies under the Investment
Company Act \20\ and also register their securities under the
Securities Act by filing a registration statement with the Commission.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ See section 2(a)(37) of the Investment Company Act
(defining ``separate account'' to mean an account established and
maintained by an insurance company pursuant to state law under which
income, gains and losses from assets allocated to that account are
credited against the account without regard to other income, gains
or losses of the insurance company). In addition to directing all or
part of their purchase payments to the investment options (typically
mutual funds) available under the separate account, investors may
also direct their purchase payments to a fixed account that pays a
fixed, or minimum, rate of interest. The fixed account is part of
the insurance company's general account, which, unlike the separate
account, is subject to the insurance company's claims-paying ability
and creditor reach.
\19\ The assets of the separate account are segregated from the
other assets of the insurance company (such as the insurance
company's general account) and are therefore insulated from the
claims of the insurance company's creditors. See rule 26a-2 under
the Investment Company Act (providing exemptions from certain
provisions of the Act to permit the insurance company that sponsors
a separate account to hold the assets of the separate account).
\20\ In general, an insurance company's separate account is an
investment company under the Investment Company Act. See Prudential
Ins. Co. v. SEC, 326 F.2d 383, 388 (3d Cir. 1964) (concluding that
the insurer's separate account, which was a completely segregated
account devoted to investing in securities, the cash for which was
derived from payments made by the purchaser of the variable annuity
contract, and the proceeds from which were held for the sole benefit
of the annuitant, was separable from the insurance company and
should be deemed the ``investment company'' for purposes of the
Act). Not all variable contract separate accounts are investment
companies; exclusions may apply to certain separate accounts that
rely, for example, on sections 3(c)(1), (7), or (11) of the
Investment Company Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separate accounts may be organized either as management companies
\21\ or unit investment trusts (``UITs'').\22\ Variable annuity
separate accounts that are management companies file registration
statements on Form N-3,\23\ while those that are UITs file registration
statements on Form N-4. Most variable annuity contracts sold today are
offered by Form N-4 registrants.\24\ Variable life separate accounts,
which also are typically organized as UITs, file registration
statements on Form N-6.\25\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\21\ See section 4(3) of the Investment Company Act (defining
``management company'' to mean any investment company other than a
face-amount certificate company or a unit investment trust).
\22\ See section 4(2) of the Investment Company Act (defining
``unit investment trust'' to include an investment company that is
organized under a trust indenture, does not have a board of
directors, and only issues redeemable securities, each of which
represents an undivided interest in a unit of specified securities).
\23\ Form N-3 filers register as management investment companies
because the active management of the investment portfolio occurs at
the separate account level. During the early years of variable
product history, this was the predominant type of separate account.
However, by 2017, only five variable annuity separate accounts were
registered as management investment companies on Form N-3.
\24\ In 2017, 435 variable annuity separate accounts registered
as UITs on Form N-4.
\25\ In 2017, 238 variable life insurance separate accounts
registered as UITs on Form N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Form N-4 (variable annuity) and N-6 (variable life) registrants are
sometimes referred to as ``two-tier'' investment company structures.
The top tier, which is the separate account established by the insurer
and registered with the Commission as a UIT, is itself divided into
``subaccounts,'' each of which invests in the shares of an underlying
portfolio company (e.g., a mutual fund or exchange-traded fund
(``ETF'')) that serves as an investment option under the variable
contract. In this structure, the insurer's separate account, not the
variable contract investor, is the legal owner of the underlying fund
shares.\26\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\26\ Variable contract investors do not hold legal title to the
assets of the insurance company's separate account. See supra note
19. However, certain legal rights, such as voting rights, generally
pass through to variable contract investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act makes it unlawful to carry or
cause to be carried a security for purposes of sale or for delivery
after sale ``unless accompanied or preceded'' by a prospectus that
meets the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act.\27\ For purposes of
section 5 of the Securities Act, each additional purchase payment under
a variable contract is considered a ``sale'' requiring delivery of a
current prospectus.\28\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\27\ See section 10(a) of the Securities Act (generally
requiring a prospectus relating to a security to contain the
information contained in the registration statement). For purposes
of this release, a prospectus meeting the requirements of a section
10(a) prospectus is referred to as a ``statutory prospectus.''
\28\ See Registration Forms for Insurance Company Separate
Accounts that Offer Variable Annuity Contracts, Investment Company
Act Release No. 14575 (June 14, 1985) [50 FR 26145 (June 25, 1985)]
(``Forms N-3 and N-4 Adopting Release'') at n.14 and accompanying
text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 61734]]
Variable contract issuers generally maintain current prospectuses
for their products through the filing of annual post-effective
amendments to their registration statement and, as necessary,
supplementing or ``stickering'' the contract prospectus or statement of
additional information (``SAI'').\29\ Rather than bearing the expense
of sending a prospectus with each confirmation of an investor's
purchase of additional shares, which often occurs on a periodic basis
(e.g., monthly), most registrants instead send copies of the new
prospectus to all investors each time it is updated. It is our
understanding that this practice is similar to that followed by most
mutual funds.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\29\ In addition to updating the registration statement for the
variable contract annually to include updated financial statements,
variable contract issuers also make amendments to the contract
registration statement (generally as part of this annual update
process), as necessary to reflect material or other changes to the
information disclosed. See section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act
(requiring, among other things, that a prospectus used more than
nine months after the effective date of a registration statement be
updated so that the information contained therein shall not be more
than 16 months old). But see infra section II.C (discussing
circumstances in which certain variable contract issuers provide
alternative disclosures instead of the contract statutory
prospectus, as described in certain staff no-action letters). See
also section 11 of the Securities Act (providing a civil remedy for
a registration statement that contains ``an untrue statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading.''); rule 408 under the Securities Act [17 CFR
230.408(a)] (requiring registrants to include, in addition to the
information expressly required to be included in a registration
statement, such further material information, if any, as may be
necessary to make the required statements, in the light of the
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.).
Additionally, portfolio companies may supplement or ``sticker''
their prospectus or SAI. See generally rule 497 under the Securities
Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We understand that an insurer or the financial intermediary
distributing the variable contact will typically deliver the variable
contract prospectus upon issuance of the contract, in order to comply
with the requirements of section 5(b)(2).\30\ However, we also
understand that many insurers make it a practice to provide the
variable contract prospectus to potential investors, often as part of
the application package.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\30\ Because the requirements of section 5(b)(2) of the
Securities Act are applicable to ``any person,'' its obligations are
applicable to financial intermediaries through whom variable
contracts are sold, as well as variable contract issuers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission has interpreted section 5(b)(2) of the Securities
Act to require delivery of a portfolio company prospectus to an
investor in a variable contract who has allocated his or her purchase
payments to that portfolio company.\31\ We understand that today most
investors receive summary prospectuses (as opposed to statutory
prospectuses) for the underlying portfolio companies at the same time
they receive the statutory prospectus for the variable contract. Since
variable contracts generally offer exchange privileges permitting an
investor to reallocate all or a portion of his or her investment from
one underlying portfolio company to another, many insurance companies
deliver prospectuses for all underlying portfolio companies to simplify
the administrative task of tracking whether it delivered the
appropriate current prospectus. Other insurers have invested in systems
that enable the insurer to customize the delivery of underlying
portfolio company prospectuses such that investors only receive
prospectuses for the portfolio companies to which they have allocated
purchase payments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\31\ See Forms N-3 and N-4 Adopting Release, supra note 28, at
n.49 and accompanying text (``Of course, delivery of a prospectus of
an underlying company in which a contractowner actually invests will
be required pursuant to section 5(b)(2) under the 1933 Act (15
U.S.C. 77e(b)(2)).'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Although paper is the default format for delivery of contract
prospectuses, portfolio company prospectuses, and certain other
required disclosures, we understand that most insurers offer investors
the option to elect electronic delivery of these documents. The
Commission has provided guidance noting that electronic delivery may be
used to satisfy prospectus delivery requirements if: (1) The investor
has notice of the availability of the information; (2) the use of the
medium is not so burdensome that intended recipients cannot effectively
access the information being provided; and (3) the issuer has evidence
of delivery.\32\ Issuers relying on this guidance have typically
satisfied the ``evidence of delivery'' requirement by obtaining
informed consent to electronic delivery. Investors that have elected
electronic delivery of materials associated with their variable
contract typically receive an email that contains a link to the website
where the materials are available.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\32\ See Use of Electronic Media for Delivery Purposes,
Investment Company Act Release No. 21399 (Oct. 6, 1995) [60 FR 53458
(Oct. 13, 1995)] (``1995 Release''); Use of Electronic Media by
Broker-Dealers, Transfer Agents, and Investment Advisers for
Delivery of Information; Additional Examples Under the Securities
Act of 1933, Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Investment Company
Act of 1940, Investment Company Act Release No. 21945 (May 9, 1996)
([61 FR 24644 (May 15, 1996]) (``1996 Release''); Use of Electronic
Media, Investment Company Act Release No. 24426 (Apr. 28, 2000) [65
FR 25843 (May 4, 2000)] (``2000 Release'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Evolution of Layered Disclosure and Delivery of Information to
Investors
Our proposal builds on our experience with both layered disclosure
(under the mutual fund summary prospectus) \33\ and integrated
disclosure (enhanced over a decade ago with securities offering reform
for corporate issuers).\34\ It also draws on more than twenty years of
experience with the use of the internet as a medium to provide
information to investors.\35\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\33\ Enhanced Disclosure and New Prospectus Delivery Option for
Registered Open-End Management Investment Companies, Investment
Company Act Release No. 28584 (Jan. 13, 2009) [74 FR 4546 (Jan. 26,
2009)] (``2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting Release'') (permitting
the use of a summary prospectus by registered open-end management
investment companies).
\34\ Securities Offering Reform, Securities Act Release No. 8591
(July 19, 2005) [70 FR 44722 (Aug. 3, 2005)] (``Securities Offering
Reform'') at n.202 and accompanying text (allowing the use of free
writing prospectuses to provide information to investors and stating
that a free writing prospectus is a permitted prospectus for
purposes of section 10(b) of the Securities Act and, as such, can be
used without violating section 5(b)(1) of the Securities Act).
Additionally, Congress recently required the Commission to extend
securities offering reform to closed-end funds (see section 509 of
the Economic Growth, Recovery Relief, and Consumer Protection Act,
S. 2155, 115th Cong. (2017-2018)), and to business development
companies (see section 3 of the Small Business Credit Availability
Act, S. 2324, 115th Cong. (2017-2018)).
\35\ See, e.g., 1995 Release, supra note 32 (providing
Commission views on the use of electronic media to deliver
information to investors, with a focus on electronic delivery of
prospectuses, annual reports, and proxy solicitation materials);
1996 Release, supra note 32 (providing Commission views on
electronic delivery of required information by broker-dealers,
transfer agents, and investment advisers); 2000 Release, supra note
32 (providing updated interpretive guidance on the use of electronic
media to deliver documents on matters such as telephonic and global
consent, issuer liability for website content, and legal principles
that should be considered in conducting online offerings).
See also Securities Offering Reform, supra note 34 (adopting
rule 172 under the Securities Act providing an ``access equals
delivery'' framework under which issuers and intermediaries can
satisfy their final prospectus delivery obligations); Shareholder
Choice Regarding Proxy Materials, Investment Company Act Release No.
27911 (July 26, 2007) [72 FR 42222 (Aug. 1, 2007)] (``Shareholder
Choice Regarding Proxy Materials'') (adopting rule amendments
requiring issuers to post their proxy materials on a specified
website and provide shareholders with a notice of internet
availability of the materials).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Through each of these sets of reforms, ``omitting prospectuses'' as
permitted by section 10(b) of the Securities Act have become a central
feature of various parts of our securities offering and disclosure
regime.\36\ In particular, our proposed approach for satisfying
prospectus
[[Page 61735]]
delivery obligations for variable contract prospectuses is generally
modeled on the Commission's mutual fund summary prospectus framework,
with some modifications that reflect the unique structure, features,
and risks of variable contracts. Likewise, our proposed approach for
satisfying portfolio company prospectus delivery requirements
incorporates aspects of the ``access equals delivery'' framework we
adopted in 2005, in instances where certain information has already
been provided to investors,\37\ as well as certain website posting
requirements from the mutual fund summary prospectus rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\36\ See infra note 93 and accompanying text (discussing
omitting prospectuses as permitted by section 10(b) of the
Securities Act).
\37\ Securities Offering Reform contemplated delivery of a
preliminary prospectus to investors purchasing during an initial
public offering, while our proposal would require delivery of
variable contract summary prospectuses, which would accompany or
precede delivery of the variable contract security and which would
contain certain key information about portfolio companies. See,
e.g., Securities Offering Reform, supra note 34; infra notes 120 and
192 and accompanying text (outlining certain portfolio company
information which would be disclosed in variable contract summary
prospectuses).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Our proposal also draws on the Commission's investor testing
efforts, outreach, and other empirical research concerning investors'
preferences. This included information about summary content and
layered disclosure approaches as well as methods of delivery for
required disclosures and use of the internet for financial and other
purposes generally.\38\ Most recently, the Commission released a
request for comment on many of these same issues.\39\ Certain comments
that the Commission has received on its recent Form CRS Relationship
Summary proposal \40\ also reflect support for a disclosure regime that
leverages the benefits of layered disclosure.\41\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\38\ For example, in 2007, the Commission engaged a consultant
to conduct focus group interviews and a telephone survey concerning
investors' views and opinions about various disclosure documents
filed by companies, including mutual funds. The consultant's report
concerning the focus group testing and related transcripts are in
the comment file for this rule (available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/s7-08-15/s70815-1.pdf). The consultant's report concerning
the telephone survey is available at https://www.sec.gov/pdf/disclosuredocs.pdf (approximately 60% of investors believed mutual
fund prospectuses contained too much information and 56% of
investors who received mutual fund prospectuses but rarely, very
rarely, or never read them indicated that was because the
prospectuses were too complicated or hard to understand, or too long
and too wordy).
In addition, in 2011, the Commission engaged a consultant to
conduct investor testing regarding shareholder reports. The
consultant's report concerning that testing (``Investor Testing of
Mutual Fund Shareholder Reports'') is in the comment file for this
rule (available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/s7-08-15/s70815-3.pdf). Separately, in 2012, Commission staff prepared a study of
investor financial literacy pursuant to section 917 of the Dodd-
Frank Act. See SEC Staff, Study Regarding Financial Literacy Among
Investors (Aug. 2012) (``2012 Financial Literacy Study''). Materials
relating to this study, including the staff's report, are available
at https://www.investor.gov/publications-research-studies/sec-research.
\39\ See Request for Comment on Fund Retail Investor Experience
and Disclosure, Investment Company Act Release No. 33113 (June 5,
2018) [83 FR 26891 (June 11, 2018)] (``Request for Comment on Fund
Retail Investor Experience''). The comment file for this request for
comment is available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/s7-12-18/s71218.htm. Multiple comment letters that the Commission has
received to date on this request for comment reflect a preference
for shorter summary disclosures, with additional information
available online or upon request. See, e.g., Comment Letter of Carol
Palmer, File No. S7-12-18 (June 5, 2018); Comment Letter of Perry
Balke, File No. S7-12-18 (June 5, 2018); Comment Letter of Sara
Karlidag, File No. S7-12-18 (June 6, 2018); Comment Letter of Harold
Thomas, File No. S7-12-18 (June 8, 2018); Comment Letter of Carla
Rojas, File No. S7-12-18 (June 9, 2018).
\40\ See Form CRS Relationship Summary; Amendments to Form ADV;
Required Disclosures in Retail Communications and Restrictions on
the Use of Certain Names or Titles, Investment Advisers Act Release
No. 4888 (Apr. 18, 2018) [83 FR 21416 (May 9, 2018)]. The comment
file for this proposal is available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/s7-08-18/s70818.htm.
\41\ See, e.g., Comment Letter of the Insured Retirement
Institute, File No. S7-08-18 (Aug. 7, 2018); Comment Letter of
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, File No. S7-08-18 (Aug.
7, 2018).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Moreover, certain observations by the staff of the Commission's
Office of Investor Education and Advocacy as part of its 2012 Financial
Literacy Study show that investors generally favor a layered approach
to disclosure and, wherever possible, the use of a summary containing
key information about an investment product or service.\42\ Investors
may have a preference for certain efficiencies afforded by more concise
information, as research shows the introduction of a shorter and
simplified summary prospectus may allow investors to spend less time
and effort to arrive at the same portfolio decision they would have
come to after reading the statutory prospectus.\43\ For these same
reasons, we believe that variable contract investors would benefit from
the summary disclosures and layered approach contemplated by our
proposal, especially given the fact that variable contracts are
typically more complex than other types of investment products, in part
due to the two-tier structure that most use.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\42\ See 2012 Financial Literacy Study, supra note 38, at v-xix.
The key information that investors found useful and relevant before
purchasing an investment product includes information on fees and
expenses, investment performance, principal risks, and investment
objectives. With respect to the presentation of disclosure, the 2012
Financial Literacy Study indicates that investors preferred
disclosures being ``written in clear, concise, understandable
language, using bullet points, tables, charts, and/or graphs.'' See
id. at iv.
\43\ See John Beshears et al., How Does Simplified Disclosure
Affect Individuals' Mutual Funds Choices?, Explorations in the
Economics of Aging, 75, 76 (David A. Wise ed., 2011) (``Beshears
Paper''), available at https://scholar.harvard.edu/laibson/publications/how-does-simplified-disclosure-affect-individuals-mutual-fund-choices.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Based upon the foregoing, we believe that a summary prospectus
framework for variable contracts would benefit investors. The mutual
fund industry has widely adopted the use of summary prospectuses.\44\
We believe our proposed prospectus delivery approach would be similarly
widely adopted by issuers of variable contracts.\45\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\44\ We estimate that as of December 31, 2017, approximately 95%
of mutual funds and ETFs use summary prospectuses. This estimate is
based on EDGAR data for the number of mutual funds and ETFs that
filed a summary prospectus in 2017 (10,686) and the Investment
Company Institute's estimated number of mutual funds and ETFs as of
12/31/2017 (11,253). See Investment Company Institute, 2018
Investment Company Fact Book, at 52, available at https://www.ici.org/pdf/2018_factbook.pdf.
\45\ See infra section III.C (stating that we expect a vast
majority of insurers will choose to use summary prospectuses).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Rulemaking Proposal Overview
We are proposing a new disclosure framework that, among other
things, would permit the use of summary prospectuses for variable
contracts, with additional information available to investors online.
To help investors make an informed investment decision, this proposal
uses a layered disclosure approach designed to provide investors with
key information relating to the contract's terms, benefits, and risks
in a concise and more reader-friendly presentation, with access to more
detailed information available online, or delivered in paper or
electronic format on request. We anticipate that the proposed framework
would improve investor understanding of variable contracts.
The proposed rule builds upon our experience creating a summary
prospectus option for mutual funds in 2009, but with certain
differences intended to reflect the nature of variable contracts.\46\
Like the Commission's mutual fund summary prospectus rule, the summary
prospectus that the proposed rule contemplates is meant to highlight
key information of variable contracts that we believe would help an
[[Page 61736]]
investor make an informed investment decision.\47\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\46\ However, the proposed rule departs from rule 498 in
requiring two separate types of summary prospectuses. See infra
sections II.A.1 and II.A.2. We designed this framework to
distinguish the information we believe new and existing investors
need, and to highlight the particular contract features and risks
that are particularly relevant to these two groups of investors,
taking into account information that we understand these investors
may receive through other channels (e.g., as a result of state
insurance law, other regulatory requirements, and industry
practice).
\47\ The mutual fund summary prospectus rule is designed to
provide investors with ``streamlined and user friendly information
that is key to an investment decision.'' See Enhanced Disclosure and
New Prospectus Delivery Option for Registered Open-End Management
Investment Companies, Investment Company Act Release No. 28064 (Nov.
21, 2007) [72 FR 67790 (Nov. 30, 2007)] (``2007 Summary Prospectus
Proposing Release''), at section I; see also Richard J. Wirth,
What's Puzzling You . . . Is the Nature of Variable Annuity
Prospectuses, 34 Western New England Law Review 127 (2012)
(``Informed decision-making demands that consumers have enough of an
understanding of what's for sale and what trade-offs are being asked
of them in order to make an informed decision about whether or not
to buy a product.'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Because variable contracts typically include a number of optional
benefits and underlying investment options, a summary could not, by its
nature, include all relevant aspects and details regarding each of
these contract features. The variable contract summary prospectus is
designed to be a succinct summary of the contract's key terms and
benefits and most significant risks, making it easier to read and more
understandable for investors. This summary prospectus would serve as
the cornerstone of a layered disclosure framework that would alert
investors to the availability of more detailed information in the
statutory prospectus and in other locations, and would be tailored to
the unique aspects of these products. As a result, investors would have
ready access to key information in connection with an investment
decision.
The main elements of the new disclosure framework include:
Option to use summary prospectus.\48\ Proposed new rule
498A would permit the use of two distinct types of contract summary
prospectuses: (1) Initial summary prospectuses covering variable
contracts currently offered to new investors; and (2) updating
summary prospectuses for existing investors. The initial summary
prospectus would include certain key information about the
contract's most salient features, benefits, and risks, presented in
plain English in a standardized order. The updating summary
prospectus would include a brief description of certain changes to
the contract that occurred during the previous year, as well as a
subset of the information required to be in the initial summary
prospectus. Certain key information about the portfolio companies
would be provided in both the initial summary prospectus and
updating summary prospectus.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\48\ See infra section II.A.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Availability of variable contract statutory prospectus
and other materials.\49\ The proposed rule would require the
variable contract statutory prospectus, as well as the contract's
SAI, to be publicly accessible, free of charge, at a website address
specified on or hyperlinked in the cover of the summary prospectus.
An investor who receives a contract summary prospectus would be able
to request the contract statutory prospectus and SAI to be sent in
paper or electronically, at no cost to the investor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\49\ See infra section II.A.4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Optional method to satisfy portfolio company prospectus
delivery requirements.\50\ The proposed rule would provide an
optional method for satisfying portfolio company prospectus delivery
obligations by making portfolio company summary and statutory
prospectuses available online at the website address specified on or
hyperlinked in the variable contract summary prospectus, with
certain key information about the portfolio companies provided in
the variable contract's summary prospectus.\51\ Investors would also
be able to request and receive those disclosures in paper or
electronically at no cost. This new option for satisfying portfolio
company prospectus delivery requirements would only be available for
portfolio companies available as investment options through variable
contracts that use contract summary prospectuses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\50\ See infra section II.B.
\51\ This option would not apply to Form N-3 registrants, which
do not have underlying portfolio companies due to a single-tier
investment company structure.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discontinued Variable Contracts.\52\ In proposing the
new variable contract summary prospectus disclosure framework, we
acknowledge the industry practice of providing alternative
disclosures under the specific circumstances described in certain
staff no-action letters. In light of this proposal, we believe that
it is useful to consider the appropriate disclosure framework for
the types of contracts that were the subject of the staff no-action
letters.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\52\ See infra section II.C.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Form amendments.\53\ We are also proposing to amend
Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6--the registration forms for variable
contracts--to update and enhance the disclosure regime for these
investment products.\54\ The proposed amendments are intended to
consolidate certain summary information in a condensed presentation,
reflect industry developments (e.g., the prevalence of optional
benefits in today's variable contracts), and otherwise improve
disclosures provided to variable contract investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\53\ See infra section II.D.
\54\ The Commission first adopted the registration form for
variable annuities over 30 years ago, and adopted the registration
form for variable life insurance over 15 years ago. See Forms N-3
and N-4 Adopting Release, supra note 28; Registration Form for
Insurance Company Separate Accounts Registered as Unit Investment
Trusts That Offer Variable Life Insurance Policies, Investment
Company Act Release No. 25522 (Apr. 12, 2002) [67 FR 19848 (Apr. 23,
2002)] (``Separate Accounts Offering Variable Life Release'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inline XBRL.\55\ Registrants would be required to use
the Inline XBRL format for the submission of certain variable
contract information. This requirement is intended to harness
technology to provide a mechanism for allowing investors, their
investment professionals, data aggregators, and other data users to
efficiently analyze and compare the available information about
variable contracts, as required by their particular needs and
circumstances.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\55\ See infra section II.E.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Amendments.\56\ We are proposing certain
technical and conforming amendments to our rules to reflect the
proposed new regime for variable contract summary prospectuses. We
are also proposing certain technical amendments to rules relating to
variable life insurance contracts, as well as rescission of certain
rules and forms.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\56\ See infra section II.F.
Table 1 summarizes the various requirements--under the current
prospectus delivery regime, and under the proposed summary prospectus
regime--for information to either be (1) delivered to all investors,
(2) made available online, or (3) delivered to those investors who so
request:
Table 1--Information Available to Variable Contract Investors
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Optional proposed
Current prospectus summary prospectus
delivery regime \57\ regime
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Statutory Delivered to all Required to be
Prospectus. investors. available online
and delivered (in
paper or electronic
format) upon
request.
Contract SAI................ Available upon Required to be
request. available online
and delivered (in
paper or electronic
format) upon
request.
Contract Part C Information. Not delivered to Not delivered to
investors or investors or
required to be required to be
available online, available online,
but is filed with but is filed with
registration registration
statement statement
(available on (available on
EDGAR). EDGAR).
Initial Summary Prospectus.. N/A................. Delivered to new
investors.
Updating Summary Prospectus. N/A................. Delivered to
existing investors.
[[Page 61737]]
Portfolio Company Delivered to all Delivered to
Prospectuses. investors. investors, or, if
the new option to
satisfy portfolio
company prospectus
delivery is
relied[dash]upon,\5
8\ required to be
available online
and delivered (in
paper or electronic
format) upon
request.\59\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under proposed rule 498A, use of the summary prospectus to satisfy
a registrant's section 5(b)(2) obligation would be voluntary. We have
designed the proposal to permit, but not require, registrants to use a
summary prospectus coupled with the internet availability of variable
contract disclosures to make the delivery process more convenient and
efficient. While we believe the summary prospectus regime will benefit
investors, we are proposing that the approach be optional in light of
the novel nature of this disclosure approach for variable contracts
(including its use of layered disclosure), and because of the diversity
of variable contracts (and corresponding diversity of disclosure for
variable contracts).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\57\ This column assumes that the contract at issue is not
providing alternative disclosures to investors in lieu of the
statutory prospectus, as described in certain staff no-action
letters discussed below in section II.C.
\58\ See infra section II.B.2.
\59\ Additionally, summary information about portfolio companies
would be available in the initial summary prospectus and updating
summary prospectus. See infra sections II.A.1.c.ii(i) and
II.A.2.c.ii(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We believe that optionality not only would give market participants
time to adjust to the new layered disclosure approach, but also give
the Commission and its staff the opportunity to assess the benefits to
investors and insurers. While approximately 95% of mutual funds
currently use a summary prospectus,\60\ it took nearly eight years
after the adoption of the mutual fund summary prospectus framework for
the industry to reach that threshold.\61\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\60\ See supra note 44.
\61\ Estimates are based on EDGAR filings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Given the current widespread use of summary prospectuses by mutual
funds, we believe investors and other market participants have
generally become comfortable with the use of a summary prospectus.
However, the proposed variable contract summary prospectus regime would
differ from the mutual fund summary prospectus framework in several key
ways (e.g., the use of an initial and an updating summary prospectus,
and the new layered disclosure approach to satisfying portfolio company
prospectus delivery obligations). Therefore, we intend to review the
use of the summary prospectus by investors in variable contracts that
voluntarily adopt the summary prospectus and then reconsider whether
use of the summary prospectus for variable contracts should be mandated
in the future.\62\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\62\ See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting Release, supra note
33, at 66-67 (similarly noting the Commission's intent to review the
use of the mutual fund summary prospectus by investors in funds that
voluntarily adopt the summary prospectus).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We believe that the diversity of variable contracts (and the
corresponding diversity regarding variable contracts' approach to
prospectus disclosure) also supports permitting, but not requiring,
insurers to use the variable contract summary prospectus regime. We
have observed that some variable contracts are fairly basic, offering
few (or no) optional benefits and few investment options. Because these
contracts have fairly straightforward disclosure documents, the summary
prospectus regime may be less compelling for these products, as
compared to more complex variable products with numerous optional
benefits and investment options (which tend to have longer and more
complicated prospectuses). Registrants will likely assess the relative
benefit of using a summary prospectus based on the types of products
they offer and the length of their current prospectuses--as well as the
benefit of more concise disclosure to investors--when evaluating
whether to opt into the new layered disclosure regime.\63\ An optional
approach would also preserve flexibility for registrants that may not
wish to undertake the costs of the transition to a summary prospectus
regime.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\63\ See infra section III.C.1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. Discussion
A. New Option To Use a Summary Prospectus for Variable Contracts
We are proposing new rule 498A, which would provide a new option
for a person to satisfy its prospectus delivery obligations for
variable contracts under section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act by: (1)
Sending or giving to new investors key information contained in a
variable contract statutory prospectus in the form of an initial
summary prospectus; (2) sending or giving to existing investors each
year a brief description of certain changes to the contract, and a
subset of the information in the initial summary prospectus, in the
form of an updating summary prospectus; and (3) providing the statutory
prospectus and other materials online. In addition, the new rule would
require a registrant (or the financial intermediary distributing the
variable contact) to send the variable contract statutory prospectus
and other materials to the investor in paper or electronic format upon
request.
1. Initial Summary Prospectus
a. Overview
The proposed rule would require a person relying on the rule to
send or give an initial summary prospectus in connection with sales of
variable contracts to new investors.\64\ We have designed the initial
summary prospectus to use a layered disclosure approach that would
provide investors with key information relating to the contract's
terms, benefits, and risks in a concise and more reader-friendly
presentation, with access to more detailed information available online
and electronically or in paper format on request. Simplicity and
clarity are of heightened importance in a prospectus in connection with
an initial purchase decision for a variable contract because of the
long-term nature and complexity of these products. In addition, these
considerations are important because, unlike with other investment
products, typically variable contract investors have a state-mandated
``free look'' opportunity to return the contract for a full refund of
premium within a limited number of days following contract
issuance.\65\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\64\ Proposed rule 498A(f)(1). For an initial purchase of a
variable contract, the initial summary prospectus must be ``sent or
given no later than the time of the carrying or delivery of the
contract security.'' See infra section II.A.3.
\65\ State insurance law requirements typically require that
variable contracts have free look provisions that permit investors
to return the contract for a refund within a stated number of days
of receiving it (usually between ten and twenty days). The amount of
the refund may differ between variable annuity contracts and
variable life insurance contracts and also may vary among the
states.
See also NAIC, Annuity Disclosure Model Regulations (2nd
Quarter, 2015) (``2015 NAIC Annuity Disclosure Model Regulations''),
available at https://www.naic.org/store/free/MDL-245.pdf (``Where the
Buyer's Guide and disclosure document are not provided at or before
the time of application, a free look period of no less than fifteen
(15) days shall be provided for the applicant to return the annuity
contract without penalty. This free look shall run concurrently with
any other free look provided by state law or regulation.''); NAIC,
Life Insurance Disclosure Model Regulations, (3rd Quarter, 2018),
available at https://www.naic.org/store/free/MDL-580.pdf (``[I]f the
policy for which application is made contains an unconditional
refund provision of at least ten (10) days, the Buyer's Guide may be
delivered with the policy or prior to delivery of the policy.'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 61738]]
One unique aspect of variable contract disclosure practices is the
wide variety of information about the contract that we understand
investors commonly receive throughout the lifecycle of the contract.
During the sales process, potential investors typically receive
informational materials provided by the insurer, such as marketing
brochures, investment option guides, and other explanatory materials
that focus on key features of the particular contract or variable
contracts generally. They may also receive disclosures required under
state law, such as a ``Buyer's Guide'' that generally describes how
variable contracts work.\66\ Each investor also typically completes an
application, along with certain assessment forms, in order to determine
whether a variable contract may be appropriate for the investor.\67\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\66\ Some states have adopted model regulations that require
insurers to provide certain disclosure documents to annuity
investors either at or before the time of application. For example,
the ``Buyer's Guide'' describes in plain English how variable
contracts work, what certain technical terms mean, tax implications,
and fees. See NAIC, Buyer's Guide for Deferred Annuities Variable
(2013), available at https://www.naic.org/documents/prod_serv_consumer_anb_lv_2013.pdf; NAIC, Life Insurance Buyer's
Guide, (2007), available at https://naic.org/documents/consumer_guide_life.pdf.
\67\ See, e.g., FINRA Rule 2330 (Members' Responsibilities
Regarding Deferred Variable Annuities) (establishing sales practice
standards, including suitability standards, regarding recommended
purchases and exchanges of variable annuities).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Once the application is approved, the investor receives the
contract, which sets forth in detail the investor-specific contract
terms and is accompanied by the contract statutory prospectus. In
addition to receiving an updated contract statutory prospectus and the
prospectuses of the portfolio companies at least annually,\68\
investors also receive other information during the lifecycle of a
variable contract. This includes, for example, information required
under federal law (such as purchase and sale confirmations, and annual
and semi-annual reports for the portfolio companies to which the
investor has allocated contract value). This also includes notices that
insurers may choose to send to investors alerting them to key events
(such as required minimum distributions, withdrawals, annuitization,
ability to exercise an optional benefit, and loan confirmations).\69\
We have designed the initial summary prospectus to complement current
disclosure practices by not unnecessarily duplicating other
disclosures, and by highlighting aspects of the contract that may not
be described in detail elsewhere.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\68\ See supra note 31 and accompanying text; see also infra
section II.C (discussing circumstances under which certain variable
contract issuers provide alternative disclosures instead of the
contract statutory prospectus, as described in certain staff no-
action letters).
\69\ Additionally, to the extent that a variable contract
investor meets periodically with a sales agent, the sales agent may
also provide additional supplemental information about the contract
or the portfolio companies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. Scope of Disclosure To Be Included in Initial Summary Prospectus
The proposed rule requires that the initial summary prospectus may
only describe a single contract that the registrant currently offers
for sale.\70\ We understand that industry practice is to combine
multiple contract prospectuses into a single registration statement on
Form N-3, N-4, or N-6 when those prospectuses describe variable
contracts that are ``essentially identical.'' \71\ We also understand
that certain contract prospectuses include disclosure about contract
features and options that the registrant may no longer offer to new
investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\70\ Proposed rule 498A(b)(1).
\71\ See General Guidance to Variable Annuity, Variable Life,
and Other Insurance Company Investment Contract Registrants, SEC
Staff No-Action Letter (Nov. 3, 1995), at section I.4 (discussing
industry practice); see also infra section II.D.1 (discussing our
proposed form instructions that would incorporate this existing
staff guidance).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregating disclosures for multiple contracts, or currently-
offered and no-longer-offered features and options of a single
contract, can hinder investors from distinguishing between contract
features and options that apply to them and those that do not.
Therefore, the proposed rule limits the initial summary prospectus to
describing only a single contract that the registrant offers under the
statutory prospectus to which the initial summary prospectus relates.
While the initial summary prospectus could only describe one contract,
the proposed rule nonetheless would permit it to describe more than one
class of a currently-offered contract.\72\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\72\ Proposed rule 498A(b)(1). Similarly, a mutual fund summary
prospectus ``may describe only one Fund, but may describe more than
one Class of a Fund.'' See rule 498(b)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Although the content requirements for the initial summary
prospectus cross-reference items of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6, we
anticipate that the proposed rule's scope provisions may cause
registrants to vary certain disclosures that appear in the statutory
prospectus when the same disclosure topics appear in the initial
summary prospectus. This may occur even if both disclosures respond to
the same form item requirement.\73\ For example, a registrant that
describes several currently- and previously-offered optional benefits
in response to Item 11 of Form N-4 in its statutory prospectus would
not be permitted to describe optional benefits that it no longer
currently offers in its initial summary prospectus.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\73\ See infra section II.A.7.c. (discussing potential section
11 liability considerations to the extent that the language in the
summary prospectus is not identical in substance to the same
sections of the statutory prospectus).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the proposed scope requirements for
the initial summary prospectus, and specifically on the following
issues:
Should the initial summary prospectus be limited to
describing a single contract that the registrant currently offers
for sale? Would this reduce the initial summary prospectus'
complexity and minimize confusion to investors? Would this
requirement be burdensome in any way for registrants to interpret,
administer, or manage operationally, and if so, how? Should the
proposed rule instead frame this requirement of one summary
prospectus-per-contract in another manner, for clarity or for any
other reason?
Should we allow an initial summary prospectus to
describe multiple contracts if the registrant currently offers
multiple contracts through the related registration statement? Would
the answer change if the multiple contracts were offered on a single
prospectus versus multiple separate prospectuses? Would this make
the initial summary prospectus substantially longer or confusing to
investors, and would it decrease the likelihood that investors would
read an initial summary prospectus?
Should we restrict the number of contract classes that
may be included in an initial summary prospectus?
c. Preparation of the Initial Summary Prospectus
The following chart outlines the information that the proposed rule
would require to appear in an initial summary prospectus. Along with
specifying required introductory disclosures on the outside front cover
page or the beginning of the initial
[[Page 61739]]
summary prospectus, the proposed rule references particular disclosure
items from Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 (as proposed to be amended).\74\ The
information would be required to appear in the same order, and under
the relevant corresponding headings, as the proposed rule
specifies.\75\ We propose a standardized presentation to require
certain disclosure items that we believe would be most relevant to
investors (such as the proposed contract overview section and proposed
table that includes key information about the contract), to appear at
the beginning of the initial summary prospectus, with supplemental
information appearing further in. The required presentation could also
facilitate comparison of different variable contracts.\76\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\74\ To the extent we have proposed amendments to Forms N-3, N-
4, and N-6 that would facilitate the proposed summary prospectus
content requirements, as well as amend the content requirements for
the statutory prospectus, we generally discuss these amendments in
more detail in section II.D below. However, in order to better
explain the initial summary prospectus, we have elected to discuss
new or amended items that we propose to include in the statutory
prospectus, to the extent they would also appear in the initial
summary prospectus, in this section II.A.1.
\75\ Proposed rule 498A(b)(5).
\76\ We understand that many investors purchase variable
contracts through an intermediary and often do not directly compare
competing products. A standardized order may nonetheless be useful
for investment professionals to compare the products they ultimately
recommend to investors with other products, as well as investors
considering whether to purchase a new annuity contract to replace an
existing one. See infra note 160 and accompanying text. Having a
more comparable document may ultimately promote greater
comparability across products, registrants, and insurance
institutions, which could lead to better investor understanding and
increased competition.
As discussed below in Section II.E, we are also proposing to
require the use of Inline XBRL format for the submission of certain
required disclosures in the variable contract statutory prospectus.
The structured data format would allow investors, financial
intermediaries, third-party analysts, and others to more efficiently
analyze and compare these products.
Table 2--Outline of the Initial Summary Prospectus
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Heading in initial summary prospectus Proposed item of Form N[dash]3 Proposed item of Form N[dash]4 Proposed item of Form N[dash]6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cover Page:
Identifying Information.
Legends.
EDGAR Contract Identifier.
Table of Contents (optional).
Content:
Overview of the [Variable Annuity/Life 2................................ 2............................... 2.
Insurance] Contract.
Important Information You Should Consider 3................................ 3............................... 3.
About the [Contract].
Standard Death Benefit....................... 11(a)............................ 10(a)........................... 10(a).
Other Benefits Available Under the Contract.. 12(a)............................ 11(a)........................... 11(a).
Buying the Contract.......................... 13(a)............................ 12(a)........................... 9(a)-9(e).
How Your Contract Can Lapse.................. ................................. ................................ 14.
Surrendering Your Contract or Making 14(a)............................ 13(a)........................... 12(a).
Withdrawals: Accessing the Money in Your
Contract.
Additional Information About Fees............ 4................................ 4............................... 4.
Appendix: Portfolio Companies Available Under 19 or 20 \77\.................... 18.............................. 18.
the Contract.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
i. Cover Page and Table of Contents
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\77\ Registrants on Form N-3 could omit the appendix specified
by proposed Item 19 of Form N-3, and instead provide the more
detailed disclosures about the investment options offered under the
contract required by proposed Item 20 of Form N-3. See infra note
517 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifying Information. Under the proposed rule, the following
information would be required to appear on the front cover page or the
beginning of the initial summary prospectus:
The depositor's name;
the registrant's name;
the name of the contract, and the class or classes if any,
to which the initial summary prospectus relates;
a statement identifying the initial summary prospectus as
a ``Summary Prospectus for New Investors''; and
the approximate date of the first use of the initial
summary prospectus.\78\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\78\ Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(i) through (v).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legends. The cover page or beginning of the initial summary
prospectus would also be required to include the following legends:
This Summary Prospectus summarizes key features of the [name of
Contract]. You should read this Summary Prospectus carefully,
particularly the section titled Important Information You Should
Consider About the [Contract].
Before you invest, you should review the prospectus for the
[name of Contract], which contains more information about the
[Contract], including its features, benefits, and risks. You can
find the prospectus and other information about the [Contract]
online at [__]. You can also obtain this information at no cost by
calling [__] or by sending an email request to [__].\79\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\79\ The legend would be required to provide an internet
address, other than the address of the Commission's electronic
filing system, toll-free telephone number, and email address that
investors can use to obtain the statutory prospectus and other
information, request other information about the variable contract,
and to make investor inquiries. Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vi)(B).
The website address would be required to be specific enough to
lead investors to a direct link to the statutory prospectus and
other required information, rather than to the home page or another
part of the website. The website could host other relevant
disclosure documents with prominent links to each required document.
Id.
The legend could indicate, if applicable, that the statutory
prospectus and other information are available from a financial
intermediary (such as a broker-dealer) through which the contract
may be purchased or sold. Id.
For purposes of this proposed requirement, documents available
on the website address would be required to be publicly accessible
and free of charge. See proposed rule 498A(h)(1); see also infra
section II.A.4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
You may cancel your [Contract] within 10 days of receiving it
without paying fees or penalties. In some states, this cancellation
period may be longer. Upon cancellation, you will receive either a
full refund of the amount you paid with your application or your
total contract value. You should review the prospectus, or consult
with your investment professional, for additional information about
the specific cancellation terms that apply.
Additional general information about certain investment
products, including [variable annuities/variable life insurance
contracts], has been prepared by the Securities and Exchange
Commission's staff and is available at Investor.gov.\80\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\80\ Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vi).
These proposed legends are designed to provide identifying
information about the variable contract to which the initial
[[Page 61740]]
summary prospectus relates, as well as certain general information that
would be applicable to all variable contracts.\81\ While the proposed
legend describing how to obtain further information about the contract
generally parallels the legend on the cover page of mutual fund summary
prospectuses,\82\ we have proposed several additional legends that we
believe are appropriate in the context of variable contracts. These
additional legends notify investors that: (1) The initial summary
prospectus is a summary that should be read carefully (and that
investors should particularly focus on the ``Important Information You
Should Consider About the [Contract]'' section of the summary
prospectus); (2) they may cancel the variable contract within a limited
amount of time after receiving it (that is, alerting investors to the
existence of the free look period); \83\ and (3) additional general
information about certain investment products, including variable
contracts, is available at Investor.gov.\84\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\81\ A registrant would be able to modify the proposed legends
so long as the modified statements contain comparable information.
Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vi)(A).
\82\ See rule 498(b)(1)(v).
\83\ Many investors may not be familiar with the free look
period, and the proposed legend is intended to alert them of its
existence and explain where they may obtain additional information
about its operation. This is particularly important because the free
look period may be the only time the investor may cancel the
contract without paying significant surrender fees or tax penalties.
\84\ The Commission's Office of Investor Education and Advocacy
maintains the website as an online resource to help investors make
sound investment decisions and avoid fraud. The website includes
investment bulletins, alerts, guidance and tools designed to assist
investors, including those considering variable contracts, in
obtaining additional information and resources on understanding and
managing their investments. See, e.g., Updated Investor Bulletin:
Variable Annuities (Oct. 30, 2018), available at https://www.investor.gov/additional-resources/news-alerts/alerts-bulletins/updated-investor-bulletin-variable-annuities; Investor Bulletin:
Variable Life Insurance; Investor Bulletin: Variable Life Insurance
(Oct. 30, 2018), available at https://www.investor.gov/additional-resources/news-alerts/alerts-bulletins/investor-bulletin-variable-life-insurance.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
If any information is incorporated by reference into the initial
summary prospectus, the proposed rule would require that the legend
include certain disclosures related to that information.\85\ These
requirements are described below in section II.A.6. The cover page
would also be required to include a legend indicating that the
Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved of
the contract or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of the disclosure
in the summary prospectus and that any contrary representation is a
criminal offense.\86\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\85\ Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vi)(C).
\86\ Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vii); cf. rule 481(b)(1) under the
Securities Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
EDGAR Contract Identifier. We are also proposing to require that
the contract's EDGAR contract identifier be included on the bottom of
the back cover page or last page of the initial summary prospectus in a
type size smaller than that generally used in the prospectus (e.g., 8-
point modern type).\87\ This requirement is intended to enable
Commission staff and others to more easily link the initial summary
prospectus with other filings associated with the contract.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\87\ Proposed rule 498A(b)(3). An EDGAR contract identifier is
issued by the Commission, is ten characters in length (nine numbers
preceded by a ``C''), and uniquely, and persistently, identifies
each contract. These identifiers are available to the public.
Information filed with the Commission containing these identifiers
is searchable by the public and our staff using the contract
identifiers and also using the contract names without the need to
reference the registrant issuing the contract. See Rulemaking for
EDGAR System, Investment Company Act Release No. 26990 (July 18,
2005) [70 FR 43558 (July 27, 2005)] at text following n.29.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table of Contents. The proposed rule would permit an initial
summary prospectus to include a table of contents.\88\ A table of
contents must show the page number of the various sections or
subdivisions of the summary prospectus, and immediately follow the
cover page in any prospectus delivered electronically.\89\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\88\ Proposed rule 498A(b)(4).
\89\ Rule 481(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the proposed requirements for the
cover page and table of contents of the initial summary prospectus, and
specifically on the following issues:
Should we include any additional information or
eliminate any of the information that we have proposed to include in
these parts of the initial summary prospectus? For example, for
prospectuses filed on Form S-11, which is used for registration
under the Securities Act of securities of certain real estate
companies, the cover page must include a prominent cross-reference
to the risk factors section of the prospectus, including the page
number where it appears, as well as certain disclosures, if
applicable, regarding limitations on transferability of the
securities being registered and the absence of a market for
securities of the same class as those being registered.\90\ Would it
be helpful for the cover page of the initial summary prospectus to
contain similar disclosures relevant to variable contracts? For
example, in addition to stating that investors should particularly
focus on the ``Important Information You Should Consider About the
[Contract]'' section of the initial summary prospectus, should the
cover page include disclosures regarding surrender charges or other
items relating to the contract, a cross-reference to the risk
factors section or other sections of the statutory prospectus, or
other disclosures?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\90\ See Item 1 of Form S-11 (requiring certain disclosures and
also referencing Item 501 of Regulation S-K); see also Item 501 of
Regulation S-K [17 CFR 229.501].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Are the proposed legends sufficient to notify investors
of the availability and significance of the contract statutory
prospectus and other information about the variable contract and how
to obtain this information? Should the legends include greater
detail about the information that is available?
Will the proposed legends adequately inform investors
of the various means for obtaining additional information about a
variable contract? Are the proposed requirements for the website
address where additional information is available adequate to ensure
that the website and the additional information will be easy to
locate?
Would the proposed legend on the cover page or
beginning of the initial summary prospectus with information on the
free look period help alert investors that they may cancel their
contracts without fees or penalties within a limited time after the
sale? Should this legend be more prominently displayed (e.g., larger
font size, boxed, or bolded) relative to the other legends?
As proposed, should registrants be permitted to modify
the required legends, provided the modified legends provide
comparable information?
Should the legends include a reference to the
Investor.gov website? Why or why not? If so, what specific
information about variable contracts would be most helpful to
investors for the staff to provide on this website?
Should the proposed requirement to include the
contract's EDGAR contract identifier on the bottom of the back cover
page or last page of the initial summary prospectus instead require
that another identifier be provided? If so, what identifier should
be listed, and why?
Should registrants be permitted to include a table of
contents in the initial summary prospectus? Instead, should a table
of contents be required? Does rule 481(c) under the Securities Act
provide appropriate requirements for a table of contents included in
an initial summary prospectus?
ii. Content of the Initial Summary Prospectus
Proposed rule 498A specifies the content and order thereof required
in an initial summary prospectus.\91\ An initial summary prospectus
must contain the information required by the proposed rule, and only
that information, in the order specified by the rule.\92\ Adhering to
these content requirements is one condition that an initial summary
prospectus must satisfy in order to be deemed to be a prospectus that
is permitted under section 10(b) of the Securities Act and section
24(g) of the
[[Page 61741]]
Investment Company Act for the purposes of section 5(b)(1) of the
Securities Act.\93\ To aid market participants in understanding the
types of disclosures we propose to require, Appendix A to this release
contains a hypothetical initial summary prospectus for a variable
annuity separate account with a registration statement filed on Form N-
4. This hypothetical initial summary prospectus is provided solely for
illustrative purposes and is not intended to imply that it would
reflect a ``typical'' initial summary prospectus.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\91\ Proposed rule 498A(b)(5).
\92\ Id.
\93\ Proposed rule 498A(b); see also infra section II.A.3.
Section 10(b) of the Securities Act authorizes the Commission to
adopt rules deemed necessary or appropriate in the public interest
or for the protection of investors that permit the use of an
``omitting prospectus'' for the purposes of section 5(b)(1) that
omits or summarizes information contained in the statutory
prospectus. Section 24(g) of the Investment Company Act authorizes
the Commission to permit the use of a prospectus under section 10(b)
of the Securities Act to include information the substance of which
is not included in the statutory prospectus. 15 U.S.C. 77j(b); 15
U.S.C. 77e(b)(1); 15 U.S.C. 80a-24(g); see also 2009 Summary
Prospectus Adopting Release, supra note 33, at n.70.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Overview of the Contract
The initial summary prospectus would begin with a section including
certain basic and introductory information about the contract and its
benefits, under the heading ``Overview of the [Variable Annuity/Life
Insurance] Contract.'' \94\ This section would appear at the beginning
of the initial summary prospectus because it is designed to provide
basic information about how the variable contract functions. We believe
that investors of different levels of financial sophistication may
benefit from receiving this information early in the initial summary
prospectus. This would provide a contextual baseline to help inform
investors' understanding of disclosure about more detailed aspects of
the variable contract that are described later in the initial summary
prospectus.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\94\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also proposed Item 2
of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6; infra section II.D.2.b.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Specifically, this section would be required to include a concise
description of the following:
Purpose of Contract. The proposed requirement to briefly describe
the purpose(s) of the contract in general terms \95\ is intended to
provide the reader with information on what financial objectives that
contract could help the investor achieve, as well as the profile of an
investor for whom the contract may be appropriate (e.g., by discussing
a representative investor's time horizon, liquidity needs, and
financial goals). This requirement could be satisfied, for example, by
stating that the contract is meant to help the investor accumulate
assets through an investment portfolio, to provide or supplement the
investor's retirement income, or to provide death benefits and/or other
benefits, and that the contract may not be appropriate for an investor
that intends to access his or her invested funds within a short-term
timeframe.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\95\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also proposed Item
2(a) of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phases of Contract (for Variable Annuity Contracts). The proposed
requirement to include a brief description of the accumulation
(savings) phase and annuity (income) phases of the contract \96\ is
meant to provide basic information about how the variable annuity
contract functions, which in turn would help highlight how the contract
differs from other types of investment products. It also is designed to
address common areas of confusion among variable annuity investors. For
example, it would highlight the effect of annuitization on the ability
to make withdrawals and the continuation of contract benefits.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\96\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also proposed Item
2(b) of Forms N-3 and N-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This discussion would require a brief overview of the investment
options available under the contract (that is, portfolio companies and
any general or fixed account option).\97\ The registrant also would be
required to prominently disclose that additional information on the
portfolio companies is provided in an appendix to the summary
prospectus (or elsewhere in the case of registrants on Form N-3 that
chose to omit the appendix from the initial summary prospectus in favor
of more detailed information about investment options as required by
proposed Item 20 of Form N-3),\98\ and provide a cross-reference or
link to the relevant appendix.\99\ Finally, the registrant would be
required to state, if applicable, that if an investor annuitizes, he or
she will receive a stream of income payments, but he or she will be
unable to make withdrawals, and death benefits and living benefits will
terminate.\100\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\97\ However, a detailed explanation of the separate account,
sub-accounts, and portfolio companies is not required. See
Instruction 2 to proposed Item 2(b)(1) of Forms N-3 and N-4.
The registrant thus would not list the names of each portfolio
company available under the contract, as this would be duplicative
of information available in the appendix that would accompany the
summary prospectus. See infra section II.A.1.c.ii(i).
\98\ See infra note 517 and accompanying text.
\99\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also Instruction 1 to
proposed Item 2(b)(1) of Forms N-3 and N-4.
\100\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also proposed Item
2(b)(2) of Forms N-3 and N-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Premiums (for Variable Life Insurance Contracts). Instead of
requiring a description of the phases of the contract as with variable
annuities, Form N-6 would require the ``Overview'' section to briefly
describe the payment of premiums under the variable life insurance
contract. This description of premiums would include: (1) Whether
premiums may vary in timing and amount (e.g., flexible premiums); (2)
whether restrictions may be imposed on premium payments (e.g., by age
of insured, or by amount); (3) how premiums may be allocated (this
discussion would include a brief overview of the investment options
available under the contract, as well as any general (fixed) account
options); and (4) a statement that payment of insufficient premiums may
result in a lapse of the contract.\101\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\101\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also proposed Item
2(b) of Form N-6. The proposed instructions to this requirement
would require the registrant to disclose that additional information
on the portfolio companies is provided in an appendix to the summary
prospectus, and provide a cross-reference to the relevant appendix.
See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also Instruction 1 to proposed
Item 2(b)(3) of Form N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unlike variable annuities, variable life insurance requires the
investor to make continuous premium payments in order to avoid a lapse
of the contract. We therefore believe the ``Overview'' section should
prominently explain the role of premium payments in the contract, and
highlight for investors a key risk that non-payment (or insufficient
payment) of premiums could result in contract lapse.
Contract Features. Finally, this section would include a summary of
the contract's primary features, including death benefits, withdrawal
options, loan provisions, and any available optional benefits.\102\ If
applicable, the registrant would be required to state that the investor
will incur an additional fee for selecting a particular benefit.\103\
Because registrants would discuss many of these subjects in other
sections of the initial summary prospectus in greater detail (and would
discuss each of these subjects in more detail in the contract statutory
prospectus), this paragraph is intended to be summary in nature.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\102\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(i); see also proposed Item
2(c) of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
\103\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the ``Overview'' section that we
propose would appear in the initial summary prospectus, and
specifically on the following issues:
[[Page 61742]]
Are the requirements of the proposed section clear and
appropriate in light of the goals of the initial summary prospectus,
and would the information disclosed to investors be helpful to
investors in light of these goals? Is this the most useful
information for the beginning of the initial summary prospectus?
Would it provide investors with context to better understand the
remainder of the initial summary prospectus? Why or why not? Would
the information provided in the proposed section be unnecessarily
duplicative with other information that would appear in the initial
summary prospectus?
Should we impose word or page limits on the proposed
section? If so, what should the word or page limits be (e.g., no
more than one page)?
Are there additional disclosure topics that should be
required to be included in the proposed ``Overview'' section?
Instead, should we provide flexibility to registrants in preparing
this section as to topics, etc.?
(b) Key Information
The initial summary prospectus would next include a table (the
``Key Information Table'') that would provide a brief description of
key facts about the variable contract in a specific sequence and in a
standardized presentation that is designed to be easy to read and
navigate.\104\ Specifically, it would include a summary of five topic
areas: (1) Fees and expenses; (2) risks; (3) restrictions; (4) taxes;
and (5) conflicts of interest. This is intended to highlight, in a
consolidated location, important considerations related to these
products, including certain unique aspects of the variable contract
that might be unfamiliar to investors who have experience with mutual
funds or other types of investment products.\105\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\104\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); proposed Item 3 of Forms
N-3, N-4, and N-6.
\105\ In determining these proposed topic areas, we considered
investor complaints received by the Commission's Office of Investor
Education and Advocacy and the results of the 2012 Financial
Literacy Study. See text accompanying note 667 (regarding investor
complaints); 2012 Financial Literacy Study, supra note 39. We also
considered various regulatory and industry sources. See, e.g., FINRA
Rule 2330(b)(1)(A)(i) (variable annuity investors must be informed,
``in general terms, of various features of deferred variable
annuities, such as the potential surrender period and surrender
charge; potential tax penalty if consumers sell or redeem deferred
variable annuities before reaching the age of 59\1/2\; mortality and
expense fees; investment advisory fees; potential charges for and
features of riders; the insurance and investment components of
deferred variable annuities; and market risk'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Key Information Table includes a number of prescribed
disclosures and is designed to complement the ``Overview'' section. We
have proposed placing these two disclosure sections at the beginning of
the initial summary prospectus because we believe they contain certain
basic information that is critical for variable contract investors to
read. We are also proposing that this information be provided in a
standardized tabular presentation because we believe that, as compared
to the narrative-type presentation of corresponding disclosures in the
statutory prospectus, a summary tabular presentation would be easier to
read and better convey the importance of the information to
investors.\106\ This presentation may also facilitate comparisons of
certain disclosure topics among variable contract prospectuses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\106\ We considered mutual fund disclosure research that
supported the view that a tabular presentation would be an effective
disclosure delivery method. See, e.g., John Kozup, Elizabeth
Howlett, and Michael Pagano, The Effects of Summary Information on
Consumer Perceptions of Mutual Fund Characteristics, The Journal of
Consumer Affairs 42, 37-59 (2008) (concluding that summary
information, particularly using graphical presentation, is an
effective way to facilitate the processing of information for
investors evaluating mutual funds).
Experts in disclosure effectiveness for consumer-facing
communications also have encouraged the use of a ``strong design
grid'' (such as the tabular presentation we propose) to clarify
concepts to consumers and to organize disclosure elements. See,
e.g., Susan Kleimann, Making Disclosures Work for Consumers,
Presentation to the SEC's Investor Advisory Committee (June 14,
2018), available at https://www.sec.gov/spotlight/investor-advisory-committee-2012/iac061418-slides-by-susan-kleimann.pdf (``Kleimann
Presentation'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We propose requiring that a registrant provide the Key Information
Table under the heading ``Important Information You Should Consider
About the [Contract].'' \107\ There would be specified headings for
each of the five topic areas that the table would include, and under
each heading would be two columns. The left column would list the
required disclosure line-items for each of the five topic areas, and
the right column would provide a brief description for each
corresponding line-item, according to the respective instructions for
each proposed line-item.\108\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\107\ Immediately following this heading would be the statement:
``An investment in the Contract is subject to fees, risks, and other
important considerations, some of which are briefly summarized in
the following table. You should review the prospectus for additional
information about these topics.''
\108\ The table also could include a third column, which would
include cross-references to the locations in the statutory
prospectus where the subject matter that each line-item requires is
described in greater detail, or would otherwise cross-reference that
information. See infra note 162 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) Fees and Expenses
Variable contracts typically have multiple layers of fees,
expenses, and charges that can be confusing to investors. While the Fee
Table currently required in variable contract prospectuses provides
comprehensive fee and expense information,\109\ that information is
frequently presented over a span of two or more pages when a prospectus
is printed on paper. We believe that investors may benefit from a
shorter, more tailored discussion in the Key Information Table that is
intended to convey the importance of a contract's fee and expense
structure. As discussed below, we are proposing to require that the
initial summary prospectus also include the Fee Table from the
statutory prospectus.\110\ This framework would allow an investor to
determine the level of fee information that best suits his or her
informational needs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\109\ See Item 3 of current Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 (``Fee
Table'').
\110\ See infra section II.A.1.c.ii(h).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Surrender Charges. We believe that it is important that investors
understand that if they make a withdrawal in the first several years of
their contract, they may pay a significant charge that will reduce the
value of their investment. We believe, however, that investors
frequently do not understand, or may be surprised by, surrender charges
associated with early withdrawals.\111\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\111\ The Commission's Office of Investor Education and Advocacy
frequently receives investor inquiries about variable contract
surrender charges, suggesting that many investors may be confused
about how surrender charges work.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed Key Information Table would require certain
information intended to alert investors about the potential impact of
surrender charges imposed on early withdrawals. The first line-item in
the proposed table, ``Surrender Charge (charges for early
withdrawals),'' would require a statement that if the investor
withdraws money from the contract within [x] years following his or her
last premium payment, he or she will be assessed a surrender charge.
This statement would include the maximum surrender charge, and the
maximum number of years that a surrender charge may be assessed since
the last payment was made under the contract.\112\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\112\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
2(a) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6. The maximum
surrender charge would be expressed as a percentage of the
contribution or premium or the amount surrendered, whichever is
applicable.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In addition, we are proposing to require an example of the maximum
surrender charge an investor could pay (in dollars) under the contract
assuming a $100,000 investment (e.g., ``[i]f you make an early
withdrawal, you could pay a surrender charge of up to $9,000 on a
$100,000 investment.'').\113\ We
[[Page 61743]]
believe that for purposes of the Key Information Table, providing a
dollar figure may better communicate to investors the impact of
surrender charges than a surrender charge schedule that shows the
applicable surrender charge per year as a percentage.\114\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\113\ We propose to use $100,000 as the basis for the surrender
charge example because the value of the average variable annuity
contract has recently exceeded $100,000. See IRI Fact Book, supra
note 8, at 170. Using this figure would result in cost estimates
that more closely mirror the actual experience of many variable
contract investors. See infra note 130 and accompanying text.
\114\ Registrants would continue to disclose the surrender fee
in the Fee Table as a line-item in the ``Transaction Expenses''
table. They also would continue to reflect the consequence of any
surrender fee in the ``Example'' to the Fee Table that would show
the investor's contract costs if he or she were to surrender the
contract after 1 year, 3 years, 5 years, and 10 years. See Item 3 of
Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transaction Charges. The second line-item in the ``Fees and
Expenses'' section of the proposed table, ``Transaction Charges
(charges for certain transactions),'' would require a statement that,
in addition to surrender charges, the investor may also be charged for
other transactions. This statement would be required to include a brief
description of the types of such charges (e.g., front-end loads,
charges for transferring cash value between investment options, charges
for wire transfers, etc.).\115\ We are not proposing to require
registrants to disclose the amount of each transaction charge in the
Key Information Table because we understand the costs associated with
most transaction charges to be relatively small, as a percentage of
average account size (unlike surrender charges). Moreover, the Fee
Table would require more detailed information about each of these
charges (including the amount of each charge).\116\ The line-item for
Transaction Charges in the Key Information Table is designed to provide
a simple narrative description to alert investors that surrender
charges are not the only transaction charges they could pay.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\115\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
2(b) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6. Although
surrender charges are a type of transaction charge, we are proposing
to require surrender charges be separately disclosed in the Key
Information Table to highlight to investors the significant costs
associated with early withdrawals.
\116\ See proposed Item 4 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 (requiring
disclosure of transaction expenses).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ongoing Fees and Expenses. The third line-item in the ``Fees and
Expenses'' section, ``Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual expenses),'' is
designed to alert investors that they also will bear recurring fees on
an annual basis.\117\ In Form N-3 and N-4, the disclosure in this line-
item would begin with the legend ``The table below describes the fees
and expenses that you may pay each year, depending on the options you
choose.'' \118\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\117\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
2(c) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
\118\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
2(c)(i)(A) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3 and N-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Form N-4 registrants would disclose, in a tabular presentation in
the order specified, the minimum and maximum annual fees for: (1) Base
contract expenses; \119\ (2) investment options (e.g., portfolio
company fees and expenses); \120\ and (3) optional benefits.\121\ Since
Form N-3 registrants have a single-tier structure and consolidate fees
and expenses for investment options into base contract expenses, Form
N-3 registrants would disclose the same information as Form N-4
registrants except fees for base contract expenses and investment
options would be consolidated into a single entry labeled ``annual
contract expenses.'' \122\ The minimum annual fee column would show the
lowest available current fee for each annual fee category (i.e., the
least expensive contract class, the lowest total annual portfolio
company operating expense, lowest annual contract expenses, and the
least expensive optional benefit available for an additional
charge).\123\ The maximum annual fee column would show the highest fees
for these categories. Additionally, a legend preceding the minimum and
maximum annual fee table would refer investors to their contract
specifications page for information about the specific fees they would
pay each year based on the options elected.\124\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\119\ Minimum and maximum annual fees for base contract expenses
would not be required on Form N-6 because life insurance charges are
based on underwriting and can vary significantly from one insured
person to another depending on various demographic characteristics.
This could lead to significant variations between these amounts,
which we do not expect would be helpful, and may be confusing, to
investors.
\120\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
2(c)(i)(D) to proposed Item 3 of Form N-4. Registrants would use the
gross expense ratio disclosed in the Fee Table of a portfolio
company's current prospectus, which is the same basis for
calculating portfolio company expense ratios as Items 4 (Fee Table)
and 18 ([Portfolio Companies] Available Under the Contract) of Form
N-4.
\121\ The disclosure would also require, in a parenthetical or
footnote to the table or each caption, an explanation of the basis
for each percentage (e.g., as a percentage of separate account value
or benefit base, or % of net asset value). See proposed rule
498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction 2(c)(i)(C) to proposed Item 3
of Form N-4 (% of net asset value).
\122\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
2(c)(i)(B) to proposed Item 3 of Form N-3.
\123\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
2(c)(i) to proposed Item 3 of Form N-3; Instruction 2(c)(i) to
proposed Item 3 of Form N-4.
Because the table showing minimum and maximum annual fees is
intended to inform investors about the types and ranges of fees
associated with a variable contract, we are excluding certain
assumptions from the calculations. For example, although we know
that some registrants do not charge extra for certain optional
benefits, we want to alert investors to the costs associated with
optional benefits that are available for an additional charge.
Accordingly, the disclosure should reflect the minimum cost
associated with an optional benefit that has a fee.
\124\ Instruction 2(c)(i)(A) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3 and
N-4. Many states require a contract specifications page that
contains information about the premiums, fees, annuitization date
and other information specific to an investor's variable annuity
contract. See, e.g., the Insurance Compact's Individual Deferred
Variable Annuity Contract Standards, available at https://www.insurancecompact.org/rulemaking_records/080911_stds_annuity_individual_deferred_variable.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This presentation would consolidate the more detailed information
in the Fee Table, in an effort to minimize the need for investors to
perform complex calculations to understand the fees they will pay.\125\
For example, like the proposed ``Ongoing Fees and Expenses'' line-item
in the Key Information Table, the Fee Table would also include
information about the contract's base contract fee, portfolio company
fees and expenses, and optional benefits.\126\ However, the Fee Table
would be required to include a separate response for each contract form
that the prospectus offers that has different fees, and also a separate
response for each contract class.\127\ In order to condense this
information, the parallel disclosure in the Key Information Table would
be presented as fee ranges.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\125\ This reflects the principle, which experts in disclosure
effectiveness for consumer-facing communications have encouraged, of
``eliminat[ing] most complex calculations'' for consumers. See
Kleimann Presentation, supra note 106.
\126\ See proposed Item 4 of Forms N-3 and N-4.
\127\ See Instructions 6 and 7 to proposed Item 4 of Forms N-3
and N-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We have also designed an example in Forms N-3 and N-4 to provide a
high-level cost illustration that would give an investor a tool to
understand the basic cost framework of the contract. To emphasize that
an investor's choices have a significant impact on the costs associated
with his or her investment, we propose to require a two-column tabular
presentation in the order specified reflecting the lowest and highest
current annual cost estimates for the variable contract.\128\ The
following legend would precede this table: ``Because your contract is
customizable, the choices you make affect how much you will pay. To
help you understand the cost of owning your contract, the
[[Page 61744]]
following table shows the lowest and highest cost you could pay each
year. This estimate assumes that you do not take withdrawals from the
contract, which could add surrender charges that substantially increase
costs.'' \129\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\128\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
2(c)(ii) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3 and N-4.
\129\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
2(c)(ii)(A) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3 and N-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The lowest and highest annual dollar costs in this table would be
based on certain prescribed assumptions (i.e., a $100,000 investment)
\130\ with no additional contributions, transfers, or withdrawals, no
sales charges, and a 5% annual return over a hypothetical 10-year
period.\131\ The lowest annual cost estimate would be based on the
least expensive combination of contract classes and portfolio company
charges, excluding optional benefits, and the highest annual cost
estimate would reflect the most expensive combination of these
items.\132\ Excluding optional benefits from the lowest annual cost
estimate, and including them in the highest annual cost estimate, would
illustrate the cost impact of adding optional benefits to a
contract.\133\ With this information, the investor would be able to
roughly estimate further costs,\134\ and could obtain additional
information about costs in the statutory prospectus if needed. \135\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\130\ While the example in the Fee Table in current Forms N-3
and N-4 uses $10,000 as the basis for calculating assumptions
relating to the costs of investing in a contract, we propose to use
$100,000 as the basis for the cost assumption in the ``Key
Information'' table because the value of the average variable
annuity contract has recently exceeded $100,000. See IRI Fact Book,
supra note 8, at 170. Using this figure would result in costs
estimates that more closely mirror the actual experience of many
variable contract investors. For that reason, we are also proposing
to amend the Forms to use $100,000 as the base assumption for
similar examples used in the Forms, as discussed below.
\131\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
2(c)(ii)(C)(a) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3 and N-4.
The prescribed assumptions largely mirror the Fee Table, with
the exception of the sales load, which is not reflected because we
are seeking to highlight the contract's ongoing expenses. Because
registrants may charge different fees in different years (which may
have the effect of making fees appear small under certain
circumstances), we propose to base the cost estimate on the average
cost of a contract over a 10-year period to level-set the
calculation. See Instruction 2(c)(ii)(C)(a) to proposed Item 3 of
Forms N-3 and N-4.
\132\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
2(c)(ii)(C)(a) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3 and N-4. Instruction
2(c)(ii)(C)(e) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3 and N-4 would direct
that, unless otherwise stated, the least and most expensive
combination of annual contract expenses and optional benefits
available for an additional charge should be based on the
disclosures provided in the Example in Item 4 (Fee Table), and that
if a different combination of these items would result in different
maximum or minimum fees in different years, the registrant must use
the least or most expensive combination of these items each year.
\133\ While the example in the Fee Table would include a similar
cost estimate, it would reflect the most expensive combination of
portfolio company operating expenses and optional benefits available
for each contract class available under the contract. The Fee Table
example also includes estimated costs for 1-, 3-, 5- and 10-year
periods (not just for one year), and reflects different scenarios
based on whether the contract is surrendered or annuitized. See
proposed Item 4 of Forms N-3 and N-4.
\134\ For example, since he or she would know the range of costs
to be paid over one year, he or she could estimate the costs to be
paid over five years.
\135\ We would also encourage registrants to use design features
(e.g., multiple colors or shading patterns) that visually
distinguish minimum and maximum fees, and lowest and highest annual
cost estimates.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Form N-6, we have proposed that registrants provide disclosure
in the ``Ongoing Fees and Expenses'' section of the table that
primarily uses a narrative presentation, rather than the approach taken
in Forms N-3 and N-4, due to the fact that maximum expenses could
potentially exceed 100% of contract value based on the underwriting of
the variable life insurance contract and therefore potentially be
misleading to investors. This section of the table would require: (1) A
brief statement that investment in a variable life insurance contract
is subject to certain ongoing fees and expenses that are set based on
characteristics of the insured; and (2) the minimum and maximum annual
fees for the investment options in a tabular presentation.\136\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\136\ Instruction 2(c) to proposed Item 3 of Form N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Risks
The proposed Key Information Table also would include a condensed
discussion of contract risks. Current risk disclosures in variable
contract statutory prospectuses typically span multiple pages. While
this level of disclosure may be appropriate for a statutory prospectus,
we believe that a more-concise overview presentation of contract risks
is better suited for the Key Information Table in light of the goals of
the summary prospectus. Like the summary of fee and expense information
that would appear in the proposed Key Information Table, these risk
summaries are intended to provide a concise overview, with additional
information available for an investor who desires or requires
additional details.
Specifically, the table would include four line-items under the
heading ``Risks,'' each of which would include disclosure about a risk
that we believe investors should be alerted to: (1) Risk of loss; (2)
risks that could occur if an investor believes a variable annuity is a
short-term investment; (3) risks associated with the contract's
investment options; and (4) insurance company risks.\137\ Each of these
line-items would include succinct descriptions of the respective risk.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\137\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction 3
to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The first line-item is intended to convey the concept that although
variable contracts have elements of insurance, unlike most traditional
forms of insurance, these products are subject to the risk of
investment loss.\138\ This could help prevent any misunderstanding if,
for example, an investor confused a variable annuity contract and a
fixed annuity contract and did not understand that the contract value
in a variable annuity could decline.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\138\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
3(a) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 (``State that a
contractowner can lose money by investing in the Contract.'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The second line-item is intended to emphasize to investors that
variable contracts are generally long-term investments and not
appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash,
particularly in view of the impact of surrender charges and/or tax
penalties for early withdrawals.\139\ The third line-item is intended
to focus on the general risk of poor investment performance (as opposed
to the details of the specific risks associated with each of the
particular investment options available under the contract).\140\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\139\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
3(b) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 (``State that a
Contract is not a short-term investment vehicle and is not
appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash,
accompanied by a brief explanation.'').
\140\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
3(c) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 (e.g., from Form
N-4, ``State that an investment in the Contract is subject to the
risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the
performance of the investment options available under the Contract
(e.g., Portfolio Companies and any fixed account investment
options), that each investment option will have its own unique
risks, and that the contractowner should review a Portfolio
Company's prospectus before making an investment decision.'').
Because most variable annuity contracts typically offer fifty or
more portfolio companies to which investors can allocate their
purchase payments, we are not requiring that the Key Information
Table include risk information specific to each portfolio company,
as to do so would undermine the goal of brevity for this disclosure
item.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The fourth line-item is meant to alert investors that any
obligations, guarantees, or benefits under the contract that may be
subject to the claims-paying ability of the insurance company (as
opposed to the separate account, which is insulated from the claims of
the insurance company's creditors) will depend on the financial
[[Page 61745]]
solvency of the insurance company.\141\ As part of these disclosures,
the registrant would be required to state, if applicable, that
additional information about the insurance company, including its
financial strength ratings, may be obtained from the registrant.\142\
In lieu of providing this statement, a registrant could include the
insurance company's financial strength rating(s).\143\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\141\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
3(d) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 (e.g., from Form
N-4, ``State that an investment in the Contract is subject to the
risks related to the Depositor, including the extent to which any
obligations, guarantees, or benefits are subject to the claims-
paying ability of the Depositor.'').
\142\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
3(d) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 (e.g., from Form
N-4, ``If applicable, further state that more information about the
Depositor, including its financial strength ratings, is available
upon request from the Registrant'').
\143\ See Instruction to Instruction 3(d) to proposed Item 3 of
Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A fifth line-item, which would only appear in the ``Risks'' section
for variable life insurance contracts, is meant to focus on contract
lapse, which is a key risk for variable life insurance investors (but
not relevant to variable annuity contracts).\144\ For example, a
variable life insurance contract may lapse when sufficient premium
payments are not made by the investor. Since inadvertent contract lapse
could negate the insurance benefit of the variable life insurance
contract, we believe this risk should be included in the Key
Information Table.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\144\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
3(e) to proposed Item 3 of Form N-6 (``Briefly state (1) the
circumstances under which the Contract may lapse (e.g., insufficient
premium payments, poor investment performance, withdrawals, unpaid
loans or loan interest), (2) whether there is a cost associated with
reinstating a lapsed Contract, and (3) that death benefits will not
be paid if the Contract has lapsed.'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Because the registrant may provide additional details about these
and other risks in the statutory prospectus, we are also proposing a
new requirement in Forms N-3 and N-4 that, like the current parallel
requirement in Form N-6, would require the registrant to summarize the
principal risks of purchasing a contract in a consolidated risk section
within the statutory prospectus.\145\ Registrants would have the
flexibility to discuss any principal risks, and would not be limited to
the risk topics, or the level of disclosure, when responding to this
requirement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\145\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
1(c) to proposed Item 3; proposed Item 5 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
While we understand that variable annuity statutory prospectuses
today commonly discuss contract risks (although Form N-3 and Form N-
4 do not currently require them to do so), this discussion can be
dispersed throughout the prospectus.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) Restrictions
The proposed Key Information Table also would require registrants
to briefly disclose those features of a variable contract that commonly
include restrictions or limitations, namely the investment options and
optional benefits that the contract offers. We have designed this
section of the table to include separate line-items for each of these
topics under the heading ``Restrictions.'' \146\ For example, many
variable annuity contracts have optional benefits that restrict the
percentage of assets that investors can allocate to certain investment
options, such as more volatile categories of equity funds, in order to
facilitate the insurance company's ability to reserve for the
guarantees under the benefit.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\146\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction 4
to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6. We recognize that
there may be overlap between the proposed line-items for
``Investment Options'' and ``Optional Benefits,'' since many
optional benefits limit the investment options available to
investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The ``Investment Options'' line-item would require registrants to
disclose whether there are any restrictions that may limit the
investment options that an investor may choose and/or limitations on
the transfer of contract value among portfolio companies, and if
applicable, that the insurer reserves the right to remove or substitute
portfolio companies as investment options.\147\ The ``Optional
Benefits'' line-item would require registrants to disclose whether
there are any restrictions or limitations relating to optional
benefits, as well as whether the registrant may modify or terminate an
optional benefit.\148\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\147\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
4(a) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 (``State whether
there are any restrictions that may limit the investment options
that a contractowner may choose, and/or whether there are any
limitations on the transfer of Contract value among Portfolio
Companies. If applicable, state that the insurer reserves the right
to remove or substitute Portfolio Companies as investment
options'').
\148\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
4(b) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 (``State whether
there are any restrictions or limitations relating to optional
benefits, and/or whether an optional benefit may be modified or
terminated by the Registrant. If applicable, state that withdrawals
may affect the availability of optional benefits by reducing the
benefit by an amount greater than the value withdrawn, and/or could
terminate a benefit.'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are proposing to include these line-items in the Key Information
Table to put investors on notice of restrictions and limitations
associated with different options that are available under the
contract. We are not proposing to require a description of the specific
restrictions and limitations associated with each of the available
investment options and optional benefits. Doing so would likely add
significant length to the table. Instead, this information will be
provided in other parts of the initial summary prospectus, as well as
the statutory prospectus.\149\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\149\ See, e.g., proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(iv), proposed Item
12(a) of Form N-3, and proposed Item 11(a) of Forms N-4 and N-6 (all
referencing the requirement that the table summarizing certain
benefits available under the contract, which would appear in both
the initial summary prospectus and the statutory prospectus, would
be required to include a brief description of restrictions/
limitations associated with each benefit); see also proposed rule
498A(b)(5)(ix), proposed Item 19 of Form N-3, and proposed Item 18
of Forms N-4 and N-6 (all referencing the requirement that, if the
availability of one or more portfolio company varies by benefit
offered under the contract, the appendix that would appear in the
initial summary prospectus, updating summary prospectus, and
statutory prospectus would be required to include a separate table
indicating which portfolio companies are available under each of the
benefits offered under the contract).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iv) Taxes
Because variable contracts are subject to a special tax regime,
with both tax advantages and potential tax impacts in certain
circumstances, we are proposing to require that the Key Information
Table include tax-related disclosures. The ``Tax Implications'' line-
item of the table, which would appear under the heading ``Taxes,''
would require a statement that investors should consult with a tax
professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in, and
payments received under, the variable contract.\150\ A registrant also
would be required to state that there is no additional tax benefit to
the investor if the contract is purchased through a tax-qualified plan
or individual retirement account (IRA), and that withdrawals will be
subject to ordinary income tax and may be subject to tax
penalties.\151\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\150\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction 5
to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
\151\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The tax disclosure in the proposed Key Information Table is meant
to alert investors to tax implications of their investment in a
location and using a presentation we believe investors are most likely
to see and understand. Similar to the other line-items in the proposed
Key Information Table, additional detail about the tax implications of
an investment in a variable contract would also be available in the
statutory prospectus.\152\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\152\ See, e.g., proposed Item 16 of Form N-3, proposed Item 15
of Forms N-4 and N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 61746]]
(v) Conflicts of Interest
The proposed Key Information Table would also include, if
applicable,\153\ line-items regarding conflicts of interest that may
arise in the context of variable contracts, specifically with regards
to investment professional compensation and exchanges. The ``Investment
Professional Compensation'' line-item would require registrants to
disclose, if applicable, that an investment professional may be paid
for selling the contract to investors.\154\ A registrant would be
required to describe the basis upon which such compensation is
typically paid (e.g., commissions, revenue sharing, compensation from
affiliates and third parties).\155\ A registrant providing the required
disclosure would be required to further state that investment
professionals may have a financial incentive to offer or recommend the
contract over another investment for which the investment professional
is not compensated (or compensated less).\156\ This proposed
requirement reflects analogous disclosure that appears in mutual fund
summary prospectuses \157\ and is designed to address similar concerns,
namely to alert investors to the existence of compensation arrangements
for investment professionals and the potential conflicts of interest
arising from these arrangements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\153\ A registrant may omit these line-items if neither the
registrant nor any of its related companies pay financial
intermediaries for the sale of the contract or related services. See
Instruction to Instruction 6 to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4,
and N-6.
\154\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
6(a) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
\155\ Id.
\156\ Id.
\157\ See Item 8 of Form N-1A (requiring disclosure alerting
investors who purchase a fund through a broker-dealer or other
financial intermediary (such as a bank) that the fund and its
related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund
shares and related services, and such payments may create a conflict
of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary
and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The ``Exchanges'' line-item would require the registrant to state,
if applicable, that some investment professionals may have a financial
incentive to offer a new contract in place of the one owned by the
investor.\158\ A registrant would further be required to state that
investors should only exchange their contract if they determine, after
comparing the features, fees, and risks of both contracts, that it is
preferable for them to purchase the new contract rather than continue
to own the existing contract.\159\ When a contract owner purchases a
new annuity contract to replace an existing one, the new contract is
referred to as a replacement contract.\160\ We understand that a
significant proportion of variable contract sales stem from exchanges,
and these disclosures are intended to alert investors to potential
conflicts of interest that may arise in that context.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\158\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
6(b) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
\159\ Id.
\160\ Replacement contracts usually occur in connection with a
tax-free exchange of non-qualified contracts under section 1035 of
the Internal Revenue Code, or because of a rollover or direct
transfer of a qualified plan contract (e.g., an individual
retirement annuity) from one life insurance company to another. See
26 U.S.C. 1035; see also 26 CFR 1.1035-1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vi) General Instructions
In addition to the proposed instructions specific to each line-item
in the Key Information Table, the table would be subject to a set of
general instructions. To streamline the disclosure and encourage
registrants to use plain-English, investor-friendly principles when
drafting the disclosures, the proposed general instructions would
require registrants to disclose the required information in the tabular
presentation reflected in the form, in the order specified. However,
registrants would be permitted to exclude any disclosures that are not
applicable or modify any of the statements that would be required to
appear in the table so long as the modified statement contains
comparable information.\161\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\161\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
1(a) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed general instructions would also require registrants to
provide cross-references or links to the location in the statutory
prospectus where the subject matter required by the line-item is
described in greater detail.\162\ The cross-reference or link would not
necessarily need to be a page number or page range; instead, a
registrant could cross-reference or link a particular section or sub-
section, or heading or sub-heading, in the statutory prospectus. As
discussed below, we are separately proposing that any cross-reference
that is included in an electronic version of a summary prospectus must
be an active hyperlink.\163\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\162\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also General
Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6. The
proposed instruction specifies that the cross-reference should be
adjacent to the relevant disclosure, either within the table row, or
presented in an additional table column.
\163\ See proposed rule 498A(a)(i)(4); see also infra section
II.A.5.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We believe that providing cross-references and links would help
investors who seek additional information quickly find more detailed
information that may be important to them. We recognize that certain
line-items in the Key Information Table may more readily lend
themselves to the inclusion of a single cross-reference or link because
the information may be found in one location in the statutory
prospectus.\164\ On the other hand, other line-items may aggregate
information that appears in multiple locations in the statutory
prospectus, and therefore a registrant would need to include multiple
cross-references or links as appropriate.\165\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\164\ For example, a more detailed description of the contract's
fees and expenses would appear in the Fee Table section of the
contract statutory prospectus. See infra section II.D.2.d.
\165\ For example, it may not always be possible to provide a
single cross-reference for the ``Restrictions'' line-items as they
may be discussed in multiple sections of the statutory prospectus.
See supra note 149.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Finally, in keeping with our goal of providing a brief tabular
presentation of key facts that can be easily digested by investors, the
proposed instructions provide that all disclosures in the Key
Information Table should be short and succinct, consistent with the
limitations of a tabular presentation.\166\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\166\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ii); see also Instruction
1(c) to proposed Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(vii) Requests for Comment on Key Information Table
We request comment generally on the Key Information Table that we
propose would appear in the initial summary prospectus, and
specifically on the following issues. We request specific comment about
the table as it would appear in the updating summary prospectus and the
statutory prospectus later in this release.
Should we require the proposed Key Information Table to
be included in the initial summary prospectus? Would this table
provide a succinct summary of the contract's key terms and benefits
and most significant risks, in a presentation that would improve
readability and increase readership?
Would the topics of the line-items that we propose to
include in the Key Information Table be appropriate or useful for
investors making an initial purchase of a variable contract? If not,
why not? Should we require the table to include additional or
different topics? Should we limit the topics and related disclosures
to those that are required, or should we permit registrants to
include additional topics at their discretion? Could this open the
door to lengthy disclosure that might undermine the goal of a
succinct presentation?
Is the proposed tabular presentation useful and likely
to facilitate investor
[[Page 61747]]
understanding of key information about variable contracts? Would
another presentation be better? If so, why, and what would a better
alternate presentation be? Would the two-column presentation be
effective for investors reading an electronic version of the initial
summary prospectus? Should the form of presentation be required, or
should it be left to the discretion of registrants? Would a
standardized presentation facilitate comparison of different
variable contracts?
Should we require cross-references to the location
(section or sub-section, or heading or sub-heading) in the statutory
prospectus where the information provided in response to each line-
item of the Key Information Table is discussed in greater detail?
Instead of cross-referencing to the relevant location in the
statutory prospectus, should we instead require the cross-reference
to include a specific page number in the statutory prospectus where
an investor could find the information? Would it confuse investors
who receive the summary prospectus to see cross-references to the
statutory prospectus? If so, should the table in the summary
prospectus not include cross-references, or should we consider some
other approach?
If we require cross-references, should electronic
versions of the summary prospectus be required to link directly to
the relevant location in the statutory prospectus, as would be
required by proposed rule 498A? If not, why not? Would requiring a
cross-reference (or link) pose any particular technical, legal, or
other challenges for registrants? If so, what would these challenges
be, and how could we modify the proposed rule or provide guidance to
mitigate these challenges? Instead of hyperlinks, are there other
technological tools that would better help an investor find
information that is cross-referenced in the Key Information Table,
such as QR codes or similar technological tools? \167\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\167\ A QR code is a two-dimensional barcode capable of encoding
information such as a website address, text information, or contact
information. For example, when included on print materials, these
codes can be read using the camera on a smartphone to take the user
directly to a specific website address.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Is the level of detail of the disclosure that we
propose in each line-item of the Key Information Table appropriate,
and does it strike the right balance between providing enough
information to alert an investor to the most salient facts
(including fees, expenses, and risks) of the variable annuity
contract, but not too much, or too detailed information? If not, how
should we modify the table?
Should we impose a word or page limit on the proposed
Key Information Table (e.g., no more than two or three pages)? If
so, what should the word limit or page limit be?
Would the disclosure that a registrant would provide in
response to the proposed ``Fees and Expenses'' line-items convey the
appropriate amount of information to investors and concisely alert
investors to the most important fees and expenses associated with
the variable annuity contract? Are there any additional charges that
should be included in these line-items? For example, we understand
that in some instances an investment professional may charge fees
for providing additional services that are directly deducted from
the value of the investor's contract and which may be treated as a
withdrawal from the contract, reduce the contract's benefits, and be
subject to surrender charges. How common are such arrangements, and
what disclosures, if any, would be appropriate to be included in the
Key Information Table or elsewhere, such as in the fee table?
Would the ``Surrender Charge'' line-item, as proposed,
convey sufficient information for investors to understand the dollar
amount that they could pay as a surrender charge if they make
withdrawals in the first several years of their contract, and if
not, how should we modify this line-item?
Would the Minimum and Maximum Annual Fee and Lowest and
Highest Cost tables convey information in a way that investors are
likely to easily understand? Would these tables assist investors in
understanding the costs of their investment and helping them compare
the costs of investing in the variable annuity with the costs of
investing in another product? Are the assumptions underpinning those
tables appropriate? If not, why not? Are there any revisions that we
should consider? Is $100,000 an appropriate figure to use as the
basis for the cost example in the proposed table? Should we require
that registrants use a different figure instead? If so, why? Should
we require additional information to accompany the tables? For
example, should the legend accompanying the tables inform investors
that it is possible that the total fees associated with the contract
may exceed the accumulated gains from the investment options
selected by the investor? Should the Lowest and Highest Cost table
include additional information such the hypothetical value of the
contract (e.g., in year 1 and year 10), the expenses incurred per
year, and the value of the contract (e.g., in year 1 and year 10)
after expenses?
Should we require registrants creating an electronic
version of the initial summary prospectus to provide an interactive
calculator for investors to determine how fees and expenses would
affect their specific investments? If so, should the calculator
include transaction charges?
Should variable life insurance contracts also be
required to show the lowest and highest possible combination of
charges in the Form N-6 Key Information Table? Cost of insurance is
often an important component of expenses for variable life insurance
contracts (unlike variable annuities), and can vary significantly
from one insured person to another depending on various demographic
characteristics (e.g., age, gender, health, smoking status). If the
lowest and highest possible combinations of charges are shown, how
should variations in cost of insurance be reflected?
Would the disclosure that a registrant would provide in
response to the proposed ``Risks'' line-items adequately convey an
overview of the risks of investing in a variable contract? Are there
other risks that we should require a registrant to disclose in the
proposed Key Information Table? Should we revise or remove any of
the proposed ``Risks'' line-items? For example, is it appropriate to
allow registrants to include the insurance company's financial
strength rating(s) in the line-item regarding the claims-paying
ability of the insurance company? Should we revise the instructions
associated with these proposed line-items to require different
disclosures? Should we require a line-item for ``Other Principal
Risks'' to provide registrants an opportunity to disclose risks
related to investing in the contract that they would not otherwise
be required to disclose in the Key Information Table? Should we
instead provide flexibility by permitting registrants to disclose
other risks at their discretion? Why or why not?
Would the disclosure that a registrant would provide in
response to the proposed ``Restrictions'' line-items appropriately
convey the appropriate amount of information about certain
restrictions that various contract options may entail, in light of
the goals of the proposed Key Information Table? Should a registrant
be required to disclose information about restrictions in the Key
Information Table other than those associated with the contract's
investment options and optional benefits? If so, what? Instead,
should we provide flexibility by permitting registrants to disclose
other restrictions at their discretion?
Is the disclosure that a registrant would be required
to provide in response to the proposed ``Tax Implications'' line-
item appropriate, in light of the goals of the proposed Key
Information Table? Should a registrant be required to emphasize more
prominently that withdrawals will be subject to ordinary income tax,
and not the capital gains rates? Should the line-item require
disclosure of the specific tax penalties and requirements that
variable contract investors may incur (e.g., penalties for
withdrawal before age 59\1/2\, or that purchases through a tax-
qualified plan may be subject to required minimum distribution each
year beginning at age 70\1/2\)?
Are the disclosures that a registrant would be required
to provide in response to the proposed ``Investment Professional
Compensation'' line-items appropriate, in light of the goals of the
proposed Key Information Table? Would these disclosures adequately
apprise investors of the potential conflicts that arise when their
investment professional is compensated for recommending an
investment into a new or an exchange from an existing variable
contract, and are these disclosures appropriately balanced? Should
we revise these proposed disclosure requirements, and if so, how? Is
it appropriate that these line-items appear under the heading
``Conflicts of Interest''? Is there another way that the summary
prospectus could highlight the implications for investors of
exchanges?
Do the instructions associated with each of the
proposed line-items clearly explain what a registrant would be
required to disclose? In keeping with the structured format of a
tabular presentation, we sought to promote concise disclosure by
largely directing registrants to state, rather than to explain,
certain information in response to the required line-items. Should
the
[[Page 61748]]
instructions prescribe specific language or should registrants have
flexibility in drafting their responses? Are there any particular
instructions that we should include or modify in any way, for
clarity or for any other reason?
(c) Standard Death Benefit
The initial summary prospectus would be required to briefly
describe the standard death benefit that the contract provides, under
the heading ``Standard Death Benefit.'' \168\ It would briefly describe
the operation of the benefit.\169\ Including this disclosure in the
initial summary prospectus would highlight to investors important
information about this benefit, such as information about the potential
limitations on the standard death benefit and the possibility of its
termination, that they might not otherwise receive through marketing
materials and similar channels during the sales process.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\168\ Proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(iii); see also proposed Item
11(a) of Form N-3; proposed Item 10(a) of Form N-4; proposed Item
10(a) of Form N-6.
\169\ Id. For a discussion of the proposed disclosure
requirements, see infra section II.D.2.j.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under the proposed registration form amendments, a registrant would
include in the statutory prospectus these disclosures, as well as
additional disclosures relating to when the death benefit is calculated
and payable or the forms the benefit may take.\170\ While this
additional information provides detail that may help an investor who
wants to understand the mechanics of how the standard death benefit
operates later in the contract lifecycle, we are not requiring that it
be included in the initial summary prospectus because we believe it
would not be as critical to a basic initial understanding of the
benefit, including any risks and limitations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\170\ See proposed Items 11(b) and (c) of Form N-3; proposed
Items 10(b) and (c) of Form N-4; proposed Item 10(b) of Form N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the disclosure on the standard
death benefit that we propose would appear in the initial summary
prospectus, and specifically on the following issues:
Are the proposed disclosure requirements in the initial
summary prospectus under the ``Standard Death Benefit'' heading clear
and appropriate in light of the goals of the initial summary
prospectus?
Would this disclosure be useful to investors in connection
with an initial purchase of a variable contract? Should this proposed
content requirement include any additional, or any different,
disclosure about the standard death benefit? For example, would
including one or more of the other disclosures required to be included
in the statutory prospectus better assist investors in gaining a basic
initial understanding of the standard death benefit?
(d) Other Benefits Available Under the Contract
Following the discussion of the standard death benefit, the initial
summary prospectus would be required to summarize additional standard
or optional benefits available to the investor under the variable
contract. We understand that insurers commonly consider these types of
benefits to be primary features of variable contracts.\171\ These
benefits are also often key differentiators between competing products,
and we propose requiring specific disclosures in both the statutory
prospectus and the initial summary prospectus. This information would
appear in tabular form, under the heading ``Other Benefits Available
Under the Contract.'' \172\ This summary table would include
information about any optional death benefits, as well as any optional
or standard living benefits, that the contract offers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\171\ See supra paragraph accompanying note 17 (regarding the
prevalence of optional benefits).
\172\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(iv); see also proposed Item
12(a) of Form N-3; proposed Item 11(a) of Form N-4; proposed Item
11(a) of Form N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Specifically, the summary table would include the name of each
benefit, its purpose, whether the benefit is standard or optional,
associated fees (as a stated percentage of contract value, benefit
base, etc.), and a brief description of limitations or
restrictions.\173\ The table items include key factors investors may
wish to consider when assessing these benefits. We also have designed
the proposed table to include information that investors may be less
likely to receive through other channels, such as concise disclosure
about the restrictions and limitations associated with these benefits.
The terms of optional benefits can be complex. Providing the required
information in a uniform tabular presentation is designed to make these
important disclosures easier for investors to read, understand, and
compare.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\173\ For example, the description of limitations or
restrictions could include statements like ``benefit limits
investment options available'' or ``withdrawals could terminate
benefit.'' See Instruction 6 to proposed Item 12(a) of Form N-3;
Instruction 6 to proposed Item 11(a) of Form N-4; Instruction 6 to
proposed Item 11(a) of Form N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under the proposed form amendments, a registrant would include in
the statutory prospectus the summary table, as well as additional
disclosures in narrative form relating to optional benefits, such as
further additional description of each benefit, and descriptions of
benefits' limitations, restrictions and risks, and one or more examples
illustrating the operation of each benefit.\174\ We believe that
requiring the initial summary prospectus to include only the summary
table and not the additional narrative disclosures is appropriate for
the scope of the initial summary prospectus.\175\ Consistent with the
layered disclosure approach, investors who want more information about
optional benefits may refer to the more extensive narrative disclosures
in the contract statutory prospectus.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\174\ See proposed Item 12(b) and (c) of Form N-3 and
Instruction to proposed Item 12(b) and (c); proposed Item 11(b) and
(c) of Form N-4 and Instruction to proposed Item 11(b) and (c);
proposed Item 11(b) and (c) of Form N-6 and Instruction to proposed
Item 11(b) and (c).
\175\ Registrants may, but would not be required to, provide in
the initial summary prospectus cross-references or links to these
additional narrative disclosures in the contract statutory
prospectus.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are also proposing instructions to allow registrants that offer
multiple benefits of the same type (e.g., death benefit, accumulation
benefit, withdrawal benefit, long-term care benefit, etc.) to use
multiple tables to provide the required information, if doing so might
better permit comparisons of those benefits.\176\ Registrants may also
include appropriate titles, headings, or other information that might
promote clarity and facilitate understanding of the table(s).\177\ For
example, if certain optional benefits are only available to certain
investors, or are mutually exclusive, the table could include footnotes
or headings to identify which optional benefits are affected and to
whom they are available.\178\ These instructions are designed to
accommodate the variety of benefits currently offered or that might be
offered in the future, and provide registrants flexibility in
presenting this information.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\176\ See Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item 12(a) of Form N-3;
Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item 11(a) of Form N-4; Instruction
1(b) to proposed Item 11(a) of Form N-6.
\177\ See Instruction 1(c) to proposed Item 12(a) of Form N-3;
Instruction 1(c) to proposed Item 11(a) of Form N-4; Instruction
1(c) to proposed Item 11(a) of Form N-6.
\178\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the disclosure relating to other
benefits available under the contract that we propose would appear in
the initial summary prospectus, and specifically on the following
issues:
Are the proposed initial summary prospectus disclosure
requirements
[[Page 61749]]
under the heading ``Other Benefits Available Under the Contract'' clear
and appropriate in light of the goals of the initial summary
prospectus?
Are the proposed disclosure items in that table useful and
appropriate for consideration by investors in connection with the
initial purchase of a variable contract, or should we revise,
supplement, or replace those items? Should the proposed summary table
include any additional, or any different, disclosure about the standard
death benefit or any other benefit? For example, should it include one
or more of the other disclosures required to be included in the
statutory prospectus? Or should we require that registrants add links
or cross-references to these other disclosures? For the associated fee
of each optional benefit, should the summary table permit a range of
fees?
Would investors find the proposed tabular presentation
useful? Alternatively, would a different tabular presentation, a
narrative presentation, or no presentation requirement for disclosure
about any optional death benefits, as well as any optional or standard
living benefits, be preferable?
Are the proposed instructions clear, or should we modify
them in any way? For example, should we require specific standardized
disclosures in situations where certain optional benefits are only
available to certain investors (e.g., an additional column indicating
any restrictions related to investors who invested during specific time
periods), as opposed to permitting registrants to address this issue as
they see fit?
(e) Buying the Contract (for Variable Annuity Contracts) and Premiums
(for Variable Life Insurance Contracts)
The initial summary prospectus would be required to include a brief
description of the procedures for purchasing the variable contract (and
premiums, in the case of variable life insurance contracts), under the
heading ``Buying the Contract'' for variable annuity contracts and
``Premiums'' for variable life insurance contracts.\179\ For variable
annuity contracts, this would include a concise explanation of the
minimum initial and subsequent purchase payments required, any
limitations on the amount of purchase payments (such as when the
selection of certain optional benefits may limit additional purchase
payments), as well as a statement of when such payments are
credited.\180\ For variable life insurance contracts this would include
a description of the purchase procedures (including, among other
things, the minimum initial and subsequent premium payments required,
any limitations on the amount of such premium payments, and how to
avoid contract lapse), premium amount, premium payment plans, premium
due dates, and automatic premium loans.\181\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\179\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(v); see also Item 11(a)(i)
and (ii) of current Form N-3; proposed Item 13(a) of Form N-3; Item
10(a)(i) and (ii) of current Form N-4; proposed Item 12(a) of Form
N-4. Although we have proposed renumbering certain provisions of
this item, we have not proposed any substantive changes to this item
in Forms N-3 and N-4.
\180\ Id.
\181\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(v); see also Item 7(a)
through (e) of current Form N-6; proposed Item 9(a) through (e) of
Form N-6. We have not proposed any changes to this item in Form N-6.
Sub-accounts refer to the investment options, such as portfolio
companies, available under the contract.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We believe this information should be included in the initial
summary prospectus so investors have a clear understanding of how they
can purchase the variable contract.\182\ Additional information on
purchases and premiums would appear in the statutory prospectus. For
example, the statutory prospectus would also include information on the
manner in which purchase or premium payments are credited, and the
identity of each principal underwriter.\183\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\182\ This section of the summary prospectus for variable
contracts is similar to the disclosure on purchasing fund shares
that appears in mutual fund summary prospectuses. See rule
498(b)(2); Item 6 of Form N-1A.
\183\ See proposed Item 13(b) through (f) of Form N-3; proposed
Item 12(b) through (e) of Form N-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the disclosure on contract
purchases that we propose would appear in the initial summary
prospectus, and specifically on the following issues:
Are the proposed disclosure requirements in the initial
summary prospectus under the headings ``Buying the Contract'' (for
variable annuity contracts) and ``Premiums'' (for variable life
insurance contracts) clear and appropriate in light of the goals of the
initial summary prospectus?
Would this disclosure be useful to investors in connection
with an initial purchase of a variable contract? Should this
requirement include any additional, or any different, disclosure about
purchases of variable contracts? For example, should it include one or
more of the other disclosures required to be included in the statutory
prospectus (e.g., in the case of variable annuity contracts,
explanations of the manner in which purchase payments are credited and
how accumulation unit value is determined, or in the case of variable
life insurance contracts, sub-account valuation and determination of
risk classification)?
(f) Contract Lapse (for Variable Life Insurance Contracts)
The initial summary prospectus for a variable life insurance
contract would be required to include certain information about the
possibility of contract lapse, under the heading ``How Your Contract
Can Lapse.'' \184\ Specifically, the initial summary prospectus would
briefly describe when and under what circumstances a variable life
insurance contract will lapse, any lapse options, the effect of the
lapse and under what circumstances such a contract may be reinstated.
Because inadvertent contract lapse could negate the insurance benefit
of a policy to an investor, possibly at significant cost,\185\
understanding the risk of contract lapse is important when deciding to
invest in a variable life insurance contract. This disclosure would
include the same information on contract lapse that would appear in the
contract statutory prospectus.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\184\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(vi); see also Item 11 of
current Form N-6; proposed Item 14 of Form N-6. We have not proposed
any changes to this item in Form N-6.
\185\ For example, costs could occur in the form of premium
payments that the investor previously paid into the policy, and
which the investor cannot retrieve following contract lapse.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the disclosure on contract lapse
that we propose would appear in the initial summary prospectus, and
specifically on the following issues:
Are the proposed requirements in the initial summary
prospectus under the heading ``How Your Contract Can Lapse'' clear and
appropriate in light of the goals of the initial summary prospectus?
Would this disclosure be useful to investors in connection
with an initial purchase of a variable life insurance contract? Should
this proposed content requirement include any additional, or any
different, disclosure about the possibility of contract lapse?
(g) Surrenders or Withdrawals
The initial summary prospectus would be required to include certain
information about contract surrenders or withdrawals, under the heading
``Surrendering Your Contract or Making Withdrawals: Accessing the Money
in Your Contract.'' \186\ This would include
[[Page 61750]]
a brief summary on how to surrender (or partially surrender or make
withdrawals from) a variable contract, including any limits on the
ability to surrender, how withdrawal and surrender proceeds are
calculated, and when they are payable. Given that variable contracts
are long-term investments that may entail high surrender fees, it is
important to clearly explain the withdrawal and surrender terms to new
variable contract investors. Additional information on surrenders and
withdrawals would appear in the statutory prospectus. For example, the
statutory prospectus would also include more detailed information on
partial surrenders and withdrawals, sub-account allocation, involuntary
redemptions, and revocation rights (free look period).\187\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\186\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(vii); see also Item 12 of
current Form N-3; proposed Item 14(a) of Form N-3; Item 11 of
current Form N-4; proposed Item 13(a) of Form N-4; Item 9 of current
Form N-6; proposed Item 12(a) of Form N-6. We have proposed certain
changes to this item in Forms N-3 and N-4 to harmonize the
requirements with those of Form N-6. We have not proposed any
changes to this item in Form N-6.
This proposed requirement is similar to the requirement for
mutual fund summary prospectuses to include disclosure on procedures
for redeeming shares. See rule 498(b)(2); Item 6 of Form N-1A.
\187\ See proposed Item 14(b) through (f) of Form N-3; proposed
Item 13(b) through (f) of Form N-4; proposed Item 12(b) through (e)
of Form N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the disclosure on surrenders and
withdrawals that we propose would appear in the initial summary
prospectus, and specifically on the following issues:
Are the proposed requirements in the initial summary
prospectus under the heading ``Surrendering Your Contract or Making
Withdrawals: Accessing the Money in Your Contract'' clear and
appropriate in light of the goals of the initial summary prospectus?
Would this disclosure be useful to investors in connection
with an initial purchase of a variable contract? Should this proposed
content requirement include any additional, or any different,
disclosure about making contract surrenders and withdrawals? For
example, should it include one or more of the other disclosures
required to be included in the statutory prospectus (e.g., information
on partial surrenders and withdrawals and revocation rights)?
(h) Additional Information About Fees
The proposed rule would require the initial summary prospectus to
include the full Fee Table (including, for variable annuity contracts,
the expense example), that would appear in the statutory prospectus,
under the heading ``Additional Information About Fees.'' \188\ The Fee
Table provides detailed information on the fees and expenses investors
will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering the contract, as well as
those paid each year during the time the investor owns the
contract.\189\ We are proposing certain amendments to the Fee Table for
each type of variable contract as discussed below in section II.D.2.d.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\188\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(viii); see also Item 3 of
Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6; proposed Item 4 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
The initial summary prospectus fee information would be the same
as the Fee Table included in the contract statutory prospectus,
modified as necessary to describe only a single contract that the
registrant currently offers for sale. See infra section II.A.1.b.
\189\ In addition, the Fee Table details the minimum and maximum
total operating expenses the portfolio companies charge
periodically, as well as an example intended to help the investor
compare the cost of investing in different variable contracts.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are proposing to include the Fee Table in both the statutory
prospectus and the initial summary prospectus because investor
understanding of variable contract fees is particularly important given
these products' layered fee structure and typically higher costs
relative to other investment products. The Fee Table is intended to
complement and build upon the high-level summary of contract fees and
expenses in the Key Information Table by providing additional detail
for those investors who may wish to review more comprehensive fee and
expense information.\190\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\190\ See supra section II.A.1.c.ii(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We understand that some registrants currently prepare supplements
to the contract prospectus that detail and modify certain fees and
rates under the variable contract applicable to new investors (``rate
sheets''). Current fees, withdrawal rates, and crediting rates
associated with various contract benefits (for new sales) can change so
frequently as to make filing of post-effective amendments to the
registration statement with each change impractical. Instead, updated
disclosure of current levels of these fees and rates is accomplished by
filing a rate sheet as a supplement under rule 497 under the Securities
Act. We do not believe that the proposed summary prospectus framework
will affect the current practice of using rate sheets.\191\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\191\ For example, if the rate sheet is updating information in
a summary prospectus or the statutory prospectus, the document
should describe how the rate sheet works and the rate sheet itself
should be affixed to the front of the document. The current rates
should also be readily available on the website as part of the
documents required to be posted online under proposed rule 498A and,
as a best practice, separately on the website.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the Fee Table that we propose would
appear in the initial summary prospectus, and specifically on the
following issues:
Are the proposed requirements in the initial summary
prospectus under the heading ``Additional Information About Fees''
clear and appropriate in light of the goals of the initial summary
prospectus?
Would this disclosure be useful to investors in connection
with an initial purchase of a variable contract? Would including the
full Fee Table be consistent with the goal of providing a succinct
summary of the contract's key terms and benefits and most significant
risks, in a presentation that would improve readability and increase
readership? Are there any particular line-items of the Fee Table, for
either variable annuities or variable life insurance that could be
omitted? Would only including summary information of the type that we
propose to appear in the Key Information Table, either with or without
a cross-reference or link to the full Fee Table, be more useful or
appropriate for investors? Alternatively, would including only the full
Fee Table, and not also the summary fee information in the Key
Information Table, be more useful or appropriate for investors?
Would registrants who elect to use the initial summary
prospectus continue to prepare rate sheets? Would there be any
additional burdens preparing rate sheets in this context? Should the
staff guidance be modified in any way to accommodate the summary
prospectus framework?
(i) Appendix: Portfolio Companies/Investment Options Available Under
the Contract
Finally, an initial summary prospectus would be required to include
an appendix, under the heading ``Appendix: [Portfolio Companies/
Investment Options] Available Under the [Contract],'' that provides
summary information in a tabular form about the portfolio companies or
investment options offered under the contract.\192\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\192\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ix); see also proposed Item
19 of Form N-3; proposed Item 18 of Form N-4; proposed Item 18 of
Form N-6. Although these proposed Items would be new to Forms N-3,
N-4, and N-6, each form currently requires disclosure of similar
information.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The appendix would include separate columns for each portfolio
company's type (e.g., money market fund, bond fund, balanced fund,
etc.) or investment objective, the name of the portfolio company and
its adviser or subadviser (as applicable), the portfolio company's
expense ratio (expenses/average assets and, in the case of Form N-3,
explicitly excluding optional benefit expenses), and its average annual
total returns over the past 1-year, 5-year, and 10-year periods (in the
case of Form N-3, explicitly excluding optional benefit
[[Page 61751]]
expenses).\193\ Registrants would be instructed to only include
portfolio companies that are currently offered under the contract.\194\
Additionally, if the availability of one or more portfolio companies
varies by benefit offered under the contract, registrants would be
required to include as another appendix a separate table indicating
which portfolio companies were available under each of those
benefits.\195\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\193\ See Instructions 2-5 to proposed Item 19 of Form N-3;
Instructions 2-5 to proposed Item 18 of Form N-4; Instructions 2-5
to proposed Item 18 of Form N-6.
For purposes of this discussion, we use the term ``portfolio
company'' throughout, even though the appendix for Form N-3
registrants would use the term ``investment option.''
\194\ See Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item 19 of Form N-3;
Instruction 1(a) to proposed Item 18 of Form N-4; Instruction 1(a)
to proposed Item 18 of Form N-6.
\195\ See Instruction 1(c) to proposed Item 19 of Form N-3;
Instruction 1(c) to proposed Item 18 of Form N-4; Instruction 1(c)
to proposed Item 18 of Form N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A legend would precede the table. The first paragraph of the legend
would state: ``The following is a list of [Investment Options/Portfolio
Companies] currently available under the [Contract], which is subject
to change as discussed in the [Statutory Prospectus for the
Contract].'' \196\ For registrants on Forms N-4 and N-6, the legend
would also provide an internet address to a landing page, toll-free
telephone number, and email address that investors could use to obtain
portfolio company statutory and summary prospectuses.\197\ For
registrants on Form N-3, the legend would direct investors to the cover
page of the initial summary prospectus to request the statutory
prospectus for the registrant containing more information about the
investment options.\198\ The legend also could indicate, if applicable,
that prospectuses and other information are available from a financial
intermediary (such as an insurance agent or broker-dealer) distributing
the contract.\199\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\196\ See proposed Item 19 of Form N-3; proposed Item 18 of Form
N-4; proposed Item 18 of Form N-6; proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ix).
\197\ For registrants on Forms N-4 and N-6, the legend would
read as follows:
``Before you invest, you should review the prospectuses for the
[Portfolio Companies]. These prospectuses contain more information
about the [Portfolio Companies] and their risks and may be amended
from time to time. You can find the prospectuses and other
information about the [Portfolio Companies] online at [__]. You can
request this information at no cost by calling [__] or by sending an
email request to [__].''
See Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item 18 of Forms N-4 and N-6.
Registrants on Forms N-4 and N-6 not relying upon rule 498A(j) with
respect to the portfolio companies that are offered under the
contract may, but would not be required to, provide the next-to-last
sentence of the first paragraph of the introductory legend to the
table regarding online availability of the prospectuses.
\198\ For registrants on Form N-3, the legend would read as
follows:
``More information about the [Investment Options] is available
in [the Statutory Prospectus for the Contract], which can be
requested at no cost by following the instructions on [the front
cover page or beginning of the Summary Prospectus].''
See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ix).
\199\ See Instruction 1(b) to proposed Item 18 of Forms N-4 and
N-6; proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ix).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The second paragraph of the legend for variable contracts
registered on Forms N-4 and N-6 would read as follows:
The performance information below reflects fees and expenses of
the [Portfolio Companies], but does not reflect the other fees and
expenses that your contract may charge. Performance would be lower
if these charges were included. Each [Portfolio Company's] past
performance is not necessarily an indication of future
performance.\200\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\200\ See proposed Item 18 of Form N-4; proposed Item 18 of Form
N-6.
In contrast, because insurance charges are already reflected in the
performance of the investment options for contracts registered on Form
N-3, the second paragraph of the legend for variable annuities
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
registered on Form N-3 would state:
The performance information below reflects contract fees and
expenses that are paid by each investor. Each [Investment Option's]
past performance is not necessarily an indication of future
performance. \201\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\201\ See proposed Item 19 of Form N-3.
Because the investment experience of a variable contract investor
will largely depend on his or her selection of portfolio companies (or
investment options in the case of a variable annuity registered on Form
N-3), we believe it is important for investors to receive an overview
of the portfolio companies and investment options available under the
contract in a uniform tabular presentation that promotes
comparison.\202\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\202\ In the context of participant-directed individual account
plans under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
(which, similar to variable contracts, are long-term, tax-advantaged
investment vehicles whereby the investor may direct his or her
investment among investment alternatives), a similar disclosure
requirement applies. See 29 CFR 2550.404a 5(d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investors in contracts registered on Forms N-4 and N-6 currently
receive portfolio company prospectuses at or shortly after the point of
sale, as well as each portfolio company's updated prospectus each year.
As discussed below, we are proposing an optional delivery method, which
would permit satisfaction of any portfolio company prospectus delivery
obligations if the portfolio company summary and statutory prospectuses
are posted at the website address specified on the variable contract
summary prospectus.\203\ The appendix is designed to complement the
portfolio company prospectuses in a layered disclosure approach to
provide the investor with an ability to choose the amount and type of
information he or she prefers to review.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\203\ See infra section II.B.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alternatively, for variable contracts registered on Form N-3,
registrants could omit the required appendix and instead provide more
detailed disclosures for the investment options offered under the
contract that would be required by proposed Item 20 of Form N-3.\204\
Proposed Item 20 would require narrative disclosure for each investment
option regarding its investment objectives and principal investment
strategies, principal risks of investing in the investment option, and
a bar chart and table showing the performance of the investment option
modeled after the risk/return bar chart and table that Form N-1A
currently requires.\205\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\204\ See proposed rule 498A(b)(5)(ix).
\205\ See text following note 525 (discussing proposed Item 20
of Form N-3); see also Item 4(b)(2) of Form N-1A.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the appendix that we propose would
appear in the initial summary prospectus, and specifically on the
following issues:
Are the requirements of the proposed appendix, and the
associated proposed instructions, clear and appropriate in light of the
goals of the initial summary prospectus? Should we modify them in any
way?
Would the information included in the appendix and its
proposed tabular presentation be useful to investors in connection with
the initial purchase of a variable contract? Would other or additional
information, or a different presentation, be more useful to investors?
Are the particular disclosure items that we have proposed
for inclusion in the appendix useful and appropriate for consideration
by investors, or should we revise, supplement, or replace those items?
Alternatively, or in addition, should we require any other disclosures
contemplated by rule 482 (e.g., a legend providing certain statements
about the performance data and certain information about sales loads or
performance fees)? \206\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\206\ See rule 482(b)(3) (requiring, among other things: (1) A
legend disclosing that the performance data quoted represents past
performance; that past performance does not guarantee future
results; that the investment return and principal value of an
investment will fluctuate so that an investor's shares, when
redeemed, may be worth more or less than their original cost; that
current performance may be lower or higher than the performance data
quoted; and (2) if a sales load or any other nonrecurring fee is
charged, the maximum amount of the load or fee, and if the sales
load or fee is not reflected, a statement that the performance data
does not reflect the deduction of the sales load or fee, and that,
if reflected, the load or fee would reduce the performance quoted).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 61752]]
The proposed instructions would provide that if the
availability of one or more portfolio companies varies by benefit
offered under the contract, registrants must include as another
appendix a separate table indicating which portfolio companies were
available under each of those benefits. Should this information be
provided in a separate table? Why or why not? Are there ways to present
this information in a more streamlined and comprehensible manner for
investors? If so, how?
Under our proposal, an initial summary prospectus for a
contract registered on Form N-3 could omit the appendix and instead
include the more detailed disclosures about the investment options
offered under the contract that would be required by proposed Item 20
of Form N-3. Alternatively, in order to increase comparability between
initial summary prospectuses, should the appendix be required to be
included in all initial summary prospectuses for contracts registered
on Form N-3? Conversely, should the initial summary prospectus be
required to contain the more detailed disclosures that would be
required by proposed Item 20 of Form N-3?
d. General Requests for Comment on the Initial Summary Prospectus
In addition to the specific requests for comment above on the
proposed scope and content requirements of the initial summary
prospectus, we also request comment generally on the initial summary
prospectus, and specifically on the following issues:
Is an initial summary prospectus an appropriate vehicle to
highlight the importance of key terms, benefits, and risks of a
variable contract? What are the key considerations for an initial
investment in the contract? Does the proposed initial summary
prospectus capture key considerations that a typical contract investor
would find salient? Should an initial summary prospectus include
additional information an investor would need in order to make an
informed investment decision, and if so, what would this information
be? Would this defeat our goal of providing investors a succinct
summary?
Should we exclude any of the proposed initial summary
prospectus disclosure? Should we require any additional information to
appear in the initial summary prospectus, such as from the contract's
statutory prospectus, SAI, or Part C (``Other Information'') of the
registration statement?
We are proposing to require an initial summary prospectus
to contain the information required by the proposed rule, and only that
information, in a specified order to facilitate comparability (similar
to the mutual fund summary prospectus model). Should all items in the
initial summary prospectus be presented in the same order, under the
headings that the proposed rule specifies? Would this promote
comparability across products, and is comparability as feasible for
variable products as it is mutual funds? Why or why not? If the items
are not listed in the same order, could investors or investment
professionals still easily compare different variable contracts? Is the
proposed order appropriate, or should we consider a different order?
Should the rule require ordered navigation links for electronic
versions of the summary prospectus?
Should we, as proposed, limit the information to be
included in the initial summary prospectus, or should we allow
registrants to include other information that is not specifically
called for? We recognize that variable contracts are complex investment
products, and some may have product features that are not contemplated
by the current disclosure items. Should we permit registrants to
disclose information not specifically required by the proposed rule to
provide sufficient flexibility for the disclosure of future product
developments or otherwise enhance disclosures to investors? Would that
undermine the goal of comparability, or contribute to investor
confusion? Are there other ways we could provide this flexibility?
Should we impose any page or word limits on the initial
summary prospectus (e.g., 10 pages or 2,500 words)? If so, what should
the page or word limits be (e.g., how many pages or words, and should
these limits apply to the whole initial summary prospectus or include
or exclude certain sections of it)? Would page or word limits
disadvantage certain types of registrants (e.g., variable contracts
that offer a relatively high number of optional benefits) over others,
or unduly limit investors' ability to receive important disclosure
information? Are there other ways we could encourage concise and
investor-friendly disclosure?
Is the information that we propose to require in the body
or appendix of the initial summary prospectus appropriate? Should we
include any additional information or eliminate any of the information
that we have proposed to include? Should any information in the body
(e.g., the ``Additional Information About Fees'' section) be moved from
the body to an appendix or vice versa?
Would investors be more likely to read an initial summary
prospectus if we required the use of certain design elements--such as
larger font sizes or greater use of white space, colors, or visuals--or
provided additional guidance on such design elements? If so, what
should this disclosure requirement be? Would any of the proposed
content requirements particularly benefit from the use of such design
elements?
Should registrants creating electronic versions of the
initial summary prospectus be required to include active hyperlinks for
website addresses referenced in the electronic version, as would be
required under our proposal? What concerns would be raised, if any, if
those website addresses were third-party websites? Should registrants
creating electronic versions of the initial summary prospectus be
required to include active hyperlinks for any cross-references, as
would be required under our proposal?
Should registrants creating electronic versions of the
initial summary prospectus be allowed to use alternatives to any
tabular presentations, such as the table(s) included in Appendix:
Portfolio Companies/Investment Options Available Under the Contract,
provided the information is presented in an easy to read and comparable
manner? If so, should there be additional conditions on the use of
these alternatives? What should those conditions be?
Should we offer registrants greater flexibility to design
summary prospectuses that can be viewed on mobile devices, are
interactive, have audio or video features, or otherwise make use of
technology and research about effective disclosure methods? If so, how
can we allow flexibility while ensuring that investors receive the
information they need to make their investment decisions?
To what extent is the information proposed to be required
in the initial summary prospectus duplicative of information provided
in other point-of-sale disclosure documents (including those required
under other regulatory regimes)?
Would the initial summary prospectus, as proposed,
appropriately complement current disclosure practices by not
unnecessarily duplicating disclosure topics investors receive through
other channels, and
[[Page 61753]]
highlighting key risks that investors may not learn about through other
channels?
Are there any aspects of the initial summary prospectus
that should be made to conform to parallel provisions in the updating
summary prospectus or potential changes to those proposed parallel
provisions? Conversely, are there any potential changes to the proposed
updating summary prospectus that should not be made to the proposed
initial summary prospectus?
Is the hypothetical initial summary prospectus in Appendix
A useful and illustrative of the proposed requirements? Does it
appropriately show the level of detail that firms might provide, and
are any of the design elements that the hypothetical initial summary
prospectus uses particularly effective (or if they could be made more
effective, how so)?
2. Updating Summary Prospectus
a. Overview
Today, variable contract investors are typically sent a copy of the
updated current contract statutory prospectus each year.\207\ Proposed
rule 498A would permit a person to satisfy contract prospectus delivery
obligations with respect to existing investors by sending or giving an
updating summary prospectus in lieu of the statutory prospectus.\208\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\207\ As discussed above, investors generally must be provided
with a prospectus when they make additional purchase payments or
reallocate variable contract value. See supra notes 27 through 29
and accompanying text. We are proposing to provide that an updating
summary prospectus that complies with the rule will be deemed to be
a prospectus that is permitted under section 10(b) of the Securities
Act and section 24(g) of the Investment Company Act for the purposes
of section 5(b)(1) of the Securities Act.
\208\ Proposed rule 498A(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are not proposing that registrants send an updated initial
summary prospectus to investors each year, due in part to the cost to
maintain and update separate initial summary prospectuses for
currently-offered variable contracts and those no longer offered.
Additionally, we believe that existing investors would benefit more
from a brief summary of the changes to the contract reflected in the
statutory prospectus than to the disclosures in the initial summary
prospectus, which is designed for someone making an initial investment
decision.
We have therefore designed the updating summary prospectus to
provide a brief description of any important changes with respect to
the contract that occurred within the prior year, which will allow
investors to better focus their attention on new or updated information
relating to the contract. Additionally, the updating summary prospectus
would include certain of the information required in the initial
summary prospectus that we consider most relevant to investors when
making additional investment decisions or otherwise monitoring their
contract.
Finally, a registrant may only use an updating summary prospectus
if it uses an initial summary prospectus for each currently offered
contract described under the contract statutory prospectus to which the
updating summary prospectus relates.\209\ We believe that making the
use of the updating summary prospectus contingent on use of the initial
summary prospectus for each currently offered contract will encourage
registrants to utilize the summary prospectus framework and provide a
more consistent disclosure experience to investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\209\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. Scope of Disclosure To Be Included in Updating Summary Prospectus
The proposed rule would permit the updating summary prospectus to
describe one or more contracts covered in the statutory prospectus to
which the updating summary prospectus relates.\210\ This scope is
different than the initial summary prospectus, which the proposed rule
would limit to only describing a single contract that the registrant
currently offers for sale.\211\ Similar to the initial summary
prospectus, however, the proposed rule also would permit an updating
summary prospectus to describe more than one class of a contract.\212\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\210\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(2).
\211\ See supra section II.A.1.b.
\212\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(2); see also supra section II.A.1.b
(an initial summary prospectus also can describe more than one class
of a currently-offered contract).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Given the limited subset of information provided in the updating
summary prospectus, we believe permitting registrants to combine
multiple contracts would not cause investor confusion in the same way
that combining disclosure about multiple contracts in the initial
summary prospectus might. Furthermore, we understand that there are
generally not a significant number of changes that occur to an
individual contract year-over-year, and many of those changes (such as
changes to the available portfolio companies or the addition of new
optional benefits) typically apply across multiple contracts described
in the same prospectus. We therefore believe the section describing
contract changes, even if changes to multiple contracts are included,
would not be overly lengthy, and would not prevent investors from
reading or understanding the applicable disclosures.\213\ Finally,
combining multiple contracts could make the updating summary prospectus
significantly more efficient for registrants to produce and
distribute.\214\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\213\ A registrant generally should indicate in this section, to
the extent appropriate, whether certain described contract changes
are only applicable to certain contracts in the statutory
prospectus.
\214\ Multiple updating summary prospectuses (with very similar
sounding names) could also make it difficult for investors to locate
their specific updating summary prospectus on the insurer's website.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the proposed scope requirements for
the updating summary prospectus, and specifically on the following
issues:
Is it appropriate to permit the updating summary
prospectus to include multiple contracts under the statutory
prospectus to which the updating summary prospectus relates? Would
this approach promote operational efficiency? What other benefits
would this approach entail? What drawbacks would this approach
entail? Would this approach discourage investors from reading the
updating summary prospectus? Would it confuse investors, and if so,
should the proposed rule incorporate any additional provisions (or
should we issue guidance) to help mitigate potential confusion?
Would it prevent investors from reading or understanding the
disclosures, and if so, what additional rule provisions or guidance
could help mitigate this? Would the proposed disclosure requirement
make clear to an investor whether a particular disclosure about
year-over-year changes applies to that investor's contract? Should
we require that an updating summary prospectus that includes
disclosure about multiple contracts be formatted or presented in a
certain way to help promote clarity to investors regarding whether a
particular disclosure in the document concerns an investor's
particular contract? Are there any other additions to the updating
summary prospectus that would help promote clarity to investors on
this point?
Alternatively, what would be the benefits of requiring
registrants to create a separate updating summary prospectus for
each contract, similar to the requirement for the initial summary
prospectus? Would this alternate approach be operationally
burdensome, and if so, why? Would it enhance investor understanding?
Would it reduce investor confusion?
Should we restrict the number of contract classes that
may be described in an updating summary prospectus? Why or why not?
c. Preparation of the Updating Summary Prospectus
The following chart outlines the information that would be required
in an updating summary prospectus under proposed rule 498A. Along with
specifying required cover page
[[Page 61754]]
disclosures, the proposed rule references particular disclosure items
from Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 (as proposed to be amended). The
information would be required to appear in the same order, and under
the relevant corresponding headings, as the proposed rule
specifies.\215\
Table 3--Outline of the Updating Summary Prospectus
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed item of Proposed item of
Heading in updating Summary prospectus Proposed item of Form N-3 Form N-4 Form N-6
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cover Page:
Identifying Information................ ........................... .................. ..................
Legends................................ ........................... .................. ..................
EDGAR Contract Identifier.............. ........................... .................. ..................
Table of Contents (optional)........... ........................... .................. ..................
Content:
Updated Information About Your Contract ........................... .................. ..................
Important Information You Should 3.......................... 3 3
Consider About the [Contract].
Appendix: Portfolio Companies Available 19 or 20 \216\............. 18 18
Under the Contract.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
i. Cover Page and Table of Contents
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\215\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(6).
\216\ Registrants on Form N-3 could omit the appendix specified
by proposed Item 19 of Form N-3, and instead provide the more
detailed disclosures about the investment options offered under the
contract required by proposed Item 20 of Form N-3. See infra note
517 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifying Information. Under the proposed rule, the following
information would be required to appear on the front cover page or at
the beginning of the updating summary prospectus:
The depositor's name;
the registrant's name;
the name of the contract(s), and the class or classes,
if any, to which the updating summary prospectus relates;
a statement identifying the document as an ``Updating
Summary Prospectus''; and
the approximate date of the first use of the updating
summary prospectus.\217\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\217\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(3)(i) through (v).
Legend. The cover page or beginning of the updating summary
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
prospectus would be required to include the following legend:
You should read this Summary Prospectus carefully, particularly
the section titled Important Information You Should Consider About
the [Contract].
An updated prospectus for the [name of Contract] is currently
available online, which contains more information about the
[Contract], including its features, benefits, and risks. You can
find the prospectus and other information about the [Contract]
online at [__]. You can also obtain this information at no cost by
calling [__] or by sending an email request to [__].\218\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\218\ See supra note 79 (discussing requirements of the
registrant's internet address and contact information).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional general information about certain investment
products, including [variable annuities/variable life insurance
contracts], has been prepared by the Securities and Exchange
Commission's staff and is available at Investor.gov.\219\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\219\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(3)(vi).
Like the cover page or beginning of the initial summary prospectus,
the cover page or beginning of the updating summary prospectus would be
required to include identifying information about the variable
contract, as well as a legend including certain general information
that would be applicable to all variable contracts. The portions of the
proposed legend that describe how to obtain further information about
the contract, as well as the Investor.gov website, are identical to the
parallel portions of the legend that would appear on the cover page or
beginning of the initial summary prospectus.\220\ As with the initial
summary prospectus, a registrant could modify this required legend so
long as the modified legend includes comparable information.\221\
Similar to the initial summary prospectus, if a registrant incorporates
any information by reference into the updating summary prospectus, the
proposed rule would require the registrant to include in the legend
certain information about the document(s) from which the information
was incorporated.\222\ Like the initial summary prospectus, the cover
page for the updating summary prospectus would also be required to
include a legend indicating that the Securities and Exchange Commission
has not approved or disapproved of the contract or the summary
prospectus.\223\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\220\ Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vi); see also supra note 79. The
legend in the updating summary prospectus would note that ``an
updated prospectus'' is available online, whereas the initial
summary prospectus would note that it summarizes key features of the
contract.
\221\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(3)(vi); see also proposed rule
498A(b)(2)(vi)(A).
\222\ See infra section II.A.6.
\223\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(3)(vii); see also supra note 86.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We do not believe that the free look period legend that would
appear on the cover page or beginning of the initial summary prospectus
would be appropriate in the context of the updating summary prospectus,
because the free look period is not applicable to additional
investments after the initial purchase.
EDGAR Contract Identifier. We are also proposing to require that
the EDGAR contract identifier for each contract covered by the updating
summary prospectus be included on the bottom of the back cover page or
last page of the updating summary prospectus in a type size smaller
than that generally used in the prospectus (e.g., 8-point modern
type).\224\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\224\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(4). As in the case of the initial
summary prospectus, this requirement is intended to enable
Commission staff and others to more easily link the updating summary
prospectus with other filings associated with the contract.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table of Contents. The proposed rule would permit an updating
summary prospectus, like the initial summary prospectus, to include a
table of contents.\225\ A table of contents must show the page number
of the various sections or subdivisions of the prospectus and must
immediately follow the cover page in any prospectus delivered
electronically.\226\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\225\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(5).
\226\ Rule 481(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the proposed requirements for the
cover page of the updating summary prospectus, and specifically on the
following issues:
Is the information that we propose to require on the
cover page or beginning of the updating summary prospectus
appropriate? Should we include any additional information or
eliminate any of the information that we have proposed to include in
these parts of the updating summary prospectus?
Is the proposed legend sufficient to notify investors
of the availability and significance of the contract statutory
prospectus and other information about the variable contract and how
to obtain this information? For example, should the legend
[[Page 61755]]
include greater detail about the information that is available?
Does the proposed legend adequately inform investors of
the various means for obtaining additional information about a
variable contract? For example, are the proposed requirements for
the website address where additional information is available
adequate to ensure that the website and the additional information
will be easy to locate?
As proposed, should we permit registrants to modify the
required legend, provided the modified legend includes comparable
information?
Should the requirement in proposed rule 498A to include
the EDGAR contract identifier for each contract covered by the
updating summary prospectus on the bottom of the back cover page or
last page of the updating summary prospectus be revised to list
another identifier? If so, what identifier should be listed, and
why?
Should registrants be permitted to include a table of
contents in the updating summary prospectus? Instead, should a table
of contents be required for any updating summary prospectus? Does
rule 481(c) under the Securities Act provide appropriate
requirements for a table of contents included in an updating summary
prospectus?
ii. Content of the Updating Summary Prospectus
Proposed rule 498A specifies the content and order thereof required
in an updating summary prospectus.\227\ An updating summary prospectus
must contain the information required by the proposed rule in the
specific order detailed in section II.A.2.c. Similar to the initial
summary prospectus and the summary prospectus for mutual funds,
adhering to these content requirements is one condition that an
updating summary prospectus must satisfy in order to be deemed to be a
prospectus that is permitted under section 10(b) of the Securities Act
and section 24(g) of the Investment Company Act for the purposes of
section 5(b)(1) of the Securities Act.\228\ To aid market participants
in understanding the types of disclosures we propose to require,
Appendix B to this release contains a hypothetical updating summary
prospectus for a variable annuity separate account with a registration
statement filed on Form N-4. This hypothetical updating summary
prospectus is provided solely for illustrative purposes and is not
intended to imply that it reflects a ``typical'' updating summary
prospectus.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\227\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(6).
\228\ See supra note 93.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Description of Changes to the Contract
The updating summary prospectus would be required to include a
concise description of any change with respect to the contract made
after the most recent updating summary prospectus or statutory
prospectus was sent or given to investors that has affected the
availability of portfolio companies (or investment options under a
variable annuity registered on Form N-3) under the contract,\229\ or
the statutory prospectus disclosure relating to the Fee Table,\230\ the
standard death benefit,\231\ and the other benefits available under the
contract.\232\ The updating summary prospectus also could include a
concise description of any other changes to the contract that the
registrant wishes to disclose, provided they occurred within the same
time period.\233\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\229\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(i). A change that has affected
availability of portfolio companies (or investment options) would
include changes in the portfolio companies (or investment options)
offered under the contract or available in connection with any
optional benefit. See also proposed Item 19 of Form N-3, and
proposed Item 18 of Forms N-4 and N-6.
\230\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(i); see also proposed Item 4 of
Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
\231\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(i); see also proposed Item 11 of
Forms N-3; proposed Item 10 of Forms N-4 and N-6.
\232\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(i); see also proposed Item 12 of
Forms N-3; proposed Item 11 of Forms N-4 and N-6.
\233\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(ii). Any additional information
included should not, by its nature, quantity, or manner of
presentation, obscure or impede understanding of the information
that the proposed rule would require.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
These contract changes would be described under the heading
``Updated Information About Your [Contract].'' \234\ This legend would
be required to follow the heading:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\234\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(i).
The information in this [Updating Summary Prospectus] is a
summary of certain [Contract] features that have changed since the
[Updating Summary Prospectus] dated [date]. This may not reflect all
of the changes that have occurred since you entered into your
Contract.\235\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\235\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(i)(A).
We designed this disclosure requirement in light of the fact that
disclosures in a contract statutory prospectus do not change
frequently, and we believe providing investors with notice and a brief
description of any changes that do occur may be more informative than
repeating all the disclosures year-over-year. We believe that notice of
these changes is particularly helpful, given that currently investors
must determine which, if any, disclosures relevant to their particular
contract have changed each year they receive the contract statutory
prospectus. After receiving notice and a brief description of certain
changes, an investor who then wishes to obtain more information on
specific changes can consult the contract statutory prospectus to
review related disclosures in more detail. We believe that highlighting
certain key changes with respect to the contract in the updating
summary prospectus will provide important information to investors that
they can use in considering whether to continue making additional
purchase payments or reallocate contract value.
We would require the disclosure of changes with respect to these
particular disclosure topics (Fee Table, the standard death benefit,
other benefits available under the contract, and portfolio companies
available under the contract) because these are the areas where we
understand contract-related changes are most likely to occur, and that
may be of most interest to investors. We believe that permitting--but
not requiring--a concise description of any additional changes will
provide flexibility to registrants to highlight for investors any
additional changes. The requirement to disclose contract-related
changes to investors is particularly relevant for variable contracts,
since the length of statutory prospectus disclosure may hinder
investors in identifying important year-over-year changes to contract
features.
In providing a concise description of a contract-related change in
the updating summary prospectus, registrants must provide enough detail
to allow investors to understand the change and how it will affect
them.\236\ For example, this could include stating that a fee has
changed from 1.5% to 1.7%, rather than stating that the fee has changed
or increased, or specifically identifying each optional benefit that
has changed (with a brief explanation of how), rather than generically
stating that certain optional benefits are new or no longer available.
As another example, if a portfolio company's expense ratio has changed,
a registrant generally should describe this in the body of the updating
summary prospectus even though expense ratio information would also
appear in the required appendix to the updating summary prospectus, in
order to highlight this change to investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\236\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(i)(B).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the brief description of certain
contract-related changes that we propose would appear in the updating
summary prospectus, and specifically on the following issues:
Would this proposed disclosure requirement be useful to
investors? Would understanding the information that would appear in
an updating summary prospectus in response to the proposed
requirement be
[[Page 61756]]
relevant and helpful to an investor who is considering whether to
continue making additional purchase payments, or reallocate contract
value? Would disclosure of changes to multiple contracts confuse the
reader or discourage reading the document, and if so, what
additional rule provisions or guidance could help mitigate this?
Is the scope of changes that a registrant may discuss
in the updating summary prospectus appropriate? Are there other
topics that should be described in the updating summary prospectus
(e.g., changes that affect the contract's risks or potential
conflicts of interest)? Should the proposed rule instead require a
registrant to provide a concise description of ``significant
changes,'' ``material changes,'' or some other standard instead of
prescribing specific disclosure topics? Is there a better way of
identifying these specific disclosure topics, and if so, what would
this be?
Is it appropriate to allow registrants to discuss any
other changes that have been made to the contract during the same
time period in this section? Should registrants also be allowed to
discuss matters that do not directly involve the contract (e.g.,
upcoming tax law changes or merger and acquisition activity
involving the registrant)? Why or why not?
Is the proposed requirement that a registrant include a
``concise description'' of each change clear and appropriate? Would
registrants understand what level of disclosure they should include?
Would any additional clarification in the rule text or Commission
guidance be helpful?
(b) Key Information
The updating summary prospectus also would be required to include
the same Key Information Table that would appear in the initial summary
prospectus.\237\ As discussed above, this table would streamline
certain important concepts about the variable contract in a
presentation that is designed to be easy to read and navigate.\238\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\237\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(iii). This disclosure would be
the same information required by Item 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
\238\ See supra section II.A.1.c.ii.(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Because investors may make additional investments in the variable
contract, we propose to require this disclosure in the updating summary
prospectus to remind them of the contract's fees and expenses, risks,
restrictions, tax implications, and investment professional
compensation. Furthermore, we believe that an investor who continues to
make investments in the variable contract (or to reallocate contract
value)--not just an initial investor in the contract--should receive
the benefit of this disclosure in a presentation that is intended to
improve readability and readership.
Besides the brief description of contract-related changes and
portfolio company/investment option appendix discussed below, an
updating summary prospectus would include only this Key Information
Table as summary disclosure about the contract's key information, and
would not also include the additional disclosure that the initial
summary prospectus would include (for example, additional information
about standard and optional contract benefits, or the contract Fee
Table). We believe this is appropriate in the context of an updating
summary prospectus for several reasons.
First, unless the investor invested prior to the registrant relying
on rule 498A, the investor already will have received the initial
summary prospectus (and have had access to the statutory prospectus),
which includes this extra detail. Additionally, the updating summary
prospectus draws on layered disclosure concepts, where the investor can
access the more detailed statutory prospectus electronically (or in
paper format on request) to complement the disclosure included in the
updating summary prospectus.
An updating summary prospectus that describes multiple contracts
could contain a separate Key Information Table for each of the
contracts, or use a different presentation approach that consistently
discloses the required information for each contract in the required
order. For example, if the only Key Information Table disclosure that
would vary by contract were the fee information, a prospectus that
describes multiple contracts could include a single Key Information
Table that discloses separate fee information in the ``Fees and
Expenses'' line-items for each contract.
We request comment generally on including the Key Information Table
in the updating summary prospectus, and specifically on the following
issues:
Should we require including the proposed Key
Information Table in the updating summary prospectus? Would this
table provide a succinct summary of the contract's key information
for investors who make ongoing purchase payments, or who reallocate
contract value? If not, why not?
Is the location of the proposed Key Information Table
within the updating summary prospectus appropriate? If not, where
should it be located?
Should the table include, as proposed, the same line-
items as the Key Information Table that would appear in the initial
summary prospectus? Instead should we require a modified version of
the table in the updating summary prospectus, and if so, how should
we modify the table? For example, is it appropriate or necessary for
the table that appears in the updating summary prospectus to include
a line-item on investment professional compensation? Is it important
to require the disclosure that investors should only exchange their
contract if they determine, after comparing the features, fees, and
risks of both contracts, that it is preferable for them to purchase
the new contract rather than continue to own the existing contract?
Should the presentation of the proposed table in the
updating summary prospectus differ from the proposed presentation
for the initial updating prospectus? If so, why, and what would be a
better alternate presentation?
Should we mirror the approach taken with the initial
summary prospectus where cross-references in the Key Information
Table for electronic versions of the updating summary prospectus
would link directly to the location in the statutory prospectus
where the subject matter is discussed in greater detail? If so, why?
What would be a better approach?
Are there any particular instructions for the Key
Information Table that we should modify for the updating summary
prospectus?
(c) Appendix: Portfolio Companies Available Under the Contract
Finally, the updating summary prospectus would be required to
include an appendix, under the heading ``Appendix: [Portfolio
Companies/Investment Options] Available Under the [Contract],'' that
provides summary information about the portfolio companies offered
under the contract.\239\ This requirement for the appendix would be
identical to the requirement for the appendix in the initial summary
prospectus.\240\ Like the proposed requirement for the initial summary
prospectus appendix, Form N-3 registrants could omit this appendix and
instead provide the more detailed disclosures about the investment
options offered under the contract that would be required by proposed
Item 20 of Form N-3.\241\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\239\ Proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(iv). This information on
portfolio companies or investment options would be the same
information required by proposed Item 19 of Form N-3 and proposed
Item 18 of Forms N-4 and N-6.
\240\ Paralleling a similar requirement for the initial summary
prospectus, if the appendix includes the information required by
Item 19 of Form N-3, the appendix would also include the following
introductory legend: ``The following is a list of [Investment
Options] currently available under the [Contract], which is subject
to change as discussed in the [Statutory Prospectus for the
Contract]. More information about the [Investment Options] is
available in [the Contract Statutory Prospectus], which can be
requested at no cost by following the instructions on [the front
cover page or beginning of the Summary Prospectus].'' See proposed
Item 19 of Form N-3; proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(iv).
\241\ See proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(iv); see also text following
note 525 (discussing proposed Item 20 of Form N-3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Because the selection of portfolio companies or investment options
will directly affect the performance, and
[[Page 61757]]
often the available optional benefits, of the contract, we believe that
it is necessary to provide basic information about the portfolio
companies to ongoing investors in variable contracts. This disclosure
is intended to remind investors of one of the most important decisions
they face during the life cycle of a contract--that is, whether and
where to allocate additional purchase payments and reallocate contract
value among the portfolio companies or investment options available to
them.
We request comment generally on the appendix that we propose to
require in the updating summary prospectus, and specifically on the
following issues:
Are the requirements of the proposed appendix clear and
appropriate in light of the goals of the updating summary
prospectus?
Would the information that would be included in this
appendix be useful to an investor who is considering whether to
continue making additional purchase payments, or reallocate contract
value? Would other or additional information be more useful to
investors? For example, should the appendix identify portfolio
companies that have been added, or portfolio companies that have
been removed or closed to additional investment, during the period
covered by the update?
Should we, as proposed, permit a Form N-3 registrant to
omit the appendix and instead include the more detailed disclosures
about the investment options offered under the contract that would
be required by proposed Item 20 of Form N-3? Are the considerations
regarding the inclusion of the appendix in a Form N-3 registrant's
updating summary prospectus the same or different as in the context
of the initial summary prospectus?
d. General Requests for Comment on the Updating Summary Prospectus
In addition to the specific requests for comment above on the
proposed content requirements and scope of the updating summary
prospectus, we also request comment generally on the updating summary
prospectus, and specifically on the following issues:
Should we consider any alternative approaches to the
proposed framework of two distinct summary prospectuses (the initial
summary prospectus and the updating summary prospectus)? For
example, should all variable contract investors receive a summary
prospectus with identical content? As another example, should the
proposed rule provide that only initial contract purchasers would
receive a summary prospectus, and afterwards, investors who make
additional purchase payments, or who reallocate contract value,
would receive no summary prospectus (or receive only a notice that
the statutory prospectus is available online)?
Should we permit the use of an updating summary
prospectus if a registrant does not use an initial summary
prospectus for each currently offered contract described under the
contract statutory prospectus to which the updating summary
prospectus relates?
Does the information in the proposed updating summary
prospectus capture the information that is most likely to change
from year to year, and that is most important for investors when
considering whether to make additional purchase payments, or
reallocate contract value? Should any of the information that we
propose to require in the updating summary prospectus not be
required? Should we require disclosure of any additional information
(such as additional information that we propose to include in the
initial summary prospectus) in the updating summary prospectus?
Should we consider changing the proposed order in which
the disclosure items would appear in the updating summary
prospectus?
Should we impose any page or word limits on the
updating summary prospectus (e.g., 10 pages or 2,500 words)? If so,
what should the page or word limits be (e.g., how many pages or
words, and should these limits be on the whole updating summary
prospectus or certain sections of it)? Are there other ways we could
encourage concise and investor-friendly disclosure?
Is the information that we propose to require in the
body and appendix of the updating summary prospectus appropriate?
Should we include any additional content requirements or modify or
eliminate any of the content requirements? Should any information in
the body be moved to an appendix, or vice versa?
Would investors be more likely to read an updating
summary prospectus if we required the use of certain design
elements--such as larger font sizes or greater use of white space,
colors, or visuals--or provided additional guidance on such design
elements? Would any of the proposed content requirements
particularly benefit from the use of such design elements?
Would the updating summary prospectus, as proposed,
appropriately complement current disclosure practices by not
unnecessarily duplicating disclosure topics investors receive
through other channels, and highlighting key risks that investors
may not learn about through other channels?
Should registrants creating electronic versions of the
updating summary prospectus be required to include active hyperlinks
for website addresses referenced in the electronic version, as would
be required under our proposal? What concerns would be raised, if
any, if those website addresses were third-party websites? Should
registrants creating electronic versions of the initial summary
prospectus be required to include active hyperlinks for any cross-
references, as would be required under our proposal?
Should we offer registrants greater flexibility to
design summary prospectuses that can be viewed on mobile devices,
are interactive, have audio or video features, or otherwise make use
of technology and research about effective disclosure methods? If
so, how can we allow such flexibility while still ensuring that
investors receive the information they need to make their investment
decisions?
Are there any aspects of the updating summary
prospectus that should be made to conform to parallel provisions in
the initial summary prospectus or potential changes to those
proposed parallel provisions? Conversely, are there any potential
changes to the proposed initial summary prospectus that should not
be made to the proposed updating summary prospectus?
Is the hypothetical updating summary prospectus in
Appendix B useful and illustrative of the proposed requirements?
Does it appropriately show the level of detail that firms might
provide?
3. Legal Effect of Use of Summary Prospectus for Variable Contracts
Section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act makes it unlawful to carry or
cause to be carried a security for purposes of sale or for delivery
after sale ``unless accompanied or preceded'' by a statutory
prospectus.\242\ Proposed rule 498A would provide that, for variable
contract securities in an offering registered on Forms N-3, N-4, or N-
6, the use of a summary prospectus could satisfy this section 5(b)(2)
obligation under certain conditions. As under rule 498, use of the
summary prospectus to satisfy a registrant's section 5(b) obligation
would be voluntary.\243\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\242\ 15 U.S.C. 77e(b)(2) (stating that it shall be unlawful for
any person to carry or cause to be carried through the mails or in
interstate commerce any such security for the purpose of sale or for
delivery after sale, unless accompanied or preceded by a prospectus
that meets the requirements of Securities Act section 10(a)); see
also supra note 27 (noting that the term ``statutory prospectus''
means a prospectus that meets the requirements of section 10(a) of
the Securities Act).
Because the requirements of section 5(b)(2) of the Securities
Act are applicable to ``any person,'' its obligations are applicable
to financial intermediaries through whom variable contracts are
sold, as well as variable contract issuers.
\243\ See supra notes 60 through 63 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
First, a person relying on the proposed rule would be required to
send or give a summary prospectus to an investor no later than the time
of the ``carrying or delivery'' of the contract security.\244\ This
summary prospectus would be an initial summary prospectus in the case
of an initial purchase of a variable contract, or an updating summary
prospectus in the case of additional investments in a variable contract
previously purchased.\245\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\244\ See supra note 242 (discussing the prohibition against
carrying or delivering a security without otherwise accompanying it
or preceding it with a statutory prospectus).
\245\ Proposed rule 498A(f)(1); see also supra note 207 and
accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Second, the summary prospectus could not be bound together with any
other materials, except that we are permitting portfolio company
summary and statutory prospectuses to be bound together with the
contract summary
[[Page 61758]]
prospectus,\246\ subject to certain conditions.\247\ Third, the summary
prospectus also would be required to meet the proposed rule's content
requirements for an initial summary prospectus or updating summary
prospectus (as appropriate).\248\ Finally, the initial summary
prospectus, updating summary prospectus, contract statutory prospectus,
and contract SAI must be publicly accessible, free of charge, on a
website in the manner that the proposed rule specifies.\249\ Failure to
comply with any of these requirements would prevent a person from
relying upon the proposed rule to meet its section 5(b)(2) prospectus
delivery obligations. Absent satisfaction of the section 5(b)(2)
obligation by other available means, a section 5(b)(2) violation would
result.\250\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\246\ Proposed rule 498A(f)(2).
\247\ Proposed rule 498A(f)(2)(i) and (ii). The rule would
permit binding these materials together so long as: (1) All of the
underlying portfolio companies whose prospectuses are bundled
together are available to the investor to whom they are sent or
given; and (2) a table of contents identifying each portfolio
company summary and/or statutory prospectus that is bound together
(and the page number on which each document is found), is included
at the beginning or immediately following a cover page of the bound
materials.
\248\ Proposed rule 498A(f)(3).
\249\ Proposed rule 498A(f)(4) (in addition, a Form N-3
registrant would also be required to post its most recent annual and
semi-annual reports to shareholders to the website); see also infra
section II.A.4.
\250\ As discussed below, the proposed rule also includes
additional requirements (such as the requirement to send a copy of
the contract statutory prospectus upon request) whose violation
would result in a violation of the proposed rule, but would not
result in a violation of section 5(b)(2). See infra note 298 and
accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed rule also would provide that a communication relating
to an offering registered on Forms N-3, N-4, or N-6 that a person sends
or gives after the effective date of a variable contract's registration
statement (other than a prospectus that section 10 of the Securities
Act permits or requires) would not be deemed a prospectus under section
2(a)(10) of the Securities Act if:
(1) It is proved that prior to or at the same time with such
communication a summary prospectus was sent or given to the person
to whom the communication was made;
(2) the summary prospectus meets the same binding requirements
that we discuss in the immediately-preceding paragraph;
(3) the summary prospectus that was sent or given satisfies the
requirements for the initial summary prospectus or the updating
summary prospectus, as applicable; and
(4) the initial summary prospectus, updating summary prospectus,
contract statutory prospectus, and contract SAI are publicly
accessible, free of charge, on a website in the manner that the
proposed rule specifies.\251\
\251\ Proposed rule 498A(g).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 2(a)(10) of the Securities Act provides that certain
communications accompanied or preceded by a statutory prospectus are
not deemed to be ``prospectuses'' for purposes of the Securities
Act.\252\ This provision of the proposed rule, which is modeled on a
corresponding provision of rule 498,\253\ extends similar treatment to
communications accompanied or preceded by a summary prospectus if all
the provision's conditions are met. These communications remain subject
to the general antifraud provisions of the federal securities
laws.\254\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\252\ Section 2(a)(10) of the Securities Act [15 U.S.C.
77b(a)(10)(a)] provides that a communication sent or given after the
effective date of the registration statement (other than a
prospectus permitted under subsection (b) of section 10) shall not
be deemed a prospectus if it is proved that prior to or at the same
time with the communication a written prospectus meeting the
requirements for a statutory prospectus at the time of the
communication was sent or given to the person to whom the
communication was made.
\253\ See rule 498(d).
\254\ See, e.g., section 17(a) of the Securities Act [15 U.S.C.
77q(a)]; section 10(b) of the Exchange Act [15 U.S.C. 78j(b)];
section 34(b) of the Investment Company Act [15 U.S.C. 80a-33(b)].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Because we believe that all investors should receive the benefit of
the succinct, investor-friendly disclosure that is included in the
variable contract summary prospectus, all of the disclosure items that
would appear in the summary prospectus also would be required to appear
in the statutory prospectus. In that respect, all variable contract
investors, regardless of whether the product they choose has a summary
prospectus, would have the benefit of improved disclosures in the
statutory prospectus.
We request comment generally on the proposal to permit a new option
for prospectus delivery for variable contracts, and specifically on the
following issues (in addition, we are requesting comment on certain
parallel provisions of rule 498):
Should we permit a person to satisfy its prospectus
delivery obligations under the Securities Act with respect to
variable contracts in the manner provided in the proposed rule?
Would this approach provide investors with material information
about the variable contract while providing adequate protections?
Are there other delivery approaches that would be more
effective than the proposed approach? For example, should we permit
a person to satisfy its prospectus delivery obligations by filing a
statutory prospectus with the Commission and by posting it online
without using a summary prospectus?
Is the proposed approach appropriate given the current
demographics of variable contract investors? For example, does the
proposed approach adequately protect investors who have no internet
access or limited internet access or who prefer not to receive
information about their variable contract investments over the
internet? As another example, given the high percentage of investors
who use an investment professional when purchasing a variable
contract (and who might learn about the contract through discussions
with investment professionals), is there another approach that would
be more effective? Should we make any other changes with respect to
prospectus delivery obligations? Does the proposed approach
appropriately balance the objectives of the proposed summary
prospectus framework with protecting investors who have no or
limited access to the internet?
Should investors have the ability to opt out of the
rule permanently and thereafter receive a paper copy of any
statutory prospectus? How could this be implemented in practice? For
example, how would a registrant that had no prior relationship with
an investor be apprised of the investor's decision to opt out?
The proposed rule would not permit the summary
prospectus to be bound together with any materials other than
prospectuses for the portfolio companies that are available under
the contract. This approach is modeled on rule 498(c). Do
registrants currently rely on rule 498(c) to bind the variable
contract's statutory prospectus with the prospectuses or summary
prospectuses for the underlying portfolio companies? Since reliance
on the proposed rule would be optional, should we continue to permit
binding to be consistent with rule 498(c)? Since we anticipate that
most registrants will rely on the optional delivery method for
portfolio company prospectuses as described in section II.B below,
should the rule permit a variable contract summary prospectus to be
bound with prospectuses and summary prospectuses of portfolio
companies, or is such a provision unnecessary?
Under proposed rule 498A, use of the summary prospectus
would be voluntary. Should we make use of the summary prospectus
regime mandatory for all variable contract registrants? If so, why?
Would inconsistent use of the summary prospectus create confusion,
or make comparison of variable contract products more difficult for
investors? Would a mandatory approach adequately protect investors
who have no or limited internet access or who prefer not to receive
information about their investments over the internet? Should we
first adopt the voluntary summary prospectus regime and consider
whether the summary prospectus should be mandated in the future, and
if so, what methods or approaches should we consider? What would be
registrants' primary considerations in determining whether to adopt
the proposed voluntary summary prospectus regime? Would registrants
be more likely to adopt the regime if the portions of the statutory
prospectus that are also summary prospectus disclosures were
segregated and placed at the beginning of the statutory prospectus?
If we were to adopt a summary prospectus framework for
variable contracts,
[[Page 61759]]
how should we evaluate the effectiveness of the new framework? What
methods or approaches should we use to evaluate the rule, and what
areas of the new framework should we focus on in any such review?
Should registrants that elect to rely on rule 498A be
required to send current investors a notice explaining the new
delivery approach before sending the first updating summary
prospectus? Would investors benefit from receiving such a notice? If
so, should investors receive a separate notice about the transition,
or should different methods of notifying investors be permitted? For
example, should registrants be permitted to add the notice as an
insert or legend to other documents they are already sending
investors?
4. Online Accessibility of Contract Statutory Prospectus and Certain
Other Documents Relating to the Contract
The proposed rule would permit investors who receive a succinct,
user-friendly initial or updating summary prospectus to access more
detailed information about the variable contract, either by reviewing
the information online, or by requesting the information to be sent in
paper or electronically. These provisions parallel provisions in the
rule governing the use of mutual fund summary prospectuses.\255\ In our
experience, layered disclosure for mutual funds has benefitted both
investors and registrants, and we are proposing a similar framework for
variable contracts. We believe that permitting variable contract
investors to access the contract statutory prospectus in several ways
(online and by physical or electronic delivery) maximizes the
accessibility and usability of the information, as indicated by
investors' preference for access to both online and paper
resources.\256\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\255\ See rule 498(c)(4), (d)(4), (e), and (f).
\256\ See 2012 Financial Literacy Study, supra note 39, at iv,
xix.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Required Online Contract Documents
Under the proposal, a variable contract's current initial summary
prospectus, updating summary prospectus, statutory prospectus, and SAI,
and, in the case of a registrant on Form N-3, the registrant's most
recent annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders under rule 30e-1
under the Investment Company Act (together, the ``required online
contract documents''), would be required to be available online. This
approach operationalizes the layered disclosure framework that
undergirds the proposed rule, with the summary prospectus provided in
paper (or electronically) to investors, and additional information
about the contract securities available online. The required online
contract documents generally comprise the same set of documents that
the mutual fund summary prospectus rules require to be posted online,
and provide additional important detail about the contract that
investors can access if they wish. The required online contract
documents only reference the registrant's annual and semi-annual
shareholder reports for Form N-3 registrants because Form N-4 and Form
N-6 registrants do not have their own shareholder reports, but instead
transmit the portfolio companies' annual and semi-annual shareholder
reports to the investors in their trust accounts.
As with similar provisions in the mutual fund summary prospectus
rule, these required online contract documents would be required to be
publicly accessible, free of charge, at the website address that the
cover page of the summary prospectus specifies, on or before the time
that the person relying on the proposed rule provides the summary
prospectus to investors.\257\ Moreover, a current version of each of
the required online contract documents would be required to remain on
that website for at least 90 days following either:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\257\ Proposed rule 498A(h)(1); see also rule 498(e)(1).
The time of the ``carrying or delivery'' of the
contract security if a person is relying on the proposed rule to
satisfy its section 5(b)(2) prospectus delivery obligations; or
If a person is relying on the proposed rule to send
communications that will not be deemed to be prospectuses, the time
that the person sends or gives the communication to investors.\258\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\258\ Proposed rule 498A(h)(1).
This requirement is designed to provide continuous access to the
information from the time the summary prospectus is sent or given until
at least 90 days after the date of delivery of a security or
communication in reliance on the proposed rule. This is the timeframe
for the availability of online information under the mutual fund
summary prospectus rule, and we are proposing that it be the same in
the proposed rule because of market participants' familiarity with this
timeframe, and because there may be operational efficiencies for
certain registrants in having the timeframe be the same under both
summary prospectus frameworks. Moreover, we believe this proposed
timeframe appropriately balances the costs of maintaining information
online with investors' interests in having the flexibility to access
this online information after receiving the summary prospectus (for
example, if they would like to review a topic presented therein in more
detail in the statutory prospectus that is available online, after they
have had the opportunity to read and digest the summary prospectus).
b. Formatting Requirements for Required Online Contract Documents
The proposed rule would direct that the required online contract
documents be presented in a manner that is human-readable and capable
of being printed on paper in human-readable format.\259\ This
formatting requirement is a condition to reliance on the rule to
satisfy a person's delivery obligations under section 5(b)(2) of the
Securities Act and the provision that a communication shall not be
deemed a prospectus under section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act. The
rule governing mutual fund summary prospectuses also requires this
formatting approach.\260\ The ``human-readable'' presentation
requirement is designed to impose a minimum standard of usability
comparable to that of a paper document, although we understand that the
electronic version could include additional features that might enhance
the usability of the electronic version relative to the paper
version.\261\ For example, regarding usability, all portions of the
document should be human-readable such that when an investor views the
document on an internet browser, the text does not get cut off based on
the screen size.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\259\ Proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(i).
\260\ Rule 498(e)(2)(i).
\261\ As in the parallel provisions of the rule governing mutual
fund summary prospectuses, the ``human-readable'' condition is
intended to make clear that posted information must be presented in
human-readable text, rather than machine-readable software code,
when accessed through an internet browser and that it must be
printable in human-readable text. This condition does not impose any
further requirements relating to user-friendliness of the
presentation. See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting Release, supra
note 33, at 85; see also infra note 274 and accompanying and
following text (discussing provisions that are meant to enhance
investors' understanding of special terms when they view the summary
prospectus online, as well as other technological tools associated
with online disclosure (e.g., fee calculators, pop-up explanations)
that would present further opportunities to promote investor
understanding).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In addition, the proposed rule would mandate that the online
materials be presented in a format that is convenient for both reading
online and printing on paper.\262\ The failure to comply with these
``convenient for reading and printing'' formatting requirements would
not, however, be a condition of reliance on the rule, because whether a
particular format is convenient for
[[Page 61760]]
reading online and printing depends on a number of factors and must be
decided on a case-by-case basis.\263\ In order to provide certainty to
market participants, we are therefore not proposing that this
requirement be a condition of reliance on the rule, and thus the
failure to comply with this requirement would not negate a person's
ability to rely on the rule in order to satisfy a person's delivery
obligations under section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act.\264\ Such a
failure could, however, constitute a violation of Commission rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\262\ Proposed rule 498A(i)(3); see also rule 498(f)(3)
(parallel provision in the rule governing the use of mutual fund
summary prospectuses).
\263\ See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting Release, supra note
33, at nn.272 and 273 and accompanying text (relevant factors
include the manner in which the online version renders charts,
tables, and other graphics; the extent to which the online materials
include search and other capabilities of the internet to enhance
investors' access to information and include access to any software
necessary to view the online version; and the time required to
download the online materials).
\264\ Proposed rule 498A(i)(4); see also rule 498(f)(5)
(parallel provision in the rule governing the use of mutual fund
summary prospectuses).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
c. Linking Within and Between Documents
The proposed rule also includes requirements for linking within the
electronic versions of the contract statutory prospectus and SAI that
are available online, and also for linking between electronic versions
of contract summary and statutory prospectuses that are available
online.\265\ The proposed requirements, which are substantively
identical to parallel provisions in the rule governing mutual fund
summary prospectuses,\266\ are designed to promote the usability of the
information that appears in these documents.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\265\ Proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(ii) and (iii).
\266\ See rule 498(e)(2)(ii) and (iii). As discussed below, the
parallel provisions of proposed rule 498A also include similar
linking requirements for the portfolio company documents that the
proposed rule would require to appear online if a person were to
rely on the rule's new delivery option for portfolio company
prospectuses.
In this release, the term ``substantively identical'' is meant
to refer to sets of provisions that do not include the same words
verbatim, but where the only differences between the provisions are
those that do not affect the substance of the requirement at issue.
For example, parallel provisions in rule 498 and 498A where only the
internal cross-references differ.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The first linking requirement would allow the reader to move
directly between a table of contents of the contract statutory
prospectus or SAI and the related sections of that document, by a
single mouse click or mobile-device tap.\267\ The second linking
requirement would allow the reader to move back and forth between each
section of the summary prospectus and any related section of the
contract statutory prospectus and contract SAI that provides additional
detail.\268\ This back-and-forth movement could occur either directly
from the summary prospectus to the relevant section of the statutory
prospectus or SAI, or indirectly by linking from the summary prospectus
to a table of contents in the statutory prospectus or SAI, in which
case two mouse clicks or mobile-device taps would be required.\269\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\267\ Proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(ii). The linked table of contents
may be outside the document (e.g., in a separate section or panel of
the screen), and need not be the table of contents that is contained
within the document itself, as long as the linked table of contents
for the statutory prospectus conforms to our rules' requirements for
the table of contents that would be required to appear within the
document). See rule 481(c) under the Securities Act.
Mutual funds commonly implement this feature using a left
navigation or ``bookmark'' design style. While such design styles
continue to be popular (and we anticipate that some insurers relying
on proposed rule 498A might also employ this design style), the
increased use of mobile devices and applications has led to the
development of new and evolving design styles. Any navigation style
should provide the functionality that is required by the rule.
\268\ Proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(iii).
\269\ Id. Under the latter option, links would either have to be
available at both the beginning and end of the summary prospectus,
or would be required to remain continuously visible to persons
accessing the summary prospectus. This requirement is designed to
promote the links' prominence and accessibility to investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
d. Definitions of Special Terms, and Online Viewing of Special Terms
The summary prospectus content requirements reference information
that is required to appear in the contract statutory prospectus, which
in turn must be written using plain English principles.\270\ We
recognize, however, that it may be particularly challenging to
accurately describe a variable contract without using certain terms
that, while technically accurate, may be confusing or unfamiliar to
retail investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\270\ Rule 421(d) of the Securities Act; see also proposed
General Instruction B.4(c) to Form N-3; proposed General Instruction
B.4(c) to Form N-4; proposed General Instruction B.4(c) of Form N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accordingly, the proposed rule would require a summary prospectus
to define any ``special terms'' elected by the registrant, using any
presentation that clearly conveys their meaning to investors.\271\ This
requirement reflects the proposed instructions in Forms N-3, N-4, and
N-6 (as well as current, similar instructions in these forms to define
``special terms'' in a glossary or index).\272\ The registrant would
determine which terms would constitute special terms. We generally
believe that a special term is a term with which a new contract
investor typically may not be familiar, and that would be important for
the investor to understand key features of the contract.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\271\ Proposed rule 498A(e). For example, the summary prospectus
could include a glossary or a list of definitions of special terms
that appear throughout the document. Or, as another example, if a
special term appears in only one section of the summary prospectus,
the summary prospectus could include a definition for this term on
the page, or in the section, where this term appear (for example, in
a box to the side of the main text, or at the bottom of the page).
Additionally, there are certain technological solutions that are
available for electronic versions of the summary prospectus, such as
moving or ``hovering'' the computer's pointer or mouse over the
term, or linking directly back and forth between each special term
and the corresponding entry in a glossary or list of definitions.
See infra note 274 and accompanying and following text.
\272\ See proposed General Instruction C.3(d) to Form N-3;
proposed General Instruction C.3(d) of Form N-4; proposed General
Instruction C.3(d) to Form N-6; see also Item 2 of current Forms N-3
and N-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We believe the proposed requirement for special terms in the
contract summary prospectus, like the current and proposed requirements
for special terms in the contract statutory prospectus, is appropriate
in the context of variable contracts, as variable contract disclosure
documents tend to include industry-specific language in order to
describe the sometimes complex features of these products.\273\
Glossaries or other means of defining these terms could help a retail
investor better understand these products' terms and features, as
discussed further below.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\273\ Because variable contract prospectuses must describe the
products' insurance and investment features, they generally contain
more technical terms than mutual fund disclosure documents, which
only describe investment features.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In order to leverage technology to help investors understand the
variable contract, the proposed rule includes provisions that are meant
to enhance investors' understanding of special terms when they view the
summary prospectus online. Specifically, the proposed rule would
require that investors either be able to view the definition of each
special term used in an online summary prospectus upon command,\274\ or
to move directly back and forth between each special term and the
corresponding entry in any glossary or list of definitions that the
summary prospectus includes.\275\ This approach, which today is a
common convention for many electronically-available documents, is an
example of how technology can enhance our layered approach to
disclosure and help investors who access the document online grasp the
complexities of variable contract features. Registrants may wish
[[Page 61761]]
to consider whether other technological tools associated with their
online disclosure (e.g., fee calculators, pop-up explanations) would
present further opportunities to promote investor understanding.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\274\ For example, investors could view the definitions of
special terms by moving or ``hovering'' the computer's pointer or
mouse over the term, or selecting the term on a mobile device.
\275\ Proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(iv).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
e. Ability To Retain Documents
The proposed rule also would require that persons accessing the
website that appears on the summary prospectus cover page be able to
permanently retain, free of charge, an electronic version of each of
the required online contract documents. Like the online version of
these documents, the retainable version of the documents must be in a
format that is: (1) Human-readable and capable of being printed on
paper in human-readable format; and (2) permits persons accessing the
downloaded documents to move directly back and forth between each
section heading in a table of contents of that document and the section
of the document referenced in that section heading.\276\ The
permanently retained document does not have to be in a format that
allows an investor to move back and forth between the summary
prospectus and the statutory prospectus and SAI, because of possible
technical difficulties associated with maintaining links between
multiple downloaded documents. These proposed conditions are
substantively identical to parallel provisions in the rule governing
mutual fund summary prospectuses.\277\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\276\ Proposed rule 498A(h)(3).
\277\ See rule 498(e)(3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In addition, the proposed rule would mandate that the electronic
versions of the documents that may be permanently retained must be in a
format that is convenient for both reading online and printing on
paper.\278\ Like the ``convenient for reading and printing'' online
formatting requirements,\279\ the failure to comply with these
formatting requirements for retained electronic documents would not be
a condition for reliance on the rule.\280\ Since the convenience of
these formatting requirements must be decided on a case-by-case basis,
we believe this proposed approach would help provide certainty to
market participants who seek to rely on the proposed rule to satisfy
prospectus delivery obligations.\281\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\278\ Proposed rule 498A(i)(3).
\279\ See supra note 262 and accompanying text.
\280\ Proposed rule 498A(i)(4).
\281\ See supra notes 263 and 264 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
f. Safe Harbor for Temporary Noncompliance
Compliance with the conditions in the proposed rule regarding the
online availability of the required online contract documents
(including the formatting and linking requirements for these documents,
the requirements associated with the use of special terms in these
documents, and the ability to retain these documents permanently) is
generally required in order to rely on the proposed rule to meet
prospectus delivery obligations under section 5(b)(2) of the Securities
Act.\282\ Such a failure to comply with any of these conditions could
result in a violation of section 5(b)(2) unless the contract statutory
prospectus is delivered by means other than reliance on the rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\282\ Proposed rule 498A(f)(4) (section 5(b)(2) transfer of the
contract security is satisfied if, among other things, the
conditions in proposed rule 498A(h) are satisfied).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We recognize, however, that there may be times when, due to events
beyond a person's control, the person may temporarily not be in
compliance with the proposed rule's conditions regarding the
availability of the required online contract documents.\283\ The
proposed rule therefore contains a safe harbor provision for temporary
noncompliance, which is substantively identical to a parallel provision
in the rule governing mutual fund summary prospectuses.\284\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\283\ Such events might, for example, include system outages or
other technological issues, natural disasters, acts of terrorism, or
pandemic illnesses.
\284\ Proposed rule 498A(h)(4); see also rule 498(e)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This provision provides that the conditions regarding the
availability of the required online contract documents will be deemed
to be met, even if the required online contract documents are
temporarily unavailable, provided that the person has reasonable
procedures in place to ensure that those materials are available in the
required manner. A person relying on the proposed rule to satisfy
prospectus delivery obligations would be required to take prompt action
to ensure that those materials become available in the manner required
as soon as practicable following the earlier of the time when the
person knows, or reasonably should have known, that the documents were
not available in the manner required.\285\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\285\ Id.; see also 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting Release,
supra note 33, at nn.92 and 93. This safe harbor generally would not
be available to a registrant that repeatedly fails to comply with
the rule's website posting requirements or that is not in compliance
with the requirements over a prolonged period. Id. at n.293.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the conditions in the proposed rule
regarding the availability of the required online contract documents,
and specifically on the following issues:
Should we require the online posting of the required
online contract documents in the manner that the proposed rule
specifies? Should we require that the required online contract
documents be available on the insurance company's website as opposed
to a third-party website? Should the website include an archive of
older versions of these documents (not just the current versions)?
If so, what information should be in the archive, and how long
should such materials be required to be archived online?
Should we require, as proposed, that persons accessing
this website be able to permanently retain, through downloading or
otherwise, free of charge, an electronic version of such documents?
Should we require that downloaded documents retain links that enable
a user to move readily between related passages of multiple
documents? Would these requirements pose any technological,
financial, or other challenges for persons relying on the proposed
rule?
Does the proposed 90-day timeframe for the availability
of online information appropriately balance the costs of maintaining
information online with investors' interests in having the
flexibility to access this online information after receiving the
summary prospectus? Would there be operational efficiencies for
certain registrants in having the timeframe be the same under the
variable contract summary prospectus framework and the mutual fund
summary prospectus framework? How long do registrants typically
maintain information online that is required under the mutual fund
summary prospectus rules? As a matter of practice, is information
generally maintained for a full year from the date of the summary
prospectus?
Should we provide additional guidance regarding what
might constitute a ``human-readable'' format for providing the
required online contract documents, as well as a ``convenient''
format for both reading these documents online and printing them on
paper? \286\ Or should persons relying on the proposed rule have the
flexibility to determine how best to comply with this or other
technological requirements that the proposed rule contemplates? Is
it necessary for the proposed rule to include separate provisions
regarding the ``human-readable'' website presentation of the
required online contract documents, as well as the ``convenient for
reading and printing'' presentation? Is it appropriate that, of
these two provisions, the former should be a condition to relying on
the rule to satisfy section 5(b)(2) prospectus delivery
requirements, whereas the latter should not? If we were to modify
these provisions, should we also propose to modify the parallel
provisions in the rule governing mutual fund summary prospectuses?
Should we instead retain one of these provisions, and if so which?
If the final rule retains only one of these provisions, should we
propose to modify rule 498 to similarly only retain just that
provision?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\286\ See supra notes 261 and 263 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Although the proposed rule specifies that the materials
posted online must be in
[[Page 61762]]
a human-readable format, should we also require that the materials
be posted online in a machine-readable format to promote the
gathering and dissemination of information by data aggregators, or
to facilitate the review, analysis, and comparison by investors and
other data users? For example, should we require the materials to be
posted online to use Inline XBRL, as we are proposing to require for
certain disclosures in statutory prospectuses that are filed with
the Commission? \287\ Why or why not?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\287\ See infra section II.E.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Are the proposed linking requirements appropriate and
useful? Will these requirements help investors to navigate
effectively within and between these documents? If not, why not? Are
there other ways we can improve the usability of these documents?
What are some options for enabling the linking requirements? Are the
proposed linking requirements sufficiently technology-neutral and
flexible enough to accommodate future technological developments?
Should persons accessing the summary prospectus be able
to view the definition of special terms upon command? Is the term
``special terms'' sufficiently clear, and is the proposed
requirement that the document permit a person to ``view the
definition of each special term . . . upon command'' sufficiently
clear? Are the examples in the proposed rule text of what it means
to view a term upon command (e.g., by moving or ``hovering'' the
computer's pointer or mouse over the term, or selecting the term on
a mobile device) helpful? What are some options for enabling the
`upon command' features? Are there other examples we should include?
Should we require both the initial summary prospectus
and the updating summary prospectus to define special terms? Should
the updating summary prospectus, for example, be exempt from this
requirement given that such documents are likely to be relatively
brief and may only include a few defined terms? Are there other
considerations that would create operational complications to
requiring the updating summary prospectus to define special terms,
such as any burden associated with updating definitions from year to
year?
Should we require registrants to electronically format
the summary prospectus to allow investors to move directly back and
forth between each defined term and the corresponding entry in a
``glossary'' section, if any? Should we extend this requirement to
the contract statutory prospectus, or other required online contract
documents? Is this functionality appropriate and useful? Is there a
reason we should permit this capability, but not require it? What
are some technology options that would enable investors to move
directly back and forth between each term and the glossary?
How can we encourage insurers to make fuller use of
innovative technology to enable more interactive, user-friendly
summary prospectus disclosure, while still creating a short, easy-
to-read document that includes the proposed content? Are there
potential tools that we should encourage or require insurers to use
in order to make their disclosures more interactive and
understandable? Should the proposed rule incorporate any additional
requirements for technological tools to promote further investor
understanding? For example, should we require that the required
online contract documents be accompanied with any other
technological tools (e.g., additional embedded hyperlinks, fee
calculators, pop-up explanations, tools to sort or compare optional
benefits or portfolio companies) that encourage interactivity and
could help investors understand the features and risks of their
contracts?
Should we mandate that the required online contract
documents be available in formats that are compatible with mobile
devices such as smartphones and tablets, or that are optimized for
use with these types of technology platforms? Is the language of the
proposed rule broad enough to contemplate current and future
technology platforms? Should we incorporate any special provisions
in the proposed rule, or provide guidance, regarding design features
that could promote investor understanding of information that
investors view on smartphones and tablets--for example, placement
and prominence of certain disclosure (e.g., in terms of size, color,
and graphic treatment), designing disclosure so that ``scrolling''
is not necessary in order to find certain disclosure elements, and
including certain explicit instructions on disclosure that appears
online and on mobile device platforms (e.g., ``click here'' or ``see
below'') to assist investors in navigating the required online
contract documents? Should we require persons relying on the
proposed rule to make available the information in formats that
serve individuals that may be visually impaired, or other formats
that promote accessibility, including alternatives that use
languages other than English? Should we consider other ways to
provide for greater accessibility, portability, and utility of the
required online contract documents?
Does the proposed rule appropriately provide a safe
harbor to address the possibility of inadvertent technological
problems? Should persons relying on the proposed rule who have
technological issues that prevent them from complying with the
online posting requirements of the rule for a period of time be
required to disclose on the website that the information was not
available for a time in the manner required and explain the reasons
for the failure to comply? If not, why not?
Are those aspects of the proposed rule that mirror the
approaches taken in the rule governing the use of mutual fund
summary prospectuses (e.g., required online documents, formatting
requirements, linking, ability to retain online documents, safe
harbor for temporary noncompliance) appropriate in the context of
variable contract disclosure? Are there differences between the
respective disclosure frameworks for mutual funds versus variable
contracts, or operational aspects associated with these different
types of investment products, that warrant a different approach? If
so, what modifications should we consider?
How else could we modify the proposed summary
prospectus regime to take greater advantage of modern technology to
modernize current disclosure practices for variable contracts? For
example, should insurers consider employing technology to require a
retail investor to scroll through the entirety of the summary
prospectus before entering the next stage in the sales process,
accessing a different part of the insurer's website to obtain more
information, or checking a box to submit the application to purchase
a variable contract? Are there other ways that technology could be
used to encourage investors to read the summary prospectus?
Does the proposal sufficiently encourage electronic
design and delivery? Are there other ways we can modify the
requirements to make clear that paper-based delivery is not the only
permissible or desired delivery format?
Are there other requirements that we should consider
for insurers that are offering variable contracts to retail
investors? Should we require that certain disclosures be presented
in a manner reasonably calculated to draw retail investor attention
to it? Are there other ways to ensure that retail investors receive
the information they need to clearly understand the features, costs
and risks of the variable contract they are considering?
5. Other Requirements for Summary Prospectus and Other Contract
Documents
Under the proposed rule, an investor who receives a contract
summary prospectus and who would also like to review the required
online contract documents would be able to choose whether to review
these documents online or to receive that information directly, in
paper or electronic format as requested by the investor. Accordingly,
the proposed rule would require a registrant (or financial intermediary
distributing the contract) to send a paper or electronic copy of the
required online contract documents to any person requesting such a
copy.\288\ The person must send requested paper documents at no cost to
the requestor, by U.S. first class mail or other reasonably prompt
means, within three business days after receiving the request. The
proposed rule also would require a registrant or intermediary to send
electronic copies of these documents upon request within three business
days.\289\ The proposed rule
[[Page 61763]]
would also provide that the requirement to send an electronic copy of a
document may be satisfied by sending a direct link to the online
document; provided that a current version of the document is directly
accessible through the link from the time that the email is sent
through the date that is six months after the date that the email is
sent and the email explains both how long the link will remain useable
and that, if the recipient desires to retain a copy of the document, he
or she should access and save the document.\290\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\288\ Proposed rule 498A(i)(1) (permitting an investor to
request either a paper copy of the required online contract
documents, or an electronic copy of such documents); see also rule
498(f)(1) (parallel provision in the rule governing the use of
mutual fund summary prospectuses); proposed Item 1(b)(1) of Forms N-
3, N-4, and N-6 (requiring the prospectus to provide a toll-free
telephone number for investors to call to request the SAI, to
request other information about the contract, and to make investor
inquiries).
\289\ Proposed rule 498A(i)(1).
\290\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collectively, these requirements are intended to ensure that an
investor has prompt access to the required information in a format that
he or she prefers. The three-business-day time period for sending the
required online contract documents mirrors the parallel provision of
the mutual fund summary prospectus rule.\291\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\291\ See rule 498(f)(1). We understand that persons relying on
rule 498 have effective processes in place to handle requests for
paper or electronic delivery of mutual fund materials that are
available online, within the three-business-day time period that the
rule specifies. See Comment Letter of the Investment Company
Institute on Investment Company Reporting Modernization, File No.
S7-08-15 (Mar. 14, 2016) (stating that fund firms have ``specific,
highly effective processes in place to handle requests under Rule
498''); see also Investment Company Reporting Modernization,
Investment Company Act Release No. 31610 (May 20, 2015) [80 FR 33590
(June 12, 2015)] (``Investment Company Reporting Modernization
Proposing Release'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under the proposed approach, investors who prefer paper copies of
prospectuses but do not have ready access to the internet (or the
ability to print out the statutory prospectus that is made available
online) would not be able to elect in advance to receive paper copies
of all future statutory prospectuses unless a registrant chose to give
investors that option. Assuming no such accommodation, investors would
need to follow the summary prospectus legend's instruction on how to
request paper delivery each time a summary prospectus is available.
Those that do not take the additional step of requesting paper delivery
would not receive the statutory prospectus in their preferred format.
While we recognize that this could provide a challenge for these
investors, we nonetheless believe that the proposed approach
appropriately balances the interests of the number of variable contract
investors whom we believe would benefit from the convenience of online
documents against the number of those whom we believe prefer paper.
In addition to the requirement to provide certain documents upon
request in paper or electronically, the proposed rule also requires
that a contract summary prospectus must be given greater prominence
than any materials that accompany the summary prospectus.\292\ We
believe that this requirement is important to prevent any accompanying
sales or other materials from obscuring the contract summary
prospectus, and to highlight for investors the concise presentation of
the summary prospectus, and the salience of the information included
therein.\293\ Generally, we believe that the greater prominence
requirement would be satisfied if the placement of the contract summary
prospectus makes it more conspicuous than any accompanying materials
(e.g., the summary prospectus is on top of a group of papers that are
provided together, or listed first if presented on a website together
with other materials related to the contract).\294\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\292\ Proposed rule 498A(i)(2); see also rule 498(f)(2)
(parallel provision in the rule governing the use of mutual fund
summary prospectuses).
\293\ The Commission's rationale was similar for the parallel
provision in the rule governing mutual fund summary prospectuses.
See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting Release, supra note 33, at
n.217 and accompanying text.
\294\ See similar discussion in 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting
Release, supra note 33, at n.220 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed rule would also require any website address or cross-
reference that is included in an electronic version of the summary
prospectus (i.e., electronic versions sent to investors or available
online) to be an active hyperlink.\295\ This instruction is intended to
ensure that investors viewing electronic versions of the prospectus are
able to easily access website addresses and cross-referenced materials
that are referenced in the prospectus. This requirement would not apply
to summary prospectuses that are filed on the EDGAR system.\296\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\295\ See proposed rule 498A(i)(4). A parallel requirement would
also apply to statutory prospectuses. See proposed General
Instruction C.3.(i) to Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
\296\ Id.; see also rule 105 of Regulation S-T [17 CFR 232.105]
(prohibiting hyperlinking to websites, locations, or other documents
that are outside of the EDGAR system).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The failure to comply with each of these additional requirements
would not be a condition of reliance on the rule, in order to provide
greater certainty to market participants who seek to rely on the rule.
For example, market participants could be concerned that the three-
business-day requirement could be violated on account of weather issues
or other forces outside of the control of a person seeking to rely on
the rule. Similarly, market participants could be concerned if
compliance with the greater prominence requirement were a condition to
rely on the proposed rule, because whether one is in compliance with
this requirement could entail a certain degree of subjectivity.\297\
Thus, we are proposing that the failure to comply with either
requirement would not negate a person's ability to rely on the rule to
satisfy a person's delivery obligations under section 5(b)(2) of the
Securities Act.\298\ This failure would, however, constitute a
violation of Commission rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\297\ Commenters expressed this concern about the parallel
requirement in the rule governing mutual fund summary prospectuses,
when it was proposed. See Comment Letter of the Investment Company
Institute on Enhanced Disclosure and New Prospectus Delivery Option
for Registered Open-End Management Investment Companies, File No.
S7-28-07 (Feb. 28, 2008).
\298\ Proposed rule 498A(i)(5); see also rule 498(f)(5)
(parallel provision in the rule governing the use of mutual fund
summary prospectuses). The proposed rule's requirements would
mandate that (1) the required online documents be presented in a
format that is convenient for reading and printing, and (2) a person
be able to retain electronic versions of these documents in a format
that is convenient for reading and printing, also are not conditions
to relying on the rule to satisfy prospectus delivery obligations.
See supra notes 262 and 278 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the requirements we discuss in this
section, and specifically on the following issues:
Should persons relying on the proposed rule be required
to send the required online contract documents to any person
requesting such documents within three business days after receiving
such a request? Would a different period be appropriate? Should
compliance with this requirement be a condition to reliance on the
proposed rule? If not, why not?
Does the proposed rule effectively promote investors'
ability to request paper copies of the required online contract
documents? Are there any changes to the proposed rule that we should
consider to make the process for requesting paper copies of such
documents more convenient for investors? Should we require
registrants to make available to investors a way to opt into the
automatic annual delivery of future statutory prospectuses in a
paper format without having to specifically request the documents
each year? What would be the operational challenges of this approach
to registrants? Should we allow registrants to give investors the
option of automatic delivery of future statutory prospectuses in
paper?
Should the rule require that the summary prospectus be
given greater prominence that any materials that accompany the
summary prospectus? If not, why not? Does this requirement pose any
challenges to registrants? How might a summary prospectus be given
greater prominence than any materials that accompany the summary
prospectus when being delivered or made available electronically?
Should compliance with any or all of the proposed
requirements discussed in this
[[Page 61764]]
section be a condition of reliance on the rule? That is, should
failure to comply with these requirements result in a violation of
section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act? Alternatively, should the
failure to comply with these requirements be a violation of
Commission rules that does not result in an inability to rely on the
rule or a violation of section 5(b)(2)?
The proposed rule would require any website address or
cross-reference that is included in an electronic version of the
summary prospectus (i.e., electronic versions sent to investors or
available online) to be an active hyperlink. To what extent, if any,
would this requirement present challenges or add costs or burdens
with respect to the use of summary prospectuses, given that active
links are not required in EDGAR filings (and active links to
websites, locations, and documents outside of the EDGAR system are
expressly prohibited pursuant to rule 105 of Regulation S-T [17 CFR
232.105])?
6. Incorporation by Reference
a. Permissible Incorporation by Reference
The proposed rule would permit a registrant to incorporate by
reference into the summary prospectus information contained in the
contract statutory prospectus and SAI, subject to certain
conditions.\299\ Much like with the mutual fund summary prospectus, we
do not intend the variable contract summary prospectus to be a self-
contained disclosure vehicle, but rather one element in a layered
disclosure regime.\300\ Any information incorporated by reference would
be separately made available to investors, either electronically or in
paper. A Form N-3 registrant also could incorporate by reference into
the summary prospectus information from its reports to shareholders
that the registrant has incorporated by reference into its statutory
prospectus.\301\ A registrant would not be permitted to incorporate by
reference into the summary prospectus information from any other
source. Moreover, a registrant could not incorporate by reference any
information that would be required to appear in the contents of the
initial summary prospectus or the updating summary prospectus.\302\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\299\ Proposed rule 498A(d)(2); see also rule 498(b)(3)(ii).
\300\ See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting Release, supra note
33, at paragraph accompanying n.327.
\301\ Proposed rule 498A(d)(2) references rule 30e-1, which
applies only to management companies (Form N-3 registrants). While
Form N-4 and Form N-6 registrants must transmit the portfolio
companies' annual and semi-annual shareholder reports to the
investors in their trust accounts (see rule 30e-2 under the
Investment Company Act), we would not expect a registrant would wish
to incorporate by reference information from a portfolio company
shareholder report into the contract prospectus even if such
information by reference was permissible. Accordingly, we do not
reference rule 30e-2 in the proposed rule.
\302\ Proposed rule 498A(d)(2)(ii); see also supra sections
II.A.1 (describing proposed content requirements for the initial
summary prospectus) and II.A.2 (describing proposed content
requirements for the updating summary prospectus).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Information could be incorporated by reference into the summary
prospectus only by reference to the specific document that contains the
information, and not by reference to another document that incorporates
the information by reference.\303\ For example, if a contract statutory
prospectus were to incorporate the contract SAI by reference, the
summary prospectus could not incorporate information in the SAI simply
by referencing the statutory prospectus but would be required to
reference the SAI directly.\304\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\303\ Proposed rule 498A(d)(2)(iii).
\304\ Cf. Item 10(d) of Reg. S-K [17 CFR 229.10(d)] (``Except
where a registrant or issuer is expressly required to incorporate a
document or documents by reference . . . reference may not be made
to any document which incorporates another document by reference if
the pertinent portion of the document containing the information or
financial statements to be incorporated by reference includes an
incorporation by reference to another document.''). General
Instruction D.2 to current Form N-6 makes Item 10(d) of Regulation
S-K applicable to incorporation by reference into a variable life
insurance contract's statutory prospectus.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed rule would permit incorporation by reference only if
the registrant satisfies the rule's conditions that prescribe the means
by which the required online contract documents must be made available
to investors.\305\ In addition, if a registrant incorporates
information by reference into a summary prospectus, the summary
prospectus legend must specify the type of document (e.g., statutory
prospectus) that contains the incorporated information and the date of
the document.\306\ If a registrant incorporates a part of a document by
reference into the summary prospectus, the summary prospectus legend
must clearly identify the part by page, paragraph, caption, or
otherwise.\307\ The legend would also explain that the incorporated
information may be obtained, free of charge, in the same manner as the
contract statutory prospectus.\308\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\305\ Proposed rule 498A(d)(2)(i) (referencing proposed rule
498A(h), among other paragraphs in the proposed rule); see also
supra section II.A.4.
\306\ Proposed rule 498A(b)(2)(vi)(C) and 498A(c)(3)(vi).
\307\ Id. This requirement mirrors the requirements of rule
498(b)(1)(v)(B), and is similar to the requirements of rule 411(d)
under the Securities Act [17 CFR 230.411(d)], which requires that
information incorporated by reference ``be clearly identified in the
reference by page, paragraph, caption or otherwise.'' Rule 411 is
also subject to the 2017 FAST Act Modernization rulemaking proposal
(which includes proposed amendments to the Commission's rules on
incorporation by reference). See FAST Act Modernization and
Simplification of Regulation S-K, Securities Act Release No. 10425
(Oct. 11, 2017) [82 FR 50988 (Nov. 2, 2017)] (``2017 FAST Act
Proposal''). We requested that comments on the 2017 FAST Act
Proposal be submitted by January 2, 2018.
\308\ Id.; see also supra discussion in section II.A.4 and 5.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The conditions on the availability of information that is
incorporated by reference into the contract summary prospectus, and on
identifying the information that is incorporated by reference, are
intended to facilitate access to this information. Parallel conditions
exist in the rule governing mutual fund summary prospectuses. Based on
our experience, we believe that investors have found this approach to
be useful. Therefore, we are proposing similar conditions for
incorporation by reference for variable contract summary
prospectuses.\309\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\309\ See supra note 300 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A registrant that fails to comply with any of the above conditions
is not permitted to incorporate information by reference into its
summary prospectus. A registrant that does comply with these
conditions, however, including the conditions for providing the
documents that include the incorporated information online, would not
also be required to send or give the incorporated information to
investors together with the summary prospectus.\310\ The contract
summary prospectus, together with information incorporated therein by
reference, would be subject to liability under sections 12(a)(2) and
17(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\310\ Proposed rule 498A(d)(1); see also rule 498(b)(3)(i)
(parallel provision in the rule governing the use of mutual fund
summary prospectuses); General Instruction G of current Forms N-3
and N-4; General Instruction D of current Form N-6 (permitting a
registrant to incorporate by reference all or part of the SAI into
the prospectus without delivering the SAI with the prospectus).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 61765]]
b. Effect of Incorporation by Reference
Rule 159 under the Securities Act provides that any information
``conveyed'' to a purchaser after the time of sale will not be taken
into account, for purposes of determining whether a prospectus or oral
statement included an untrue statement of material fact at the time of
sale for purposes of sections 12(a)(2) and 17(a)(2) of the Act.\311\
The proposed rule would provide that, for purposes of rule 159,
information is conveyed to a person not later than the time the person
receives a summary prospectus, if that information is incorporated by
reference into the summary prospectus in accordance with the proposed
rule's conditions.\312\ This addresses the question of when information
that is incorporated by reference into the contract summary prospectus
is conveyed for purposes of liability under sections 12(a)(2) and
17(a)(2) of the Securities Act.\313\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\311\ See rule 159 under the Securities Act.
Under section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act, sellers have
liability to purchasers for offers or sales by means of a prospectus
or oral communication that includes an untrue statement of material
fact or omits to state a material fact that makes the statements
made, based on the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading. Section 17(a)(2) of the Securities Act is a general
antifraud provision, which makes it unlawful for any person in the
offer and sale of a security to obtain money or property by means of
any untrue statement of a material fact or any omission to state a
material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading.
\312\ Proposed rule 498A(d)(3); see also rule 498(b)(3)(iii)
(parallel provision in the rule governing the use of mutual fund
summary prospectuses); 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting Release,
supra note 33, at nn.106 through 110.
\313\ See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting Release, supra note
33, at nn.109 and 110 (discussing further considerations of
liability under sections 12(a)(2) and 17(a)(2) of the Securities
Act, as well as reliance under section 19(a) of the Securities Act).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the proposal to permit
incorporation by reference into the summary prospectus and specifically
on the following issues:
Should we permit the contract statutory prospectus,
SAI, and shareholder reports to be incorporated by reference into
the summary prospectus? Are there special considerations in the case
of variable contracts that warrant different incorporation by
reference provisions than those under rule 498? For example, is
there any other information we should permit registrants to
incorporate by reference into the proposed contract summary
prospectuses? Should we permit a registrant to incorporate by
reference any information that is required to be included in the
summary prospectuses? If so, should this approach vary based on the
type of summary prospectus (initial summary prospectus versus
updating summary prospectus)?
Should we require, as proposed, that materials
incorporated by reference into the summary prospectuses be available
online? Are there additional or different conditions we should
impose on the ability to incorporate by reference into the summary
prospectus?
The proposed rule would provide that, for purposes of
rule 159, information is conveyed to a person not later than the
time the person receives a summary prospectus, if that information
is incorporated by reference into the summary prospectus in
accordance with the proposed rule's conditions. Is this proposed
provision, which mirrors the approach taken in the rule governing
mutual fund summary prospectuses, also appropriate for variable
contracts? Are there differences between mutual funds and variable
contracts that warrant an alternative approach? If so, what
modifications should be considered? Should the proposed provision
apply to both types of summary prospectus (initial and updating)?
Are there any modifications that would be appropriate depending on
the type of summary prospectus?
7. Filing Requirements for the Summary Prospectus
a. Preliminary Form of Summary Prospectus
We are proposing to require that registrants file a preliminary
form of any contract summary prospectus (initial or updating summary
prospectus) that the registrant intends to use on or after the
effective date of the registration statement as an exhibit to the
registration statement (``preliminary summary prospectus'').\314\
Registrants would only be required to provide the preliminary summary
prospectus exhibit in connection with the filing of an initial
registration statement, or in connection with a pre-effective amendment
or a post-effective amendment filed in accordance with paragraph (a) of
rule 485 under the Securities Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\314\ See proposed Item 34(r) of Form N-3; proposed Item 28(o)
of Form N-4; proposed Item 29(r) of Form N-6. The filing process and
format of these documents would be dictated by current Commission
rules, including its rules on electronic submissions and exceptions.
See, e.g., rule 101 of Regulation S-T [17 CFR 232.101] (providing,
among other things, that registration statements and prospectuses
filed pursuant to the Securities Act shall be submitted in
electronic format).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We believe that it is important that Commission staff have the
opportunity to review a variable contract's summary prospectus for
compliance with the proposed rule and the relevant form requirements
prior to its first use. However, we note that this approach differs
from the approach regarding mutual fund summary prospectuses. The
Commission elected not to require the filing of a mutual fund summary
prospectus prior to first use because the content of the summary
prospectus would be essentially identical to the content of the summary
section of the statutory prospectus, which is filed prior to its first
use.\315\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\315\ See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting Release, supra note
33, at n.73. The contents of a mutual fund summary prospectus
consist of the information required or permitted by Items 2-8 of
Form N-1A, which constitutes the summary section of the statutory
prospectus. See rule 498(b)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In contrast, the proposed rule does not require the variable
contract statutory prospectus to contain a stand-alone summary section
from which a summary prospectus is created. In addition, while some
variable contract summary prospectus disclosures would be identical to
those in the statutory prospectus,\316\ others would include only part
of the information required in the statutory prospectus.\317\ For
example, the proposed rule would require an initial summary prospectus
only to describe the features and options of the contract that the
registrant currently offers, while the statutory prospectus could
include information regarding contracts that the registrant no longer
sells to new investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\316\ See, e.g., Items 2 and 3 of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.
\317\ See, e.g., proposed Item 11(a) of Form N-3; proposed Item
10(a) of Form N-4; proposed Item 10(a) of Form N-6; proposed Item
12(a) of Form N-3; proposed Item 11(a) of Form N-4; proposed Item
11(a) of Form N-6. (These are the proposed ``Standard Death
Benefit'' and ``Other Benefits Available Under the Contract''
disclosure items for Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6.). While only certain
information of the statutory prospectus is required to be included
in the summary prospectus, proposed rule 498A permits the summary
prospectus to incorporate by reference some or all of the
information contained in the statutory prospectus or SAI.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The initial summary prospectus and updating summary prospectus
would also present certain information in a different order than might
appear in the contract statutory prospectus.\318\ Furthermore, certain
disclosure requirements differ depending on whether the summary
prospectus is an initial summary prospectus or an updating summary
prospectus. We do not believe that registrants would need to visually
identify or otherwise segregate those portions of the statutory
prospectus that are also summary prospectus disclosures, and we
recognize that doing so could impede the effective presentation of
information in a contract statutory prospectus to investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\318\ For example, in the initial summary prospectus, the Fee
Table would be located towards the end of the prospectus, with more
summary type of fee information would be provided earlier in the
summary prospectus as part of the Key Information Table. In
contrast, the Fee Table in the statutory prospectus is closer to the
front of the document, where it has been traditionally located.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 61766]]
b. Definitive Form of Summary Prospectus
In addition to requiring registrants to file a preliminary summary
prospectus with the Commission prior to use, we are also proposing
amendments to rule 497 under the Securities Act that would require a
registrant to file a definitive form of summary prospectus after it is
first used.\319\ This would ensure that the Commission receives a copy
of every summary prospectus in use.\320\ This is consistent with the
filing requirement for mutual fund summary prospectuses under rule
497.\321\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\319\ Proposed amended rule 497(k).
\320\ A summary prospectus filed with the Commission would be
publicly available; however, a registrant could not rely on this
availability to satisfy the requirements to post the document
online. See supra section II.A.4.
\321\ See rule 497(k).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
c. Investor Protection and Liability Under Section 11 of the Securities
Act
Section 10(b) of the Securities Act provides that a prospectus
permitted under that section must, unless Commission rules provide
otherwise, be filed as part of the registration statement but would not
be deemed a part of the registration statement for purposes of section
11 of the Securities Act.\322\ Accordingly, a summary prospectus that
is filed as part of the registration statement (e.g., as an exhibit or
otherwise) would not be deemed a part of the registration statement for
purposes of section 11 of the Securities Act.\323\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\322\ 15 U.S.C. 77j(b) and 77k. Under section 11 of the
Securities Act [15 U.S.C. 77k], purchasers of an issuer's securities
have private rights of action for untrue statements of material
facts or omissions of material facts required to be included in the
registration statement or necessary to make the statements in the
registration statement not misleading. Congress provided a specific
exception from liability under section 11 for summary prospectuses
under section 10(b) of the Securities Act in order to encourage the
use of summary prospectuses. L. Loss & J. Seligman, Securities
Regulation, Sec. 2-b-5 (3d ed. 2006) (citing S. Rep. 1036, 83d
Cong., 2d Sess. 17-18 (1954) and H.R. Rep. 1542, 83d Cong., 2d Sess.
26 (1954)).
\323\ Section 10(b) of the Securities Act (``A prospectus
permitted under this subsection shall, except to the extent the
Commission by rules or regulations deems necessary or appropriate in
the public interest or for the protection of investors otherwise
provides, be filed as part of the registration statement but shall
not be deemed a part of such registration statement for purposes of
section 11.'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Some commenters in connection with the mutual fund summary
prospectus proposal expressed concerns that the mutual fund summary
prospectus would not be subject to section 11 liability, suggesting
that this would result in a diminution of funds' liability under that
section.\324\ The Commission stated in response that while section 11
prescribes that the mutual fund summary prospectus will not itself be
deemed a part of the registration statement for purposes of section 11,
all of the information in the summary prospectus will be subject to
liability under section 11, either because the information is the same
as information contained in the statutory prospectus or because the
information is incorporated by reference from the registration
statement. The Commission noted that: (1) The final rule required the
information contained in a summary prospectus that is used to satisfy
prospectus delivery obligations must be the same as the information
contained in the summary section of the fund's statutory prospectus;
\325\ and (2) information may be incorporated by reference into a
summary prospectus only if it is contained in the fund's statutory
prospectus, SAI, or has been incorporated into the statutory prospectus
from the shareholder report.\326\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\324\ See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting Release, supra note
33, at n.344 and accompanying text.
\325\ Id. at nn.111 and 112; see also rule 498(f)(4).
\326\ See rule 498(b)(3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For similar reasons, it is our view that while a variable contract
summary prospectus under the proposed rule would not itself be deemed a
part of the registration statement for purposes of section 11, the
information in the summary prospectus will generally be subject to
liability under section 11. While proposed rule 498A would not have a
comparable provision to that in rule 498 requiring that the information
in the summary prospectus must be the same as in the statutory
prospectus, we believe that the substance of the information itself
would be the same, even though the language in both documents relating
to the information may not be identical. For example, the language of
the initial summary prospectus could differ from the language used in
the statutory prospectus because proposed rule 498A requires that the
initial summary prospectus may only describe a single contract that the
registrant currently offers for sale, whereas we understand that
certain contract statutory prospectuses include disclosure about
contract features and options that the registrant may no longer offer
to new investors. Nevertheless, the substance of the information for
any currently-offered features and options would be the same.\327\ In
addition, proposed rule 498A would have the same provisions regarding
information permitted to be incorporated into the summary prospectus as
those in rule 498.\328\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\327\ See supra section II.A.1.b.
The updating summary prospectus could include information that
does not appear in the related contract statutory prospectus if the
updating summary prospectus discloses changes to the contract that
the issuer has made after the most recent updating summary
prospectus or statutory prospectus was sent or given to investors.
See supra section II.A.2.b.ii(a); see also proposed rule
498A(c)(6)(i) and (ii). This information that only appears in the
updating summary prospectus therefore would not be deemed a part of
the registration statement for purposes of section 11 of the
Securities Act.
For example, if a particular fee has changed from x% to y%,
while the disclosure of the current fee rate (y%) would appear in
both the updating summary prospectus and the related statutory
prospectus, the earlier fee rate (x%) and the fact that the fee was
changed would likely not be disclosed in the statutory prospectus.
\328\ See proposed rule 498A(d); see also rule 498(b)(3)
(parallel provisions in the rule governing the use of mutual fund
summary prospectuses).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The summary prospectus would be subject to liability under section
12(a)(2) of the Securities Act \329\ and the general antifraud
provisions of the federal securities laws.\330\ In addition, a summary
prospectus would be subject to the stop order and other administrative
provisions of section 8 of the Securities Act.\331\ This is in addition
to the Commission's power under section 10(b) of the Securities Act to
prevent or suspend the use of the summary prospectus, regardless of
whether or not it has been filed.\332\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\329\ See section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act; see also
discussion supra note 311.
\330\ See, e.g., section 17(a) of the Securities Act; section
10(b) of the Exchange Act; section 34(b) of the Investment Company
Act.
\331\ 15 U.S.C. 77h; H.R. Rep. 1542, 83d Cong., 2d Sess., 1954
U.S.C.C.A.N. 2973, 2982 (1954) (noting that the Commission's
authority to suspend the use of a defective summary prospectus under
section 10(b) ``is intended to supplement the stop-order powers of
the Commission under [S]ection 8'').
\332\ 15 U.S.C. 77j(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the proposed filing requirements
for the variable contract summary prospectus and specifically on the
following issues:
Should we require filing of the preliminary form of any
contract summary prospectuses? If not, what alternatives should we
consider to facilitate staff review of the summary prospectus
disclosures, and would investors be adequately protected if staff
did not have the opportunity to review a summary prospectus pre-use?
Should we only require the initial summary prospectus (or updating
summary prospectus) to be filed prior to first use?
Should we require post-use filing of the summary
prospectus? Should only the initial summary prospectus (or updating
summary prospectus) be filed after use?
If the updating summary prospectus includes a
description of a contract change that is not similarly described in
the related
[[Page 61767]]
statutory prospectus (for example, the updating summary prospectus
describes the fact that there was a change and the nature of the
change), or otherwise includes content or wording differences
compared to the statutory prospectus, would this adversely affect
investor protection (for example, if certain information were not
deemed to be part of the registration statement for purposes of
section 11 of the Securities Act), and if so, how? Should we require
the statutory prospectus to include the same description of contract
changes contained in the related updating summary prospectus? Why or
why not?
Should the summary prospectus be subject to the stop
order and other administrative provisions of section 8 of the
Securities Act? Why or why not?
Should the contract summary prospectus be deemed a part
of the registration statement for purposes of section 11 of the
Securities Act? Why or why not?
8. Definitions in the Proposed Rule
Proposed rule 498A includes a section of definitions for certain
terms used throughout the rule.\333\ These definitions generally: (1)
Identify specific prospectuses described in the proposed rule (e.g.,
``initial summary prospectus''); (2) mirror the existing definitions
used in Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 (e.g., ``variable annuity contract'' as
used in Forms N-3 and N-4) or other rules (e.g., ``statement of
additional information'' as used in rule 498); or (3) combine other
defined terms in the proposed rule (e.g., ``summary prospectus''). In
addition, in recognition that today a variable contract may offer
classes with the same currently-available features and options but
different characteristics (e.g., differences in the length of the
surrender periods) and/or different pricing structures, we are also
proposing to define ``class'' to mean a class of a contract that varies
principally with respect to distribution-related fees and
expenses.\334\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\333\ Proposed rule 498A(a).
\334\ Proposed rule 498A(a)(1). We understand that this is how
the term is commonly used in industry practice. See also rule 18f-3
(permitting registered investment companies to issue multiple
classes of voting stock); Part A (``Definitions'') of the General
Instructions to Form N-1A (defining ``class'' as ``a class of shares
issued by a Multiple Class Fund that represents interests in the
same portfolio of securities under rule 18f-3 [17 CFR 270.18f-3] or
under an order exempting the Multiple Class Fund from sections
18(f), 18(g), and 18(i) [15 U.S.C. 80a-18(f), 18(g), and 18(i)]'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the definitions used in the
proposed rule and specifically on the following issues:
Should we include any additional, or exclude any
proposed, defined terms?
Should we modify the definitions of any defined terms?
For example, does the proposed definition of ``class'' adequately
distinguish among classes of a variable contract?
B. Optional Method To Satisfy Portfolio Company Prospectus Delivery
Requirements
1. Current Delivery Practices for Portfolio Company Prospectuses
The Commission has interpreted section 5(b)(2) of the Securities
Act to require the delivery of a portfolio company prospectus to any
variable contract investor that allocates his or her purchase payments
to that portfolio company, including on any exchange of contract value
from one portfolio company to another.\335\ Since variable contracts
generally offer exchange privileges permitting an investor to
reallocate his or her investment from one underlying portfolio company
to another, we understand that, typically, prospectuses for all
underlying portfolio companies are delivered to investors to avoid the
administrative burden of tracking whether an investor has already
received the current prospectus.\336\ We also understand that summary
prospectuses, as opposed to statutory prospectuses, for the underlying
portfolio companies are typically delivered. As with contract
prospectuses, portfolio company prospectuses may be delivered
electronically pursuant to the Commission's guidance.\337\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\335\ See Forms N-3 and N-4 Adopting Release, supra note 28, at
n.49 and accompanying text (``Of course, delivery of a prospectus of
an underlying company in which a contractowner actually invests will
be required pursuant to section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act'').
\336\ We understand that while some insurers have invested in
infrastructure to deliver only those prospectuses to which an
investor allocates contract value, most insurers have not.
\337\ See supra note 32 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Because the identity of investors is known by the insurance company
and not the underlying portfolio companies, delivery of prospectuses
for underlying portfolio companies is typically effected by the
insurance company rather than the portfolio company.\338\ Based on a
staff review of participation agreements between insurance companies
and underlying portfolio companies, we understand that there is
diversity in practice as to whether the insurance company or portfolio
company bears the printing and mailing costs associated with portfolio
company prospectus deliveries.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\338\ See, e.g., Forms N-3 and N-4 Adopting Release, supra note
28, at n.48 and accompanying text (suggesting that under certain
circumstances, the prospectus delivery obligation for underlying
portfolio companies would rest with the insurance company); see also
rule 22c-2(c)(1) under the Investment Company Act (defining a
``financial intermediary'' for purposes of the rule to include a UIT
that invests in a fund in reliance on section 12(d)(1)(E) under the
Investment Company Act) [17 CFR 270.22c-2(c)(1)].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. New Option To Satisfy Prospectus Delivery Requirements
a. Overview
The proposed rule would provide an optional method for satisfying
portfolio company prospectus delivery obligations by making portfolio
company summary and statutory prospectuses available online, with
certain key information about the portfolio companies provided in the
contract's summary prospectus.\339\ This new option would be available
to Form N-4 and Form N-6 registrants, but would not be available to
Form N-3 registrants because they do not have underlying portfolio
companies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\339\ Proposed rule 498A(j).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As proposed, this option would allow satisfaction of prospectus
delivery obligations with respect to a portfolio company, if: (1) An
initial summary prospectus is used for each currently offered contract
described under the related registration statement; \340\ (2) a summary
prospectus is used for the portfolio company (only if the portfolio
company is registered on Form N-1A); \341\ and (3) the portfolio
company's current summary prospectus, statutory prospectus, SAI, and
most recent shareholder reports are posted online under similar posting
requirements for the variable contract's summary prospectuses and other
documents.\342\ In addition, the proposed rule would provide that any
communication related to a portfolio company, other than a prospectus
permitted or required under section 10 of the Securities Act, would not
be deemed a prospectus if the above conditions are satisfied.\343\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\340\ Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(i).
\341\ Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(ii).
\342\ Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(iii).
\343\ Proposed rule 498A(j)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As discussed above, we are concerned that the volume of disclosure
materials variable contract investors currently receive may prevent
them from reading the materials or fully understanding these products.
While the proposed variable contract summary prospectus framework is
intended to provide investors with key information relating to the
contract's terms, benefits, and risks in a concise and more reader-
friendly format, we are concerned that investors may not read or
understand information if the variable contract summary prospectus is
accompanied by hundreds of pages of underlying
[[Page 61768]]
portfolio company prospectuses.\344\ To address this issue, the
proposed option for satisfying portfolio company prospectus delivery
requirements would provide investors with certain key summary
information about underlying portfolio companies in an appendix to the
contract summary prospectus.\345\ If an investor desires more detailed
information about a particular portfolio company, prospectuses and
other documents relating to the portfolio company would be available
online and in paper or electronically upon request.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\344\ Variable annuity contracts offer an average of 59
portfolio companies as investment options. See supra note 8. While
we intended mutual fund summary prospectuses to be three to four
pages in length, rule 498 does not provide page length or similar
restrictions and some summary prospectuses have been as long as 19
pages. See Request for Comment on Fund Retail Investor Experience,
supra note 39, at n. 27 and accompanying text. If we conservatively
estimate that each portfolio company summary prospectus is four
pages in length, an investor who purchases a variable contract that
offers 59 portfolio companies would receive 236 pages of portfolio
company disclosure materials, in addition to the contract
prospectus.
\345\ A contract summary prospectus would include an appendix
that would provide for each portfolio company its name, type or
investment objective, adviser and subadviser, expense ratio, and
average annual returns for the past year, five years, and ten years.
See supra discussion at section II.A.1.c.ii(i); see also infra
section II.D.2.r (discussing our proposal to include this appendix
also in variable contracts' statutory prospectuses). Registrants on
Form N-3, who would not be relying upon this optional method to
satisfy portfolio company prospectus delivery obligations, would
have the option of omitting the appendix and instead providing more
detailed disclosures for the investment options offered under the
contract that would be required by proposed Item 20 of Form N-3. See
supra note 204 and accompanying text.
In addition, each summary prospectus would also include a Key
Information Table that would provide certain disclosures about
portfolio company risks and investment restrictions. See supra
discussion at section II.A.1.c.ii(b)(ii); see also infra section
II.D.2.c (discussing the Key Information Table in proposed Forms N-
3, N-4, and N-6).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The vast majority of investors purchase variable contracts from
sales persons, as opposed to purchasing directly from insurance
companies.\346\ We understand these sales agents assist investors in
many ways, including providing information about underlying portfolio
companies and sometimes recommending that investors allocate their
contract value into specific portfolio companies. We anticipate that
this would continue following our proposal, and that sales agents would
assist investors in understanding key facts about the portfolio
companies, obtaining portfolio company prospectuses, and understanding
the proposed portfolio company prospectus delivery framework. For this
reason, we believe that sales agents would play a significant role in
continuing to provide information about portfolio companies to
investors, even if investors were to no longer receive paper copies of
portfolio company prospectuses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\346\ Approximately 97% of sales of variable annuities are made
through sales agents. See IRI Fact Book, supra note 8, at 168. Only
a small percentage of investors purchase their variable contracts
directly from the issuing insurance company. See Insurance
Information Institute, Facts + Statistics: Distribution Channels,
available at https://www.iii.org/fact-statistic/facts-statistics-distribution-channels (in 2013, 4% of new individual life insurance
sales were directly sold). In comparison, only 50% of households
owning mutual funds purchased their funds through sales agents. See
Investment Company Institute, Profile of Mutual Fund Shareholders,
2017 (Oct. 2017), at Fig. 3.1, available at https://www.ici.org/pdf/rpt_17_profiles17.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. Conditions
As a condition to relying on the new option, we would require the
related variable contract to use an initial summary prospectus for each
currently offered contract described under the related registration
statement.\347\ We believe that this condition would help promote the
use of contract summary prospectuses. Also, the initial summary
prospectus content requirements (as well as the requirements for the
updating summary prospectus) would ensure that investors receive
disclosure regarding: (1) The online availability of the portfolio
company prospectuses; \348\ and (2) key summary information about each
of the portfolio companies.\349\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\347\ Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(i).
\348\ See supra note 198 and accompanying text.
\349\ See supra section II.A.1.c.(ii)(i).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As a second condition, a portfolio company that is registered on
Form N-1A must use a summary prospectus.\350\ If we were to permit the
satisfaction of delivery obligations by making portfolio company
prospectuses (and other documents) available online, portfolio
companies that are mutual funds and ETFs would have less incentive to
use a summary prospectus.\351\ We believe it is important to make
available both a summary prospectus and the statutory prospectus for a
portfolio company to continue the current layered disclosure approach
for portfolio companies whereby investors have the option to choose the
amount and type of information to review. This condition also would
continue to provide investors with summary information about the
portfolio company that we believe they are more likely to use and
understand.\352\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\350\ Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(ii).
\351\ For example, this online option would reduce--or fully
eliminate--the cost savings associated with printing and mailing a
summary prospectus as opposed to the statutory prospectus, since
those summary prospectuses would be posted online instead of being
printed and mailed.
\352\ See 2009 Summary Prospectus Adopting Release, supra note
33, at paragraph accompanying n.195.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Finally, to rely on the new option, the portfolio company's current
summary and statutory prospectus, SAI, and most recent annual and semi-
annual shareholder reports would be required to be posted online under
similar conditions for the posting of variable contract materials:
The materials are publicly accessible, free of charge,
at the website address specified on the cover page or beginning of
the summary prospectuses for the variable contract, for the time
period specified in proposed rule 498A(h)(1); \353\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\353\ Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(iii).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The materials are presented on the website in a format,
or formats, that are human-readable and capable of being printed on
paper in human-readable format,\354\ and permit persons accessing
the materials to move directly back and forth between each section
heading in a table of contents and the corresponding section of the
document; \355\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\354\ Proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(i); proposed rule
498A(j)(1)(iii). In addition, the materials must be presented on the
website in a format or formats that are convenient for reading
online and printing on paper. Proposed rule 498A(i)(3)(i); proposed
rule 498A(j)(1)(iii).
\355\ Proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(ii).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Persons accessing the materials must be able to
permanently retain, free of charge, an electronic version of such
materials in a format, or formats, that is human-readable and
permits persons accessing the materials to move directly back and
forth between each section heading in a table of contents and the
corresponding section of the document; \356\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\356\ Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(iii); proposed rule 498A(h)(3).
In addition, persons must be able to permanently retain these
materials in a format or formats that are convenient for reading
online and printed on paper. Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(iii); proposed
rule 498A(i)(3)(ii).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Requested materials must be sent in paper or
electronically upon request within three business days after
receiving a request; \357\ and
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\357\ Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(iii); proposed rule 498A(i)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The safe harbor specified in paragraph (h)(4) of the
proposed rule would be available if the required materials are
temporarily unavailable at the specified website.\358\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\358\ Proposed rule 498A(j)(1)(iii); proposed rule 498A(h)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
c. Interim Amendments to Portfolio Company Prospectuses
When a portfolio company supplements or otherwise amends its
summary or statutory prospectus between annual updates, the amendment
is typically filed with the Commission pursuant to rule 497 under the
Securities Act.\359\ In addition, we understand that the amendment is
typically delivered to investors, either
[[Page 61769]]
by special mailing or by including it with another mailing, such as
with the account statement or confirmation.\360\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\359\ Rule 497 under the Securities Act.
\360\ For investors who received a summary prospectus for a
portfolio company, we understand that amendments are typically
delivered to investors only if the amendments relate to the summary
prospectus and summary section portion of the statutory prospectus.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As discussed above, the proposed new option for satisfying
portfolio company prospectus delivery requirements would require that
current portfolio company summary prospectuses and statutory
prospectuses be posted online. If a portfolio company amends its
prospectus between annual updates, the updated prospectus must be
posted online.
The proposed rule would not, however, include any separate
requirement to deliver portfolio company prospectus amendments to
investors. We believe that requiring delivery of prospectus amendments
to investors who had not been delivered the prospectus itself could
cause investor confusion. Instead, the proposed legend to the summary
prospectus appendix listing all the portfolio companies available under
the contract would include a statement that investors should review the
prospectuses before making an investment decision and that they may be
amended from time to time.\361\ In addition, we note that if an interim
amendment to a portfolio company prospectus affects the information
provided in the variable contract summary prospectus (e.g., a change to
the type/investment objective or expense ratio of the portfolio company
provided in the required appendix to the contract summary prospectus),
then investors would receive notice of the change through an amendment
to the contract summary prospectus which would be delivered to
investors.\362\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\361\ The appendix would include the following legend: ``The
following is a list of [Portfolio Companies] currently available
under the [Contract], which is subject to change as discussed in
[the Statutory Prospectus for the Contract]. Before you invest, you
should review the prospectuses for the [Portfolio Companies]. These
prospectuses contain more information about the [Portfolio
Companies] and their risks and may be amended from time to time. You
can find the prospectuses and other information about the [Portfolio
Companies] online at [____]. You can also request this information
at no cost by calling [____] or by sending an email request to
[____].'' See proposed Item 18 of Forms N-4 and N-6.
\362\ The proposed rule would not affect the requirements to
deliver other materials specified under other rules or terms of
exemptive orders. See, e.g., rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company
Act (requiring a registered investment company with a name
suggesting investment in certain investments or industries, or
investment in countries or geographic regions, to adopt a policy to
invest at least 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of any
borrowings for investment purposes) in investments suggested by its
name, and if not a fundamental policy, to provide investors with at
least 60 days prior notice of any change in that investment policy.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the proposal to permit a new option
for satisfying portfolio company prospectus delivery requirements, and
specifically on the following issues (in addition, we are requesting
comment on certain parallel provisions of rule 498):
Should the rule permit the use of the new option for
satisfying portfolio company prospectus delivery requirements?
Should this aspect of the proposed rule be optional as proposed or
required if the variable contract uses a summary prospectus?
The rule as proposed would only permit the use of the new
option for portfolio company prospectuses if the related variable
contract uses an initial summary prospectus for each currently
offered contract described under the related registration statement.
Should we permit the use of the new option even if the related
variable contract does not use a summary prospectus? Why or why not?
The rule as proposed would only permit the use of the new
option if the portfolio company uses a summary prospectus. This
would effectively require a portfolio company to use a summary
prospectus if it does not already do so. If we were to permit the
satisfaction of delivery obligations by making portfolio company
prospectuses (and other documents) available online, would portfolio
companies still have an incentive to use a summary prospectus?
Should we permit the use of the new option even if the portfolio
company does not otherwise use a summary prospectus? Why or why not?
Should we modify any of the proposed conditions related to
the new option for satisfying portfolio company prospectus delivery
requirements, or add any additional conditions? For example, should
we--as proposed--specify that these materials must be available at
the same website address as the variable contract materials that
appear online, or should there be flexibility regarding the website
address on which the portfolio company materials appear? As another
example, although the proposed rule specifies that the materials
posted online must be in human-readable format, should we also
require that the materials be posted online in machine-readable
format to promote the gathering and dissemination of information by
data aggregators?
If we change any of the proposed conditions related to the
new option, should we make parallel changes regarding the use of
contract summary prospectuses? Should we similarly make any changes
to rule 498 under the Securities Act governing mutual fund summary
prospectuses for consistency or other reasons?
Should we modify the proposed linking requirements in any
way with respect to portfolio company documents encompassed by the
online accessibility and delivery upon demand requirements of the
proposed rule?
Do the separate requirements of rule 498 regarding mutual
fund summary prospectus documents create any confusion that should
be addressed by proposed rule 498A?
Under the rule as proposed, persons relying on the new
delivery option would not be required to deliver interim prospectus
supplements to investors. Should we instead require that interim
prospectus supplements be delivered? Would confusion result if
investors were to receive prospectus supplements when they had not
previously received portfolio company prospectuses? Are there ways
to mitigate any such confusion?
Would the proposed legend on the initial and updating
summary prospectuses provide sufficient notice to investors that
portfolio company prospectuses may be amended from time to time? Why
or why not? Should we revise the legend to include alternate or
additional information? Should a similar legend also appear on the
cover page of the contract summary prospectus, as well as in the
appendix to the summary prospectus as proposed? Alternatively,
should we require that a separate notice be given to investors to
alert them of the online availability of prospectus supplements? If
so, what information should that notice contain? Should that notice
be filed with the Commission?
Should the final rules provide that a communication
relating to a portfolio company (other than a prospectus permitted
or required under section 10 of the Securities Act) is not deemed to
be a prospectus under section 2(a)(10) of the Securities Act under
the conditions specified by the rule? Should we amend any of the
conditions related to this provision?
C. Discontinued Variable Contracts
An insurance company may choose to stop offering a variable
contract to new investors while continuing to accept additional
payments from existing investors. Each additional purchase payment
under a variable contract is considered a ``sale'' under section 5 of
the Securities Act requiring delivery of a current prospectus, and
variable contract issuers generally maintain current prospectuses for
their products through the filing of annual post-effective amendments
to the registration statements.\363\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\363\ See supra note 28 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As the number of contracts outstanding declines over time, the
proportion of fixed costs per contract and other burdens associated
with maintaining a current registration statement and mailing
prospectuses increase over a diminishing asset base. Unlike other types
of registered investment companies that can liquidate
[[Page 61770]]
when assets are reduced to such a level that continuing the fund is not
viable, an insurance company is unable to liquidate or otherwise
terminate a variable contract. We understand that an insurance company
may sometimes seek to encourage investors to exchange into new
contracts or make buyout offers, but it cannot unilaterally terminate
an investor's contract.
Staff No-Action Letters
Beginning in 1977, the staff of the Division of Investment
Management issued a series of no-action letters stating that the staff
would not recommend enforcement action if issuers did not update the
variable contract registration statement and deliver updated
prospectuses to existing investors, so long as certain conditions were
met, including sending alternative disclosures to investors (each, a
``Staff Letter,'' and collectively, the ``Staff Letters'').\364\ The
last Staff Letter was issued in 1995.\365\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\364\ See, e.g., Great-West Life and Annuity Insurance Company,
SEC Staff No-Action Letter (pub. avail. Oct. 23, 1990) (``1990
Letter''); MML Bay State Life Ins. Co., SEC Staff No-Action Letter
(pub. avail. Apr. 12, 1990); Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance
Co., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (pub. avail. Mar. 16, 1990);
Connecticut Mutual Life Insurance Company, SEC Staff No-Action
Letter (pub. avail. Mar. 7, 1990).
The staff declined to extend its no-action position to variable
annuities funded by managed separate accounts. See Provident
National Assurance Company, SEC Staff No-Action Letter (pub. avail.
June 2, 1987); Great-West Life Assurance Company, SEC Staff No-
Action Letter (pub. avail. June 4, 1987).
\365\ See Metropolitan Life Insurance Co., SEC Staff No-Action
Letter (pub. avail. Apr. 26, 1995) (``Metropolitan Letter'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Staff Letters generally were limited to Securities Act
registration statements for contracts that are no longer offered to new
purchasers and that have fewer than 5,000 investors (or participants in
the case of group contracts).\366\ The Staff Letters also identified a
set of circumstances in which the staff would not recommend enforcement
action once the registration statement is no longer updated: \367\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\366\ In the 1990 Letter, the staff stated that it would no
longer respond to no-action requests ``in this area unless they
raise novel issues or involve more than 5,000 variable annuity or
variable life insurance contracts.'' However, there are four Staff
Letters concerning contracts where the number of investors exceeded
5,000. See Metropolitan Letter (42,910 investors); Monarch Life
Insurance Co., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (pub. avail. June 9, 1992)
(``Monarch Letter'') (5,900 investors); New York Life Insurance and
Annuity Corp., SEC Staff No-Action Letter (pub. avail. Nov. 15,
1989) (13,713 investors); Security Benefit Life Insurance Company,
SEC Staff No-Action Letter (pub. avail. July 2, 1987) (28,019
investors).
\367\ Some of the circumstances identified in which the staff
would not recommend enforcement action varied slightly across the
Staff Letters over time, specifically with respect to the delivery
and availability of the insurance company's audited financial
statements. The circumstances discussed below reflect those
identified in the most recent Staff Letters.
There are no material changes made to the contract;
Investors are provided the following disclosures:
[cir] The portfolio companies' current prospectuses (or summary
prospectuses) and any updates thereto, annual and semi-annual
reports, proxy materials, and any other periodic reports or other
shareholder materials for the portfolio companies;
[cir] Confirmations of transactions in accordance with rule 10b-
10 under the Exchange Act;
[cir] Within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year,
updated audited financial statements of the registrant, and in the
case of variable life insurance contracts, the depositor's updated
audited financial statements; \368\ and
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\368\ With respect to variable annuities, the depositor's
updated audited financial statements would be available upon
request. See, e.g., Metropolitan Letter; Monarch Letter.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[cir] At least once a year, a statement of the number of units
and values in each investor's account.
The registrant files periodic reports with the
Commission pursuant to section 30 of the Investment Company Act
(i.e., reports on Form N-CEN); \369\ and
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\369\ The Staff Letters specifically identified a registrant's
filing of reports on Form N-SAR as one of the set of applicable
circumstances. Form N-SAR was recently rescinded and succeeded by
Form N-CEN. See Investment Company Reporting Modernization,
Investment Company Act Release No. 32314 (Oct. 13, 2016) [81 FR
81870 (Nov. 18, 2016)] (``Investment Company Reporting Modernization
Adopting Release''), at n.744 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
New contracts are not offered to the public, and the
registrant does not contemplate such an offering in the future.
Liability
As of the end of calendar year 2017, we understand that more than
half of variable contract Securities Act registration statements may
provide the alternative disclosures that the Staff Letters describe:
\370\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\370\ Our understanding is based on staff review of filings with
the Commission and discussions with industry participants.
\371\ The number of registration statements is based on a count
of unique Securities Act registration statements and amendments
filed on EDGAR. The number of registration statements representing
contracts that provide alternative disclosures instead of the
contract statutory prospectus, as described in the Staff Letters,
was based on the number of Form N-4 and Form N-6 filers that did not
file a registration statement or amendment in 2017, but made other
regulatory filings, such as filings on Form 24f-2 (the form used by
variable insurance contracts to pay registration fees to the
Commission).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Variable Variable life
Status \371\ annuity insurance Grand total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Registration Statements That Are Updated Annually............... 500 221 721
Registration Statements Operating Under Staff Letters........... 521 334 855
-----------------------------------------------
Total Number of Registration Statements..................... 1,021 555 1,576
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Providing the alternative disclosures described in the Staff
Letters may have the effect of potentially limiting issuers' liability
under certain provisions of the federal securities laws requiring a
registration statement or prospectus to contain whatever information
may be necessary or appropriate to avoid material misstatements or
omissions.\372\ Although these alternative disclosures may not be
subject to liability under sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act, or
section 34(b) of the Investment Company Act, they are subject to
provisions prohibiting material misstatements in the offer or sale of a
security.\373\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\372\ Sections 11 and 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act and section
34(b) of the Investment Company Act. See supra discussion at notes
311 (discussing section 12(a)(2) liability) and 322 (discussing
section 11 liability). In addition, section 34(b) of the Investment
Company Act also imposes liability for misstatements in a
registration statement, however, unlike sections 11 and 12(a)(2),
there is no private right of action available to aggrieved
investors. See Bellikoff v. Eaton Vance Corp., 481 F.3d 110 (2d Cir.
2007).
\373\ See, e.g., section 17(a) of the Securities Act; section
10(b) and rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. There may also be
additional remedies for investors, for example, under state
insurance law, state securities law, and contract law.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commission Position on Existing Contracts Whose Issuers Provide
Alternative Disclosures to Investors
In proposing the new variable contract summary prospectus
disclosure framework, we acknowledge the industry practice of providing
alternative disclosures (which are
[[Page 61771]]
significantly different from the requirements of the proposed summary
prospectus regime) under specific circumstances that the Staff Letters
identify. In light of this proposal as well as other developments with
respect to layered disclosure, we believe that it is useful to consider
the appropriate disclosure framework for the types of contracts that
have historically relied on the alternative disclosures.
If the proposed summary prospectus framework is adopted, the
Commission would take the position that if an issuer of an existing
contract that provides alternative disclosures does not file post-
effective amendments to update a variable contract registration
statement and does not provide updated prospectuses to existing
investors, this would not provide a basis for enforcement action so
long as investors receive the alternative disclosures. The Commission
would take this position in recognition of the industry's practice that
has developed in light of the Staff Letters, the costs and burdens that
issuers of contracts operating in accordance with the Staff Letters
currently incur, and the costs and burdens that issuers would incur
under the proposed summary prospectus framework. Therefore, under the
Commission's position, the Commission would permit contracts operating
in the manner that the Staff Letters describe as of the effective date
of any final summary prospectus rules (hereinafter referred to as the
``Alternative Disclosure Contracts'') to continue to operate in such
manner.\374\ For all other contracts, the Commission's position would
not be applicable, and therefore variable contract issuers would be
required to file post-effective amendments to update their registration
statements and provide updated prospectuses under current regulatory
requirements, and could avail themselves of the summary prospectus
framework as adopted.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\374\ The Commission's position on Alternative Disclosure
Contracts would be an agency statement of general applicability with
future effect designed to implement, interpret, or prescribe law or
policy. This position would be consistent with the Staff Letters up
to the effective date of any final rule and effectively would moot
those letters. The Commission's longstanding position is that all
staff statements are nonbinding and create no enforceable legal
rights or obligations of the Commission or other parties. See, e.g.,
Statement by Chairman Jay Clayton Regarding Staff Views. Securities
and Exchange Commission (Sept. 13, 2018), available at https://www.sec.gov/news/public-statement/statement-clayton-091318.
We note, however, that if a material change is made with respect
to an Alternative Disclosure Contract, the registration statement
for that contract would be required to be updated, and the contract
would no longer be permitted to operate as an Alternative Disclosure
Contract.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As a general matter, we believe that all variable contract
investors should receive the same information. In this regard, our
position with respect to Alternative Disclosure Contracts would be
limited to the current universe of Alternative Disclosure Contracts,
which will diminish in number over time. Our position is also based on
our belief that the proposed summary prospectus framework could give
investors more pertinent information to monitor their contract
investment than the alternative disclosures. For example, the updating
summary prospectus would include a brief description of certain changes
to the contract that occurred during the previous year, as well as
certain key information about the contract. We believe that investors
could find this document to be more useful and user-friendly than the
separate account financial statements that investors receive under the
alternative disclosures.
Additionally, under the proposed summary prospectus regime,
investors would receive key summary information about the portfolio
companies (with the portfolio company prospectuses available online)
instead of receiving the portfolio company prospectuses as they do
currently.\375\ This proposed layered disclosure approach could provide
an additional tool to investors to access the level of information
about portfolio companies that best serves their information needs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\375\ Under proposed rule 498A, investors would not receive the
portfolio company prospectuses if the registrant were to elect to
rely on the new optional method to satisfy portfolio company
prospectus delivery requirements. See supra section II.B.2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We solicit comment on the following issues regarding the
Alternative Disclosure Contracts:
Would adoption of a summary prospectus framework and
related form amendments effectively relieve some of the current
burdens and costs on variable contract issuers of updating
registration statements, and delivering updated prospectuses, such
that the Commission's position on Alternative Disclosure Contracts
would not be necessary? If not, to what extent would the burdens and
costs of maintaining an updated registration statement and
compliance with the proposed summary prospectus regime (to the
extent that a registrant chooses to rely on proposed rule 498A)
exceed that of providing the disclosure related to the Alternative
Disclosure Contracts?
Does the proposed summary prospectus regime give
investors more pertinent information to use to help them make
informed investment decisions, compared to the information investors
holding Alternative Disclosure Contracts would receive?
Are fees and charges for variable contracts currently
established based on an expectation that the insurer will be able to
provide alternative disclosures at some point, such as if a product
launch is unsuccessful or if the insurer stops selling new contracts
so that the number of investors diminishes over time? Would the
Commission's position on Alternative Disclosure Contracts have other
effects relating to new variable contracts? For example, would it
cause insurers to be less willing to introduce new products?
Would the Commission's position on Alternative
Disclosure Contracts result in any variable contract design changes?
Would the length of registration statements or prospectuses increase
or decrease? If so, why? What would be the effect, if any, on
contract disclosure?
Under the Commission's position on Alternative
Disclosure Contracts, which contracts should be able to provide
alternative disclosures? For example, should the Commission's
position be limited to Alternative Disclosure (i.e., contracts
operating in the manner that the Staff Letters describe) as of the
effective date of the adoption of final variable contract summary
prospectus rules? Should the ability to provide alternative
disclosures be limited to contracts with a maximum of 5,000
investors (or participants in the case of group contracts)? \376\
Instead of limiting the number of investors, should a different
approach be considered, such as limiting relief based on aggregate
contract value, the length of time since a contract was last offered
to new investors, the costs of updating a registration statement per
contract, or the expected cost of updating a registration statement
per $1,000 of contract value? If so, what limits should be imposed
and why, and what is the benefit of these alternatives over using
the number of investors? Alternatively, should the ability to
provide alternative disclosures apply to all contracts outstanding
at (1) the time of adoption, (2) the effective date, or (3) the
compliance date, for final variable contract summary prospectus
rules? Why?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\376\ See supra note 366.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
What percentage of insurers currently delivers the
alternative disclosures for at least one contract? What percentage
of the variable contract business (in terms of number of contact
owners and aggregate contract value) provides alternative
disclosures? What are the size ranges of registration statements for
those contracts that deliver alternative disclosures (both in terms
of number of investors and in terms of aggregate contract value)?
What number of investors, or aggregate contract value,
would make providing alternative disclosures more cost-effective
than annually updating a registration statement under the current
variable contract prospectus delivery regime?
What are the cost savings, if any, associated with
providing alternative disclosures? What are the sources of the cost
savings?
Which current items of variable annuity and variable
life insurance registration
[[Page 61772]]
statements are the most difficult or time-consuming for variable
contract issuers to update? Why are these items difficult or time-
consuming to update?
How frequently do material changes to the variable
contract occur that would require an issuer that is delivering
alternative disclosures to update its registration statement? What
specific types of contract changes are considered to be material?
What types of contract changes are considered to be non-material,
such that the issuer would not update its registration statement in
response to this condition? How are investors notified of any non-
material changes? Are there types of contract changes where it is
difficult to determine whether an issuer should update its
registration statement? If so, please identify those types of
changes.
Do insurers currently host on their websites the
alternative disclosure documents that are delivered to investors?
Why or why not?
Do investors that receive alternative disclosures
contact their insurance company looking for information at a greater
frequency than investors who receive a prospectus annually? What
information are these investors looking for?
Some of the circumstances that the Staff Letters
identify vary depending on the no-action letter.\377\ Under which
circumstances are issuers providing alternative disclosures?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\377\ See supra note 367.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on how investors and financial
professionals view the alternative disclosures, and specifically on
the following issues:
Investors that have variable contracts with registrants
that provide alternative disclosures would receive different
disclosure documents, and hence different sets of information, than
they would receive under the proposed summary prospectus regime.
Which approach do you believe is most beneficial for investors and
why?
To the extent that there are no material changes to a
variable contract, what information about the contract--if any--do
investors need to receive on an ongoing basis to monitor their
investments in the contract and understand how the contract
operates? If there are no material changes, would it be useful to
investors to receive disclosure repeating key information of the
contract each year, and/or to receive summary information about the
portfolio companies each year?
Are investors able to effectively understand financial
statements that are provided as alternative disclosures, and are
they useful in helping investors monitor their investments?
An updated contract statutory prospectus, which
investors typically receive annually, describes the variable
contract but does not include insurance company or separate account
financial statements. Investors holding contracts whose issuers
provide alternative disclosures, however, receive the separate
account financial statements annually, and in some cases the
insurance company's financials. Assuming there are no changes to the
contract in a given year, do investors have a preference as to which
information they would rather receive? Is there other information
that investors would like to receive?
Other Approaches to the Framework for Discontinued Contracts
If the Commission takes the position described in the prior
subsection with respect to Alternative Disclosure Contracts, it would
permit continued operation of Alternative Disclosure Contracts (i.e.,
issuers with contracts that are operating as described in the Staff
Letters on the effective date of the final rules permitting use of a
variable contract summary prospectus). All other variable contract
issuers would operate under the new summary prospectus framework. That
is, they would be required to file post-effective amendments to update
their registration statements and provide updated prospectuses under
current regulatory requirements, and could avail themselves of the
summary prospectus framework as adopted.
We are also considering two alternative approaches for discontinued
contracts. Each of these alternative approaches would involve
modifying, and codifying by rule, the disclosure framework the Staff
Letters identify. Each of these alternative approaches could be
implemented in two different ways:
Method One (Apply New Approach Only to Discontinued
Contracts Going Forward): Permit Alternative Disclosure Contracts to
continue operating as they currently do under the Commission
position described above. For future discontinued contracts, adopt
final rules codifying certain practices the Staff Letters identify
and apply those rules on a going forward basis.
Method Two (Apply New Approach to All Discontinued
Contracts): Adopt final rules codifying certain practices the Staff
Letters identify and apply those rules to all discontinued contracts
(including Alternative Disclosure Contracts).
We request comment on the Commission position described above, as
well as the proposed approaches described below. We also request
comment on whether an alternative approach should be implemented using
method one or method two.
Approach 1 (Codification of Practices under Staff Letters with
Modifications): Under Approach 1, the Commission would adopt final
rules providing that a registrant would not have to comply with certain
requirements to update the variable contract registration statement and
deliver updated contract prospectuses to existing investors, so long as
the registrant complies with the following conditions:
Investors would receive an annual notice that includes
information that is comparable to that which would be provided in an
updating summary prospectus. Specifically, this notice would
include: (1) The Key Information Table that would appear in an
updating summary prospectus; (2) a brief description of any material
\378\ changes to the offering relating to fees, the standard death
benefits, other benefits available under the contract, and portfolio
companies available under the contract; \379\ (3) a table that would
include the same information about portfolio companies that would
appear in the proposed appendix to the updating summary prospectus;
and (4) legends informing investors that additional information
about their contract--including the registrant's financial
statements (the depositor's financial statements in the case of
variable life insurance contracts) and portfolio company
prospectuses and periodic reports to shareholders--is available
online. Because this notice would not be a section 10(b) prospectus,
it (unlike a summary prospectus under proposed rule 498A) would not
be subject to liability under section 12(a)(2) of the Securities
Act, although it would remain subject to the general antifraud
provisions of the federal securities laws.\380\ The notice would be
posted to the insurance company's website.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\378\ The changes that would necessitate disclosure under this
alternative are broader than one of the circumstances that the Staff
Letters identify--that there be no material changes to the contract.
With respect to the annual notice, even if there are no changes to
the contract between the insurance company and the investor, there
may still be material changes to the offering that must be
disclosed, such as changes in investment options, investment
restrictions, fees, and other matters.
\379\ As under proposed rule 498A, a registrant also could
provide a concise description of any other change that has been made
to the contract, in addition to the changes that the proposed rule
would require be described. See proposed rule 498A(c)(6)(ii); see
also supra note 233 and accompanying text.
\380\ See supra note 329 and accompanying text (discussing the
liability provisions applicable to summary prospectuses under
proposed rule 498A).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The financial statements provided to investors under
the alternative disclosures in the Staff Letters would be filed with
the Commission, posted to the insurance company's website, and
delivered to an investor upon request;
Registrants would be permitted to use the optional
method to satisfy portfolio company prospectus delivery requirements
as provided under proposed rule 498A; and
Investors would continue to receive portfolio company
shareholder reports and proxy materials.
Issuers would be able to rely on Approach 1 if the contract is no
longer offered to new purchasers, there are under 5,000 investors, and
there have been no material changes during the period since the most
recent update. Approach 1 reflects our belief that the proposed summary
prospectus framework could give investors more pertinent information to
use to help them make informed investment decisions, compared to the
information
[[Page 61773]]
under the circumstances that the Staff Letters identify.\381\ This
approach seeks to provide many of the benefits to investors associated
with the summary prospectus framework while limiting the burden of
updating registration statements relating to contracts that are only
offered to a limited number of investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\381\ See supra paragraph following note 374.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Approach 2 (Permit Registration Statements to be Updated via
Forward Incorporation by Reference). As a variation on the framework
for Approach 1, we also request comment on whether the Commission
should adopt final rules that would:
Permit the registrant to rely on a modified version of
rule 498A that would:
[cir] Require that investors receive an annual notice that
includes information that is comparable to that which would be
provided in an updating summary prospectus, as described in Approach
1;
[cir] Require that the contract statutory prospectus and SAI be
made available online and delivered to an investor upon request; and
[cir] Permit registrants to use the proposed rule's optional
method to satisfy portfolio company prospectus delivery
requirements;
Require the filing of separate account (including
accumulation unit values for variable annuities) and depositor
financials with the Commission, permit issuers to incorporate these
documents by reference into the registration statement (even if they
are filed after the effective date of the registration
statement),\382\ and require these financial statements to be posted
to the insurance company's website, and delivered to an investor
upon request; and
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\382\ See, e.g., supra note 364. Certain registrants that file
on Forms S-1 or S-3 are permitted to update their registration
statements by reference to Exchange Act reports filed after the
effective date of the registration statement (``forward
incorporation by reference'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Require that investors receive portfolio company
shareholder reports and proxy materials.
As with Approach 1, issuers would be able to rely on Approach 2 if
the contract is no longer offered to new purchasers, there are under
5,000 investors, and there are no material changes to the contract.
Also, like Approach 1, Approach 2 reflects our belief that the proposed
summary prospectus framework could give investors more pertinent
information to use to help them make informed investment decisions,
compared to the alternative disclosures received by investors under the
circumstances that the Staff Letters identify.\383\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\383\ See supra paragraph following note 374.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
However, Approach 2 would be more similar to the proposed summary
prospectus regime in certain respects, in terms of the requirements for
the information that is (1) delivered to all investors (with the annual
notice under Approach 2 substituting for the summary prospectus), (2)
made available online, and (3) delivered to those investors who so
request.\384\ This approach seeks to provide many of the benefits to
investors associated with the summary prospectus framework and reduce
the burden of updating registration statements for contracts that are
only offered to a limited number of investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\384\ See supra sections II.A.4 through 6. We assume for
purposes of this discussion that the relevant requirements in these
sections--for example, the formatting requirements and relevant
linking requirements discussed in these sections--would be
requirements under Approach 2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Approach 2 differs from Approach 1 chiefly in that Approach 2 would
require a registrant to maintain a current registration statement and
make the statutory prospectus and SAI available online. However, under
Approach 2, the registrant would only update the registration statement
when there are material changes to the offering, since updated
financial statements would be permitted to be forward incorporated by
reference into the registration statement.\385\ Approach 2 therefore
could reduce some of the burdens associated with maintaining a current
registration statement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\385\ One important distinction is that, under the Staff
Letters, one of the set of circumstances in which the staff has
stated that it would not recommend enforcement action is if there
are no material changes to the contract between the investor and
insurance company. However, even if there are no material changes to
the contract, there may still be material changes to the offering
that is described in the registration statement. See supra note 378.
These material changes to the offering generally should be described
in any updating summary prospectus or similar notice.
See supra note 29 (discussing current requirements for updating
variable contract registration statements).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Since Approach 2 would entail the maintenance of a current
registration statement, the liability provisions available under the
federal securities laws would apply to Approach 2 to the same extent as
under the current variable contract prospectus delivery regime \386\
and under the proposed summary prospectus regime for registrants that
choose to rely on proposed rule 498A.\387\ While the disclosures
required under Approaches 1 and 2 are similar and both include certain
protections under the federal securities laws against material
misstatements or omissions, disclosures under Approach 2 may not limit
potential issuer liability to investors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\386\ See supra note 372 and accompanying text (noting that
providing the alternative disclosures described in the Staff Letters
may have the effect of potentially limiting issuers' liability under
certain provisions available under the federal securities laws).
\387\ See supra section II.A.3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following Table 4 summarizes the frameworks under the Staff
Letters, Approaches 1 and 2, and the proposed summary prospectus
framework under proposed rule 498A for certain documents to either be:
(1) Delivered to all investors; (2) made available online; or (3)
delivered to those investors who so request.
Table 4--Documents Available to Variable Contract Investors
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Staff letters and Summary prospectus
commission Approach 1 Approach 2 framework under
position proposed rule 498A
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Statutory Prospectus *. N/A \388\
Required to be available online and
delivered (in paper or electronic
format) upon request.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract SAI *.................. N/A
Required to be available online and
delivered (in paper or electronic
format) upon request.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Part C Information *... N/A
Filed with registration statement
(available on EDGAR).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Summary Prospectus...... N/A Delivered to all
new investors.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 61774]]
Updating Summary Prospectus *... N/A Delivered to all
existing
investors.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alternative Notice to Investors N/A............... Delivered to all investors (would N/A.
*. include information that is
comparable to that which would be
included in the updating summary
prospectus).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Statements * \389\.... Delivered to all Required to be available online and delivered (in paper or
investors. electronic format) upon request, and also available on
EDGAR.\390\
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Portfolio Company Prospectuses * Delivered to all Delivered to investors, or, if the new option to satisfy
investors. portfolio company prospectus delivery is
relied[dash]upon,\391\ required to be available online
and delivered (in paper or electronic format) upon
request.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Portfolio Company Shareholder Delivered to all Delivered to all investors, or, if the new option to
Reports. investors. satisfy portfolio company prospectus delivery is
relied[dash]upon,\392\ required to be available online
and delivered (in paper or electronic format) upon
request.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Portfolio Company Proxy Delivered to all investors.
Materials.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Updated at least annually.
We request comments on the framework for discontinued
contracts:388 389 390 391 392
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\388\ While the contract prospectus (and SAI and Part C
information) would have been filed with the Commission earlier in
the contract's life cycle, under the Staff Letters' framework and
Approach 1, these documents are not updated annually, and
registrants would not make these documents available to investors
either online or in paper format.
\389\ These include updated audited financial statements of the
registrant, and in the case of variable life insurance contracts,
the depositor's updated audited financial statements. See supra note
368 and accompanying text.
\390\ The financial statements are part of the contract SAI, and
proposed rule 498A would require a registrant relying on the rule to
make the SAI available online. See proposed rule 498A(h)(1);
proposed Item 26 of Form N-4; proposed Item 27 of Form N-6.
Approaches 1 and 2 separately would require financial statements
to be filed with the Commission, posted to the insurance company's
website, and delivered to an investor upon request. See supra text
following note 380; supra note 382 and accompanying text.
\391\ See supra section II.B.2; see also supra bullets
accompanying notes 378-382.
\392\ See id.
Should the Commission codify either Approach 1 or
Approach 2? Why or why not? If so, which approach should the
Commission codify? Would either of Approach 1 or Approach 2
facilitate the disclosure of useful information to investors in a
better way than the information they would receive under the
proposed summary prospectus regime? What are the benefits and
drawbacks for investors of permitting Approach 1 or Approach 2,
instead of requiring issuers to update the registration statement
consistent with the proposed summary prospectus regime?
Would either of Approach 1 or Approach 2 provide more
useful information to investors than the information investors
holding Alternative Disclosure Contracts would receive? If so, how?
What number of investors or aggregate contract value
would make reliance on Approach 1 or Approach 2 more cost-effective
than annually updating a registration statement, both under current
disclosure requirements and under the proposed summary prospectus
regime?
What are the expected cost savings, if any, associated
with reliance on Approach 1 or Approach 2 as compared to: (1) The
current disclosure regime; (2) the disclosures provided with respect
to Alternative Disclosure Contracts; and (3) the proposed summary
prospectus regime? What are the anticipated sources of the cost
savings? Are there challenges that issuers would face in preparing
and providing the information to investors that each alternative
would require, and if so, what would these challenges (and any
associated costs) be? Are there changes to the alternatives that we
should consider in order to address those challenges? If so, what
changes, and how would those changes affect investors' ability to
make informed decisions?
Under Approach 1 and Approach 2, investors would
annually receive a notice that is substantially similar to the
proposed updating summary prospectus. Should this notice be modified
in any way? If so, how?
Under Approach 1 and Approach 2, should the conditions
incorporate a more precise definition of material changes that would
require a registration statement to be updated? If so, what should
the definition of material changes be? For changes to a registration
statement that are not a material change to the contract, should we
include a condition that the changes be posted on the insurance
company's website and filed with the Commission? If so, what would
be the costs associated with this condition? If not, why not?
Under Approach 1, should the most-recently-updated
prospectus and registration statement be made available to investors
either by request or online? If not, why not? If we did require
these documents to be made available online or by request, what kind
of legend should appear on the cover page of these documents to make
it clear to investors that these documents have not been updated,
and that the contract has undergone no material changes, since the
date of the document? Is there other information we should also
require to be made available online (such as current investment
restrictions associated with optional benefits, or a current Fee
Table that shows both maximum and current contract fees)?
Under Approach 1, certain materials would be required
to be made available online. Should the web posting requirements be
the same as those that proposed rule 498A would prescribe? Are there
modifications that should be considered with respect to contracts
relying on Approach 1? If so, what are those modifications and why
are they necessary?
Should a condition of Approach 1 be that audited
financial statements of the registrant (and in the case of variable
life insurance contracts, the depositor's audited financial
statements) be filed with the Commission? If not, why not? What
would be the additional costs associated with this condition?
The approach in Approach 2, where a registration
statement can refer to financial information that may be filed in
the future avoiding the need to annually file a post-effective
amendment to a registration statement, is permitted by other SEC
registration forms, such as Form S-3. However, Securities Act rules
still require that an updated registration statement be filed with
the Commission once every three years.\393\ Should such a
requirement apply under Approach 2? Why? Instead, should we require
a new prospectus to be filed every
[[Page 61775]]
three years? If not, why not? In between updates to a registration
statement, issuers typically file stickers reflecting certain
changes.\394\ Instead of requiring updated registration statements
or prospectuses after a certain period of time, should we limit the
number of stickers before an updated registration statement or
prospectus must be filed? If so, what should be the limit?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\393\ See rule 415(a)(5) under the Securities Act.
\394\ See supra note 29 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Should Approach 2 be permitted for all registration
statements even if the contract is still offered to new purchasers,
has over 5,000 investors, or may have had material changes since the
most recent prospectus update? What would be the benefits to
registrants and investors of permitting forward incorporation by
reference, as under Approach 2, for all variable contract
registration statements? Or, would this result in changes to
variable contract disclosure practices that would impede investors'
ability to understand their variable contracts in any way?
Other Considerations
How do Approach 1 and Approach 2 compare to the
requirement to update a registration statement, and to the
circumstances that the Staff Letters identify, with respect to the
liability provisions available to investors under the federal
securities laws? Are there changes to Approach 1 and Approach 2 that
should be considered to further protect investors?
Approaches 1 and 2 contemplate that the codified relief
would be available only to Form N-4 and Form N-6 registrants (as the
conditions associated with portfolio company disclosure would be
applicable only to Form N-4 and Form N-6 registrants, and not also
Form N-3 registrants).\395\ Should the Commission's position on
Alternative Disclosure Contracts or Approaches 1 or 2 be extended to
managed separate accounts? If yes, how should the conditions be
modified to accommodate managed separate accounts? For example,
should we consider an approach similar to rule 8b-16(a) under the
Investment Company Act where updated information about the contract
(including audited financial statements for the insurance company)
and the investment options are included in the separate account's
annual shareholder report?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\395\ Under the Staff Letters, one of the set of circumstances
under which the staff has stated that it would not recommend
enforcement action is that investors are provided prospectuses for
the underlying portfolio companies. However, because a managed
separate account prospectus describes both the offering of the
contract and the investment options, it is not possible to provide
the investment option prospectuses separate from the separate
account prospectus.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Should the Commission's position on Alternative
Disclosure Contracts or Approaches 1 or 2 be extended to annuity
contracts registered with the Commission under the Securities Act
only and filed on Forms S-1 and S-3? If yes, how should the
conditions be modified to accommodate these contracts?
If the Commission were to codify Approach 1 or Approach
2, should issuers that are operating in the manner described in the
Staff Letters, as of the effective date of the adoption of final
variable contract summary prospectus rules, be permitted to continue
operating in this manner? Or should the Commission instead require
all issuers--including those that are operating in the manner
described in the Staff Letters as of the effective date of the
adoption of final variable contract summary prospectus rules--to
satisfy the conditions under Approach 1 or Approach 2? If commenters
believe that the latter approach is appropriate, should Approach 1
or Approach 2 be available to only those contracts that are no
longer offered to new purchasers, make no material changes, for
contracts with fewer than a certain number of investors, or for some
other group of contracts? Why?
D. Proposed Amendments to Registration Forms
We are proposing amendments to Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 to update
and enhance the disclosures to investors in variable contracts, and to
implement the proposed summary prospectus framework. These proposed
amendments include new disclosure requirements to reflect the evolution
of variable contract features, including, in particular, the prevalence
of optional benefits that insurers offer under these contracts. In
addition, we are proposing amendments to provide greater consistency
among the registration forms for variable contracts. Form N-6, which
was adopted in 2002 and is the newest variable contract form, served as
a model for many of the proposed revisions to Forms N-3 and N-4.
Accordingly, we are proposing fewer changes to Form N-6 than the other
forms.
Certain investors who are considering variable annuities may also
be considering variable life insurance (and vice versa). We believe a
consistent presentation could reduce investor confusion and promote
investor understanding through common disclosure across types of
variable products on elements that we consider useful in explaining
variable contracts' features and risks. Also, we believe that more
uniformity of disclosures across variable contract types may make it
easier for investors to compare similar products. Similarly, we believe
that increasing consistency of disclosure requirements among
registration forms could increase efficiencies among sponsors of
variable contracts that register on multiple of these registration form
types, and other market participants.
1. General Instructions
We are proposing amendments to the General Instructions of Forms N-
3, N-4, and N-6 regarding the preparation and filing of registration
statements. The proposed General Instructions would, like the General
Instructions in current Form N-6,\396\ be structured to include four
parts: (A) Definitions; (B) Filing and Use of Form; (C) Preparation of
the Registration Statement; and (D) Incorporation by Reference.\397\
With the exception of General Instruction C.3, these amendments are
organizational in nature and incorporate minor changes that are not
intended to significantly alter the content of the current General
Instructions for these forms.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\396\ While the proposed General Instructions in Forms N-3 and
N-4 would be structured like the General Instructions in current
Form N-6, there are certain new instructions that we are proposing
to add to each of the forms. See, e.g., proposed General
Instructions C.3.(a), C.3.(b), C.3.(c), C.3.(e), and C.3.(h) to
Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6, each described infra.
\397\ In 2017, the Commission proposed amendments to its rules
on incorporation by reference as part of a broader proposal to
modernize and simplify certain disclosure requirements in Regulation
S-K (and related rules and forms) to implement Section 72003 of the
Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act. See 2017 FAST Act
Proposal, supra note 307. We would amend any references to these
rules in the General Instructions to Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 to
reflect any rules that the Commission may adopt based on that
proposal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed General Instruction C.3 would provide substantive
requirements for the preparation of the registration statement,
including instructions relating to the organization, presentation, and
prospectuses permitted to be included in a registration statement. The
instruction would parallel Instruction C.3 of current Form N-6 in
substance, except as described below.
Proposed General Instruction C.3.(a) would require that the
disclosures in response to Item 2, Item 3, and Item 4 of the
registration forms appear in numerical order at the front of the
prospectus, and not be preceded by anything other than a cover page
(Item 1), a glossary, or a table of contents. We believe that these
disclosures should appear at the beginning of the prospectus because
they contain the most salient information about a variable contract's
key features, costs, and risks.\398\ Additionally, the instruction
would provide that, if the discussion of the information that Items 2
or 3 requires also responds to disclosure requirements in other items
of the prospectus, a registrant need not include additional disclosure
that repeats this information.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\398\ The disclosure that proposed Items 2 and 3 would require
also would appear at the beginning of the initial summary
prospectus. See supra note 75 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed General Instruction C.3.(b) would provide that, except in
response to Items 2 and 3, a registrant would be
[[Page 61776]]
permitted to include information in the prospectus or SAI that is not
otherwise required, so long as it is not incomplete, inaccurate, or
misleading and does not, because of its nature, quantity, or manner of
presentation, obscure or impede understanding of the information that
is required to be included. This instruction is intended to provide
flexibility to registrants to include contextual and other information
that could aid investors' understanding of variable contracts and
assist them in making informed investment decisions.
Proposed General Instruction C.3.(c) would encourage registrants to
use, as appropriate, question-and-answer presentations, tables, side-
by-side comparisons, captions, bullet points, numeric examples,
illustrations or similar presentation methods.\399\ We believe that
these alternative ways of presenting information could increase
readability and that this proposed instruction could encourage
registrants to use these presentation options, where appropriate.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\399\ See, e.g., Kleimann Presentation, supra note 106
(encouraging, for example, the use of question-and-answer format,
the use of headings to make structure clear, using a strong design
grid to organize elements, making line length readable, and using
common words and sentence constructions as ways of designing
disclosure to promote readability).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed General Instruction C.3.(d) includes in substance the
requirements of Item 2 (Definitions) of current Forms N-3 and N-4. The
changes conform this instruction to the language in the parallel
current General Instruction of Form N-6, which we believe will improve
readability and consistency across form types.
Proposed General Instruction C.3.(e) would provide new guidance in
each of the forms addressing when a registrant may describe multiple
contracts in a single prospectus, and include multiple prospectuses in
a single registration statement. First, proposed General Instruction
C.3.(e)(i) would provide that registrants may describe multiple
contracts in a single prospectus when the contracts are ``essentially
identical.'' Whether the contracts are essentially identical would
depend on the facts and circumstances. The proposed instruction
includes examples to provide guidance on this point.\400\ Similarly,
proposed General Instruction C.3.(e)(ii) would further provide that a
registrant may combine multiple prospectuses in a single registration
statement when the prospectuses describe contracts that are essentially
identical. The proposed instruction also includes examples to provide
guidance on this point.\401\ We believe these examples are generally
consistent with current industry practice.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\400\ The examples clarify that a contract that does not offer
optional benefits would not be essentially identical to one that
does. Similarly, group and individual contracts would not be
essentially identical. However, contracts that vary only due to
state regulatory requirements would be essentially identical.
\401\ The examples clarify that a registrant could determine it
is appropriate to include multiple prospectuses in a registration
statement in the following situations: (1) The prospectuses describe
the same contract that is sold through different distribution
channels; (2) the prospectuses describe contracts that differ only
with respect to underlying funds offered; or (3) the prospectuses
describe both the original and an ``enhanced'' version of the same
contract (where the ``enhanced'' version modifies the features or
options that the registrant offers under that contract).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
While proposed paragraph (a) of General Instruction C.3 requires
registrants to disclose the information required by Items 2, 3, and 4
in numerical order at the front of the prospectus and generally not to
precede the items with other information, proposed General Instruction
C.3.(e)(iii) would provide that, as a general matter, registrants
providing disclosure in a single prospectus for more than one contract,
or for contracts sold in both the group and individual markets, may
depart from this requirement as necessary to present the required
information clearly and effectively (although the order of information
required by each item must remain the same). The proposed instruction
would include examples to provide guidance on this point.\402\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\402\ The examples clarify that a prospectus may present all of
the Item 2 information for several contracts, followed by all of the
Item 3 information for the contracts, and followed by all of the
Item 4 information for the contracts. Alternatively, the prospectus
may present Items 2, 3, and 4 for each of several contracts
sequentially. Other presentations also could be acceptable if they
are consistent with the form's intent to disclose the information
required by Items 2, 3, and 4 in a standard order at the beginning
of the prospectus. As guidance, we believe that regardless of the
presentation method chosen, when disclosing information relating to
one of several contracts, registrants should clearly identify to
which contract the information relates.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed paragraph (h) of General Instruction C.3, which would
require variable contracts to use the Inline XBRL format for the
submission of certain required disclosures in the variable contract
statutory prospectus,\403\ is discussed in more detail in Section II.E
below.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\403\ See proposed General Instruction C.3.(h) to Forms N-3, N-
4, and N-6; see also proposed Items 3, 4, 5, 12, 19, and 20 of Form
N-3; proposed Items 3, 4, 5, 11, and 18 of Form N-4; proposed Items
3, 4, 5, 11, and 18 of Form N-6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed paragraph (i) of General Instruction C.3 would require any
website address or cross-reference that is included in an electronic
version of the statutory prospectus (i.e., electronic versions sent to
investors or available online) to be an active hyperlink.\404\ This
instruction is intended to ensure that investors viewing electronic
versions of the prospectus are able to easily access website addresses
and cross-referenced materials that are referenced in the prospectus.
This requirement would not apply to statutory prospectuses that are
filed on the EDGAR system.\405\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\404\ See proposed General Instruction C.3.(i) to Forms N-3, N-
4, and N-6.
\405\ Id.; see also rule 105 of Regulation S-T [17 CFR 232.105]
(prohibiting hyperlinking to websites, locations, or other documents
that are outside of the EDGAR system).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We request comment generally on the proposed amendments to the
General Instructions of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 and specifically on the
following issues:
Would the proposed instructions provide clear guidance
to registrants when preparing or amending a registration statement?
Should any of the proposed instructions be modified or not be
included? For example, proposed paragraph (i) of General Instruction
C.3 would require any website address or cross-reference that is
included in an electronic version of the statutory prospectus to be
an active hyperlink. Should we broaden that requirement to also
apply to the SAI and Part C of the registration statement? Would
broadening the requirement in this manner result in any synergies or
redundancies with the requirements of proposed rule 498A(h)(2)(iii)?
\406\ Additionally, to what extent, if any, would the proposed
requirement regarding active hyperlinks present challenges or add
costs or burdens with respect to the use of statutory prospectuses,
given that active links are not required in EDGAR filings (and
active links to websites, locations, and documents outside of the
EDGAR system are expressly prohibited pursuant to rule 105 of
Regulation S-T [17 CFR 232.105])? Are there additional instructions
that we should include? Should any current instructions not be
included in the revised forms?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\406\ See supra section II.A.5.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Are the proposed definitions listed as Part A of the
General Instructions clear, or should they be modified? Are there
additional definitions that we should include in proposed Part A of
the General Instructions?
Are the proposed instructions in Part B of the General
Instructions relating to the filing and use of the registration
forms clear, or should they be modified? For example, proposed
General Instruction B.2.(b) to Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6 provides that
for registration statements or amendments filed only under the
Investment Company Act, registrants need not respond to certain
items of the forms. Those registration statements generally relate
to contracts offered to institutional investors who are seeking to
provide coverage for their key personnel, and
[[Page 61777]]
therefore certain disclosures that would be relevant to retail
investors are less significant.\407\ Should that instruction in each
of the forms be updated to either add any additional items to, or
remove any of the items from, this proposed list of exclusions?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\407\ For example, institutional investors generally negotiate
benefits coverage on a custom basis, and therefore prospectuses
regarding contracts offered to institutional investors may not
include any discussion regarding death benefits.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Would the proposed instructions in Part C of the
General Instructions result in clearer and more concise disclosure
to investors? Are there other instructions that we should include to
encourage registrants to use plain English principles or otherwise
promote clear and concise disclosure?
Would other requirements improve the utility and
accessibility of the statutory prospectus for retail investors? Are
there any areas in the document where requiring the use of a
specific check-the-box approach, bullet points, tables, charts,
graphs or other graphics or text features would be helpful in
presenting any of the information or making it more engaging to
retail investors? Should we include requirements for font size,
margins and paper size? Should we restrict certain types or sizes of
font, color choices or the use of footnotes?
Is the requirement of proposed General Instruction
C.3.(a) that Items 2, 3, and 4 appear in numerical order at the
front of the prospectus appropriate? Should we specify that any
other items appear at the front of the prospectus? Should all of the
portions of the statutory prospectus that are also summary
prospectus disclosures be segregated and placed at the beginning of
the statutory prospectus to aid in the effective presentation of
information for investors in contracts whose issuers choose not to
rely on proposed rule 498A?
Are the instructions in proposed General Instruction
C.3.(e) on when registrants may describe multiple contracts in a
single prospectus, and include multiple prospectuses in a single
registration statement, clear and appropriate? Is it clear when
contracts are ``essentially identical,'' or would additional
clarification (either in the form text, or provided as Commission
guidance) be helpful? Are the examples that the proposed form
instructions include useful and appropriate? Are they generally
consistent with current industry practice? Should we modify or
expand these examples in any way? Would some alternative standard
for when a single prospectus may describe multiple contracts, or for
when a single registration statement may include multiple
prospectuses, be more appropriate than the proposed ``essentially
identical'' standard?
Should a registrant only be permitted to describe a
single contract in a prospectus, and if so, what parameters should
dictate what a single contract is? Likewise, should a registrant
only be permitted to include one prospectus in a registration
statement? What is industry practice in terms of describing multiple
contracts in a single prospectus, and combining multiple
prospectuses into a single registration statement? What are the
benefits and costs of this practice, both to members of the industry
as well as to investors?
Should we, as proposed, permit registrants that are
providing disclosure for more than one contract in a single
prospectus, or for contracts sold in both the group and individual
markets, to depart from the instruction to disclose the information
required by Items 2, 3, and 4 in numerical order to present the
required information clearly and effectively (provided the order of
information required by each item remains the same)? Should this
instruction be modified in any way?
Should the instructions in proposed Part D of the
General Instructions regarding the use of incorporation by reference
be modified in any way?
2. Part A (Information Required in a Prospectus)
Table 5 shows how our proposed amendments would amend the item
requirements of Part A of the variable contract registration forms.
Table 5--Proposed Amendments to Part A of Forms N-3, N-4, and N-6
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Form N-3: Proposed Form N-4: Proposed Form N-6: Proposed
Item description Proposed item No. treatment treatment treatment
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front and Back Cover Pages (in Form N-3: Revised........... Revised........... Revised.
Forms N-3 and N-4, currently Item 1 (currently
``Cover Page''). Item 1).
Form N-4:
Item 1 (currently
Item 1).
Form N-6:
Item 1 (currently
Item 1).
Overview of the Contract........ Form N-3: New Item (also in New Item (also in New Item (also in
Item 2. ISP). ISP). ISP).
Form N-4:
Item 2.
Form N-6:
Item 2.
Definitions..................... N/A (currently, Revised Revised N/A (incorporated
Item 2 in Forms N- (incorporated in (incorporated in in General
3 and N-4). General General Instructions).
Instructions). Instructions).
Key Information................. Form N-3: New Item (also in New Item (also in New Item (also in
Item 3. ISP, USP). ISP, USP). ISP, USP).
Form N-4:
Item 3.
Form N-6:
Item 3.
Fee Table (in Form N-3, Form N-3: Revised (also in Revised (also in Revised (also in
currently ``Synopsis or Item 4 (currently ISP). ISP). ISP).
Highlights,'' in Form N-4, Item 3).
currently ``Synopsis,'' and in Form N-4:
Form N-6, currently ``Risk/ Item 4 (currently
Benefit Summary: Fee Table''). Item 3).
Form N-6:
Item 4 (currently
Item 3).
Condensed Financial Information. Form N-3: Revised and moved Revised and moved N/A.
Item 33 to SAI. to SAI.
(currently Item
4).
Form N-4:
Item 27
(currently Item
4).
Principal Risks of Investing in Form N-3: New Item.......... New Item.......... Revised Item.
the Contract (in Form N-6, Item 5.
currently ``Risk/Benefit Form N-4:
Summary: Benefits and Risks''). Item 5.
Form N-6:
Item 5 (currently
Item 2).
In Form N-3: General Description Form N-3: Revised........... Revised........... Revised.
of Registrant, Insurance Item 6 (currently
Company, and Investment Options Item 5).
(currently ``General Form N-4:
Description of Registrant and Item 6 (currently
Insurance Company''). Item 5).
In Forms N-4 and N-6: General Form N-6:
Description of Registrant, Item 6 (currently
Depositor, and Portfolio Item 4).
Companies.
[[Page 61778]]
Management......................